CA08100006E Vol5 Ibook

Electrical Sector Solutions
Volume 5:
Motor Control
and Protection
Volume 1—Residential and Light Commercial 1
Volume 2—Commercial Distribution 2
Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies 3
Volume 4—Circuit Protection 4
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection 5
Tab 1—IEC Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-1
Tab 2—NEMA Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-1
Tab 3—NEMA Manual Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-1
Tab 4—Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . V5-T4-1
Tab 5—Motor Protection and Monitoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-1
Tab 6—Lighting Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T6-1
Tab 7—Vacuum Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T7-1
Tab 8—Rotary Disconnects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T8-1
Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-A1-1
Appendix 2—Catalog Parent Number Index . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-A2-1
Appendix 3—Alphabetical Product Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-A3-1
Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control 6

7
Volume 7—Logic Control, Operator Interface
and Connectivity Solutions
Copyright
Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Dimensions, weights and ratings given in this catalog are approximate and should not
be used for construction purposes. Drawings containing exact dimensions are available
upon request. All listed product specifications and ratings are subject to change without
notice. Photographs are representative of production units.
Terms and Conditions

All prices and discounts are subject to change without notice. When price changes
occur, they are published in Eaton’s Price and Availability Digest (PAD). All orders
accepted by Eaton’s Electrical Sector are subject to the general terms and conditions
as set forth in Appendix 1—Eaton Terms & Conditions.
Technical and Descriptive Publications

This catalog contains brief technical data for proper selection of products. Further
information is available in the form of technical information publications and illustrated
brochures. If additional product information is required, contact your local Eaton
Products Distributor, call 1-800-525-2000 or visit our website at www.eaton.com.
Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Eaton products are sold as commercial grade products not intended for application in
facilities or activities licensed by the United States Nuclear Regulatory Commission
for atomic purposes, under 10 CFR 21. Further certification will be required for use of
these products in a safety-related application in any nuclear facility licensed by the
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission.
WARNING
The installation and use of Eaton products should be in accordance with the provisions
of the U.S. National Electrical Code® and/or other local codes or industry standards that
are pertinent to the particular end use. Installation or use not in accordance with these
codes and standards could be hazardous to personnel and/or equipment.
These catalog pages do not purport to cover all details or variations in equipment, nor to provide for
every possible contingency to be met in connection with installation, operation or maintenance.
Should further information be desired or should particular problems arise which are not covered
sufficiently for the purchaser’s purposes, the matter should be referred to the local Eaton Products
Distributor or Sales Office. The contents of this catalog shall not become part of or modify any prior
or existing agreement, commitment or relationship. The sales contract contains the entire
obligation of Eaton’s Electrical Sector. The warranty contained in the contract between the parties
is the sole warranty of Eaton. Any statements contained herein do not create new warranties or
modify the existing warranty.
Copyright ©2019 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Introduction
Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

control and automation, and monitoring products.
At Eaton, we believe a reliable, efficient and safe power system is the foundation of every
successful enterprise. Through innovative technologies, cutting-edge products and our highly
skilled services team, we empower businesses around the world to achieve a powerful advantage.
In addition, Eaton is committed to creating and maintaining powerful customer relationships built
on a foundation of excellence. From the products we manufacture to our dedicated customer
service and support, we know what’s important to you.
Solutions
Eaton takes the complexity out of power systems management with a holistic and strategic
approach, leveraging our industry-leading technology, solutions and services. We focus on
the following three areas in all we do:
● Reliability—maintain the ● Efficiency—minimize ● Safety—identify and
appropriate level of power energy usage, operating mitigate electrical hazards
continuity without costs, equipment footprint to protect what you value
disruption or unexpected and environmental impact most
downtime
Using the Eaton Catalog Library

As we grow, it becomes increasingly difficult to include all products in one or two comprehensive
catalogs. Knowing that each user has their specific needs, we have created a library of catalogs for our
products that when complete, will contain 15 volumes. Since the volumes will continuously be a work
in progress and updated, each volume will stand alone. Refer to our volume directory, MZ08100001E,
for a quick glance of where to look for the products you need. The 15 volumes include:
● Volume 1—Residential ● Volume 7—Logic Control, ● Volume 12—Aftermarket,
and Light Commercial Operator Interface and Renewal Parts and Life
(CA08100002E) Connectivity Solutions Extension Solutions
● Volume 2—Commercial (CA08100008E) (CA08100014E)
Distribution (CA08100003E) ● Volume 8—Sensing ● Volume 13—Counters,
● Volume 3—Power Solutions (CA08100010E) Timers and Tachometers
Distribution and Control ● Volume 9—Original (CA08100015E)—Available
Assemblies (CA08100004E) Equipment Manufacturer in electronic format only
● Volume 4—Circuit (CA08100011E) ● Volume 14—Fuses
Protection (CA08100005E) ● Volume 10—Enclosed (CA08100016E)—Available
● Volume 5—Motor Control Control (CA08100012E) in electronic format only
and Protection ● Volume 11—Vehicle and ● Volume 15—Solar Inverters
(CA08100006E) Commercial Controls and Electrical Balance of
● Volume 6—Solid-State (CA08100013E) System (CA08100018E)
Motor Control
(CA08100007E)
These volumes are not all-inclusive of every product, but they are meant to be an overview
of our product lines. For our full range of product solutions and additional product information,
consult Eaton.com/electrical and other catalogs and product guides in our literature library.
These references include:
● The Consulting Application ● The Eaton Power Quality
Guide (CA08104001E) Product Guide (COR01FYA)
If you don’t have the volume that contains the product or information that you are looking for,
not to worry. You can access every volume of the catalog library at Eaton.com/electrical in the
Literature Library.
By installing our Automatic Tab Updater (ATU), you can be sure you always have the most recent
version of each volume and tab.
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com i

Introduction
Icons
Green Leaf
Eaton Green Solutions are products, systems or solutions that represent Eaton
benchmarks for environmental performance. The green leaf symbol is our
promise that the solution has been reviewed and documented as offering
exceptional, industry-leading environmental benefits to customers, consumers
and our communities. Though all of Eaton’s products and solutions are
designed to meet or exceed applicable government standards related to
protecting the environment, our products with the Green Leaf designation
further provide “exceptional environmental benefit.”
Learn Online
When you see the Learn Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and search for
the product or training page. There you will find 100-level training courses,
podcasts, webcasts or games and puzzles to learn more.
Drawings Online
When you see the Drawings Online icon, go to Eaton.com/electrical and find the
products page. There you will find a tab that includes helpful product drawings
and illustrations.
Contact Us
If you need additional help, you can find contact information
under the Customer Care heading of Eaton.com/electrical.
ii Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

IEC Contactors and Starters
1.1 XT IEC Power Control

Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-2
1
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-3 1
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-18
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-35 1
XTSE Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-128
V5-T1-130
1
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-143 1
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-159
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193 1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-219
V5-T1-232
1
XT DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-234 1
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-236
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-1

1.1 IEC Contactors and Starters
XT IEC Power Control
Contents
1 XT IEC Power Control
Description Page
1 Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-3
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-18
1 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-35
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-130
1 C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-143
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-159
1 Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
1
V5-T1-219
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-232
XT DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1 Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-234
V5-T1-236
1
1
1
1 Product Overview
1 The XT line of IEC power
control offers starting and
The XT line includes a large
offering of power control
protection solutions ideal for components and accessories
1 control panels. that cover a broad range of
applications and ratings:
1 Innovations in the design and
development allow users to ● Three-pole contactors to
1 reduce material costs, reduce
installation effort, and ●
2000A
Four-pole contactors to
enhance panel safety and 200A
1 performance all in a compact ● Capacitor contactors to
design. Some of these key 680 kVAR
1 innovations include:
● Mini contactors to 9A
● Toolless assembly of
1 Relays to 16A
●
manual motor controllers ● Thermal overload relays to

and reversing contactors 630A
1 ● Low coil consumption ● Electronic overload relays
● Front accessibility to coil to 1500A
1 terminations ● Manual motor protectors
● Built-in surge suppression to 65A
1 on electronic coils ● Manual motor controllers
● Built-in auxiliary contact for and combination motor
1 contactors up to 32A in a controllers to 65A
45 mm frame
1 ● Finger-safe and back-of-
hand proof ratings
1 ● Direct PLC control on
185A–2000A contactors
1
1
1
1
1
1
V5-T1-2 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

1.1
Contents
Relays and Timers
Description Page
1
1
Relays and Timers
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-4
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-6 1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-16 1
1
An Eaton
Green Solution
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-35 1
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-130
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-143 1
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193 1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-219
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-232 1
XT DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-234
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-236 1
Relays and Timers 1
Product Description Features Standards and Certifications 1
Eaton’s new line of XT relays ● For use with mini and ● IEC EN 60947
and timers includes mini and standard frame size ● CE approved 1
standard frame control relays contactors and starters ● UL
and auxiliary contacts, mini
electronic on-delay and
● Control relays ● CSA 1
● AC control from 12V to
multi-function timers and
an electronic star-delta
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz 1
(wye-delta) timer for use
● DC control from
in star-delta (wye-delta) 12V to 220V 1
combinations. Because XT ● On-delay and multi- Instructional Leaflets
meets UL®, CSA® and CE
standards, it is the perfect
function timers Pub51219 XTRM Mini Control Relays 1
● 24–240 Vac/Vdc control
Pub51210 XTRE Control Relays
product solution for IEC
applications all over the
● Available with screw or
spring cage terminals
1
Pub51244 XTTR Electronic Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timer
world. The compact, space
saving and easy to install XT
● Four-pole configurations
Pub51245 XTMT Mini Electronic On-Delay and 1
line of IEC contactors and
● IP20 finger and back-of- Multi-Function Timers
starters is the efficient and hand proof 1
effective solution for ● Large ambient temperature
customer applications. range: –25° to 50°C [–13°
to 122°F]
1
● The XTRE control relays 1
have positively driven
contacts between the relay
and the auxiliary contact
1
modules as well as within
the auxiliary contact 1
modules
1
1
1
1
1
1

Catalog Number Selection

1
XT—Relays
1
XT RE C 10 B 22 AD
1
1
Product Line Prefix Coil Code
XT = XT IEC power control Product Family Code Contact See table on Page V5-T1-5.
RM = Mini IEC control Terminations Frame Configuration
1 relay
RE = IEC control relay
Blank = Screw
terminals
XTRM
A = 45 mm—mini
40 = 4NO
31 = 3NO-1NC
1
C = Spring cage XTRE 22 = 2NO-2NC
terminals B = 45 mm—standard
1 Conventional Thermal
Current Rating
1 10 = 10A
1 XT—Timers
1 XT MT 6 B 30S 11 B
1
Product Line Prefix Coil Code
1 XT = XT IEC power control Product Family Code
MT = Mini IEC timing Conventional
Time Range Max.
XTMT XTMT
Function B = 24–240 Vac/Vdc
Thermal Current
1
relay 30S = 1.5–30s 11 = On-delay
TR = Electronic timing Rating 60H = 05–1s 70 = Adjustable
relay star-delta 6 = 6A 0.15–3s XTTE
1 (wye-delta) 0.5–10s
3–60s
51 = Star-delta
Frame
0.15–3 min
1 A = 45 mm 0.5–3 min
3–60 min
1
0.15–3h
0.5–3h
3–60h
1 XTTR
60S = 3–60s
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Product Selection
1
When Ordering
● Orders must be placed in multiples of the package quantity listed 1
● DC operated control relays have a built-in suppressor circuit
● Contact terminal numbers to EN50011 1
Coil terminal numbers to EN50005
1
●
XTRM10A_ Mini Control Relays 1

Conventional
Thermal Contact
Rated Operational Current
AC-15 Ie (A) Circuit Screw Terminal
1
Current Ith (A) Configuration 220–240V 380–415V 500V Symbol Catalog Number 1
10 4NO 6 3 1.5 A1 13 23 33 43 XTRM10A40_
1
A2 14 24 34 44 1
10 3NO-1NC 6 3 1.5 A1 13 21 33 43 XTRM10A31_
1
A2 14 22 34 44
1
10 2NO-2NC 6 3 1.5 A1 13 21 31 43 XTRM10A22_ 2
A2 14 22 32 44
1
1
XTREC10_ Control Relays 1
Conventional Rated Operational Current
Thermal AC-15 Ie (A) Spring Cage 1
Current Open Contact Circuit Screw Terminal Terminal
at 60°C I th (A) Configuration 220–240V 380–415V 500V Symbol Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
1
16 4NO 6 4 1.5 A1 13 23 33 43 XTRE10B40_ XTREC10B40_
A2 14 24 34 44
1
16 3NO-1NC 6 4 1.5 A1 13 21 33 43 XTRE10B31_ XTREC10B31_ 1
A2 14 22 34 44
1
16 2NO-2NC 6 4 1.5 A1 13 21 31 43 XTRE10B22_ 3 XTREC10B22_ 3
1
A2 14 22 32 44
1
Coil Voltage Suffix 1
Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 120 Vdc AD 1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
230V 50 Hz
B
F
550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
D
E
380V 60 Hz
12V 50/60 Hz
P
R
220 Vdc
12 Vdc
BD
RD
1
24V 50/60 Hz T 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 48 Vdc WD 1
24 Vdc TD 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48V 50 Hz Y
Notes 1
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Coil Voltage Suffix table above.
2 DC operated control relays XTRM(C)10A22_ cannot be used with front mount auxiliary contacts. 1
3 DC operated control relays XTRE(C)10B22_ can only be combined with two-pole auxiliary contacts.
1
1
1
1

Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
1
XTMCXF_ Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with XTRM Mini Control Relays
1 Rated Operational Current
AC-15 Ie (A)
1 Conventional
Thermal Current,
220V
230V
380V
400V Contact Pkg. Screw Terminal
Qty. 1
1
I th Open (A) 240V 415V 500V Configuration Contact Sequence Catalog Number
10 4 2 1.5 2NC 51 61 5 XTMCXFA02
1
52 62
1 10 4 2 1.5 1NO-1NC 53 61 5 XTMCXFA11
1 54 62
1 10 4 2 1.5 2NO 53 63 5 XTMCXFA20
1 54 64
1 10 4 2 1.5 4NC 51 61 71 81 5 XTMCXFA04
1 52 62 72 82
1 10 4 2 1.5 1NO-3NC 53 61 71 81 5 XTMCXFA13
1 54 62 72 82
1 10 4 2 1.5 2NO-2NC 53 61 71 83 5 XTMCXFA22
1 54 62 72 84
1 10 4 2 1.5 3NO-1NC 53 61 73 83 5 XTMCXFA31
1 54 62 74 84
1 10 4 2 1.5 4NO 53 63 73 83 5 XTMCXFA40
1 54 64 74 84
XTMCXFAL22 2
1
10 4 2 1.5 1NO-1NC 57 65 71 83 5
1NOE-1NCL
1 58 66 72 84
1 Notes
1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
2 One early-make contact (NO ), one late-break contact (NC ).
1
E L
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with XTRE Control Relays 1
Rated Operational Current AC-15 Ie (A)
1
Conventional
Thermal Current,
220V
230V
380V
400V Contact Pkg. Screw Terminal 1
Ith (A), Open at 60°C Poles 240V 415V 500V Configuration Circuit Symbol Qty. 2 Catalog Number
Two-Pole 16 2 6 3 1.5 2NO 53 63 5 XTCEXFAC20 1
54 64
1
16 2 6 3 1.5 1NO-1NC 53 61 5 XTCEXFAC11 3
54 62
1
16 2 6 3 1.5 2NC 51 61 5 XTCEXFAC02 1
52 62
1
16 2 6 3 1.5 1NOE-1NCL 57 65 5 XTCEXFALC11 4
58 66
1
Four-Pole 16 4 6 3 1.5 4NO 53 6373 83 5 XTCEXFAC40 3 1
54 6474 84
1
16 4 6 3 1.5 3NO-1NC 53 61 73 83 5 XTCEXFAC31 3
54 62 74 84
1
16 4 6 3 1.5 2NO-2NC 53 61 71 83 5 XTCEXFAC22 3 1
54 62 72 84
1
16 4 6 3 1.5 1NO-3NC 536171 81 5 XTCEXFAC13
54 62 72 82
1
16 4 6 3 1.5 4NC 51 61 71 81 5 XTCEXFAC04 1
52 62 72 82
1
16 4 6 3 1.5 1NO-1NC 5765 71 83 5 XTCEXFCLC22 4
1NOE-1NCL
58 66 72 84
1
Notes 1
1 Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules (not NO and NC contacts) and between the
E L
auxiliary contacts and built-in contacts of the XTRE control relays.
1
3 Catalog number is shown with screw type terminal. For spring cage, add a “C” before the last 2 digits. For example, to order a spring cage version of the XTCEXFAC22,
change the catalog number to XTCEXFACC22. 1

4 One early-make contact (NO ), one late-break contact (NC ).
E L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Suppressors
1 For AC operated contactors 50–60 Hz. On DC operated contactor relays and on XTRE10B, the
suppressor circuit is built-in. Note dropout delay.
1
Varistor Suppressor 12
1
XTCEXVSB_ Varistor Suppressor for XTRE
1 For Use Pkg.
Voltage with… Contact Sequence Qty. 3 Catalog Number
1 24–48 XTRE(C)10B A1 10 XTCEXVSBW

48–130 10 XTCEXVSBA
1 130–240 A2 10 XTCEXVSBB
1 240–500 10 XTCEXVSBC
1 Varistor Suppressor for XTRM

XTMCXVS_
1 Voltage
For Use
with… Circuit Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 3 Catalog Number
1 24–48 XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
A1 10 XTMCXVSW
1 XTRM Relay with

Installed Suppressor
48–130 XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_ A2
10 XTMCXVSA
1 110–250 XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
10 XTMCXVSB
1 380–415 XTRM6A_,
XTRM9A_
10 XTMCXVSN
1
1 Varistor Suppressor with Integrated LED 12
1 XTCEXVSLB_ Varistor Suppressor for XTRE

For Use Pkg.
1 Voltage with… Contact Sequence Qty. 3 Catalog Number
24–48 XTRE(C)10B 10 XTCEXVSLBW
1 130–240 A1 10 XTCEXVSLBB
A2
1
1
1 RC Suppressor 12
1 XTCEXRSB_ RC Suppressor for XTRE

For Use Pkg.
1 Voltage with… Contact Sequence Qty. 3 Catalog Number
24–48 XTRE(C)10B A1 10 XTCEXRSBW
1 48–130 10 XTCEXRSBA
110–240 A2 10 XTCEXRSBB
1 240–500 10 XTCEXRSBC
1 Notes
1 Note dropout delay.
1
2 For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. DC operated contactors have an integrated suppressor.
1
1
1

1.1
RC Suppressor 12
1
XTMCXRS_ RC Suppressor for XTRM 3
For Use Circuit Pkg. 1
Voltage with… Symbol Qty. 4 Catalog Number
24–48 XTRM6A_, A1 10 XTMCXRSW 1
XTRM9A_
XTRM Relay with

48–130 XTRM6A_, A2 10 XTMCXRSA
1
1
XTRM9A_
110–250 XTRM6A_, 10 XTMCXRSB

XTRM9A_ 1
1
Free-Wheel Diode Suppressor
In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors. Prevents negative breaking 1
voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PLC.
1
XTCEXVSLBB Free-Wheel Diode Suppressor for XTRE
Voltage
For Use
with…
Pkg.
1
130–240 XTRE10B 10 XTCEXVSLBB 1
1
Connector 5 Mechanical Interlock 6

1
Connector Mechanical Interlock 1
For Use Pkg. For Use Pkg.
with… Qty. 4 Catalog Number with… Qty. 4 Catalog Number 1
XTCEXCNC XTRE(C)10B 50 XTCEXCNC XTCEXMLB XTRE10B_ 5 XTCEXMLB
1
1
XTMCXCN XTRM10A 50 XTMCXCN 1
XTMCXML XTRM10A_ 5 XTMCXML 1
1
1
Notes
2 For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. DC operated contactors have an integrated suppressor.
1
1
3 For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. Note dropout delay.
5 For mechanically arranging contactors in combinations. Distance between contactors is 0 mm.
6 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system that are horizontally or vertically mounted. 1
For Frame B, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations and the distance between contactors is 0 mm.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Electronic Timer Modules

1 Front- (top-) mounted timer modules for use with XTRE10B control relays. Can not be combined with top-mount auxiliary
contacts, XTCEXF_.
1
Electronic Timer Modules for XTRE
1 XTCEXT_
For Use Pkg.
Voltage Contact Sequence Timing Range with… Qty. 1 Catalog Number
1 On-Delay
1 24 Vac/Vdc A1 57 65 0.05–1s
0.5–10s
XTRE10B_ 1 XTCEXTEEC11T
100–130 Vac XTCEXTEEC11A
15–100s
1 200–240 Vac
A2 58 66
XTCEXTEEC11B
1 Off-Delay
24 Vac/Vdc 0.05–1s XTRE10B_ 1 XTCEXTED1C11T
1
A1 57 65
100–130 Vac XTCEXTED1C11A
1 200–240 Vac
24 Vac/Vdc A2 58 66 0.5–10s XTRE10B_ 1
XTCEXTED1C11B
XTCEXTED10C11T
1 100–130 Vac XTCEXTED10C11A

200–240 Vac XTCEXTED10C11B
1 24 Vac/Vdc 5–100s XTRE10B_ 1 XTCEXTED100C11T
1
100–130 Vac XTCEXTED100C11A
200–240 Vac XTCEXTED100C11B
1 Star-Delta
24 Vac/Vdc A1 57 67 1–30s XTRE10B_ 1 XTCEXTEYC20T
1 100–130 Vac XTCEXTEYC20A
200–240 Vac XTCEXTEYC20B
1 A2 58 68
Sealable Shroud
1 Transparent sealable shroud used to protect XTCEXTEE, 1 XTCEXTESHRD
electronic timer modules from unwanted access. XTCEXTED,
1 XTCEXTEY
1 Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Mini Electronic Timers
1
Mini Electronic On-Delay Timers
XTMT6A_
Conventional Rated Operational Current Terminal Marking
1
Ie AC-11 Amps
1
Thermal Current Time According to
Ie (A) 220/230/240V 380/400/440V Range Function EN 50042 Catalog Number
1
6 3 3 1.5–30 sec Fixed, on-delay A1 15 XTMT6A30S11B
A2 16 18
1
6 3 3 0.05–1 sec
0.15–3 sec
Adjustable:
on-delay;
Z1 Z2 XTMT6A60H70B 1
A1 15
1
0.5–10 sec fleeting contact
3–60 sec on energization;
0.15–3 min flashing; pulse
0.5–10 min
3–60 min
generating;
ON-OFF
A2 16 18 1
0.15–3h
0.5–10h
3–60h
1
1
Electronic Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timers
1
XTTR6A60S51 Electronic Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timers
Rated Operational Current
1
Conventional Terminal Marking
1
Thermal Current Ie AC-11 Amps Time According to
Ie (A) 230V 400V Range Function EN 50042 Catalog Number
6 3 3 3–60 sec Fixed, star-delta
A1
17 XTTR6A60S51B
1
1
A2 18 28
1
Actuating Voltage
24–240 50/60 Hz
24–240 Vdc
1
Admissible Cable Length
Cable unscreened, with cable cross-section 0.5–1.5 mm2
Connection to
Y1/Y2, Z1/Z2 1
Two-core cable M250
Two-core cable in the same cable duct with the main cable, 50/60 Hz M50
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Technical Data and Specifications

1
1
Relays and Timers
Description XTRE XTCEXFAC_ XTCEXTE_ XTRM XTMCXFA_
1 General
Standards IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, DIN EN 61812, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947,
1 VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 060, UL, CSA
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
1 Lifespan, mechanical—operations
AC operated 20,000,000 10,000,000 3,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000
1 DC operated 20,000,000 10,000,000 3,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000

Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr) 9000 9000 — 9000 9000
1 Climatic proofing 1 1 1 1 1
1
Ambient temperature
Open (°C, min./max.) –25/60 –25/60 –40/80 –25/50 –25/50
1 Enclosed (°C, min./max.) –25/40 –25/40 –25–60 –25/40 –25/40

Ambient temperature for storage (°C, min./max.) –40/80 –40/80 –25–40 — —
1 Mounting position
30°
As required, As required, except As required, except
not suspended vertically A1/A2 at vertically A1/A2 at
90° 90° 90°
1 180°
the bottom the bottom
1
1
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
1 Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
Base unit with auxiliary contact module
1 Make contact
Break contact
7g
5g
7g
5g
6g
6g
10g
8g
10g
8g
1 Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Protection against direct contact from the front Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and
1 when actuated by a perpendicular test finger (IEC 536) back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof
Weight
1 AC operated (kg) 0.23 0.05 0.08 0.17 —
DC operated (kg) 0.28 0.05 0.08 0.20 —
1 Terminal capacity
1 Screw terminals
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4)0. 1 x (0.75–4)0. 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 Flexible with ferrule (mm2)

2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
1
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–1.5) 2 x (0.75–1.5) 2 x (0.75–1.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14
1 Terminal screw M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5

Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2
1 Standard screwdriver (mm) 0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
0.8 x 5.5
1x6
1 Max. tightening torque (Nm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

Spring cage terminals
1 Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) — 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) — 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 Flexible with or without ferrule DIN 46228 (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) — 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) — 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 — 18–14 18–14
Standard screwdriver (mm) 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 — 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5
1 Note
1
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30.

1.1
Relays and Timers, continued
Description XTRE XTCEXFAC_ XTCEXTE_ XTRM XTMCXFA_
1
Contacts
1
Interlocked opposing contacts to ZH 1/457, Yes Yes No Yes Yes
including auxiliary contact module
1
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 1
Rated insulation voltage (Ui) Vac 690 690 600 690 690
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Vac 690 500 400 600 600 1
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1
Between coil and auxiliary contacts (Vac) 400 400 250 300 300
Between the auxiliary contacts (Vac) 400 400 250 300 300
1
Rated operational current
AC-15 220/240V Ie 6 6 Please inquire 6 4 1
380/415V Ie 4 3 Please inquire 3 2
500V Ie 1.5 — — 1.5 1.5 1
DC-13 1
DC13 L/R <15 ms
1
Contacts in series—voltage: 1
1—24V 10 10 — 2.5 2.5
1—60V 6 6 — — — 1
2—60V 10 10 — 2.5 2.5
1—110V 3 3 — — —
1
3—110V 6 6 — 1.5 1.5
1
1—220V 1 1 — — —
3—220V 5 5 — 0.5 0.5 1
DC13 L/R <50 ms
Contacts in series—voltage: 1
1
3—24V 4 — — — —
3—60V 4 — — — —
3—110V 2 — — — —
1
3—220V 1 — — — —
Control circuit reliability Failure rate = <10–8, <1 failure — Failure rate = <10–8, <1 failure 1
(at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17, Imin = 5.4 mA) in 100 million operations in 100 million operations
Conventional thermal current (Ith) 16 16 6 10 10 1
Short-circuit rating without welding
Maximum overcurrent protective device 1
1
220/240V–XTPR Frame B 4 — — 4 4
380/415V–XTPR Frame B 4 — — 4 4
Short-circuit protection, max. fuse
1
500V (A gG/gL) 10 10 6 6 6
500V (A fast) — — — 10 10 1
Current heat losses at load of Ith
AC operated (W) 0.3 0.3 — 0.2 0.2 1
DC operated (W) 0.3 0.3 — 0.3 0.3
1
Note
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC13, time constant as stated.
1
1
1
1

Relays and Timers, continued

1 Description XTRE XTCEXFAC_ XTCEXTE_ XTRM XTMCXFA_
1 Magnet Systems
Pickup and dropout values
1 AC operated
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 0.8–1.1 — 0.85–11 0.8–1.1 —
1 60 Hz (pickup x Uc)
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz (pickup x Uc) 0.8–1.1 — — 0.85–1.1 —
1 DC operated 1
1
Pickup voltage (pickup x Uc) 0.8–1.1 — 0.7–1.2 0.85–1.3 —
At 24V: without auxiliary contact module (40°C) (pickup x Uc) 0.7–1.3 — — 0.7–1.3 —
1 Power consumption
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz
1 Pickup VA 24 — — 25 —
Pickup W 19 — — 22 —
1 Sealing VA 3.4 — 2 4.6 —
1 Sealing W
Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz
1.2 — 1.8 1.3 —
1 Pickup VA 27 — — 30 —
Pickup W 22 — — 26 —
1 Sealing VA 4.2 — — 5.4 —
Sealing W 1.4 — — 1.6 —
1 Dual-frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz
1 Pickup VA 25 — — 29 —
Pickup W 21 — — 24 —
1 Sealing VA 3.3 — — 3.9 —

Sealing W 1.2 — — 1.2 —
1 DC operated
1
Pull-in = sealing (W) 3 — — 2.6 —
Duty factor (% DF) 100 — 100 100 —
1 Switching times at 100% Uc (approximate values)

AC operated closing delay (ms) <21 — — 14–21 —
1 AC operated NO contact opening delay (ms) <18 — — 8–18 —
AC operated with auxiliary contact module, — — — 45 45
1 max. closing delay (ms)
DC operated closing delay (ms) <31 — — 26–35 —
1 DC operated NO contact opening delay (ms) <12 — — 15–25 —
1
DC operated with auxiliary contact module, — — — 70 70
max. closing delay (ms)
1
Note
1 Smoothed DC or three-phase bridge rectifier.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Control Relays—Characteristic Curves
XTRE (AC-15)
1
XTRE (DC-13) 1
Component lifespan (operations) Component lifespan (operations) 1
Ie = Rated operational current Ie = Rated operational current
1
106 106
1
20 20
10
1
10
5 5 1
2 2 1
1 1
DC-13
1
0.5 0.5
0.2
AC-15
0.2
24 V
L = 50 ms
1
240 V
0.1 0.1
R
1
0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 A 0.01 0.02 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.5 1 2 5 10 A
Ie Ie 1
The diagrams show the closing and opening travel of the contact of the contactor relays and auxiliary contacts at no load.
Tolerances are not taken into consideration.
1
1
Contact Travel Diagrams
1
XTRE
XTRE_ — AC Operation XTRE — DC Operation
1
Normally open contact
0 3.3 4.5
Normally open contact
0 2.1 2.9
1
Normally closed contact
0 1.0 4.5
Normally closed contact
0 0.7 2.9
1
XTCEXFAC_ — AC Operation XTCEXFAC_ — DC Operation 1
Normally open contact Normally open contact
0 3.2 4.5 0 2.3 2.9 1
Normally closed contact Normally closed contact
0 1.6 4.5 0 0.7 2.9 1
XTCEXFALC_ — AC Operation XTCEXFALC_ — DC Operation
Normally open contact (early make) Normally open contact (early make)
1
1
0 2.0 4.5 0 1.1 2.9
Normally closed contact (late make) Normally closed contact (late make)
0 2.8 4.5 0 1.9 2.9
1
Note
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time constant as stated.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Flow Diagrams—Electronic Timers, XTMT Mini Timers Dimensions

1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.]
On-Delay
1 A1-A2 Mini Contactor Relays
15-18
1 t
LED
Mini Control Relay XTRM
5.5 [.22]
1
ON-OFF Function
1 58
[2.28]
A1-A2
1 OFF ON OFF
15-18
LED 45
1 [1.77] 52 – 54
[2.05] – [2.13]
1 Fleeting Contact on Energization

A1-A2 XTRM Mini Control Relay with IP40 XTMCX Shroud
1 t
15-18 43
[1.69]
1 LED
1
58 45
Flashing, Pulse Initiating [2.28] [1.77]
1 A1-A2
15-18 45 65.3
[1.77] [2.57]
1
t t t t
LED
1 XTRM Mini Control Relay with RC or Varistor Suppressor

Pulse Generating
1 A1-A2
62.5
1
15-18 [2.46]
t 0.5 s
1
LED
45
[1.77] 52 – 54
[2.05] – [2.13]
1
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Timer
1 Star-Delta
XTRM Mini Control Relay with XTMCXFA Auxiliary Contact
M4
1 A1-A2
17-18
17-28
1 t tu
Power LED
58
[2.28]
50
[1.97]
1 LED
LED
35
45 83 – 86
1
[1.77] [3.27] – [3.39] [1.38]
1 Rating Data
Rating Data for Approved Types

1 Pilot Duty General Use
1 Control Relays—XTMR
A600, P300 10A–600 Vac
1 0.5A–250 Vdc
Timers—XTMT, XTTR
1 B300 6A–250 Vac
1
1

1.1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.]
1
Control Relays
1
Control Relay XTRE with XTCEXFA Auxiliary Contact Control Relay XTRE with XTCEXMLB Mechanical Interlock
1
68 45 18
1
68 45
[2.68] [1.77] [.71]
1
[2.68] [1.77]
18
6.5
1
[.71] 6.5
[.26] 90
1
[.26]
[3.54]
45 75 75
[1.77] [2.95] [2.95]
117
[4.61] 1
Control Relay with Spring Cage Terminals XTREC Coil Suppressors for Use with XTRE Control Relays 1
with XTCEXFA Auxiliary Contact
1
1
28 Approx.
[1.10] 32 [1.26]
68 52.3 26.4
[2.68] [2.06] [1.04]
1
25.9
36 6.5
[1.02] 1
[1.42]
1
[.26]
45 75 19.2 9
[1.77] [2.95] [.76] [.35]
125
1
[4.92] 25
[.98]
Electronic Timer Module XTCEXTE 1

38 25
[.98]
1
[1.50]
1
45 70
[1.77] [2.76] 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Contents
1 XTMC Miniature Contactor
Description Page
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-3
1 Miniature Controls
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-20
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-24
1 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-27
V5-T1-32
1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
An Eaton
V5-T1-34
1
Green Solution
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-35
1 EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-232
1 Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-236
1 Miniature Controls
1 Product Description Features Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s new line of XT Mini Contactors—Types XTMC Mini Overload Relays— ● IEC EN 60947
1 miniature controls includes and XTMF, 6–9A Bimetallic Type XTOM ● CE approved
non-reversing and reversing ● AC control from 12V to ● Phase failure sensitivity ● UL
1 mini contactors, mini overload 550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz ● Direct mount to XTMC and ● CSA
relays and snap-on ● DC control from XTMF mini contactors ● CCC
1 accessories. A wide range of
applications is possible,
12V to 220V ● Trip Class 10
● Reversing or non-reversing ● 11 settings to cover
including small electrical
1 motors from fractional to 5 hp ● Three- and four-pole 0.1 to 12A
(460 Vac) or up to 4 kW (400 configurations ● Ambient temperature
1 Vac). ● Three-pole XTMC compensated –5° to 50°C
● Four-pole XTMF [23° to 122°F]
1 Application Description
Due to its compact size, the ● Panel or DIN rail mounting
● Manual and automatic
reset by selector switch
XT line of mini controls is
1 IP20 finger and back-of-
●
● One make (NO) or one
best suited to be applied in hand proof break (NC) auxiliary contact
light-duty loads, such as
1 Low noise operation
●
as standard
hoisting, packaging, material ● High degree of climatic ● Test/Off button
handling, heating, lighting and
1
proofing Trip-free release
automation systems. XT mini ●
contactors are a particularly

● Large ambient temperature
range –25° to 50°C [–13° to
1 compact, economic and
environmentally friendly 122°F]
solution wherever control
1 of small motors or loads
is required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Instructional Leaflets
Pub51219 XTMC, XTMF Mini Contactors, XTRM Mini
1
Control Relay and Accessories
1
Pub51243 XTOM Mini Overload Relays
Pub51206 Mini Reversing Link Kits 1
MN03402002E XTOM Mini Overload Relays Installation
and User Manual
1
1
1
1
XT IEC Miniature Contactors
1
1
XT MC 6 A 10 A
1
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control Type A =
Coil Codes
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz L = 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
1
Current Rating,
1
MC = Three-pole FVNR B = 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz N = 400V 50 Hz
mini IEC contactor AC-3 F = 230V 50 Hz P = 380V 60 Hz
MF = Four-pole FVNR mini XTMC T = 24V 50/60 Hz R = 12V 50/60 Hz
IEC contactor
MR = Three-pole FVR mini
6 = 6.6A
9 = 8.8A
TD =
C =
24 Vdc
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz Y =
W = 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
48V 50 Hz 1
IEC contactor D = 550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz AD = 120 Vdc
1
XTMF
E = 208V 60 Hz BD = 220 Vdc
9 = 8.8A
G = 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz RD = 12 Vdc
H = 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz WD = 48 Vdc
Frame Size 1
A = 45 mm mini Integral Auxiliary Contact
01 = 1NC
10 = 1NO
1
1
1
XT IEC Miniature Overload Relays
1
XT OM P16 A C1 1
Designation Trip Class 1
XT = XT IEC power control Type Frame Size C1 = Class 10A
OM = Mini overload relay Overload Release A = 45 mm mini 1
P16 = 0.1–0.16A 2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
P24
P40
=
=
0.16–0.24A
0.24–0.4A
004 = 2.4–4A
006 = 4–6A 1
P60 = 0.4–0.6A 009 = 6–9A
001
1P6
=
=
0.6–1A
1–1.6A
012 = 9–12A 1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Product Selection
1
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Miniature Contactors
1 Maximum UL Ratings—Single-Phase and Three-Phase
XTMC_
1 Horsepower Ratings
Single-Phase Three-Phase Number of Auxiliary Screw Terminal
1 115V 200V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Power Poles Contacts Catalog Number 1
1/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 3 3 1NO XTMC6A10_
1 1/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 3 3 1NC XTMC6A01_
1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 3 1NO XTMC9A10_
1 1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 3 1NC XTMC9A01_
1 1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 4 — XTMF9A00_
1 Maximum IEC Ratings AC-3

Operational Current Conventional Free Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
1 AC-3 Amp Rating Air Thermal Current 220– 380– 660/ Number of Auxiliary Screw Terminal
380/400V AC-1 at 50°C 240V 400V 550V 690V Power Poles Contacts Catalog Number 1
1 6.6 20 1.5 3 3 3 3 1NO XTMC6A10_

6.6 20 1.5 3 3 3 3 1NC XTMC6A01_
1 8.8 20 2.2 4 4 4 3 1NO XTMC9A10_
1 8.8
8.8
20
20
2.2
2.2
4
4
4
4
4
4
3
4
1NC
—
XTMC9A01_
XTMF9A00_
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
1 Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 380V 60 Hz P 120 Vdc AD
1 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz D3 12V 50/60 Hz R3 220 Vdc BD
1 230V 50 Hz
24V 50/60 Hz
F
T
208V 60 Hz
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
E
G
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
48V 50 Hz
W
Y
12 Vdc
48 Vdc
RD
WD
1 24 Vdc TD 2 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H — — — —

— — 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L — — — —
1 Notes
IEC Utilization Categories, see Page V5-T1-249.
1 AC-1: Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads.
AC-3: Squirrel cage motors—starting, switching of motors during running.
1 AC-4: Squirrel cage motors—starting, plugging, inching.

1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required.
2
1
With DC operation: Integrated diode resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
3 XTMF four-pole contactor not available with “D” or “R” coil voltage suffix.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Full Voltage Reversing Miniature Contactors
1
Maximum UL Ratings—Single-Phase and Three-Phase
XTMR_
Horsepower Ratings 1
1
Single-Phase Three-Phase Spare Auxiliary Contacts
115V 200V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V K1M K2M Catalog Number 12
1/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 3 63 63 XTMR6A21_
1
64 64
1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 5 63 63 XTMR9A21_ 1

64 64
1
1
Maximum IEC Ratings AC-3
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz 1
Operational Current
AC-3 Amp Rating
Conventional Free
Air Thermal Current
220/
230/
380/
400/ 660/ Spare Auxiliary Contacts 1
380/400V AC-1 at 50°C 240V 440V 500V 690V K1M K2M Catalog Number 12
6.6 20 1.5 3 3 3 63 63 XTMR6A21_ 1
64 64
1
8.8 20 2.2 4 4 4 63 63 XTMR9A21_
64 64 1
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
1
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 380V 60 Hz P 120 Vdc AD 1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz D3 12V 50/60 Hz R3 220 Vdc BD
230V 50 Hz F 208V 60 Hz E 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 12 Vdc RD 1
1
24V 50/60 Hz T 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 48V 50 Hz Y 48 Vdc WD
24 Vdc TD 2 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H — — — —
— — 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L — — — —
1
Notes
IEC Utilization Categories, see Page V5-T1-249. 1
AC-1: Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads.
AC-3: Squirrel cage motors—starting, switching of motors during running.
AC-4: Squirrel cage motors—starting, plugging, inching. 1
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Magnet Coil Suffix table above.
2 The factory-installed reversing mini contactor includes (2) XTMC…01 contactors, (2) XTMCXFA20 2NO front-mount auxiliary contacts 1
(1) XTMCXRL reversing link kit and (1) XTMCXML mechanical interlock.
3 XTMF four-pole contactor not available with “D” or “R” coil voltage suffix.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Miniature Contactors

1
1 XTMC_ Maximum Current UL Ratings—Single-Phase and Three-Phase 1
1
Horsepower Ratings
Maximum
Single-Phase Three-Phase Changeover Spare Auxiliary Contacts Component
115V 200V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Time (sec.) K1M Description Catalog Number 2
1 1/2 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 7-1/2 30 21 31 53 K1M main contactor XTMC9A10_
1 22 32 54
K1M auxiliary contact XTMCXFC22
K5M delta contactor XTMC9A01_
1 K3M star contactor XTMC9A10_
1 K1T timing relay XTTR6A60S51B
1
Maximum IEC Ratings AC-3 1
1 Horsepower Ratings
Maximum
1 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230/240V 380/400/440V 500V
Changeover
Time (sec.)
Spare Auxiliary Contacts
K1M
Component
Description Catalog Number 2
1 4 5.5 5.5 30 21 31 53 K1M main contactor XTMC9A10_

22 32 54
1 K5M delta contactor XTMC9A01_
K3M star contactor XTMC9A10_
1 K3M auxiliary contact XTMCXFC02
1 Mini Overload Relay Settings (A)
1 Setting Starting
A: IN x 0.58 <15 sec
1 Motor protection in the Y and delta configurations.

B: IN x 1 15–40 sec
1 Only partial motor protection in star position

C: IN x 0.58 >40 sec
1
Motor not protected in star position.
Timing relay set to approximately 10 sec.
1 Notes
Depending on the coordination type required (that is, Type 1 or Type 2) it must be established
1 whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the main and delta contactors are to be
common or separate.
1
1
Operating frequency: 30 starts/hour. See Magnet Coil Suffix table on following page.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Magnet Coil Suffix
1
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 400V 50 Hz N 120 Vdc AD
1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz D 380V 60 Hz P 220 Vdc BD
230V 50 Hz F 208V 60 Hz E 12V 50/60 Hz R 12 Vdc RD 1
24V 50/60 Hz T 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 24V 50 Hz U 48 Vdc WD
24 Vdc TD 1 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W — — 1
— — 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 48V 50 Hz Y — —
1
Mini Overload Relays 1
XTOM_ Mini Overload Relays 23 1
1
Short-Circuit Protection (A)
Type 1 Type 2
Overload Trip Contact Contact Coordination, Coordination, Circuit CEC/NEC
Release It Class Sequence Configuration gG/gL gG/gL Breaker Fuse Catalog Number 1
0.1–0.16A 10A 97 95 1NO-1NC 20 0.5 15 — XTOMP16AC1
0.16–0.24A 10A 1NO-1NC 20 1 15 — XTOMP24AC1 1
1
0.24–0.4A 10A 2 4 6 98 96 1NO-1NC 20 2 15 — XTOMP40AC1
0.4–0.6A 10A 1NO-1NC 20 2 15 — XTOMP60AC1
0.6–1A 10A 1NO-1NC 20 4 15 3 XTOM001AC1
1
1–1.6A 10A 1NO-1NC 20 6 15 6 XTOM1P6AC1
1.6–2.4A 10A 1NO-1NC 20 6 15 6 XTOM2P4AC1 1
2.4–4A 10A 1NO-1NC 20 15 15 XTOM004AC1
4–6A 10A 1NO-1NC 20 15 20 XTOM006AC1 1
6–9A
9–12A
10A
10A
1NO-1NC
1NO-1NC
20
—
15
—
35
45
XTOM009AC1
XTOM012AC1
1
Notes
1
1
1 With DC operation: Integrated diode resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
2 Short-circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct device mounting. See MN03402002E for more information.
3 When fitted directly to the contactor, a clearance of at least 5 mm is required between the overload relays.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
1 Front-mounted snap-on auxiliary contacts for mini contactors are available with screw terminals in a
variety of contact configurations. Auxiliary contact modules are standard with interlocked opposing
1 contacts, except in the case of early-make or late-break contacts.
1 Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts for Use with Mini Contactors

Conventional Free Air
1 Thermal Current, Contact Pkg. Screw Terminal
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Configuration Contact Sequence Qty. 1 Catalog Number
1 10 2NC
21 31
5 XTMCXFC02
1 22 32
1 10 1NO-1NC
21 33
5 XTMCXFD11
1 22 34
1 10 2NO-2NC
21 31 43 53
5 XTMCXFC22
1 22 32 44 54
1 10 2NC 51 61 5 XTMCXFA02
1 52 62
1
10 1NO-1NC 5 XTMCXFA11
53 61
1 54 62
10 2NO 5 XTMCXFA20
1 53 63
1 54 64
10 4NC 5 XTMCXFA04
1
51 61 71 81
1
52 62 72 82
53 61 71 81
1
54 62 72 82
1
53 61 71 83
1
54 62 72 84
1 10 3NO-1NC 5 XTMCXFA31
53 61 73 83
1
54 62 74 84
1 10 4NO 5 XTMCXFA40
53 63 73 83
1
54 64 74 84
1 10 1NO-1NC
57 65 71 83
5 XTMCXFAL22 2
1NOE-1NCL
1 58 66 72 84
1 Notes
1 2 One early-make contact (NO ), one late-break contact (NC ).

E L

1.1
Suppressors
1
RC Suppressor 1
XTMCXR_
For Use Pkg. 1
Voltage with… Circuit Symbol Qty. 2 Catalog Number
24–48 XTMC6A_, A1 10 XTMCXRSW 1
XTMC9A_
A2
1
XTMC Relay with 48–130 XTMC6A_, 10 XTMCXRSA
Installed Suppressor XTMC9A_ 1
110–250 XTMC6A_, 10 XTMCXRSB 1
XTMC9A_
1
1
1
XTMCX_ Varistor Suppressor 3
1
For Use Pkg.
Voltage
24–48
with…
XTMC6A_,
Circuit Symbol Qty. 2
10
Catalog Number
XTMCXVSW
1
A1
XTMC9A_
1
48–130 XTMC6A_, A2 10 XTMCXVSA
1
XTMC Relay with XTMC9A_
110–250 XTMC6A_, 10 XTMCXVSB
XTMC9A_ 1
380–415 XTMC6A_, 10 XTMCXVSN
XTMC9A_ 1
1
Mechanical Interlock
1
1
XTMCXML
Pkg.
Description Qty. 2 Catalog Number
Mechanical interlock 5 XTMCXML 1
Notes 1
For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system that are horizontally or vertically mounted,
the distance between contactors is 0 mm and the mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations. 1
1 For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. Note dropout delay.
2
3
Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.
For AC operated contactors, 50/60 Hz. DC operated contactors have integrated varistor suppressors.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Additional Accessories
1
Reversing Link Kit 12
1 XTMCXRL
Pkg.
1 Main current wiring for reversing contactors and starters 1 XTMCXRL
1
1
1 XTMCXSDL Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Link Kit 45
Pkg.
Qty. 3
1
Description Catalog Number
Main current wiring for star-delta (wye-delta) combinations. 1 XTMCXSDL
1
Includes the star-delta bridge
1 XTMCXCN Connector
1 Description
Pkg.
1 For mechanically arranging contactors and timing relays in

combinations
50 XTMCXCN 6
1
IP40 Sealable Transparent Shroud
1 XTMCXSHROUD
Pkg.
1 IP40 sealable transparent shroud, snap fitting on mini contactor 1 XTMCXSHROUD
1
1
Notes
1 1 The following control cables are integrated as part of the electrical interlock: K1M: A1–K2M: 21; K1M: 21–K2M: A1
2 Reversing link kit does not include mechanical interlock. See Mechanical Interlock.
1
4 The following control cables are integrated in addition to the electrical interlock: K3M: A1–K5M: 21; K3M: 21–K5M: A1; K3M: A2–K5M: A2
5 When combined with overload relay, use separate mounting.
1 6 0 mm distance between contactors.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XT Miniature Controls—General
XTMC6A_ XTMC9A_ XTMF9A_
1
1
Description AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils
Physical and Electrical
Standards IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, CSA,
1
UL, CCC UL, CCC UL, CCC UL, CCC UL, CCC UL, CCC
Weights in kg [lb] 0.2 [0.44] 0.17 [0.37] 0.2 [0.44] 0.17 [0.34] 0.2 [0.44] 0.17 [0.37]
1
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 20,000,000 10,000,000 20,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000
1
Mechanical life—coil at 50 Hz 7 — 7 — 7 —
Maximum mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr) 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 9000 1
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac 690 690 690 690 690 690
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000 1
1
Operational Voltage (Ue) Vac 690 690 690 690 690 690
Between coil and contacts (Vac) 300 300 300 300 300 300
1
Between contacts (Vac) 300 300 300 300 300 300
Making capacity (amps) 110 110 110 110 110 110 1
Breaking capacity (amps)
220/230V 90 90 90 90 90 90 1
380/400V
500V
90
64
90
64
90
64
90
64
90
64
90
64
1
660/690V 54 54 54 54 54 54 1
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (gL/gG)
Type 2 coordination (A) 10 10 10 10 10 10 1
Type 1 coordination (A) 20 20 20 20 20 20
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5)
1 x (0.75–1.5)
2 x (0.75–1.5) 1
Solid or stranded (AWG)
Terminal screw
18–14
M3.5
18–14
M3.5
18–14
M3.5
18–14
M3.5
18–14
M3.5
18–14
M3.5
1
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 1
Standard screwdriver (mm) 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5
1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6
1
Max. tightening torque
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1
Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
Terminal capacity of spring cage main terminals 1
Solid (mm2) 1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5)
1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5) 1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2)
1
1 x (1–2.5) 1 x (1–2.5) 1 x (1–2.5) 1 x (1–2.5) 1 x (1–2.5) 1 x (1–2.5)
2 x (1–2.5) 2 x (1–2.5) 2 x (1–2.5) 2 x (1–2.5) 2 x (1–2.5) 2 x (1–2.5)
Standard screwdriver (mm) 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5 0.6 x 3.5
Mounting position 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Note
1 As required, except vertical with terminals A1/A2 at the bottom.
1
1
1
A2
A1
1
1

XT Miniature Controls—General, continued

1 XTMC6A_ XTMC9A_ XTMF9A_
1 Description
Environmental
AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils
1 Ambient temperature –25° to 50°C

[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
–25° to 50°C
[–13° to 122°F]
1 Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)

Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
1 Contactor without auxiliary contact module

Main contact—make contact 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g
1 Main contact—break/make contact 10/8g 10/8g 10/8g 10/8g — —

Contactor with auxiliary contact module
1 Main contact—make contact 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g
1
Main contact—make/break contact 20/20g 20/20g 20/20g 20/20g 20/20g 20/20g
Climatic proofing 1 1 1 1 1 1
1 Pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3
Note
1 1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60 068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
XT Miniature Controls—Magnet Systems
1
Description
Voltage Tolerance
AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils AC Coils DC Coils
1
Pickup (x Uc) 1
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz 0.8–1.1 — 0.8–1.1 — 0.8–1.1 —
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz 0.85–1.1 — 0.85–1.1 — 0.85–1.1 — 1
1
1
DC operated — 0.8–1.1 — 0.8–1.1 — 0.85–1.1
Power Consumption
AC operation
1
Pickup VA
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz 25 — 25 — 25 — 1
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz 30 — 30 — 30 —
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz 29 — 29 — 29 — 1
1
Pickup W
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz 22 — 22 — 22 —
1
Sealing VA 1
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz 4.6 — 4.6 — 4.6 —
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz 5.4 — 5.4 — 5.4 — 1
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz
Sealing W
3.9 — 3.9 — 3.9 —
1
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz and dual-voltage coil 50 Hz, 60 Hz 1.3 — 1.3 — 1.3 — 1
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 50 Hz 1.6 — 1.6 — 1.6 —
Dual frequency coil 50/60 Hz at 60 Hz 1.1 — 1.1 — 1.1 — 1
DC operated 1
Power consumption pickup = sealing (VA/W) — 2.6 — 2.6 — 2.6
1
Duty factor (%) 100 100 100 100 100 100
1
Switching Time at 100% Uc
Make contact 1
Closing delay min. (ms) 14 26 14 26 14 26
Closing delay max. (ms) 21 35 21 35 21 35 1
Opening delay min. (ms) 8 15 8 15 8 15
Opening delay max. (ms) 18 25 18 25 18 25 1
Closing delay with top-mounting auxiliary contact (ms)
Reversing Contactors
Max. 45 Max. 70 Max. 45 Max. 70 Max. 45 Max. 70
1
Changeover time at 100% Uc 1
Minimum (ms) 16 40 16 40 16 40
Maximum (ms) 21 50 21 50 21 50 1
Arcing time at 690 Vac (ms) Max. 12 Max. 12 Max. 12 Max. 12 Max. 12 Max. 12
1
Note
1 Smoothed DC or three-phase bridge rectifier.
1
1
1
1
1
1

XT Miniature Controls
1 XTMC6A_ XTMC9A_ XTMF9A_
1
AC-1 Operation
1 Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50–60 Hz (A)

at 40°C (Ith) 22 22 22 22 22 22
1 at 50°C (Ith) 20 20 20 20 20 20
at 55°C (Ith) 19 19 19 19 19 19
1 Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith) 50 50 50 50 60 60
1
AC-3 Operation
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes (A)
1 220/230V 6.6 6.6 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0

240V 6.6 6.6 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
1 380/400V 6.6 6.6 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
415V 6.6 6.6 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
1 440V 6.6 6.6 9.0 9.0 9.0 9.0
1
500V 5.0 5.0 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4
660/690V 3.5 3.5 4.8 4.8 4.8 4.8
1 Rated power (P) in kilowatts (kW)

220/230V 1.5 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.2 2.2
1 240V 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5

380/400V 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
1 415V 3.1 3.1 4.3 4.3 4.3 4.3
440V 3.3 3.3 4.6 4.6 4.6 4.6
1 500V 3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
1 660/690V
AC-4 Operation
3.0 3.0 4.0 4.0 4.0 4.0
1 Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes (A)

220/230V 5.0 5.0 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
1 240V 5.0 5.0 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
380/400V 5.0 5.0 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
1 415V 5.0 5.0 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
1
440V 5.0 5.0 6.6 6.6 6.6 6.6
500V 3.7 3.7 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
1 660/690V 2.9 2.9 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4

Rated power (P) in kilowatts (kW)
1 220/230V 1.1 1.1 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

240V 1.3 1.3 1.8 1.8 1.8 1.8
1 380/400V 2.2 2.2 3.0 3.0 3.0 3.0
415V 2.3 2.3 3.1 3.1 3.1 3.1
1 440V 2.4 2.4 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3
1 500V
660/690V
2.2
2.2
2.2
2.2
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
3.0
1 DC-1 Operation 2
12V 20 20 20 20 — —
1 24V 20 20 20 20 — —
60V 20 20 20 20 — —
1 110V 20 20 20 20 — —
1 220V 20 20 20 20 — —
Notes
1 1 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
2 Rated operation current (l ) in amperes, at maximum permissible ambient temperature.
e
1

1.1
XT Miniature Controls, continued
1
1
DC-3 Operation 1
12V
24V
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8
—
—
—
—
1
60V 3 3 4 4 — — 1
110V 2 2 3 3 — —
220V — — — — 1.0 1.0 1
DC-4 Operation 1
12V 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 — — 1
24V 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 — —
60V 1.8 1.8 2.5 2.5 — — 1
110V
220V
1.1
0.2
1.1
0.2
1.5
0.3
1.5
0.3
2.5
1.0
2.5
1.0
1
Current Heat Loss (Three- or Four-Pole) in Watts
at Ith 2.0 3.5 2.0 3.5 2.7 4.7
1
at Ie to AC-3/400V 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 — — 1
1
XT Miniature Controls—Auxiliary Contacts
Description
Built-In Auxiliary
XTMC
Add-On Auxiliary
XTMCXF_
1
Interlocked opposing contacts to ZH1/457, including auxiliary contact module Yes Yes 1
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp (Vac) 6000 6000
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 1
Rated insulation voltage, Ui (Vac) 690 690
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac) 600 600
1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101(A) in Vac
Between coil and auxiliary contacts 300 300
1
Between the auxiliary contacts 300 300 1
Rated operational current
AC-15, Ie 1
220/240V 6A 4A
380/415V 3A 2A 1
500V
DC-13 (contacts in series)
1.5A 1.5A
1
1: 24V 2.5A 2.5A
1
2: 60V 2.5A 2.5A
3: 100V 1.5A 1.5A 1
3: 220V 0.5A 0.5A
Conventional thermal current, Ith 10A 10A 1
1
Control circuit reliability (at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17V, I min = 5.4 mA) <10–8, <1 failure at 100 million operations <10–8, <1 failure at 100 million operations
Component lifespan at Ue = 240V
AC-15, operations x 106 0.2 0.2
1
DC-13 L/R = 50 ms: 2 contacts in series at Ie = 0.5A, operations x 106 0.15 0.15
Short-circuit rating without welding 1
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse, 500V gG/gL 6A 6A
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse, 500V fast 10A 10A 1
Current heat loss at conventional free air thermal current Ith per contact, W 0.2 0.2
Note
1
1 Rated operation current (l ) in amperes, at maximum permissible ambient temperature.
e
1
1

Wiring Diagrams Tripping Characteristics

1
XTMR Reversing Contactor XTMR Reversing Contactor
1 Control Circuit Power Circuit Tripping Characteristics Chart
1 0
21 2h
100 XTOM
22 60
1 II
21
22
K1M
1 3 5
K2M
13 5 40
22 21 20
Minutes
1
2 4 6 2 4 6
54 53
10
I 53 54 54 6
1 K1M 54
53 K2M 4
53
22 UV W 2
K1M 22
1 K2M 21
A1 K2M A1
21
M1
M 1
3 40
1 K1M
A2 A2 20
3-Phase
Seconds
1
10
6
XT Mini Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) 4
1 Contactor Power Circuit 2
2-Phase
1 B
1
0.6
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20
1 x Setting Current
1 3 5 13 5 1 35
1 K1M
24 6
K5M K3M
24 6 246
These tripping characteristics
1 A C
are mean values of the
spread at 20°C ambient
1 temperature in a cold state.
U1 V2
Tripping time depends on
1 V1 M1
W1 3
W2
U2
response current. With
devices at operating
temperature, the tripping
1
M1
time of the overload relay
reduces to approximately
1 25% of the read off value.
Specific characteristics for
1 each individual setting range
can be found on Page
1 V5-T1-33.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Electrical Switching Operation Charts
Squirrel cage motors Squirrel cage motors 1
Operating characteristics Operating characteristics 1
Starting: from rest Jogging, plugging, reversing
Stopping: after attaining a full running speed
1
Electrical characteristics Electrical characteristics
Make (NO): Up to 6x rated motor current Make (NO): 6x rated motor current 1
Breaking (NC): 1x rated motor current Breaking (NC): 6x rated motor current
1
Normal Switching Duty—AC-3/400V Extreme Switching Duty—AC-4/400V
1
Rated output of three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz

AC-3/400V AC-4/400V
Rated operational current le 50 – 60 Hz

kW kW A
1
Rated output of three-phase motors, 50 – 60 Hz
A 22 43
Rated operational current le 50 – 60 Hz
30 58 18.5 36
22
18.5
43
15
11
30
23
1
36
15 30
7.5 16 1
11 23
5.5 12
7.5 16 4 8.8 1
1
5.5 12 3 6.5 XTMC 9A
4 8.8 XTMC 9A 2.2 5 XTMC 6A
3 6.5 XTMC 6A
1.5 3.5 1
2.2 5
1.1 2.5
1.5 3.5
XTMC DC Coil
0.8 2
1
1.1 2.5
XTMC AC Coil 0.55 1.6 1
0.8 2
0.55 1.6
0.37
0.25
1.2
0.8
1
1
0.01 0.04 0.1 0.4 0.75 2 4 6 10 0.01 0.03 0.06 0.2 0.4 1 3 5 8
0.02 0.06 0.2 0.6 1 3 5 8 0.02 0.04 0.1 0.3 0.6 2 4 6 10
Component lifespan (millions of operations) Component lifespan (millions of operations)
1
Switching Duty for Non-Motor Loads, Three- and Short Time Loading, Three-Pole—AC-1/400V 1
Four-Pole—AC-1/400V (time interval between two loading cycles: 15 minutes)
1
Short-time current
1400
Breaking current
AC-1/400V A AC-1/400V
1
1000 700
700
500
500
350
275
400
1
300
160 200
1
100
55
150
1
100
35
XTMC 6A 1
XTMC 6A 70 XTMC 9A
20 XTMC 9A
50 1
10 40
7
5
30 1
4
3
20
15
1
2
1
1
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1 2 3 5 7 10 Seconds 2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 900
Component lifespan (millions of operations)

Duration of load 1 min 3 min 10 min 1
5 min 15 min
1

Dimensions
1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in.]
1 Non-Reversing Mini Contactor Non-Reversing Mini Contactor with Overload Relay
1
D M4 5.5 [.22]
1 58
[2.28]
50
[1.97]
1 35
106 49
[4.17] [1.93]
1
[1.38]
1 45 D1 32 58
[1.77]
1
[1.26] [2.28]
45 ≥ 5 [.20]
XTMC XTMCC [1.77]
1 D 52 [2.05] 54 [2.13]
1
D1 83 [3.27] 86 [3.39]
1 Star-Delta Starter Combinations XTMCXRSA, XTMCXVSA Mini Suppressors

61
1 [2.40]
62.5
1 [2.46]
1
45 52
1 [1.77] [2.05]
1 XTMCXTSA Mini Sealable Shroud
1 180
[7.09]
83
[3.27]
43
[1.69]
108
1 [4.25]
58 45
1 [2.28] [1.77]
1 45 69
[1.77] [2.72]
1
Reversing Mini Contactor XTMCXML Mechanical Interlock
1
1 61 58
[2.40] [2.28]
1 108
[4.25]
1 90
[3.54]
63
[2.48]
1
1
90 94
[3.54] [3.70]
58
1 [2.28]
1 90 94
[3.54] [3.70]
1

1.1
Contents
XT Family of Contactors
Description Page 1
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-18 1
Contactors and Starters
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-36 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-39
V5-T1-65
1
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-78
V5-T1-109 1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-114
An Eaton 1
Green Solution
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-130 1
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-143
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-159
V5-T1-193
1
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-219
V5-T1-232
1
Contactors and Starters 1
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits 1
The Eaton XT contactors The XT line of IEC power ● AC control from ● AC and DC controlled
and starters includes non- control was engineered to 12V to 600V 50/60 Hz contactors in the same 1
reversing and reversing provide highly effective ● DC control from compact frame
contactors, overload relays
and a variety of related
control and protection for a
variety of loads, including
12V to 220V ● Low power consumption 1
● Available with screw or AC and DC coils
accessories. Because XT
meets IEC, UL®, CSA® and
motors, compressors,
pumps, resistive, capacitor
spring cage terminals ● Built-in NO or NC auxiliary
contacts to 32A
1
CE standards, it is the perfect banks, isolation, and others.
● Reversing or non-reversing
product solution for IEC XT also includes IEC ratings contactors and starters ● Plug-in accessories for
reduced installation time
1
applications all over the for lighting applications as ● AC-3 contactor ratings to
world. The compact, space
saving and easy to install
well. 1000A and AC-1 contactor
ratings to 2000A
● Coil replacement on
Frames C–N (18–820A)
1
XT contactors can be used in
XT line of IEC contactors and
starters is the efficient and safety applications according
● Non-reversing starters
to 650A
● Contact replacement on
Frames D–N (40 –820A)
1
effective solution for to EN 954-1, EN ISO 13849-1
customer applications from and IEC 62061 up to Category
● Panel or DIN rail mounting
to 65A
● Integrated suppressor
7–150A DC operated 1
7A to 2450A. 4, Pl e and SIL 3. Information
contactors and 185–2000A
IP20 finger and back-of-
1
●
concerning safety related
characteristics (B10 and B10d hand proof AC and DC operated
contactors
1
values) is available online. The ● Large ambient temperature
auxiliary contact modules and range, –25 to 50°C
built-in auxiliary contacts [–13 to 122°F]
meet IEC EN 60947-5-1
Standards and Certifications
1
Annex L (positively driven)
and IEC EN 60947-4-1
Annex F (mirror contacts).
● IEC EN 60947 1
● CE approved
● UL 1
● CSA
● RoHS 1
1
Note: For Type 2 Coordination, 1
see Page V5-T1-237.
Reference 1
Refer to Volume 10—Enclosed Control, CA08100012E,
Tab 3, section 3.1 for additional product information on
IEC Non-Metallic Enclosed Contactors and Starters.
1
1

Product Identification
1
XTCE007B to XTCE170G (7 to 170A) Contactors
1
1 1 1
4
4
1 4
1 1
1
1
1
1
1
1 2
3
1
1
3
1 4
4 3
4
2
1 3
1
1
4
1 4
4
1
1 Notes
1 Contactor up to 170A AC-3 (see Page V5-T1-39)
AC: 12–600V, 50, 60, 50/60 Hz

1 0.8–1.1 x Uc)
DC: 12–250V
1
XTCE…B_ (7–15A): 0.8–1.1 x Uc
XTCE…C_–XTCE…G_(18–150A): 0.7–1.2 x Uc
24V: 0.7–1.3 x Uc at 40°C without additional auxiliary contacts
1 Coils for special voltages
“Safe Isolation” to IEC 536 between coil and contacts
2 Suppressors (see Page V5-T1-71)
1 RC suppressor
Varistor suppressor
1
Free-wheel diode suppressor
3 Overload Relays (see Page V5-T1-132)
Can be mounted directly

1 Separate mounting, possible
Protection of EEx e-motors
4 Auxiliary Contact Modules (see Page V5-T1-24)
1 Two-pole, plug-in type

Four-pole, plug-in type
1 Overlapping contacts
Two-pole, side-mounting
1
1
1

1.1
XTCE185–XTCE20 Contactors
1
1
1
2
3
1
1
1
1 1
1
1
7
1
1
1
4
1
1
1
1
1
5
1
1
6
1
Notes
1 XTCE Contactors for 185–2000A 2 Cable Terminal Block 5 Overload Relays 1
(see Page V5-T1-46) (see Page V5-T1-97) (see Page V5-T1-132)
Multi-voltage coils:
24–48 Vdc
One or two conductors per phase
Round and flat conductor connectable
Can be mounted directly
Separate mounting, possible 1
48–110 Vac/Vdc Finger-proof Protection of EEx e-motors
110–250 Vac/Vdc
250–500 Vac
3 Flat Strip Conductor Terminals
(see Page V5-T1-97) 6
PTB certificate
Terminal Shroud
1
1
0.7–1.15 x Uc One or two strips per phase (see Page V5-T1-75)
Actuation options: Control circuit terminal Finger-proof
Directly Cover for fingerproofing 7 Auxiliary Contact Modules
From the PLC
With low-consumption contact
4 Mechanical Interlock
(see Page V5-T1-73)
(see Page V5-T1-24)
Two-pole, side-mounting
1
XTCS Contactors for 185–570A AC-3 Fits between contactors
(see Page V5-T1-42)
Control voltages:
1
110–120V 50/60 Hz
220–240V 50/60 Hz
Conventional operation
1
1
1
1


1
1 XT IEC Contactors and Starters
1 XT CE C 007 B 01 AD P16
1 Designation XTAE, XTAS and XTAR Starters Only—
XT = XT line of IEC control Maximum Overload Relay
1 Terminations Coil Codes XTOB Maximum Overload Rating
Type Blank = Screw terminals See Page Frame B Frame D
1 CE
CS
=
=
Three-pole FVNR IEC contactor
Three-pole FVNR S Series IEC contactor
(6–65A);
5 mm (80–150A);
V5-T1-53. P16 = 0.1–0.16A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
010 = 6–10A
016 = 10–16A
no lugs P40 = 0.24–0.4A 024 = 16–24A
1
CF = Four-pole FVNR IEC contactor
CR = Three-pole FVR IEC contactor (185–2000A) P60 = 0.4–0.6A 040 = 24–40A
C = Spring cage Built-In Auxiliary Contact 001 = 0.6–1A 057 = 40–57A
CC = IEC capacitor contactor
01 = 1NC
1 AE = FVNR IEC starter terminals consult 1P6 = 1.0–1.6A 065 = 50–65A
local sales office 10 = 1NO 2P4 = 1.6–2.4A 075 = 65–75A
AS = FVNR S-Series IEC starter
for availability 00 = 0NO–0NC 004 = 2.4–4A
AR = FVR IEC starter
1 S1 = 1NO–1NC
side-mount auxiliary
006 = 4–6A
010 = 6–10A
Frame F
035 = 25–35A
Current Ratings, AC-3 11 = 1NO–1NC 012 = 9–12A 050 = 35–50A
1 007 = 7A 080 = 80A 570 = 570A
top-mount auxiliary
22 = 2NO–2NC
016 = 12–16A 070 = 50–70A
100 = 70–100A
009 = 9A 095 = 95A 580 = 580A
1 012 = 12A
015 = 15A
115= 115A
150 = 150A
650 = 650A
750 = 750A
Frame C Frame G
P16 = 0.1–0.16A 035 = 25–35A
018 = 18A 170 = 170A 820 = 820A
1 025 = 25A
032 = 32A
185 = 185A
225 = 225A
C10 = 1000A
C14 = 1400A, AC-1 B =
Frame Size Designation
45 mm L = 140 mm
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
050 = 35–50A
070 = 50–70A
P60 = 0.4–0.6A 100 = 70–100A
1
040 = 40A 250 = 250A C16 = 1600A, AC-3 C = 45 mm M = 160 mm
001 = 0.6–1A 125 = 95–125A
050 = 50A 300 = 300A C20 = 2000A, AC-1 D = 55 mm N = 250 mm
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A 150 = 120–150A
065 = 65A 400 = 400A F = 90 mm P = 260 mm
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A 175 = 145–175A
1 072 = 72A 500 = 500A G
H
=
=
90 mm
140 mm
R = 515 mm
004 = 2.4–4A
006 = 4–6A Frame L
1
010 = 6–10A 070 = 50–70A
016 = 10–16A 100 = 70–100A
024 = 16–24A 125 = 95–125A
1 032 = 24–32A 160 = 120–160A
220 = 160–220A
250 = 200–250A
1 XTOE Maximum Overload Rating
Standard Ground Fault
1 Frame B
Type Suffix Type Suffix
1
0.33–1.65A 5E1P6 5G1P6
1–5A 5E005 5G005
4–20A 5E020 5G020
1 Frame C
0.33–1.65A 5E1P6 5G1P6
1–5A 5E005 5G005
1 4–20A
9–45A
5E020
5E045
5G020
5G045
1
Frame D
9–45A 5E045 5G045
20–100A 5E100 5G100
1 Frame F, G
20–100A 5E100 5G100
Frame G, H
1 35–175A 5E175 5G175
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Product Selection
1
Full Voltage, Non-Reversing Contactors
1
Frame B Three-Pole Contactors, Frame B—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary Screw Terminal 1
Ampere Rating 115V 200V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Catalog Number 12
20 1/4 3/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 1NO XTCE007B10_ 1
20
20
1/4
1/2
3/4
1
1
1-1/2
1-1/2
3
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
1NC
1NO
XTCE007B01_
XTCE009B10_
1
20 1/2 1 1-1/2 3 3 5 7-1/2 1NC XTCE009B01_ 1
20 1 2 2 3 3 10 3 10 1NO XTCE012B10_
20 1 2 2 3 3 10 3 10 1NC XTCE012B01_ 1
3
1
20 1 2 3 5 5 10 10 1NO XTCE015B10_
20 1 2 3 5 5 10 3 10 1NC XTCE015B01_
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame B—IEC Ratings
Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
1
AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Auxiliary Screw Terminal
Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V Contacts Catalog Number 12
1
7 22 2.2 3 4 3.5 1NO XTCE007B10_
7 22 2.2 3 4 3.5 1NC XTCE007B01_ 1
9 22 2.5 4 5.5 4.5 1NO XTCE009B10_
9 22 2.5 4 5.5 4.5 1NC XTCE009B01_ 1
12
12
22
22
3.5
3.5
5.5
5.5
7
7
6.5
6.5
1NO
1NC
XTCE012B10_
XTCE012B01_
1
15.5 22 4 7.5 8 7 1NO XTCE015B10_ 1
15.5 22 4 7.5 8 7 1NC XTCE015B01_
Notes
1
1
The 7–32A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts between the integrated auxiliary contact and
the auxiliary contact module as well as within the auxiliary contact modules.
DC operated contactors (Frames B–G, 7–150A) have a built-in suppressor circuit.
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53. 1
2 For spring cage terminals, insert C after the fourth digit of the catalog number. Example: XTCEC007B10A.
For 7–12A XTCEC contactors, the power, auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
For 18–32A XTCEC contactors, the auxiliary and coil terminals are spring cage.
1
For 40–150A XTCEC contactors, the coil terminals only are spring cage.
3 For electrical life contactor application data. See Page V5-T1-45. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Three-Pole Contactors, Frame C—UL/CSA Ratings

1 Frame C
UL General Purpose Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
1
Ampere Rating 115V 200V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts
40 2 2 3 5 5 10 15 1NO XTCE018C10_
1 40
40
2
2
2
3
3
5
5
7-1/2
5
10
10
15
15
20
1NC
1NO
XTCE018C01_
XTCE025C10_
1 40 2 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 1NC XTCE025C01_

40 3 5 5 10 10 20 25 1NO XTCE032C10_
1 40 3 5 5 10 10 20 25 1NC XTCE032C01_
40 3 5 5 10 10 25 30 1NO XTCE038C10_
1 40 3 5 5 10 10 25 30 1NC XTCE038C01_
1 Three-Pole Contactors, Frame C—IEC Ratings

1
AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Auxiliary Screw Terminal
18 40 5 7.5 10 11 1NO XTCE018C10_
1 18 40 5 7.5 10 11 1NC XTCE018C01_
1
25 45 7.5 11 14.5 14 1NO XTCE025C10_
25 45 7.5 11 14.5 14 1NC XTCE025C01_
1 32
32
45
45
10
10
15
15
18
18
17
17
1NO
1NC
XTCE032C10_
XTCE032C01_
1 38 45 11 18.5 18.5 21 1NO XTCE038C10_

38 45 11 18.5 18.5 21 1NC XTCE038C01_
1 Three-Pole Contactors, Frame D—UL/CSA Ratings

Frame D
1 UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating
Single-Phase hp Ratings
115V 200V 230V
Three-Phase hp Ratings
200V 230V 460V 575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
1 63 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 30 40 — XTCE040D00_
63 3 5 7-1/2 10 15 30 40 1NO-1NC XTCE040DS1_
1 80 3 7-1/2 10 15 20 40 50 — XTCE050D00_
80 3 7-1/2 10 15 20 40 50 1NO-1NC XTCE050DS1_
1 88 5 10 15 20 25 50 60 — XTCE065D00_
88 5 10 15 20 25 50 60 1NO-1NC XTCE065DS1_
1 88 5 10 15 20 25 50 60 — XTCE072D00_
1 88 5 10 15 20 25 50 60 1NO-1NC XTCE072DS1_
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame D—IEC Ratings

1 AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary Screw Terminal
Catalog Number 12
1
Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V Contacts
40 60 12.5 18.5 24 23 — XTCE040D00_
1 40 60 12.5 18.5 24 23 1NO-1NC XTCE040DS1_

50 80 15.5 22 30 30 — XTCE050D00_
1 50 80 15.5 22 30 30 1NO-1NC XTCE050DS1_

65 98 20 30 39 35 — XTCE065D00_
1 65 98 20 30 39 35 1NO-1NC XTCE065DS1_
72 98 22 37 41 35 — XTCE072D00_
1 72 98 22 37 41 35 1NO-1NC XTCE072DS1_
1 Notes
The 7–32A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts between the integrated auxiliary contact and
the auxiliary contact module as well as within the auxiliary contact modules.
1 The 40–65A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts within the auxiliary contact module.
Six auxiliary contacts are possible with a combination of side-mounted and front-mount auxiliary contacts.
1 DC operated contactors (Frames B–G, 7–150A) have a built-in suppressor circuit.
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53.
1 2 For spring cage terminals, insert C after the fourth digit of the catalog number. Example: XTCEC007B10A.
1

1.1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame F—UL/CSA Ratings
Frame F
1
Catalog Number 12
Ampere Rating
125
115V
7-1/2
200V
15
230V
15
200V
25
230V
30
460V
60
575V
75
Contacts
— XTCE080F00_
1
125 7-1/2 15 15 25 30 60 75 1NO-1NC XTCE080FS1_ 1
125 7-1/2 15 15 25 40 75 100 — XTCE095F00_
125 7-1/2 15 15 25 40 75 100 1NO-1NC XTCE095FS1_ 1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame F—IEC Ratings
AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary Screw Terminal
1
80 110 25 37 48 63 — XTCE080F00_
1
80 110 25 37 48 63 1NO-1NC XTCE080FS1_
1
95 130 30 45 57 75 — XTCE095F00_
95 130 30 45 57 75 1NO-1NC XTCE095FS1_ 1
1
Frame G Three-Pole Contactors, Frame G—UL/CSA Ratings
1
Ampere Rating 115V 200V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Catalog Number 12
160 10 25 25 40 50 100 100 — XTCE115G00_
1
160
180
10
10
25
25
25
30
40
40
50
60
100
125
100
125
1NO-1NC
—
XTCE115GS1_
XTCE150G00_
1
180 10 25 30 40 60 125 125 1NO-1NC XTCE150GS1_ 1
180 10 25 30 40 60 125 125 — XTCE170G00_
180 10 25 30 40 60 125 125 1NO-1NC XTCE170GS1_ 1
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame G—IEC Ratings
AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary Screw Terminal
1
Catalog Number 12
1
Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V Contacts
115 160 37 55 70 90 — XTCE115G00_
115 160 37 55 70 90 1NO-1NC XTCE115GS1_
1
150 190 48 75 91 96 — XTCE150G00_
150 190 48 75 91 96 1NO-1NC XTCE150GS1_ 1
170 225 52 90 100 96 — XTCE170G00_
170 225 52 90 100 96 1NO-1NC XTCE170GS1_ 1
Notes 1
The 40–65A XTCE contactors have positively driven contacts within the auxiliary contact module.
Six auxiliary contacts are possible with a combination of side-mounted and front-mount auxiliary contacts.
DC operated contactors (Frames B–G, 7–150A) have a built-in suppressor circuit.
1
1
2 For spring cage terminals, insert C after the fourth digit of the catalog number. Example: XTCEC007B10A.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Three-Pole Contactors, Frame H (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings

1 Frame H
UL General Purpose Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary Catalog
Number 123
1
Ampere Rating 200V 240V 480V 600V Contacts
250 50 60 125 150 2NO-2NC XTCE185H22_
1 250 60 75 150 200 2NO-2NC XTCE225H22_
1
1 Three-Pole Contactors, Frame H (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
1 AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
220/230V 380/400V 660/690V 4 1000V 4
Auxiliary
Contacts
Catalog
Number 123
1 185 337 55 90 140 108 2NO-2NC XTCE185H22_

225 386 70 110 215 108 2NO-2NC XTCE225H22_
1
1 Frame L Three-Pole Contactors, Frame L—UL/CSA Ratings
UL General Purpose Three-Phase hp Ratings
1
Auxiliary Catalog
Ampere Rating 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Number 12
Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240 Vac Coil Only)
1 300 75 100 200 250 2NO-2NC XTCS250L22_
1
350 100 125 250 300 2NO-2NC XTCS300L22_
Electronic Coil
1 300
350
75
100
100
125
200
250
250
300
2NO-2NC
2NO-2NC
XTCE250L22_
XTCE300L22_
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame L—IEC Ratings
1 AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary Catalog
Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) 220/230V 380/400V 660/690V 4 1000V 4 Contacts Number 12
1 Standard Coil (110/120V, 230/240 Vac Coil Only)

250 429 75 132 240 108 2NO-2NC XTCS250L22_
1 300 490 90 160 195 132 2NO-2NC XTCS300L22_
Electronic Coil
1 250 429 75 132 240 108 2NO-2NC XTCE250L22_
1 300 490 90 160 195 132 2NO-2NC XTCE300L22_
Notes
1 1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53. Terminals not included. See Page V5-T1-75 for terminal accessories.
2 Does not include lugs.
1
3 Add “-S730” to the end of the catalog number after the coil voltage to configure as extended H frame model. Extended H frame will align
with L frame contactor for interlocks and mounting height. Consult Vista/Eaton care for availability of extended base models
4 For 185–500A contactors at 660/690V or 1000V: Do not reverse directly.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame M—UL/CSA Ratings
Frame M
UL General Purpose Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary Catalog
1
Number 12
1
Ampere Rating 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts
450
550
125
150
150
200
300
400
400
500
2NO-2NC
2NO-2NC
XTCS400M22_
XTCS500M22_
1
Electronic Coil 1
450 125 150 300 400 2NO-2NC XTCE400M22_
550 150 200 400 500 2NO-2NC XTCE500M22_ 1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame M—IEC Ratings 1
AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary Catalog
Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V 3 1000V 3 Contacts Number 12 1
400 612 125 200 240 344 132 2NO-2NC XTCS400M22_ 1
500 800 155 250 300 344 132 2NO-2NC XTCS500M22_
Electronic Coil 1
1
400 612 125 200 240 344 132 2NO-2NC XTCE400M22_
500 800 155 250 300 344 132 2NO-2NC XTCE500M22_
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53. Terminals not included. See Page V5-T1-75 for terminal accessories.
1
1
3 For 185–500A contactors at 660/690V or 1000V: Do not reverse directly.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Three-Pole Contactors, Frame N (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings

1 Frame N
UL General Purpose Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary
1 Ampere Rating
630
200V
200
230V
200
460V
400
575V
600
Contacts
2NO-2NC
Catalog Number 12
XTCE580N22_ 3
1 700 200 250 500 600 2NO-2NC XTCE650N22_ 3

800 250 300 600 700 2NO-2NC XTCE750N22_ 3
1 850 290 350 700 860 2NO-2NC XTCE820N22_ 3
XTCEC10N22_ 3
1
1100 350 420 850 980 2NO-2NC
1 Three-Pole Contactors, Frame N (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
1 AC-3
Ie (A)
AC-1 (40°C)
Ie = Ith (A)
220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V 4 1000V 4
Auxiliary
Contacts Catalog Number 12
1 580 980 185 315 348 560 600 2NO-2NC XTCE580N22_ 3

650 1041 205 355 390 630 600 2NO-2NC XTCE650N22_ 3
1 750 1102 240 400 455 720 800 2NO-2NC XTCE750N22_ 3
820 1225 260 450 500 750 800 2NO-2NC XTCE820N22_ 3
1 1000 1225 315 560 610 1000 1000 2NO-2NC XTCEC10N22_ 3
1
Three-Pole Contactors, Frame P (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings
1 Frame P
UL General Purpose Auxiliary
1 Ampere Rating 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Catalog Number 12

1400 — — — — 2NO-2NC XTCEC14P22_ 3
1
1 Three-Pole Contactors, Frame P (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary
1 Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V 4 1000V 4 Contacts Catalog Number 12
— 1714 — — — — — 2NO-2NC XTCEC14P22_ 3
1
1 Frame R Three-Pole Contactors, Frame R (Electronic Coil)—UL/CSA Ratings
1 UL General Purpose
Ampere Rating 200V 230V 460V 575V
Auxiliary
1 1600
2000
560
—
640
—
1200
—
1300
—
2NO-2NC
2NO-2NC
XTCEC16R22_ 3
XTCEC20R22_ 3
1
1 Three-Pole Contactors, Frame R (Electronic Coil)—IEC Ratings
AC-3 AC-1 (40°C) Maximum kW Ratings AC-3/Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary
1 Ie (A) Ie = Ith (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V 4 1000V 4 Contacts Catalog Number 12
1600 2200 500 900 900 1600 1700 2NO-2NC XTCEC16R22_ 3
1 — 2450 — — — — — 2NO-2NC XTCEC20R22_ 3
1 Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-53. Terminals not included. See Page V5-T1-75 for terminal accessories.
1 3 When operating the 580–2000A XTCE contactors with frequency inverters, the suppressor on the load side must be removed. The load side suppressor must also be
removed when performing a high-voltage test—see Pub51204, Pub51209.

1 4 For 185–500A contactors at 660/690V or 1000V: do not reverse directly.
1
1
1

1.1
Contactor Full Voltage Non-Reversing Three-Pole Contactors—
Application Data 12 Contact Sequence (Circuit Symbols)—Standard Offering 1
Electrical Life (Operations) Contactor Auxiliary
Catalog for 10 hp, 480V (14.2A) Frame Contacts Contact Sequence 1
Prefix Applications
B–C 1NO
1
A1 1 3 5 13
XTCE012B 1 million
A2 2 4 6 14
XTCE015B 1.2 million
XTCE018C 2 million
B–C 1NC A1 1 3 5 21 1
A2 2 4 6 22
1
D–G — A1 1 3 5
A2 2 4 6 1
L–R 2NO-2NC
1
1
Four-Pole Contactors with Screw Terminals—Maximum UL/CSA Motor Ratings 1
1
Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary Contact
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Sequence Catalog Number 3
1 2 3 3 10 10 — XTCF020B00_
1
— — 7.5 7.5 10 15 1NO XTCF032C10_ 1
— — 7.5 10 15 20 1NO XTCF045C10_
— — 10 15 30 40 — XTCF063D00_
1
— — 15 20 40 50 — XTCF080D00_ 1
— — 25 30 60 75 — XTCF125G00_
— — 25 40 75 100 — XTCF160G00_ 1
— — 40 50 100 125 — XTCF200G00_
1
Four-Pole Contactors with Screw Terminals—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A)
AC-1
(40°C)
200V 230V 460V 575V
Auxiliary
Contacts
Contact
Sequence Catalog Number 3
1
12 22 3 3 10 10 — XTCF020B00_ 1
12 22 3.5 5.5 7 6.5 — XTCF020B00_
1
1
18 32 5 7.5 10 11 1NO XTCF032C10_
25 45 7.5 11 14.5 14 1NO XTCF045C10_ 1
40 63 12.5 18.5 24 23 — XTCF063D00_
1
50 80 15.5 22 30 30 — XTCF080D00_
80 125 25 37 48 63 — XTCF125G00_ 1
95 160 30 45 57 75 — XTCF160G00_
115 200 37 55 70 90 — XTCF200G00_
1
Notes
1 See Page V5-T1-111 for electrical life curves.
1
2 AC and DC operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit (Frames L–R, 185–2000A).
1
1
1

Switching of DC Currents 1
1 Description Single-Pole Two-Pole
1 XTCF020B–XTCF200G
>60 Vdc
1
1 Controlling XTCS and XTCE Contactors Frames L–R (185–2000A)
1 Description
XTCS250L–XTCS500M,
XTCE_H XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R XTCE250L–XTCEC14P
1 Conventional
A1/A2 are applied to voltage in the usual manner.
(+) L1 (+) L1 (+) L1
(–) N (–) N (–) N
b b b
1 A10
A11
A2
A1
A10
A11
A2
A1
A10
A11
A2
A1
1
A3 TY A3 A3
A4 TX A4 A4
1 Direct from the PLC

A 24V output from the PLC can be connected directly to
— (+) L1
(–) N
(+) L1
(–) N
connections A3/A4. b b
1 A10
A11
A2
A1
A10
A11
A2
A1
TY A3 A3
1 24V
TX A4
24V
A4
GND GND
1 From Low-Consumption Command Devices — (+) L1 (+) L1
1
Command devices, which can only be subject to minimal loads (–) N (–) N
such as circuit board relays, control circuit devices or position b b
A10 A2 A10 A2
switches can be connected directly to A10/A11. c c
1
A11 A1 A11 A1
TY A3 A3
TX A4 A4
1
Notes
1 1 When necessary, cable to be supplied by customer.
2 Standstill in an emergency (emergency-stop).
1 3 Command device connection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Full Voltage, Reversing Contactors
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Frame B
Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Spare Auxiliary Contacts 1
1
1
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V K1M K2M Catalog Number
1/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 63 63 XTCR007B21_
64 64
1
1/2 1-1/2 3 3 5 7-1/2 63 63 XTCR009B21_
64 64 1
1/2 2 3 3 10 10 XTCR012B21_
1
63 63
64 64
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Spare Auxiliary Contacts
1
AC-3
1
I e (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V K1M K2M Catalog Number 1
7 2.2 3 4 3.5 63 63 XTCR007B21_

64 64 1
9 2.5 4 5.5 4.5 63 63 XTCR009B21_
64 64 1
12 3.5 5.5 7 6.5 63
64
63
64
XTCR012B21_
1
1
Frame C Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Spare Auxiliary Contacts
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V K1M K2M Catalog Number 1 1
2 3 5 5 10 15 63 63 XTCR018C21_
64 64 1
2 5 7-1/2 10 15 20 63
64
63
64
XTCR025C21_
1
3 5 10 10 20 25 63 63 XTCR032C21_ 1
64 64
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
AC-3
1
18 5 7.5 8 11 63 63 XTCR018C21_
64 64
25 7.5 11 14.5 14 63 63 XTCR025C21_

1
64 64
32 10 15 18 17 63 63 XTCR032C21_ 1
64 64
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1

Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings

1 Frame D
1 115V
3
230V
7-1/2
200V
10
230V
15
460V
30
575V
40
K1M
—
K2M
—
Catalog Number 1
XTCR040D11_
1 3 10 15 20 40 50 — — XTCR050D11_
5 15 20 25 50 60 — — XTCR065D11_
1
1 Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
1
40 12.5 18.5 24 23 — — XTCR040D11_
50 15.5 22 30 30 — — XTCR050D11_
1 65 20 30 39 35 — — XTCR065D11_
1
Frame F Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame F—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1 Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Spare Auxiliary Contacts
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V K1M K2M Catalog Number 1
1 7-1/2 15 25 30 60 75 — — XTCR080F11_
7-1/2 15 25 40 75 100 — — XTCR095F11_
1
1 Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame F—Maximum IEC Ratings
1 AC-3
I e (A)
Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V
K1M K2M Catalog Number 1
1 80 25 37 48 63 — — XTCR080F11_
95 30 45 57 75 — — XTCR095F11_
1
1 Frame G Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame G—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V K1M K2M Catalog Number 1
10 25 40 50 100 100 — — XTCR115G11_
1 15 30 40 60 100 100 — — XTCR150G11_
1
Contactors with Screw Terminals, Frame G—Maximum IEC Ratings
1 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Spare Auxiliary Contacts
AC-3
1 I e (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V K1M K2M Catalog Number 1

115 37 55 70 90 — — XTCR115G11_
1 150 48 75 91 96 — — XTCR150G11_
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
XTCR Reversing Contactor Components
Quantity Frame B C D F G
1
2 Contactor XTCE…B01_ XTCE…C01_ XTCE…D00_ XTCE…F00_ XTCE…G00_
1
2 Auxiliary contact XTCEXFAC20 XTCEXFAC20 XTCEXFBG11 XTCEXFBG11 XTCEXFBG11
1 Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLB XTCEXMLC XTCEXMLD XTCEXMLG XTCEXMLG 1
1 Reversing link kit XTCEXRLB XTCEXRLC XTCEXRLD XTCEXRLG XTCEXRLG
1
Magnet Coil Suffix 1
1
Frames A–B Frames C–F Frame G Frames L–N
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 100–120V 50/60 Hz A 110–250 Vdc 40–60 Hz A 1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 190–240V 50/60 Hz B 250–500V 40–60 Hz C
230V 50 Hz F 230V 50 Hz F 24V 50/60 Hz T 48–110 Vdc 40–60 Hz Y 1
24V 50/60 Hz T 24V 50/60 Hz T 24–27 Vdc TD 24–48 Vdc TD 1
24 Vdc TD 24–27 Vdc TD 480–500V 50/60 Hz C Frames L–M, S-Series 1
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
600V 60 Hz
C
D
380–440V 50/60 Hz
42–48V 50/60 Hz
L
W
110–120V 50/60 Hz
220–240V 50/60 Hz
A
B
1
208V 60 Hz E 208V 60 Hz E 110–130 Vdc AD Frames P–R 1
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 200–240 Vdc BD 230–250 Vdc 50–60 Hz B
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48–60 Vdc WD 1
1
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L Frame H
400V 50 Hz N 400V 50 Hz N 100–120V 50/60 Hz A
380V 60 Hz P 380V 60 Hz P 190–240V 50/60 Hz B
1
12V 50/60 Hz R 12V 50/60 Hz R 480–500V 50/60 Hz C
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 380–440V 50/60 Hz L 1
48V 50 Hz Y 48V 50 Hz Y 24V 50/60Hz T
120 Vdc AD 110–130 Vdc AD 42–48V 50/60Hz W 1
220 Vdc
12 Vdc
BD
RD
200–240 Vdc
48–60 Vdc
BD
WD
110–130 Vdc
200–240 Vdc
AD
BD
1
48 Vdc WD 24–27 Vdc TD
1
48–60 Vdc WD
Note 1
1 Frames L–M only.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Full Voltage, Non-Reversing Starters, with Bimetallic or Electronic Overload

1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
1 Frame B
Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary
Catalog Number 23
1
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts
1/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 1NO XTAE007B10_ _
1 1/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 1NC XTAE007B01_ _

1/2 1-1/2 3 3 5 7-1/2 1NO XTAE009B10_ _
1 1/2 1-1/2 3 3 5 7-1/2 1NC XTAE009B01_ _
1 2 3 3 10 4 10 1NO XTAE012B10_ _
1 1 2 3 3 10 4 10 1NC XTAE012B01_ _
1 1
1
3
3
5
5
5
5
10 4
10 4
10
10
1NO
1NC
XTAE015B10_ _
XTAE015B01_ _
1
1 Three-Pole Starters, Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
AC-3 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary
1 I e (A) AC-1 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V Contacts Catalog Number 23
7 20 2.2 3 4 3.5 1NO XTAE007B10_ _
1 7 20 2.2 3 4 3.5 1NC XTAE007B01_ _
1
9 20 2.5 4 5.5 4.5 1NO XTAE009B10_ _
9 20 2.5 4 5.5 4.5 1NC XTAE009B01_ _
1 12 20 3.5 5.5 7 6.5 1NO XTAE012B10_ _

12 20 3.5 5.5 7 6.5 1NC XTAE012B01_ _
1 15.5 20 4 7.5 8 7 1NO XTAE015B10_ _
15.5 20 4 7.5 8 7 1NC XTAE015B01_ _
1
1 Frame C Three-Pole Starters, Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
1
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Catalog Number 23
1 2 3 5 5 10 4 15 1NO XTAE018C10_ _
2 3 5 5 10 4 15 1NC XTAE018C01_ _
1 2 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 1NO XTAE025C10_ _

2 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 1NC XTAE025C01_ _
1 3 5 10 10 20 25 1NO XTAE032C10_ _
1
3 5 10 10 20 25 1NC XTAE032C01_ _
1 Three-Pole Starters, Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1 AC-3
I e (A) AC-1
220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V
Auxiliary
1 18 35 5 7.5 10 11 1NO XTAE018C10_ _

18 35 5 7.5 10 11 1NC XTAE018C01_ _
1 25 40 7.5 11 14.5 14 1NO XTAE025C10_ _
25 40 7.5 11 14.5 14 1NC XTAE025C01_ _
1 32 40 10 15 18 17 1NO XTAE032C10_ _
1 32 40 10 15 18 17 1NC XTAE032C01_ _
Notes
1 1 Products shown are with the bimetallic overload relay.
1
3 Underscore (_) indicates overload relay suffix required. See Page V5-T1-54.
4 For electrical life contactor application data. See Page V5-T1-53.

1.1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1
Frame D
1
23
115V
3
230V
7-1/2
200V
10
230V
15
460V
30
575V
40
Contacts
—
Catalog Number
XTAE040D00_ _
1
3 10 15 20 40 50 — XTAE050D00_ _ 1
5 15 20 25 50 60 — XTAE065D00_ _
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings 1 1
1
AC-3 Auxiliary
I e (A) AC-1 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V Contacts Catalog Number 23
1
40 50 12.5 18.5 24 23 — XTAE040D00_ _
50 60 15.5 22 30 30 — XTAE050D00_ _
65 72 20 30 39 35 — XTAE065D00_ _
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame F—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1

1
Frame F
Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings Auxiliary 1
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Catalog Number 23
7-1/2 15 25 30 60 75 — XTAE080F00_ _ 1
7-1/2 15 25 40 75 100 — XTAE095F00_ _
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame F—Maximum IEC Ratings 1 1
1
AC-3 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Auxiliary
80 110 25 37 48 63 — XTAE080F00_ _
1
95 110 30 45 57 75 — XTAE095F00_ _
1
Frame G Three-Pole Starters, Frame G—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings 1 1
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Contacts Catalog Number 23 1
10 25 40 50 100 125 — XTAE115G00_ _
15 30 40 60 125 125 — XTAE150G00_ _ 1
1
Three-Pole Starters, Frame G—Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
AC-3 Auxiliary
1
115 160 37 55 70 105 — XTAE115G00_ _

150 160 48 75 91 125 — XTAE150G00_ _ 1
1
Notes
1 Products shown are with the bimetallic overload relay.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Full Voltage, Reversing Starters, with Bimetallic or Electronic Overload

1
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1 Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings
1
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number 12
1/4 1 1-1/2 2 3 5 XTAR007B21_ _
1 1/2 1-1/2 3 3 5 7-1/2 XTAR009B21_ _

1 2 3 3 10 10 XTAR012B21_ _
1
1 Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3
I e (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V Catalog Number 12
1
7 2.2 3 4 3.5 XTAR007B21_ _
9 2.5 4 5.5 4.5 XTAR009B21_ _
1 12 3.5 5.5 7 6.5 XTAR012B21_ _
1 Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings

1 Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings
115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number 12
1 2 3 5 5 10 15 XTAR018C21_ _
2 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 XTAR025C21_ _
1 3 5 10 10 20 25 XTAR032C21_ _
1
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings
AC-3
1 I e (A)
18
220/230V
5
380/400V
7.5
415V
8
660/690V
11
Catalog Number 12
XTAR018C21_ _
1 25 7.5 11 14.5 14 XTAR025C21_ _

32 10 15 18 17 XTAR032C21_ _
1
1 Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Single-Phase hp Ratings Three-Phase hp Ratings
1 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number 12
1
3 7-1/2 10 15 30 40 XTAR040D11_ _
3 10 15 20 40 50 XTAR050D11_ _
1 5 15 20 25 50 60 XTAR065D11_ _
1
Reversing Starters with Screw Terminals, Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings
1 AC-3 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz
I e (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 660/690V Catalog Number 12
1 40 12.5 18.5 24 23 XTAR040D11_ _
50 15.5 22 30 30 XTAR050D11_ _
1 65 20 30 39 35 XTAR065D11_ _
1 Notes
1
1
1

1.1
Starter Application Data 1
Catalog Prefix AC-3 Electrical Life (Operations)
1
XTAE012B 12A 1 million
1
XTAE015B 15A 1.2 million
XTAE018C 18A 2 million 1
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code Coil Voltage Suffix Code 1
Frames A–B
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A
Frames C–F
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A
Frame G
100–120V 50/60 Hz A
Frames L–N
110–250 Vdc 40–60 Hz A
1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 190–240V 50/60 Hz B 250–500V 40–60 Hz C 1
230V 50 Hz F 230V 50 Hz F 24V 50/60 Hz T 48–110 Vdc 40–60 Hz Y
24V 50/60 Hz T 24V 50/60 Hz T 24–27 Vdc TD 24–48 Vdc TD 2 1
24 Vdc TD 24–27 Vdc TD 480–500V 50/60 Hz C Frames L–M, S-Series
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 380–440V 50/60 Hz L 110–120V 50/60 Hz A 1
600V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
D
E
600V 60 Hz
208V 60 Hz
D
E
42–48V 50/60 Hz
110–130 Vdc
W
AD
220–240V 50/60 Hz
Frames P–R
B
1
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 200–240 Vdc BD 230–250 Vdc 50–60 Hz B 1
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48–60 Vdc WD
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L Frame H 1
1
400V 50 Hz N 400V 50 Hz N 100–120V 50/60 Hz A
380V 60 Hz P 380V 60 Hz P 190–240V 50/60 Hz B
12V 50/60 Hz R 12V 50/60 Hz R 480–500V 50/60 Hz C
1
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 380–440V 50/60 Hz L
48V 50 Hz Y 48V 50 Hz Y 24V 50/60Hz T 1
120 Vdc AD 110–130 Vdc AD 42–48V 50/60Hz W
220 Vdc BD 200–240 Vdc BD 110–130 Vdc AD 1
12 Vdc
48 Vdc
RD
WD
48–60 Vdc WD 200–240 Vdc
24–27 Vdc
BD
TD
1
48–60 Vdc WD
1
Notes
1 See Page V5-T1-111 for electrical life curves.
2 Frames L–M only.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Bimetallic Overload Relay Suffix

1 For Use with For Use with
Motor Full Contactor Overload Relay Motor Full Contactor Overload Relay
1 Load Amperes Suffix Code Ampere Range Catalog Number Load Amperes Suffix Code Ampere Range Catalog Number
Frame B Frame D
1 0.1–0.16 P16 7–15A XTOBP16BC1 6–10 010 40–72A XTOB010DC1
0.16–0.24 P24 7–15A XTOBP24BC1 10–16 016 40–72A XTOB016DC1
1 0.24–0.4 P40 7–15A XTOBP40BC1 16–24 024 40–72A XTOB024DC1
1
0.4–0.6 P60 7–15A XTOBP60BC1 24–40 04 40–72A XTOB040DC1
0.6–1 001 7–15A XTOB001BC1 40–57 057 50–72A XTOB057DC1
1 1–1.6
1.6–2.4
1P6
2P4
7–15A
7–15A
XTOB1P6BC1
XTOB2P4BC1
50–65
65–75
065
075
65–72A
65–72A
XTOB065DC1
XTOB075DC1
1 2.4–4 004 7–15A XTOB004BC1 Frame F

4–6 006 7–15A XTOB006BC1 25–35 035 80–95A XTOB055GC1 1
1 6–10 010 7–15A XTOB010BC1 35–50 050 80–95A XTOB050GC1 1

9–12 012 9–15A XTOB012BC1 50–70 070 80–95A XTOB070GC1 1
1 12–16 016 12–15A XTOB016BC1 70–100 100 80–95A XTOB100GC1 1
Frame C Frame G
1 0.1–0.16 P16 18–32A XTOBP16CC1 25–35 035 115–170A XTOB055GC1 1
0.16–0.24 P24 18–32A XTOBP24CC1 35–50 050 115–170A XTOB050GC1 1
1 0.24–0.4 P40 18–32A XTOBP40CC1 50–70 070 115–170A XTOB070GC1 1
XTOB100GC1 1
1
0.4–0.6 P60 18–32A XTOBP60CC1 70–100 100 115–170A
0.6–1 001 18–32A XTOB001CC1 95–125 125 115–170A XTOB125GC1 1
1 1–1.6
1.6–2.4
1P6
2P4
18–32A
18–32A
XTOB1P6CC1
XTOB2P4CC1
120–150
145–175
150
175
150–170A
150–170A
XTOB150GC1 1
XTOB175GC1 1
1 2.4–4
4–6
004
006
18–32A
18–32A
XTOB004CC1
XTOB006CC1
1 6–10 010 18–32A XTOB010CC1

10–16 016 18–32A XTOB016CC1
1 16–24 024 18–32A XTOB024CC1
24–32 032 25–32A XTOB032CC1
1
1
Electronic Overload Relay Suffix
1 XTOE Maximum Overload Rating
Standard Type Suffix Ground Fault Type Suffix
1 Frame B
0.33–1.65A 5E1P6 5G1P6
1 1–5A 5E005 5G005
1 4–20A
Frame C
5E020 5G020
1 0.33–1.65A
1–5A
5E1P6
5E005
5G1P6
5G005
1 4–20A 5E020 5G020

9–45A 5E045 5G045
1 Frame D
9–45A 5E045 5G045
1 20–100A 5E100 5G100
Frame F, G
1 20–100A 5E100 5G100
Frame G
1 35–175A 5E175 5G175
1 Note
1 Catalog number refers to direct mount overload relay. Add an S to the end of the catalog number for separate mount.

1.1
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Starters
Frame B—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1
200V 230V 460V 575V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
1
3 3 2-1/2 10 <20 K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
XTCE007B10_
XTCE007B01_
1
K3M star contactor
Mechanical interlock
XTCE007B01_
XTCEXMLB
1
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…BC1
1
(3) auxiliary contacts
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXFAC20
XTCEXSDLB
1
3 5 7-1/2 10 <20 K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
XTCE009B10_
XTCE009B01_
1
K3M star contactor
XTCE009B01_
XTCEXMLB
1
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…BC1
1
(3) auxiliary contacts
Star-delta link kit
XTCEXFAC20
XTCEXSDLB
1
5 5 10 15 <20 K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
XTCE012B10_
XTCE012B01_
1
K3M star contactor
XTCE012B01_
XTCEXMLB
1
1
K1T timing relay XTTR6A60S51B
Overload relay XTOB…BC1
1
(3) auxiliary contacts XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLB
Frame B—Maximum IEC Ratings 1

AC-3
I e (A)
220/230V 380/400V 415V 500V 660/690V 1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
Description Catalog Number 1 1
1
12 3 5.5 7 5.5 5.5 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE007B10_
K5M delta contactor XTCE007B01_
1
K3M star contactor XTCE007B01_
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLB
1
Overload relay XTOB…BC1
Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLB 1
16 4 7.5 8 7.5 7.5 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE009B10_
K5M delta contactor XTCE009B01_ 1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLB 1
Overload relay XTOB…BC1 1
22 5.5 11 14.5 11 11 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE012B10_
K5M delta contactor XTCE012B01_ 1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLB 1
Overload relay XTOB…BC1 1
Note
1

Frame C—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings

1 Three-Phase hp Ratings Max. Changeover Component
200V 230V 460V 575V Time (sec) Description Catalog Number 1
1 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE018C10_
K5M delta contactor XTCE018C01_
1 K3M star contactor XTCE018C01_
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLC
Overload relay XTOB…CC1
1 (3) auxiliary contacts XTCEXFAC20
Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLC
1 10 15 30 40 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE025C10_
1 15 20 40 50 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE032C10_
1
Frame C—Maximum IEC Ratings
1 AC-3 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Max. Changeover Component
I e (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 500V 660/690V 1000V Time (sec) Description Catalog Number 1
1 30 7.5 15 19 18.5 18.5 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE018C10_
1 45 11 22 30 30 22 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE025C10_
1 55 15 30 39 37 30 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE032C10_
1 Note
1
1

1.1
Frame D—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings Max. Changeover Component 1
20 25 50 60 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE040D00_ 1
K5M delta contactor XTCE040D00_
K3M star contactor XTCE040D00_ 1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLD
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
1
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M)
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M)
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31 1
Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLD
25 30 60 75 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE050D00_ 1
K1T timing relay
Overload relay
XTTR6A60S51B
XTOB…DC1
1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
1
1
40 50 100 125 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE065D00_
K1T timing relay XTTR6A60S51B 1
Overload relay XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
1
1
Frame D—Maximum IEC Ratings

AC-3 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Max. Changeover Component
1
70 18.5 37 37 45 37 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE040D00_ 1
XTCEXFBG11
XTCEXFBG31
1
90 22 45 45 55 45 — <20
Star-delta link kit
K1M main contactor
XTCEXSDLD
XTCE050D00_
1
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
XTCE050D00_
XTCE040D00_ 1
(2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M) XTCEXFBG11 1
(1) auxiliary contact (K5M) XTCEXFBG31
Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLD 1
115 30 55 55 75 55 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE065D00_
K5M delta contactor
K3M star contactor
XTCE065D00_
XTCE040D00_
1
K1T timing relay
XTCEXMLD
XTTR6A60S51B
1
Overload relay
XTOB…DC1
XTCEXFBG11
1
1
Note
1

Frame F—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings

1 200V
40
230V
60
460V
125
575V
150
Time (sec)
<20
Description
K1M main contactor
Catalog Number 1
XTCE080F00_
1 K5M delta contactor XTCE080F00_

K3M star contactor XTCE080F00_
1 Mechanical interlock 2 XTCEXMLG
1
Overload relay XTOB…FC1
1 (2) auxiliary contacts (K1M, K3M) XTCEXFBG11

1 Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLF
40 60 125 150 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE095F00_
1 K3M star contactor

Mechanical interlock 2
XTCE080F00_
XTCEXMLG

1
Frame F—Maximum IEC Ratings
AC-3 Max. Changeover Component
1 I e (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 500V 660/690V 1000V Time (sec) Description Catalog Number 1
140 37 75 75 90 90 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE080F00_

1 Mechanical interlock 2 XTCEXMLG
1

165 45 90 110 110 132 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE095F00_
1 K3M star contactor

Mechanical interlock 2
XTCE080F00_
XTCEXMLG

1 Notes
1
2 If mechanical interlock of star contactor is required, it must be the same frame size of the delta contactor or use the same
mechanical interlock, see Page V5-T1-73 for mechanical interlocks. (Example: XTCE…L22_ and XTCE…M22_ both use
mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM.)
1
1
1

1.1
Frame G—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
Three-Phase hp Ratings Max. Changeover Component
1
1
200V
50
230V
60
460V
125
575V
150
Time (sec)
<20
Description
K1M main contactor
Catalog Number
XTCE115G00_
1
K5M delta contactor XTCE115G00_ 1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLG 1
1
Overload relay XTOB…GC1
(2) auxiliary contacts XTCEXFBG11
1
Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLG 1
75 100 200 250 <20 K1M main contactor XTCE150G00_
1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLG
1
(2) auxiliary contacts XTCEXFBG11 1
1
Frame G—Maximum IEC Ratings
1
AC-3 Max. Changeover Component
1
200 55 110 132 132 160 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE115G00_
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLG 1
1
(2) auxiliary contacts XTCEXFBG11
1
260 75 132 148 160 160 — <20 K1M main contactor XTCE150G00_
K3M star contactor
XTCE080F00_
XTCEXMLG
1
(2) auxiliary contacts XTCEXFBG11 1
Star-delta link kit XTCEXSDLG
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1

Frame L—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings

1 125 150 300 400 <30 K1M main contactor XTCS250L22_
K5M delta contactor XTCS250L22_
1 K3M star contactor XTCS250L22_
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM
Overload relay XTOB…LC1
1
Frame L—Maximum IEC Ratings
1 AC-3 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Max. Changeover Component
1 430 132 250 300 315 400 200 <30 K1M main contactor XTCS250L22_
K5M delta contactor XTCS250L22_
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM
Overload relay XTOB…LC1
1
Frame M—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings
1 200 250 500 600 <20 K1M main contactor XTCS400M22_
1 K5M delta contactor

K3M star contactor
XTCS400M22_
XTCS250L22_
1 Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM

1 Overload relay XTOT…C3S

290 350 700 860 <30 K1M main contactor XTCS500M22_
1 K5M delta contactor XTCS500M22_
K3M star contactor XTCS300M22_
1 Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM
1 Frame M—Maximum IEC Ratings
1 AC-3
I e (A)
220/230V 380/400V 415V 500V 660/690V 1000V
Max. Changeover
Time (sec)
Component
1 685 200 355 390 450 560 220 <20 K1M main contactor XTCS400M22_
K5M delta contactor XTCS400M22_

Mechanical interlock XTCSXMLM
Overload relay XTOT…C3S
1 860 250 450 500 560 600 220 <30 K1M main contactor XTCS500M22_
K5M delta contactor XTCS500M22_
1 K3M star contactor XTCS300M22_
1 Mechanical interlock
K1T timing relay
XTCEXMLM
XTTR6A60S51B
Notes
1 1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
2 If mechanical interlock of star contactor is required, it must be the same frame size of the delta contactor or use the same
1 mechanical interlock, see Page V5-T1-73 for mechanical interlocks. (Example: XTCE…L22_ and XTCE…M22_ both use
mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM.)

1.1
Frame N—Maximum UL/CSA Ratings are not applicable.
1
Frame N—Maximum IEC Ratings
AC-3 Three-Phase Motors 50–60 Hz Max. Changeover Component
1
Catalog Number 1
1
I e (A) 220/230V 380/400V 415V 500V 660/690V 1000V Time (sec) Description
1000 300 560 610 710 900 355 <30 K1M main contactor XTCE580N22_
K5M delta contactor XTCE580N22_ 1
K3M star contactor XTCE580N22_
Mechanical interlock 2 XTCEXMLN 1
1
1
K5M delta contactor XTCE650N22_
K3M star contactor XTCE580N22_ 1
Mechanical interlock 2 XTCEXMLN
1
K5M delta contactor XTCE750N22_
1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLN 1
Overload relay XTOT…C3S 1
1400 450 800 850 950 1300 1400 <30 K1M main contactor
K5M delta contactor
XTCE820N22_
XTCE820N22_
1
K3M star contactor XTCE580N22_ 1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLN
K1T timing relay XTTR6A60S51 1
1700 560 1000 1050 1200 1700 1700 <20 K1M main contactor XTCEC10N22_
1
K5M delta contactor XTCEC10N22_
1
Mechanical interlock XTCEXMLN 1
Overload relay XTOT…C3S 1
Notes
Main circuit: Depending on the coordination type required (that is, Type 1 or Type 2) it must be established whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the
1
main and delta contactors are to be common or separate.
Control circuit: If the combinations are used in the scope of the IEC/EN 60 204-1, VDE 0113 part 1, point 9.1.1 regarding the supply of control circuits is to be observed. 1
1
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-62.
2 If mechanical interlock of star contactor is required, it must be the same frame size of the delta contactor or use the same mechanical interlock,
see Page V5-T1-73 for mechanical interlocks. (Example: XTCE…L22_ and XTCE…M22_ both use mechanical interlock XTCEXMLM.)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1 AC-3 K1M K3M K5M
1 12–55 63 63 63
64 64 64
1 90–260 21 33 — —
1 22 34
315–1700 21 31 31 43 31 43
1 22 32 32 44 32 44
1
1 Magnet Coil Suffix
1 Frames A–B Frames C–F Frame G Frames L–N
1 110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz

220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
A
B
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
A
B
100–120V 50/60 Hz
190–240V 50/60 Hz
A
B
110–250 Vdc 40–60 Hz
250–500V 40–60 Hz
A
C
1 230V 50 Hz F 230V 50 Hz F 24V 50/60 Hz T 48–110 Vdc 40–60 Hz Y

24V 50/60 Hz T 24V 50/60 Hz T 24–27 Vdc TD 24–48 Vdc TD 1
1 24 Vdc TD 24–27 Vdc TD 480–500V 50/60 Hz C Frames L–M, S-Series
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 380–440V 50/60 Hz L 110–120V 50/60 Hz A
1 600V 60 Hz D 600V 60 Hz D 42–48V 50/60 Hz W 220–240V 50/60 Hz B
1 208V 60 Hz
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
E
G
208V 60 Hz
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
E
G
110–130 Vdc
200–240 Vdc
AD
BD
Frames P–R
230–250 Vdc 50–60 Hz B
1 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48–60 Vdc WD

380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L Frame H
1 400V 50 Hz N 400V 50 Hz N 100–120V 50/60 Hz A
1
380V 60 Hz P 380V 60 Hz P 190–240V 50/60 Hz B
12V 50/60 Hz R 12V 50/60 Hz R 480–500V 50/60 Hz C
1 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 380–440V 50/60 Hz L

48V 50 Hz Y 48V 50 Hz Y 24V 50/60Hz T
1 120 Vdc AD 110–130 Vdc AD 42–48V 50/60Hz W
220 Vdc BD 200–240 Vdc BD 110–130 Vdc AD
1 12 Vdc RD 48–60 Vdc WD 200–240 Vdc BD
1
48 Vdc WD 24–27 Vdc TD
48–60 Vdc WD
1
1 Overload Relay Settings (A)
Setting Starting
1 A: IN x 0.58 <15 sec

Motor protection in the star (wye) and delta configurations
1 B: IN x 1
Only partial motor protection in star position
15–40 sec
1 C: IN x 0.58
Motor not protected in star (wye) position
>40 sec
1 Timing relay set to approximately 10 sec
Note
1 1 Frames L–M only.
1
1
1

1.1
XTCC Contactors for Three-Phase Capacitors
XTCC0_
Three-Phase Capacitors, 50–60 Hz
1
Open kVAR Ratings 1
230V 400V 525V 690V Contact Sequence Catalog Number 2 1
1
11 20 25 33.3 XTCC020C11_
15 25 33.3 40 A1 1 3 5 13 21 XTCC025C11_
A2 2 4 6 14 22 1
1
20 33.3 40 55 XTCC033D10_
25 50 65 85 1 3 5 13 XTCC050D10_
1
A1
A2 2 4 6 14 1
1
1
Magnet Coil Suffix
Coil Voltage Suffix Code 1
1
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B
230V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz F
1
400V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz N
24V 50/60 Hz T 1
Notes
Weld-resistant for capacitors with inrush current peaks up to 180 x IN. 1
1
1
With series resistors, without quick-discharge resistor.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil suffix required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Engineering Notes for XTCC and XTCE Contactors for Power Factor Correction
1
Individual Compensation, Open Version Group Compensation, with Reactor, Open Version
1 Catalog Switching Duty in kVAR Catalog Switching Duty in kVAR
1
Number 230V 400V, 420V, 440V 525V 690V Number 230V 400V, 420V, 440V 525V 690V
XTCE007B 1.5 3 3.5 5 XTCE007B 4 7 7.5 12
1 XTCE009B 2 4 4.5 6 XTCE009B 5 8 10 14

XTCE012B 2.5 4.5 5.5 7 XTCE012B 5.5 1 12 16
1 XTCE015B 2.5 4.5 5.5 7 XTCE015B 5.5 10 12 16
XTCE018C 6.5 12 14.5 19 XTCE018C 7.5 16 20 28
1 XTCE025C 7 13.5 16 21 XTCE025C 9 18 23 30
1 XTCE032C
XTCE040D
7.5
11
14.5
20.5
17
24.5
22.5
32
XTCE032C
XTCE040D
10
13
20
25
24
30
32
40
1 XTCE050D 11.5 22 26 34.5 XTCE050D 16 30 36 48

XTCE065D 12.5 23.5 28 37 XTCE065D 19 36 43 57
1 XTCE080F 16 30.5 36.5 48 XTCE080F 30 58 68 90
1
XTCE095F 18 34 41 54 XTCE095 34 6 7 10
XTCE115G 24 46 54.5 72 XTCE115G 44 8 100 125
1 XTCE150G 28 53 63.5 83.5 XTCE150 5 97 115 152

XTCE580N 175 300 400 300 XTCE250L 110 190 260 340
1 XTCE400M 160 280 370 480
XTCE500M 220 390 500 680
1
1 Group Compensation, without Reactor, Open Version
Switching Duty in kVAR
1 Catalog
Number 230V 400V, 420V, 440V 525V 690V
1 XTCC020C
XTCC025C
11
15
20
25
25
33.3
33.3
40
1 XTCC033D 20 33.3 40 55
XTCC050D 25 50 65 85
1 XTCE580N 145 250 333 250
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
Front-mounted snap-on 1
auxiliary contacts for XT
contactors are available 1
with screw or spring cage
terminals in a variety of
contact configurations.
1
1
Auxiliary Contacts Possible Combinations
1
Frame Catalog Built-In Front (Top) Mount Side-Mount Total Auxiliary
Size Number Contactor Auxiliary Two-Pole Four-Pole Single-Pole Two-Pole Contacts Available
1
A XTMC6A_ – 1NO or 1NC 1 — — — 3
XTMC9A_
— 1 — — 5 1
— — —
1
B XTCE007B_ – 1NO or 1NC 1 — — — 3 1
XTCE015B_
— 1 — — 5
— — 1 — 2
1
— —
1
1
1
C XTCE018C_ – 1NO or 1NC 1 — — — 3
XTCE032C_
— 1 — — 5
— — — 1 3
1
— —
1
D XTCE040D00_ – — 1 — — 2 6
1
1
XTCE065D00_
— 1 — 1 6
— —
1
1
F–G XTCE080F00_ – — 1 — — 2 6
XTCE150G00_
— 1 — 2 8 1
— — — 4 8
— — 1
1
L–R XTCE185H22_ – 2NO–2NC — — 2 8 1
XTCEC20R22_
— — —
1
1
Notes 1
Forced operation contact to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Appendix L (positively driven), inside the auxiliary contact unit
(not early close and late opening).
Auxiliary normally closed contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Appendix F (not late opening). 1
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors.
1
1

Auxiliary Contact Combinations

1
1 XTMC6A_–XTMC9A_
1 XTMCXF...A_
Two-Pole or Four-Pole
1
1
1 Frame A
1 XTCE007B_–XTCE015B_
XTCEXSAB_
1 + XTCE007B_–XTCE015B_ or
XTCEXF...C_
1
1 Frame B
Not for use with mechanical interlock.
1
XTCE007B_– XTCE032C_
1
XTCEXSCC11
1 XTCEXF...C_
or + XTCE018C_–XTCE032C_
1
1 Frame C
1 XTCE040D_– XTCE065D_ XTCE040D_– XTCE065D_
1
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXF...G_ XTCEXF...G_
1
+ + or + +
Two-Pole Four-Pole
1
1 Frame D
1 XTCE080F_–XTCE150G_
1
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXSCN11
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXSBN11
XTCEXSCN11
+ XTCEXF...G_ + or + + XTCE080F_–XTCE150G_ + +
1
1
1 Frames F–G
1
XTCEXSBR11 (Built-In)
XTCEXSBR11 (Built-In)
XTCEXSCR11
XTCEXSCR11
1 + + XTCE185H_–XTCEC20R_ + +
1
1
Frames L–R
1

1.1
Auxiliary Contacts
1
Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Two-Pole
XTCEXF_
Conventional Thermal Current,
1
Open at 60°C Contact Circuit Pkg. Screw Terminal
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Configuration Symbol Qty. 1 Catalog Number 1
16 2NO 5 XTCEXFAC20
1
53 63
54 64
16 1NO-1NC 53 61 5 XTCEXFAC11 4 1
54 62 1
16 2NC 5 XTCEXFAC02
1
51 61
52 62
16 1NOE-1NCL 57 65 5 XTCEXFALC11 2 1
58 66
1
16 1NO-1NC 5 XTCEXFDC11 3
1
16 2NC 5 XTCEXFCC02 3
1
21 31
22 32 1
1
XTCEXF_ Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Four-Pole
1
1
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Configuration Symbol Qty. 1 Catalog Number
XTCEXFAC40 4
1
16 4NO 53 6373 83 5
54 6474 84
16 3NO-1NC 53 61 73 83 5 XTCEXFAC31 4
1
54 62 74 84 1
16 2NO-2NC 53 61 71 83 5 XTCEXFAC22 4
1
54 62 72 84
16 1NO-3NC 536171 81 5 XTCEXFAC13 1

54 62 72 82 1
16 4NC 51 61 71 81 5 XTCEXFAC04
1
52 62 72 82
16 1NOE-1NCL 5765 71 83 5 XTCEXFCLC22 2 1

58 66 72 84
1
16 2NO-2NC 21 31 43 53 5 XTCEXFCC22 3
22 32 44 54
1
1
Notes
1
2 1 early-make contact (1NO ), 1 late-break contact (1NC ).
E L
3 To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, these auxiliary contacts should only be used with contactors 1
having a built-in 1NO contact (XTCE…B10_, XTCE…C10_).
4 Catalog number is shown with screw type terminal. For spring cage, add a “C” before the last 2 digits. For example,
to order a spring cage version of the XTCEXFAC22, change the catalog number to XTCEXFACC22.
1
1

Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Tall Version Two-Pole 1

1 XTCEXFATC_
1 Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Configuration Symbol Qty. 2 Catalog Number
16 2NO 5 XTCEXFATC20
1
53 63
54 64
1 16 1NO-1NC 53 61 5 XTCEXFATC11
1
54 62
16 2NC 5 XTCEXFATC02
51 61
1 52 62
1 XTCEXFATC22 Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Tall Version Four-Pole 1
1 Conventional Thermal Current,

1 16 2NO-2NC 53 61 71 83 5 XTCEXFATC22
1 54 62 72 84
1 Frames B–C, Front (Top) Mount—Electronic Contacts, Two- and Four-Pole 1

1 Open at 60°C
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps
Contact
Configuration
Circuit
Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1 1 mA–0.5A 2N0-2NC 53 61 71 83 1 XTCEXFARC22 3
54 62 72 84
1 1 mA–5A 1NO-1NC 53 61 1 XTCEXFARC11 3
1 54 62
1 XTCEXSAB_ Frame B, Side-Mount—Single-Pole

1 Open at 60°C
Contact
Configuration
Circuit
Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 2
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1 16 1NO 53 1 XTCEXSAB10 4
1
54
1 16 1NC 51 1 XTCEXSAB01 4
1 52
1 Frame C, Side-Mount—Two-Pole
XTCEXSCC11
1 Conventional Thermal Current,
1 10 1NO-1NC 53 61 1 XTCEXSCC11 4
1 54 62
1
Notes
Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules
(not NO [early make] and NC [late break] contacts) and for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the XTCE007B_–XTCE032C_.
1 Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not NC [late break] contact).
1 1 Front (top) mount tall version is for use with Frame B electrical wire bridges and link kits (see Page V5-T1-74) and
toolless plug combination connection kits: XTCEXRLB, XTCEXSDLB, XTPAXTPCB, XTPAXTPCRB, XTPAX.
1 2
3
Low level inputs down to 1 mA (PLC communications). Ideal for functional safety applications.
4 Can be mounted to the left side of contactor only. Cannot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary
1 contacts or mechanical interlocks.

1.1
Frames D–G—Two-Pole
XTCEXF_
1
16 2NO 13 23 5 XTCEXFBG20
14 24
1
16 1NO-1NC 53 61 5 XTCEXFAG11 1
54 62
1
16 1NO-1NC 13 21 5 XTCEXFBG11
14 22 1
16 2NC 11 21 5 XTCEXFBG02
1
12 22
1
XTCEXF_ Frames D–G—Four-Pole 1
1
16 4NO-0NC 13 23 33 43 5 XTCEXFBG40 1
14 24 34 44
1
16 3NO-1NC 13 21 33 43 5 XTCEXFBG31
14 22 34 44
1
16 2NO-2NC 13 21 31 43 5 XTCEXFBG22
1
14 22 32 44
16 2NO-2NC 5 XTCEXFAG_22 2
1
53 61 71 83
54 62 72 84 1
16 1NO-3NC 13 21 31 41 5 XTCEXFBG13
1
14 2232 42
16 0NO-4NC 11 2131 41 5 XTCEXFBG04

1
12 2232 42 1
16 1NOE-1NCL 5 XTCEXFBLG22 3
1
13 21 35 47
14 22 36 48
Notes 1
Interlocked opposing contacts, to IEC/EN 60947-5-1 Annex L (positively driven), within the auxiliary contact modules
(not NO (early make) and NC (late break) contacts) and for the built-in auxiliary contacts of the XTCE007B_–XTCE032C_. 1
Auxiliary break contact can be used as mirror contact to IEC/EN 60947-4-1 Annex F (not NC (late break) contact).
No auxiliary contacts can be fitted between two contactors. 1
2 A “_” denotes catalog numbers are incomplete. To complete the catalog number for ordering a spring cage terminal,
insert a C in the “_” position or remove “_” for screw type terminal.
1
1
3 One early-make contact (1NOE), one late-break contact (1NCL).
1
1
1
1
1

Frames D–H, Side Mount (Snap-On)—Two-Pole

1 XTCEXS_
Thermal Current, Contact Circuit Pkg. Screw Terminal
10 1NO–1NC 1 XTCEXSBN11
1
13 44 21 32
14 43 22 31
1 10 1NOE–1NCL 17
48
25
36 1 XTCEXSBLN11 2
1 18 47 26 35
1 10 1NO–1NC 53 84 61
72 1 XTCEXSCN11 3
1
54 83 62 71
1 Frames L–R, Side Mount (Screw Mount)—Two-Pole

XTCEXS_
1 Conventional Free Air
Qty. 1
1
Ith = Ie, AC-1 in Amps Configuration Symbol Catalog Number
10 1NO–1NC 13 44 21 32 1 XTCEXSBR11 4
1 14 43 22 31
1 10 1NOE–1NCL 17
48
25
36 1 XTCEXSBLR11
1 18 26
47 35
10 1NO–1NC 53 84 61
72 1 XTCEXSCR11
1 54 83 62 71
1
Notes
1 1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed.

2 1 early-make contact (1NO ), 1 late-break contact (1NC ).
E L
3 To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, the XTCEXSCN11 should be used with Frame D
1 when a top mount auxiliary is also installed.

4 For replacement only. XTCEXSBR11 and XTCEXSBLR11 cannot be added onto side mount auxiliaries that come with
1 the Frames L–R contactors as standard. To add auxiliaries onto the included side auxiliaries on Frames L–R
contactors, use XTCEXSCR11.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Suppressors
The switching of contactor Varistor suppressors clamp XTCEXRS_ RC Suppressor 12 1
coils can generate voltage the voltage transient above
transients that may cause the maximum coil voltage and Voltage
For Use
with…
Pkg.
Qty. 3 Catalog Number 1
arching on switch contacts are recommended when the
and/or damage electronics on level of the transient is 24–48 XTCE007B–
XTCE015B,
10 XTCEXRSBW
1
the control line. Either an RC known to not exceed the coil 48–130
XTCF020B
10 XTCEXRSBA
or varistor suppressor is
recommended in these types
voltage. RC suppressors slow
and reduce the level of the
110–240 10 XTCEXRSBB 1
240–500 10 XTCEXRSBC
of applications. All XT DC voltage transient but do not Contact Sequence
contactor coils have built-in clamp them at a specific A1
24–48 XTCE018C– 10 XTCEXRSCW 1
suppression. level. The slowing of the XTCE032C
1
110–130 10 XTCEXRSCA
transient can reduce
130–240 10 XTCEXRSCB
electrical interference. A2
These are recommended in
applications where operating
240–500 10 XTCEXRSCC
1
24–48 XTCE040D– 10 XTCEXRSFW
rates are high.
110–130
XTCE095F
10 XTCEXRSFA 1
130–240 10 XTCEXRSFB
240–500 10 XTCEXRSFC 1
1
Varistor Suppressor 12 Varistor Suppressor with
XTCEXVS_
For Use Pkg.
XTCEXVSL_
Integrated LED 12 1
Voltage with… Qty. 3 Catalog Number
1
Voltage For Use Pkg.
AC with… Qty. 3 Catalog Number
24–48 XTCE007B– 10 XTCEXVSBW
XTCE015B,
1
24–48 XTCE007B– 10 XTCEXVSLBW
48–130 10 XTCEXVSBA
XTCF020B XTCE015B
130–240 10 XTCEXVSLBB
130–240 10 XTCEXVSBB
Contact Sequence 240–500 10 XTCEXVSBC

Contact Sequence
24–48 XTCE018C–
XTCE032C
10 XTCEXVSLCW
1
130–240 10 XTCEXVSLCB
24–48 XTCE018C– 10 XTCEXVSCW
A1
48–130
XTCE032C
10 XTCEXVSCA A1
24–48 XTCE040D–
XTCE095F
10 XTCEXVSLFW 1
130–240 10 XTCEXVSLFB
A2
130–240
240–500
10
10
XTCEXVSCB
XTCEXVSCC
A2
1
24–48 XTCE040D–
XTCE095F
10 XTCEXVSFW 1
48–130 10 XTCEXVSFA Notes
130–240 10 XTCEXVSFB
2 For AC operated contactors, 50–60 Hz. DC operated contactors and XTCE115G_
1
240–500 10 XTCEXVSFC to XTCE170G_ have a built-in suppressor circuit.
3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed. 1
4 In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors. Prevents
XTCEXDSB Free-Wheel Diode Suppressor 4 negative breaking voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PLC. 1
1
Voltage For Use Pkg.
DC with… Qty. 3 Catalog Number
1
12–250 XTCE007B– 10 XTCEXDSB
XTCE015B,
XTCF020B
1
Contact Sequence
1
A1
1
A2
1
1
1
1
1

Electronic Timer Modules

1
Frames B–C Contactors (7–32A) 1
1 Contact Timing For Use Pkg.
Voltage Sequence Range with… Qty. 2 Catalog Number
1 XTCEXTE_ On-Delay
1 24 Vac/Vdc
100–130 Vac
A1 57 65 0.05s–1s
0.5s–10s
XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
1
1
XTCEXTEEC11T
XTCEXTEEC11A
A2 5s–100s
1 200–240 Vac
58 66
1 XTCEXTEEC11B
Off-Delay
1 24 Vac/Vdc
A1 57 65 0.05s–1s XTCE…B_ 1 XTCEXTED1C11T
XTCE…C_
1
100–130 Vac 1 XTCEXTED1C11A
A2
58 66
200–230 Vac 1 XTCEXTED1C11B
1 24 Vac/Vdc
A1 57 65 0.5s–10s XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
1 XTCEXTED10C11T
100–130 Vac 1 XTCEXTED10C11A
A2
1 200–240 Vac
58 66
1 XTCEXTED10C11B
24 Vac/Vdc 57 65 5s–100s XTCE…B_ 1 XTCEXTED100C11T
1 100–130 Vac
A1
A2
XTCE…C_
1 XTCEXTED100C11A
58 66
1
200–240 Vac 1 XTCEXTED100C11B
Star-Delta
1 24 Vac/Vdc
A1
57 67 1s–30s XTCE…B_
XTCE…C_
1 XTCEXTEYC20T
100–130 Vac 1 XTCEXTEYC20A
A2
1 200–240 Vac
58 68
1 XTCEXTEYC20B
XTCEXTESHRD Sealable Shroud
1 — Transparent sealable shroud used to XTCEXTEE, 1 XTCEXTESHRD
protect electronic timer modules from XTCEXTED,
1 unwanted access XTCEXTEY
1 Notes
1 Front (top) mounted timer modules for use with XTCE…B and XTCE…C contactors.
1 Cannot be combined with top-mount auxiliary contacts, XTCEXF…C_.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Mechanical Interlock 1 Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Link Kits
For Use Pkg. For Use Pkg. 1
with… Qty. 2 Catalog Number with… Qty. 2 Catalog Number
XTCEXMLB XTCE007B–XTCE015B, 5 XTCEXMLB XTCEXSDLB XTCE007B–XTCE015B 1 XTCEXSDLB 3 1

XTCF020B
1
XTCEXML_ XTCE018C–XTCE032C, 1 XTCEXMLC
1
XTCF032C–XTCF045C
XTCE040D–XTCE072D, 1 XTCEXMLD 1
XTCF063D–XTCF080D
1
XTCEXSDL_ XTCE018C–XTCE032C 1 XTCEXSDLC
XTCE080F–XTCE170G, 1 XTCEXMLG 3
XTCF125G–XTCF200G XTCE040D–XTCE072D 1 XTCEXSDLD
XTCE080F–XTCE095F 1 XTCEXSDLF 1
XTCEXMLM XTCE185H–XTCE570M 1 XTCEXMLM
XTCE115G–XTCE150G 1 XTCEXSDLG
1
Main current wiring for star-delta (wye-delta) combinations.
includes paralleling bridge, reversing bridge and star-delta 1
bridge. Does not include mechanical interlock, see table on
XTCEXMLN XTCE580N–XTCEC10N 1 XTCEXMLN 3 this page. 1
Paralleling Bridge
1
For Use
with…
Pkg.
1
Reversing Link Kits
XTCEXPBB XTCE007B–XTCE015B 20 XTCEXPBB 1
For Use
with…
Pkg.
XTCEXPBC XTCE018C–XTCE032C 20 XTCEXPBC
XTCEXRLB XTCE007B–XTCE015B 1 XTCEXRLB 4
1
Component part of reversing link kit (XTCEXRL_). Parallels the

1
phases on the line-side of two contactors.
1
XTCEXRL_ XTCE018C–XTCE032C 1 XTCEXRLC
XTCE040D–XTCE065D 1 XTCEXRLD Reversing Bridge

1
XTCE080F–XTCE150G 1 XTCEXRLG For Use
with…
Pkg.
Main current wiring for reversing combinations. Includes
paralleling bridge and reversing bridge. Does not include
XTCEXRBB XTCE007B–XTCE015B 20 XTCEXRBB
1
mechanical interlock, see table on this page.
1
XTCEXRB_ XTCE018C–XTCE032C 20 XTCEXRBC
XTCE040D–XTCE065D 10 XTCEXRBD
1
Component part of reversing link kit (XTCEXRL_). Reverses the 1
phases on the load-side of two contactors.
1
Notes 1
1 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically mounted. For Frames B–G, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations
and the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For Frames L–N, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 106 operations and no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the
mechanical interlock and the contactor—the distance between contactors is 15 mm.
1
3 XTCEXMLG and XTCEXMLN consist of an interlock element and mounting plate. 1
4 Also includes interlocking bridge (XTCEXLBB). The following control cables are integrated
for electrical interlock: K1M: A1–K2M: 21; K1M: 21–K2M: A1; K1M: A2–K2M: A2. 1
1

Electrical Interlocking Bridge Parallel Link 456

1 For Use Pkg. For Use Pkg.
1 XTCE007B–XTCE015B 20 XTCEXLBB XTCEXPLKB XTCE007B –XTCE015B 5 XTCEXPLKB
1
1 Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Bridge
For Use Pkg.
1 with… Qty. 1 Catalog Number
XTCEXPLK_ XTCE018C –XTCE032C 5 XTCEXPLKC
2 XTCE040D –XTCE072D 1 XTCEXPLKD

XTCEXSDB XTCE007B–XTCE015B 20 XTCEXSDBB
1 XTCE080F–XTCE170G 1 XTCEXPLKG
1
XTCEXSDB_ XTCE080F–XTCE170G 1 XTCEXSDBG XTCEXPLKL185 XTCE185L 1 XTCEXPLKL185
1 XTCE185L–XTCE400M 1 XTCEXSDB400
1
XTCE500M 1 XTCEXSDB500
Component part of star-delta link kit (XTCEXSDL_). Commons

1 the three phases on the line side of shorting contactor. For using one contactor per phase. Each package comes with
two links for line: load.
1
Connector
1 For Use Pkg. XGKE-GE Contactor Labels
with… Qty. 1 Catalog Number For Use Pkg.
1 XTCEXCNC XTCE007B–XTCE032C 50 XTCEXCNC
with… Qty. Catalog Number
XTC… 25 XGKE-GE 7
1
1
1 XTCEXCNG XTCE040D–XTCE170G 10 XTCEXCNG
Notes
1 2 Frame B is toolless connection type.

3 For mechanically arranging contactors in combinations.
1
Distance between contactors is 0 mm.
4 Fourth pole can be broken off: four-pole: Ith = 60A; three-pole: Ith = 50A.
5 AC-1 current carrying capacity of the contactor increases by a factor of 2.5.
1 For XTCEXPLKL185, one shroud is included for protection against accidental contact.
6 Protected against accidental contact in accordance with IEC 536.
1
7 Quantity 1 equals one sheet. One sheet contains 240 labels.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
CI-K Basic Enclosures 12
CI-K Basic Enclosures
Dimensions in Inches (mm)
1
Width Height
External
Depth
Internal
Depth Internal Mounting Type
Pkg.
Qty. Catalog Number 1
CI-K2X-100-TS-NA 3
1
3.94 (100.0) 6.30 (160.0) 3.94 (100.0) 2.87 (73.0) With mounting rail 1
3.11 (79.0) With mounting plate CI-K2X-100-M-NA 3
5.71 (145.0) 4.65 (118.0) With mounting rail CI-K2X-145-TS-NA 3
1
4.72 (120.0) 7.87 (200.0) 4.92 (125.0) 3.66 (93.0) With mounting rail 1 CI-K3X-125-TS-NA 4 1
6.30 (160.0) 5.04 (128.0) With mounting rail CI-K3X-160-TS-NA 4 1
1
6.30 (160.0) 9.45 (240.0) 6.30 (160.0) 5.04 (128.0) With mounting rail 1 CI-K4X-160-TS-NA 4
5.24 (133.0) With mounting plate CI-K4X-160-M-NA 4 1
7.87 (200.0) 11.02 (280.0) 6.30 (160.0) 5.04 (128.0) With mounting rail 1 CI-K5X-160-TS-NA 4
5.24 (133.0) With mounting plate CI-K5X-160-M-NA 4 1
1
Terminal Lug Kit—Set of Three Lugs
XTCEXCN_
For Use Pkg. 1
with… Description Qty. 5 Catalog Number
XTCE500M, XTCE570M #4-500 kcmil two-phase Cu/Al 500A 1 XTCEXTL500 1
Also for use with XTCS series
1
1
XTCEXTFB6_ Terminal Flat Bar 6 XTCEXTLA400 Terminal Lug Assembly
For Use Pkg. For Use Pkg. 1
XTCE500M–XTCE570M 1 XTCEXTFB650 XTCE185–XTCE225H 1 XTCEXTLA225A 1
1
XTCE750N–XTCE820N 1 XTCEXTFB820 XTCS250L–XTCS400M, 1 XTCEXTLA400
XTCE250L_–XTCE400M_
For connection of a flat strip conductor. Comes with control
circuit terminal (consisting of three flat strip conductor
terminals). Also for use with XTCS series.
For connection of: round conductor, flexible and stranded, 1
flat strip conductor, with control circuit terminal. See Page
V5-T1-97 for terminal capacities. Consists of 3 integrated lugs
for line or load side. Also for use with XTCS series.
1
XTCEXTS_ Terminal Shroud
For Use Pkg.
1
Qty. 5
1
with… Catalog Number Notes
1 Enclosure base RAL 9005, black/enclosure top only RAL 7035. light gray.
XTCE185H–XTCE225H 1 XTCEXTS225 2 Degree of protection—IEC: IP65; UL/CSA: Type 1, 3R, 4X, 12, 13—indoor and outdoor use.
XTCE250L–XTCE400M 1 XTCEXTS400 3 CI-K2X_: 4 x 1/2 inch knockouts.

4 CI-K3X_, CI-K4X_, CI-K5X_: Smooth overall with sharp corners.
1
XTCE500M–XTCE570M 1 XTCEXTS500
1
XTCE580N–XTCE650N 1 XTCEXTS650 6 Not UL listed.
1
XTCE750N–XTCEC10N 1 XTCEXTS820
Protection against direct contact with connection lugs when

touched vertically from the front. Also for use with XTCS series. 1
1
1
1
1
1

Renewal Parts
1
Replacement Coil—Frame C Replacement Coil—Frame F 1
1 XTCERENC_
Coil Coil
1
Voltage Suffix Catalog Number Voltage Suffix Catalog Number
110/50 120/60 A XTCERENCOILCA 110/50 120/60 A XTCERENCOILFA
1 110–130 Vdc AD XTCERENCOILCAD 110–130 Vdc AD XTCERENCOILFAD

220/50 240/60 B XTCERENCOILCB 220/50 240/60 B XTCERENCOILFB
1 200–240 Vdc BD XTCERENCOILCBD 200–240 Vdc BD XTCERENCOILFBD
415/50 480/60 C XTCERENCOILCC 415/50 480/60 C XTCERENCOILFC
1 600/60 D XTCERENCOILCD 600/60 D XTCERENCOILFD
1 208/60
230/50
E
F
XTCERENCOILCE
XTCERENCOILCF
208/60
230/50
E
F
XTCERENCOILFE
XTCERENCOILFF
1 190/50 220/60 G XTCERENCOILCG 190/50 220/60 G XTCERENCOILFG

240/50 277/60 H XTCERENCOILCH 240/50 277/60 H XTCERENCOILFH
1 380/50 440/60 L XTCERENCOILCL 380/50 440/60 L XTCERENCOILFL
400/50 N XTCERENCOILCN 400/50 N XTCERENCOILFN
1 380/60 P XTCERENCOILCP 380/60 P XTCERENCOILFP
1 12/50 12/60 R XTCERENCOILCR 12/50 12/60 R XTCERENCOILFR

12–14 Vdc RD XTCERENCOILCRD 24/50 24/60 T XTCERENCOILFT
1 24/50 24/60 T XTCERENCOILCT 24–27 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILFTD

24–27 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILCTD 42/50 48/60 W XTCERENCOILFW
1 42/50 48/60 W XTCERENCOILCW 48–60 Vdc WD XTCERENCOILFWD
1
48–60 Vdc WD XTCERENCOILCWD 48/50 Y XTCERENCOILFY
48/50 Y XTCERENCOILCY
1
1 Replacement Coil—Frame D
Coil
Replacement Coil—Frame G 2
Coil
1 Voltage Suffix Catalog Number Voltage Suffix Catalog Number
110/50 120/60 A XTCERENCOILDA 100–120V 50/60 A XTCERENCOILGA
1 110–130 Vdc AD XTCERENCOILDAD 110–130 Vdc AD XTCERENCOILGAD

220/50 240/60 B XTCERENCOILDB 190–240V 50/60 B XTCERENCOILGB
1 200–240 Vdc BD XTCERENCOILDBD 200–240 Vdc BD XTCERENCOILGBD
480–500V 50/60 C XTCERENCOILGC
1
415/50 480/60 C XTCERENCOILDC
600/60 D XTCERENCOILDD 380–440V 50/60 L XTCERENCOILGL
1 208/60 E XTCERENCOILDE 4/50 24/60 T XTCERENCOILGT

230/50 F XTCERENCOILDF 24–27 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILGTD
1 190/50 220/60 G XTCERENCOILDG 42–48V 50/60 W XTCERENCOILGW

240/50 277/60 H XTCERENCOILDH 48–60 Vdc WD XTCERENCOILGWD
1 380/50 440/60 L XTCERENCOILDL
1 400/50
380/60
N
P
XTCERENCOILDN
XTCERENCOILDP
Notes
1 Frame F replacement coils can only be used with contactors having the following
date codes: DC coils, 2706 or later; AC coils, 4706 or later.

1 12/50 12/60 R XTCERENCOILDR 2 Frame G replacement coils can only be used with contactors having date codes
of 2706 or later.
12–14 Vdc RD XTCERENCOILDRD
1 24/50 24/60 T XTCERENCOILDT
24–27 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILDTD
1 42/50 48/60 W XTCERENCOILDW
1 48–60 Vdc
48/50
WD
Y
XTCERENCOILDWD
XTCERENCOILDY
1
1

1.1
Replacement Coil—Frame H Replacement Contact Kit
Coil For Use with… Catalog Number
1
Voltage Suffix Catalog Number
100–120V 50/60 Hz A XTCERENCOILHA
XTCE040D–XTCE065D XTCERENCONTACTD
1
XTCE085F–XTCE095F XTCERENCONTACTF
190–240V 50/60 Hz B XTCERENCOILHB XTCE115G–XTCE150G XTCERENCONTACTG 1
480–500V 50/60 Hz C XTCERENCOILHC XTCE185H–XTCE225H XTCERENCONTACTH
380–440V 50/60 Hz L XTCERENCOILHL XTCE250L–XTCE300L XTCERENCONTACTL 1
24V 50/60Hz T XTCERENCOILHT XTCE300M
XTCE400M
XTCERENCONTACTM300
XTCERENCONTACTM400
1
42–48V 50/60Hz W XTCERENCOILHW
110–130 Vdc AD XTCERENCOILHAD

XTCE500M XTCERENCONTACTM500 1
200–240 Vdc BD XTCERENCOILHBD
Replacement Vacuum Tube Assembly 1
24–27 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILHTD For Use with… Catalog Number
48–60 Vdc WD XTCERENCOILHWD XTCE580N XTCERENVACT580 1
Replacement Coil—Frame L 1
XTCE650N
XTCE750N
XTCERENVACT650
XTCERENVACT750
1
Voltage
Coil
Suffix Catalog Number
XTCE820N XTCERENVACT820 1
110–250 Vac/Vdc
250–500V 40–60
A
C
XTCERENCOILLA
XTCERENCOILLC
Replacement Arc Chamber 1
For Use with… Catalog Number
24–48 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILLTD
XTCE250L XTCERENARC250 1
48–110 Vac/Vdc Y XTCERENCOILLY
1
XTCE300M XTCERENARC300
XTCE400M XTCERENARC400
Replacement Coil—Frame L, S-Series
Coil
XTCE500M–XTCE570M XTCERENARC500
1
Voltage Suffix Catalog Number Note
110–120V 50/60 Hz A XTCSRENCOILLA 1 Electronic modules including coils. 1
1
220–240V 50/60 Hz B XTCSRENCOILLB
1
Replacement Coil—Frame M
Coil
1
1
Voltage Suffix Catalog Number
110–250 Vac/Vdc A XTCERENCOILMA
250–500V 40–60 C XTCERENCOILMC
1
24–48 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILMTD
48–110 Vac/Vdc Y XTCERENCOILMY 1
Replacement Coil—Frame M, S-Series 1
Coil
Voltage Suffix Catalog Number 1
110–120V 50/60 Hz A XTCSRENCOILMA
220–240V 50/60 Hz B XTCSRENCOILMB
1
Replacement Coil—Frame N 1
1
Voltage
Coil
1
110–250 Vac/Vdc A XTCERENCOILNA
1
250–500V 40–60 C XTCERENCOILNC
48–110 Vac/Vdc Y XTCERENCOILNY 1
1
1
1


1
XT Contactors—Frame B
1 Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B
1 General
Standards IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
1
UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS UL, CSA, CCC, RoHS
Weights in kg [lb]
1 AC operated 0.23 [0.51] 0.23 [0.51] 0.23 [0.51] 0.23 [0.51]

DC operated 0.28 [0.62] 0.28 [0.62] 0.28 [0.62] 0.28 [0.62]
1 Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000

Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
1 AC operated 9000 9000 9000 5000
DC operated 9000 9000 9000 5000
1 Electrical life See Curves, See Curves, See Curves, See Curves,
Page V5-T1-111 Page V5-T1-111 Page V5-T1-111 Page V5-T1-111
1 Electrical operating frequency (ops/hr)—see Curves, Page V5-T1-111
1
AC-1; 400V I e 800 800 800 800
AC-3; 400V I e 1000 1000 1000 1000
1 AC-4; 400V I e 300

3
300
3
300
3
300
3
Climatic proofing
1 Insulation voltage (U i) Vac 690 690 690 690

Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac 8000 8000 8000 8000
1 Operational voltage (U e) Vac 690 690 690 690
1 Between coil and contacts (Vac) 400 400 400 400
1 Between contacts (Vac)

Making capacity up to 690V (amps) 1
400
112
400
112
400
144
400
155
1 Breaking capacity (amps)

220/230V 70 90 120 124
1 380/400V 70 90 120 124
500V 50 70 100 100
1 660/690V 40 50 70 70
1 Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse

Type 2 coordination 2
1 400V; gG/gL 500V 20 20 20 20

690V; gG/gL 690V 16 16 20 20
1 Type 1 coordination 2
400V; gG/gL 500V 35 35 35 63
1 690V; gG/gL 690V 20 20 20 50
1
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536) Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and
back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof
1 Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
1 Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4)

2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14
1 Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
1 Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4)

2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 Notes
1 Rated operational current: Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, L/R constant as stated.
1
2 IEC 60947 Standard.
3 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30.

1.1
XT Contactors—Frame B, continued
Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B
1
General, continued
1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14
Main cable and control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 1
Tightening torque
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1
1
Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
Tools
Main and control circuit cable—screw terminals Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2
1
Pozidriv screwdriver 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5. 0.8 x 5.5
Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1
Terminal capacity main circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 1
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
Tools
Main and control circuit cable—spring cage terminals 1
Stripping length (mm)
Screwdriver blade width (mm)
10
3.5
10
3.5
10
3.5
10
3.5
1
Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30° 1
°
°
90
90
1
90
°
180°
1
1
Ambient temperature 1
Open –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F]
1
Enclosed –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C
Ambient storage temperature

[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–13 to 104°F]
–40 to 80°C
1
Environmental
[–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F]
1
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) 1
Main contact—NO contact 10g 10g 10g 10g 1
Auxiliary contact—NO contact 7g 7g 7g 7g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact 5g 5g 5g 5g
1
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3
1

XT Contactors—Frames C–D
1 Description XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D, XTCE072D
1 General
Standards IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947,
1 VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS
1 Weights in kg [lb]
AC operated 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.9 [2.0] 0.9 [2.0] 0.9 [2.0]
1 DC operated 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 1.1 [2.4] 1.1 [2.4] 1.1 [2.4]
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000
1 Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)
1
AC operated 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
DC operated 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000
1 Electrical mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)—

see Curves, Page V5-T1-111
1 AC-1; 400V I e
AC-3; 400V I e
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
1 AC-4; 400V I e 300 300 300 300 300 300

Climatic proofing 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 Insulation voltage (U i) Vac 690 690 690 690 690 690
1
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
Operating voltage (U e) Vac 690 690 690 690 690 690
1 Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1

Between coil and contacts (Vac) 440 440 440 440 440 440
1 Between contacts (Vac) 238 440 440 440 440 440
Making capacity (amps) 238 350 384 560 700 910
1
220/230V 170 250 320 400 500 650
380/400V 170 250 320 400 500 650
1 500V 170 250 320 400 500 650

660/690V 120 150 180 250 320 370
1 Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (amps)
1 400V; gG/gL 500V 25 35 63 63 80 125
1 690V; gG/gL 690V

25 35 35 50 63 80
1 400V; gG/gL 500V 63 100 125 125 160 250

690V; gG/gL 690V 50 50 63 80 80 100
1 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
1
Protection against direct contact when Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and
actuated from front (IEC 536) back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof
Terminal capacity main cable—screw terminals
1 Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10)
1 Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (2.5–35) 1 x (2.5–35) 1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (2.5–25) 2 x (2.5–25) 2 x (2.5–25)
1 Stranded (mm2) 1 x 16 1 x 16 1 x 16 1 x (16–50) 1 x (16–50) 1 x (16–50)
2 x (16–35) 2 x (16–35) 2 x (16–35)
1 Solid or stranded (AWG) 14–8 14–8 14–8 14–1 14–1 14–1
Flat conductor — — — 2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8) 2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8) 2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
1 (number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)
1
Notes
2 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.

1.1
XT Contactors—Frames C–D, continued
Description XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D, XTCE072D
1
General, continued
1
Main cable connection screw/bolt M5 M5 M5 M6 M6 M6
Tightening torque 1
Nm 3 3 3 3.3 3.3 3.3
Lb-in 26.6 26.6 26.6 29.2 29.2 29.2 1
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4)
1
1
2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14
1
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
1
Tightening torque
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1
Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
Tools 1
1
Main and control circuit cable—screw terminals Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2
Pozidriv screwdriver 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5
Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6
1
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14
1
Tools
Main and control circuit cable—spring cage terminals 1
Stripping length (mm) 10 10 10 10 10 10
Screwdriver blade width (mm) 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 1
°
30° 30° 30° 1
°
90
90
90
90
90
1
°
°
180°
180°
1
1
1
Ambient temperature
Open –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F]
Enclosed –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C
1
Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C 1
Environmental 1
1
Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Main contact—NO Contact 10 10 10 10 1 1
Auxiliary contact—NO Contact 7 7 7 7 7 7
1
Auxiliary contact—NC Contact 5 5 5 5 5 5
1
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3

XT Contactors—Frames F–G
1 Description XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G
1 General
Standards IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947,
1
VDE 0660, UL, CSA, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
CCC, RoHS CCC, RoHS CCC, RoHS CCC, RoHS CCC, RoHS
Weights in kg [lb]
1 AC operated 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41]
1
DC operated 2.1 [4.63] 2.1 [4.63] 2.1 [4.63] 2.1 [4.63] 2.1 [4.63]
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000

AC operated 3600 3600 3600 3600 3600
1 DC operated
Electrical mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr)—
3600 3600 3600 3600 3600
1
see Curves, Page V5-T1-111
AC-1; 400V I e 800 800 800 800 800
1 AC-3; 400V I e
AC-4; 400V I e
800
300
800
300
800
300
800
300
800
300
1 Climatic proofing 2 2 2 2 2
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac 690 690 690 690 690
1 Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
Operational voltage (U e) Vac 690 690 690 690 690
Between coil and contacts (Vac) 690 690 690 690 690
1 Between contacts (Vac) 690 690 690 690 690
Making capacity (amps) 1120 1330 1610 2100 2100
220/230V 800 950 1150 1500 1500
1 380/400V 800 950 1150 1500 1500
1
500V 800 950 1150 1500 1500
660/690V 650 800 1100 1200 1320
1 1000V
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse
— — — — —
400V; gG/gL 500V 160 160 250 25 400
1 690V; gG/gL 690V 160 160 25 250 25

1 400V; gG/gL 500V 250 25 250 250 400
690V; gG/gL 690V 200 200 250 250 250
1 Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536) Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and
1 back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof
1 Solid (mm2) — — — — —
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (10–95) 1 x (10–95) 1 x (10–95) 1 x (10–95) 1 x (10–95)
1 2 x (10–70) 2 x (10–70) 2 x (10–70) 2 x (10–70) 2 x (10–70)
Stranded (mm2) 1 x (16–95) 1 x (16–95) 1 x (16–95) 1 x (16–95) 1 x (16–95)
1 Flat conductor
2 x (16–70)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (16–70)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (16–70)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (16–70)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (16–70)
2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
1
(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm)
Solid or stranded (AWG) 8–3/0 8–3/0 8–3/0 8–3/0 8–3/0
1 Main cable connection screw/bolt

Tightening torque
M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
1 Nm
Lb-in
14
123.9
14
123.9
14
123.9
14
123.9
14
123.9
1 Notes
1 2 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30.

1.1
XT Contactors—Frames F–G, continued
Description XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G
1
General, continued
1
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw terminals
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1
1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 1
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
Tightening torque 1
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
1
Tools
Main circuit cable—screw terminals
1
Hexagon socket-head spanner (mm)
Control circuit cable—screw terminals
5 5 5 5 5
1
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2
1
Standard screwdriver 1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5 1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5 1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5 1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5 1 x 6, 0.8 x 5.5
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals 1
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1
Flexible (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14 18–14
Tools 1
Control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
Stripping length (mm) 10 10 10 10 10 1
Screwdriver blade width (mm)
3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5
1
1
30° 30° 30° 30°
°
°
90
90
90
90
°
1
180°
180°
1
1
Ambient temperature
Open –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C 1
[–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F]
Enclosed –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C 1
Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C 1
Environmental 1
Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27) 1
Main contact—NO contact 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 1
1
Auxiliary contact—NO contact 7g 7g 7g 7g 7g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact 5g 5g 5g 5g 5g
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3
1
1

XT Contactors—Frames H–M
1 XTCE250L, XTCE300L, XTCE400M XTCE500M, XTCE570M
Description XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCS250L XTCS300L XTCS400M XTCS500M XTCS570M
1 General
1 Standards IEC/EN 60947,

VDE 0660,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660,
UL, CSA UL, CSA UL, CSA UL, CSA UL, CSA UL, CSA UL, CSA
1 Weights in kg [lb] 3.2 [7.1] 3.2 [7.1] 6.5 [14.3] 6.5 [14.3] 8 [18] 8 [18] 8 [18]
1
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 7,000,000 7,000,000 7,000,000
1 AC operated
DC operated
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
3000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000

2 2 2
See Page V5-T1-93
2 2 2 2
Climatic proofing
1 Insulation voltage (U i) Vac 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
1 Operating voltage (U e) Vac 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000

Between coil and contacts (Vac) 500 500 500 500 500 500 500
1 Between contacts (Vac)

Making capacity (amps)
500
2700
500
2700
500
3000
500
3600
500
5500
500
5500
500
5500

Between coil and contacts (Vac)
1 220/230V 2250 2250 2500 3000 5000 5000 5000
380/400V 2250 2250 2500 3000 5000 5000 5000
1 500V 2250 2250 2500 3000 5000 5000 5000
660/690V 2250 2250 2500 3000 5000 5000 5000
1 1000V 760 760 760 950 950 950 950

1
400V; gG/gL 500V 315 315 315 315 500 500 500
690V; gG/gL 690V 250 250 315 315 500 500 500
1 1000V; gG/gL 1000V 160 160 160 160 200 200 200
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
1 Protection against direct contact when Finger and back-of-hand proof with terminal shroud or terminal block
actuated from front (IEC 536)
1 Main cable cross-section

Flexible with cable lug (mm2) 50–185 50–185 50–240 50–240 50–240 50–240 50–240
1 Stranded with cable lug (mm2) 50–185 70–185 70–240 70–240 70–240 70–240 70–240
Solid or stranded (AWG) 1/0–350 kcmil 2/0–250 kcmil 1/0–250 kcmil 2/0–500 kcmil 1/0–250 kcmil 1/0–250 kcmil 1/0–250 kcmil
1 Flat conductor (mm) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
1
Busbar—width in mm 32 32 25 25 25 30 30
Main cable connection screw/bolt M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10 M10
1 Tightening torque
Nm 24 24 24 24 2 2 2
1 Lb-in 213 213 213 213 213 213 213
Notes
1 1 IEC 60947 Standard.
1 3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks.
1
1
1

1.1
XT Contactors—Frames H–M, continued
XTCE250L, XTCE300L, XTCE400M XTCE500M, XTCE570M
1
Description XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCS250L XTCS300L XTCS400M XTCS500M XTCS570M
General, continued 1
Control circuit cable cross-sections
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
Solid or stranded (AWG) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 1
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
Tightening torque 1
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 1
Tools
Main cable wrench 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 16 mm 1
Control circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2
Mounting position, AC and DC operated 30° 30°
1
30° 30°
90° 90°
1
°
90
90
°
180°
1
1
Ambient temperature –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C
1
[–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F]
Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C 1
[–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F]
Environmental 1
1
Mechanical shock
Resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
Main contact—NO contact 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 1
Auxiliary contact—NO contact 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g
Auxiliary contact—NC contact 8g 8g 8g 8g 8g 8g 8g 1
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3
Switching capacity, kVAR 1 1
Individual compensation
230V — — — — — — — 1
400/420/440V — — — — — — —
525V 220 220 — 307 — — — 1
690V
Group compensation, with choke
133 133 — 177 — — —
1
230V
400/420/440V
—
—
—
—
100
190
—
—
160
280
160
280
160
280
1
525V — — 260 — 370 370 370
1
690V — — 340 — 480 480 480
Note 1
1 When using contactors for group compensation, a minimum inductance of approx. 6 uh per capacitor must be available to limit the high
inrush current peaks. This corresponds to an air-cored coil with five windings and a coil diameter of approximately 140 mm. The conductor
cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase.
1
1
1
1
1

XT Contactors—Frames N–R
1 XTCE750N, XTCEC16R,
Description XTCE580N XTCE650N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC20R
1 General
1 Standards IEC/EN 60947,

VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
1 Weights in kg [lb]
Mechanical life—operations
15 [33]
5,000,000
15 [33]
5,000,000
15 [33]
5,000,000
15 [33]
5,000,000
15, [33]
5,000,000
32 [70]
5,000,000

AC operated 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
1 DC operated 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr) See Page V5-T1-113
1 Climatic proofing 2 2 2 2 2 2
1 Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac

Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac
1000
8000
1000
8000
1000
8000
1000
8000
1000
8000
1000
8000
1 Operating voltage (Ue) Vac 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
1 Between coil and contacts (Vac) 500 500 500 500 500 500
Between contacts (Vac) 500 500 500 500 500 500
1 Making capacity (amps) 7800 7800 9840 9840 9840 19000, 9840

220/230V 6500 6500 8200 8200 8200 16000, 8200
1 380/400V 6500 6500 8200 8200 8200 16000, 8200

500V 6500 6500 8200 8200 8200 16000, 8200
1 660/690V 6500 6500 8200 8200 8200 16000, 8200
1000V 4350 4350 5800 5800 5800 5800
400V; gG/gL 500V 630 630 630 630 — —
1 690V; gG/gL 690V 630 630 630 630 — —

1000V; gG/gL 1000V 500 500 630 630 — —
400V; gG/gL 500V 1000 1000 1200 1200 — —
1 690V; gG/gL 690V 1000 1000 1200 1200 — —
1 1000V; gG/gL 1000V

Degree of protection
630
IP00
630
IP00
800
IP00
800
IP00
—
IP00
—
IP00
1 Protection against direct contact when actuated

from front (IEC 536)
Finger and back-of-
hand proof with
Finger and back-of-
hand proof with
Finger and back-of-
hand proof with
Finger and back-of-
hand proof with
Finger and back-of-
hand proof with
Finger and back-of-
hand proof with
terminal shroud or terminal shroud or terminal shroud or terminal shroud or terminal shroud or terminal shroud or
1 terminal block terminal block terminal block terminal block terminal block terminal block
Main cable cross-section
1 Flexible with cable lug (mm2) 50-240 50-240 50-240 50-240 50-240 50-240
1 Stranded with cable lug (mm2)

70-240
2/0–500 kcmil
70-240
2/0–500 kcmil
70-240
2/0–500 kcmil
70-240
2/0–500 kcmil
70-240
2/0–500 kcmil
70-240
2/0–500 kcmil
1 Flat conductor (mm) 3 3 3 3 3 3
Busbar—width in mm 50 50 50 50 50 50
1 Main cable connection screw/bolt M10 M10 M12 M12 M12 M1
Tightening torque
1 Nm 24 24 35 35 35 35
1 Lb-in 213 213 311 311 311 311
Notes
1 1 IEC 60947 Standard.
1
3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks.

1.1
XT Contactors—Frames N–R, continued
Description XTCE580N XTCE650N XTCE750N, XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R
1
General, continued
1
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1
Solid or stranded (AWG) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12) 1
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
Tightening torque 1
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
1
Tools
1
Main cable wrench 16 mm 16 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm 18 mm
Control circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 1
90° 90°
30° 30°
1
1
1
1
Ambient temperature –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] 1
Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C
1
Environmental
Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) 1
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms (g)
Main contact—NO contact 10 10 10 10 10 10 1
Auxiliary contact—NO contact
Auxiliary contact—NC contact
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
10
8
1
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 1
Switching capacity, kVAR 1
Individual compensation 1
1
230V 175 — — — — —
400/420/440V 300 — — — — —
525V 400 — — — — —
1
690V 300 — — — — —
Note 1
cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Coil Data—Frames B–D

1 XTCE012B, XTCE065D,
Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCF020B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE072D
1 Voltage Tolerance
1 Pickup (x Uc)
AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1
1 DC operated 0.8–1.1 1 0.8–1.1 1 0.8–1.1 1 0.8–1.1 1 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2 0.7–1.2 2
Dropout (x Uc)
1 AC operated 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6
1
DC operated 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
1 AC operated
Single-voltage coil 50 Hz
1 Pickup VA 24 24 24 24 52 52 52 149 149 149

Pickup W 19 19 19 19 40 40 40 80 80 80
1 Sealing VA 3.4 3.4 3.4 3.4 7.1 7.1 7.1 16 16 16
Sealing W 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2.1 2.1 2.1 4.3 4.3 4.3
1 Single-voltage coil 60 Hz
1
Pickup VA 30 30 30 30 67 67 67 178 178 178
Pickup W 23 23 23 23 50 50 50 117 117 117
1 Sealing VA 4.4 4.4 4.4 4.4 8.7 8.7 8.7 19 19 19

Sealing W 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 2.6 2.6 2.6 5.3 5.3 5.3
1 50/60 Hz
Pickup VA 27 27 27 27 62 62 62 168 168 168
1 25 25 25 25 58 58 58 154 154 154
Pickup W 22 22 22 22 48 48 48 120 120 120
1 21 21 21 21 43 43 43 43 43 43
Sealing VA 4.2 4.2 4.2 4.2 9.1 9.1 9.1 22 22 22
1 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 6.5 6.5 6.5 14 14 14
Sealing W 1.4 1.4 1.4 1.4 2.5 2.5 2.5 5.3 5.3 5.3
1 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 2 2 2 4.3 4.3 4.3
DC operated
1 Pickup W 3 3 4.5 4.5 12 at 24V 12 at 24V 12 at 24V 24 at 24V 24 at 24V 24 at 24V
Sealing W 3 3 4.5 4.5 0.5 at 24V 0.5 at 24V 0.5 at 24V 0.5 at 24V 0.5 at 24V 0.5 at 24V
1 Duty factor (%DF) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
1 Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)

Main contact
1 AC operated
Closing delay (ms) <21 <21 <21 <21 <22 <22 <22 <18 <18 <18
1 Opening delay (ms) <18 <18 <18 <18 <14 <14 <14 <13 <13 <13
DC operated
1 Closing delay (ms) <31 <31 <31 <31 <47 <47 <47 <54 <54 <54
1 Opening delay (ms)

Arcing time (ms)
<12
10
<12
10
<12
10
<12
10
<30
10
<30
10
<30
10
<24
10
<24
10
<24
10
1 Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)

Emitted interference To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1
1 Noise immunity To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1
1 Notes
1 0.7–1.3 without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient temperature +40°C [104°F].
2 Coil Suffix TD: U
1 min 24 Vdc/Umax 27 Vdc.

Coil Suffix WD: Umin 48 Vdc/Umax 60 Vdc.
Coil Suffix AD: Umin 110 Vdc/Umax 130 Vdc.
1 Coil Suffix BD: Umin 200 Vdc/Umax 240 Vdc.
Example:
Uc = 0.7 x Umin—1.2 x Umax
1 Uc = 0.7 x 24V—1.2 x 27 Vdc

1.1
Coil Data—Frames F–G
Description XTCE80F XTCE95F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G
1
Voltage Tolerance
1
Pickup (x Uc)
AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 1
DC operated 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1
Dropout (x Uc) 1
AC operated
DC operated
0.3–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.3–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.25–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.25–0.6
0.15–0.6
0.25–0.6
0.15–0.6
1
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc 1
AC operated
1
Pickup VA 310 310 180 180 180
Pickup W 165 165 130 130 130 1
Sealing VA 26 26 3.1 3.1 3.1
Sealing W 5.8 5.8 2.1 2.1 2.1 1
Pickup VA 345 345 170 170 170
1
Pickup W 190 190 130 130 130 1
Sealing VA 30 30 3.1 3.1 3.1
Sealing W 7.1 7.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1
50/60 Hz
Pickup VA 372 328 170 170 170
1
Pickup W 190 190 130 130 130
1
Sealing VA 37.1 22.6 3.1 3.1 3.1
Sealing W 7.5 6.1 2.1 2.1 2.1 1
DC operated
Pickup W 90 at 24V 90 at 24V 149 at 24V 149 at 24V 149 at 24V 1
1
Sealing W 1.3 at 24V 1.3 at 24V 2.1 at 24V 2.1 at 24V 2.1 at 24V
Duty factor (%DF) 100 100 100 100 100
Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)
1
Main contact
AC operated 1
Closing delay (ms) <20 <20 <33 <33 <33
Opening delay (ms) <14 <14 <41 <41 <41 1
DC operated
Closing delay (ms) <45 <45 <35 <35 <35
1
Opening delay (ms) <34 <34 <30 <30 <30 1
Arcing time (ms) 15 15 15 15 15
Permissible residual current with actuation of <1 <1 <1 <1 <1 1
A1–A2 by the electronics (with 0 signal) (mA)
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) 1
Emitted interference To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1
Noise immunity To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1 1
Note
1 At 24V: 0.7–1.3 without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient temperature +40°C [104°F].
1
1
1
1
1

Coil Data—Frames H–R

1 XTCE400M, XTCS400M, XTCE500M,
Description XTCE185H, XTCE225H XTCE250L, XTCS250L XTCE300L, XTCS300L XTCS500M, XTCE570M, XTCS570M
1 Voltage Tolerance
1 Pickup (x Uc)
XTCE185H–XTCEC20R 0.8 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
1 XTCS250L–XTCS500M — 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax
Dropout (x Uc)
1 XTCE185H–XTCEC20R 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
XTCS250L–XTCS500M — 0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
1 Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
1
XTCE185H–XTCEC20R
Pickup VA 210 1 250 1 380 1 450 1
1 Pickup W
Sealing VA
180
2.6
200
4.3
250
4.3
350
4.3
1 Sealing W 2.1 3.3 3.3 3.3

XTCS250L–XTCS500M
1 Pickup VA — 360 360 715
Pickup W — 325 625 645
1 Sealing VA — 4.3 4.3 4.3
1
Sealing W — 3.3 3.3 3.3
Duty factor (%DF) — 100 100 100
1 Switching Time at 100% Main Contact Uc (Approximate Values)

XTCE185H–XTCEC20R
1 Closing delay (ms) <60 <100 <80 <80
Opening delay (ms) <40 <80 <110 <80
1 XTCS250L–XTCS500M
Closing delay (ms) — <50 <55 <50
1 Opening delay (ms) — <40 <40 <40
1 Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range (XTCE185H–XTCEC20R)

Voltage interruptions
1 (0–0.2 x Ucmin) <10 ms Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) >10 ms Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor
1 Voltage dips
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) <12 ms Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully Time is bridged successfully
1 (0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) >12 ms Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on Dropout of the contactor Contactor remains switched on
(0.6–0.7 x Ucmin) Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on
1 Excess voltage
1
(1.15–1.3 x Ucmax) Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) <3s Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on Contactor remains switched on
1 (>1.3 x Ucmax) >3s Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor
Pickup phase
1 (0–0.7 x Ucmin) Contactor does not switch on Contactor does not switch on Contactor does not switch on Contactor does not switch on
(0.7 x Ucmin –1.15 x Ucmax) Contactor switches on with certainty Contactor switches on with certainty Contactor switches on with certainty Contactor switches on with certainty
1 (>1.15 x Ucmax) Contactor switches on with certainty Contactor switches on with certainty Contactor switches on with certainty Contactor switches on with certainty
1 Note
1 Control transformer with U <6%.
k
1
1
1
1

1.1
Coil Data—Frames H–R, continued
XTCE400M, XTCS400M,
1
XTCE500M, XTCS500M,
Description XTCE185H, XTCE225H XTCE250L, XTCS250L XTCE300L, XTCS300L XTCE570M, XTCS570M 1
Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range (XTCE185H–XTCEC20R), continued
Permissible contact resistance (of the external command — ≤500 ≤500 ≤500 1
device with actuation of A11), ohms
Permissible residual current (with actuation of A11 — ≤1 ≤1 ≤1 1
by the electronics with 0 signal)
SPS signal level (A3–A4) to IEC/EN 61131-2 (Type 2) 1
High 15V 15V 15V 15V
Low 5V 5V 5V 5V
1
Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) This product is designed for operation in industrial environments (environment 2). The use in residential environments
(environment 1) could cause electrical interference so that addition suppression must be planned. 1
1
Coil Data—Frames N–R
XTCE750N, XTCE16R,
1
Description XTCE580N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC20R
Voltage Tolerance
1
Pickup (x Uc)
1
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax
XTCS185L–XTCS500M 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 0.85 x Ucmin–1.1 x Ucmax 1
Dropout (x Uc)
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax 1
XTCS185L–XTCS500M 0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax 0.2 x Ucmin–0.4 x Ucmax
1
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R 1
Pickup VA 800 1 800 1 800 1 800 1 1600 1
Pickup W 700 700 700 700 1400 1
Sealing VA 7.5 7.5 7.5 7.5 15
Sealing W 6.5 6.5 6.5 6.5 13
1
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
Pickup VA — — — — —
1
Pickup W — — — — — 1
Sealing VA — — — — —
Sealing W — — — — — 1
1
Duty factor (%DF) 100 100 100 100 100
Switching Time at 100% Main Contact Uc (Approximate Values)
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
1
Closing delay (ms) <70 <70 <70 <70 <70
Opening delay (ms) <70 <70 <70 <40 <40 1
XTCS185L–XTCS500M
Closing delay (ms) — — — — — 1
Opening delay (ms) — — — — —
1
Note
k 1
1
1
1
1

Coil Data—Frames N–R, continued

1 XTCE750N, XTCE16R,
Description XTCE580N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC20R
1 Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range (XTCE185L–XTCEC20R)
1 Voltage interruptions
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) <10 ms Time is bridged Time is bridged Time is bridged Time is bridged Time is bridged
1 (0–0.2 x Ucmin) >10 ms
successfully
Dropout of the contactor
successfully
successfully
successfully
successfully
1 Voltage dips
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) <12 ms Time is bridged Time is bridged Time is bridged Time is bridged Time is bridged
1 successfully successfully successfully successfully successfully
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) >12 ms Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor
1 (0.6–0.7 x Ucmin) Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains
switched on switched on switched on switched on switched on
1 Excess voltage
(1.15–1.3 x Ucmax) Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains
1 switched on switched on switched on switched on switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) <3s Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains Contactor remains
1 switched on switched on switched on switched on switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) >3s Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor Dropout of the contactor
1 Pickup phase
(0–0.7 x Ucmin) Contactor does not Contactor does not Contactor does not Contactor does not Contactor does not
1 switch on switch on switch on switch on switch on
(0.7 x Ucmin –1.15 x Ucmax) Contactor switches on Contactor switches on Contactor switches on Contactor switches on Contactor switches on
1 with certainty with certainty with certainty with certainty with certainty
(>1.15 x Ucmax) Contactor switches on Contactor switches on Contactor switches on Contactor switches on Contactor switches on
1 with certainty with certainty with certainty with certainty with certainty
Permissible contact resistance (of the external <500 <500 <500 <500 <500
1 command device with actuation of A11), ohms
<1 <1 <1 <1 <1
Permissible residual current (with actuation of A11
1 by the electronics with 0 signal)
SPS signal level (A3–A4) to IEC/EN 61131-2 (Type 2)
1 High 15V 15V 15V 15V 15V

Low 5V 5V 5V 5V 5V
1 Electromagnetic compatibility (EMC) 1 1 1 1 1
1 Note
1 This product is designed for operation in industrial environments. Usage in domestic areas can cause radio frequency interference (RFI).
Noise suppression measures must be provided for the additional interference.

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
XT Contactors—Four-Pole
Description XTCF020B XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G
1
General
1
Standards IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA
VDE 0660, UL,
CSA 1
Weights in kg [lb]
AC operated 0.22 [0.49] 0.49 [1.1] 0.49 [1.1] 1.0 [2.3] 1.0 [2.3] 2.8 [6.2] 2.8 [6.2] 2.8 [6.2]
1
DC operated 0.29 [0.64] 0.49 [1.1] 0.49 [1.1] 1.0 [2.3] 1.0 [2.3] 2.8 [6.2] 2.8 [6.2] 2.8 [6.2] 1
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000
Mechanical operating frequency (ops/hr) 1
AC operated 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 3600 3600 3600
DC operated 5000 5000 5000 5000 5000 3600 3600 3600
1
Electrical life See Curves,
Page
See Curves,
Page
See Curves,
Page
See Curves,
Page
See Curves,
Page
See Curves,
Page
See Curves,
Page
See Curves,
Page 1
V5-T1-111 V5-T1-111 V5-T1-111 V5-T1-111 V5-T1-111 V5-T1-111 V5-T1-111 V5-T1-111
Electrical operating frequency (ops/hr) 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 600 1
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
1
Climatic proofing
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690
1
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000 8000
Operation voltage (Ue) Vac 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 690 1
Between coil and contacts (Vac) 400 440 440 440 440 440 440 440 1
Between contacts (Vac)
Making capacity up to 690V (amps)
400
144
440
238
440
350
440
560
440
700
440
1120
440
1330
440
1800
1
Breaking capacity (amps) 1
220/230V 120 180 250 00 00 800 950 1150
380/400V 120 180 250 400 500 800 950 1150 1
500V 100 180 250 400 500 800 950 1150
660/690V 70 120 144 250 296 650 750 800
1
1
Type 2 coordination
400V; gG/gL 500V 20 35 35 63 80 160 160 250 1
690V; gG/gL 690V 2 35 35 50 63 160 160 200
1
400V; gG/gL 500V 35 6 100 125 160 250 250 250
690V; gG/gL 690V 25 50 50 80 80 200 200 200
Degree of protection with accessories IP20 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00 IP00
1
— — — IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Protection against direct contact when Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and Finger and 1
actuated from front (IEC 536) back-of-hand back-of-hand back-of-hand back-of-hand back-of-hand back-of-hand back-of-hand back-of-hand
proof proof proof proof proof proof proof proof
1
Notes
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-3.
2 Damp heat, cyclical, to IEC 60068-2-30.
1
1
1
1
1
1

XT Contactors—Four-Pole, continued
1 Description XTCF020B XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G
1 General, continued
1 Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (2.5 –16) 1 x (2.5 –16) — — —
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75 –10) 2 x (0.75 –10) 2 x (2.5 –16) 2 x (2.5 –16)
1 Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (0.75–16)
2 x (0.75–10)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
1 x (2.5–35)
2 x (2.5–25)
1 x (10 –95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10 –95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10 –95)
2 x (10–70)
1 Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–6 18–6 12–2 12–2 8–250 kcmil 8–250 kcmil 8–250 kcmil
Terminal capacity control circuit cable—screw
1 terminals
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4)
1 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 Solid or stranded (AWG)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
1 Main cable connection screw/bolt

Tightening torque
1 Nm 1.2 3 3 3.3 3.3 14 14 14
1
Lb-in 10.6 26.6 26.6 29.2 29.2 123.9 123.9 123.9
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt
1 Tightening torque
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2
1 Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6 10.6
Tools
1 Main and control circuit cable—
1 Screw terminals
Pozidriv screwdriver
2
0.8 x 5.5
2
0.8 x 5.5
2
0.8 x 5.5
2
0.8 x 5.5
2
0.8 x 5.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6 — — —

30°
1
°
°
90
90
90
°
1
180°
1
1
Ambient temperature
1 Open –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C
(–13 to 140°F) (–13 to 140°F) (–13 to 140°F) (–13 to 140°F) (–13 to 140°F) (–13 to 140°F) (–13 to 140°F) (–13 to 140°F)
1 Enclosed –25 to 40°C

(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
–25 to 40°C
(–13 to 104°F)
1 Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C

(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
–40 to 80°C
(–40 to 176°F)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
XT Contactors—Four-Pole, continued
1
Environmental
1
Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms 1
Main contact—NO contact 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g 10g
Auxiliary contact—NO contact 7g 7g 7g 7g 7g 7g 7g 7g 1
Overvoltage category/pollution degree
5g
III/3
5g
III/3
5g
III/3
5g
III/3
5g
III/3
5g
III/3
5g
III/3
5g
III/3
1
Coil Data Voltage Tolerance 1
Pickup (x Uc)
AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 1
DC operated 0.8–1.1 0.7–1.2 0.7–1.2 0.7–1.2 0.7–1.2 0.7–1.2 0.7–1.2 0.7–1.2
Dropout (x Uc)
1
AC operated 0.4–0.6 0.4–0.6 0.4–0.6 0.4–0.6 0.4–0.6 0.4–0.6 0.4–0.6 0.4–0.6
1
DC operated 0.2–0.6 0.2–0.6 0.2–0.6 0.2–0.6 0.2–0.6 0.2–0.6 0.2–0.6 0.2–0.6
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc 1
AC operated 50/50Hz
Pickup VA 24 50 50 150 150 180 180 180 1
1
Pickup W 19 40 40 95 95 150 150 150
Sealing VA 4 8 8 16 16 3.1 3.1 3.1
Sealing W 1.2 2.4 2.4 4 4 2.1 2.1 2.1
1
DC operated
Pickup W 4.5 12 12 24 24 149 149 149 1
Sealing W 4.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 2.1 2.1 2.1
Duty factor (%DF) 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 1
Main contact
1
AC operated 1
Closing delay (ms) 15 to 21 6 to 22 6 to 22 12 to 18 12 to 18 28 to 33 28 to 33 28 to 33
Opening delay (ms) 9 to 18 8 to 14 8 to 14 8 to 13 8 to 13 35 to 41 35 to 41 35 to 41 1
DC operated
Closing delay (ms) 31 47 47 54 54 35 35 35
1
Opening delay (ms) 12 30 30 24 24 30 30 30
1
Arcing time (ms) 10 10 10 10 10 15 15 15
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Auxiliary Contacts
1 XTCEXSBLN_
XTCEXSBN_
1 XTCE007B_– XTCEXFAC_ XTCEXFCC_
XTCEXSBNC_
XTCEXSCN_
1 Description
Interlocked opposing contacts with an auxiliary contact
XTCE032C
—
XTCEXFATC_
Yes
XTCEXSCC_
Yes
XTCEXFAG_
Yes
XTCEXSCNC_
Yes
1 module (to IEC 60947-5 -1 Annex L)

Break contact (not late-break contact) suitable as a mirror XTCE007B_– XTCE007B_–XTCE032C XTCE007B_–XTCE032C XTCE040D_–XTCE065D_ XTCE040D_–XTCE065D_
1
contact (to IEC/EN 60947-4 -1 Annex F) XTCE032C XTCE185L_–XTCEC10N_
Rated impulse withstand voltage, (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
1 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3

Rated insulation voltage, (Ui) Vac 690 690 690 690 690
1 Rated operational voltage, (Ue) Vac 500 500 500 500 500
1 Between coil and auxiliary contacts 400 400 400 440 440
1 Between the auxiliary contacts

Rated operational current, le
400 400 400 440 440
1 AC-15
230V 6A 6A 6A 6A 6A
1 380/415V 4A 3A 4A 4A 4A
500V 1.5A — 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
1 DC-3 L/R <5 ms 1
1 24V
60V
10A
6A
10A
6A
10A
6A
10A
6A
10A
6A
1 110V 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A
220V 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
1 Conventional thermal current, Ith 16A 16A 16A 3 10A 10A
<10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at
1
Control circuit reliability
(at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17 V, Imin = 5.4 mA) 100 million operations 100 million operations 100 million operations 100 million operations 100 million operations
Component lifespan, operations x 106 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
1 at Ue = 230V, AC-15, 3A
1 Maximum fuse, gG/gL 10A 10A 10A 16A 16A
1 Notes
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time L/R contact as stated.
1
2 See fuses overlay for time/current characteristic (on request).
3 Conventional thermal current (I ) of XTCEXSCC_ is 10A.
th
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Parallel Link
Description XTCEXPLKB XTECXPLKC XTCEXPLKD XTCEXPLKG XTCEXPLK185
1
Terminal capacity
1
Solid (mm2) 1–16 16 16 — —
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.5–25) 1 x (16–35) 1 x (16–120) — — 1
2 x (0.5–16)
Stranded (mm2) 1 x (0.5–25)
2 x (0.5–16)
1 x (16–50) 1 x (16–120) 1 x (35–300)
2 x (35–120)
— 1
Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm) 6 x 9 x 0.8 — — 2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
1
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
Tightening torque (Nm) 4 4 14 — —
1
Tools
1
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 — — —
Hexagon socket head spanner—SW (mm) — — 5 6 — 1
Conventional thermal current
Three-pole (Ith) A 50 100 180 400 — 1
1
Four-pole (Ith) A 60 — — — —
Cable Terminal Block, Flat Cable Terminal 1

Description XTCEXTLA225A XTCEXTLA400 XTCEXPLK185 XTCEXTFB650 XTCEXTFB820
1
Terminal capacity
Stranded (mm2) 1 x (16–185)
2 x (16–150)
1 x (120–300)
2 x (70–240)
— — — 1
Stranded (AWG) 1 x (6–350 kcmil)
2 x (6–350 kcmil)
1 x (250–600 kcmil)
2 x (2/0–500 kcmil)
— — — 1
Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm) — — 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (10 x 40 x 1)
1
2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 2 x (20 x 40 x 0.5)
1
AC Ratings—AC-1 Operation 1
1
Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50–60 Hz
Open 1
at 40°C (Ith) 22A 22A 22A 22A 40A 45A 45A
at 50°C (Ith) 21A 21A 21A 21A 38A 43A 43A 1
at 55°C (Ith) 21A 21A 21A 21A 37A 42A 42A
at 60°C (Ith) 20A 20A 20A 20A 35A 40A 40A
1
Enclosed 18A 18A 18A 18A 32A 36A 36A
1
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith)
Open 50A 50A 50A 50A 88A 100A 100A 1
Enclosed 45A 45A 45A 45A 80A 90A 90A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

AC Ratings—AC-3 Operation
1 Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C
1 Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (I

e) in amperes
220/230V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32
1 240V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32
380/400V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32
1 415V 7 9 12 15.5 18 25 32
1 440V
500V
7
5
9
7
12
10
15.5
12.5
18
18
25
25
32
32
1 660/690V 4 5 7 9 12 15 18
1000V — — — — — — —
1 Rated power (P) in kilowatts
1
220/230V 2.2 2.5 3.5 4 5 7.5 10
240V 2.2 3 4 4.6 5.5 8.5 11
1 380/400V 3 4 5.5 7.5 7.5 11 15

415V 4 5.5 7 8 10 14.5 19
1 440V 4.5 5.5 7.5 8.4 10.5 15.5 20

500V 3.5 4.5 7 7.5 12 17.5 23
1 660/690V 3.5 4.5 6.5 7 11 14 17
1
1000V — — — — — — —
1 AC Ratings—AC-4 Operation
1 Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C

Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 2 (Ie) in amperes
1 220/230V 5 6 7 7 10 13 15
240V 5 6 7 7 10 13 15
1 380/400V 5 6 7 7 10 13 15
1 415V
440V
5
5
6
6
7
7
7
7
10
10
13
13
15
15
1 500V 4.5 5 6 6 1 13 1
660/690V 4 4.5 5 5 8 10 12
1 1000V — — — — — — —
Rated power (P) in kilowatts
1 220/230V 1 1.5 2 2 2.5 3.5 4
1 240V 1.5 1.6 2.2 2.2 3 4 4.5

380/400V 2.2 2.5 3 3 4.5 6 7
1 415V 2.3 2.8 3.4 3.4 5 6.5 7.5

440V 2.4 3 3.6 3.6 5.5 7 8
1 500V 2.5 2.8 3.5 3.5 6 8 9
1
660/690V 2.9 3.6 4.4 4.4 6.5 8.5 10
1000V — — — — — — —
1 Notes
1 At maximum permissible ambient temperature.
1 2 Example—
The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an
AC-3 current of 18/6 x 10A = 30A. Using an XTCE032C (32A AC-3) contactor is recommended.
1
1
1
1

1.1
AC Ratings—AC-6A Operation
Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C
1
Transformer loads Values are
application specific
Values are
Values are
Values are
Values are
Values are
Values are
1
Calculation is Ie AC-3 = X / 6 * Ie transformer where X is the inrush current of the transformer and Ie transformer is the nominal current. 1
1
AC Ratings—AC-6B Operation
1
Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C 1
Capacitor loads
Individual compensation rated operational current Ie
of three-phase capacitors in amperes
1
Up to 525V See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
1
690V See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
Maximum inrush current peak (x Ie) 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 1
Component lifesaving (operations) — — — — — — —
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr) — — — — — — — 1
1
Description XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D XTCE072D XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G
1
Conventional free air thermal current,
three-pole, 50–60 Hz
1
Open
1
at 40°C (Ith) 60A 80A 98A 98A 110A 130A 160A 190A 275A 2
at 55°C (Ith) 55A 68A 83A 83A 94A 115A 135A 170A 190A
1
Enclosed 45A 58A 72A 72A 80A 100A 115A 144A 166A
Conventional free air thermal current,
single-pole (Ith)
Open 125A 162A 200A 200A 225A 275A 325A 400A 460A
1
Enclosed 112A 145A 180A 180A 200A 250A 285A 360A 415A
1
Notes
1 Example—
The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an
1
1
2 For 225–275A, use 2X 70 mm2 wire.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1 Description XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D XTCE072D XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G

e) in amperes
220/230V 40 50 65 72 80 95 115 150 170
1 240V 40 50 65 72 80 95 115 150 170
380/400V 40 50 65 7 80 95 115 150 170
1 415V 40 50 65 72 80 95 115 150 170
1 440V
500V
40
40
50
50
65
65
72
72
80
80
95
95
115
115
15
150
170
170
1 660/690 25 32 37 37 65 80 93 100 150

1000V — — — — — — — — —
1
220/230V 12.5 15.5 20 22 25 30 37 48 52
240V 13.5 17 22 35 27.5 34 40 52 57
1 380/400V 18.5 22 30 37 37 45 55 75 90
415V 24 30 39 41 43 57 70 91 100
1 440V 25 32 41 44 51 60 75 95 105
500V 28 36 47 45 58 70 85 110 120
1 660/690V 23 30 35 35 63 75 90 96 140
1
1000V — — — — — — — — —
1 Description XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D XTCE072D XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes
1 220/230V 18 21 25 25 40 50 55 65 65
240V 18 21 25 25 40 50 55 65 65
1 380/400V 18 21 25 25 40 50 55 65 65
1 415V
440V
18
18
21
21
25
25
25
25
40
40
50
50
55
55
65
65
65
65
1 500V 18 21 25 25 40 50 55 65 65
660/690V 14 17 20 20 40 50 45 50 50
1 1000V — — — — — — — — —
1 220/230V 5 6 7 7 12 16 17 20 20
1 240V 5.5 6.5 7.5 7.5 13 17 19 22 22

380/400V 9 10 12 12 20 26 28 33 33
1 415V 9.5 11 13 13 24 30 33 39 39
440V 10 12 14 14 25 32 35 41 41
1 500V 11 13 16 16 29 36 40 47 47
1
660/690V 12 14 17 17 26 35 43 48 48
1000V — — — — — — — — —
1 Note
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
AC Ratings—AC6-A Operation
1
Transformer loads Values are
application
Values are
application
Values are
application
Values are
application
Values are
application
Values are
application
Values are
application
Values are
application
Values are
application
1
specific specific specific specific specific specific specific specific specific
Calculation is Ie AC-3 = X / 6 * Ie transformer where X is the inrush current of the transformer and Ie transformer is the nominal current. 1 1
1
AC Ratings—AC6-B Operation
1
Capacitor loads
Individual compensation rated operational current Ie of
1
three-phase capacitors in amperes
Up to 525V See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
1
690V
Maximum inrush current peak (x Ie) 30 30 30
See Page V5-T1-63 for capacitor ratings
30 30 30 30 30 30
1
Component lifesaving (operations) — — — — — — — — — 1
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr) — — — — — — — — —
1
Description XTCE185H XTCE225L XTCE250L XTCE300L XTCE400M XTCE500M XTCE570M XTCE580N
1
1
at 40°C (Ith) 337 356 429 490 612 857 857 980
at 50°C (Ith) 301 310 383 438 548 767 767 876
at 55°C (Ith) 287 295 366 418 522 731 731 836
1
at 60°C (Ith) 275 285 350 400 500 700 700 800
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith) 245 275 875 315 1250 1750 1750 2000 1
Note
1 Example—The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1 Description XTCE185H XTCE225L XTCE250L XTCE300L XTCE400M XTCE500M XTCE570M XTCE580N
1 Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz

220/230V
1 (I
e) in amperes
185 225 250 300 400 500 580 580
1 240V 185 225 250 300 400 500 580 580

380/400V 185 225 250 300 400 500 580 580
1 415V 185 225 250 300 400 500 580 580
1
440V 185 225 250 300 400 500 580 580
500V 185 225 250 300 400 500 580 580
1 660/690V 150 160 250 210 400 500 580 580

1000V 76 76 76 95 95 95 95 435
220/230V 55 70 75 90 125 155 185 185
1 240V 62 75 85 100 132 170 200 200
380/400V 90 110 132 160 200 250 315 315
1 415V 110 132 148 180 240 300 348 348
1 440V 115 138 157 185 255 345 370 370

500V 132 160 180 215 290 360 420 420
1 660/690V 140 150 240 195 344 344 344 560

1000V 108 108 108 132 132 132 132 600
1
Description XTCE185H XTCE225L XTCE250L XTCE300L XTCE400M XTCE500M XTCE570M XTCE580N
1 Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 1 (Ie) in amperes
1 220/230V
240V
136
136
164
164
200
200
200
200
296
296
360
360
360
360
456
456
1 380/400V 136 164 200 200 296 360 360 456

415V 136 164 200 200 296 360 360 456
1 440V 136 164 200 200 296 360 360 456
500V 136 164 200 200 296 360 360 456
1 660/690V 110 120 200 200 296 360 360 456
1 1000V
55 55 76 76 95 95 95 348
1 220/230V 41 51 62 75 92 112 112 143

240V 45 54 68 82 101 122 122 156
1 380/400V 75 90 110 132 160 200 200 250
415V 80 96 117 142 176 216 216 274
1 440V 85 102 125 150 186 229 229 290
1 500V
660/690V
96
102
116
110
143
189
172
160
214
283
260
344
260
344
330
440
1 1000V 77 77 108 109 132 132 132 509
Note
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Description XTCE650N XTCE750N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC16R XTCEC20R
1
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole,
50–60 Hz
1
1714 1 2450 1
1
at 40°C (Ith) 1041 1102 1225 1225 2200
at 50°C (Ith) 931 986 1095 1095 1533 1 1970 2190 1
at 55°C (Ith) 888 940 1044 1044 1462 1 1800 2089 1
1
at 60°C (Ith) 850 900 1000 1000 1400 1 1800 2000 1
Conventional free air thermal current, 2125 2250 2500 2500 3500 4500 5000 1
single-pole (Ith)
1
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz 2 (Ie) in amperes 1
1
220/230V 650 750 820 1000 — 1600 —
240V 650 750 820 1000 — 1600 —
380/400V 650 750 820 1000 — 1600 —
1
415V 650 750 820 1000 — 1600 —
440V 650 750 820 1000 — 1600 — 1
500V 650 750 820 1000 — 1600 —
660/690V 650 750 820 1000 — 1600 — 1
1000V
435 580 580 700 — — —
1
220/230V 205 240 260 315 — 500 — 1
240V 225 260 285 340 — 550 —
380/400V 355 400 450 560 — 900 — 1
415V 390 455 500 610 — 930 —
440V 420 480 525 650 — 1000 —
1
500V 470 550 600 730 — 1180 —
1
660/690V 630 720 750 1000 — 1600 —
1000V 600 800 800 1000 — — — 1
1
Notes
1 Up to 690V.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1 Description XTCE650N XTCE750N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC16R XTCEC20R

e) in amperes
220/230V 512 576 656 800 — 1280 —
1 240V 512 576 656 800 — 1280 —
380/400V 512 576 656 800 — 1280 —
1 415V 512 576 656 800 — 1280 —
1 440V
500V
512
512
576
576
656
656
800
800
—
—
1280
1280
—
—
1 660/690V 512 576 656 800 — 1280 —

1000V 348 464 464 700 — — —
1
220/230V 161 181 209 260 — 30 —
240V 176 200 228 280 — 450 —
1 380/400V 280 315 355 450 — 750 —

415V 307 346 394 490 — 770 —
1 440V 32 367 41 520 — 830 —

500V 370 417 474 590 — 940 —
1 660/690V 494 556 633 780 — 1300 —
1
1000V 509 678 678 1000 — — —
1 AC Ratings—AC-6A Operation
1 Description XTCE650N XTCE750N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC16R XTCEC20R

Transformer loads Values are Values are Values are Values are Values are Values are Values are
1 application
specific
application
specific
application
specific
application
specific
application
specific
application
specific
application
specific
1 Calculation is Ie AC-3 = X / 6 * Ie transformer where X is the inrush current of the transformer and Ie transformer is the nominal current. 2
Notes
2 Example—The transformer has a nominal current of 10A with an inrush current of 18 times the nominal current. So, the contactor must have an
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
AC Ratings—AC-6B Operation
1
Capacitor loads
Individual compensation rated operational
1
current Ie of three-phase capacitors in amperes
Up to 525V 463 463 463 463 — — — 1
690V
Maximum inrush current peak (x Ie)
265
30
265
30
265
30
265
30
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
Component lifesaving (operations) 100,000 100,000 100,000 100,000 — — — 1
Maximum operating frequency (ops/hr) 200 200 200 200 — — —
1
AC Ratings—Four-Pole—AC-1 Operation 1
Conventional free air thermal current, three-pole, 50-60 Hz 1
Open (amps)
at 40°C (Ith) 22 32 45 3 80 125 160 200
1
at 50°C (Ith) 21 30 41 60 76 116 15 188 1
at 60°C (Ith) 20 28 39 54 69 108 138 172
Enclosed (amps) 18 27 36 50 64 100 128 160 1
1
Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole
Open (amps) 60 84 117 162 207 325 415 516
Enclosed (amps) 54 76 105 146 186 292 373 464
1
AC Ratings—Four-Pole—AC-3 Operation
1
Description XTCF020B XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G 1
Rated operational current, 50/60 Hz (Ie) in amperes
220/230V 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115 1
1
240V 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
380/400V 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
415V 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
1
440V 12 18 25 40 50 80 95 115
500V 10 18 25 40 50 80 95 115 1
660/690V 7 12 15 25 32 65 80 93
Rated power, (P) in kilowatts 1
220/230V
240V
3.5
4
5
5.5
7.5
8.5
2.5
13.5
15.5
17
25
27.5
30
33
37
40
1
380/400V 5.5 7.5 11 18.5 22 37 45 55 1
415V 7 10 14.5 24 30 48 57 70
440V 7.5 10.5 15.5 25 32 51 60 75 1
500V 47 12 17.5 28 36 58 70 85
660/690V 6.5 11 14 23 30 63 75 90
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

DC Ratings—DC-1
1 Description
Rated Operation
1 Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes XTCE007B XTCE009B
XTCE012B,
XTCF020B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D
1 60V 20 20 20 20 35 40 40 50 60 72
110V 20 20 20 20 35 40 40 50 50 72
1 220V 15 15 15 15 3 4 40 45 45 65
1 440V 1 1.3 1.3 1.3 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9
1 XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCE250L XTCE300L XTCE400M XTCE500M
60V 110 110 160 160 300 300 300 300 400 400
1 110V 110 110 16 160 300 300 300 300 400 400
1
220V 70 70 90 90 300 300 300 300 400 400
440V 4.5 4.5 4.5 4.5 11 11 11 11 11 11
1
XTCE580N XTCE650N XTCE750N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC20R XTCEC16R
1 60V — — — — — — — —
110V — — — — — — — —
1 220V — — — — — — — —
1 440V — — — — — — — —
1 DC Ratings—DC-3
1 Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
1 Amperes XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D
60V 20 20 20 20 35 35 40 50 60 72
1 110V 20 20 20 20 35 35 40 50 50 72
1 220V
440V
1.5
0.2
1.5
0.2
1.5
0.2
1.5
0.2
10
0.6
10
0.6
25
0.6
25
0.6
25
0.6
35
0.6
1
XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCE250L XTCE300L XTCE400M XTCE500M
1 60V 110 110 160 160 300 300 300 300 400 400
1
110V 110 110 160 160 300 300 300 300 400 400
220V 35 35 40 40 300 300 300 300 400 400
1 440V 1 1 1 1 — — — — — —
1 XTCE580N XTCE650N XTCE750N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC20R XTCEC16R

60V — — — — — — — —
1 110V — — — — — — — —
1 220V
440V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
DC Ratings—DC-5
Description
1
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCE012B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D XTCE050D XTCE065D
1
60V 20 20 20 20 35 35 40 50 60 72 1
110V 20 20 20 20 35 35 40 50 50 72
220V 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 10 10 25 25 25 35 1
1
440V 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6 0.6
XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCE250L XTCE300L XTCE400M XTCE500M
1
60V 110 110 160 160 300 300 300 300 400 400
110V 110 110 160 160 300 300 300 300 400 400 1
220V 35 35 40 40 300 300 300 300 400 400
440V 1 1 1 1 — — — — — —
1
1
XTCE580N XTCE650N XTCE750N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC20R
60V — — — — — — — 1
110V — — — — — — —
220V — — — — — — — 1
440V — — — — — — —
1
DC Ratings—Four-Pole—DC-1 Operation
1
Description
Rated Operation 1
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes XTCF020B XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G 1
60V 22 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
110V 22 32 45 6 80 125 160 200 1
220V
440V
6
1.3
32
3
45
3
63
5
80
5
125
100
160
125
200
150
1
1
1
Description
Rated Operation
Current {1} (Ie) in 1
Amperes XTCF020B XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G
60V 20 32 45 63 80 125 160 200 1
1
110V 20 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
220V 1.5 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
440V 0.2 6 6 8 8 75 95 115
1
1
Description
Rated Operation
1
1
Current {1} (Ie) in
Amperes XTCF020B XTCF032C XTCF045C XTCF063D XTCF080D XTCF125G XTCF160G XTCF200G
1
60V 20 32 45 63 80 125 160 200
110V 20 25 32 508 80 125 160 200
220V 1.5 15 22 38 70 100 125 150
1
440V 0.2 4 4 8 8 60 75 90
1
1

Current Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts

1 XTCE012B,
Description XTCE007B XTCE009B XTCF020B XTCE015B XTCE018C XTCE025C XTCE032C XTCE040D
1 Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts
1 at Ith 3 3 3 3 7.3 9.6 12.1 11.3

at Ie to AC-3/400V 0.37 0.6 1.1 1.8 1.9 3.8 6.1 7.2
1 Impedance per pole, megohms 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5 2 2 2 1.5
1 XTCE050D XTCE065D XTCE072D XTCE080F XTCE095F XTCE115G XTCE150G XTCE170G

at Ith 19 28.8 28.8 12.2 18.2 20.3 30.7 41.1
1 at Ie to AC-3/400V 11.3 19 23 9.6 13.5 15.9 27.0 34.7

Impedance per pole, megohms 1.5 1.5 1.5 0.5 0.5 0.4 0.4 0.4
1
XTCE185H XTCE225H XTCE250L XTCE300L XTCE400M XTCE500M XTCE580N XTCE650N
1 at Ith 34 45 55 37 58 113 61 69
at Ie to AC-3/400V 16 23 28 21 37 58 32 41
1 Impedance per pole, megohms — — — — — — — —
1 XTCE750N XTCE820N XTCEC10N XTCEC14P XTCEC20R XTCEC16R

at Ith 78 96 96 188 192 155
1 at Ie to AC-3/400V 54 65 96 — — 123
Impedance per pole, megohms — — — — — —
1
1 Current Heat Loss (Four-Pole) in Watts
1 Current heat loss (four-pole) in watts
1 at Ith 4.7 8.2 12 16 23 29 46 60

Impedance per pole, megohms 2.5 2 1.5 1 0.7 0.6 0.6 0.5
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Wiring Diagrams
1
7–150A XTCR Reversing Contactors
Power Circuit—7–150A with
Mechanical Interlock 80–
1
Control Circuit—7–32A Control Circuit—40–170A 150A on Mounting Plate
1
21 21
0
0 22
22
22
21 22 1 3 5 13 5
1
II 21 II K1M
1
22 21 22 21 2 4 6 K2M 2 4 6
14 13 14 13
I 14 I
13 13 14
54
1
54 14 14
K1M K2M 53 K1M K2M
53
13 13
22 22 UV W
K2M 21 22
K1M 21 K1M 22
K1M
A1
K2M
A1
K2M
21
A1
21
A1
M1
3
M
1
A2 A2 K1M K2M
(-)N A2 A2
1
Star-Delta (Wye-Delta) Starters XTCC Contactors for Three-Phase Capacitors 1
Power Circuit—12–385A AC-3 Power Circuit—11–85 kVAR
1
L1 L2 L3 L1 L2 L3
F1 1
B 1 x ln
A1 1 3 5
1
135 135 13 5
2 4 6 K5M
1
K1M 2 4 6 K3M 246
A2 2 4 6
0.58 x ln A C
0.58 x ln
1
U1 V2
V1 M1 W2
W1 3~ U2
R11
C1
R11 1
M1
R11 1
Control Circuit—12–55A AC-3
In the case of group For switching of power factor 1
compensation, multi-stage connection with reactors,
1
21
0 22 capacitor banks are please observe engineering
S11 connected to the mains, as notes, Page V5-T1-64. Use of
1
K1M
13 13 required. In the process, the contactors XTCE without
I 14 14 transient currents of up to series resistor for centralized
54 54 54
K1M 53 53 53
17
K1 18 K1
17
28
180 x Ie can flow between
the capacitors. The capacitors
power factor correction—
when using contactors for 1
are pre-charged via the early- group compensation, a
1
K3M K5M
22 22
K5M 21 K3M 21 make auxiliary contacts and minimum inductance of
the fitted wire resistors, approximately 6 μH per
1
A1 A1 A1 A1
K1M
A2
K1T K3M
A2 A2
K5M
A2
thereby reducing the inrush capacitor must be available to
(–)N current. The main contacts limit the high inrush current
N Y then close after a time lag
and carry the uninterrupted
peaks. This corresponds to an
air-cored coil with 5 windings
1
Control Circuit—70–1700A AC-3
current. The contactors for
capacitors are weld-resistant
and a coil diameter of
approximately 140 mm 1
with inrush current peaks up diameter. The conductor
21
0 22
to 180 x 1 Ie due to their cross-section must be 1
S11 special contacts. For selected according to the
13
K1M
13
switching reactive-power rated current per phase. 1
I 14 14
compensation equipment
44 14 14 17 17
with chokes, observe
design notes.
1
K1M 43 13 13 K1 18 K1
28
K3M K5M
22 22
K5M 21 K3M 21
1
K1M
A1
K1T
A1
K3M
A1
K5M
A1 1
A2 A2 A2 A2
(–)N
N Y 1

Contactor Contact Travel Diagrams

1
Frame B
1 XTCE 7–15A, XTC—AC XTCE 7–9A—DC XTCE 12–15A, XTCF—DC
NO contact NO contact NO contact

1 0 3.3 4.5 0 2.1 2.9 0 3.3 4.4
NC contact NC contact NC contact

1 0 1.0 4.5 0 0.7 2.9 0 1.0 4.4
1 XTCEXSAC11 XTCEXSAC11 XTCEXSAC11
1 NO contact
0 3.2 4.5
NO contact
0 2.3 2.9
NO contact
0 3.2 4.4
1 NC contact
0 1.6 4.5
NC contact
0 0.7 2.9
NC contact
0 1.6 4.4
1
XTCEXF...LC_ XTCEXF...LC_ XTCEXF...LC_
1 NO contact NO contact NO contact
0 2.0 4.5 0 1.1 2.9 0 2.0 4.4
1 NC contact NC contact NC contact
0 2.8 4.5 0 1.9 2.9 0 2.8 4.4
1 Frame C Frame D Frames F and G
1 XTCE 15–32A XTCE 40–72A XTCE 80–170A
NO contact NO contact NO contact

1 0 4 6.0 0 5.1 7.5 0 8 11
Auxiliary NC
1 1.8
Auxiliary NO XTCEXF...G_ XTCEXF...G_

1 3.2
NO contact NO contact
0 5.7 7.5 0 9.2 11
1 NC contact
0 3.9 7.5
NC contact
0 7.4 11
XTCEXSAC11, XTCEXF...C_
1 NO contact
0 3.2 6
1 NC contact
0 1.6 6
XTCEXF...LG_ XTCEXF...LG_
1 0 3.8 7.5 0 7.3 11
NC contact NC contact
1 XTCEXF...LC_ 0 5.4 7.5 0 8.9 11
NO contact
1 0 2.0 6
XTCEXS...N_ XTCEXS...N_
NC contact
1
0 2.8 6
0 5.45 7.5 0 8.95 11
1 NC contact
0 3.6 7.5
NC contact
0 7.1 11
1
XTCEXSBLN11 XTCEXSBLN11
1
1
0 4.1 7.5 0 7.6 11
NC contact NC contact
0 4.95 7.5 0 8.45 11
1
1 Note: The diagrams indicate the closing and travel of the contacts of the contactors and auxiliary
contacts at no-load. Tolerances are not taken into consideration.
1
1

1.1
Electrical Life Curves
1
Normal Switching Duty
XTCE007B–XTCE170G XTCE185H–XTCEC16R 1
kW 1
Rated Output of Three-phase Motors 50 – 60 Hz
kW A AC-3/400V A
900 1600 XTCEC16R AC-3/400 V
90 170 XTCE170G
Rated Operational Current Ie 50 – 60 Hz
1
75 150 XTCE150G

55 115 XTCE115G 560 1000 XTCEC10N
45 95 XTCE095F
Rated Operational Current Ie 50 – 60 Hz

80 XTCE080F 450 820 XTCE820N
1
37
65 XTCE065D 400 750 XTCE750N
30
22 50 XTCE050D 355 650 XTCE650N
18.5 40 315 580 XTCE580N
XTCE040D
15
11
32
25 XTCE025C
XTCE032C 250
200
500 XTCE500M
400 XTCE400M 1
160 300 XTCE300L
XTCE018C
1
7.5 18
XTCE015B
5.5 12 XTCE012B 132 250 XTCE250L
110 225 XTCE225H
4 9 XTCE009B, XTMC9A
1
90 185 XTCE185H
3 7 XTCE007B
75 145
5
4
1
55 104
XTMC9A
3
XTMC9A 45 85
2
1
37 72
30 58
1
0.01 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 4 6 10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations) 22 43
18.5 36
15 30
1
11 23
1
7.5 16
0.01 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)
1
Extreme Switching Duty 1
XTCE007B–XTCE170G XTCE185H–XTCEC16R
1
kW A AC-4/400V AC-4/400 V
kW A
1
Rated Operational Current I e 50 – 60 Hz
750 1280 XTCEC16R

XTCE150G,
1
450 800 XTCEC10N
52 100 XTCE170G
47 90 XTCE115G 355 656 XTCE820N
Rated Operational Current I e 50 – 60 Hz
41 80 XTCE095F
33 66 XTCE080F 315 576 XTCE750N
280 512 XTCE650N
19
17
40 XTCE065D
35 XTCE050D
250
200
160
456
360
296
XTCE580N
XTCE500M
XTCE400M
1
15 32 XTCE040D
1
132 240 XTCE300L
9 20 XTCE032C 110 200 XTCE250L
7. 5 17 XTCE025C 90 164 XTCE225H
5.5 13 75 140 XTCE185H
4
3.5 8.3
XTCE012B,
9 XTCE015B
XTCE009B
55
45
104
85
1
2.5 6.5 XTCE007B 37 72
5
4
30
22
58
43
1
3 18.5 36
2
XTMC9A 15
11
30
23
1
0.01 0.02 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 4 6 10
7.5
5.5
16
12
1
1
Component Lifespan (millions of operations) 4 8.8
3 6.5
2.2 5
1.5 3.5 1
0.01 0.02 0.03 0.04 0.06 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.6 1 2 3 4 5 6 8 10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations) 1

1
1
1

Switching Duty for Non-Motor Loads

1 Three-Pole—XTCE007B–XTCEC20R Four-Pole—XTCF020B–XTCF200G
1 2000
Breaking Current A
XTCEC20R AC-1/400 V AC-1/400 V

1800 XTCEC16R
1
1400 XTCEC14P
1000 XTCE820N, XTCEC10N
900 850 XTCE650N XTCE750N
800 XTCE580N
700 XTCE500M
1
200 XTCF200G
XTCE400M
500
400 XTCE300L
350 XTCE250L
1
300 XTCE225H
275 XTCE185H
160 XTCF160G
Breaking Current A
160 XTCE150G, XTCE170G
1
130 XTCE115G
110 XTCE095F
90 XTCE080F
80 XTCE065D
65 XTCE050D 125 XTCF125G
1 50
40
35
XTCE040D
XTCE025C, XTCE032C
XTCE018C
1 20 XTMC9A
XTC
E00
80 XTCF080D
7B,
XTC
1
E00 63 XTCF063D
10 9B,
XTC
E01
2B,
7 XTC 45 XTCF045C
E01
5B
1 5
4
32
22
XTCF032C
XTCF020B
3
1 2
0.1 0.2 0.4 0.6 1 2 4 6 10
Component Lifespan (millions of operations)

1
1
0.1 0.2 0.3 0.5 0.7 1 2 3 5 7 10 Operating characteristics:
Component Lifespan (millions of operations) Non-inductive and slightly inductive loads
1 Electrical characteristics:
Switch on: 1 x Rated current
1
Switch off: 1 x Rated current
Utilization category:
100% AC-1
1 Typical applications:
Electrical heating
1
Short-Time Loading
1 Three-Pole—XTCE007B–XTCEC20R Three-Pole—XTCE080F–XTCEC16R
1 A
Short-time Current
A AC-1/400 V 19000 XTCEC16R AC-1/400 V
1
700
Short-time Current
600 XTCE065D
500 XTCE050D
450 XTCE040D 10000 XTCE820N XTCEC10N, XTCEC14P
1
XTCE750N
400 8000 XTCE650N
350 XTCE032C XTCE580N
6000 XTC
300 XTCE025C XTCE500M EC2
0R
1 250
5000
XTCE018C XTCE400M
200 4000
XTCE300L
1 150 3000 XTCE250L

XTCE012B,
2500
120 XTCE015B
100 XTCE007B,
2000 XTCE185H, XTCE225H
1 90 XTCE009B 1800 XTCE115G,

1500 XTCE150G,
70 XTCE170G
1
1100 XTCE080F, XTCE095F
50 1000
40
1
700
30
500
1
20 400
15
300
1 200
2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 900 Seconds
1 Duration of load 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 15 min

2 3 5 7 10 20 30 50 70 100 200 300 500 700 900 Seconds
Duration of load 1 min 3 min 5 min 10 min 15 min
1
1

1.1
Maximum Operating Frequency—Related to Rating and Utilization Category (400V)
7 to 150 hp 185 to 820 hp
1
Ops./h
6000
Ops./h
4000
1
4000
a
3000 a
b
c
1
b 2000
c
d
1500
d
1
1
2000
1000
800
1
e 600
1000 500
e
800 400
1
300
f
600
200
400
150
g 1
200
100
1
50
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 %
1
100
PN [kW/hp]
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 %
PN [kW/hp]
1
1
Utilization Category 1 Utilization Category 1
Characteristic Curve Above Characteristic Curve Above 1
Type AC-1 AC-3 AC-2, AC-4 Type AC-1 AC-3 AC-2, AC-4
XTCE007B–XTCE015B 3 1 5 XTCE185H 2 1 6
1
XTCE018C–XTCE032C 3 2 5 XTCE225H 2 1 6
1
XTCE040D–XTCE065D 3 2 5 XTCE250L 2 1 6
XTCE080F–XTCE150G 3 4 5 XTCE300L 3 2 7 1
XTCE400M 3 2 7
XTCE500M 3 2 7 1
XTCE580N
XTCE650N
3
3
4
4
5
5
1
XTCE750N 3 4 5 1
XTCE820N 3 4 5
Note 1
1 P = max. motor rating (kW/hp) of the relevant contactor.
1
N
ops./h = max. number of operations per hour.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Dimensions
1 Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1 XTCE Contactors (Three-Pole)
1 Frame B, XTCE007B and XTCE015B Contactors with Screw Terminals (7–15A) XTCF020B
1 36 [1.42]
1 4 x M4 Dia.
1 68
60 [2.36]
18 [2.68]
1 [.71]
45
[1.77]
1
1 8.7 [.34] 3.2 [.13]
Auxiliary
Type
C 35 [1.38]
Typ. XTCEXFAC_ 117 [4.61]

1 5.1 [.20] 6.5 [.26]
XTCEXFCC_ 117 [4.61]
45 [1.77] 75 [2.95]
XTCEXFATC_ 125 [4.92]
1 C
1
Frame B, XTCEC007B–XTCEC012B Contactors with Spring Cage Terminals (7–12A)
1
1
1 26.4
68
[2.68] 4 x M4 Dia.
[1.04]
1 52.3
[2.06] 60 [2.36]
1
1 1.8 3.2 [.13]
[.07]
1 1.8
[.07]
6.5 [.26]
35 [1.38]
1
8.7 [.34] 75 [2.95]
Typ.
5.1 [.20] 125.2 [4.93]
1 45 [1.77]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in]
1
Frame C, XTCE018C–XTCE032C Contactors (18–32A)
1
1
71 1
[2.80]
38
[1.50] 85 2 x M4 Dia. 1
[3.46]
60.4
[2.38] 1
75 [2.95]
1
1
4.5 [.17] 4.8 [.19] 4.5 [.17]
17.7 [.70] 6.5 [.26] 1
6.4 10.6 97.4 [3.83]
1
[.25] [.42] 35 [1.38]
11.6 138.7 [5.46]
[.46]
11.6
[.46]
45 [1.77] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in] 1
1
Frame D, XTCE040D–XTCE072D Contactors (72A)
1
1
4 x M4 Dia.
1
1
57
104
[4.09] 105 [4.13] 1
[2.24]
86.4
[3.40]
1
1
1
1
4.7 [.19] 45 [1.77]
34.4 [1.35]
6.9 [.27] 1
55 [2.17] 113.8 [4.48]
132.1 [5.20] Note: Sideways distance to 1
146.8 [5.78] grounded parts: 6 mm [.39 in]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
Frames F–G, XTCE080F–XTCE170G Contactors (80–170A)
1
1
4 x M6 Dia.
1
1
1
156 [6.14]
76.5 [3.01]
170 [6.69]
156 [6.14]
57 [2.24]
1
1
1
1
1
70 [2.79]
90 [3.54] 82.5 [3.25]
1 111 [4.37] 85.5 [3.37]
142 [5.59] Note: Sideways distance to
1 160 [6.30] grounded parts: 10 mm [.39 in]
1 Frames H–M, XTCE185H–XTCE570M Contactors (185–580A)

1
W1
1 W
11 [.43] Dia. M6 Dia.
1
1
1 H2 H1 H H3
1
1 W3 D1 W2
W4 D2
1 D 8 [.31]
1 W W1 W2 W3 W4 H H1 H2 H3 D D1 D2
Frame H 140 [5.51] 160 [6.30] 120 [4.72] 20 [.79] 41 [1.61] 180 [7.09] 165 [6.50] 190 [7.48] 160 [6.30] 158 [6.22] 4 [.16] 83 [3.27]
1 Frame L 140 [5.51] 160 [6.30] 120 [4.72] 20 [.79] 48 [1.89] 180 [7.09] 164 [6.46] 189 [7.44] 160 [6.30] 208 [8.19] 5 [.20] 140 [5.51]
1 Frame M 160 [6.30] 180 [7.09] 130 [5.12] 25 [.98] 48 [1.89] 200 [7.87] 184 [7.24] 209 [8.23] 180 [7.09] 216 [8.50] 6 [.24] 140 [5.51]
160 [6.30] 180 [7.09] 130 [5.12] 38 [1.50] 57 [2.24] 200 [7.87] 189 [7.44] 219 [8.62] 180 [7.09] 216 [8.50] 6 [.24] 140 [5.51]
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Frame N, XTCE580N–XTCEC10N Contactors (580–1000A)
1
A Dia.
M6
1
Dia.
1
1
232
[9.13]
256 H
[10.08]
215
[8.46] 1
1
1
165 [6.50]
1
80
[3.15]
250 [9.84]
W
140 [5.51]
D1
1
270 [10.63] 232 [9.13]
1
W H D1 A (Dia.)
1
XTCE580N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]
XTCE650N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53] 1
XTCE750N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53]
XTCE820N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 6 [.24] 13.5 [.53] 1
XTCEC10N 45 [1.77] 296 [11.65] 10 [.40] 13.5 [.53]
1
Frame P, XTCEC14P Contactor (1400A, AC-1)
1
1
M6 Dia.
1
210 342
1
1
[8.27] [13.46]
256 232 215
[10.08] [9.13] [8.46]
308
[12.13]
1
1
1
165 [6.50]
1
60 14 [.55] 130 [5.12] 10
[2.36] Dia. [.39]
100 100 232 [9.13]
[3.94] [3.94]
1
260 [10.24]
1
1
1
1
1


1
Frame R, XTCEC16R, XTCEC20R Contactors
1
1
1
1 210 392
[8.27] [15.43]
1 272
10.71]
300
[11.81]
1
352
[13.86]
1
1
150 [5.91] 10 [.39]
1 14 [.55] 40 252 [9.92]
Dia. [1.57]
1 80 [3.15] 80 [3.15]
150 [5.90] 125 [4.92]
1 172.5 [6.79] 172.5 [6.79]
1 515 [20.28]
1 M6 Dia.
1
1 270
[10.63]
1
1
1 430 [16.93]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XTCF Contactors (Four-Pole)
Frame B, XTCF020B Contactors

1
1
1
45.0 2 x M4
18.0 [1.77]
[0.71]
60.0
[2.36] 1
68.0
[2.68] 1
36.0
6.5
[0.26] 1
3.2 35.0
1
[1.42] [0.13]
75.0 [1.38]
45.0 [2.95]
1
[1.77] 117.0
[4.61]
1
Frame C, XTCF032C–XTCF045C Contactors
1
1
85.0 2 x M4
60.0
38.0 [2.36]
[3.35]
75.0 1
[2.95]
[1.50]
1
71.0
[2.80]
1
6.5
58.0
[2.28] 4.5
[0.26] 35.0
[1.38] 1
[0.18] 97.4
[3.83]
138.0
1
1
[5.43]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
Frame D, XTCF063D–XTCF080D Contactors
1
1
1 115.0 2 x M4
86.4
[3.40] [4.53]
57.0 105.0
1
104.0 [4.13]
[2.24] [4.09]
1
1 74.0
6.9
[0.27]
45.0
4.7 [1.77]
1
[2.91]
[0.19] 114.0
85.0 [4.49]
[3.35] 132.1
1 [5.20]
147.0
[5.79]
1
1 Frame G, XTCF125G–XTCF200G Contactors
1
1 4 x M6
170.0
1 [6.69]
1 57.0
[2.24]
156.0
[6.14]
156.0
[6.14]
1
1
1 122.0
[4.80] 82.5 70.0
1 133.0
[5.24]
[3.25]
85.5
[2.76]
1
[3.37]
142.0
[5.59]
1 160.0
[6.30]
175.0
1 [6.89]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XTAE Starters with XTOB Overload Relay
Frame B, XTAE007B–XTAE015B Starters with Frame D, XTAE040D–XTAE065D Starters with XTOB 1
XTOB (7–12A) (40–65A)
Mounting 60 146
1
Mounting
45.3 Holes for 117.1 [2.36] [5.75]
1
Holes for
[1.78] M4 or #8 [4.61] M4 or #8
Screws 45 Screws 132.5
35 (4 Places) 75.8
[1.77] [5.22]
1
[1.38] [2.98] (4 Places)
1
60
[2.36]
105
1
117.8
1
[4.64] [4.13]
174
[6.85] 1
1
83.3 [3.28]
88.4 [3.48] 1
To Reset
1
Frame C, XTAE018C–XTAE032C Starters with
XTOB (18–32A)
98 [3.86]
To Reset 1
93.6 [3.69]
45
[1.77]
Mounting
Holes for
139.8
[5.50] 1
M4 or #8
35
[1.38]
Screws
(2 Places)
97.8
[3.85] 1
1
75 1
[2.95]
136.4
1
[5.37]
1
1
1
100.2 [3.94]
105.3 [4.15]
1
To Reset
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
Frames F–G, XTAE080F–XTAE150G Starters with XTOB (80–150A)
1
90 [3.54] 160 [6.30]
1 70 [2.76] 150 [5.91]
1
1
1
1 156
[6.14]
57 170
[2.24] [6.69]
1
1
277
1 [10.91]
1
1
91
1 [3.58] 74
[2.91]
1
1
1 95 [3.74]
7 [.276] 100 [3.94]
1 Dia. 118 [4.65] 134 [5.28]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XTAE Starters with XTOE Overload Relay
Frame B, XTAE007B–XTAE012B Starters Frames F–G, XTAE080F–XTAE115G Starters 1
with XTOE (0.35–20A) with XTOE (20–100A)
117.0 [4.61] Mounting 45.3 [1.78] 111.8 1
Holes for [4.40]
1
75.8 [2.98] 35.0 [1.38]
M4 or #8
Screws 90.0
(4 places) [3.54]
60.0
[2.36]
Mtg. 1
70.0 Mtg. Holes for
7.8 175.0 [6.89]
143.2
100.6
[3.96]
[0.31] [2.76] (4) M6 or #10
Screws 160.0 [6.30] 1
[5.64] 1.2 Nm
[11 lb-in]
1
1
156.0
[6.14]
18.2 [0.71] 222.3 Mtg. 167.3
[6.59]
102.7 [4.04] 10.6 [0.42]
Trip/Test [8.75]
To Reset
Mtg. 1
1
110.4 [4.35] Reset
291.1
[11.46]
Frame C, XTAE018C–XTAE032C Starters
with XTOE (0.35–45A)
108.4
[4.27] 1
Mtg.
140.0 [5.50]
98.0 [3.80]
45.0 [1.77] 1
35.0 [1.38] 41.2 [1.62] Mtg. 132.4 [5.21]
Mounting
Holes for
Mtg. Holes
for (2) M4 56.0 [2.20]
To Reset
140.2 [5.52]
1
M4 or #8 or #8 Screws
Screws
(2 places)
75.0
[2.95]
1
Frame G, XTAE115G–XTAE150G Starters
1
117.3
161.0 [4.62] with XTOE (100–175A)
[6.30]
2.5–3.0 Nm
1
M6 [#10] Screws
[22–26 lb-in]
70.0
[2.76] Terminal 1
156.0 Torque:
18.2 [0.71]
102.7 [4.04] Trip/Test
[6.14] 14 Nm
[124 lb-in] 1
110.4 [4.35] 10.6 [0.42] 21.3 [0.84]
Reset
345.0
[13.6]
1
Frame D, XTAE040D–XTAE065D Starters
with XTOE (20–100A) 152.0
1
1
[6.00]
45.0 [1.77] Mtg.
77.0
55.0 [2.17] 5.0 [3.00]
5.0 [0.20]
Mtg. Holes for
146.1 [5.75]
[0.20]
18.2 [0.71] Trip/Test 157.0 [6.18]
1
5.0 [0.20] (4) #8 Screws or
10.6 [0.42] Reset
M4 Screws
36.0 [1.42]
161.0 [6.30]
1
110.0 [4.30]
1
89.0
[3.50]
105.0
[4.13]
Mtg. 159.7
[6.29]
1
1
213.6 To Reset
[8.41]
1
1
38.7 [1.52]
To Reset 136.2 [5.36] 1
To Reset
1


1
XTCR Reversing Combination
1 Frames B–D
1
1
1 H
1
1
W D
1 Frame B (7–15A) Frame C (18–32A) Frame D (40–65A)
1
W H D W H D W H D
90 68 117 90 85 138 110 115 146.8
1
[3.54] [2.68] [4.61] [3.54] [3.34] [5.43] [4.33] [4.53] [5.78]
1 Frames F–G
1
1
1
1
1
1
1 299 314
[11.77] [12.36]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
176 [6.93] M6
196 [7.72] 183 [7.20]
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Star-Delta Combination
Frames B–D
1
1
1
H
1
W D
1
1
Frame B Frame C Frame D
W H D W H D W H D
1
158 68 117 158 85 138 188 115 146.8
[6.22] [2.68] [4.61] [6.22] [3.34] [5.43] [7.40] [4.53] [5.78]
1
Frames F–G 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
299 314 1
[11.77] [12.36]
1
1
1
1
1
1
144 [5.67] 144 [5.67] M6 1
308 [12.13] 183 [7.20]
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
1 Frames H–M—XTCEXMLM XTCEXMLN
1 15
[.59] 515 [20.28]
20
[.79]
430 [16.93]
1
1
270
1 300
[10.63]
[11.81]
1
1 9 [.35]
1
1
1 Contactor with Terminal Shroud
1 Frames L–N Contactors, XTCE250L–XTCEC10N,
with Terminal Shroud XTLEXTS
1
W
1
1
1
1 H
1
1
1
1 XTCE580N, XTCE650N,
XTCE750N, XTCE820N,
1 XTCE250L
W H
XTCE400M
W H
XTCE500M, XTCE570M
W H
XTCEC10N
W H
1 150
[5.91]
384
[15.12]
150
[5.91]
404
[15.91]
174
[6.85]
426
[16.77]
236
[9.29]
506
[19.92]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Suppressor Flat Strip Conductor Terminals
XTCE_ Suppressor XTCEXTFB 1
1
1
H2
H3
1
H1
H 1
W2 D
1
W1
1
W1 W2 H1 H2 H3 D
1
XTCEXRSB_ 25 9.2 25.9 28 32 9
XTCEXVSB_
XTCEXVSLB_
[.98] [.36] [1.02] [1.10] [1.26] [.35]
W 1
XTCEXDSB_
XTCEXRSC_ 25 9.2 16 28 32 9 1
XTCEXVSC_ [.98] [.36] [.63] [1.10] [1.26] [.35]
XTCEXVSLC_ W H 1
XTCEXRSF_ 25 20 18.5 28 32 9
1
XTCE500M–XTCE570M 171 [6.73] 232 [9.13]
XTCEXVSF_ [.98] [.79] [.73] [1.10] [1.26] [.35]
XTCEXVSLF_ XTCE750N–XTCE820N 231 [9.09] 310 [12.20]
1
Cable Terminal Block Three-Phase Commoning Link
XTCEXTLA Frame B 1
1
18.1
[.71]
1
H
1
[.52]
13.1
W 12.5
[.49]
1
135 222
1
[5.31] [8.74] 30
[1.18]
W 1
H
XTCE250L 198 [7.80]
XTCEXCLK3B 112 [4.41]
1
XTCEXCLK4B 157 [6.18]
XTCE400M 218 [8.58] XTCBXCLK5B 202 [7.95] 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Contents
1 XTSE Contactor
Description Page
XTSE Contactors
1 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-129
1 Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-130
1 Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-159
V5-T1-193
1 XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . .
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-219
V5-T1-232
1 XT DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-234
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-236
1
1
1 XTSE Contactors
1 Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
Eaton XTSE safety contactors With offerings up to 150 A ● CE Approved
1 are designed with the OEM and 125 hp, XTSE contactors Clear Inspection Window ● UL Listed
and end customer in mind. were engineered to provide ● The clear inspection ● IEC/EN 60947-4-1,
1 Providing enhanced levels
highly effective control and
protection for motors,
window located on top
of the auxiliary contact
60947-5-1
of safety, XTSE contactors prevents the contactor
● CSA Listed
1 integrate to applications to
compressors and pumps, etc.
XTSE contactors can be used from being manually
not only achieve the highest in safety applications activated and also allows
1 safety circuits, but provide
additional levels of protection
according to EN 954-1, EN for safe status monitoring
ISO 13849-1 and IEC 62061 for the user
1 that reinforce end-user
safety.
up to Category 4, Pl e and
SIL 3. Information concerning Rated for Highest Safety
Characteristics
1 safety-related characteristics
(B10 and B10d values) is ● XTSE contactors are able
available online. The auxiliary to integrate to safety
1 contact modules and built-in circuits for up to category
auxiliary contacts meet IEC 4, Pl e and SIL 3
1 EN 60947-5-1 Annex L applications
(positively driven) and IEC ● SUVA Certified
1 EN 60947-4-1 Annex F
(mirror contacts). Safety Agency Approval
1 ● Integrated front-mounted
auxiliary contacts
1 ● XTSE contactors utilize a
new enhanced latching
1 mechanism to prevent
removal of the auxiliary
contact
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XTSE Contactors
1
XT SE 007 B 22 TD
Designation Coil Codes
1
XT = XT line of IEC control A = 110 V, 50 Hz; 120 V, 60 Hz
TD = 24 Vdc 1
Current Ratings, AC-3 Frame Size Designation
Type 007
009
= 7A
= 9A
050 = 50 A
065 = 65 A
B
C
=
=
45 mm
45 mm
1
SE = Three-pole FVNR 012 = 12 A 080 = 80 A D = 55 mm Built-In Auxiliary Contact
IEC safety contactor
SRE = Auxiliary IEC safety
018
025
= 18 A
= 25 A
095 = 95 A
115 = 115 A
F
G
=
=
90 mm
90 mm
22 = 2NO–2NC 1
23 = 2NO–3NC
contactor relay 032
040
= 32 A
= 40 A
150 = 150 A BE = 45 mm electronic compatible
auxiliary contact
44 = 4NO–4NC
1
CE = 45 mm electronic compatible
auxiliary contact
1
Product Selection
1
XTSRE10B_ XTSE Safety Relay
Conventional Rated Operational Current Coil Voltage 1
Thermal Current AC-15 le (A) 110 V, 50 Hz; 120 V, 60 Hz 24 Vdc
lth (A) 220–240 V 380–415 V 500 V Auxiliary Contacts Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
16 6 4 1.5 4NO, 4NC XTSRE10B44A XTSRE10B44TD
16 6 4 1.5 3NO, 3NC+1NO, 1NC 1 XTSRE10BE44A XTSRE10BE44TD 1
1
XTSE Safety Contactor
Coil Voltage 1
Horsepower Rating (hp), Three-Phase 110 V, 50 Hz; 120 V, 60 Hz 24 Vdc
200/208 V 230/240 V 460/480 V 575/600 V Auxiliary Contacts Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
XTSE_B_ 1-1/2 2 3 5 2NO, 3NC XTSE007B23A XTSE007B23TD
3 3 5 7-1/2 2NO, 3NC XTSE009B23A XTSE009B23TD 1
3
1-1/2
3
2
10
3
10
5
2NO, 3NC
1NO, 2NC+1NO, 1NC 1
XTSE012B23A
XTSE007BE23A
XTSE012B23TD
XTSE007BE23TD
1
3 3 5 7-1/2 1NO, 2NC+1NO, 1NC 1 XTSE009BE23A XTSE009BE23TD 1
3 3 10 10 1NO, 2NC+1NO, 1NC 1 XTSE012BE23A XTSE012BE23TD
XTSE_C_ 5 7-1/2 10 15 2NO, 3NC XTSE018C23A XTSE018C23TD 1
7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 2NO, 3NC XTSE025C23A XTSE025C23TD
10 10 20 25 2NO, 3NC XTSE032C23A XTSE032C23TD
1
1
5 7-1/2 10 15 1NO, 2NC+1NO, 1NC 1 XTSE018CE23A XTSE018CE23TD
7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 1NO, 2NC+1NO, 1NC 1 XTSE025CE23A XTSE025CE23TD
10 10 20 25 1NO, 2NC+1NO, 1NC 1 XTSE032CE23A XTSE032CE23TD 1
XTSE_D_ 10 15 30 40 2NO, 2NC XTSE040D22A XTSE040D22TD
15 20 40 50 2NO, 2NC XTSE050D22A XTSE050D22TD 1
1
20 25 40 60 2NO, 2NC XTSE065D22A XTSE065D22TD
1
XTSE_F_ 25 30 60 75 2NO, 2NC XTSE080F22A XTSE080F22TD 1
25
40
40
50
75
100
100
125
2NO, 2NC
2NO, 2NC
XTSE095F22A
XTSE115G22A
XTSE095F22TD
XTSE115G22TD
1
40 60 125 125 2NO, 2NC XTSE150G22A XTSE150G22TD 1
1
Note
1 1NO and 1NC electronic compatible. 1

Contents
1 XTOB, XTOT Overload Relays
Description Page
XTSE Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-128
1 Thermal Overload Relays
1 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-132
V5-T1-135
1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-140
1 Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-159
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193
1 XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-219
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-232
1
1 Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
The XT line of IEC motor ● Direct connect up to 250A ● IEC EN 60947
1 thermal overload relays ● Stand alone and CT type ● CE approved
provides an efficient motor up to 630A ● UL
1 protection solution, available
up to 630A. XTOB units can
● Large thermal overcurrent ● CSA
range ● ATEX
1 be directly mounted to the
contactor or mounted
● Test button ● RoHS
separately. ● Manual/automatic
1 selectable reset
● NO-NC auxiliary as
1 standard
Notes
● Class 10A (to 250A)
1 ● Class 30 (CT type)
Short-circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct
device mounting. See MN03402001E for more information on overload relays for Frames B–G.
Trip Class: 10A
1 Suitable for protection of EEx e-motors. EC prototype test certificate available upon request.
See manuals MN03402001E and MN03407001E, Page V5-T1-135.
1 Instructional Leaflets
1 Pub51221 XTOB, D Frame overload relays
(inside of packaging)
1 Pub51222 XTOB, B–C Frame overload relays
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XT IEC Overload Relays
1
XT OB P16 B C1 S
1
Device Type
XT = XT line of IEC control Trip Class
Mounting
Blank = Direct to contactor
1
S = Separate mount
1
Overload Release Frame Size C1 = Class 10A (XTOB)
Type Frame B Frame G Designation C3 = Class 30 (XTOT)
OB = Bimetallic overload relay P16 = 0.1–0.16A 035 = 25–35A B = 45 mm
OT = Current transformer overload relay P24 = 0.16–0.24A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A
050 = 35–50A
070 = 50–70A
C = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
1
P60 = 0.4–0.6A 100 = 70–100A G = 90 mm
001 = 0.6–1A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A
125 = 95–125A
150 = 120–150A
L = 140 mm
Blank = XTOT only
1
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
004 = 2.4–4A
175 = 145–175A
1
006 = 4–6A Frame H
010 = 6–10A
012 = 9–12A
070 = 50–70A
100 = 70–100A
1
016 = 12–16A 125 = 95–125A
Frame C
160 = 120–160A
220 = 160–220A
1
1
P16 = 0.1–0.16A 250 = 200–250A
P24 = 0.16–0.24A
P40 = 0.24–0.4A Frame L
P60 = 0.4–0.6A
001 = 0.6–1A
070 = 50–70A
100 = 70–100A 1
1P6 = 1.0–1.6A 125 = 95–125A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4A
004 = 2.4–4A
160 = 120–160A
220 = 160–220A
1
006 = 4–6A 250 = 200–250A
010 = 6–10A 300 = 200–300A 1
016 = 12–16A
024 = 16–24A
032 = 24–32A
Frame M
063 = 42–63A 1
090 = 60–90A
Frame D
010 = 6–10A
125 = 85–125A
160 = 110–160A
1
016 = 12–16A 240 = 160–240A
024 = 16–24A
040 = 24–40A
290 = 190–290A
400 = 170–400A
1
057 = 40–57A
065 = 50–65A
540 = 360–540A
1
075 = 65–75A Frame N
Frame F
063 = 42–63A
090 = 60–90A
1
035 = 25–35A 125 = 85–125A
050 = 35–50A
070 = 50–70A
160 = 110–160A
240 = 160–240A
1
1
100 = 70–100A 290 = 190–290A
400 = 170–400A
540 = 360–540A
630 = 420–630A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Product Selection
1
Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frame B
1
Frame B
Fuse
1 For Use
with Type 1 Type 2 Maximum
Overload Contact Contact Contactor Coordination, Coordination, Circuit CEC/NEC
1 Releases, Ir Sequence Configuration Amp Range gG/gL gG/gL Breaker Fuse Catalog Number
0.1–0.16 97 95 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 0.5 25 3 XTOBP16BC1
1 0.16–0.24 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 1 25 3 XTOBP24BC1
0.24–0.4 2 4 6 98 96A2 14/ 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 2 25 3 XTOBP40BC1
1 0.4–0.6
22
1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 4 25 3 XTOBP60BC1
1 0.6–1 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 4 25 3 XTOB001BC1

1–1.6 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 6 25 6 XTOB1P6BC1
1 1.6–2.4 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 10 25 6 XTOB2P4BC1

2.4–4 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 16 25 15 XTOB004BC1
1 4–6 1NO-1NC 7–15A 25 20 25 20 XTOB006BC1
1
6–10 1NO-1NC 7–15A 50 25 25 35 XTOB010BC1
9–12 1NO-1NC 9–15A 50 25 25 45 XTOB012BC1
1 12–16 1NO-1NC 12–15A 50 25 30 45 XTOB016BC1
1 Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frame C

Frame C
1 Short-Circuit Protection (A)
For Use Fuse
1 Overload Contact Contact
with
Contactor
Type 1
Coordination,
Type 2
Coordination,
Maximum
Circuit CEC/NEC
Releases, Ir Sequence Configuration Amp Range gG/gL gG/gL Breaker Fuse Catalog Number
1 0.1–0.16 97 95 1NO-1NC 18–32A 25 0.5 25 3 XTOBP16CC1
1 0.16–0.24 1NO-1NC 18–32A 25 1 25 3 XTOBP24CC1

0.24–0.4 2 4 6 989614/ 1NO-1NC 18–32A 25 2 25 3 XTOBP40CC1
1 0.4–0.6
22
1NO-1NC 18–32A 25 4 25 3 XTOBP60CC1
0.6–1 1NO-1NC 18–32A 25 4 25 3 XTOB001CC1
1 1–1.6 1NO-1NC 18–32A 25 6 25 6 XTOB1P6CC1
1 1.6–2.4
2.4–4
1NO-1NC
1NO-1NC
18–32A
18–32A
25
25
10
16
25
25
6
15
XTOB2P4CC1
XTOB004CC1
1 4–6 1NO-1NC 18–32A 25 20 25 20 XTOB006CC1

6–10 1NO-1NC 18–32A 50 25 25 25 XTOB010CC1
1 10–16 1NO-1NC 18–32A 63 35 30 25 XTOB016CC1
16–24 1NO-1NC 18–32A 100 35 30 25 XTOB024CC1
1 24–32 1NO-1NC 25–32A 125 63 30 25 XTOB032CC1
1 32–38 1NO-1NC 32–38A 125 63 30 25 XTOB032CC1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frame D
Frame D
1
For Use
with
Fuse
Type 1 Type 2 Maximum
1
Releases, Ir Sequence Configuration Amp Range gG/gL gG/gL Breaker Fuse Catalog Number 1
6–10 97 95 1NO-1NC 40–72A 50 25 25 25 XTOB010DC1
10–16 1NO-1NC 40–72A 63 35 25 25 XTOB016DC1 1
16–24
24–40
2 4 6 98 96 1NO-1NC
1NO-1NC
40–72A
40–72A
63
125
50
63
30
125
25
125
XTOB024DC1
XTOB040DC1
1
40–57 1NO-1NC 50–72A 160 80 150 150 XTOB057DC1 1
50–65 1NO-1NC 65–72A 160 100 150 200 XTOB065DC1
65–75 1NO-1NC 72A 200 125 150 200 XTOB075DC1 1
1
Overload Relay, Direct Mount—Frames F–G
1
Frames F–G
Fuse
For Use
with Type 1 Type 2 Maximum 1
1
25–35 97 95 1NO-1NC 80–170A 125 100 125 125 XTOB035GC1
35–50 1NO-1NC 80–170A 160 125 150 200 XTOB050GC1 1
50–70 1NO-1NC 80–170A 250 160 150 200 XTOB070GC1
1
2 4 6 98 96
70–100 1NO-1NC 80–170A 315 200 400 400 XTOB100GC1
95–125
120–150
1NO-1NC
1NO-1NC
80–170A
80–170A
315
315
200
200
500
600
400
600
XTOB125GC1
XTOB150GC1
1
145–175 1NO-1NC 150–170A 315 200 600 600 XTOB175GC1 1
1
Frames F–G Overload Relay, Separate Mount—Frames F–G
Short-Circuit Protection (A) 1
For Use Fuse
Overload Contact Contact

with
Contactor
Type 1
Coordination,
Type 2
Coordination,
Maximum
Circuit CEC/NEC
1
Releases, Ir
25–35
Sequence Configuration
1NO-1NC
Amp Range
80–170A
gG/gL
125
gG/gL
100
Breaker
125
Fuse
125
Catalog Number
XTOB035GC1S
1
97 95
35–50 1NO-1NC 80–170A 160 125 150 200 XTOB050GC1S 1
50–70 2 4 6 98 96 1NO-1NC 80–170A 250 160 150 200 XTOB070GC1S
70–100 1NO-1NC 80–170A 315 200 400 400 XTOB100GC1S 1
1
95–125 1NO-1NC 80–170A 315 250 500 400 XTOB125GC1S
120–150 1NO-1NC 80–170A 315 250 600 600 XTOB150GC1S
145–175 1NO-1NC 150–170A 315 250 600 600 XTOB175GC1S
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Overload Relay, Separate Mount—Frame H

1 Frame H
1 For Use
with
Fuse
Type 1 Type 2 Maximum
1 Releases, Ir Sequence Configuration Amp Range gG/gL gG/gL Breaker Fuse Catalog Number
50–70 1 3 5 97 95 1NO-1NC 185–250A 250 160 150 200 XTOB070HC1
1 70–100 1NO-1NC 185–250A 315 200 400 400 XTOB100HC1
1 95–125
120–160
2 4 6 98 96 1NO-1NC
1NO-1NC
185–250A
185–250A
315
400
250
250
500
600
400
600
XTOB125HC1
XTOB160HC1
1 160–220 1NO-1NC 185–250A 400 1 315 1 600 800 XTOB220HC1

200–250 1NO-1NC 225–250A 400 1 315 1 600 700 XTOB250HC1
1
1 Frame L Overload Relay, Separate Mount—Frame L
1 For Use Fuse
with Type 1 Type 2 Maximum
1 Overload
Releases, Ir
Contact
Sequence
Contact
Configuration
Contactor
Amp Range
Coordination,
gG/gL
Coordination,
gG/gL
Circuit
Breaker
CEC/NEC
Fuse Catalog Number
1 50–70 1 3 5 97 95 1NO-1NC 185–250A 250 160 150 200 XTOB070LC1

70–100 1NO-1NC 185–250A 315 200 400 400 XTOB100LC1
1 95–125 2 4 6 98 96 1NO-1NC 185–250A 315 250 500 400 XTOB125LC1
120–160 1NO-1NC 185–250A 400 250 600 600 XTOB160LC1
1 160–220 1NO-1NC 185–250A 400 1 315 1 600 800 XTOB220LC1
1 200–250 1NO-1NC 225–250A 400 1 315 1 600 700 XTOB250LC1

200–300 1NO-1NC 225–300A 630 1 630 1 600 700 XTOB300LC1
1
1 Frames M-N Current Transformer Operated Overload Relays, Separate Mount—Frames M–N 2
For Use Short-Circuit Protection (A)
1 Overload Contact Contact
with
Contactor
Type 1
Coordination,
Type 2
Coordination, Circuit CEC/NEC
1
42–63 1NO-1NC 300–500A — — 150 200 XTOT063C3S
97 95
1 60–90 1NO-1NC 300–500A — — 250 250 XTOT090C3S
85–125 98 96 1NO-1NC 300–500A — — 500 400 XTOT125C3S
1 110–160 1NO-1NC 300–500A — — 600 600 XTOT160C3S
160–240 1NO-1NC 300–500A — — 600 700 XTOT240C3S
1 190–290 1NO-1NC 300–500A — — 600 700 XTOT290C3S
1 270–400
360–540
1NO-1NC
1NO-1NC
300–500A
500A
—
—
—
—
1000
600
1000
1000
XTOT400C3S
XTOT540C3S
1 420–630 3 1NO-1NC 630A — — 600 1000 XTOT630C3S
Notes
1 1 For separate mounting, short-circuit Type 1 rating is 500A and short-circuit Type 2 rating is 400A.
2 The main current parameters are defined by the main current wiring that is used.
1 3 Recommend busbar solution at 600A, 1.06 diameter CT openings.
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Accessories
1
DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter, Terminal Lug Kit—Set of Three Lugs
XTOBXDIN_
Frames C–D 1 For Use Pkg.
1
Description with… Qty. 2 Catalog Number
1
For Use Pkg.
with… Qty. 2 Catalog Number
#6 AWG-350 kcmil XTOB…LC1 1 XTOBXTLL
1
XTOB…CC1 5 XTOBXDINC
XTOB…DC1 2 XTOBXDIND
Documentation—Manuals for Overload Monitoring
of EEX e-motors 1
Terminal Shroud
For Use
Publication Number For Use with…
1
MN03402001E XTOB…BC1
XTOBXTSL
with…
XTOB…LC1
Catalog Number
XTOBXTSL MN03407001E
XTOB…CC1
XTOB…DC1
1
1
XTOB…GC1
Notes
1 Can be snap fitted on a top hat rail (DIN rail) to IEC/EN 60715 or can be screw fitted. 1
1
XTOB…HC1 XTOBXTSCH
XTOBXTSCL XTOB…LC1 to XTCE250L XTOBXTSCL 1
or XTCE300L
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Overload Fitted Directly to the Contactor

1 Frame B (7–15A) Frame C (18–32A) Frame D (40–72A)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Frames F–G (80–170A) Frames H–L (185–250A)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Overload Mounted Separately from the Contactor
Frame C (18–32A) Frame D (40–72A) Frames F–G (80–170A) Frames H–L (185–250A)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
XTOB Overload Relay—General
1 Description XTOB…BC1, XTOB…CC1 XTOB…DC1 XTOB…GC1, XTOB…GC1S XTOB…HC1, XTOB…LC1
1 Standards IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,

UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660,
UL, CSA
1 1 1 1
1 Climate proofing
Ambient temperature 2 –25°C to 55°C –25°C to 55°C –25°C to 55°C –25°C to 50°C
1
[–13°F to 131°F] [–13°F to 131°F] [–13°F to 131°F] [–13°F to 122°F]
Temperature compensation Continuous Continuous Continuous Continuous
1 Mechanical shock resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27)

half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
10g 10g 10g 10g
1 Degree of protection
Protection against direct contact when actuated
IP20
Finger and
IP20
Finger and
IP20
Finger and
P00
Finger and
1 from front (IEC 536)

Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac
back-of-hand proof
690
back-of-hand proof
690
back-of-hand proof
690
back-of-hand proof
1000
1 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3

Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 6000 8000
1 Operational voltage (Ue) Vac 690 690 690 1000
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and part 101/A1
1 between auxiliary contacts and main contacts (Vac) 440 440 440 500
1 between main contacts (Vac)

Overload release setting range
440
0.1–32A
440
6–75A
440
25–150A
500
50–300A
1 Short-circuit protection maximum fuse See overload relay tables starting on Page V5-T1-146.
Temperature compensation residual error >40°C <0.25 <0.25 <0.25 <0.25
1 Current heat loss (three conductors)
1
Lower value of setting range, W 2.5 3 16 16
Upper value of setting range 6 7.5 28 28
1 Terminal capacity
Solid, mm2 2 x (1–6) 2 x (1–16) 2 x (4–16) —
1 Flexible with ferrule, mm2 2 x (1–4)
2 x (1–6) 3
1 x 25
2 x (1–10) 4
1 x (4–70)
2 x (4–50)
—
—
1 Flexible with cable lug, mm2 — — — 50–240

Stranded with cable lug, mm2 — — — 50–240
1 Solid or stranded, AWG 14 - 8 14 - 2 3/0 250 kcmil
Flat conductor (number of segments x width x thickness, mm2)
1
— — — 6 x 16 x 0.8
Busbar—width (mm) — — — 25
1 Terminal screw M4 M6 M10 M10 x 35

Tightening torque
1 Nm 1.8 3.5 10 18
Lb-in 16 31 88.5 159.31
1 Tools
1 Pozidriv screwdriver
Standard screwdriver
Size 2
1x6
Size 2
1x6
—
—
—
—
1 Hexagon socket head spanner (SW) — — 5 mm 16 mm
Notes
1 1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30.
2 Ambient temperature operating range to IEC/EN 60947, PTB: –5°C to 50°C.
1 3 6 mm2 flexible with ferrules to DIN 46228.

4 Main contact terminal capacity, solid and stranded conductors with ferrules: When using two conductors use identical cross-section.
1
1
1

1.1
XTOB Overload Relay—Auxiliary and Control Circuit Connections
Description XTOB…BC1, XTOB…CC1 XTOB…DC1 XTOB…GC1, XTOB…GC1S XTOB…HC1, XTOB…LC1
1
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 6000 4000
1
Terminal capacity 1
Solid, mm2 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule, mm2 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 1
Terminal screw
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
2 x (18–12)
M3.5
1
Tightening torque 1
Nm 0.8–1.2 0.8–1.2 0.8–1.2 0.8–1.2
Lb-in 7–10.6 7–10.6 7–10.6 7–10.6 1
Tools
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 Size 2 Size 2
1
Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6 1x6 1x6
1
Rated insulated voltage (Ui) Vac 500 500 500 500
Rated operational voltage 500 500 500 500 1
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and part 101/A1 240 240 240 240
between auxiliary contacts 1
Conventional thermal current, Ith 6 6 6 6
Rated operational current—AC-15 1
Make contact
120V 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
1
240V 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
1
415V 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5
500V 0.5 0.5 0.5 0.5 1
Break contact
120V 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1
1
240V 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5
415V 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9
500V 0.8 0.8 0.8 0.8
1
Rated operational current—DC-13 L/R <15 ms 1
24V 0.9 0.9 0.9 0.9 1
60V 0.75 0.75 0.75 0.75
110V 0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4 1
220V
Short-circuit rating without welding maximum fuse, A gG/gl
0.2
6
0.2
6
0.2
6
0.2
6
1
Note 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Tripping Characteristics
1 These tripping characteristics Tripping time depends on 25% of the read off value.
1 are the mean values of the
spread at 20°C ambient
response current. With
devices at operating
Specific characteristics for
each individual setting
temperature in a cold state. temperature, the tripping range can be found in
1 time of the overload relay MN03402001E.
reduces to approximately
1
XTOB...BC1, XTOB...CC1,
1 XTOB...DC1 XTOB...GC1 XTOB...HC1, XTOB...LC1
1 2h
100 XTOB...BC1,
2h
100 XTOB...GC1
2h
100 XTOB...HC1,
XTOB...LC1
60 XTOB...CC1, 60 60
1
40 XTOB...DC1 40 40
Minutes
Minutes
Minutes
20 20 20
10 10 10
1 6
4
6
4
6
4
1
2 2 2
1 1 1
40 40 40
1
3-Phase 3-Phase 3-Phase
20 20 20
Seconds
Seconds
Seconds
10 10 10
1 6
4
2-Phase
6
4
2-Phase
6
4
2-Phase
2 2 2
1 1
0.6
1
0.6
1
0.6
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20
1 x Setting Current x Setting Current x Setting Current
1
Dimensions
1 Frames B–C, XTOB…BC1 and XTOB…CC1 Overload Relays
1
1 35.5
[1.40]
1 29.5
39.5 [1.16]
48
[1.89]
[1.56]
1
1 65 [2.56]
1
45 [1.77] 83 [3.27]
1 Frame D, XTOB…DC1 Overload Relay
1
20.3 51.5
[.80] [2.03]
1
1
79.2
1 [3.12]
1
1
95.5 [3.76]
1 60 [2.36] 102 [4.02]

1.1
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] Frames F–G, XTOB…GC1 Overload Relay
1
Frame C, XTOBXDINC DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter 99 [3.90]
and Frame D, XTOBXDIND DIN Rail or Panel Mount Adapter 80 [3.15] 73 [2.87] 1
D1
1
42.5
[1.67] 1
H 138
74
[5.43]
[2.91]
1
1
5 [.20] D2
16.5 [.65] D 1
95 [3.74] 63 [2.48]
1
W
100 [3.94] 129 [5.08]
H W D D1 D2 118 [4.65] 134 [5.28]
XTOB…CC1 85 [3.46] 45 [1.77] 90.5 [3.56] 58.3 [2.30] 3.8 [.15] 1

XTOB…DC1 86 [3.39] 60 [2.36] 112 [4.41] 80.5 [3.17] 4.7 [.19] Frames F–G, XTOB…G1CS Overload Relay
1
1
100 [3.94]
1
1
1
121
[4.76]
74
[2.91]
1
1
1
95 [3.74] 63 [2.48]
99 [3.90] 129 [5.08]
118 [4.65] 134 [5.28]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
Frames L and H, XTOB…LC1, HC1 Overload Relay
1 121 [4.76]
1 110 [4.33]
96 [3.78]
144 [5.67]
111 [4.37]
1 48 [1.89]
1
1 **
144
[5.67]
1 74
[2.91]
169
94
[3.70]
*
[6.65]
1
7 [.28]
1
1 5* 7 [.28] Dia.
1 25 [.20]
[.98] 16.5 **
[.65] * = OFF
** = RESET/ON
128 [5.04] 11 [.43] Dia.
1
1 XTOT…C3S Current Transformer Operated Overload Relay
1
185 [7.28]
4.3 [.17] 7.5 [.30] 1.5 [.06] 185 [7.28]
8 [.31]
44
1 21 [.83]
* M4
[1.73]
71 44 [1.73] 33 55 85 26 [1.02]
1
55
[2.80] [1.30] [2.17] [3.35] [2.17] *
1 26
[1.02]
159 [6.26]
172 – 250
1 [6.77 – 9.84]
* = RESET/ON
1 65
200 [7.87]
65
[2.56] [2.56]
1
1
71
[2.80]
90° 90° 90°
1 27
[1.06]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Contents
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description Page 1
1
XTSE Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-128 1
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay 1
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-144
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-145 1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-148
V5-T1-151
1
1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-157
An Eaton
Green Solution
Manual Motor Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-159 1
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-219 1
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-232
XT DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-234 1
1
1
Product Description Features and Benefits
Eaton’s new electronic Eaton has a long history of Features 1
overload relay (EOL) is innovations and product ● Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
the most compact, high-
featured, economical product
development in motor control
and protection, including both
● Easy to select, install and maintain 1
● Compact size
in its class. Designed on a
global platform, the new
traditional NEMA, as well as
IEC control. It was from this ● Flexible, intelligent design 1
EOL covers the entire power experience that the C440 was ● Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
control spectrum including developed, delivering new power control 1
NEMA, IEC and solutions to meet today’s
DP contactors. The NEMA demands. Size/Range User Interface
1
and DP versions are offered ● Broad FLA range ● Large FLA selection dial
C440 is a self-powered
with the C440 designation
while the IEC offering has the electronic overload relay ●
(0.33–1500A)
Selectable trip class
● Trip status indicator 1
available up to 175A as a ● Operating mode LED
XT designation. The
electronic design provides self contained unit. With
●
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
Direct mounting to NEMA,
● DIP switch selectable trip 1
reliable, accurate and value external CTs, C440 can class, phase unbalance and
driven protection and protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on ●
IEC and DP contactors
Most compact electronic
ground fault 1
communications capabilities ● Selectable Auto/Manual
in a single compact device. It accessories include remote
reset capability and
overload in its class reset
1
is the flexible choice for any Motor Control Feature Options
communication modules
application requiring easy-to-
use, reliable protection. with I/O for DeviceNet, ● Two B600 alarm (NO) and ● Remote reset 1
PROFIBUS, and Modbus. fault (NC) contacts ● 120 Vac
● Test/Trip button ● 24 Vac 1
Motor Protection 24 Vdc
1
●
● Thermal overload ● Tamper-proof cover

● Phase loss ● Communications modules 1
● Selectable (ON/OFF) ● Modbus RTU RS-485
●
phase unbalance
Selectable (ON/OFF)
● DeviceNet with I/O 1
● PROFIBUS with I/O
ground fault
● Modbus RTU with I/O 1
● Ethernet IP with I/O
● Modbus TCP with I/O 1
1
1

Benefits Standards and Certifications

1 Reliability and Improved ● UL
1 Uptime CSA
●
Flexibility Monitoring Capabilities
● C440 provides the users ● Available with NEMA, ● Individual phase ● CE
1 with peace of mind
knowing that their
IEC and DP contactors currents RMS ● NEMA
● Improves return on ● Average three-phase ● IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
assets are protected
1 with the highest level
investment by reducing
inventory carrying costs ●
current RMS
Thermal memory
● ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1)
of motor protection and ● RoHS
with wide FLA adjustment
1 communication capability (5:1) and selectable
● Fault indication (overload,
phase loss, phase
● ATEX 2014/34/EU
in its class trip class ● ATEX Mark
1 ● Extends the life of plant ● Design incorporates built-in
unbalance, ground fault)
assets with selectable ground fault protection Safety
1 motor protection features
such as trip class, phase
thus eliminating the need ● IP 20 rated terminal blocks
for separate CTs and ● Available in Eaton’s
1 ●
unbalance and ground fault
Protects against
modules industry leading FlashGard
II (2)GD
● Flexible communication MCCs
unnecessary downtime
1 by discovering changes
with optional I/O enables
easy integration into plant
● Tested to the highest [Ex d] [Ex e] [Ex tb]
in your system (line/load) industry standards such
1 with remote monitoring
management systems for
remote monitoring and
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC
capabilities control
● RoHS compliant
1 ● Status LED provides ● Available as an open
added assurance that component and in
1 valuable assets are
protected by indicating the
enclosed control and motor
control center assemblies
1 overload operational status
1 Electronic Overload Education
1 Description Definition Cause Effect if not Protected C440/XT Protection

Motor Protection
1 Thermal overload Overload is a condition in which

current draw exceeds 115% of
• An increase in the load or torque that is
being driven by the motor.
• Increase in current draw leads to heat
and insulation breakdown, which can
• Thermal trip behavior is defined by
UL, CSA and IEC standards.
1
the full load amperage rating for • A low voltage supply to the motor cause system failure. • Trip class is settable from 10A,
an inductive motor. causes the current to go high to • Increase in current can increase 10, 20, 30
maintain the power needed. power consumption and waste
1 • A poor power factor causing above valuable energy.
normal current draw.
1 Ground fault A line to ground fault. A current leakage path to ground. An undetected ground fault can burn Fixed protective setting that takes the
through multiple insulation windings, starter offline if ground fault current
1 ultimately leading to motor failure, not to
mention risk to equipment or personnel
exceeds 50% of the FLA dial setting,
that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground
1 current exceeds 6A.
Unbalanced phases Uneven voltage or current between When a three-phase load is powered with Unbalanced voltage causes large Fixed protective setting that takes the
1 (voltage and current) phases in a three-phase system. a poor quality line, the voltage per phase
may be unbalanced.
unbalanced currents and as a result this
can lead to motor stator windings being
starter offline if a phase drops below
50% of the other two phases.
overloaded, causing excessive heating,
1 reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
1 Phase loss—current
(single-phasing)
One of the three-phase voltages is
not present.
Multiple causes, loose wire, improper
wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, etc.
Single-phasing can lead to unwanted
motor vibrations in addition to the results
Fixed protective setting that takes the
starter offline if a phase is lost.
of unbalanced phases as listed above.
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XT Electronic Overload Relay—IEC 1
1
XT OE 1P6 C CS S
1
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
Mounting
1
1
P = Pass-through
Type S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only)
1
OE = Electronic overload relay
Trip Type
1
CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30
GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20
Overload Range
1
1
Contactor Frame
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A B = 45 mm
005 = 1–5A
020
1P6
=
=
4–20A
0.33–1.65A C = 45 mm
1
1
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
045 = 9–45A
045
100
=
=
9–45A
20–100A
D = 55 mm 1
100
175
=
=
20–100A
35–175A
F, G = 105 mm
G, H = 110 mm
1
1
1
Note
1 See Page V5-T1-146 for Product Selection.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Product Selection
1
XT Electronic Overload Relays
1
45 mm XT for XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
1 Direct Mount For Use with Auxiliary
XT Contactor For Use with Overload Contact Frame Contact
1 Frame Contactor Range (Amps) Sequence Size Configuration Type Catalog Number
B XTCE007B…, 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB12-1,65 XTOE1P6BCS
1 XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
1–5 ZEB12-5 XTOE005BCS
XTCE015B… 4–20 ZEB12-20 XTOE020BCS
1
2 4 6 98 96
C XTCE018C…, 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB32-1,65 XTOE1P6CCS
1 XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
1–5 ZEB32-5 XTOE005CCS
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 ZEB32-20 XTOE020CCS
1 9–45 ZEB32-45 XTOE045CCS
1
D XTCE040D…, 9–45 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB65-45 XTOE045DCS
XTCE050D…,
20–100 55 mm ZEB65-100 XTOE100DCS
XTCE065D…,
1 XTCE072D… 2 4 6 98 96
F XTCE080F…, 20–100 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100 XTOE100GCS

1
97 95
XTCE095F…
1 2 4 6 98 96
G XTCE115G…, 20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100 XTOE100GCS

1 XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175 XTOE175GCS
1 H XTCE185H… 35–175 2 4 6 98 96 110 mm NO-NC ZEB225-175 XTOE175HCS
1
XT Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
1
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount For Use with Auxiliary
with Ground Fault
1 Frame Contactor Range (Amps) Sequence Size Configuration Type Catalog Number
B XTCE007B…, 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB12-1,65-GF XTOE1P6BGS
1 XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
1–5 ZEB12-5-GF XTOE005BGS
XTCE015B…
1
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 ZEB12-20-GF XTOE020BGS
C XTCE018C…, 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB32-1,65-GF XTOE1P6CGS

1 XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C 1–5 ZEB32-5-GF XTOE005CGS
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 ZEB32-20-GF XTOE020CGS
1 9–45 ZEB32-45-GF XTOE045CGS
1 D XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
9–45
20–100
97 95 45 mm
55 mm
NO-NC ZEB65-45-GF
ZEB65-100-GF
XTOE045DGS
XTOE100DGS
XTCE065D…,
1 XTCE072D… 2 4 6 98 96
1
F XTCE080F…, 20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100-GF XTOE100GGS
XTCE095F…
1 2 4 6 98 96
G XTCE115G…, 20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100-GF XTOE100GGS

1 XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175-GF XTOE175GGS
1 H XTCE185H… 35–175 2 4 6 98 96 110 mm NO-NC ZEB225-175-GF XTOE175HGS
1
1
1

1.1
XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Large Frame XT Contactors (L–R)
1–5A OL with CTs
Use CTs and 1-5A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately). 1
XT
Contactor
For Use with IEC
Contactor Amp CT Range CT Kit Terminal Overload Relay
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault 1
Frame Range (AC-3) (Amps) Description Catalog Number Size Catalog Number Catalog Number
L, M 185–500A 60-300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT300 750 kcmil XTOE005CCSS XTOE005CGSS 1
with integrated lugs (2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
1
M, N 300–820A 120-600 600: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT600 (2) 750 kcmil XTOE005CCSS XTOE005CGSS
with integrated,
pass through holes
3/0 Cu/Al
1
N 580–1000A 200-1000 1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT1000
with integrated,
(3) 750 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
XTOE005CCSS XTOE005CGSS
1
pass through holes
R 1600A 300-1500 1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit ZEB-XCT1500 (4) 750 kcmil XTOE005CCSS XTOE005CGSS 1
with integrated, 1/0 Cu/Al
pass through holes
1
XT Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
1
45 mm XT for
Separate Mount
Overload Frame Contact Overload Relay
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault
1
Range (Amps) Size Sequence Type Catalog Number Catalog Number
Overload Relay
1
0.33–1.65 45 mm 1 3 5 97 95 ZEB32-1,65/KK XTOE1P6CCSS XTOE1P6CGSS
1
1–5 ZEB32-5/KK XTOE005CCSS XTOE005CGSS
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 ZEB32-20/KK XTOE020CCSS XTOE020CGSS 1
20–100 55 mm ZEB150-100/KK XTOE100GCSS XTOE100GGSS 1
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175/KK XTOE175GCSS XTOE175GGSS
1
XT Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design 1
Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires.
Terminate motor leads directly on contactor. 1
Overload Frame Contact Overload Relay
Overload Relay
with Ground Fault 1
35–175 110 mm 1 3 5 97 95 ZEB150-175/PT XTOE175GCSP XTOE175GGSP 1
1
2 4 6 98 96
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Accessories
1
CT Kits
1 Accessories
1 Safety Cover Safety Cover
1 Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. ZEB-XSC
1
1
1 Reset Bar Reset Bar
Assembles to the top of the overload to provide a larger target area for door ZEB-XRB
1 mounted reset operators.
1
1
Remote Reset Remote Reset
1 Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1 C440-XCOM
1
Remote reset module (120 Vac) 1 ZEB-XRR-120
1
1
Communication
1 The C440 is provided with two levels of communication capability.
Basic Communication via Advanced Advanced
1 Expansion Module— Communication— Communication—
Monitoring Only Monitoring and Control Communication Module
1 Basic communication on C440 also has the ability to The communication adapter
the C440 is accomplished communicate on industrial comes standard with four
1 using an expansion module.
The expansion module plugs
protocols such as DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, Modbus RTU and
inputs and two outputs
(24 Vdc or 120 Vac) while
1 into the expansion bay on
the C440 overload relay,
Modbus TCP, and Ethernet
(planned) while providing
providing the customer with
flexible mounting options
enabling communications control capability using I/O. (DIN rail or panel). See
1 with the overload via their figure below.
Modbus RTU (RS-485) An expansion module
1 network. No additional (mentioned earlier) combined
with a communication
parts are required.
1 See figure below. adapter and a communication
module allows easy
integration onto the
1 customer’s network.
See figure below.
1
1
1
1
1
Basic Communication—
Modbus
Advanced Communication—
1
Communication Adapter with
Communication Module
Note
1 1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).

1.1
The following information can be viewed using the communication option:
● Motor status—running, ● Percent thermal capacity ● Overload relay settings— 1
stopped, tripped or trip class, DIP switch
Fault codes (only available
1
●
resetting prior to reset) selections, reset selections

● Individual rms phase ● Modbus address (can be
Percent phase unbalance
1
●
currents (A, B, C) ● Ground fault current and set over the network)
● Average of three-phase
1
percent
rms current
Communication Accessories
1
1
Expansion Module Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication) C440-XCOM
1
1
1
1
Communication Communication adapter kit (DIN C Panel mounted adapter, required for advance communication option) C440-COM-ADP
1
Adapter
1
1
1
1
1
DeviceNet communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441K + C440-COM-ADP) C440-DN-120
DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441L + C440-COM-ADP) C440-DN-24 1
PROFIBUS communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441S + C440-COM-ADP)
PROFIBUS communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441Q + C440-COM-ADP)
C440-DP-120
C440-DP-24
1
Modbus communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441N + C440-COM-ADP) C440-MOD-120 1
Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441P + C440-COM-ADP) C440-MOD-24
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U) C440-ET-120 1
1
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V) C440-ET-24
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Modbus Communication Module

1 The Modbus module Features and Benefits
combined with an expansion
1 The Modbus Terminals Each I/O module is
● ● ●
module and a communication communication module is ● Unique locking optically isolated

adapter provide Modbus capable of baud rates mechanism provides for between the field I/O
1 communication capability to up to 115K easy removal of the and the network adapter
the C440 electronic overload ● The Modbus address and terminal block with the to protect the I/O and
1 relay. baud rate configuration can field wiring installed communication circuits
be easily changed using ● Each terminal is marked from possible damage
1 the HMi user interface for ease of wiring and due to transients and
ground loops
● Modbus address and baud troubleshooting
1 Input Module features a
●
rate are set via convenient ● Selectable I/O assemblies
DIP switches; LEDs are user-definable input
● 4IN/2OUT debounce, which limits
1 provided to display
Modbus traffic
● Signal types include the effects of transients
24 Vdc I/O and and electrical noise
1 Configuration with
●
120 Vac I/O ● Output Module supports
Modbus common Modbus
Communication Module configuration tools a user-definable safe
1 state for loss of
communication; hold
1 last state, ON or OFF
DeviceNet Communication Modules

1 The DeviceNet Features and Benefits
1 Communication to Terminals Each I/O module is
● ● ●
provides monitoring and DeviceNet uses only one ● Unique locking optically isolated
control for the C440 overload DeviceNet MAC ID between the field I/O
1 relay from a single DeviceNet ● Configuration
mechanism provides for
easy removal of the and the network adapter
node. These modules also terminal block with the to protect the I/O and
DeviceNet MAC ID and
1
●
offer convenient I/O in two field wiring installed communication circuits
voltage options, Baud rate are set via
from possible damage
convenient DIP switches ● Each terminal is marked
1 24 Vdc and 120 Vac.
with an option to set for ease of wiring and
due to transients and
ground loops
from the network troubleshooting
1 Input Module features a
●
● Advanced configuration ● Selectable I/O assemblies user-definable input
available using common debounce, which limits
1 DeviceNet tools
● 4IN/2OUT
the effects of transients
● Signal types include
and electrical noise
24 Vdc I/O and
1 120 Vac I/O
● Output Module supports
a user-definable safe
1 DeviceNet
state for loss of
communication; hold
last state, ON or OFF
1 ● Combined status LED
1 PROFIBUS Communication Modules
The PROFIBUS module Features and Benefits
1 combined with an expansion ● The PROFIBUS ● Terminals ● Each I/O module is
module and a communication communication module is ● Unique locking optically isolated
1 adapter provide Modbus
communication capability to
capable of baud rates mechanism provides for between the field I/O
and the network adapter
up to 12 Mb easy removal of the
1 the C440 electronic overload
relay.
● PROFIBUS address is
set via convenient DIP
terminal block with the
field wiring installed
to protect the I/O and
communication circuits
from possible damage
1 switches; LEDs are
provided to display
● Each terminal is marked
for ease of wiring and
due to transients and
PROFIBUS status ground loops
1 ● Intuitive configuration ●
troubleshooting
Selectable I/O assemblies
● Input Module features a
with common PROFIBUS user-definable input
1 configuration tools
● 4IN/2OUT debounce, which limits
the effects of transients
● Signal types include
1 24 Vdc I/O and
120 Vac I/O ●
and electrical noise
Output Module supports
1
PROFIBUS a user-definable safe
Communication Module state for loss of
communication; hold
1 last state, ON or OFF

1.1
1
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A
Specification 1
Description 45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
Electrical Ratings Range Range Range 1
1
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
FLA Range
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
20–100A 28–140A (NEMA)
35–175A (IEC)
1
4–20A
9–45A 1
Use with Contactors
XT IEC frames B, C, D F, G G, H 1
1
Freedom NEMA sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 3 4
Trip Class
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
1
Motor Protection
1
Thermal overload setting 1.05 x FLA: does not trip 1.05 x FLA: does not trip 1.05 x FLA: does not trip
Feature
1.15 x FLA: overload trip
Range
Range
Range
1
Phase loss Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% 1
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable) Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50%
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting 1
>150% = 2 sec >150% = 2 sec >150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec >250% = 1 sec >250% = 1 sec
1
Reset Manual/automatic Manual/automatic Manual/automatic
Indicators 1
Trip status Orange flag Orange flag Orange flag
Mode LED One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly 1
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip setting—pending trip setting—pending trip
1
Options
Remote reset Yes Yes Yes 1
Reset bar Yes Yes Yes
Communication expansion module Yes Yes Yes 1
Communication adapter
Capacity
Yes Yes Yes
1
Load terminals 1
Terminal capacity 12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2) 6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2) 8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
1
Tightening torque 20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm) 25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm) 124 lb-in (14 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
1
Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals
Terminal capacity 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 1
Tightening torque 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Voltages 1
1
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
Insulation voltage U i (control) 500 Vac 500 Vac 500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage 6000 Vac 6000 Vac 6000 Vac
1
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3
1
1
1

Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500A, continued

1 Specification
1 Description
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Ratings
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
1 Conventional thermal continuous current 5A 5A 5A

Rated operational current—IEC AC-15
1 Make contact (1800 VA)
1
120V 15A 15A 15A
240V 15A 15A 15A
1 415V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A

500V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A
1 Break contact (180 VA)
120V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
1 240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
1 415V
500V
0.9A
0.8A
0.9A
0.8A
0.9A
0.8A
1 IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)

0–250V 1.0A 1.0A 1.0A
1 Rated operational current—UL B600
Make contact (3600 VA)
1 120V 30A 30A 30A
1 240V
480V
15A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
1 600V 6A 6A 6A
Break contact (360 VA)
1 120V 3A 3A 3A
1
240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
480V 0.75A 0.75A 0.75A
1 600V 0.6A 0.6A 0.6A

R300—Vdc ratings (28 VA)
1 0–120V 0.22A 0.22A 0.22A
250V 0.11A 0.11A 0.11A
1 Short-Circuit Rating without Welding
1 Maximum fuse
Environmental Ratings
6A gG/gL 6A gG/gL 6A gG/gL
1 Ambient temperature (operating) –13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C) –13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C) –13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
1 Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1 2000m 2000m 2000m
1 Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) 15g any direction 15g any direction 15g any direction
1 Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)

Pollution degree per IEC 60947-4-1
3g any direction
3 for product (2 for pcb)
3g any direction
3g any direction
1 Ingress protection IP20 IP20 IP20

Protection against direct contact when actuated from Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof
1 front (IEC 536)
Mounting position Any Any Any
1 Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
1
1
1

1.1
Specification
1
Description
Electrical/EMC
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
1
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 1
1
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A, ISM
Conducted emissions 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM 1
ESD immunity ±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) 1
Radiated immunity 10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz 10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz 10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 gHz
80% amplitude modulated
1
1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity 140 dub (10V rms) 140 dub (10V rms) 140 dub (10V rms)
1
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz–100 mHz 150 kHz–100 mHz 150 kHz–100 mHz
Fast transient immunity ±4 kV using direct method ±4 kV using direct method ±4 kV using direct method 1
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) with accessory installed in expansion bay with accessory installed in expansion bay with accessory installed in expansion bay
IEC 61000-4-4 ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method 1
Surge immunity Three-phase power inputs: Three-phase power inputs: Three-phase power inputs:
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
±4 kV line-to-line (DM)
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
1
With accessory installed in expansion bay:
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us;
±2 kV line-to-line (DM) –>1.2/50 us; 1
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) 1
Power freq. magnetic field immunity 30 A/m, 50 Hz 30 A/m, 50 Hz 30 A/m, 50 Hz
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
1
Electromagnetic field 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
1
Distortion IEEE 519 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
Electrostatic discharge (ESD)
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
1
Electrical fast transient (EFT)
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method 1
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Communication Modules
1 Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet
1 Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz
1 IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
1
Conducted emissions 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
1 ESD immunity ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
1 Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
1
1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms)
IEC 60947-4-1 150 kHz–80 mHz 150 kHz–80 mHz 150 kHz–80 mHz 150 kHz–80 mHz
1 Fast transient immunity ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV supply and control, ±2 kV supply and control, ±2 kV supply and control,
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 6100-4-4 ±1 kV communication ±1 kV communication ±1 kV communication
1 Surge immunity User IO and communication lines 1: User IO and communication lines: User IO and communication lines: User IO and communication lines:
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) ±1 kV line-to-line (DM) ±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM) ±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM) ±0.5 kV line-to-line (DM)
1 IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±1 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±1 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 1 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m
1 IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
1 Ambient temperature (operating) –4° to 122°F (–20° to 50°C) –13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C) –13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C) –13° to 122°F (–25° to 50°C)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
1 Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000m 2000m 2000m 2000m
1 Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) 15G any direction 15G any direction 15G any direction 15G any direction

Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1
3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3
1 Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

Overvoltage category per UL 508 III III III III
1 DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections — Group 2, polling, bit strobe, — Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
1 explicit, no UCMM explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate — 125K, 250K, 500K — 125K, 250K, 500K
1 Ethernet
Ethernet connections — — — Integrated two-port switch with dual
1 RJ45 Ethernet connections
Ethernet type — — — Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
1 Auto Negotiation
PROFIBUS
1 PROFIBUS connections — — Group 2, polling, bit strobe, —
explicit, no UCMM
1 PROFIBUS baud rate — — 9.6K, 19.2K, 45.45K, 93.75K, 187.5K, —
500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
1 Note
1 Relates to C441M only.
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Communication Modules, continued
Description Modbus DeviceNet PROFIBUS Ethernet
1
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc
1
Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 1
Number of inputs 4 4 4 4
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 1
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc <6 Vdc
ON-state voltage >18 Vdc >18 Vdc >10 Vdc >18 Vdc 1
1
Nominal input current 5 mA 5 mA 5 mA 5 mA
Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V
Terminal screw torque
24V source current
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
1
Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules
1
OFF state 0–6 Vdc 0–6 Vdc 0–6 Vdc 0–6 Vdc
Transition region 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 1
ON state 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441_ 120 Vac Input 1
Nominal input voltage 120 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac
Operating voltage 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 1
Number of inputs
OFF-state voltage
4
<30 Vac
4
<30 Vac
4
<20 Vac
4
<30 Vac
1
ON-state voltage >80 Vac >80 Vac >70 Vac >80 Vac
1
Signal delay 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle 1
Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 1
Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules
OFF state 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac 1
1
Transition region 30–80 Vac 30–80 Vac 30–80 Vac 30–80 Vac
ON state 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac
Output Modules
Nominal voltage 120 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac 120 Vac
1
1
24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc 24 Vdc
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A (2) 1NO Form A (2) 1NO Form A (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C 1NO/NC Form C 1NO/NC Form C 1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 1
Relay ON time
Max. current per point 1
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
1
Electrical life 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles
1
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles 1,000,000 cycles
Note 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA, cUL)

1 Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with
regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s C440 electronic overload relays combined
1 with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR
solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects the
1 latest information as of April 2010.
1 C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440)

Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data High-Fault Short Circuit Data
1 Maximum Maximum Maximum Fuses (RK5, J, CC) Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Overload Operating Fuse Size (A) Breaker Maximum Maximum
1 FLA Range Voltage 600V (kA) (RK5) Size (A) 480V (kA) 600V (kA) Fuse Size 480V (kA) 600V (kA) Breaker Size
0.33–1.65A 600 Vac 1 6 15 — — — — — —
1 1–5A 600 Vac 5 20 20 100 100 30 100 35 20
1
4–20A 600 Vac 5 80 80 100 100 100 100 35 80
9–45A 600 Vac 5 175 175 100 100 100 100 35 100/175 (480/600)
1 20–100A 600 Vac 10 400 400 100 100 200 150 35 250/400 (480/600)
28–140A 600 Vac 10 450 500 100 100 400 100 65 400
1 35–175A 690 Vac 10 500 (gG) 350 (690 Vac)

320 (415 Vac)
100 100 500 (gG) 100 (415 Vac) — 350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
1
1 IEC XT Starters with XT Electronic Overload Relays
Maximum High-Fault Short Circuit Data Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
1 Contactor
Frame Size
Operating
Voltage
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480V 600V
Maximum
Fuse Size 480V 600V
Maximum
Breaker Size
1 B 1–5A 100 100 30 — — —

4–20A 100 100 30 — — —
1 C 1–5A 100 100 60 — — —
4–20A 100 100 60 — — —
1 9–45A 100 100 60 — — —
1 D 9–45A 100 100 200 65 35 175

20–100A 100 100 200 65 35 175
1 F 20–100A 100 100 200 65 65 350

G 20–100A 100 100 200 65 65 350
1 35–175A 100 100 400 65 30 250 (480 Vac)
350 (600 Vac)
1 H 35–175A 100 100 400 65 30 400
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm) 1
45 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays 1
A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
C
Text Orientation
1
1
1
1
B1
1
B
Width Depth Mounting Holes

1
A B1 B (Height) C
NEMA Starter Size
1
00–2 1.80 (45.7) 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5) 3.68 (93.5)
1
XT IEC Frame Size
B, C, D 1.80 (45.7) 4.00 (101.6) 4.30 (109.2) 3.68 (93.5) 1
Standalone
0.35–45A 1.80 (45.7) 4.30 (109.2) 4.60 (116.8) 3.68 (93.5) 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)

1
55 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
1
1
1 B
1 C
B1
1
1
1 A
1
Width Height To Reset Mounting Depth
A B B1 C
1
NEMA Starter Size
3 2.21 (56.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
1 XT IEC Frame Size

D, F, G 2.21 (56.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
1 Standalone
20–100A 2.21 (56.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
1
1 110 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
B1
1
1
1
1
C
1
1
1 A B
1
Width Height To Reset Mounting Depth
A B B1 C
1
NEMA Starter Size
4 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
1 XT IEC Frame Size

G 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
1 H 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
Standalone
1 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
1 Pass-Through
4.33 (110.0) 5.90 (149.0) 5.60 (142.0) 4.00 (102.0)
1
1
1

1.1
Contents
Manual Motor Protectors
Description Page 1
1
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-143 1
Manual Motor Protectors
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-160 1
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-161
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-162
V5-T1-163
1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-166
V5-T1-176
1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-185
V5-T1-193 1
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-232 1
XT DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-234
Manual Motor Protectors 1
Product Description Application Description 1
Eaton’s new XT family of The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
manual motor protectors can be used in the following 1
(MMPs) features a applications.
pushbutton or rotary ON/OFF
manual disconnect, Class 10 Motor Protective Circuit Breaker Group Motor Installations Individual Branch Motor
1
Applications
adjustable bimetallic overload
relay and fixed magnetic
In many countries outside
of the United States and
A group motor installation
can be defined as more than A UL 508 Type E self- 1
short-circuit trip capability Canada, especially Europe, one motor circuit protected protected manual
in one compact unit. Two the MMPs are tested and by a single set of fuses or combination starter/motor 1
frame sizes are available: classified as thermal- circuit breaker on a motor controller consists of a single
Frame B (45 mm) for motors
with FLA ratings up to 32A
magnetic circuit breakers branch circuit. This eliminates device possessing four 1
for use in motor branch the need for individual fuses essential elements:
and Frame D (55 mm) covers
motor FLA ratings up to 65A.
circuits. This can be an
important consideration for all
or circuit breakers for each
motor circuit. Substantial
disconnect, short circuit
protection, motor controller,
1
companies who export their
equipment and machines
component cost savings,
panel space savings and
and motor overload
protection. Some MMPs 1
internationally. Both the XTPB reduced wiring installation require use of a lineside
and XTPR conform to IEC/EN time can be achieved in adapter for this type of 1
60947 and have the CE Mark. group motor installations. approval. When tested as an
Manual Motor Protectors The MMPs are tested and

official combination by UL, 1
this device takes the place of
listed for group installation.
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
are UL listed under UL 508 as If remote operation is required,
a fuse-starter or breaker-
starter, XT Type E MMPs are
1
a magnetic contactor can be self-protected, meaning they
manual motor protectors. They
provide an economical solution wired in series with the MMP. do not need additional short 1
for applications requiring circuit protection of a fuse or
simple manual starting and
Article 430.53 of the NEC
contains the rules and breaker. Type E devices can 1
stopping of motors. When requirements for group motor also be used with a contactor
used as a manual starter, they installations. Refer to or other types of UL approved
controllers. If tested with a
1
are typically installed in an application note AP03402001E
enclosure. Many enclosures
are offered as accessories for
for NEC requirement for contactor, the combination
motor controller becomes a 1
group motor installation.
the MMPs. Separate short- Type F device. See Page
circuit protective devices, such V5-T1-199 for XTFC Type F 1
as circuit breakers or fuses, are devices.
wired ahead of the MMPs. The 1
short-circuit protective device
should be sized per the NEC
and should not exceed 400%
1
of the maximum FLA dial
setting of the MMP. 1

Features and Benefits Line Side Adapters—When to Use Them

1 ● ON/OFF rotary handle with ● Adjustment dial for setting Note: Line side adapters are not required for non-US applications.
1 lockout provision motor FLA Most countries outside of the US classify the MMP as a thermal
magnetic circuit breaker.
● Visible trip indication ● DIN rail mount
1 ● Class 10 overload ● Terminal types available:
protection ● Screw terminals Manual Motor Protectors
1 ● Phase loss sensitivity ● Screw (line) and spring Self-Protected Manual Combination Starters
● Ambient temperature cage (load) terminals
1 compensation to IEC/EN
60947, VDE 0660
● Spring cage terminals
Accessories include:
1
● Group Installation UL 508 Type E Self-Protected Manual
● Fixed short-circuit trip—
● Front and side auxiliary Upstream SCPD required. Combination Starter
14 times maximum setting
contacts Self-protected. No additional SCPD needed in
1 ●
of overload FLA dial
Type 2 coordination per ● Trip indicating contacts
branch circuit.
IEC 947
1 Tamperproof cover for
●
● Identification markers OLR dial Line Side Adapter (LSA) Line Side Adapter (LSA)
standard on starter Undervoltage release Not required Required
1
●
faceplate ● Shunt trip

● Motor applications from
1 Through-the-door
●
0.1A to 65A Line Side Adapter Line Side Adapter

operators
● Built-in heater and XTPAXLSA XTPAXLSAD
1 Enclosures
●
magnetic trip elements ● Three-phase line side

to protect the motor
1
connecting links MMP MMP
XTPR…BC1 XTPR…DC1
1
1
Manual Motor Protector
and Line Side Adapter
● ATEX
1 ● CE approved
● UL listed File No. E36332
1 ● UL listed File No. E123500
● UL 508 group motor and
1 Type E compliant
● IEC/EN 60947
1 ● CSA File 229767, Class
3211-05
1 ● DIN VDE 0660 Part 100,
Part 101 and Part 102
1
1
Note: For Type 2 Coordination
1 of MMCs, see Page V5-T1-237.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Product Identification
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
2 1
1
1
1
5 5
3
1
1
1
1
5
1
2 1
1
2
1
1
6
1
1
Notes
1
1
Basic Units Mounting Accessories Add-On Functions
1 XTPB pushbutton manual motor 3 Rotary handle mechanism 4 Voltage releases (see Page V5-T1-168)
protectors (see Page V5-T1-163) (see Page V5-T1-169) Undervoltage release
Rated operational current up to 25A
Switching capacity 50 kA/415V
ON/OFF/tripped switch position indication
Lockable door/cover interlock
Shunt releases
With screws or spring-loaded terminals
1
Short-circuit release, adjustable Extendable y plug fit extension shaft 5 Standard auxiliary contacts
0.6–1 x lu Handle latched in switch positions (see Page V5-T1-166) 1
Single-phasing sensitive Optionally also without locking and ON/OFF indication
1
2 XTPR rotary manual motor protectors door interlock function Differential fault indication overload/
(see Page V5-T1-164) short-circuit release
Rated operational current up to Insulated enclosures ON/OFF for (high capacity) contact
32A, 65A
Switching capacity 150/50 kA/415V
(see Page V5-T1-172)
Surface mounting, enclosures, IP40,
module
ON/OFF for starter combination
1
Short-circuit release, fixed setting to IP55 and IP40 and IP55 front flush With early-make contacts
14 x lu mounting enclosure With screws or spring-loaded terminals
6 Current limiter (see Page V5-T1-168)
1
Overload release, adjustable 0.6–1 x lu
Single-phasing sensitive
With screws or spring-loaded
Mounting/wiring (see Page V5-T1-169)
Component adapter for busbar mounting
Increases the switching capacity of the
10–25A manual motor protectors to 1
terminals Three-phase commoning link for 100 kA/440V
side-by-side-mounting
Mounting kits for rapid mounting of
Can be used for individual group
protection
1
direct-on-line, reversing and star-
delta starters 1


1
XT Manual Motor Protectors
1
XT PR 012 B C1
1
1 Designation
Type Frame Size
Trip Class
XT = XT IEC power control C1 = Class 10
1 PB = Manual motor protector—

pushbutton Frame B
Current Ratings
Frame D
B
D
= 45 mm
= 55 mm
PR = Manual motor protector— P16 = 0.16A 016 = 16A
1 rotary P25 = 0.25A
P40 = 0.40A
025 = 25A
032 = 32A
1
P63 = 0.63A 040 = 40A
001 = 1A 050 = 50A
1P6 = 1.6A 058 = 58A
1 2P5 = 2.5A
004 = 4A
063 = 63A
6P3 = 6.3A
1 010 = 10A
012 = 12A
016 = 16A
1 020 = 20A
025 = 25A
1 032 = 32A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Product Selection
1
Product Selection for Manual Motor Starter Applications
When ordering, specify catalog numbers according to the following stipulations: 1
XT manual motor protectors
are selected based on the
For motors with service
factors less than 1.15,
For motor with service
factor of 1.15 or greater,
1
overload current range multiply the motor FLA by use motor nameplate full load
required for a given motor. 0.90 to select appropriate amperes to select the 1
This current range is MMP. appropriate MMP.
determined from the motor
Example: For motor having Example: For motor having
1
full load ampere rating and
motor service factor usually
found on the motor
FLA of 6.4A and service
factor of 1.0 (6.4A x 0.90 =
FLA of 11A and service factor
of 1.15, select catalog 1
5.76A) select catalog number number XTPR012BC1.
nameplate.
XTPB6P3B01. 1
See Application Note—
AP03402001E. 1
1
XTPB Pushbutton Manual Motor Protectors—Global and North American Ratings—Frame B
Frame B
Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip 1
FLA
Adjustment Maximum Motor Ratings 1 1
Range/ Short
Maximum kW Rating Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
Rated
Overload
Release—
Circuit
Release— AC-3—P (kW) UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14 1
Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) Three-Phase Three-Phase
1
Uninterrupted
Current— 220– 380– 660– Screw Terminal
Iu = Ie (Amps) 240V 415V 440V 500V 690V 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number
0.16 0.1–0.16 2.2 — — — — 0.06 2 2 2 2 XTPBP16BC1 1
0.25 0.16–0.25 3.5 — 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 2 2 2 2 XTPBP25BC1
0.4 0.25–0.4 5.6 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.12 0.18 2 2 2 2 XTPBP40BC1 1
1
0.63 0.4–0.63 8.8 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.25 2 2 2 2 XTPBP63BC1
1 0.63–1 14 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.37 0.55 2 2 2 1/2 XTPB001BC1
1.6 1–1.6 22 0.25 0.55 0.55 0.75 1.1 2 2 3/4 3/4 XTPB1P6BC1 1
2.5 1.6–2.5 35 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1/2 1/2 1 1-1/2 XTPB2P5BC1
4 2.5–4 56 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 3/4 3/4 2 3 XTPB004BC1 1
6.3 4–6.3 88 1.1 2.2 3 3 4 1 1-1/2 3 5 XTPB6P3BC1
10 6.3–10 140 2.2 4 4 4 7.5 3 3 7-1/2 10 XTPB010BC1
1
12 8–12 168 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 11 3 3 7-1/2 10 XTPB012BC1
1
16 10–16 224 4 7.5 9 9 12.5 3 5 10 10 XTPB016BC1
20 16–20 280 5.5 9 11 12.5 15 5 — — 15 XTPB020BC1 1
25 20–25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 15 22 — 7-1/2 15 20 XTPB025BC1
Notes
1
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.
Can be snap-fit to IEC/EN 60715 top-hat (DIN) with 7.5 or 15 mm height.
1
Service Factor (SF)—Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:
SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot 1
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
For manual motor protective circuit breaker switching capacity, see Page V5-T1-181. 1
1 Select manual motor protectors by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
2 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1). 1
1
1
1
1

XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors with Screw Terminals—

1 Frame B
Global Ratings and North American Ratings—Frame B
Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
1 FLA
Adjustment Maximum Motor Ratings 1
1 Range/
Overload
Short
Circuit Maximum kW Rating Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
Release— Release— AC-3—P (kW) UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
1 Rated
Uninterrupted
Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) Three-Phase Three-Phase
Current— 220– 380– 660– Screw Terminal
1 Iu = Ie (Amps) 240V 415V 440V 500V 690V 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number
0.16 0.1–0.16 2.2 — — — — 0.06 2 2 2 2 XTPRP16BC1
1 0.25 0.16–0.25 3.5 — 0.06 0.06 0.06 0.12 2 2 2 2 XTPRP25BC1
0.4 0.25–0.4 5.6 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.12 0.18 2 2 2 2 XTPRP40BC1
1 0.63 0.4–0.63 8.8 0.09 0.12 0.18 0.25 0.25 2 2 2 2 XTPRP63BC1
1 1 0.63–1 14 0.12 0.25 0.25 0.37 0.55 2 2 2 2 XTPR001BC1

1.6 1–1.6 22 0.25 0.55 0.55 0.75 1.1 2 2 3/4 3/4 XTPR1P6BC1
1 2.5 1.6–2.5 35 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.1 1.5 1/2 1/2 1 1-1/2 XTPR2P5BC1
4 2.5–4 56 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 3/4 3/4 2 3 XTPR004BC1
1 6.3 4–6.3 88 1.1 2.2 3 3 4 1 1-1/2 3 5 XTPR6P3BC1
1
10 6.3–10 140 2.2 4 4 4 7.5 3 3 7-1/2 10 XTPR010BC1
12 8–12 168 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 11 3 3 7-1/2 10 XTPR012BC1
1 16 10–16 224 4 7.5 9 9 12.5 3 5 10 10 XTPR016BC1

20 16–20 280 5.5 9 11 12.5 15 5 — — 15 XTPR020BC1
1 25 20–25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 15 22 — 7-1/2 15 20 XTPR025BC1
32 25–32 448 7.5 15 15 22 30 7-1/2 10 20 25 XTPR032BC1
1
1 Frame D XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors with Screw Terminals—
Global Ratings and North American Ratings—Frame D
1 Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
FLA
1 Adjustment
Range/ Short
Maximum Motor Ratings 1
Overload Circuit Maximum kW Rating Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
1 Rated
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Release—
Irm (Amps)
AC-3—P (kW)
Three-Phase
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
Three-Phase
Uninterrupted
1 Current—
Iu = Ie (Amps)
220–
240V
380–
415V 440V 500V
660–
690V 200V 240V 480V 600V
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1 16 10–16 224 4 7.5 9 9 12.5 3 5 10 15 XTPR016DC1

25 16–25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 15 22 7-1/2 7-1/2 15 20 XTPR025DC1
1 32 25–32 448 7.5 15 17.5 22 22 10 10 20 30 XTPR032DC1
40 32–40 560 11 20 22 24 30 10 15 30 30 XTPR040DC1
1 50 40–50 700 14 25 30 30 45 10 15 30 40 XTPR050DC1
1 58
65
50–58
55–65
812
882
17
18.5
30
34
37
37
37
45
55
55
15
15
15
15
40
40
50
50
XTPR058DC1
XTPR063DC1
1 Notes
Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.
1 Can be snap-fit to IEC/EN 60715 top-hat (DIN) with 7.5 or 15 mm height.
1 SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
1 For manual motor protective circuit breaker switching capacity, see Page V5-T1-181.
1
2 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1).
1
1

1.1
XTPR Manual Self-Protected Motor Starters—North American Ratings, UL 508 Type E—Frame B 1
Frame B
Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/
Overload
Short
Circuit
Maximum Motor Ratings 2 1
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp) Rated Short-Circuit
Rated
Uninterrupted
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Three-Phase Breaking Capacity (kA)
Line Side
Manual Motor
Protector—
1
Current— 480V/ 600V/ 480/ 600/ Adapter 1 Screw Terminal
Iu (Amps) 200V 240V 277V 247V 277V 347V Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
0.16 0.1–0.16 2.2 3 3 1/2 1/2 50 50 XTPAXLSA XTPRP16BC1
0.25 0.16–0.25 3.4 3 3 1/2 1/2 50 50 XTPAXLSA XTPRP25BC1 1
3 3
1
0.4 0.25–0.4 5.6 1/2 1/2 50 50 XTPAXLSA XTPRP40BC1
0.63 0.4–0.63 8.8 3 3 1/2 1/2 50 50 XTPAXLSA XTPRP63BC1
1
1 0.63–1 14 3 3 1/2 1/2 50 50 XTPAXLSA XTPR001BC1
1.6 1–1.6 22 3 3 3/4 3/4 50 50 XTPAXLSA XTPR1P6BC1
2.5
4
1.6–2.5
2.5–4
35
56
1/2
3/4
1/2
1
1
2
1-1/2
3
50
50
50
50
XTPAXLSA
XTPAXLSA
XTPR2P5BC1
XTPR004BC1
1
6.3 4–6.3 88 1 1-1/2 3 5 65 50 XTPAXLSA XTPR6P3BC1 1
10 6.3–11 140 3 3 7-1/2 10 65 50 XTPAXLSA XTPR010BC1
12 8–12 168 3 3 7-1/2 — 65 — XTPAXLSA XTPR012BC1 1
16 10–16 224 3 5 10 — 42 — XTPAXLSA XTPR016BC1
20 16–20 280 5 5 — — 18 — XTPAXLSA XTPR020BC1 1
25 20–25 350 5 7-1/2 15 — 18 — XTPAXLSA XTPR025BC1
32 25–32 448 7-1/2 10 25 — 18 — XTPAXLSA XTPR032BC1 1
XTPR Circuit Breaker According to UL 489—Frame D
1
Frame D
FLA Adjustment
Range/ Short
1
Overload Circuit Maximum Motor Ratings 2
Rated
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Release—
Irm (Amps)
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
Three-Phase
Rated Short-Circuit
Breaking Capacity (kA) Manual Motor 1
Uninterrupted Protector—
Current—
Iu (Amps) 200V 240V
480V/
277V
600V/
247V 240V
480/
277V
600/
347V
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
16 10–16 224 3 5 10 10 65 65 25 XTPR016DCB
1
25 16–25 350 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 25 65 65 25 XTPR025DCB
32 24–32 448 10 10 25 30 65 65 25 XTPR032DCB 1
Frame D XTPR Manual Self-Protected Motor Starters—North American Ratings, UL 508 Type E—Frame D 1 1
Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
FLA Adjustment 1
Range/ Short
Maximum Motor Ratings 2
Overload
Release—
Circuit
Release— Maximum hp Rating—P (hp) Rated Short-Circuit 1
Rated Three-Phase Breaking Capacity (kA) Manual Motor
Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps)
Uninterrupted
Current— 480V/ 600V/ 480/ 600/
Line Side
Adapter 1
Protector—
Screw Terminal 1
Iu (Amps) 200V 240V 277V 247V 240V 277V 347V Catalog Number Catalog Number
16 10–16 224 3 5 10 10 65 65 25 XTPAXLSAD XTPR016DC1 1
25 16–25 350 7-1/2 7-1/2 20 25 65 65 25 XTPAXLSAD XTPR025DC1
32 25–32 448 10 10 25 30 65 65 25 XTPAXLSAD XTPR032DC1 1
1
40 32–40 560 10 — 30 30 65 65 25 XTPAXLSAD XTPR040DC1
50 40–50 700 — 15 30 — 65 65 — XTPAXLSAD XTPR050DC1
58
65
50–58
55–65
812
882
—
—
—
—
40
40
—
—
65
65
65
65
—
—
XTPAXLSAD
XTPAXLSAD
XTPR058DC1
XTPR063DC1
1
Notes 1
A UL 508 Type E self-protected manual combination starter (XTPR) consists of a manual motor protector (XTPR) and a UL Listed line side adapter (for example, XTPAXLSA).
The Type E self-protected manual combination starter alone is a legitimate short-circuit protective device and disconnect means for the downstream motor,
while the contactor has been added to provide remote operation of the motor circuit. Conductor size for XTPAXLSA is 14–6 AWG, XTPAXLSAD is 8 AWG–1/0.
1
1
1 UL 508 Type E starters are assembled from a standard XTPR and a special incoming terminal line side adapter (XTPAXLSA or XTPAXLSAD).
1

Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
1
XTPAXSA_ Side-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
1 Contact
Configuration Contact Sequence
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1 1NO-1NC
L1 L2 L3
1.13 1.21 5 XTPAXSA11
1
XTPAXSA11
1 1.14 1.22
1NO-2NC 1.13 1.21 1.31 5 XTPAXSA12

1
L1 L2 L3
XTPAXSA12
1 1.14 1.22 1.32
1 2NO-1NC
L1 L2 L3
1.13 1.21 1.33 5 XTPAXSA21
1 XTPAXSA21
1
1.14 1.22 1.34
Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and
1 manual transformer protectors (XTPT) and can be combined with XTPAXSATR_ and
XTPAXFA_ trip indicating auxiliary contact.
1
1 XTPAXFA11 Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact Pkg. Screw Terminal
Qty. 1
1 Configuration
1NO-1NC
Contact Sequence
1.53 1.61 5
Catalog Number
XTPAXFA11
L1 L2 L3
1 XTPAXFA11
1 1.54 1.62
1 Can be fitted to manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and manual
transformer protectors (XTPT). 45 mm (XTPR…B and XTPB) or 55 mm (XTPR…D)
1 widths of manual motor protectors remain unchanged.
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Side-Mount Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts
XTPAXSATR_
Contact Pkg. For Use
1
Configuration Contact Sequence Qty. 1 with… Catalog Number
2 x 1NO “+” “ ” 2 XTPB, XTPR, XTPAXSATR20
1
4.43 4.13
XTPM, XTPT
1
4.44 4.14
1
On/Off
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
1
Trip “+”
L1L2 L3
1
1
“+”
“ >”
2 x 1NC “+” “ ” 2 XTPB, XTPR, XTPAXSATR02

4.31 4.21
XTPM, XTPT 1
1
1
4.32 4.22
On/Off
L1L2 L3
“+”
1
“ >”
Trip “+” 1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
1
Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors. Can be combined with 1
standard auxiliary contacts. Trip indication: A. General trip indication (overload) B.
Short-circuit trip. Local short-circuit indication by red indicator, manually resettable. 1
1
Early-Make Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact Pkg. For Use 1
XTPBXFAEM20 2NO 3.13 3.23 5 XTPB XTPBXFAEM20 1
1
3.14 3.24
1
XTPAXFAEM20 2NO 2 XTPR… NL, PKZM XTPAXFAEM20 23
1
1
1
For use with XTPB_, Frame B XTPR and XTPT. Can be fitted to the front of a manual 1
motor protector. 45 mm width of manual motor protector remains unchanged. For
early energization of undervoltage release, for example, in emergency-stop circuits to
EN 60204.
1
Notes 1
2 Not for use with rotary handle mechanism.
3 Not compatible with XTPR lockable handle, order PKZM0 or XTPR… NL. NL is the non-lockable handle version.
1
1
1

1
Shunt Release Undervoltage Release
1 XTPAXSR_
Pkg. Screw Terminal
XTPAXUVR_
Pkg. Screw Terminal
Qty. 1 Catalog Number Qty. 1 Catalog Number
1 2 XTPAXSR24V50H 2 XTPAXUVR24V50H
1 2
2
XTPAXSR48V50H
XTPAXSR110V50H
2
2
XTPAXUVR24V60H
XTPAXUVR48V50H
1 Contact Sequence
C1
2 XTPAXSR120V60H Contact Sequence 2 XTPAXUVR60V50H
D1
2 XTPAXSR208V60H 2 XTPAXUVR110V50H
1
U
C2 D2
1
2 XTPAXSR24VDC 2 XTPAXUVR440V60H
1 2 XTPAXSR48VDC 2 XTPAXUVR480V60H
1 2 XTPAXSR110VDC
Can be used to trip the manual motor
2 XTPAXSR125VDC protector from a remote location. Can
1 2 XTPAXSR220VDC be fitted on left side manual motor
protectors. Cannot be combined with
1 2 XTPAXSR250VDC
XTPAXSR. When combined with a circuit
Can be used to trip the manual motor breaker, it can be used as emergency-stop
1 protector from a remote location. Can device to IEC/EN 60204.
be fitted on the left side of manual
1 motor protectors. Cannot be combined
with the XTPAXUVR. DC: Intermittent
1 operation 5 sec.
1 XTPAXCL Current Limiter 2
1 Description
Contact
Sequence
Pkg.
1 To enhance the switching capacity of non-inherently

safe 10–25A manual motor protectors to 150 kA/440V
L 1 XTPAXCL
1 T
1 The XTPAXCL enhances the switching capacity of the XT manual motor

protectors. It can be used with the XTPB, XTPR…BC1, XTPR…DC1 for
1 individual or group protections. The rated uninterrupted current is 63A for IEC
and 25A for UL/CSA. It can be mounted next to or behind the manual motor
1 protector. See Page V5-T1-181 for ratings when using the current limiter.
Notes

2 Max. rated operation voltage Ue = 690V, rated uninterrupted current I = 63A. Can be used for individual and
u
group protection. For group protection and in combination with the XTPR…D order additional XTPAXIT incoming
1 terminal if required. Mounting next to or behind the manual motor protector. 16–63A XTPR…D: 100 kA/400V, 10 kA/690V.
1
1
1

1.1
IP65 Rotary Handle Mechanism 1234
Enclosure Pkg.
1
Description Rating Qty. 5 Catalog Number
XTPAXRHM_ Complete Kits—Includes Handle, Shaft and Required Hardware
1
Rotary handle mechanism—black 6 IP65
NEMA 12
1 XTPAXRHMB
1
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow 7 1 XTPAXRHMRY
UL/CSA 4X
Rotary handle mechanism—black—rotated 90° from vertical 6 1 XTPAXRHM90B 1
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow—rotated 90° from 1 XTPAXRHM90RY
vertical 7 1
XTPAXRHMSFT Separate Parts
Shaft only—includes shaft to mount to XTPR, 175 mm length — 10 XTPAXRHMSFT 1
MMP shaft support, metal, D-frame MMP only — 20 XTPAXMBM
Replacement lockable handle for XTPR — 1 XTPAXLRH
1
1
XTPAXSW Sealing Facility
Pkg. 1
To prevent tampering with the overload release and the test function. 5 XTPAXSW 1
It can be sealed using industry standard sealing wire. For use with
XTPR manual motor protectors.
1
Three-Phase Commoning Links 8

1
For Use with…
Qty.
MMP
MMP
Frame Size
Pkg.
1
MMP with no side-mounted auxiliaries or voltage
releases
2 B 10 XTPAXCLKA2 1
D 1 XTPAXCLKA2D
3 B 10 XTPAXCLKA3 1
D 1 XTPAXCLKA3D
4 B 10 XTPAXCLKA4
1
D 1 XTPAXCLKA4D
1
5 B 10 XTPAXCLKA5
Each MMP with one auxiliary contact or trip-indicating
auxiliary contact fitted on the right
2 B 10 XTPAXCLKB2 1
D 1 XTPAXCLKB2D
3 B 10 XTPAXCLKB3 1
1
D 1 XTPAXCLKB3D
4 B 10 XTPAXCLKB4
D 1 XTPAXCLKB4D
1
5 B 10 XTPAXCLKB5
Each MMP with an auxiliary contact and trip-indicating 2 B 10 XTPAXCLKC2 1
auxiliary contact mounted on the right or a voltage
4 D 1 XTPAXCLKC4D
release mounted on the left.
1
For parallel power feed to several manual motor protectors on terminals
1, 3 and 5. 1
Notes
1 Plug-in connection shafts, XTPAXRHMSFT_ can be cut to desired length for mounting depths of 100–240 mm. Carrier 1
with extension shaft included.
2 With ON/OFF switch position and “+” (tripped), lockable with 3 padlocks, 4–8 mm hasp. Can be locked in the
OFF position, if required.

1
3 Rotary handle mechanisms ship with door interlock disabled. See instruction publication with product for how to
enable door interlock. 1

4 Not for use with XTPAXFAEM20 early-make front-mount auxiliary contact.
6 For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204.
1
7 For use on main switches with emergency-stop function to IEC/EN 60204.
8 Protected against accidental contact. Frame B short-circuit proof U = 690V, I = 63A. Frame B links can be combined by
e u 1
rotating mounting.
1

Shroud for Unused Terminals of Three-Phase Commoning Links

1 XTPAXUTS
Pkg.
For Use with… Description Qty. 1 Catalog Number
1 Frame B XTPR To cover unused terminals on three-phase commoning link. 20 XTPAXUTS
Protected against direct contact.
1
Incoming Terminals for Three-Phase
1 XTPAXIT
Commoning Link 2
Pkg.
1 For Use with… Qty. 1 Catalog Number
Frame B XTPR, XTPB 5 XTPAXIT
1
1 Line-Side Adapters 3
Catalog
1 For Use with… Number For Use with… Catalog Number
XTPAXLSA Frame B XTPR to create a UL 508 Type E/F XTPAXLSA XTPAXLSAD Frame D XTPR to create a UL 508 XTPAXLSAD 4
1 manual combination starter Type E/F manual combination starter
1
1 XTPAXIP2X Reduced size Frame D XTPR to create a UL 508 XTPAXIP2X
Type E/F manual combination starter (not to be
1 used with 3-phase commoning links)
1
1
Combination Connection Kits
1 Non-Reversing Starters
1
Std.
For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Pack 1 Catalog Number
1
XTPAXTPCB XTPR…B + XTCE…B Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor 1 XTPAXTPCB
Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor in toolless plug connection 1
1 Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables
up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.
1
XTPAXEMC_
1
XTPR…B + XTCE…B Mechanical and electrical connection for XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXEMCB
XTPR…B + XTCE…C 5 XTPAXEMCC
1
1
XTPAXTPCD XTPR…D + XTCE…D DIN rail adapter plate 1 XTPAXTPCD
1 Main current wiring between XTPR and contactor
1
1
1 Notes
1 2 For three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact, U = 690V, I = 63A;
e u
For conductor cross-sections: 2.5–25 mm2 stranded; 2.5–16 mm2 flexible with ferrules, AWG 14-6.
3 XTPAXLSA is for three-phase commoning link, finger and back-of-hand proof,
1 Ue = 690V, Iu = 60A for conductor cross sections: 2.5–25 mm2 stranded,

2.5–16 mm2 flexible with ferrule, AWG 14-6.
1
4 XTPAXLSAD cannot be combined with three-phase commoning links. Conductor size 8 AWG–1/0.

1.1
Reversing Starters
Std.
1
XTPAXTPCRB XTPR…B + XTCE…B01_ Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor 1 XTPAXTPCRB
1
Reversing starter main current wiring in toolless plug connection 1
1
Control cables for electrical interlocking in toolless plug connection: 1
– K1M: A1–K2M: 21
– K1M: 21–K2M: A1 1
– K1M: A2–K2M: A2
Cable guidance 1 1
Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables
up to 2.5 mm2 external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter. 1
XTPAXTPCRC XTPR…B + XTCE…C DIN rail adapter plate 1 XTPAXTPCRC
Reversing starter main current wiring 1 1
1
1
1
Electrical Connection Module
XTPAXECM_
Std. 1
XTPR…B + XTCE…C Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXECMC 1
XTPR…D + XTCE…D Main current wiring between XTPR…D and contactor 5 XTPAXECMD
1
DIN Rail Adapter Plates 1
Std.
For Use with… Description/Comprised of … Pack 1 Catalog Number 1
XTPAXTPCPB XTPAXTPCB 45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail 4 XTPAXTPCPB
XTPAXTPCRB
Connection element for side-by-side positioning of further plates 1
1
1
XTPAXTPCPD XTPAXECMD
XTPR…D + XTCE…C
55 mm wide adapter plate with two DIN rails 4 XTPAXTPCPD 1
Connection cams for further plates
1
XTPR…D + XTCE…D
For use with reversing and star-delta starters
1
Note 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Pushbutton MMP Enclosures

1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Pushbutton
1 Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers—Global Usage 1
Degree of For Use
1 Protection with… Description Catalog Number
IP40 XTPB MMP only or with: — XTPBXENCS40
1 NEMA 1 XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_
1
IP65 With actuation membrane. XTPBXENCS65
1 NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
IP65 XTPB MMP only or with: Lockable in OFF position. XTPBXENCSLO65
1 NEMA XTPAXFA_, XTPAXUVR_,
3R, 4X, 12, 13 XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
1 IP65
NEMA
XTPB MMP only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
Lockable in OFF position in combination with XTPBXFAEM20
early-make front-mount auxiliary contact
XTPBXENCSLE65
1
3R, 4X, 12, 13 XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
XTPAXCL
IP65 With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow XTPBXENCSES65
NEMA
1 3R, 4X, 12, 13
IP65 With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow XTPBXENCSEK65
1 NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
key release
1
1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Pushbutton
Manual Motor Protectors—North American Usage 23
1 Degree of
Protection
For Use
with… Description Catalog Number
1 IP41
NEMA 1
XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20,
— XTPBXENAS41
1 XTPAXSR_
1 IP65
NEMA
With actuating diaphragm XTPBXENAS65
3R, 4X, 12, 13

1
1 IP65 XTPB MMP only or with: Lockable in OFF position XTPBXENASLO65
NEMA XTPAXFA_, XTPAXUVR_,
1 3R, 4X, 12, 13

IP65
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
XTPB MMP only or with: Lockable in OFF position in combination with XTPBXFAEM20 XTPBXENASLE65
1
NEMA XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20, early-make front-mount auxiliary contact
XTPAXCL
IP65 With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow XTPBXENASES65
1 NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1 IP65
NEMA
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
key release
XTPBXENASEK65
1
3R, 4X, 12, 13
Notes
1 1 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection, two M25 cable entry knockouts at top and at bottom.
2 Built-in terminal for PE(N).
3 North American enclosures come with conduit adapters for use with 1/2 in NPT.
1
1
1
1

1.1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Pushbutton
Manual Motor Protectors—North American Usage 1 1
Degree of For Use
Protection with… Description Catalog Number 1
Front IP40 XTPB MMP only or with: — XTPBXENCF40
NEMA 1 XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20, 1
XTPAXSR_
1
1
Front IP65 With actuating diaphragm XTPBXENCF55
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
Front IP65
NEMA
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXUVR_,
Lockable in OFF position XTPBXENCFLO55
1
3R, 4X, 12, 13 XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
Front IP65 XTPB MMP only or with: Lockable in OFF position in combination with XTPBXFAEM20 XTPBXENCFLE55 1
NEMA XTPAXFA_, XTPBXFAEM20, early-make front-mount auxiliary contact
XTPAXCL
1
Front IP65 With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow XTPBXENCFES55
NEMA
3R, 4X, 12, 13 1
Front IP65
NEMA
With emergency-stop (e-stop) pushbutton actuator, red-yellow
key release
XTPBXENCFEK55
1
3R, 4X, 12, 13
1
Rotary MMP Enclosures 1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B (0.1–32A) 1
XTPR Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers—Global Usage
Degree of For Use 1
Protection with… Description Catalog Number
IP41 with vertical Frame B XTPR only or with: Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of XTPAXENCS41 1 1
mounting XTPAXFA_, XTPAXSA_, MMP. IP40, when mounted turned through 90° to left/right
XTPAXSATR_, XTPAXUVR_,
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
1
IP65 With black/grey rotary handle XTPAXENCS65B 1

1
1
IP65 With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop XTPAXENCS65RY 1
switches to IEC/EN 60204
1
IP40 Frame B XTPR only or with: Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of MMP XTPAXENCS40 2
XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
1
1
IP55 Frame B XTPR only or with:
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXSA_,
With black/gray rotary handle XTPAXENCS55B 2
1
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_,
IP55 XTPAXCL With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
XTPAXENCS55RY 2 1
Note 1
1 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection.
1
1
1
1
1

Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B (0.1–32A)

1 XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors—North American Usage 3
1
Degree of For Use
1
IP55 Frame B XTPR only or with: With black/gray rotary handle XTPAXENAS55B
NEMA 1, 12, 3R XTPAXSA_ and XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXUVR_ and XTPAXFA_, With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop XTPAXENAS55RY
1 XTPAXSR_ and XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXCL
switch to VDE 0113
1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A) Rotary Motor-Protective Circuit
Breakers with XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact—Global Usage
1 Degree of For Use
1 IP65 Frame B XTPR and XTPAXFAEM20 With black/gray rotary handle XTPAXENCSEM65B
only or with: XTPAXFA_,
1 IP65
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXSATR_,
XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_, With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop XTPAXENCSEM65RY
XTPAXCL switches to IEC/EN 60204
1
IP55 Frame B XTPR and XTPAXFAEM20 With black/gray rotary handle XTPAXENCSEM55B
1 only or with: XTPAXFA_,
IP55 XTPAXCL With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop XTPAXENCSEM55RY
1 switches to IEC/EN 60204
1 Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A) Rotary Manual Motor Protectors
with XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact—North American Usage 4
1 Degree of For Use
1 IP55 Frame B XTPR only or with: With black/grey rotary handle XTPAXENASEM55B
NEMA 1, 12, 3R XTPAXSA_, XTPAXUVR_,
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop XTPAXENASEM55RY
1 XTPAXCL
switch to VDE 0113
1 Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of Frame B (0.1–32A)

XTPR Rotary Manual Motor Protectors—Global Usage 5
1 Degree of For Use
1 Front IP40 Frame B XTPR only or with: Cover with aperture dimensioned to accommodate front of MMP XTPAXENCF40
1 XTPAXSR_, XTPAXCL
1 Front IP55 Frame B XTPR only or with: With black/gray rotary handle XTPAXENCF55B
1 XTPAXSR_, XTPAXFA_,
XTPAXCL With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop XTPAXENCF55RY
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of Frame D (10–65A)
1 Rotary Motor-Protective Circuit Breakers
Degree of For Use
1 Protection with… Description Catalog Number
IP65 Frame D XTPR only or with: With black/gray rotary handle XTPAXENCSD65B
1 NEMA 1, 12,
3R, 4X
XTPAXFA_, XTPAXFAEM20,
XTPAXSA_, XTPAXSATR_,
1 IP65
NEMA 1, 12,
XTPAXCL
With red/yellow rotary handle for use as emergency-stop
XTPAXENCSD65RY
1
3R, 4X
Notes
1 1 M25 metric cable entry knock-out, top and bottom. Cable push-through membrane, top and bottom, in the back plate and as a control line entry.
Includes N and PE terminals.

2 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection, two M25 cable entry knockouts at the top and bottom.
1 3 Built-in N and PE terminal, lower part without knockouts.

4 Built-in N and PE terminal, lower part without knockouts.
1 5 Integrated terminal for PE(N) connection.

1.1
MMP Enclosure Accessories
1
XTPAXPL_ XTPR Manual Motor Protector Enclosure Padlock Attachment
For Use Pkg. 1
with… Description Qty. 1 Catalog Number
XTPAXENCS65B, XTPAXENCS65RY,
XTPAXENCSEM65B, XTPAXENCSEM65RY,
Padlocking feature. Up to three padlocks with 3–6 mm hasp thickness.
For use as main switch to IEC/EN 60204
3 XTPAXPL1 2 1
XTPAXENCS55B, XTPAXENCS55RY,
XTPAXENCSEM55B, XTPAXENCSEM55RY 1
2
1
XTPAXENCSD65B, XTPAXENCSD65RY 1 XTPAXPL2
XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY 3 XTPAXPL3 3
1
XTPAXNT Neutral Terminal for Use with XTPB and Frame B XTPR Flush-Mount Enclosures
For Use Pkg.
1
Qty. 1
1
with… Description Catalog Number
XTPBXENCF40, XTPBXENCF55, XTPAXENCF40, For connection of a fifth conductor 20 XTPAXNT
1
XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY
XTPAXIL_ Indicating Lights with Neon Bulb 4 1

Color
Description—
Indicating Light
Pkg.
White 110–230V
230–400V
10
10
XTPAXILWB
XTPAXILWN
1
415–500V 10 XTPAXILWC 1
Green 110–230V 10 XTPAXILGB
230–400V 10 XTPAXILGN 1
415–500V 10 XTPAXILGC
Red 110–230V 10 XTPAXILRB
1
230–400V 10 XTPAXILRN
1
For use with XTPR and XTPB enclosures.
Lights do not carry individual IP or NEMA rating. All enclosure ratings remain
1
1
valid when using indicating lights.
Notes
2 Lockable in the 0-position of the XTPR manual motor protector.
1
3 Lockable in the OFF position of the Frame B XTPR manual motor protector.
4 Product is not UL Listed/Registered. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1


1
XT Manual Motor Protectors
1 XTPBP16B– XTPRP16B– XTPR016D–
Description XTPB025B XTPR032B XTPR063D
1 General
Standards IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947,
1 VDE 0660, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 14
VDE 0660, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 14
VDE 0660, UL 508,
CSA C22.2 No. 14
1 Climatic proofing 1 1 1
Ambient temperature, °C
1 Storage –25/80 –25/80 –25/70

Open –25/55 –25/55 –25/55
1 Enclosed –25/40 –25/40 –25/40
Mounting position 90 90 90 90 90 90
1 90 90
1
1 Direction of incoming supply
As required As required As required
1 Device IP20 IP20 IP20

Terminals IP00 IP00 IP00
1 Protection against direct contact Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof
1 Shock resistance half-sinusoidal shock

10 ms to IEC 60068-2-27 (g)
25 25 15
1 Altitude (m), maximum

Terminal capacity
2000 2000 2000
1 Solid (mm2) 1 x (1–6)

2 x (1–6)
1 x (1–6)
2 x (1–6)
1 x (1–50)
2 x (1–35)
Flexible with ferrule to DIN 46228, (mm2)
1
1 x (1–6) 1 x (1–6) 1 x (1–35)
2 x (1–6) 2 x (1–6) 2 x (1–35)
1 Terminal screw tightening torque
Main cable, Nm 1.7 1. 3
1 Main cable, lb-in 15.0 15.0 26.6
1
Control circuit cable, Nm 1 1 1
Control circuit cable, lb-in 8.9 8.9 8.9
1 Main Contacts
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp), Vac 6000 6000 6000
1 Overvoltage category/pollution degree

Rated operational voltage (Ue), Vac
III/3
690
III/3
690
III/3
690
1 Rated uninterrupted current = rated operational

current (Iu = Ie) in amperes
25 or current setting of
the overcurrent release
1 Rated frequency, Hz
Current heat loss (three-pole at operating temperature), W
40–60
6
40–60
6
40–60
22
1 Lifespan, mechanical (ops)

Lifespan, electrical (AC-3 at 400V) (ops)
50,000
50,000
100,000
100,000
30,000
30,000
1 Maximum operating frequency, operations/hr 25 40 40

Short-circuit rating
1 AC See Page V5-T1-181 See Page V5-T1-181 See Page V5-T1-181

DC (kA) 60 60 (up to XTPR016B) 60
1 Motor switching capacity
40 (XTPR020B–XTPR032B)
1 AC-3 (up to 690V) in amperes 25 32 65

DC-5 (up to 250V) in amperes 25 25 (3 contacts in series) 63 (3 contacts in series)
1 Note
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30.

1.1
XT Manual Motor Protectors, continued
XTPBP16B– XTPRP16B– XTPR016D–
1
Description XTPB025B XTPR032B XTPR063D
Releases
1
Overload release setting range (x Iu) 0.6–1.0 0.6–1.0 0.6–1.0
1
Fixed short-circuit release (x Iu) 14 14 14
Short-circuit release tolerance ± 20% ± 20% ± 20% 1
Phase-failure sensitivity IEC/EN 60947-1-1, IEC/EN 60947-1-1, IEC/EN 60947-1-1,
VDE 0660 Part 102 VDE 0660 Part 102 VDE 0660 Part 102 1
Temperature compensation
to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660, °C –5/40 –5/40 –5/40 1
operating range, °C –25/55 –25/55 –25/55
Temperature compensation residual error for T >20°C, %/K <0.25 <0.25 <0.25 1
1
Auxiliary Contacts
Description XTPAXSA_ _ XTPAXFA_ _ XTPA(B)XFAEM_ _ XTPAXSATR_ _
1
Rated impulse withstand voltage, Uimp (Vac) 6000 4000 4000 6000 1
Rated operational voltage 1
1
Ue (Vac) 500 440 440 500
Ue (Vdc) 250 250 250 250
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and
Part 101/A1 between auxiliary contacts
690 690 690 690
1
and main contacts (Vac)
Rated operational current 1
AC-15
220–240 V, Ie (A) 3.5 1 1 3.5
1
380–415 V, Ie (A) 2 — — 2 1
440–500 V, Ie (A) 1 — — 1
DC-13 L/R <100 ms 1
24 V, Ie (A) 2 2 2 2
60 V, Ie (A) 1.5 — — 1.5 1
110 V, Ie (A)
220 V, Ie (A)
1
0.25
—
—
—
—
1
0.25
1
Lifespan 1
Mechanical, operations (x 106) 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.01
Electrical, operations (x 106) 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.005 1
<10–8 <1 fault <10–8 <1 fault <10–8 <1 fault <10–8 <1 fault
1
Contact reliability (at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin–17V,
Imin = 5.4 mA, fault probability at 1 x 108 operations at 1 x 108 operations at 1 x 108 operations at 1 x 108 operations
Positively driven contacts to ZH 1/457 Yes — — —
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding 1
Fuseless
Fuse (A gG/gL)
FAZ-B4/1-HI
10
—
10
—
10
FAZ-B4/1-HI
10
1
Terminal Capacity 1
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule (mm2) 0.75–2.5 0.75–1.5 0.75–1.5 0.75–2.5
1
1
1
1

Undervoltage Release Protection of PVC Insulated Cables Against Thermal

1 Description XTPAXUVR_
Overload at Short-Circuit
1 Cross-Section Min. Cross-Section Protected Device
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 380-415V, 50 Hz, Cu mm2 Type
1 2 x (0.75–2.5) 4 2.5 1.5 1 0.75

XTPRP16BC1
Solid or stranded (AWG) 1 x (18–14)
1
...
2 x (18–14)
Main Contact XTPR6P3BC1
1
XTPR010BC1
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac) 42–480
XTPR016BC1
Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vdc) 24–250 XTPR020BC1
1 Pickup voltage, x Us 0.85–1.1 XTPR025BC1
XTPR016DC1
1
Dropout voltage, x Us 0.7–0.35
XTPR025DC1
Power Consumption
XTPR032DC1
1 Pickup AC (VA) 5 XTPR040DC1
Sealing AC (VA) 3 XTPR050DC1
1 XTPR058DC1
XTPR063DC1
1 Current Limiter The chart above indicates which minimum cable cross-sections
are protected by XTPR motor protective circuit breakers up to
1 Description XTPAXCL
their rated conditional short-circuit current I q.
Rated impulse withstand voltage (Uimp), Vac 6000
1 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3

Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac) 690
1 Rated interrupted current = Rated operational current (lu = le) in amperes 63
1
XTPB, XTPR Single- and Two-Pole Circuits with DC Shunt Release
1 and AC Current Description XTPAXSR __
1 1 3 5 1 3 5
Cross-Section
Solid or flexible conductor with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 I> I> I> I> I> I>

2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (18–14)
2 4 6 2 4 6
1
2 x (18–14)
Main Contact
1 Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vac) 42–480

Rated operational voltage, Ue (Vdc) 24–250
1 AC operating range, x Us 0.7–1.1
DC operating range, x Us (intermittent operation 5s) 0.7–1.1
1 Power Consumption
1 Pickup AC (VA)
Sealing AC (VA)
5
3
1 Pickup DC (VA) 3
Sealing DC (VA) 3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Wiring Diagrams
1
Fuseless Installation with XTPR
Backup Protection Diagram—XTPR…B Backup Protection Diagram—XTPR…D 1
100
1
XTPR…B XTPR…D 100
XTPR…B + XTPAXCL
XTPR...B XTPR...D + XTPAXCL
415 Vac Inherently 415 Vac
1
Back-up short-circuit-proof Back-up
cc rms [kA]
cc rms [kA]
protection protection
Inherently short-circuit proof

Inherently short-circuit proof
50 50
short-circuit-proof
range range
with XTPAXCL with XTPAXCL Rated
30 30 Current
n [A] 1
Inherently
20
1
20 XTPR…D
16 16
Rated Rated
short-circuit short-circuit
XTPR…B
breaking 10 breaking 10
1
cn
cn
cc
cc
capacity capacity
range 6 range 6
XTPR…B XTPR…D
0.16... 1016 20 25 16... 25 32 40 50 63 1

Rated
1
Rated Current
Current
n [A]
n [A]
1
Time/Current Curves
1
Characteristics MMP Tripping Characteristics
The time/current The tripping characteristics XTPB, XTPR Frame B
1
characteristic, the current for the instantaneous,
limiting characteristics and electromagnetic overcurrent 2h
20 XTPB, XTPR Frame B
1
the I2t characteristics were releases (short-circuit 10
Minutes
determined in accordance releases or “n” releases) are 5 1

with DIN VDE 0660 and IEC based on the rated current In, 2
60 947. which is also the maximum
value of the setting range for
1
40 1
20
Seconds
The tripping characteristic of circuit breakers with

1
10
the inverse-time delayed adjustable overload releases. 5
overload releases (thermal If the current is set to a lower 2 XTPT
overload releases or “a”
releases) for DC and AC with
value, the tripping current of 1 1
the “n” release is increased
1
a frequency of 0 to 400 Hz 200
by a corresponding factor.
Milli-seconds
also apply to the time/current

50
characteristic. The characteristics of the
electromagnetic overcurrent 20 1
The characteristics apply to releases apply to frequencies
the cold state. At operating
temperature, the tripping
of 50/60 Hz. Appropriate
2
5
1
correction factors must be 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 30
times of the thermal releases
are reduced to approximately
used for lower frequencies up
to 16-2/3 Hz, for higher
x Rated Operational Current
1
25%. XTPR Frame D
Under normal operating
frequencies up to 400 Hz and
for DC. 2h
1
20 XTPR Frame D
conditions, all three-poles of Time/current characteristics, 10
1
Minutes
the device must be loaded. current limiting characteristics 5

The three main conducting and I2t characteristics are
1
2
paths must be connected in available on request. 1
40
series in order to protect
1
20
Seconds
single-phase or DC loads. 10
5
With three-pole loading, the
maximum deviation in the
2
1
1
tripping time for 3 times the
setting current and upwards 200 1
Milli-seconds
is ±20% and thus in

accordance with DIN VDE
0165.
50
20
1
5 1
2
1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20
x Rated Operational Current
30
1

MMP Let-Through Tripping Characteristics XTPR Frame D

1 XTPB, XTPR Frame B 106
1
XTPR Frame D
32 A i 2dt
e
av
10 XTPB 25 A
20 A [A2 s]
-w
8 XTPR Frame B
1
^
ID 16 A
alf
6 XTPM 10 A/12 A 63/58 A
th
[kA] 50/40/32 A
4 6.3 A
1s
cc
105 25 A
1 3
•
16 A
2
4.0 A
2
1 1
2.5 A
0.8
1 0.6
0.4 1.6 A
104
0.3
1 0.2 1A
1 0.1
0.08 0.63 A
103
0.06
1 0.04
0.03 0.4 A Ue = 400 V
1 0.02
Ue = 400 V 10 2
1 10 100
0.015 0.25 A
1 0.01
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20 3040 60 80100
cc rms[kA]
cc rms [kA]
1 XTPR Frame D
100
1 ^
ID
XTPR Frame D
[kA]
1
1
cc
2•
1 63/58 A
50/40/32 A
25 A
1 10
16 A
1
1
1
Ue = 400 V
1 1
1 10 100
1 cc rms[kA]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Manual Motor Protector Short-Circuit Ratings
Rated uninterrupted current Iu = Rated operational current Ie.
1
Rated conditional short-circuit current Iq —IEC/EN 60947-4-1. 1
Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Icu — IEC/EN 60947-2.
Rated operational short-circuit breaking capacity Ics — IEC/EN 60947-2. 1
Global Use, IEC/EN 60947—XTPB with Classification Type “1” and Type “2” 1
230V 400V 440V 500V 690V
Iu Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 1
1
A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A
0.16–1 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 — — — — — — — —
1.6 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 — — — — — — — — 1
2.5 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 — — — — — — — —
4 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 — — — — — — — — 1
6.3 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 — — — — — — — —
10 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 50 42 42 10 50 — — — — — — — —
1
12 50 50 10 50 50 50 10 50 15 15 10 50 — — — — — — — —
1
16 50 50 10 50 50 50 10 50 15 15 10 50 — — — — — — — —
20 50 50 10 50 50 50 10 50 10 10 10 50 — — — — — — — — 1
25 50 50 10 50 50 50 10 50 10 10 10 50 — — — — — — — —
1
Global Use, IEC/EN 60947—XTPR…BC1 with Classification Type “1” and Type “2” 1
230V 400V 440V 500V 690V
Iu Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 Iq Icu Ics Fuse 12 1
1
A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A kA kA kA A
0.16–1 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 3 3 3 N 3 3 3 N 3 3 3 N
1.6 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 3 3 3 N 3 3 3 N 3 3 3 N 1
2.5 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 3 3 3 N 3 3 3 N 5 5 5 50
4 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 3 3 3 N 3 3 3 N 3 3 3 50 1
6.3 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 3 3 3 N 42 42 6 50 3 3 2 50
10 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 150 3 150 3 150 3 N 42 42 10 50 42 42 6 50 3 3 2 50 1
12
16
50
50
50
50
10
10
50
50
50
50
50
50
10
10
50
50
15
15
15
15
10
10
50
50
15
15
15
15
6
6
50
50
3
3
3
3
2
2
50
50
1
20 50 50 10 50 50 50 10 50 15 15 10 50 6 6 6 50 3 3 2 50 1
25 50 50 10 50 50 50 10 50 10 10 10 50 6 6 6 50 3 3 2 50
32 50 50 10 50 50 50 10 50 10 10 10 50 6 6 6 50 3 3 2 50 1
Notes
1 N = Not required.
1
2 XTPR…BC1, XTPT, XTPM—Required back-up fuse if the short-circuit current exceeds the rated conditional
short-circuit current (Icc > Iq); XTPB, XTPR…DC1—Fuse (A gG/gL) for enhancing the switching capacity of the 1
motor protective circuit breaker to 100 kA.
3 No upstream protective device required, as it is the auto-protected range (100/150 kA—Frame B, 150 kA—Frame D).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Global Use, IEC/EN 60947—XTPR…DC1 with Classification Type “1” and Type “2”
1 230V 400V 440V 500V 690V
1 Iu
A
Iq
kA
Icu
kA
Ics
kA
Fuse 12
A
Iq
kA
Icu
kA
Ics
kA
Fuse 12
A
Iq
kA
Icu
kA
Ics
kA
Fuse 12
A
Iq
kA
Icu
kA
Ics
kA
Fuse 12
A
Iq
kA
Icu
kA
Ics
kA
Fuse 12
A
1 16 150 3 150 3 25 N 150 3 150 3 25 N 45 45 25 100 15 15 100 8 8 2.5 100

25 150 3 150 3 25 N 150 3 150 3 25 N 45 45 25 100 15 15 100 8 8 2.5 100
1 32 50 50 25 100 50 50 25 100 45 45 25 100 15 15 100 5 5 2.5 100
1
40 50 50 25 100 50 50 25 100 45 45 25 100 15 15 100 5 5 2.5 100
50 50 50 25 100 50 50 25 100 45 45 25 100 15 15 100 5 5 2.5 100
1 58 50 50 25 160 50 50 25 160 45 45 25 160 15 15 160 5 5 2.5 160

63 50 50 25 160 50 50 25 160 45 45 25 160 15 15 160 5 5 2.5 160
1
1 Ratings for Group Motor Applications
1 UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14—XTPB—Frame B, Manual Motor Protector with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
FLA
1 Adjustment
Range/Overload
Short
Circuit
Release— Release—
1 Rated Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) Maximum Protective Device for UL/CSA Group Protection
Uninterrupted Maximum rms w/Current w/Current w/Current
1 Catalog Number
Current—
Iu (Amps)
Sym Current—
480V (kA)
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Maximum Fuse
Rating (A)
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Circuit Breaker
Maximum (A)
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
1 XTPBP16BC1
XTPBP25BC1
0.16
0.25
0.1–0.16
0.16–0.25
2.2
3.5
50
50
—
—
600
600
—
—
600
600
—
—
1 XTPBP40BC1 0.4 0.25–0.4 5.6 50 — 600 — 600 —

XTPBP63BC1 0.63 0.4–0.63 8.8 50 — 600 — 600 —
1 XTPB001BC1 1 0.63–1 14 50 — 600 — 600 —
1
XTPB1P6BC1 1.6 1–1.6 22 50 — 600 — 600 —
XTPB2P5BC1 2.5 1.6–2.5 35 50 — 600 — 600 —
1 XTPB004BC1 4 2.5–4 56 50 — 600 — 600 —

XTPB6P3BC1 6.3 4–6.3 88 50 — 600 — 600 —
1 XTPB010BC1 10 6.3–10 140 30 50 600 600 600 600
XTPB012BC1 12 8–12 168 10 50 150 600 125 5 600
1 XTPB016BC1 16 10–16 224 10 50 150 600 125 5 600
4
1 XTPB020BC1
XTPB025BC1 4
20
25
16–20
20–25
280
350
10
10
18
18
150
150
600
600
125
125
600
600
1 Notes
1 N = Not required.
1 2 XTPR…BC1, XTPT, XTPM—Required back-up fuse if the short-circuit current exceeds the rated conditional short-circuit current (I > I ); XTPB, XTPR…DC1—Fuse (A gG/gL) for enhancing the
switching capacity of the motor protective circuit breaker to 100 kA.

cc q
3 No upstream protective device required, as it is the auto-protected range (100/150 kA—Frame B, 150 kA—Frame D).
1 4 IEC/EN 60947-4-1.
5 22 kA 600 Vac.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14—XTPR—Frame B (all Screw and Spring Cage Terminal Options),
Manual Motor Protector with Thermal and Magnetic Trip 1
FLA
Adjustment Short 1
Range/Overload Circuit
Rated
Release—
Ir (Amps)
Release—
Irm (Amps) Maximum Protective Device for UL/CSA Group Protection 1
Uninterrupted Maximum rms w/Current w/Current w/Current
Catalog Number
Current—
Iu (Amps)
Sym Current—
480V (kA)
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Maximum Fuse
Rating (A)
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
Circuit Breaker
Maximum (A)
Limiter—
XTPAXCL
1
XTPRP16BC1 0.16 0.1–0.16 2.2 50 — 600 — 600 — 1
XTPRP25BC1 0.25 0.16–0.25 3.5 50 — 600 — 600 —
XTPRP40BC1 0.4 0.25–0.4 5.6 50 — 600 — 600 — 1
XTPRP63BC1
XTPR001BC1
0.63
1
0.4–0.63
0.63–1
8.8
14
50
50
—
—
600
600
—
—
600
600
—
—
1
XTPR1P6BC1 1.6 1–1.6 22 50 — 600 — 600 —
1
XTPR2P5BC1 2.5 1.6–2.5 35 50 — 600 — 600 —
XTPR004BC1 4 2.5–4 56 50 — 600 — 600 — 1
XTPR6P3BC1 6.3 4–6.3 88 50 — 600 — 600 —
XTPR010BC1 10 6.3–10 140 30 50 600 600 600 600 1
XTPR012BC1
XTPR016BC1
12
16
8–12
10–16
168
224
10
10
50
50
150
150
600
600
125
125 1
600
600
1
XTPR032BC1 32 25–32 448 10 18 150 600 125 600 1
XTPR025BC1 25 20–25 350 10 18 150 600 125 600
XTPR032BC1 32 25–32 448 10 18 150 600 125 600 1
1
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14—XTPR—Frame D, Manual Motor Protector with Thermal and Magnetic Trip
FLA 1
Adjustment Short
Range/Overload
Release—
Circuit
Release—
1
Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) Maximum Protective Device for UL/CSA Group Protection
Rated
Uninterrupted Maximum rms w/Current w/Current w/Current 1
Current— Sym Current— Limiter— Maximum Fuse Limiter— Circuit Breaker Limiter—
Catalog Number Iu (Amps) 480V (kA) XTPAXCL Rating (A) XTPAXCL Maximum (A) XTPAXCL
1
XTPR016DC1 16 10–16 224 65 — 600 — 600 —
XTPR025DC1 25 16–25 350 65 — 600 — 600 — 1
1
XTPR032DC1 32 25–32 448 65 — 600 — 600 —
XTPR040DC1 40 32–40 560 65 — 600 — 600 —
XTPR050DC1 50 40–50 700 65 — 600 — 600 —
1
XTPR058DC1 58 50–58 812 65 — 600 — 600 —
XTPR063DC1 65 55–63 882 65 — 600 — 600 — 1
1
Note
1 22 kA 600 Vac.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

UL 508 Type E Ratings—XTPR Frame B + XTPAXLSA

1 UL 508 Type E Application Maximum Upstream
Maximum rms Symmetrical Protective Device (A) 1
1 Manual Motor
Protector—
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload Short Circuit Short-Circuit Ratings (kA) Maximum
Screw Terminal Line Side Adapter Release— Release— Maximum Fuse Circuit Breaker
1 Catalog Number Catalog Number Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) 480/277V 600/347V 600V 600V
XTPRP16BB1 XTPAXLSA 0.1–0.16 2.2 50 50 Not required Not required
1 XTPRP25BC1 XTPAXLSA 0.16–0.25 3.5 50 50 Not required Not required
XTPRP40BC1 XTPAXLSA 0.25–0.4 5.6 50 50 Not required Not required
1 XTPRP63BC1 XTPAXLSA 0.4–0.63 8.82 50 50 Not required Not required
1 XTPR001BC1
XTPR1P6BC1
XTPAXLSA
XTPAXLSA
0.63–1
1–1.6
14
22.4
50
50
50
50
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
1 XTPR2P5BC1 XTPAXLSA 1.6–2.5 35 50 50 Not required Not required

XTPR004BC1 XTPAXLSA 2.5–4 56 50 50 Not required Not required
1 XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXLSA 4–6.3 88.2 65 50 Not required Not required
1
XTPR010BC1 XTPAXLSA 6.3–10 140 65 50 Not required Not required
XTPR012BC1 XTPAXLSA 8–12 168 65 — Not required Not required
1 XTPR016BC1 XTPAXLSA 10–16 224 42 — Not required Not required

1 XTPR025BC1 XTPAXLSA 20–25 350 18 — Not required Not required
1
1 UL 508 Type E Ratings—XTPR Frame D + XTPAXLSAD
Maximum Upstream
1 Manual Motor
FLA
Adjustment Short
Protective Device (A) 1
Protector— Line Side Range/Overload Circuit UL 508 Type E Application Maximum
1 Screw Terminal Adapter Release— Release— Maximum rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit Ratings (kA) Maximum Fuse Circuit Breaker
Catalog Number Catalog Number Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) 240V 480/277V 600/347V 600V 600V
1 XTPR016DC1 XTPAXLSAD 10–16 224 65 65 25 Not required Not required

XTPR025DC1 XTPAXLSAD 16–25 350 65 65 25 Not required Not required
1 XTPR032DC1 XTPAXLSAD 25–32 448 65 65 25 Not required Not required
1 XTPR040DC1
XTPR050DC1
XTPAXLSAD
XTPAXLSAD
32–40
40–50
560
700
65
65
65
65
25
—
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
1 XTPR058DC1 XTPAXLSAD 50–58 812 65 65 — Not required Not required

XTPR063DC1 XTPAXLSAD 55–65 882 65 65 — Not required Not required
1 Note
1 For UL 508 Type E applications, the manual motor protector assembly does not require a dedicated upstream protective
1 device in the panel, thus a maximum rating is not required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 1
Manual Motor Protectors, Manual Transformer 1
Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB Protectors—XTPR…B
1
93
1
XTPAXFA _ XTPAXFA _ XTPAXFA _
[3.66] 93
1
45 45
[3.66] [1.77]
[1.77]
1
45 5.5 44 45 50
XTPAXFA _
1
[1.77] [.22] [1.73] [1.77] [1.97]
74 [2.91] 88 [3.46] 1
85 [3.35] 94 [3.70]
1
1
Manual Motor Protector—XTPR…DC1
4 [.16] 1
1
65
130
[5.12]
XTPAXFA _
45 [2.56] 125
[1.77] [4.92]
1
140
[5.57]
1
1
XTPAXFA _ 1
30 7.5 [.30]
1
[1.18]
55 [2.17] 118 [4.65]
127 [5.00]
1
145 [5.71]
171 [6.73] 1
MMPs with Early-Make Auxiliary Contacts— 1
Current Limiter—XTPAXCL XTPR…BC1 + XTPAXFAEM20
45 80 [3.15]
1
[1.77]
28 1
[1.10]
*
93
XTPAXFAEM20
45
1
55
[3.66]
1
[1.77] [2.17]
90 73 93
[3.54] [2.87] [3.66]
1
7.5
[.30]
44
[1.73]
7.5
[.30]
45
[1.77]
50
[1.97]
XTPAXFAEM20 1
68 [2.68]
* IEC/EN 60715 DIN Rail
49.5
[1.95]
70
[2.76] 86 [3.39] 1
1
1
1


1
Three-Phase Commoning Link—XTPAXCLKB5,
1 Standard Auxiliary Contact—XTPAXSA_ XTPAXCLKB4, XTPAXCLKB3 and XTPAXCLKB2
261 [10.28] (207 [8.15],
1 153 [6.02], 99 [3.90])
1 36 45 90
[1.42] [1.77] [3.54] 27
1
[1.06]
54
[2.13]
1
9 26
1 [.35] [1.02] Overlapping Mounting
to Extend the Three-Phase
68 [2.68] Commoning Link
1
1 Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contact—XTPAXSATR_ Three-Phase Commoning Link—XTPAXCLKC4, XTPAXCLKC2
234 [9.21] (108 [4.25])
1
1 36 45 90
[1.42] [1.77] [3.54] 27
1
[1.06]
63
[2.48]
1
9 26
1 [.35] [1.02]
68 [2.68]
1
1 Undervoltage/Shunt Release—XTPAXUVR_, XTPAXSR_ Incoming Terminal, Line Side Adapter—XTPAXIT, XTPAXLSA
56
1 7.5
[2.20]
31
[.30] [1.22]
1 36
[1.42]
45 90
[1.77] [3.54] XTPAXLSA
73
1 [2.87] 48
[1.89]
1
18 49 41
1
[.71] [1.93] [1.61]
68 [2.68]
XTPAXIT
1
1
Three-Phase Commoning Link—XTPAXCLKA4, XTPAXCLKA2
1 180 [7.09] (90 [3.54])
1
1 27
[1.06]
1
45
[1.77]
1
1
1

1.1
1
Three-Phase Commoning Link
XTPAXCLKA4D, XTPAXCLKA3D and XTPAXCLKA2D XTPAXCLKC4D and XTPAXCLKC2D 1
XTPAXCLKA4D XTPAXCLKC4D
1
36 36
[1.42]
1
[1.42]
205 [8.07] 14 33 260 [10.24] 14 33

[1.30]
1
[1.30] [.55]
1
[.55]
XTPAXCLKA3D XTPAXCLKC2D 1
36 36
1
[1.42] [1.42]
1
151 [5.94] 14 33 115 [4.53] 14 33
[.55] [1.30] [.55] [1.30]
1
XTPAXCLKA2D
1
1
36
[1.42] 1
1
98 [3.86] 14 33
[.55] [1.30]
1
XTPAXCLKB4D, XTPAXCLKB3D and XTPAXCLKB2D
1
XTPAXCLKB4D
1
36
[1.42] 1
1
232 [9.13] 14 33
[.55] [1.30]
1
XTPAXCLKB3D
1
36
[1.42]
1
170 [6.69] 14 33 1
[.55] [1.30]
1
XTPAXCLKB2D 1
36
1
[1.42]
1
117 [4.6] 14 33
1
[.55] [1.30]
1
1


1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors
1
1
1 158
158 [6.22]
1 [6.22]
1
1
80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59]
80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59] 177.2 [6.98]
1 XTPBXENCS40, XTPBXENCS65, XTPBXENAS41, XTPBXENAS65 XTPBXENCSEK65, XTPBXENCSES65, XTPBXENASEK65, XTPBXENASES65
1
1
158
1 [6.22]
1
1 80 [3.15] 116.5 [4.59]
129.5 [5.10]
1 XTPBXENCSLE65, XTPBXENCSLO65, XTPBXENASLE65, XTPBXENASO065
1
1 Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of XTPB Manual Motor Protectors
69
1 69
[2.72]
[2.72]
1
1 129
129
[5.08]
1
[5.08]
1 90.2 93 [3.66]
90.2 93 [3.66] [3.55] 115.2 [4.54]
1 [3.55]
115.2 [4.54] 175.9 [6.93]
XTPBXENCF40, XTPBXENCF55 XTPBXENCFEK55, XTPBXENCFES55
1
1 69
[2.72]
1
1 129
[5.08]
1
1 90.2 93 [3.66]
1
[3.55] 115.2 [4.54]
XTPBXENCFLE55, XTPBXENCFLO55

1.1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR…B Manual Motor Protectors
Drilling Dimensions 1
4.5 [.18]
1
1
158 70 158 153
[6.22] [2.76] [6.22] [6.02] 1
1
80 [3.15] 90 [3.54]
100 [3.94]
80 [3.15] 97.5 [3.84]
125.5 [4.94]
4.5
[.18]
8 [.31]
1
XTPAXENCS40 XTPAXENCS55B, XTPAXENCS55RY, XTPAXENCSEM55B, XTPAXENCSEM55RY
1
98 [3.86]
30 [1.18] 1
SVB-PKZ0-CI 30 Drilling Dimensions
44
[1.73] 97.5 [3.84]
[1.18]
28
4.5
[.18]
1
[1.10]
1
33
[1.30] 1
55 158 153
[2.17] [6.22] [6.02]
1
1
4.5
1
80 [3.15]
[.18] 8
XTPAXENCS55_ + XTPAXPL1, XTPAXENCSEM55_ + XTPAXPL1 [.31]
Drilling Dimensions
M4 1
1
181 160 181 160 171

1
[7.13] [6.30] [6.73]
1
[7.13] [6.30]
1
1
100 47.5 100 47.5 M4
[3.94] [1.87] [3.94] [1.87]
104 103 [4.06]
[4.09]
XTPAXENCSH41, XTPAXENCS41, XTPAXENAS41
130 [5.12]
XTPAXENCS65B, XTPAXENCS65RY, XTPAXENCSEM65B, XTPAXENCSEM65RY,
1
XTPAXENAS55B, XTPAXENAS55RY, XTPAXENASEM55B, XTPAXENASEM55RY,
XTPAXENCSH65B, XTPAXENCSH65RY, XTPAXENCSEMH65B, XTPAXENCSEMH65RY
1
98 [3.86]
30 [1.18]
SVB-PKZ0-CI
30
[1.18]
1
Drilling Dimensions
44
[1.73] 114 [4.49] 28
[1.10]
M4
1
33
1
1
[1.30]
181 160 171
55 [6.73]
[2.17] [7.13] [6.30]
1
1
97 [3.82] M4
XTPAXENCS65_ + XTPAXPL1, XTPAXENCSEM65_ + XTPAXPL1 1


1
Insulated Enclosures for Flush Mounting of XTPR…B Manual Motor Protectors
1
69
1 [2.72]
4 [.16]
1 129
[5.08]
55
[2.17]
R
116 – 118
[4.57 – 4.64]
1
1 85 [3.35] 80 [3.15]
96 [3.78]
1 124 [4.88]
70 – 72
[2.76 – 2.83]
XTPAXENCF40, XTPAXENCF55B, XTPAXENCF55RY Mounting Cutout XTPAXENCF_
1
1 98
[3.86]
30
1 [1.18]
1 58
30
[1.18]
[2.28]
1 28 [1.10]
1 21
55 129 [.83]
1 [2.17] [5.08]
1
80 [3.15]
1 96 [3.78]
85
[3.35]
1 124 [4.88]
XTPAXENCF55_ + XTPAXPL3
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Insulated Enclosures for Surface Mounting of XTPR…D Manual Motor Protectors
98 [3.86]
1
3 [.12]
32 [1.26] 1
SVB-PKZ4-CI
1
1
240
[9.45]
1
1
72
[2.83]
1
160 [6.30] 134 [5.28] 1
181 [7.13]
197 [7.76] 1
1
XTPAXENCSD65B, XTPAXENCSD65RY XTPAXENCSD65_ + XTPAXPL2
Drilling Dimensions
5.6 [.22] 1
Dia.
72 1
[2.83]
1
1
240 193
[9.45] [7.60]
1
1
1
1
160 [6.30] 186 [7.32] 28 [1.10] 142 [5.60]
30 1
XTPAXENCSD65 [1.18]
1
Rotary Handle Mechanism—XTPAXRHM_ 1
43 [1.69] Dia.
1
64
[2.52]
48
[1.89] 1
64 48
1
[2.52] [1.89]
1
1
62
19.5 [2.44]
[.77]
Mounting Depth:
100 – 240 [3.94 – 9.45] 1
At least 100 [3.94] from the top edge of
up to Cover Hinge the mounting rail to the
front edge of the panel 1
door/cover
1


1
Pushbutton MMP Enclosures
1
Insulated Enclosures for Insulated Enclosures for
1 Surface Mounting Flush Mounting
Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A)
1 Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR
Rotary Motor-Protective
Circuit Breakers with
1 XTPB Pushbutton Motor-
Protective Circuit Breakers
Motor-Protective Circuit
Breakers
XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make
Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact
XTPB Pushbutton Manual
Motor Protectors
1 Catalog Number
Global Usage
HxWxD Catalog Number
Global Usage
Global Usage
Global and
HxWxD
1
North American Usage
XTPBXENCS40 158 x 80 x 116.5 XTPAXENCS41 160 x 100 x 104 XTPAXENCSEM65B 160 x 100 x 130
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59] [6.30 x 3.94 x 4.09] [6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12] XTPBXENCF40 129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
1 XTPBXENCS65 158 x 80 x 116.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59]
XTPAXENCS65B 160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPAXENCSEM65RY 160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12] XTPBXENCF55 129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
1 XTPBXENCSLO65 158 x 80 x 129.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10]
XTPAXENCS65RY 160 x 100 x 130
[6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12]
XTPAXENCSEM55B 158 x 80 x 100
[6.22 x 3.15 x 3.94] XTPBXENCFLO55 129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
1 XTPBXENCSLE65 158 x 80 x 129.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10]
XTPAXENCS40 158 x 80 x 100
[6.22 x 3.15 x 3.94]
XTPAXENCSEM55RY 158 x 80 x 100
[6.22 x 3.15 x 3.94] XTPBXENCFLE55 129 x 90.2 x 115.2
[5.08 x 3.55 x 4.54]
1 XTPBXENCSES65 158 x 80 x 177.2
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98]
XTPAXENCS55B 158 x 80 x 125.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.94] XTPBXENCFES55 129 x 90.2 x 175.9
[5.08 x 3.55 x 6.93]
1
XTPBXENCSEK65 158 x 80 x 177.2 XTPAXENCS55RY 158 x 80 x 125.5
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98] [6.22 x 3.15 x 4.94] XTPBXENCFEK55 129 x 90.2 x 175.9
[5.08 x 3.55 x 6.93]
1 Frame B XTPR (0.1–32A)

Rotary Manual Motor
Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR Protectors with Frame B (0.1–32A) XTPR
1 XTPB Pushbutton Manual Rotary Manual Motor XTPAXFAEM20 Early-Make Rotary Manual Motor
Motor Protectors Protectors Front-Mount Auxiliary Contact Protectors
1 Catalog Number HxWxD Catalog Number HxWxD Catalog Number HxWxD Catalog Number HxWxD
North American Usage North American Usage North American Usage Global Usage
1 XTPBXENAS41 158 x 80 x 116.5 XTPAXENAS55B 160 x 100 x 130 XTPAXENCSEM55B 160 x 100 x 130 XTPAXENCF40 129 x 85 x 96
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59] [6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12] [6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12] [5.08 x 3.35 x 3.78]
1 XTPBXENAS65 158 x 80 x 116.5 XTPAXENAS55RY 160 x 100 x 130 XTPAXENCSEM55RY 160 x 100 x 130 XTPAXENCF55B 129 x 85 x 124
[6.22 x 3.15 x 4.59] [6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12] [6.30 x 3.94 x 5.12] [5.08 x 3.35 x 4.88]
1 XTPBXENASLO65 158 x 80 x 129.5 XTPAXENCF55RY 129 x 85 x 124
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10] Frame D (10–65A) Rotary [5.08 x 3.35 x 4.88]
1 XTPBXENASLE65 158 x 80 x 129.5 Motor-Protective Circuit
[6.22 x 3.15 x 5.10] Breakers
1 XTPBXENASES65 158 x 80 x 177.2 Catalog Number HxWxD
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98]
Global and
1 XTPBXENASEK65 158 x 80 x 177.2
[6.22 x 3.15 x 6.98]
North American Usage
XTPAXENCSD65B 240 x 160 x 197
1 [9.45 x 6.30 x 7.76]
XTPAXENCSD65RY 240 x 160 x 197
1 [9.45 x 6.30 x 7.76]
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Contents
Combination Motor Controllers
Description Page 1
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-18 1
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-143
V5-T1-159
1
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-194 1
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-195 1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-205
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-207 1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-214
An Eaton 1
Green Solution
V5-T1-219
V5-T1-232
1
XT DC Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-234
V5-T1-236 1
Combination Motor Controllers 1
Eaton’s XT IEC open non- The XT IEC non-reversing and
reversing and reversing reversing manual 1
manual motor controllers and combination motor
combine a manual motor
protector with an IEC
controllers can be used in
the following applications:
1
contactor(s) to provide a
complete motor protection Group Motor Control Individual Branch Circuit for Motor Loads 1
solution by combining motor Manual motor controllers Combination motor controller The manual motor protector
disconnect function, thermal (MMCs) are ideal for group (CMC), consisting of a line was invented in Germany by 1
overload protection, magnetic motor applications where an side adapter, manual motor Moeller to correct this
short-circuit protection and
remote control operation in
upstream breaker or fuse protector, wiring connector inefficiency. The MMP 1
provides protection for two or link and IEC contactor, operates similarly to a circuit
one compact, assembled
unit. these assembled
more motors. XT manual
motor controllers (MMC)
provide an efficient means to
build an entire branch circuit.
breaker, except the inrush
(magnetic) protection is set to
1
manual motor controllers The XT CMC is UL 508
cover motors with FLA
combine a manual motor
protector, a wiring connector Type F and Type E approved,
14 times the running current,
thus accounting for motor 1
ratings from 0.10A to 65A. link and IEC contactor. meaning it is “self-protected” start-up current without the
The UL 508 Type F or Type E
and doesn’t require the use necessity to oversize. A 1
of an additional fuse or overcurrent dial was added to
1
labeled combination motor
breaker for short circuit the face of the MMP to serve
controller (CMC) includes a
protection. This approval as the motor overload
line side adapter (LSA). These
assembled combination
means CMC’s can be used
in place of a traditional fuse-
protection. This “motor
protective circuit breaker”, as
1
motor controllers cover
starter and breaker-starter it is referred to in Europe,
motors with FLA ratings
from 0.10A to 65A.
motor circuit. now accomplishes all four 1
key functions of a motor
Based around two key
functional components (MMP
branch circuit: disconnect, 1
short circuit, motor controller
and contactor), the CMC is a
very cost effective means to
and motor overload
protection. With the addition
1
build a branch circuit. Fuses
and breakers must be
of a contactor, users have the
ability to remotely control the 1
oversized to prevent tripping starter device.
during motor start up, and
thus these oversized devices Whether a single motor
1
can no longer protect the
motor. To compensate for
application or a multiple
motor application, CMC’s are
1
this, a motor overload relay is an ideal solution for
necessary to protect the machinery OEMs and panel 1
motor. builders.
1

Features Standards and Certifications MMC and CMC Applications

1 ● ON/OFF rotary handle UL 508 Type F combination XTIEC Manual and Combination Motor Controllers
with lockout provision motor controller
1 ● Visible trip indication ● IEC Type 2 Approved per
1 Test trip function
●
IEC 60947-4-1 Manual Motor Controller UL 508 Type F and Type E 3
● Motor applications ● UL Listed File No. E245398 Use in group installation applications. Combination Motor Controller
1 ●
from 0.10A to 65A
Class 10 overload
● CE Mark Upstream SCPD 1 is required and must
be sized smaller than the maximum
Use for single motor branch circuits or
use multiple CMC’s for a multiple motor
protection upstream SCPD 1 rating on each MMC 2 panel applications. No additional SCPD 1
1 ● Built-in heater and
used. Tap rules should also be observed. is required in the branch, as these devices
are “self-protected”.
magnetic trip elements
1 to protect the motor Note: For Type 2 Coordination of
MMCs, see Page V5-T1-237. Line Side Adapter (LSA) Line Side Adapter (LSA)
● Phase loss sensitivity
1 ● Type 2 coordination
Protection in different controller
types
Not required Type F = Required factory assembled
Type E = Factory assembled NOT required
Ambient compensated
1
●
up to 55°C [140°F] UL 508 Type E self-protected

combination motor controller Manual Motor Controller Combination Motor Controller
Control inputs located at
1
●
XTSC/XTSR XTFC/XTFR
front of starter for easy ● UL Listed File No. E123500
access and wiring
1 ● Wide range of coils
Notes
Technical Paper AP03402001E.
● DIN rail mount—
1 XTSC…BB_
Line side adapters are not required for non-U.S. applications.
Most countries outside of the U.S. classify the MMP as a
● Mounting plates—
1
motor-protective circuit breaker.
XTSC…BC_, XTSC…D
1 SCPD = Short-circuit protective device (circuit breaker, fuses).
motor controllers
1
2 MMC = Manual motor controller
● Adjustment dial for setting 3 Type E self-protected combination controller is the combination of a Type E self-protected
motor FLA device with a contactor.
1 ● Short-circuit trip at
14 times the maximum
1 setting of the FLA
adjustment dial
1 ● UL 508 Type F and Type E
CMC high fault short-circuit
1
ratings
● 1NO-1NC auxiliary contact
as standard on manual
1 motor controller and
combination motor
1 controller
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
1
XT SC 012 B B M A
1
Designation
XT = XT IEC power control A =
Coil Voltage
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
1
Connector Type
Blank = XTPAXTPCB
B
C
=
=
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz 1
M = XTPAXEMCB (only non-reversing) D = 600V 60 Hz
Type Rated Current of MMP
SC = Manual motor controller—FVNR Frame B Frame D
E
F
=
=
208V 50 Hz
230V 50 Hz
1
SR = Manual motor controller—FVR P16 = 0.16A 016 = 16A G = 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz
1
Frame Size—MMP
FC = Combination motor controller, UL 508 Type F P25 = 0.25A 025 = 25A H = 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz
and Type E—FVNR P40 = 0.40A 032 = 32A B = 45 mm, 0.1 to 32A
L = 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz
FR = Combination motor controller, UL 508 Type F P63 = 0.63A 040 = 40A D = 55 mm, 16 to 63A
1
N = 400V 50 Hz
and Type E—FVR 001 = 1A 050 = 50A P = 380V 60 Hz
1P6 = 1.6A 058 = 58A R = 12V 50/60 Hz
1
2P5 = 2.5A 063 = 63A Frame Size—Contactor T = 24V 50/60 Hz
004 = 4A B = 45 mm, 7 to 15A W = 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
6P3 = 6.3A C = 45 mm, 18 to 32A Y = 48V 50 Hz
010 = 10A
012 = 12A
D = 55 mm, 40 to 65A AD
BD
=
=
120 Vdc
220 Vdc
1
016 = 16A RD = 12 Vdc
020 = 20A
025 = 25A
TD = 24 Vdc 1
WD = 48 Vdc
1
032 = 32A
Product Selection 1
XTSC and XTSR Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)/Starter Combinations 1
Frame B MMP +
Frame B Contactor
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)
1
Release—Ir
1
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
(Amps)
Short-Circuit Three-Phase Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
1
Release— Non-Reversing Reversing
Irm (Amps) 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number
1
0.1–0.16 3.2 — — — 0.06 XTSCP16BB_ XTSRP16BB_
0.16–0.25 3.5 — 0.06 0.06 0.12 XTSCP25BB_ XTSRP25BB_
0.25–0.4 5.6 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 XTSCP40BB_ XTSRP40BB_
1
0.4–0.63 8.82 0.09 0.18 0.25 0.25 XTSCP63BB_ XTSRP63BB_
0.63–1 14 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 XTSC001BB_ XTSR001BB_ 1
1–1.6 22.4 0.25 0.55 0.75 1.1 XTSC1P6BB_ XTSR1P6BB_
1.6–2.5 35 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.5 XTSC2P5BB_ XTSR2P5BB_ 1
1
2.5–4 56 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 XTSC004BB_ XTSR004BB_
4–6.3 88.2 1.1 2.2 3 4 XTSC6P3BB_ XTSR6P3BB_
6.3–10 140 2.2 4 4 7.5 XTSC010BB_ XTSR010BB_
1
8–12 168 3 5.5 5.5 11 XTSC012BB_ XTSR012BB_
10–16 224 4 7.5 9 12.5 XTSC016BB_ — 1
Notes
1 Select manual motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only. 1
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-198.
3 “M” prior to (_) coil suffix will be assembled with standard connector XTPAXEMCB, non-reversing only. 1
1
1
1

Factory-Assembled Motor Protective Device with Thermal and Magnetic Trip + Contactor—
1 Frame B MMP +
Frame B Contactor Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment Maximum Motor Ratings
Range/Overload Maximum kW Rating
Release—Ir AC-3—P (kW)
1 (Amps)
Release— 220– 380– 660– Non-Reversing Reversing
1 Irm (Amps) 240V 415V 500V 690V Catalog Number Catalog Number
0.1–0.16 3.2 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTSCP16BB_ XTSRP16BB_
1 0.16–0.25 3.5 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTSCP25BB_ XTSRP25BB_
0.25–0.4 5.6 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTSCP40BB_ XTSRP40BB_
1 0.4–0.63 8.82 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTSCP63BB_ XTSRP63BB_
1 0.63–1 14 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTSC001BB_ XTSR001BB_

1–1.6 22.4 3 3 3/4 1 XTSC1P6BB_ XTSR1P6BB_
1 1.6–2.5 35 1/2 1/2 1 1-1/2 XTSC2P5BB_ XTSR2P5BB_

2.5–4 56 1 1 2 3 XTSC004BB_ XTSR004BB_
1 4–6.3 88.2 1-1/2 1-1/2 3 5 XTSC6P3BB_ XTSR6P3BB_
1
6.3–10 140 3 3 7-1/2 7.5 XTSC010BB_ XTSR010BB_
8–12 168 3 3 7-1/2 7.5 XTSC012BB_ XTSR012BB_
1 10–16 224 3 3 10 7.5 XTSC016BB_ —
1 Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—

Frame B MMP +
1 Frame C Contactor Maximum UL Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment
1 Range/Overload Maximum hp Rating—P (hp)

Release—Ir UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
(Amps)
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
1 Short-Circuit Three-Phase
Irm (Amps) 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Catalog Number
1 10–16 224 3 3 10 10 XTSC016BC_ XTSR016BC_
1 16–20
20–25
280
350
5
5
5
7-1/2
10
15
15
20
XTSC020BC_
XTSC025BC_
XTSR020BC_
XTSR025BC_
1 25–32 448 7-1/2 10 20 25 XTSC032BC_ XTSR032BC_
1
Frame B MMP + Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
1 Frame C Contactor Maximum IEC Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment Maximum Motor Ratings
1 Range/Overload
Release—Ir
Maximum kW Rating
AC-3—P (kW)
(Amps)
1 Short-Circuit
Release—
Three-Phase
220– 380– 660–
Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
Non-Reversing Reversing
1 10–16 224 4 7.5 9 12.5 XTSC016BC_ XTSR016BC_
1 16–20 280 5.5 9 12.5 15 XTSC020BC_ XTSR020BC_

20–25 350 5.5 11 15 22 XTSC025BC_ XTSR025BC_
1 25–32 448 7.5 15 22 30 XTSC032BC_ XTSR032BC_
1
Notes
1 Select manual motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
1 3 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6(A)(1).
1
1
1

1.1
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Frame D MMP +
Frame C Contactor Maximum UL Ratings 1 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload Maximum hp Rating—P (hp) 1
(Amps)
Short-Circuit Three-Phase Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2 1
1
10–16 224 3 5 10 15 XTSC016DC_ XTSR016DC_
16–25 350 5 7-1/2 15 20 XTSC025DC_ XTSR025DC_ 1
25–32 448 7-1/2 10 20 30 XTSC032DC_ XTSR032DC_
1
Frame D MMP + Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor— 1
Frame C Contactor Maximum IEC Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment Maximum Motor Ratings 1
Range/Overload Maximum kW Rating
Release—Ir
(Amps)
AC-3—P (kW) 1
Release—
Irm (Amps)
220–
240V
380–
415V 500V
660–
690V
Non-Reversing
Catalog Number
Reversing
Catalog Number
1
10–16 224 4 7.5 9 12.5 XTSC016DC_ XTSR016DC_ 1
16–25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 22 XTSC025DC_ XTSR025DC_
25–32 448 7.5 15 17.5 22 XTSC032DC_ XTSR032DC_ 1
1
Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
Frame D MMP +
Frame D Contactor Maximum UL Ratings 1 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
Maximum hp Rating—P (hp) 1
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
1
(Amps)
1
32–40 560 10 15 30 30 XTSC040DD_ XTSR040DD_
40–50 700 15 15 30 — XTSC050DD_ XTSR050DD_ 1
50–58 812 15 15 40 — XTSC058DD_ XTSR058DD_
55–65 882 15 15 40 — XTSC063DD_ XTSR063DD_ 1
Notes
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Factory-Assembled Manual Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—

1 Frame D MMP +
Frame D Contactor Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
Maximum Motor Ratings
FLA Adjustment Maximum kW Rating
Range/Overload AC-3—P (kW)
1 Release—Ir (Amps)
32–40 560 11 20 22 30 XTSC040DD_ XTSR040DD_
1 40–50 700 14 25 30 45 XTSC050DD_ XTSR050DD_
50–58 812 17 30 37 55 XTSC058DD_ XTSR058DD_
1 55–65 882 18.5 34 37 55 XTSC063DD_ XTSR063DD_
1 AC and DC Coil Suffixes

Frame B Contactors Frame C and D Contactors
1 110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L
1 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz

230V 50 Hz
B
F
400V 50 Hz
380V 60 Hz
N
P
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
230V 50 Hz
B
F
400V 50 Hz
380V 60 Hz
N
P
1 24V 50/60 Hz T 12V 50/60 Hz R 24V 50/60 Hz T 12V 50/60 Hz R

24 Vdc TD 3 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 24–27 Vdc TD 3 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W
1 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 48V 50 Hz Y 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 48V 50 Hz Y
600V 60 Hz D 120 Vdc AD 3 550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz D 110–130 Vdc AD 3
1 208V 60 Hz E 220 Vdc BD 3 208V 60 Hz E 200–240 Vdc BD 3
1 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 12 Vdc RD 3 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 12–14 Vdc RD 3

240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48 Vdc WD 3 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48–60 Vdc WD 3
1 Notes
The assembled manual motor controller (MMC) consists of an XTPR manual motor protector (MMP) and an XTCE contactor. For Frame B MMP +
1 Frame B contactor assemblies, the XTSC and XTSR can be mounted directly on DIN rail without an adapter. The contactors are supported
mechanically with a mechanical connection element (included in XTPAXTPCB, XTPAXRPCRB). For MMCs using a Frame C or Frame D contactor,
the assembly is mounted via a DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPC, XTPAXTPCPD) and the electrical connection is made with electrical contact modules
1 (XTPAXECMC, XTPAXECMD), both included in XTPAXTPCC and XTPAXTPCD.
1 SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
1 Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.

2
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See AC and DC coil suffixes above.
3 With DC operation: Integrated diode-resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
1 Non-Reversing Manual Reversing Manual

Motor Controller Power Motor Controller Power
1 Circuit Circuit
1
1
1
1
1 M M
3~ 3~
1
1
1

1.1
XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type F
1
Frame B MMP + Two Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—
Frame B Contactors Maximum UL Ratings 1 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Release—Ir
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14 Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
1
(Amps)
Short-Circuit
Release—
Three-Phase
1
0.16–0.25 3.5 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTFCP25BB_ XTFRP25BB_
1
0.25–0.4 5.6 3
3
3
3
1/2 1/2 XTFCP40BB_ XTFRP40BB_
1
0.4–0.63 8.82 1/2 1/2 XTFCP63BB_ XTFRP63BB_
0.63–1 14 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTFC001BB_ XTFR001BB_ 1
1–1.6 22.4 3 3 3/4 1 XTFC1P6BB_ XTFR1P6BB_
1.6–2.5 35 1/2 1/2 1 1-1/2 XTFC2P5BB_ XTFR2P5BB_ 1
2.5–4
4–6.3
56
88.2
1
1-1/2
1
1-1/2
2
3
3
5
XTFC004BB_
XTFC6P3BB_
XTFR004BB_
XTFR6P3BB_
1
6.3–10 140 3 3 7-1/2 7.5 XTFC010BB_ XTFR010BB_ 1
8–12 168 3 3 7-1/2 — XTFC012BB_ XTFR012BB_
10–16 224 3 5 10 — XTFC016BB_ — 1
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—
Maximum IEC Ratings 1 1
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Maximum kW Rating 1
AC-3—P (kW)
1
Release—Ir (Amps)
1
0.1–0.16 2.2 — — — 0.06 XTFCP16BB_ XTFRP16BB_
0.16–0.25 3.5 — 0.06 0.06 0.12 XTFCP25BB_ XTFRP25BB_ 1
0.25–0.4 5.6 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 XTFCP40BB_ XTFRP40BB_
0.4–0.63 8.82 0.09 0.18 0.25 0.25 XTFCP63BB_ XTFRP63BB_ 1
1
0.63–1 14 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 XTFC001BB_ XTFR001BB_
1–1.6 22.4 0.25 0.55 0.75 1.1 XTFC1P6BB_ XTFR1P6BB_
1.6–2.5 35 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.5 XTFC2P5BB_ XTFR2P5BB_
1
2.5–4 56 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 XTFC004BB_ XTFR004BB_
4–6.3 88.2 1.1 2.2 3 4 XTFC6P3BB_ XTFR6P3BB_ 1
6.3–10 140 2.2 4 4 7.5 XTFC010BB_ XTFR010BB_
8–12 168 3 5.5 5.5 11 XTFC012BB_ XTFR012BB_ 1
10–16 224 4 7.5 9 12.5 XTFC016BB_ —
1
Notes
1 Select combination motor controllers by full load amperes. Maximum motor ratings (kW, hp) are for reference only.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—

1 Maximum UL Ratings 1
1
FLA Adjustment
1 (Amps)
1 Irm (Amps) 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number
10–16 224 3 5 10 — XTFC016BC_ XTFR016BC_
1 16–20 280 5 5 — — XTFC020BC_ XTFR020BC_
20–25 350 5 7-1/2 15 — XTFC025BC_ XTFR025BC_
1 25–32 448 7-1/2 10 20 — XTFC032BC_ XTFR032BC_
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
1 Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1
1 Release—Ir (Amps)
10–16 224 4 7.5 9 12.5 XTFC016BC_ XTFR016BC_
1 16–20 280 5.5 9 12.5 15 XTFC020BC_ XTFR020BC_
1
20–25 350 5.5 11 15 22 XTFC025BC_ XTFR025BC_
25–32 448 7.5 15 22 30 XTFC032BC_ XTFR032BC_
1
1 Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor—
1 FLA Adjustment
1 (Amps)
1 Irm (Amps) 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number
10–16 224 3 5 10 10 XTFC016DC_ XTFR016DC_
1 16–25 350 5 7-1/2 15 20 XTFC025DC_ XTFR025DC_
1 25–32 448 7-1/2 10 25 30 XTFC032DC_ XTFR032DC_
1 Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor—

Maximum IEC Ratings 1
1 Maximum Motor Ratings
FLA Adjustment
1
Maximum kW Rating
Release—Ir (Amps)
Three-Phase Assembled Manual Motor Controller 2
1
Short-Circuit
1 10–16 224 4 7.5 9 12.5 XTFC016DC_ XTFR016DC_
16–25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 22 XTFC025DC_ XTFR025DC_
1 25–32 448 7.5 15 17.5 22 XTFC032DC_ XTFR032DC_
1 Notes
1
1
1

1.1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1 1
1
FLA Adjustment
(Amps)
Irm (Amps) 200V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number
1
32–40 560 10 15 30 30 XTFC040DD_ XTFR040DD_
40–50 700 10 15 30 — XTFC050DD_ XTFR050DD_ 1
50–58 812 15 15 40 — XTFC058DD_ XTFR058DD_
55–65 882 15 15 40 — XTFC063DD_ XTFR063DD_ 1
1
Factory-Assembled Type F Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
1
Release—Ir (Amps)
Irm (Amps) 240V 415V 500V 690V Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
32–40 560 11 20 22 30 XTFC040DD_ XTFR040DD_
40–50 700 14 25 30 45 XTFC050DD_ XTFR050DD_ 1
1
50–58 812 17 30 37 55 XTFC058DD_ XTFR058DD_
55–65 882 18.5 34 37 55 XTFC063DD_ XTFR063DD_
Notes
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type E

1
Frame B MMP + Two Factory-Assembled Type E Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—
1 Frame B Contactors Maximum UL Ratings 1
FLA Adjustment
1 Range/Overload
Release—Ir
UL 508/CSA C22.2 No. 14
(Amps)
1 Short-Circuit
Release—
1
0.16–0.25 3.5 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTFCP25BB_ XTFRP25BB_
1 0.25–0.4 5.6 3
3
3
3
1/2 1/2 XTFCP40BB_ XTFRP40BB_
0.4–0.63 8.82 1/2 1/2 XTFCP63BB_ XTFRP63BB_
1 0.63–1 14 3 3 1/2 1/2 XTFC001BB_ XTFR001BB_
1–1.6 22.4 3 3 3/4 1 XTFC1P6BB_ XTFR1P6BB_
1 1.6–2.5 35 1/2 1/2 1 1-1/2 XTFC2P5BB_ XTFR2P5BB_
1 2.5–4 56 1 1 2 3 XTFC004BB_ XTFR004BB_
1 Factory-Assembled Type E Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor—

1 Maximum Motor Ratings
FLA Adjustment
1 Range/Overload
Maximum kW Rating
AC-3—P (kW)
Release—Ir (Amps)
1
Short-Circuit
1 0.1–0.16 2.2 — — — 0.06 XTFCP16BB_ XTFRP16BB_
1
0.16–0.25 3.5 — 0.06 0.06 0.12 XTFCP25BB_ XTFRP25BB_
0.25–0.4 5.6 0.06 0.09 0.12 0.18 XTFCP40BB_ XTFRP40BB_
1 0.4–0.63 8.82 0.09 0.18 0.25 0.25 XTFCP63BB_ XTFRP63BB_

0.63–1 14 0.12 0.25 0.37 0.55 XTFC001BB_ XTFR001BB_
1 1–1.6 22.4 0.25 0.55 0.75 1.1 XTFC1P6BB_ XTFR1P6BB_

1.6–2.5 35 0.37 0.75 1.1 1.5 XTFC2P5BB_ XTFR2P5BB_
1 2.5–4 56 0.75 1.5 2.2 3 XTFC004BB_ XTFR004BB_
1 Notes
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Factory-Assembled Type E Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
Maximum UL Ratings 1 1
Short-Circuit Max. Motor hp Rating 1 Compact 2 Component Combination Motor Controller
Release— 1
FLA Adjustment Irm (Amps) 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2
4–6.3 88.2 1.5 1.5 3.0 50 XTFC6P3BC_ XTFR6P3BC_ 1
6.3–10 140 3.0 3.0 7.5 7.5 XTFC010BC_ XTFR010BC_
8–12 168 3.0 3.0 7.5 — XTFC012BC_ XTFR012BC_ 1
10–16 224 3.0 5.0 10.0 — XTFC016BC_ XTFR016BC_
1
Factory-Assembled Type E Combination Motor Controller—Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor—
1
Short-Circuit Max. Motor kW Rating 1 Compact 2 Component Combination Motor Controller
1
Release—
FLA Adjustment Irm (Amps) 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2 1
4–6.3 88.2 1.1 2.2 3.0 4.0 XTFC6P3BC_ XTFR6P3BC_
6.3–10 140 2.2 4.0 4.0 7.5 XTFC010BC_ XTFR010BC_ 1
8–12
10–16
168
224
3.0
4.0
5.5
7.5
5.5
9.0
11.0
12.5
XTFC012BC_
XTFC016BC_
XTFR012BC_
XTFR016BC_
1
1
Factory-Assembled Type E Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
1
Short-Circuit
Release—
Max. Motor hp Rating 1 Compact 2 Component Combination Motor Controller
1
FLA Adjustment Irm (Amps) 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2
10–16 224 3.0 5.0 10.0 10.0 XTFC016DD_ XTFR016DD_
1
16–25 350 5.0 7.5 15.0 20.0 XTFC025DD_ XTFR025DD_
1
25–32 448 7.5 10.0 25.0 20.0 XTFC032DD_ XTFR032DD_
32–40 560 11.0 20.0 22.0 30.0 XTFC040DD_ XTFR040DD_ 1
40–50 700 14.0 25.0 30.0 45.0 XTFC050DD_ XTFR050DD_
50–58 812 17.0 30.0 37.0 55.0 XTFC058DD_ XTFR058DD_ 1
1
Factory-Assembled Type E Combination Motor Controller—Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor—
Short-Circuit Max. Motor kW Rating 1 Compact 2 Component Combination Motor Controller
FLA Adjustment
Release—
Irm (Amps) 200V 230V 460V 575V Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2
1
10–16 224 4.0 7.5 9.0 12.5 XTFC016DD_ XTFR016DD_ 1
16–25 350 5.5 12.5 12.5 22.0 XTFC025DD_ XTFR025DD_
25–32 448 7.5 15.0 17.5 22.0 XTFC032DD_ XTFR032DD_ 1
1
32–40 560 10.0 15.0 30.0 30.0 XTFC040DD_ XTFR040DD_
40–50 700 10.0 15.0 30.0 — XTFC050DD_ XTFR050DD_
50–58 812 15.0 15.0 40.0 — XTFC058DD_ XTFR058DD_
1
Notes
1
1
1
1
1
1

AC and DC Coil Suffixes

1 Frame B Contactors Frame C and D Contactors

110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L
1 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 400V 50 Hz N 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 400V 50 Hz N
230V 50 Hz F 380V 60 Hz P 230V 50 Hz F 380V 60 Hz P
1 24V 50/60 Hz T 12V 50/60 Hz R 24V 50/60 Hz T 12V 50/60 Hz R
1 24 Vdc
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
TD 1
C
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
48V 50 Hz
W
Y
24–27 Vdc
415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz
TD 1
C
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz
48V 50 Hz
W
Y
1 600V 60 Hz D 120 Vdc AD 1 550V 50 Hz, 600V 60 Hz D 110–130 Vdc AD 1

208V 60 Hz E 220 Vdc BD 1 208V 60 Hz E 200–240 Vdc BD 1
1 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 12 Vdc RD 1 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 12–14 Vdc RD 1
1 WD 1
1
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48 Vdc WD 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48–60 Vdc
Notes
1 The assembled manual motor controller (MMC) consists of an XTPR manual motor protector (MMP) and an XTCE contactor. For Frame B MMP +
Frame B contactor assemblies, the XTSC and XTSR can be mounted directly on DIN rail without an adapter. The contactors are supported
mechanically with a mechanical connection element (included in XTPAXTPCB, XTPAXRPCRB). For 16A and above, the assembly is mounted via a
1 DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPC, XTPAXTPCPD) and the electrical connection is made with electrical contact modules (XTPAXECMC,
XTPAXECMD), both included in XTPAXTPCC and XTPAXTPCD.
1 Service Factor (SF)—Setting Ir of current scale in dependence of load factor:

SF = 1.15 → Ir = 1 x In mot
SF = 1 → Ir = 0.9 x In mot
1 Single-phasing sensitivity to IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0660 Part 102.
1 With DC operation: Integrated diode-resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.
1
1 XTFC Manual Motor
Controller
XTFR Manual Motor
Controller
1
1
1
1
1 M
3~
M
3~
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Accessories
1
Line Side Adapters
Line side adapters are required for use with XTPR MMPs only when used as Type E self-protected 1
manual combination starters or as part of XTFC or XTFR Type F combination motor controllers.
Not required for group installation.
1
Line-Side Adapters 2
For Use with… Catalog Number For Use with… Catalog Number 1
XTPAXLSA
Frame B XTPR to create a UL 508 Type E/F
manual combination starter
XTPAXLSA XTPAXLSAD Frame D XTPR to create a UL 508
Type E/F manual combination starter
XTPAXLSAD 4
1
1
Reduced size Frame D XTPR to create a UL 508 XTPAXIP2X
1
1
XTPAXIP2X Type E/F manual combination starter (not to be
used with 3-phase commoning links)
1
1
1
Combination connection kits include the necessary components to field assemble a manual motor 1
controller with an MMP (XTPR) and contactor (XTCE).
Non-Reversing Starters 1
1
Std.
For Use with … Description/Composed of … Pack 1 Catalog Number
1
XTPAXTPCB XTPR…B + XTCE…B Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor 1 XTPAXTPCB
Cable guidance
Use as contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables up to 2.5 mm2
1
1
external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter
XTPAXEMC_ XTPR…B + XTCE…B Mechanical and electrical connection for XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXEMCB
1
1
1
XTPAXTPCD XTPR…D + XTCE…D DIN rail adapter plate 1 XTPAXTPCD 1
Main current wiring between XTPR and contactor
1
1
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Reversing Starters
1 Std.
1 XTPAXTPCRB XTPR…B + XTCE…B01_ Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor 1 XTPAXTPCRB
1 Reversing starter main current wiring in toolless plug connection

Control cables for electrical interlocking in toolless plug connection—
1
1
1
K1M: A1–K2M: 21, K1M: 21–K2M: A1, K1M: A2–K2M: A2
Cable guidance 1
1 Use as contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables up to 2.5 mm2
external diameter or four cables up to 3.5 mm2 external diameter.
1 XTPAXTPCRC XTPR…B + XTCE…C DIN rail adapter plate 1 XTPAXTPCRC
1 Reversing starter main current wiring 1
1
1 XTPAXEC_ Electric Contact Module
1
Std.
1
XTPR…B + XTCE…C Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXECMC
Use only in combination with busbar adapter
1 XTPR…D + XTCE…D Main current wiring between XTPR…D and contactor 5 XTPAXECMD
Use only in combination with busbar adapter
1
DIN Rail Adapter Plates
1 Std.
1 XTPAXTPCPB XTPAXTPCB 45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail 4 XTPAXTPCPB
XTPAXTPCRB
Connection element for side-by-side positioning of further plates
1
1
XTPAXTPCRPB XTPR…B + XTCE…C 45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail 4 XTPAXTPCRPB
1 XTPAXECMC
1
1
XTPAXTPCPD XTPAXECMD 55 mm wide adapter plate with two DIN rails 4 XTPAXTPCPD
1 XTPR…D + XTCE…C
XTPR…D + XTCE…D Connection cams for further plates 4
For use with reversing and star-delta starters
1
1 Lateral Module
1 For Use with … Description/Composed of …
Std.
Pack 1 Catalog Number
1 — Can be grouped on the DIN rail adapter 10 XTPAXLM

Expansion of the mounting width by 9 mm
1
Connection Element
1 Std.
1 — For connection of several DIN rail adapters 50 XTPAXCNE
1 Note

1.1
1
XTSC Non-Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)—Component Bill of Material
Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor 1
Component Catalog Numbers
Assembled Manual
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload Manual Motor Combination Manual Motor Protector 1
Motor Controller 1 Release—Ir (Amps) Protector Connection Kit Contactor 1 Auxiliary Contact
XTSC Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1
1
XTSCP16BB_ 0.1–0.16 XTPRP16BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTSC001BB_ 0.63–1 XTPR001BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTSC1P6BB_ 1–1.6 XTPR1P6BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11
XTSC2P5BB_ 1.6–2.5 XTPR2P5BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTSC004BB_
XTSC6P3BB_
2.5–4
4–6.3
XTPR004BC1
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPAXTPCB
XTPAXTPCB
XTCE007B10_
XTCE007B10_
XTPAXFA11
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSC010BB_ 6.3–10 XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE009B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTSC012BB_ 8–12 XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE012B10_ XTPAXFA11
XTSC016BB_ 10–16 XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE015B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTSC Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTSC020BC_ 16–20 XTPR020BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE025C10_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTSC025BC_
XTSC032BC_
20–25
25–32
XTPR025BC1
XTPR032BC1
XTPAXTPCC
XTPAXTPCC
XTCE025C10_
XTCE032C10_
XTPAXFA11
XTPAXFA11
1
XTSC Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor 1
XTSC016DC_ 10–16 XTPR016DC1 2 XTCE018C10_ XTPAXFA1
XTSC025DC_ 16–25 XTPR025DC1 2 XTCE025C10_ XTPAXFA11 1
2
1
XTSC032DC_ 25–32 XTPR032DC1 XTCE032C10_ XTPAXFA11
XTSC Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
XTSC040DD_ 32–40 XTPR040DC1 XTPAXTPCD 3 XTCE040D00_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTSC058DD_ 50–58 XTPR058DC1 XTPAXTPCD 3 XTCE065D00_ XTPAXFA11 1
Notes
1
1
2 The connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the XTCE…C_ contactor will be made with flexible wire and mounted to the DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD).
3 The reversing connection between the XTPR…DC1 and the (2) XTCE…C_ contactors will be accomplished by using the non-reversing combination connection kit (XTPAXTPCD),
Frame D reversing link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE). 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

XTSR Reversing Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)—Component Bill of Material

1 Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor
1 Assembled Manual
FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload
Manual Motor Combination Manual Motor Protector
Motor Controller 1 Release—Ir (Amps) Protector Connection Kit Contactor 1 Auxiliary Contact
1 XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
1 XTSRP16BB_ 0.1–0.16 XTPRP16BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11

XTSRP25BB_ 0.16–0.25 XTPRP25BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11
1 XTSRP40BB_ 0.25–0.4 XTPRP40BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11

XTSRP63BB_ 0.4–0.63 XTPRP63BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11
1 XTSR001BB_ 0.63–1 XTPR001BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTSR1P6BB_ 1–1.6 XTPR1P6BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11
XTSR2P5BB_ 1.6–2.5 XTPR2P5BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11

XTSR6P3BB_ 4–6.3 XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11
XTSR012BB_ 8–12 XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCRB (2) XTCE012B01_ XTPAXFA11
1 XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
1 XTSR016BC_
XTSR020BC_
10–16
16–20
XTPR016BC1
XTPR020BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
XTPAXTPCRC
(2) XTCE018C01
(2) XTCE025C01_
XTPAXFA11
XTPAXFA11
1 XTSR025BC_ 20–25 XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCRC (2) XTCE025C01_ XTPAXFA11

XTSR032BC_ 25–32 XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCRC (2) XTCE032C01_ XTPAXFA11
1 XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTSR016DC_ 10–16 XTPR016DC1 2 (2) XTCE018C01 XTPAXFA11
1 XTSR025DC_ 16–25 XTPR025DC1 2 (2) XTCE025C01_ XTPAXFA11
1 XTSR032DC_ 25–32 XTPR032DC1 2 (2) XTCE032C01_ XTPAXFA11

XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
1 XTSR040DD_ 32–40 XTPR040DC1 3 (2) XTCE040D00_ XTPAXFA11

XTSR050DD_ 40–50 XTPR050DC1 3 (2) XTCE050D00_ XTPAXFA11
1 XTSR058DD_ 50–58 XTPR058DC1 3 (2) XTCE065D00_ XTPAXFA11
3
1
XTSR063DD_ 55–65 XTPR063DC1 (2) XTCE065D00_ XTPAXFA11
Notes
1 1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-198.
1 Frame D reversing link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE).
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
XTFC Non-Reversing Combination Motor Controllers—Component Bill of Material
Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor + Line Side Adapter
1
Assembled
Combination
FLA Adjustment Range/
Overload Release—Ir
Line Side Manual Motor Combination Manual Motor Protector
1
Motor Controller 1 (Amps) Adapter Protector Connection Kit Contactor 1 Auxiliary Contact
XTFC Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1
1
XTFCP16BB_ 2 0.1–0.16 XTPAXLSA XTPRP16BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFCP40BB_ 2 0.25–0.4 XTPAXLSA XTPRP40BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC001BB_ 2 0.63–1 XTPAXLS XTPR001BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC1P6BB_ 2
1
1–1.6 XTPAXLSA XTPR1P6BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC2P5BB_ 2 1.6–2.5 XTPAXLSA XTPR2P5BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC004BB_ 2 2.5–4 XTPAXLSA XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTFC6P3BB_ 4–6.3 XTPAXLSA XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE007B10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC010BB_ 6.3–10 XTPAXLSA XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE009B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC012BB_ 8–12 XTPAXLSA XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE012B10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC016BB_ 10–16 XTPAXLSA XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCB XTCE015B10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFC6P3BC_ 2 4–6.3 XTPAXLSA XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE018C10_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTFC010BC_ 2 6.3–10 XTPAXLSA XTPR010BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE018C10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC012BC_ 2 8–12 XTPAXLSA XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE018C10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC016BC_ 2 10–16 XTPAXLSA XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE018C10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC020BC_ 16–20 XTPAXLSA XTPR020BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE025C10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC025BC_ 20–25 XTPAXLSA XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE025C10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC032BC_ 25–32
XTFC Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTPAXLSA XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCC XTCE032C10_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTFC016DC_ 10–16 XTPAXLSAD XTPR016DC1 3 XTCE018C10_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC025DC_ 16–25 XTPAXLSAD XTPR025DC1 3 XTCE025C10_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC032DC_ 25–32 XTPAXLSAD XTPR032DC1 3 XTCE032C10_ XTPAXFA11 1
1
XTFC Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
XTFC016DD_ 2 10–16 XTPAXLSAD XTPR016DC1 XTPAXTPCD XTCE040D00_ XTPAXFA11
1
XTFC040DD_ 2 32–40 XTPAXLSAD XTPR040DC1 XTPAXTPCD 4 XTCE040D00_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTFC050DD_ 2 40–50 XTPAXLSAD XTPR050DC1 XTPAXTPCD 4 XTCE050D00_ XTPAXFA11
XTFC058DD_ 2 50–58 XTPAXLSAD XTPR058DC1 XTPAXTPCD 4 XTCE065D00_ XTPAXFA11 1
XTPAXTPCD 4
XTFC063DD_ 55–65 XTPAXLSAD XTPR063DC1 XTCE065D00_ XTPAXFA11
1
Notes
2 Indicates Type E with contactor UL 508 combination. Not all XTFC part numbers feature UL 508 Type E with contactor combinations.
1
1
Frame D reversing link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE).
1
Note: Type E UL 508 combinations can be assembled in the field and DO NOT require the manual motor protector auxiliary contact XTPAXFA11.
The connection can also be wired and does not require use of the XT connector.
1
1
1
1
1

XTFR Reversing Combination Motor Controllers—Component Bill of Material

1 Factory Assembled Manual Motor Protector + Contactor + Line Side Adapter
1 Assembled Combination
FLA Adjustment Range/
Overload Release—Ir
Line Side Manual Motor Combination Manual Motor Protector
Motor Controller 1 (Amps) Adapter Protector Connection Kit Contactor 1 Auxiliary Contact
1 XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
1 XTFRP16BB_ 2 0.1–0.16 XTPAXLSA XTPRP16BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11

XTFRP25BB_ 2 0.16–0.25 XTPAXLSA XTPRP25BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFRP40BB_ 2 0.25–0.4 XTPAXLSA XTPRP40BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11

XTFRP63BB_ 2 0.4–0.63 XTPAXLSA XTPRP63BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR001BB_ 2 0.63–1 XTPAXLSA XTPR001BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
2 3
1
XTFR1P6BB_ 1–1.6 XTPAXLSA XTPR1P6BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ XTPAXFA11
XTFR2P5BB_ 2 1.6–2.5 XTPAXLSA XTPR2P5BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR004BB_ 2 2.5–4 XTPAXLSA XTPR004BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11

XTFR6P3BB_ 4–6.3 XTPAXLSA XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE007B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR010BB_ 6.3–10 XTPAXLSA XTPR010BC XTPAXTPCRB XTCE009B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
XTFR012BB_ 8–12 XTPAXLSA XTPR012BC1 XTPAXTPCRB XTCE012B01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
1 XTFR6P3BC_ 2
XTFR010BC_ 2
4–6.3
6.3–10
XTPAXLSA
XTPAXLSA
XTPR6P3BC1
XTPR103BC1
XTPAXTPCRC
XTPAXTPCRC
XTCE018C10_ 3
XTCE018C10_ 3
XTPAXFA11
XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR012BC_ 2 8–12 XTPAXLSA XTPR123BC1 XTPAXTPCRC XTCE018C10_ 3 XTPAXFA11

XTFR016BC_ 2 10–16 XTPAXLSA XTPR016BC1 XTPAXTPCRC XTCE018C01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR020BC_ 16–20 XTPAXLSA XTPR020BC1 XTPAXTPCRC XTCE025C01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
XTFR025BC_ 20–25 XTPAXLSA XTPR025BC1 XTPAXTPCRC XTCE025C01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR032BC_ 25–32 XTPAXLSA XTPR032BC1 XTPAXTPCRC XTCE032C01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor

3
XTFR016DC_ 10–16 XTPAXLSAD XTPR016DC1 XTCE018C01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR025DC_ 16–25 XTPAXLSAD XTPR025DC1 3

XTCE025C01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
XTFR032DC_ 25–32 XTPAXLSAD XTPR032DC1 3 XTCE032C01_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
XTFR016DD_ 2 3 XTCE040D00_ 3
1
10–16 XTPAXLSAD XTPR016DC1 XTPAXFA11
XTFR025DD_ 2 16–25 XTPAXLSAD XTPR025DC1 3 XTCE040D00_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR026DD_ 2 25–32 XTPAXLSAD XTPR032DC1 3
4
XTCE040D00_ 3 XTPAXFA11
XTFR040DD_ 2 32–40 XTPAXLSAD XTPR040DC1 XTCE040D00_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR050DD_ 2 40–50 XTPAXLSAD XTPR050DC1 4 XTCE050D00_ 3 XTPAXFA11
XTFR058DD_ 2 50–58 XTPAXLSAD XTPR058DC1 4 XTCE065D00_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 XTFR063DD_ 55–65 XTPAXLSAD XTPR063DC1 4 XTCE065D00_ 3 XTPAXFA11
1 Notes
1
2 Indicates Type E with contactor UL 508 combination. Not all XTFR part numbers feature UL 508 Type E with contactor combinations.
1 Frame D reversing link kit (XTCEXRLD), additional DIN rail adapter plate (XTPAXTPCPD) and DIN adapter connection element (XTPAXCNE).
1 Note: Type E UL 508 combinations can be assembled in the field and DO NOT require the manual motor protector auxiliary contact XTPAXFA11.
The connection can also be wired and does not require use of the XT connector.
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Manual Motor Controllers Short-Circuit Ratings for UL/CSA Group Installations
XTSC and XTSR Manual Motor Controllers (MMC)
1
FLA Adjustment
Group Installation, UL/CSA
Max. rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit Maximum Upstream Protective Device
1
Assembled Controller 1 Ratings (kA/kA with Current Limiter) (A/A with Current Limiter)
1
Range/Overload Short-Circuit
Release— Release— Maximum Fuse Maximum Circuit
Non-Reversing Reversing Ir (Amps) Irm (Amps) 240V 480Y/277V 600Y/347V 600V Breaker 600V
XTSC and XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1
XTSCP16BB_ XTSRP16BB_ 0.1–0.16 2.2 65 65 50 600 600
XTSCP25BB_ XTSRP25BB_ 0.16–0.25 3.5 65 65 50 600 600
1
XTSCP40BB_ XTSRP40BB_ 0.25–0.4 5.6 65 65 50 600 600
1
XTSCP63BB_ XTSRP63BB_ 0.4–0.36 8.82 65 65 50 600 600
XTSC001BB_ XTSR001BB_ 0.36–1 14.0 65 65 50 600 600 1
XTSC1P6BB_ XTSR1P6BB_ 1–1.6 22.4 65 65 50 600 600
XTSC2P5BB_ XTSR2P5BB_ 1.6–2. 5 35 65 65 50 600 1
1
XTSC004BB_ XTSR004BB_ 2.5–4 56 65 65 50 600 600
XTSC6P3BB_ XTSR6P3BB_ 4–6.3 88.2 65 65 50 600 600
XTSC010BB_ XTSR010BB_ 6.3–10 140 65 65 22 10/600 15/600
1
XTSC012BB_ XTSR012BB_ 8–12 168 65 65 22 10/600 15/600
XTSC and XTSR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor 1
XTSC016BC_ XTSR016BC_ 10–16 224 42 42 50 10/600 15/600
XTSC020BC_ XTSR020BC_ 16–20 280 18 18 18 10/600 15/600 1
XTSC025BC_
XTSC032BC_
XTSR025BC_
XTSR032BC_
20–25
25–32
350
448
18
18
18
18
18
18
10/600
10/600
15/600
15/600
1
XTSC and XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor 1
XTSC016DC_ XTSR016DC_ 10–16 224 65 65 22 600 600
XTSC025DC_ XTSR025DC_ 16–25 350 65 65 22 600 600 1
XTSC032DC_ XTSR032DC_ 25–32 448 65 65 22 600 600
XTSC and XTSR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
1
XTSC040DD_ XTSR040DD_ 32–40 560 65 65 22 600 600
1
XTSC050DD_ XTSR050DD_ 40–50 700 65 65 22 600 600
XTSC058DD_ XTSR058DD_ 50–58 812 65 65 22 — — 1
XTSC063DD_ XTSR063DD_ 58–63 882 65 65 — — —
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Combination Motor Controllers (Line Side Adapter + Manual Motor Protector + Contactor)
1 UL 508 Type F Self-Protected
1 XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type F

Assembled Controller 1 UL 508 Type F Application 2
1 FLA Adjustment
Range/Overload Short-Circuit Max. rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit Ratings (kA)
Maximum Upstream
Protective Device (A) 2
1
1
XTFC and XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor
XTFCP16BB_ XTFRP16BB_ 0.1–0.16 2.2 65 65 18 Not required Not required
1 XTFCP25BB_ XTFRP25BB_ 0.16–0.25 3.5 65 65 18 Not required Not required

XTFCP40BB_ XTFRP40BB_ 0.25–0.4 5.6 65 65 18 Not required Not required
1 XTFCP63BB_ XTFRP40BB_ 0.4–0.63 8.82 65 65 18 Not required Not required
XTFC001BB_ XTFRP63BB_ 0.63–1 14 65 65 18 Not required Not required
1 XTFC1P6BB_ XTFR1P6BB_ 1–1.6 22.4 65 65 18 Not required Not required
1 XTFC2P5BB_
XTFC001BB_
XTFR2P5BB_
XTFR004BB_
1.6–2.5
2.5–4.0
35
56
65
65
65
65
18
18
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
1 XTFC6P3BB_ XTFR6P3BB_ 4.0–6.3 88.2 65 65 18 Not required Not required

XTFC010BB_ XTFR010BB_ 6.3–10 140 65 65 18 Not required Not required
1 XTFC012BB_ XTFR012BB_ 8–12 168 65 65 18 Not required Not required
XTFC016BB_ — 10–16 224 18 18 — Not required Not required
1 XTFC and XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
1 XTFC016BC_ 3
XTFC020BC_
XTFR016BC_ 3
XTFR020BC_
10–16
16–20
224
280
18
18
18
18
—
—
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
1 XTFC025BC_ XTFR025BC_ 20–25 350 18 18 — Not required Not required

XTFC032BC_ XTFR032BC_ 25–32 448 18 18 — Not required Not required
1 XTFC and XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame C Contactor
1
XTFC016DC_ XTFR016DC_ 10–16 224 65 65 30 Not required Not required
XTFC025DC_ XTFR025DC_ 16–25 350 65 65 30 Not required Not required
1 XTFC032DC_ XTFR032DC_ 25–32 448 65 65 50 Not required Not required

XTFC and XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor
1 XTFC040DD_ XTFR040DD_ 32–40 560 65 65 50 Not required Not required
XTFC050DD_ XTFR050DD_ 40–50 700 65 65 — Not required Not required
1 XTFC058DD_ XTFR058DD_ 50–58 812 65 65 — Not required Not required
1 XTFC063DD_ XTFR063DD_ 55–65 882 65 65 — Not required Not required
Notes
1 1 Underscore (_) indicates magnetic coil suffix required. See Page V5-T1-198.
2 For UL 508 Type F applications, the combination motor controller assembly does not require a dedicated upstream protective device in the panel,
1
thus a maximum rating is not required.
3 For 65 kA UL rating, use Type E rating with contactor.
1 Note: A Type F combination motor controller consists of a Type E manual self-protected motor controller and a magnetic motor controller.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Combination Motor Controllers Short-Circuit Ratings for UL 508 Type E Application
XTFC and XTFR Combination Motor Controllers (CMC), UL 508 Type F/Type E
1
FLA Adjustment
UL 508 Type F Application
Max. rms Symmetrical Short-Circuit Maximum Upstream
1
Assembled Controller 1 Ratings (kA) Protective Device (A) 2
1
Range/Overload Short-Circuit
XTFC and XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame B Contactor 1
XTFCP16BB_ XTFRP16BB_ 0.1–0.16 2.2 65 65 — Not required Not required
1
1
XTFC001BB_ XTFR001BB_ 0.63–1 14 65 65 — Not required Not required 1
XTFC1P6BB_ XTFR1P6BB_ 1–1.6 22.4 65 65 — Not required Not required
XTFC2P5BB_ XTFR2P5BB_ 1.6–2.5 35 65 65 — Not required Not required 1
1
XTFC004BB_ XTFR004BB_ 2.5–4 56 65 65 — Not required Not required
XTFC and XTFR Frame B MMP + Frame C Contactor
XTFC6P3BC_ XTFR6P3BC_ 4–6.3 88.2 65 65 — Not required Not required
1
XTFC010BC_ XTFR010BC_ 6.3–10 140 65 65 — Not required Not required
XTFC012BC_ XTFR012BC_ 8–12 168 65 65 — Not required Not required 1
XTFC016BC_ XTFR016BC_ 10–16 224 65 65 — Not required Not required
XTFC and XTFR Frame D MMP + Frame D Contactor 1
XTFC016DD_
XTFC025DD_
XTFR016DD_
XTFR025DD_
10–16
16–25
224
350
65
65
65
65
—
—
Not required
Not required
Not required
Not required
1
XTFC032DD_ XTFR032DD_ 25–32 448 65 65 — Not required Not required 1
XTFC050DD_ XTFR050DD_ 40–50 700 65 65 — Not required Not required 1
1
Notes
1
2 For UL 508 Type E applications, the assembly does not require a dedicated upstream protective device in the panel, thus a maximum rating is not required.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Dimensions
1 XTSC…BB_
1 32.5 [1.28]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
178.5
[7.03]
1
1
49.7 [1.96]
1 To Terminals
1 95.7 45
[3.77] [1.77]
1
1 XTSR…BB_
32.5 [1.28]
1 To Terminals
1
1
1
1
183.4
1 [7.22]
1
1
49.7 [1.96]
1 To Terminals
1 95.3 90.3
[3.75] [3.55]
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XTSC…BC_
Mounting Holes 57.5 [2.26]
1
for M4 Screws To Terminals
or #8 Screws
(4 Places)
1
1
1
1
1
210.8 [8.30] 228.8 235.7 1
Mounting [9.01] [9.28]
1
1
86.8 1
[3.42]
1
To Terminals
9 [.35] 1
45.2
1
34 124.3
[1.34] [4.89] [1.78]
1
XTSR…BC_
Mounting Holes for 1
M4 Screws or #8 Screws 57.5 [2.26]
(4 Places) To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
210.8 [8.30] 228.8 235.4
1
Mounting [9.01] [9.27]
1
1
86.8 [3.42]
1
To
Terminals 1
9 [.35]
1
34
[1.34]
124.3
[4.89]
89.6
[3.53] 1
45
79
[1.77]
5.3
1
[3.11] [.21]
1


1
XTSC…DD_
1 Mounting Holes for 196 [7.72]
M5 Screws or #10 Screws 83.4 [3.28]
1 (4 Places) To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
1 266 [10.47] 284
Mounting
1
[11.18]
1
1 142.8
[5.62]
1 To Coil
Terminals
1
1
9 [.35]
1 158.5
[6.24] 55 [2.17]
1 43.4 [1.71]
Mounting
172.1 [6.78]
To Optional Aux. Contacts
1
XTFC…BB_
1 36.3 [1.43]
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
209.2
1 [8.24]
1
1
1 49.7 [1.96]
To Terminals
1
1 95.7 [3.77] 45 [1.77]

1.1
1
XTFR…BB_
36.3 [1.43]
1
To Terminals
1
1
1
1
1
214.2
[8.43]
1
1
1
1
49.7 [1.96]
To Terminals
1
95.3 90.3 1
[3.75] [3.55]
1
XTFC…BC_
1
34 [1.34]
Mounting 61.3 [2.41]
To Terminals 1
Mounting Holes
for M4 Screws
1
or #8 Screws
(4 Places)
1
1
1
1
266.7 1
[10.50]
210.8 [8.30]
Mounting
235.7
228.8 [9.28]
[9.01]
1
1
1
86.8 [3.42] 1
To Terminals
1
9 [.35] 1
124.3
1
45.2
[4.89] [1.78]


1
XTFR…BC_
1 61.3 [2.41]
To Terminals
1
Mounting Holes for
1 M4 Screws or #8 Screws
(8 Places)
1
1
1
266.4
1 [10.49]
235.4
1
210.8 [9.27]
[8.30]
228.8
[9.01]
1
1
1 86.8 [3.42]
To Terminals
1
9 [.35]
1 34 [1.34] 124.3 [4.89] 89.6 [3.53]
45 [1.77]
1 79 [3.11] 5.3 [.21]
1 XTFC…DD_
86 [3.39]
1 Mounting Holes for
M5 Screws or #10 Screws
To Line Side
Connector
(4 Places)
1
1
1
1
1
297
1 266 [10.47]
[11.69]
Mounting 284
1 [11.18]
1
1 142.8
[5.62]
To Coil
1 Terminals
1
1 9 [.35]
158.5 [6.24]
1
43.4 [1.71] 55 [2.17]
Mounting 172.1 [6.78] To Optional Aux. Contacts

1.1
Contents
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector
Description Page
1
Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-3 1
Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-35 1
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-143 1
Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-193 1
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-220
V5-T1-221
1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-223
V5-T1-229
1
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-231
V5-T1-232
1
1
1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Protector 1
Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 1
The XT Electronic Manual Advanced Trip Unit Diagnostics Data
● CE approved
1
●
Motor Protector provides the ● UL Listed File No. E36332
same functionality as the XT
● Overload fault
● UL 508 group motor and
Cause of trip
1
●
thermal manual motor Type E
protector, but with an added (overcurrent or short
circuit) ● IEC/EN 60947
level of flexibility and
selectability. The XTPE ● Phase loss ● CSA File 012528, 1
incorporates electronic Class 3211-05
1
● Trip via TEST
control technology to enable
more options and larger dial ● Status Messages
setting ranges. The trip units
are interchangeable, allowing In addition to the selectability,
● Control unit type 1
the XTPE is also available ● Overload setting
users to exchange as needed
using the same base. The with an advanced trip unit ● Time-lag 1
reduced number of part that can communicate ● Switching status
numbers decreases bill of system data and protector
data thru SmartWire-DT. XTPE Electronic MMP
1
material complexity while
reducing inventory demands. SmartWire-DT is an
innovative cost effective
1
The XTPE electronic manual
connection technology that
motor protector includes the
following features: enables quick installation of 1
control wiring to the starter
● 4:1 max to min overcurrent through a single green cable. The XTPE Electronic MMP 1
dial setting range When on SmartWire-DT, the provides the selectability,
● Selectable trip class (5, 10, XTPE can communicate the
following:
control, and insight options 1
15, 20) that give panel builders and
● Interchangeable trip units ● Current Values
OEMs the solutions
necessary to enhance motor
1
● Three base units (12, 32 ● Maximum phase current control designs while
and 65A) ● Overload warning reducing total costs. 1
● Common accessories with
the XTPR 1
1
1
1
1


1
XT—Manual Motor Protector
1
XT PE 004 B CS
1
1
Designation Trip Type
XT = XT line of IEC control Type CS = Standard
PE = Electronic MMP Overload Release MMP Frame CA = Advanced (SmartWire-DT)
1 1P2 = 0.3–1.2A
004 = 1–4A
B = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
1
012 = 3–12A
032 = 8–32A
065 = 16–65A
1
1 XT—Combinations
1 XT FCE 004 B C CS A
1 Designation Coil Voltage
1 XT = XT line of IEC control Type

FCE = Electronic
A
B
=
=
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
combination motor F = 230V 50 Hz
1 controller T
TD
=
=
24V 50/60 Hz
24 Vdc
1 Overload Release MMP Frame Contactor Frame Trip Type

1P2 = 0.3–1.2A B = 45 mm C = 45 mm CS = Selectable class 5, 10, 15, 20
1 004 = 1–4A CA = Selectable, advanced
012 = 3–12A
1 032 = 8–32A
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Product Selection
1
1
B Frame MMP Base
IEC 1
UL/CSA Maximum Motor kW Ratings
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings 220V 380V Base Unit 1
Maximum 230V 400V 600V
Amperage 200V 240V 480V 600V 240V 415V 440V 500V 690V Type Number Catalog Number
1
12 3 3 7.5 10 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 PKE12 XTPE012B
32 5 7.5 15 20 7.5 15 15 18.5 30 PKE32 XTPE032B 1
65 15 15 40 40 18.5 30 37 45 55 PKE65 XTPE065D
1
1
B Frame MMP Trip Units
IEC
Overload For Use with

UL/CSA
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings
Maximum Motor kW Ratings
220V 380V Trip Unit
1
Release Setting Base Catalog 230V 400V 600V
Amp Range Number 200V 240V 480V 600V 240V 415V 440V 500V 690V Type Number Catalog Number 1
1 1
0.3–1.2 XTPE012B 0.5 0.5 0.18 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.75 PKE-XTU-1,2 XTPEXT1P2B
1–4 XTPE012B 0.75 0.75 2 3 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 PKE-XTU-4 XTPEXT004B
1
3–12 XTPE012B 3 3 7.5 10 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 PKE-XTU-12 XTPEXT012B
1
XTPE032B
8–32 XTPE032B 5 7.5 15 20 7.5 15 15 18.5 30 PKE-XTU-32 XTPEXT032B 1
8–32 XTPE065D 7.5 7.5 20 25 7.5 15 15 18.5 30 PKE-XTUW-32 XTPEXT032D
16–65 XTPE065D 15 15 40 40 18.5 30 37 45 55 PKE-XTU-65 XTPEXT065D 1
MMP Advanced Trip Units Used with SmartWire-DT
1
B Frame
UL/CSA
IEC
1
Overload
Release Setting
For Use with
Base Catalog
Maximum Three-Phase hp Ratings 220V
230V
380V
400V 600V
Trip Unit
1
Amp Range Number 200V 240V 480V 600V 240V 415V 440V 500V 690V Type Number Catalog Number
0.3–1.2 XTPE012B 1 1
0.5 0.5 0.18 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.75 PKE-XTUA-1,2 XTPEXTA1P2B 1
1–4
3–12
XTPE012B
XTPE012B
0.75
3
0.75
3
2
7.5
3
10
0.75
3
1.5
5.5
1.5
5.5
2.2
5.5
3
7.5
PKE-XTUA-4
PKE-XTUA-12
XTPEXTA004B
XTPEXTA012B
1
XTPE032B 1
8–32 XTPE032B 5 7.5 15 20 7.5 15 15 18.5 30 PKE-XTUA-32 XTPEXTA032B
8–32 XTPE065D 7.5 7.5 20 25 7.5 15 15 18.5 30 PKE-XTUWA-32 XTPEXTA032D 1
16–65 XTPE065D 15 15 40 40 18.5 30 37 45 55 PKE-XTUA-65 XTPEXTA065D
1
D Frame MMP Complete Assembly
IEC
1
Overload
UL/CSA
220V 380V Complete Manual Motor Protector
1
1
Release Setting 230V 400V 600V
Amp Range 200V 240V 480V 600V 240V 415V 440V 500V 690V Type Number Catalog Number
1 1
1
0.3–1.2 0.5 0.5 0.18 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.75 PKE12/XTU-1,2 XTPE1P2BCS
1–4 0.75 0.75 2 3 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 PKE12/XTU-4 XTPE004BCS
3–12 3 3 7.5 10 3 5.5 5.5 5.5 7.5 PKE12/XTU-12 XTPE012BCS
1
8–32 5 7.5 15 20 7.5 15 15 18.5 30 PKE32/XTU-32 XTPE032BCS
8–32 7.5 7.5 20 25 7.5 15 15 18.5 30 PKE65/XTUW-32 XTPE032DCS 1
16–65 15 15 40 40 18.5 30 37 45 55 PKE65/XTU-65 XTPE065DCS
Note
1
1
1 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6 (A) (1).

MMP Used with SmartWire-DT—Complete Assembly

1 B Frame
IEC
1 Overload
UL/CSA
Maximum Motor hp Ratings
220V 380V Complete Manual Motor Protector
Release Setting 230V 400V 600V
1 Amp Range 200V 230V 460V 575V 240V 415V 440V 500V 690V Type Number Catalog Number
0.3–1.2 1 1 0.5 0.5 0.18 0.37 0.37 0.37 0.75 PKE12/XTUA-1,2 XTPE1P2BCA
1 1–4 0.75 0.75 2 3 0.75 1.5 1.5 2.2 3 PKE12/XTUA-4 XTPE004BCA
1 3–12
8–32
3
5
3
7.5
7.5
15
10
20
3
7.5
5.5
15
5.5
15
5.5
18.5
7.5
30
PKE12/XTUA-12
PKE32/XTUA-32
XTPE012BCA
XTPE032BCA
1
1 UL 508 Type E XT Electronic Combination Motor Controllers—Complete Assembly Including Trip Unit
1
1 B Frame B Frame Electronic MMP with C Frame Contactor
UL/CSA
1 Overload
Release Setting
380Y/ 480Y/ 600Y/
Maximum Single-Phase hp Ratings
Catalog Number Catalog Number
1
Amp Range 200V 240V 415V 277V 347V 115V 200V 240V Standard With SmartWire-DT
0.3–1.2 1 1 1 1 0.5 1 1 1 XTFCE1P2BCCS_ 3 XTFCE1P2BCCATD 3
1 1–4 0.75 0.75 1.5 2 — 0.125 0.25 0.33 XTFCE004BCCS_ 4 XTFCE004BCCATD 4

3–12 3 3 5 7.5 — 0.5 1 1.5 XTFCE012BCCS_ 4 XTFCE012BCCATD 4
1 8–32 5 5 10 15 — 1.5 3 3 XTFCE032BCCS_ 4 XTFCE032BCCATD 4
1
1
1 Notes
1 In this range, calculate motor rating according to rated current. Specified values to NEC 430.6 (A) (1).
2 Complete the catalog number by replacing the underscore (_) with the coil suffix from Page V5-T1-245.
1 3 SCCR: 14 kA, 600 Vac

4 SCCR: 18 kA, 480 Vac
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Accessories
1
Auxiliary Contacts
1
XTPAXSA_ Side-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact
Configuration Contact Sequence
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
1
1NO-1NC
L1 L2 L3
1.13 1.21 5 XTPAXSA11 1
1
XTPAXSA11
1.14 1.22
1
1NO-2NC 1.13 1.21 1.31 5 XTPAXSA12
1
L1 L2 L3
XTPAXSA12
1.14 1.22 1.32

1
2NO-1NC
L1 L2 L3
1.13 1.21 1.33 5 XTPAXSA21 1
XTPAXSA21
1
1
1.14 1.22 1.34
Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and
manual transformer protectors (XTPT) and can be combined with XTPAXSATR_ and
XTPAXFA_ trip indicating auxiliary contact.
1
1
XTPAXFA11 Front-Mount Auxiliary Contacts
Contact Pkg. Screw Terminal
1
Qty. 1
1
Configuration Contact Sequence Catalog Number
1NO-1NC 1.53 1.61 5 XTPAXFA11
L1 L2 L3
XTPAXFA11 1
1.54 1.62 1
Can be fitted to manual motor protectors (XTPB, XTPR, XTPM) and manual 1
transformer protectors (XTPT). 45 mm (XTPR…B and XTPB) or 55 mm (XTPR…D)
widths of manual motor protectors remain unchanged. 1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Side-Mount Trip Indicating Auxiliary Contacts

1 XTPAXSATR_
Contact Pkg. For Use
1 2 x 1NO “+” “ ” 2 XTPE XTPAXSATR20
4.43 4.13
1
1 4.44 4.14
1 On/Off
1
L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
Trip “+”
1
L1L2 L3
1
“+”
“ >”
2 x 1NC “+” “ ” 2 XTPE XTPAXSATR02

1 4.31 4.21
1
1
4.32 4.22
On/Off
1 L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
1 Trip “+”
1 L1L2 L3
“+”
“ >”
1 Can be fitted on the right side of manual motor protectors. Can be combined with
standard auxiliary contacts. Trip indication: A. General trip indication (overload) B.
1 Short-circuit trip. Local short-circuit indication by red indicator, manually resettable.
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
Shunt Release Undervoltage Release
XTPAXSR_
Pkg. Screw Terminal
XTPAXUVR_
Pkg. Screw Terminal 1
Qty. 1 Catalog Number Qty. 1 Catalog Number
2 XTPAXSR24V50H 2 XTPAXUVR24V50H 1
2
2
XTPAXSR48V50H
XTPAXSR110V50H
2
2
XTPAXUVR24V60H
XTPAXUVR48V50H
1
Contact Sequence
C1
2 XTPAXSR120V60H Contact Sequence 2 XTPAXUVR60V50H 1
D1
2 XTPAXSR240V50H
U
2 XTPAXUVR220V50H
1
C2 D2
1
1
1
2 XTPAXSR110VDC
Can be used to trip the manual motor protector from a remote 1
2 XTPAXSR125VDC location. Can be fitted on left side manual motor protectors.
2 XTPAXSR220VDC Cannot be combined with XTPAXSR. When combined with a 1
circuit breaker, it can be used as emergency-stop device to
2 XTPAXSR250VDC
IEC/EN 60204. 1
Can be used to trip the manual motor protector from a remote Note
location. Can be fitted on the left side of manual motor 1 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed. 1
protectors. Cannot be combined with the XTPAXUVR. DC:
Intermittent operation 5 sec.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

IP65 Rotary Handle Mechanism 123

1 Enclosure Pkg.
Description Rating Qty. 4 Catalog Number
1 XTPAXRHM_ Complete Kits—Includes Handle, Shaft and Required Hardware
1 Rotary handle mechanism—black 5 IP65

NEMA 12
1 XTPEXRHMB
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow 6 1 XTPEXRHMRY
UL/CSA 4X
1 Rotary handle mechanism—black—rotated 90° from vertical 5 1 XTPEXRHM90B
Rotary handle mechanism—red/yellow—rotated 90° from vertical 6 1 XTPEXRHM90RY
1
Three-Phase Commoning Links 7
1 Qty. Length of Unit Pkg.
For Use with… MMP Link (mm) Width (mm) Qty. 4 Catalog Number
1 MMP with no side-mounted 2 90 45 10 XTPAXCLKA2
auxiliaries or voltage releases
1 3 135 45 10 XTPAXCLKA3
1 4 180 45 10 XTPAXCLKA4
1 5 225 45 10 XTPAXCLKA5
1 Each MMP with one auxiliary 2 99 45 + 9 10 XTPAXCLKB2

contact or trip-indicating auxiliary
1 contact fitted on the right
3 153 45 + 9 10 XTPAXCLKB3
1 4 207 45 + 9 10 XTPAXCLKB4
1 5 261 45 + 9 10 XTPAXCLKB5
1 Each MMP with an auxiliary

contact and trip-indicating
2 108 45 + 18 10 XTPAXCLKC2
1
auxiliary contact mounted on
the right or a voltage release
mounted on the left.
1 For parallel power feed to several manual motor protectors on terminals
1, 3 and 5.
1
Shroud for Unused Terminals of Three-Phase Commoning Links
1 XTPAXUTS
Pkg.
For Use with… Description Qty. 4 Catalog Number
1 Frame B To cover unused terminals on three-phase 20 XTPAXUTS
XTPE commoning link. Protected against direct contact.
1
Incoming Terminals for Three-Phase
1 XTPAXIT
Commoning Link 8
Pkg.
1 For Use with… Qty. 4 Catalog Number
Frame B XTPE 5 XTPAXIT
1 Notes
1
1 Plug-in connection shafts, XTPAXRHMSFT_ can be cut to desired length for mounting depths of 100–240 mm. Carrier
with extension shaft included.

2 With ON/OFF switch position and “+” (tripped), lockable with 3 padlocks, 4–8 mm hasp. Can be locked in the
1 OFF position, if required.

3 Rotary handle mechanisms ship with door interlock disabled. See instruction publication with product for how to
1 enable door interlock.

5 For use on main switches to IEC/EN 60204.
1 6 For use on main switches with emergency-stop function to IEC/EN 60204.

7 Protected against accidental contact. Frame B short-circuit proof Ue = 690V, I = 63A. Frame B links can be combined by
u
1 rotating mounting.
8 For three-phase commoning link, protected against accidental contact, U = 690V, I = 63A;
e u
For conductor cross-sections: 2.5–25 mm2 stranded; 2.5–16 mm2 flexible with ferrules, AWG 14-6.
1

1.1
1
Non-Reversing Starters
Std. 1
XTPAXTPCB XTPR…B + XTCE…B Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor 1 XTPAXTPCB 1
Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables 1
1
XTPAXEMC_ XTPR…B + XTCE…B Mechanical and electrical connection for XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXEMCB 1
1
1
XTPAXTPCD XTPR…D + XTCE…D DIN rail adapter plate
Main current wiring between XTPR and contactor
1 XTPAXTPCD
1
1
1
1
Reversing Starters 1
1
Std.
XTPAXTPCRB
1
XTPE…B + XTCE…B01_ Mechanical connection element for XTPR…B and contactor 1 XTPAXTPCRB
Reversing starter main current wiring in toolless plug connection 1
Control cables for electrical interlocking in toolless plug connection:
– K1M: A1–K2M: 21
1
1
– K1M: 21–K2M: A1
– K1M: A2–K2M: A2 1
Cable guidance 1
Use contactor auxiliary switch XTCEXFAT_. Control cable guidance: max. six cables 1
XTPAXTPCRC XTPE…B + XTCE…C DIN rail adapter plate 1 XTPAXTPCRC 1
Reversing starter main current wiring 1
1
1
1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Electrical Connection Module

1 XTPAXECM_
Std.
1 XTPE…B + XTCE…C Main current wiring between XTPR…B and contactor 5 XTPAXECMC
1
1
DIN Rail Adapter Plates
1 For Use with… Description/Comprised of …
Std.
Pack 1 Catalog Number
1 XTPAXTPCPB XTPAXTPCB
XTPAXTPCRB
45 mm wide adapter plate with one DIN rail 4 XTPAXTPCPB
1
1
1
PKE-SWD-32 XTPE…B + SmartWire-DT communication link 1 PKE-SWD-32
1 XTCE…B or C
1
1 Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Controllers
Description Specification XTPE012B XTPE032B XTPE065D 1
General
Standards and regulations IEC/EN 60947-4-1, VDE 0600, UL 508, CSA C 22.2 No. 14
1
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78
1
Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60068-2-30
Ambient temperature 1
Storage –40° to 80°C –40° to 80°C –40° to 80°C
Open –25° to 55°C –25° to 55°C –25° to 55°C 1
Enclosed –25° to 40°C –25° to 40°C –25° to 40°C
Direction of incoming supply Any Any Any 1
Degree of protection Device
Terminals
IP20
IP00
IP20
IP00
IP20
IP00
1
Touch protection
Mechanical shock resistance half-sinusoidal shock, 25g 25g 25g
1
10 ms to IEC 60068-2-27
Altitude Max. 2000m Max. 2000m Max. 2000m
1
Conductor Cross-Sections
1
Screw terminals Solid 1 x (1–6) mm2 1 x (1–6) mm2 1 x (0.75–16) mm2
2 x (1–6) mm2 2 x (1–6) mm2 2 x (0.75–16) mm2 1
Stranded with ferrule 1 x (1–6) mm2 1 x (1–6) mm2 1 x (0.75–35) mm2
to DIN 46228
2 x (1–6) mm2 2 x (1–6) mm2 2 x (0.75–25) mm2 1
1
Solid or stranded 18–10 AWG 18–10 AWG 14–2 AWG
Screw Terminal Tightening Torque
Main conductor 1.7 Nm 1.7 Nm 3.3 Nm
1
Auxiliary conductor 1 Nm 1 Nm 1 Nm
Main Circuit 1
Rated impulse withstand voltage Ump 6,000 Vac 6,000 Vac 6,000 Vac
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 1
1
Rated operational voltage Ue 690V 690V 690V
Rated uninterrupted current = rated output current Iu = Ie 12A 32A 65A
Rated frequency 40–60 Hz 40–60 Hz 40–60 Hz
1
Current heating losses (three-pole at operating 6W 6W 6W
temperature)
Lifespan, mechanical Operations 0.05 x 106 0.05 x 106 0.05 x 106
1
Lifespan, electrical (AC-3 at 400V) Operations 0.05 x 106 0.05 x 106 0.05 x 106
1
Maximum operating frequency Operations/h 60 60 60
Short-Circuit Rating 1
Motor switching capacity AC AC-3 up to 690V 12A 32A 65A
Trip Unit 1
1
Temperature compensation to IEC/EN 60947, VDE 0660 –5° to 40°C –5° to 40°C –5° to 40°C
Operating range –25° to 55°C –25° to 55°C –25° to 55°C
Temperature compensation residual error for T >40°C <0.1%/K <0.1%/K <0.1%/K
1
Overload release setting range 0.25–1 xlu 0.25–1 xlu 0.25–1 xlu
Fixed short-circuit trip setting 12 x lr (trip unit),14 x lu (base) 12 x lr (trip unit),14 x lu (base) 12 x lr (trip unit),14 x lu (base) 1
Short circuit release tolerance ±20% ±20% ±20%
Phase failure sensitivity Yes Yes Yes 1
1
1
1

Trip Characteristics
1
XT Electronic Manual Motor Controllers
1
XTPE …
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Dimensions
XT Electronic MMP—B Frame XT Electronic MMP—D Frame 1
1
4.65 (118.0)
1.77
3.79 (96.2)
(45.0)
1.28
1
(32.5)
3.98 6.30
2.22
(56.5) 1
(101.0) (160.0)
1
0.57 1
4.72 (120.0) (14.5)
0.22 (5.5) 1
5.00 (127.0)
1.38
(35.0)
2.17
(55.0)
6.77 (172.0)
7.36 (187.0)
1
1
XT Electronic CMC With C Frame Contactor
1
5.71 (145.0)
1
4.77 (121.2)
Line Side
Adapter
3.66 (92.9) 1
To Line
Side Adapter
1
1
10.63
1
(269.9)
To Line
Side
1
9.01
1
(228.8) Adapter
1
9.46
(240.3)
1
1
1
1
1.76
(44.6) 1
Mounting
4.87 (123.8) Rail
1
1
1
1
1
1

Contents
1 EMS—Electronic Motor Starter
Description Page
1 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-220
V5-T1-221
1 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-223
V5-T1-229
1 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-231
V5-T1-232
1
1 EMS—Electronic Motor Starter
1 Product Description Applications Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
The electronic motor starter A versatile solution, the EMS
1 (EMS) is the latest technology also supports the following Multifunctional Safety Rated
in safe and efficient motor installation applications: The EMS comes with an Functional safety is growing
1 starting from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector. The EMS is
● Logistics optional reversing start
feature, eliminating the
in importance for the
machinery OEM. The EMS
● Conveyer control need for an additional is rated at SIL3 per IEC 62061
1 a full starter with built-in solid-
state contacts and integral ● Production machines contactor. The optional and PLe per ISO® 13849,
overload protection. Its ● Tooling machines E-stop functionality meeting the most stringent
1 compact size and high- ● Packaging machines eliminates the need for a of safety requirements.
electrical life make it an ideal ● Small elevators separate E-stop contactor.
1 replacement for the
traditional contactor/overload Extended Life
The EMS carries IEC and UL
short-circuit ratings, with
100 kAIC UL short-circuit
1 relay starter configuration. High-electrical life provides
up to 30 million operations.
rating when mated with 30 A
Class J fuse.
1 The EMS is ideal for
customer applications ● UL
requiring multiple motor
1 start/stops per hour.
1 Easy Installation
The EMS comes equipped
1 with push-in terminals for
quick and easy wiring of
1 power and control circuits.
Push-in terminals provide
60% time savings over
1 screw-in terminals and better
contact against vibrations.
1
1
Panel with four traditional Identical panel with four
1 starters installed:
FVNR, FVR, FVNR with
EMS starters installed, producing
the same functionality
E-stop and FVR with E-stop
1
1
1

1.1
1
EMS—Electronic Motor Starter
1
EMS ROS T 2.4 24VDC
1
Device Type Control Voltage 1
EMS = Electronic motor starter 24VDC = 24 Vdc
SWD = SmartWire-DT
1
DO
Configuration/Function
= Non-reversing
Ampere Rating
2.4 = 2.4 A
1
DOS
RO
= Non-reversing with E-stop
= Reversing
9 = 9A
1
ROS = Reversing with E-stop
1
Product Selection
EMS—Electronic Motor Starters
1
EMS-_
Function
Current Range
AC-51a (A)
Current Range
AC-53a (A)
Motor Rating AC-53a
380 V, 400 V, 415 V (kW) Catalog Number
1
Non-reversing 0.18–2.4 0.18–2.4 0.06–0.75 EMS-DO-T-2.4-24VDC
1
Reversing 0.18–2.4 0.18–2.4 0.06–0.75 EMS-RO-T-2.4-24VDC
Non-reversing, with E-stop 0.18–2.4 0.18–2.4 0.06–0.75 EMS-DOS-T-2.4-24VDC 1
Reversing, with E-stop 0.18–2.4 0.18–2.4 0.06–0.75 EMS-ROS-T-2.4-24VDC
Non-reversing 1.5–9 1.5–6.5 0.55–3.0 EMS-DO-T-9-24VDC 1
Reversing 1.5–9 1.5–6.5 0.55–3.0 EMS-RO-T-9-24VDC
Non-reversing, with E-stop 1.5–9 1.5–6.5 0.55–3.0 EMS-DOS-T-9-24VDC 1
Reversing, with E-stop 1.5–9 1.5–6.5 0.55–3.0 EMS-ROS-T-9-24VDC
1
EMS-DOS-…,
EMS-ROS-…
EMS with SmartWire-DT
Electronic Motor Starters with SmartWire-DT built in do not require a separate module
1
for connection to the SmartWire-DT network. Connection is made directly to the
SmartWire-DT flat cable. 1
Max. Equivalent hp Rating for Three-Phase
Motors, 60 Hz
Setting Range of
Overload Releases DC Operation
1
Description 208 V 480 V AC1 AC3
24 Vdc
Catalog Number 1
DOL starting,
Motor protection,
—
2
1
5
2.4
9.0
2.4
7.6
0.18–2.4
1.5–9
EMS-DO-T-2.4-SWD
EMS-DO-T-9-SWD
1
For connecting to SmartWire-DT.
1
7 (AC–53a)
Circuit design: Safety output stage with bypass,
three-phase disconnect.
DOL starting,
Motor protection,
—
2
1
5
2.4
9.0
2.4
7.6
0.18–2.4
1.5–9
EMS-DOS-T-2.4-SWD 1
EMS-DOS-T-9-SWD 1
1
Emergency-stop actuator.
7 (AC–53a)
1
DOL starting,
Reversing start,
— 1 2.4 2.4 0.18–2.4 EMS-RO-T-2.4-SWD
1
Motor protection, 2 5 9.0 7.6 1.5–9 EMS-RO-T-9-SWD
For connecting to SmartWire-DT.
7 (AC–53a)
1
1
DOL starting, — 1 2.4 2.4 0.18–2.4 EMS-ROS-T-2.4-SWD 1
Reversing start,
Motor protection,
2 5 9.0 7.6 1.5–9
7 (AC–53a)
EMS-ROS-T-9-SWD 1
1
Emergency-stop actuator.
three-phase disconnect. 1
Note
1 EMS-DOS and EMS-ROS starters with emergency stop function have an additional terminal that needs to be connected to 0 V / 24 Vdc to provide an enable signal.
1
1
(This is in addition to the SmartWire-DT signal.) Actuation of an E-stop will interrupt the 0 V / 24 Vdc connection and also override the SmartWire-DT signal.

Contents
1 XT DC Contactors
Description Page
1 Relays and Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Miniature Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-3
V5-T1-18
1 Contactors and Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-35
V5-T1-130
1 C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-143
V5-T1-159
1 Combination Motor Controllers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-193
1 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

V5-T1-220
V5-T1-221
1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-223
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-231
1 EMS—Electronic Motor Starter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-232
1 Reference Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-236
1
1 XT DC Contactors
1 Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
The XT DC contactors for the Best suited for a breadth of Maintenance Free ● CE approved
1 current range 300 A to 600 A DC non-motor applications The XT DC contactors hybrid ● UL Listed
can be used in a variety of that require frequent switching technology allows ● IEC/EN 60947-4-1, 60947-5-1
1 applications. The proven
hybrid technology ensures a
switching or switching
under load:
for nearly arc-free switching ● CSA File 70044143
under load and an electrical
1 long life span of the devices.
Compared to similar DC
● Solar energy life of 150,000 operations—
the best in the industry by 6x.
contactors, Eaton contactors ● Energy storage This feature greatly reduces
1 are characterized by much ● Railway transportation maintenance cost while
higher electrical switching ● Automotive infrastructure extending the life of the device.
1 cycles. This makes the
XT DC contactors a
● Marine and offshore DC
Reliable and Flexible
● DC-grids
1 maintenance- free and
reliable part of any ● Testing equipment
The contactors feature wide
coil range and also direct
machine or system.
1 PLC control, making them
suitable for most systems.
1 A wide temperature range
of –40 °C to +70 °C allows
them to handle any
1 environment and their
low coil consumption and
1 switching energy means
less heat output than
1 standard DC contactors.
Space Savings
1 The contactors are true
two-pole units—they are
1 compact, take up less space
and do not require series
1 wiring. They also allow
bi-directional switching,
1 meaning they are polarity
independent.
1
1
1

1.1
1
XT DC Contactors
1
XTCE 300 DCM 22 A
1
Designation
XTCE = XT line of IEC contactors
Coil Code
A = 110–250 Vac 40–60 Hz
1
and 110–350 Vdc
1
Current Ratings, DC-1 Built-In Auxiliary
300 = 300 A Contact and 24 Vdc PLC input
400 = 400 A 22 = 2NO–2NC
500 = 500 A
600 = 600 A
DC Frame Size
Designation 1
DCM = 160 mm
1
Product Selection 1
Frame M DC Two-Pole Contactors, Frame M—UL/CSA Ratings 1
Thermal Current (lth) Article Auxiliary
Ampere Rating Voltage Number Contacts Catalog Number 1
1
300 1000 183314 2NO–2NC XTCE300DCM22A
400 1000 186872 2NO–2NC XTCE400DCM22A 1
500 1000 186873 2NO–2NC XTCE500DCM22A
600 1000 183315 2NO–2NC XTCE600DCM22A 1
Note
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Reference Data
1 Type 2 Coordination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-237
1 Approvals for World Markets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
IEC Utilization Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T1-246
V5-T1-249
V5-T1-252
1
Motor Ratings Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Ampacities of Insulated Conductors
(Based on 2005 NEC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T1-256
1
1
1
1 Type 1 and Type 2 Coordination
1
What is it? Type 1 Coordination
The International Type 1 Coordination requires
Electrotechnical Commission that under short-circuit
1 (IEC) developed short-circuit conditions, the contactor or
performance criteria for starter shall cause no danger
1 contactors and starters called to persons or installation and
Type 1 coordination and Type may not be suitable for
1 2 coordination. This defines
motor controller protection
further service without repair
and replacement of parts.
1 levels following a short-circuit
fault. In order to achieve this In this case, significant
performance, the damage is allowed to the
1 combination of a motor contactor/starter (for example,
contact welding, burning or
controller (contactor or
1 starter) and short-circuit disintegration) and the
overload relay (for example,
protective device (manual
component harm or heater
1 motor protector, circuit
breaker or fuse) must meet element burn-out).
1 the following criteria as

specified by IEC 60947-4-1— Type 2 Coordination
Low voltage switchgear and Type 2 Coordination requires
1 controlgear—Part 4-1: that under short-circuit
Contactors and motor- conditions, the contactor or
1 starters—Electromechanical
contactors and motor-
starter shall cause no danger
to persons or installation and
shall be suitable for further
1 starters:
use. The risk of contact
welding is recognized, in
1 which case the manufacturer
shall indicate the measures to
1 be taken as regards to the
maintenance of the
1 equipment.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
Type 2 Coordination
1
400, xx415V Type 2 Coordination—MMC
P Ie Iq MMP Contactor MMC 1
(kW) (A) (kA) Catalog Number Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2
0.06 0.21 50 (150) 1 XTPRP25BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP25BB_ 1
50 (150) 1
1
0.09 0.31 XTPRP40BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP40BB_
0.12 0.41 50 (150) 1 XTPRP63BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP63BB_
0.18 0.60 50 (150) 1 XTPRP63BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSCP63BB_
1
0.25 0.80 50 (150) 1 XTPR001BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSC001BB_
0.37 1.10 50 (150) 1 XTPR1P6BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSC1P6BB_ 1
0.55 1.50 50 (150) 1 XTPR1P6BC1 XTCE007B10_ XTSC1P6BB_
1.10
1.50
2.60
3.60
50 (150) 1
50 (150) 1
XTPR004BC1
XTPR004BC1
XTCE007B10_
XTCE007B10_
XTSC004BB_
XTSC004BB_
1
3.00 6.60 50 (150) 1 XTPR010BC1 XTCE018C10_ XTSC010BC_
4.00 8.50 50 (150) 1 XTPR010BC1 XTCE018C10_ XTSC010BC_ 1
5.50 11.3 50 XTPR012BC1 XTCE018C10_ XTSC012BC_
1
1
5.50 11.3 50 XTPR016DC1 XTCE018C10_ XTSC016DC_ 1
7.50 16.0 50 XTPR016DC1 XTCE018C10_ XTSC016DC_
11.0 21.7 50 XTPR025DC1 XTCE025C10_ XTSC025DC_ 1
1
15.0 29.3 50 XTPR032DC1 XTCE032C10_ XTSC032DC_
18.5 36.0 50 XTPR040DC1 XTCE040D00_ XTSC040DD_
1
34.0 63.0 50 XTPR063DC1 XTCE065D00_ XTSC063DD_ 1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-245 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications. 1
1
1
Values in parentheses ( ) are for Type 1 Coordination.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

480V Type 2 Coordination—MMC

1 P Ie Iq MMP Current Limiter Contactor MMC
(hp) (A) (kA) Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2
1 1/2 0.24 65 XTPRP25BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSCP25BB_
1 1/2
1/2
0.32
0.51
65
65
XTPRP40BC1
XTPRP63BC1
—
—
XTCE007B10_
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP40BB_
XTSCP63BB_
1 1/2 0.74 65 XTPR001BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC001BB_

1/2 0.94 65 XTPR001BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC001BB_
1 3/4 1.32 65 XTPR1P6BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC1P6BB_

1 1.72 65 XTPR2P5BC1 — XTCE018C10_ XTSC2P5BC_
1 2 2.55 65 XTPR004BC1 — XTCE018C10_ XTSC004BC_
2 3.10 65 XTPR004BC1 — XTCE018C10_ XTSC004BC_
1 3 4.55 65 (50) 1 XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXCL XTCE018C10_ XTSC6P3BC_
3 6.15 65 (50) 1 XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXCL XTCE018C10_ XTSC6P3BC_
1 7-1/2 8.40 65 (50) 1 XTPR010BC1 XTPAXCL XTCE018C10_ XTSC010BC_
1 7-1/2
10
11.0
14.5
65 (50) 1
65 (50) 1
XTPR012BC1
XTPR016BC1
XTPAXCL
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTCE018C10_
XTSC012BC_
XTSC016BC_
1 10 20.0 65 (50) 1 XTPR020BC1 XTPAXCL XTCE025C10_ XTSC020BC_

20 20.0 65 XTPR025DC1 — XTCE040D00_ XTSC025DD_
1 25 27.0 65 XTPR032DC1 — XTCE040D00_ XTSC032DD_

1
600V Type 2 Coordination—MMC

1 P Ie Iq MMP Current Limiter Contactor MMC
(hp) (A) (kA) Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number 2
1 1/2
1/2
0.26
0.41
50
50
XTPRP40BC1
XTPRP63BC1
—
—
XTCE007B10_
XTCE007B10_
XTSCP40BB_
XTSCP63BB_

1/2 0.75 50 XTPR001BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC001BB_
1 1 1.06 50 XTPR1P6BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC1P6BB_

1 1.38 50 XTPR1P6BC1 — XTCE007B10_ XTSC1P6BB_
1 1-1/2 2.04 50 XTPR2P5BC1 — XTCE018C10_ XTSC2P5BC_
1-1/2 2.48 50 XTPR2P5BC1 — XTCE018C10_ XTSC2P5BC_
1 3 3.64 50 XTPR004BC1 — XTCE018C10_ XTSC004BC_
50 (18) 1
1
5 4.92 XTPR6P3BC1 XTPAXCL XTCE018C10_ XTSC6P3BC_
10 6.72 50 (18) 1 XTPR010BC1 XTPAXCL XTCE018C10_ XTSC010BC_
1 10
10
8.60
11.5
50 (18) 1
50 (18) 1
XTPR010BC1
XTPR012BC1
XTPAXCL
XTPAXCL
XTCE018C10_
XTCE018C10_
XTSC010BC_
XTSC012BC_
1 10 16.0 50 (18) 1 XTPR016BC1 XTPAXCL XTCE018C10_ XTSC016BC_

1
Notes
1 See Page V5-T1-245 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1 Values in parentheses ( ) are achieved without the current limiter.
1

1.1
400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
P Ie Iq Fuses Contactor Overload Relay Assembled Starter
1
(kW) (A) (kA) Class gG/gL Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
0.12 0.41 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP60BC1 XTAE007B10_P60
1
0.18 0.60 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOB001BC1 XTAE007B10_001
1
0.37 1.10 100 4 XTCE007B10_ XTOB1P6BC1 XTAE007B10_1P6 1
0.55 1.50 100 4 XTCE007B10_ XTOB1P6BC1 XTAE007B10_1P6
1
1
4.00 8.50 100 20 XTCE009B10_ XTOB010BC1 XTAE009B10_010 1
5.50 11.3 100 25 XTCE018C10_ XTOB016CC1 XTAE018C10_016
7.50 16.0 100 32 XTCE018C10_ XTOB016CC1 XTAE018C10_016 1
11.0
15.0
21.7
29.3
100
100
40
63
XTCE025C10_
XTCE032C10_
XTOB024CC1
XTOB032CC1
XTAE032C10_024
XTAE032C10_032
1
18.5 36.0 100 63 XTCE040D00_ XTOB040DC1 XTAE040D00_040 1
22.0 41.0 100 80 XTCE050D00_ XTOB057DC1 XTAE065D00_057
37.0 68.0 100 125 XTCE080F00_ XTOB070GC1 XTAE080F00_070
1
55.0 99.0 100 200 XTCE115G00_ XTOB100GC1 XTAE115G00_100
1
75.0 134.0 100 200 XTCE150G00_ XTOB150GC1 XTAE150G00_150
90.0 161.0 100 250 XTCE185L22_ XTOB220LC1 XTAE185L22_220 1
110.0 196.0 100 315 XTCE225L22_ XTOB220LC1 XTAE225L22_220
1
160.0 279.0 100 400 XTCE300M22_ XTOT290C35 XTAE300M22_290
1
Notes
1 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-245.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

500V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
1 P Ie Iq Fuses Contactor Overload Relay Assembled Starter
1 0.12 0.33 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOBP40BC1 XTAE007B10_P40

1 0.37 0.90 100 2 XTCE007B10_ XTOB001BC1 XTAE007B10_001
1 0.75 1.50 100 4 XTCE007B10_ XTOB1P6BC1 XTAE007B10_1P6
1

1 7.50 12.1 100 25 XTCE018C10_ XTOB016CC1 XTAE018C10_016
1 11.0
15.0
17.4
23.4
100
100
32
50
XTCE025C10_
XTCE040D00_
XTOB024CC1
XTOB024DC1
XTAE025C10_024
XTAE040D00_024
1 18.5 28.9 100 50 XTCE040D00_ XTOB040DC1 XTAE040D00_040

1
1 55.0 79.0 100 160 XTCE115G00_ XTOB100GC1 XTAE115G00_100

1 90.0 129.0 100 200 XTCE185L22_ XTOB125LC1 XTAE185L22_125

1 132.0 184.0 100 250 XTCE185L22_ XTOB220LC1 XTAE185L22_220
1
Notes
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
690V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
P Ie Iq Fuses Contactor Overload Relay Assembled Starter
1
1
1
1
1
7.50 8.80 100 20 XTCE018C10_ XTOB010CC1 XTAE018C10_010 1
11.0
15.0
12.6
17.0
100
100
25
32
XTCE025C10_
XTCE032C10_
XTOB016CC1
XTOB024CC1
XTAE025C10_016
XTAE032C10_024
1
1
1
90.0 93.0 100 160 XTCE115G00_ XTOB100GC1 XTAE115G00_100 1
1
Notes
See Page V5-T1-245 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
1
Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See Page V5-T1-245.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Fused Disconnect
1 P Ie Iq Fuses 1 Contactor Overload Relay Assembled Starter
(kW) (A) (kA) Class BS88 Catalog Number 2 Catalog Number Catalog Number 2

1

5.50 11.3 80 25 XTCE018C10_ XTOB016CC1 XTAE018C10_016
1 7.50 16.0 80 25 XTCE018C10_ XTOB016CC1 XTAE018C10_016
1 11.0
15.0
21.7
29.3
80
80
35 and 32M35
50
XTCE025C10_
XTCE032C10_
XTOB024CC1
XTOB032CC1
XTAE032C10_024
XTAE032C10_032

1 Notes
See Page V5-T1-245 for more information on wye-delta (star delta) applications.
1
1 GEC/Alstom “Red Spot.”
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker
P Ie Iq Circuit Contactor Overload Relay Assembled Starter
1
(kW) (A) (kA) Breaker Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
0.12 0.41 15 2 2 2 2 1
0.18 0.60 15 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
0.25 0.80 15
0.37 1.10 15 2 2 2 2
1
0.55 1.50 15 2 2 2 2
0.75 1.90 15 2 2 2 2 1
2 2 2 2
1
1.10 2.60 15
1.50 3.60 15 2 2 2 2
2.20 5.00 15 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
1
3.00 6.60 15
4.00 8.50 15 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ XTOB010CC1 XTAE018C10_010 1
5.50 11.3 15 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ XTOB016CC1 XTAE018C10_016
7.50 16.0 15 2 2 2 2 1
1
11.0 21.7 15 2 2 2 2
15.0 29.3 15 2 2 2 2
18.5 36.0 50 2 2 2 2
1
22.0 41.0 50 HMCPE100R3C XTCE050D00_ XTOB057DC1 XTAE050D00_057
30.0 55.0 50 HMCPE100R3C XTCE065D00_ XTOB065DC1 XTAE065D00_065 1
37.0 68.0 80 HMCPJ250D5L XTCE080F00_ XTOB070GC1 XTAE080F00_070
45.0 81.0 80 HMCPJ250F5L XTCE095F00_ XTOB100GC1 XTAE095F00_100
1
55.0 99.0 80 HMCPJ250G5L XTCE115G00_ XTOB125GC1 XTAE115G00_125
1
75.0 134.0 80 HMCPJ250J5L XTCE150G00_ XTOB150GC1 XTAE150G00_150
90.0 161.0 80 HMCPJ250W5L XTCE185L22_ XTOB220LC1 XTAE185L22_220 1
110.0 196.0 70 HMCPJ250W5L XTCE225L22_ XTOB220LC1 XTAE225L22_220
132.0 231.0 70 HMCPL600R6G XTCE300M22_ XTOT240C3S XTAE300M22_240 1
1
160.0 279.0 70 HMCPL600X6G XTCE300M22_ XTOT400C3S XTAE300M22_400
200.0 349.0 70 HMCPL600P6G XTCE400M22_ XTOT400C3S XTAE400M22_400
250.0 430.0 70 HMCPL600M XCE500M22_ XTOT540C3S XTAE500M22_540
1
Notes
2 Use MMP contactor combination. See Page V5-T1-237. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

525V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker
1 P Ie Iq Circuit Contactor Overload Relay Assembled Starter
(kW) (A) (kA) Breaker Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
1 0.37 1.02 50 2 2 2 2
1 0.55 1.22 50 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0.75 1.66 50
1 1.10 2.22 50 2 2 2 2
1.50 3.16 50 2 2 2 2
1 2.20 4.25 50 2 2 2 2
2 2 2 2
1
3.00 5.60 50
4.00 7.50 50 2 2 2 2
1 5.50 9.90 50 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
7.50 14.1 50
1 11.0 19.3 50 2 2 2 2
15.0 23.5 50 2 2 2 2
1 18.5 27.2 50 2 2 2 2
1 22.0 37.0 50 2 2 2 2
30.0 45.0 50 2 2 2 2
1 37.0 54.0 50 HMCP100R3C XTCE080F00_ XTOB070GC1 XTAE080F00_070

1 55.0 79.0 50 HMCPJ250F5L XTCE115G00_ XTOB100GC1 XTAE115G00_100
1
75.0 111.0 50 HMCPJ250J5L XTCE115G00_ XTOB125GC1 XTAE115G00_125
90.0 130.0 50 HMCPJ250K5L XTCE185L00_ XTOB160LC1 XTAE185L00_160
1 110.0 159.0 50 HMCPJ250W5L XTCE185L00_ XTOB160LC1 XTAE185L00_160

132.0 185.0 50 HMCPL600N6G XTCE185L22_ XTOB220LC1 XTAE185L22_220
1 160.0 225.0 50 HMCPL600R6G XTCE225L22_ XTOB250LC1 XTAE225L22_250

200.0 270.0 50 HMCPL600X6G XTCE300M22_ XTOT290C3S XTAE300M22_290
1
1 480V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor and Overload Relay (Motor Starter) with Circuit Breaker
P Ie Iq Circuit Contactor Overload Relay Assembled Starter
1 (hp) (A) (kA) Breaker Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number Catalog Number 1
1 60.0 77.0 65 HMCPJ250G5L XTCE080F00_ XTOB100GC1 XTAE080F00_100
1 75.0 96.0 25 HMCPJ250J5L XTCE115G00_ XTOB125GC1 XTAE115G00_125

100.0 124.0 50 HMCPJ250K5L XTCE185L22_ XTOB160LC1 XTAE185L22_160
1 125.0 156.0 50 HMCPJ250W5L XTCE185L22_ XTOB160LC1 XTAE185L22_160

150.0 180.0 25 HMCPL600N6G XTCE225L22_ XTOB220LC1 XTAE225L22_220
1 200.0 240.0 50 HMCPL600N XTCE300M22_ XTOB240C3S XTAE300M22_240
1
250.0 290.0 50 HMCPL600R XTCE300M22_ XTOB290C3S XTAE300M22_290
300.0 361.0 50 HMCPL600Y XTCE400M22_ XTOB400C3S XTAE400M22_400
1 350.0 414.0 50 HMCPL600M XTCE500M22_ XTOB540C3S XTAE500M22_540
Notes
1 2 Use MMP contactor combination.
1
1
1
1

1.1
400, 415V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor with 480V Type 2 Coordination—Contactor with
Circuit Breaker 1 Circuit Breaker 1 1
P Ie Iq Circuit Contactor P Ie Iq Circuit Contactor
(kW) (A) (kA) Breaker—MCP Catalog Number 2 (hp) (A) (kA) Breaker—MCP Catalog Number 2 1
1.50 3.60 50 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ 50.0 65.0 65 HMCPJ250G5L XTCE080F00_
2.20 5.00 50 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ 60.0 77.0 65 HMCPJ250G5L XTCE080F00_ 1
3.00
4.00
6.60
8.50
50
50
HMCPE015E0C
HMCPE015E0C
XTCE018C10_
XTCE018C10_
150.0
200.0
180.0
240.0
50
50
HMCPL600N
HMCPL600N
XTCE300M00_
XTCE300M22__
1
5.50 11.3 50 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ 250.0 300.0 50 HMCPL600R XTCE300M22_
1
7.50 16.0 50 HMCPE015E0C XTCE018C10_ 300.0 361.0 50 HMCPL600Y XTCE400M00_
11.0 21.7 50 HMCPE100R3C XTCE040D00_ 350.0 414.0 50 HMCPL600M XTCE500M00_ 1
15.0 29.3 50 HMCPE100R3C XTCE040D00_
18.5 36.0 50 HMCPE100R3C XTCE040D00_ 1
22.0 41.0 50 HMCPE100R3C XTCE050D00_
30.0 55.0 50 HMCPE100R3C XTCE065D00_ 1
37.0
45.0
68.0
81.0
80
80
HMCPJ250D5L
HMCPJ250F5L
XTCE080F00_
XTCE095F00_
1
55.0 99.0 80 HMCPJ250G5L XTCE115G00_
1
75.0 134.0 80 HMCPJ250J5L XTCE150G00_
90.0 161.0 80 HMCPJ250W5L XTCE185L22_ 1
110.0 196.0 80 HMCPJ250W5L XTCE225L22_
132.0 231.0 70 HMCPL600R XTCE300M22_ 1
160.0 279.0 70 HMCPL600X XTCE300M22_
200.0 350.0 70 HMCPL600P XTCE400M22_ 1
250.0 430.0 70 HMCPL600M XTCE500M22_
1
Magnet Coil Suffix 1
Frames A–B Frames C–F Frame G Frames L–M 1
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz A 100–120V 50/60 Hz A 110–250V 40–60 Hz/DC A 1
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz B 190–240V 50/60 Hz B 250–500V 40–60 Hz/DC C
230V 50 Hz F 230V 50 Hz F 24V 50/60 Hz T 48–110V 40–60 Hz/DC Y3 1
1
24V 50/60 Hz T 24V 50/60 Hz T 24–27 Vdc TD 3 24–48 Vdc TD 3
24 Vdc TD 3 24–27 Vdc TD 3 480–500V 50/60 Hz C

415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 415V 50 Hz, 480V 60 Hz C 380–440V 50/60 Hz L
1
600V 60 Hz D 600V 60 Hz D 42–48V 50/60 Hz W
208V 60 Hz E 208V 60 Hz E 110–130 Vdc AD 3 1
190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 190V 50 Hz, 220V 60 Hz G 200–240 Vdc BD 3
240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 240V 50 Hz, 277V 60 Hz H 48–60 Vdc WD 3 1
380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L 380V 50 Hz, 440V 60 Hz L
400V 50 Hz N 400V 50 Hz N 1
380V 60 Hz
12V 50/60 Hz
P
R
380V 60 Hz
12V 50/60 Hz
P
R
Wye-Delta (Star-Delta) Applications
If Type 2 Coordination is protection, the K1M (main),
1
24V 50 Hz U 24V 50 Hz U required when using wye-
delta starters, the full voltage
K3M (star) and K5M (delta)
contactors must all be the 1
42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W 42V 50 Hz, 48V 60 Hz W
(direct on-line) test data that same size (amperage). For
48V 50 Hz Y 48V 50 Hz Y is included in this document wye-delta starter kits, please 1
120 Vdc AD 3 110–130 Vdc AD 3 is valid. To ensure proper see Page V5-T1-55.
220 Vdc BD 3 200–240 Vdc BD 3 1
12 Vdc RD 3 12–14 Vdc RD 3
48 Vdc WD 3 48–60 Vdc WD 3 Notes 1

1 For use with magnetic sensing means to monitor motor current.
2 Underscore (_) indicates magnet coil code required. See magnet coil suffix tables on
this page.
1
3 With DC operation: integrated diode-resistor combination, coil rating 2.6W.

Approvals for World Markets

1
Overview
1 The XT line of products is Since January 1997, all Belgium Recently introduced is the
approved for use throughout devices must conform to the Comité Electro- mandatory approval of
1 the world, including the USA European Low-Voltage technique Belge electrical products for:
and Canada. As such, they Directive and, where Belgisch Elektro- ● Slovakia
1 can be used without
restriction as devices for
intended for sale within the
European Union, must carry
technisch Comité
(CEBEC)
● Poland
● South Africa
1 world markets. the CE mark.
Denmark ● China
The majority of countries Europe Danmarks
Russia
1
●
permit the import of devices Conformité Elektriske
on the manufacturer’s Materielkontrol ● Turkey
Européen
1 undertaking that they have (DEMKO) Argentina
●
(CE)
been constructed in Finland
accordance with the pertinent Marking is partly mandatory
1 specifications. In the USA and
This mark denotes that the
device carrying it conforms
(FIMKO) for these countries. The IEC
rating data is accepted as in
Canada, however, there is a to all relevant requirements
1 legal obligation to obtain and specifications. The France
other European countries.
official approval. In these mandatory application of this Approval is not mandatory
Union Technique
1 countries, devices and
enclosures—sometimes
mark therefore enables the de l’Electricité in the Czech Republic and
Hungary. The manufacturer’s
unrestricted use of marked (UTE)
1 even complete control
systems—are tested and
devices within the European
economic area. Netherlands
declaration of conformity is
sufficient here.
approved by independent Naamloze
1 bodies. Since January 1996, all Vennootschap Romania requires that
components that are to be
devices sold within the tot Keuring van
1 In Europe, there also used to
be a legal obligation to obtain
European union must comply
with the Electromagnetic
Electrotechnische used in public buildings must
be approved by the Romanian
Materialien
official approval for low- test authority ICECON.
1 voltage switchgear and
Compatibility (EMC)
Directive. XT has passed the
(KEMA)
controlgear. For industrial required tests to these Norway Russia
1 control gear, this legal Directives and the devices Norges Elektriske
Materiellkontrol
Devices for Russia
must bear the
obligation has now been carry the CE mark,
1 abolished, provided the
devices have been
demonstrating compliance (NEMKO) appropriate
marking.
with the EMC Directive. Sweden
1 manufactured and tested in
accordance with harmonized
Because devices bearing the
CE mark comply with the
Svenska
Elektriska Materiel-
Russia
Goststandart
European standards (such as
1 IEC/EN 60947). There is then
harmonized standards,
approval and the associated
Kontrollanstalten
(SEMKO)
(GOST-R)
no longer a requirement for marking is no longer required
1 them to carry their country’s in the following countries:
Switzerland
Schweizerischer
South Africa
ZA
own approval mark.
1 Elektrotechischer
Verein
SABS
(SEV)
1 Argentina
Devices in the USA and
1 Canada have UL and CSA
approval.
1 USA
Selection of Devices
”Selection appropriate for
1
Underwriters export” does not mean
Laboratories merely meeting the requisite
(UL) Listing approvals and conformity to
1 relevant specifications. The
Recognition meaning of the term goes a
1 great deal further by even
including that equipment
1 Canada and installations must be
designed to a concept with
Canadian
export in mind.
1 Standards
Association
(CSA)
1
1

1.1
The following are important criteria for selecting switchgear suitable for export:
1
For motor-protective circuit For contactors For enclosures For overcurrent protective
breakers
Use inherently short-circuit
Use contactors whose entire
range provides consistently
Use insulated enclosures
with transparent covers
devices
Always use circuit breakers
1
proof switches capable reliable operation in the event (that is, “totally insulated” and motor-protective circuit
of controlling the highest of voltage drops (consistently enclosures). breakers. Avoid fuses as 1
prospective fault levels at down to 80% Un should be much as possible.
the point of installation aimed for) and whose contact 1
without the need for back- system will not assume an
up protection. indeterminate position either
on closing or on opening in
1
such conditions.
1
Advantage: Advantage: Advantage: Advantage:
● No restrictions whatsoever ● During electrification ● Total insulation is the best ● The operational reliability of 1
for installation work in areas such as possible protective a system is especially
● Complete independence Africa and the Middle East, measure from the user’s important for export 1
from the on-site protective an insufficient voltage point of view, avoiding contracts. Circuit breakers
system stability is—at least for a reliance on the possibly
doubtful skills of unknown
and motor-protective circuit
breakers provide this
1
● No problems getting certain time—likely in
spare parts many applications (for
example due to long spur
installation personnel.
Furthermore, protective
reliability in full measure
since they can be 1
measures based on immediately reclosed once
lines or small local
generators). The use of earthing are often a fault has been cleared, 1
devices that fulfill the extremely difficult, if not they disconnect all poles,
For circuit breakers above requirements will impossible (in the Middle they have ideal protection 1
Use types with visible eliminate one of the main East, for example, due to through high tripping
contacts, quick-make and failure causes related to
contactors.
the dryness of the ground). accuracy and they can be
used for selective
1
quick-break operation as ● Insulated enclosures
standard. Use current-limiting
circuit breakers for high short-
completely eliminate the
need for any additional
operation. Because they
have no fuses or other 1
consumables, they also
circuit levels. Selective
switches are recommended
protection against
corrosion. The transparent greatly reduce the problem 1
for the selective graduation covers contribute of obtaining replacement
of networks. significantly to the correct parts. The advantages of 1
operation of a system, fuseless design for export
because switchgear are especially evident in
this case. No complicated
1
Advantage: operation can be
investigation is needed to
● Independence from local
monitored even with the
doors or covers closed, find out which fusing 1
thus virtually eliminating system is used in the
1
accident prevention
regulations requiring visible the possibility of these respective location and
contacts and safety faults being left open through which specifications have
caused by inexperienced carelessness. The to be followed to select the
correct fuses. Often
1
operating personnel. transparent cover is an
● The effects of short-circuits important contribution to
safety, especially where
several different fuse
systems with widely 1
are kept to a minimum.
varying characteristics are
● Fuseless installations
exports to areas of
uncertain skills are used side-by-side in the 1
offer greater safety and same country. For the
concerned.
reliability in plant operation.
In the event of a fault, only
uninitiated, it may be 1
almost impossible to find
the faulty section of the
system is isolated.
the right fuse in these
circumstances. These
1
problems do not arise
where a circuit breaker 1
is used.
1
1
1
1
1

For main switches and Test Authorities Shipping Classifications

1 safety switches
USA Germany
Use devices with positive
1 contact separation and clear
USA
UL
Germanischer Lloyd (GL)
switch position indication.
1 Canada Great Britain
CDN
1 Advantage:
CSA
Lloyd‘s Register of Shipping (LR)
● The mechanical coupling
1 of the actuating element Romania France
Bureau Veritas (BV)
with the contacts ensues RO
1 that the OFF position is
indicated only when all
ICECON
Russia
1 main contacts are
separated by the
RUS
GOST-R
Russia
Russian Maritime Register of Shipping (RS)
prescribed distance and
1 only in this position can the
South Africa
ZA
switch be padlocked. This
1 ensures safety when
SABS
Slovakia
Italy
carrying out maintenance Registro Italiano Navale (RINA)
1 and repair work on the
installation or machinery.
SK
SKTC
1 Poland Norway
PL Det Norske Veritas(DNV)
1 BBJ-SEP
1 Turkey
TR Poland
Polski Rejestr Statkow (PRS)
1
TSE
China
1 PRC
CCC
1 Ukraine
UA
Ukrain-GOST
1
1
1
1 Approvals for North America
1 In the U.S., the legally
established OSHA
In addition to the normal UL
and CSA approvals, the trade
Approvals for North America
Type of Approval Approval Mark
(Occupational Safety and regulations originating from
1 Health Act) and the NEC the NAFTA agreements allow The device is UL- and CSA-approved as discrete device.
(National Electrical Code) the application for a joint
1 require the use of approved UL and CSA approval. The
devices and systems. devices then carry a logo
1
The device is CSA-approved as discrete device.
that is recognized in both
In Canada, all electrical countries.
apparatus must comply with
1 the CEC (Canadian Electrical Some local inspectors and
The device is UL-approved as discrete device.
Code), which requires that all end users still refuse to
1 equipment and installations
have CSA approval.
accept the joint listing.
1 The device contains UL-approved components; its approval

conditions must be maintained in use (UL Recognized). The
1 device is CSA-approved as discrete device.
1
1

1.1
IEC Utilization Categories
(See also IEC/EN 60947-1; 2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19) 1
A combination of specified for example, relate to the 1
requirements relating to the values of making and
condition in which the
switching device or fuse
breaking capacity and other
characteristic values, data
1
1
fulfills its purpose and concerning associated
selected to represent a circuits and the applicable
characteristic group of conditions of use and
real-life applications. The operational behavior. 1
specified requirements may,
1
Used in Technical Data and Formula 1
Code Description Code Description
DF Duty factory Irmv Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release 1

Isd Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
1
IDn Response value of earth-fault release
Icm Rated short-circuit making capacity IT Response value of earth-fault release
Icn Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Ig Response value of earth-fault release
1
Ics Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ith Conventional free air thermal current
Icu Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Ithe Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices 1
Icw Rated short-time withstand current Iu Rated uninterrupted current
Ie Rated operational current SNT Transformer rating 1
1
Ik Transformer initial short-circuit AC current tr Time delay of overload release response
IL Load monitoring response value tT Time delay of earth-fault release response
In Rated current tg Time delay of earth-fault release response
1
INT Transformer rated current tv Time delay of short-circuit release response
IPK Rated peak withstand current Uc Rated actuating voltage 1
Iq Rated conditional short-circuit current Ue Rated operational voltage
Ir Overcurrent release set value Ui Rated insulation voltage 1
Irm Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release Uimp
Uk
Rated impulse withstand voltage
Transformer short-circuit voltage
1
Ii Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release
Irmf Response value of fixed, non-delayed short-circuit release Us Rated control voltage 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Annex A (informative)
1
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear 1
1 Category Typical Application Relevant IEC Product Standard
1
Nature of Current—AC
AC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-4-1
1 AC-2 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off 60947-4-1

AC-3 Squirrel cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running 60947-4-1
1 AC-4 Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3 60947-4-1
AC-5a Switching of electric discharge lamp controls 60947-4-1
1 AC-5b Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-4-1
1 AC-6a
AC-6b
Switching of transformers
Switching of capacitor banks
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
1 AC-7a Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications 61095
AC-7b Motor-loads for household applications 61095
1 AC-8a Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases 60947-4-1
AC-8b Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases 60947-4-1
1 AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers 60947-5-1
1 AC-12
AC-13
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation
60947-5-2
60947-5-1
1 AC-14 Control of small electromagnetic loads 60947-5-1

AC-15 Control of AC electromagnetic loads 60947-5-1
1 AC-20 Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions 60947-3
1
AC-21 Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads 60947-3
AC-22 Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads 60947-3
1 AC-23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads 60947-3

AC-31 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads 60947-6-1
1 AC-33 Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1
AC-35 Electric discharge lamp loads 60947-6-1
1 AC-36 Incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1
1 AC-40
AC-41
Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
60947-6-2
60947-6-2
1 AC-42 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off 60947-6-2

1 AC-44 Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3 60947-6-2
1 AC-51
AC-52a
Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces
Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-3
60947-4-2
1 AC-52b Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty 60947-4-2

AC-53a Control of squirrel cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run 60947-4-2
1 AC-53b Control of squirrel cage motors: intermittent duty 60947-4-2
1
AC-55b Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-4-3
1 AC-56a Switching of transformers 60947-4-3

AC-56b Switching of capacitor banks 60947-4-3
1 Notes
1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
1 2 Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
3 Inching (jogging) is energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
1
1

1.1
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, continued 1
Category Typical Application Relevant IEC Product Standard
1
Nature of Current—AC, continued
1
AC-58a Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: 60947-4-2
h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
1
AC-58b Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: intermittent duty 60947-4-2
AC-140 Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current <0,2 A, for example, contactor relays 60947-5-2 1
Nature of Current—AC and DC
A Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current 60947-2 1
1
B Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current 60947-2
Nature of Current—DC
DC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-4-1
1
DC-3 Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors 60947-4-1
DC-5 Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors 60947-4-1 1
DC-6 Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-4-1
DC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers 60947-5-1 1
DC-12
DC-13
Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation
Control of electromagnets
60947-5-2
60947-5-1
1
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 60947-5-2 1
DC-14 Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit 60947-5-1
DC-20 Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions 60947-3 1
DC-21 Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads 60947-3
DC-22 Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (for example, shunt motors) 60947-3
1
DC-23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (for example, series motors) 60947-3
1
DC-31 Resistive loads 60947-6-1
DC-33 Motor loads or mixed loads including motors 60947-6-1 1
DC-36 Incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1
DC-40 Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance 60947-6-2 1
1
DC-41 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-6-2
DC-43 Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC 60947-6-2
DC-45 Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC 60947-6-2
1
Notes 1
1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
2 Plugging is stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
3 Inching (jogging) is energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Motor Ratings Data

1
Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors
1 Ampere ratings of motors Caution—These average Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz,
vary somewhat, depending ratings could be high or low AC Induction Motor
1 upon the type of motor. The for a specific motor Syn. Current in Amperes
values given below are for and therefore heater coil Speed
1 drip-proof, Class B insulated
(T Frame) where available,
selection on this basis
always involves risk.
hp RPM 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V
1/4 1800 1.09 0.95 0.55 0.48 0.38
1 1.15 service factor, NEMA
Design B motors. These
For fully reliable motor
protection, select heater 1200 1.61 1.40 0.81 0.70 0.56
values represent an average coils on the basis of full 900 1.84 1.60 0.93 0.80 0.64
1 full load motor current that load current rating as 1/3 1800 1.37 1.19 0.69 0.60 0.48
was calculated from the shown on the motor
1 motor performance data nameplate. 1200 1.83 1.59 0.92 0.80 0.64
published by several motor 900 2.07 1.80 1.04 0.90 0.72
1 manufacturers. In the case

of high torque squirrel cage
1/2 1800 1.98 1.72 0.99 0.86 0.69
1200 2.47 2.15 1.24 1.08 0.86
motors, the ampere ratings
1 will be at least 10% greater 900 2.74 2.38 1.38 1.19 0.95
than the values given below.
1
3/4 1800 2.83 2.46 1.42 1.23 0.98
1200 3.36 2.92 1.69 1.46 1.17
1 900 3.75 3.26 1.88 1.63 1.30

1 3600 3.22 2.80 1.70 1.40 1.12
1 1800 4.09 3.56 2.06 1.78 1.42
1200 4.32 3.76 2.28 1.88 1.50
1 900 4.95 4.30 2.60 2.15 1.72
1 1-1/2 3600
1800
5.01
5.59
4.36
4.86
2.64
2.94
2.18
2.43
1.74
1.94
1 1200 6.07 5.28 3.20 2.64 2.11

900 6.44 5.60 3.39 2.80 2.24
1 2 3600 6.44 5.60 3.39 2.80 2.24
1800 7.36 6.40 3.87 3.20 2.56
1 1200 7.87 6.84 4.14 3.42 2.74
1 900 9.09 7.90 4.77 3.95 3.16

3 3600 9.59 8.34 5.02 4.17 3.34
1 1800 10.8 9.40 5.70 4.70 3.76

1200 11.7 10.2 6.20 5.12 4.10
1 900 13.1 11.4 6.90 5.70 4.55
1
5 3600 15.5 13.5 8.20 6.76 5.41
1800 16.6 14.4 8.74 7.21 5.78
1 1200 18.2 15.8 9.59 7.91 6.32

900 18.3 15.9 9.60 7.92 6.33
1 7-1/2 3600 22.4 19.5 11.8 9.79 7.81
1800 24.7 21.5 13.0 10.7 8.55
1 1200 25.1 21.8 13.2 10.9 8.70
1 10
900
3600
26.5
29.2
23.0
25.4
13.9
15.4
11.5
12.7
9.19
10.1
1 1800 30.8 26.8 16.3 13.4 10.7

1200 32.2 28.0 16.9 14.0 11.2
1 900 35.1 30.5 18.5 15.2 12.2
1 Note
1 380V 50 Hz.
1
1

1.1
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz,
AC Induction Motor, continued 1
Syn.
Speed Current in Amperes
Syn.
Speed Current in Amperes 1
hp RPM 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V hp RPM 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V
15 3600 41.9 36.4 22.0 18.2 14.5 75 3600 206 179 108 89.6 71.7 1
1800
1200
45.1
47.6
39.2
41.4
23.7
25.0
19.6
20.7
15.7
16.5
1800
1200
210
212
183
184
111
112
91.6
92.0
73.2
73.5
1
900 51.2 44.5 26.9 22.2 17.8 900 222 193 117 96.5 77.5
1
20 3600 58.0 50.4 30.5 25.2 20.1 100 3600 266 231 140 115 92.2
1800 58.9 51.2 31.0 25.6 20.5 1800 271 236 144 118 94.8 1
1200 60.7 52.8 31.9 26.4 21.1 1200 275 239 145 120 95.6
900 63.1 54.9 33.2 27.4 21.9 900 290 252 153 126 101 1
25 3600 69.9 60.8 36.8 30.4 24.3 125 3600 — 292 176 146 116
1800 74.5 64.8 39.2 32.4 25.9 1800 — 293 177 147 117 1
1200
900
75.4
77.4
65.6
67.3
39.6
40.7
32.8
33.7
26.2
27.0
1200
900
—
—
298
305
180
186
149
153
119
122
1
30 3600 84.8 73.7 44.4 36.8 29.4 150 3600 — 343 208 171 137
1
1800 86.9 75.6 45.7 37.8 30.2 1800 — 348 210 174 139
1200 90.6 78.8 47.6 39.4 31.5 1200 — 350 210 174 139 1
900 94.1 81.8 49.5 40.9 32.7 900 — 365 211 183 146
40 3600 111 96.4 58.2 48.2 38.5 200 3600 — 452 257 226 181 1
1800 116 101 61.0 50.4 40.3 1800 — 458 265 229 184
1200 117 102 61.2 50.6 40.4 1200 — 460 266 230 184 1
50
900
3600
121
138
105
120
63.2
72.9
52.2
60.1
41.7
48.2 250
900
3600
—
—
482
559
279
338
241
279
193
223
1
1800 143 124 75.2 62.2 49.7 1800 — 568 343 284 227
1
1200 145 126 76.2 63.0 50.4 1200 — 573 345 287 229
900 150 130 78.5 65.0 52.0 900 — 600 347 300 240 1
60 3600 164 143 86.8 71.7 57.3 300 1800 — 678 392 339 271
1800 171 140 90.0 74.5 59.4 1200 — 684 395 342 274 1
1200 173 150 91.0 75.0 60.0 400 1800 — 896 518 448 358
900 177 154 93.1 77.0 61.5 500 1800 — 1110 642 555 444 1
1
Single-Phase AC Motors 1
The following values of full- The voltages listed are rated Full-Load Currents in Amperes, Single-Phase
load currents are for motors motor voltages. The currents Alternating-Current Motor 1
running at usual speeds and listed shall be permitted for
1
hp 115V 200V 208V 230V
motors with normal torque system voltage ranges of 110
characteristics. Motors built to 120 and 220 to 240V. 1/6 4.4 2.5 2.4 2.2
for especially low speeds or
high torques may have higher
1/4 5.8 3.3 3.2 2.9
1
1/3 7.2 4.1 4.0 3.6
full-load currents and
multispeed motors will have
1/2 9.8 5.6 5.4 4.9 1
full-load current varying with 3/4 13.8 7.9 7.6 6.9
speed, in which case the 1 16 9.2 8.8 8 1
nameplate current ratings 1-1/2 20 11.5 11 10
shall be used.
2 24 13.8 13.2 12 1
3
5
34
56
19.6
32.2
18.7
30.8
17
28
1
7-1/2 80 46 44 40
1
10 100 57.5 55 50
Note 1
1 380V 50 Hz.

Three-Phase AC Motors
1 The following values of full- Motors built for low speeds The voltages listed are rated
load currents are typical for (1,200 RPM or less) or high motor voltages. The currents
1 motors running at speeds torques may require more listed shall be permitted for
usual for belted motors and running current and multi- system voltage ranges of 110
1 motors with normal torque speed motors will have full- to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to
characteristics. load current varying with 480 and 550 to 600V.
1 speed. In these cases the
nameplate current rating shall
1 be used.
1 Full-Load Current Three-Phase Alternating-Current Motors

Induction Type Squirrel Cage and Wound-Rotor Amperes Synchronous Type Unity Power Factor 1 Amperes
1 hp 115V 200V 208V 230V 460V 575V 230V 460V 575V
1/2 4.4 2.5 2.4 2.2 1.1 .9 — — —
1 3/4 6.4 3.7 3.5 3.2 1.6 1.3 — — —
1 1
1-1/2
8.4
12.0
4.8
6.9
4.6
6.6
4.2
6.0
2.1
3.0
1.7
2.4
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 2 13.6 7.8 7.5 6.8 3.4 2.7 — — —

3 — 11.0 10.6 9.6 4.8 3.9 — — —
1 5 — 17.5 16.7 15.2 7.6 6.1 — — —
7-1/2 — 25.3 24.2 22 11 9 — — —
1 10 — 32.2 30.8 28 14 11 — — —
1 15
20
—
—
48.3
62.1
46.2
59.4
42
54
21
27
17
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 25 — 78.2 74.8 68 34 27 53 26 21
30 — 92 88 80 40 32 63 32 26
1 40 — 120 114 104 52 41 83 41 33
1
50 — 150 143 130 65 52 104 52 42
60 — 177 169 154 77 62 123 61 49
1 75 — 221 211 192 96 77 155 78 62

100 — 285 273 248 124 99 202 101 81
1 125 — 359 343 312 156 125 253 126 101
150 — 414 396 360 180 144 302 151 121
1 200 — 552 528 480 240 192 400 201 161
1 250
300
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
302
361
242
289
—
—
—
—
—
—
1 350 — — — — 414 336 — — —

400 — — — — 477 382 — — —
1 450 — — — — 515 412 — — —
500 — — — — 590 472 — — —
1 Note
1
1 For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and 1.25 respectively.
1
1
1
1
1
1

1.1
DC Motors
The following values of full- 1
load currents are for motors Full-Load Current in Amperes, Direct-Current Motors
running at base speed. Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors
1
hp
Armature Voltage Rating 1
120V 240V
Recommended Values
120V 240V
1
1/4 3.1 1.6 5 3
1
1/3 4.1 2.0 5 3
1/2 5.4 2.7 7 3 1
3/4 7.6 3.8 10 5
1 9.5 4.7 15 7 1
1-1/2
2
13.2
17
6.6
8.5
20
25
10
12
1
3 25 12.2 30 15 1
5 40 20 50 25
7-1/2 58 29 80 40 1
10 76 38 100 50
15 — 55 — 75
1
20
25
—
—
72
89
—
—
100
125
1
30 — 106 — 150 1
40 — 140 — 200
50 — 173 — 250 1
1
60 — 206 — 275
75 — 255 — 350
100 — 341 — 500
1
125 — 425 — 600
150 — 506 — — 1
200 — 675 — —
Note
1
1
1 These are average direct-current quantities.
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Ampacities of Insulated Conductors (Based on 2005 NEC)

1
Table 310.16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V, 60°–90°C [140°–194°F],
1 Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable or Earth (Directly Buried),
Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C [86°F] 1
1 Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
Copper Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
1 60°C [140°F] 75°C [167°F] 90°C [194°F] 60°C [140°F] 75°C [167°F] 90°C [194°F]
Types Types Types Types
1 Size FEPW 2, RH 2, RHW 2,

THHW 2, THW 2,
TBS, SA, SIS, FEP 2, FEPB 2, MI,
RHH 2, RHW-2, THHN 2, THHW 2,
RH 2, RHW 2,
THHW 2, THW 2,
TBS, SA, SIS, THHN 2,
THHW 2, THW-2, THWN-2,
Size
AWG Types THWN 2, XHHW 2, THW-2 2, THWN-2 2, USE-2, Types THWN 2, XHHW 2, RHH 2, RHW-2, USE-2, XHH, AWG
1 kcmil TW†, UF 2 USE 2, ZW 2 XHH, XHHW 2, XHHW-2, ZW-2 TW 2, UF 2 USE 2 XHHW, XHHW-2, ZW-2 kcmil
18 — — 14 — — — —
1 16 — — 18 — — — —
1
14 20✝ 20✝ 25† — — — —
12 25✝ 25✝ 30† 20† 20† 25† 12
1 10 30 35✝ 40† 25 30† 35† 10

8 40 50 55 30 40 45 8
1 6 55 65 75 40 50 60 6
70 85 95 55 65 75 4 70
1 85 100 110 65 75 85 3 85
1
95 115 130 75 90 100 2 95
110 130 150 85 100 115 1 110
1 1/0 125 150 170 100 120 135 1/0

2/0 145 175 195 115 135 150 2/0
1 3/0 165 200 225 130 155 175 3/0
4/0 195 230 260 150 180 205 4/0
1 250 215 255 290 170 205 230 250
1 300
350
240
260
285
310
320
350
190
210
230
250
255
280
300
350
1 400 280 335 380 225 270 305 400

500 320 380 430 260 310 350 500
1 600 355 420 475 285 340 385 600
700 385 460 520 310 375 420 700
1 750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750
1 800 410 490 555 330 395 450 800

600 355 420 475 285 340 385 600
1 700 385 460 520 310 375 420 700

750 400 475 535 320 385 435 750
1 800 410 490 555 330 395 450 800
1
900 435 520 585 355 425 480 900
1000 455 545 615 375 445 500 1000
1 1250 495 590 665 405 485 545 1250

1500 520 625 705 435 520 585 1500
1 1750 545 650 735 455 545 615 1750
2000 560 665 750 470 560 630 2000
1 Notes
1
1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-2005. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 2005. National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
2 Unless otherwise specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code, the overcurrent protection for conductor types marked with an obelisk (†) shall not exceed 15A for No. 14, 20A for No. 12 and 30A
for No. 10 copper; or 15A for No. 12 and 25A for No. 10 aluminum and copper-clad aluminum after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors have been applied.
1
1
1

1.1
Table 310.16. Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V, 60°–90°C [140°–194°F],
Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable or Earth (Directly Buried), 1
Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C [86°F]—Correction Factors 1
Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13. 1
Copper Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
60°C [140°F] 75°C [167°F] 90°C [194°F] 60°C [140°F] 75°C [167°F] 90°C [194°F] 1
Types Types Types Types
Size FEPW 2, RH 2, RHW 2,
THHW 2, THW 2,
TBS, SA, SIS, FEP 2, FEPB 2, MI,
RHH 2, RHW-2, THHN 2, THHW 2,
RH 2, RHW 2,
THHW 2, THW 2,
TBS, SA, SIS, THHN 2,
THHW 2, THW-2, THWN-2,
Size 1
AWG Types THWN 2, XHHW 2, THW-2 2, THWN-2 2, USE-2, Types THWN 2, XHHW 2, RHH 2, RHW-2, USE-2, XHH, AWG
kcmil TW†, UF 2 USE 2, ZW 2 XHH, XHHW 2, XHHW-2, ZW-2 TW 2, UF 2 USE 2 XHHW, XHHW-2, ZW-2 kcmil 1
For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 30°C [86°F], Multiply the For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 30°C [86°F], Multiply the
Ambient
Temp. °C
Allowable Ampacities Shown in the Table on Page V5-T1-256
by the Appropriate Factor Shown Below
Allowable Ampacities Shown in the Table on Page V5-T1-256
by the Appropriate Factor Shown Below
Ambient
Temp. °F
1
21–25 1.08 1.05 1.04 1.08 1.05 1.04 70–77
1
26–30 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 1.00 78–86
31–35 0.91 0.94 0.96 0.91 0.94 0.96 87–95 1
36–40 0.82 0.88 0.91 0.82 0.88 0.91 96–104
41–45 0.71 0.82 0.87 0.71 0.82 0.87 105–113 1
46–50
51–55
0.58
0.41
0.75
0.67
0.82
0.76
0.58
0.41
0.75
0.67
0.82
0.76
114–122
123–131
1
56–60 — 0.58 0.71 — 0.58 0.71 132–140 1
61–70 — 0.33 0.58 — 0.33 0.58 141–158
71–80 — — 0.41 — — 0.41 159–176 1
1
Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a raceway or Notes
cable exceeds three, the allowable ampacities shall be reduced 1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-2005. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 2005.
1
as shown in the following table: National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
1
2 Unless otherwise specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code, the overcurrent protection
for conductor types marked with an obelisk (†) shall not exceed 15A for No. 14, 20A for No.
Table 310.15 (B)(2)(a). Adjustment Factor for More Than 12 and 30A for No. 10 copper; or 15A for No. 12 and 25A for No. 10 aluminum and copper-
Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable clad aluminum after any correction factors for ambient temperature and number of conductors
have been applied.
1
Number of Current-Carrying Percent of Values in Tables as Adjusted
Conductors for Ambient Temperature if Necessary
1
4–6 80
7–9 70 1
10–20 50
21–30 45 1
31–40
41 and above
40
35
1
Where single conductors or multiconductor cables are stacked 1
or bundled longer than 24 in (610 mm) without maintaining
spacing and are not installed in raceways, the allowable 1
ampacity of each conductor shall be reduced as shown in
the above table. 1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Table 310.18. Allowable Ampacities of Three Single Insulated Conductors Rated 0–2000V,
1 150°–250°C [302°–482°F], in Raceway or Cable Based on Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C [104°F] 1
1
Temperature Rating of Conductor. See NEC Table 310-13.
Size 150°C [302°F] 200°C [392°F] 250°C [482°F] 150°C [302°F] Size
Type Z Types FEP, FEPB, PFA Types PFAH, TFE Type Z
1 AWG
kcmil Copper Nickel or Nickel-Coated Copper Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
AWG
kcmil
1 14
12
34
43
36
45
39
54
—
30
14
12
1 10 55 60 73 44 10
8 76 83 93 57 8
1 6 96 110 117 75 6
4 120 125 148 94 4
1 3 143 152 166 109 3
1 2 160 171 191 124 2

1 186 197 215 145 1
1 1/0 215 229 244 169 1/0

2/0 251 260 273 198 2/0
1 3/0 288 297 308 227 3/
1
4/0 332 346 361 260 4/0
250 — — — — 250
1 300 — — — — 300
350 — — — — 350
1 400 — — — — 400
500 — — — — 500
1 600 — — — — 600
1 700
750
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
700
750
1 800 — — — — 800
1000 — — — — 1000
1 1500 — — — — 1500
2000 — — — — 2000
1
Correction Factors
1 Ambient Ambient
Temp. °C For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40°C [104°F], Multiply the Allowable Ampacities Shown Above By the Appropriate Factor Shown Below Temp. °F
1 41–50 0.95 0.97 0.98 0.95 105–122
51–60 0.90 0.94 0.95 0.90 123–140
1 61–70 0.85 0.90 0.93 0.85 141–158
1 71–80 0.80 0.87 0.90 0.80 159–176

81–90 0.74 0.83 0.87 0.74 177–194
1 91–100 0.67 0.79 0.85 0.67 195–212

101–120 0.52 0.71 0.79 0.52 213–248
1 121–140 0.30 0.61 0.72 0.30 249–284
1
141–160 — 0.50 0.65 — 285–320
161–180 — 0.35 0.58 — 321–356
1 181–200 — — 0.49 — 357–392

201–225 — — 0.35 — 393–437
1 Note
1 Reprinted by permission from NFPA 70-2005. National Electrical Code®, Copyright© 2005. National Fire Protection Association, Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02269.
1
1
1

NEMA Contactors and Starters
2.1 Freedom Series

NEMA AN16DN0AB
NEMA Size 1 Starter
2
Features, Benefits and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-2 2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-3
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-3 2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-4
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing,
2
Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-10
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage,
2
Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-15
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-35
Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39 2
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-48
2
2.2 Space-Savings Series
NEMA Size 1 Contactor
2
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-63 2
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-64
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-71 2
XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-78
2
Product Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-81 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-85
2.3 A200 Series

2
NEMA Space-Savings
Size 1C Contactor
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-97 2
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-103
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-124 2
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-126
2
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-129
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-132 2
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-135
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-137 2
2.4 Solenoids—Alternating Current 2
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-140
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-141
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-142 2
2.5 Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
Product Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-143
2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-144 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-146
2
2.6 Reference Data
IEC Utilization Categories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-148 2
Annex A (informative) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-149
Motor Ratings Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-151 2
2
Drawings
Online 2
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—February 2019 www.eaton.com V5-T2-1

2.1 NEMA Contactors and Starters
Freedom Series
Contents
2 Freedom Series
Description Page
2 Freedom Series
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-3
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . V5-T2-4
2 Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-10
2 Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-15
2 Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-35
Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39
2 C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-48
2
2
2 Product Overview Features, Benefits and Functions
2 Freedom Series starters and
contactors feature a compact,
Freedom NEMA
space-saving design, using
● Adjustable bimetallic ● Accessible terminals for
2 state-of-the-art technology ambient compensated easy wiring. Optional
and the latest in high overload relays with fingerproof shields
2 strength, impact and interchangeable heater
packs—available in three
available to prevent
electrical shock
temperature resistant
basic sizes, covering
2 insulating materials.
applications up to
● Top located coil terminals
convenient and readily
900 hp—reducing the accessible. 45 mm
2 number of different contactor magnet coils
contactor/overload relay have three terminals,
2 combinations that have to
be stocked. Fixed heater
permitting either top or
diagonal wiring—easy to
2 ●
overloads are optional
Electronic overload relay
replace European or U.S.
style starters or contactors
(C440) available as a stand- without changing wiring
2 alone unit and assembled layout
with Freedom Contactor Designed to meet or
2
●
● A full line of snap-on exceed NEMA, UL, CSA,

accessories— top and side VDE, BS and other
2 mounted auxiliary contacts, international standards
solid-state and pneumatic and listings
2 timers, and so on ● American engineering—
● Straight-through wiring— built by Eaton, using the
2 line lugs at top, load lugs
at bottom
latest in statistical process
control methods to
2 ● Horizontal or vertical
mounting on upright panel
produce high quality,
reliable products
for application freedom Sized based on standard
2
●
● Screw type power NEMA classifications

terminals have captive, Easy coil change and
2
●
backed-out self-lifting inspectable/replaceable

pressure plates with contacts
2 ± screws—reduced ● Available in open and
wiring time NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4/4X
2 and 12 enclosures
2
2
V5-T2-2 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—February 2019 www.eaton.com

Freedom Series
2.1
● Standard: designed to ISO 9000 Certification Short Circuit Protection
2
meet or exceed UL,
NEMA, IEC, CSA, VDE
When you turn to Eaton’s
products, you turn to quality.
Fuses and Inverse-Time
Circuit Breakers may be
2
and BS The International Standards selected per Article 430,
● UL listed: UL File #E1491, Organization (ISO) has Part D of the National 2
Guide #NLDX—Open and established a series of Electrical Code to protect
NEMA 1, 4, 12 Enclosed standards acknowledged motor branch circuits from 2
● CSA Certified: CSA File by 91 industrialized nations fault conditions. If higher
#LR353, Class #321104 to bring harmony to the ratings or settings are required 2
Open and NEMA 1 international quest for quality. to start the motor, do not
Enclosed The ISO certification process
covers 20 quality system
exceed the maximum as listed
in Exception No. 2, Article
2
elements in design, 430-52.
production and installation 2
that must conform to
achieve registration. This 2
commitment to quality will
result in increased product
reliability and total customer
2
satisfaction.
2
2
Catalog Number Selection 2
Freedom Series
2
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
2
Device Type C440 OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
C440 FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
2
A = Starter Standard
C = Contactor E = IEC
N = NEMA
5E = Standard feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
NEMA Size 00
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
2
5G = Ground fault feature set 005 = 1–5A
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20) 020 = 4–20A 2
Device Assembly OLR Type NEMA Size 0
Configuration 5 = Contactor only—no overload relay AC Coil Suffix 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
2
70 = Multi-speed 6 = Starter w/C306 bi-metal OLR Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz 020 = 4–20A
1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
9 = Starter w/C440 electronic
overload
A
B
= 120/60 or 110/50
= 240/60 or 220/50
NEMA Size 1 2
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
C
D
= 480/60 or 440/50
= 600/60 or 550/50 005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
2
E = 208/60
NEMA Enclosure 045 = 9–45A
Contactor Frame Size 1 N = Open
H
J
= 277/60
= 208 – 240/60 3 NEMA Size 2 2
NEMA Continuous K = 240/50 005 = 1–5A
A=
Size
00
Amperes
9
For Starters L
N
= 380 – 415/50
= 550/50
020 = 4–20A 2
Starter 045 = 9–45A
B= 0 18 T = 24/60, 24/50 4
D= 1 27
Mounting Option
0 = Horizontal
U = 24/50
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100A
2
G= 2 45 V = 32/50
V = Vertical 2
K=
N= 4
3 90
135 For Contactors Only
W
Y
= 48/60
= 48/50
NEMA Size 4
140 = 28–140A
2
S= 5 270 2 = Two-pole NEMA Size 5 5
T=
U=
6
7
540
810
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
300 = 60–300A 2
V= 8 1215 5 = Five-pole
2
Notes
1 For contactor only orders, add B to end of catalog number if NEMA Size 00–2, 6. 2
2 Only available on AN56 reversing starters.
3 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.
4 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
2
5 NEMA Size 5 requires the use of CTs with 1-5A OL relay.
2
2

Freedom Series
Contents
2 Non-Reversing and Reversing Contactors
Description Page
2 Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
2 Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-6
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-8
2 Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-10
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-15
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-35
Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39
2
2
2 Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
2 Product Description Features, Benefits and Functions
Non-Reversing Reversing ● Designed specifically for Non-Reversing
2 Contactors are most Reversing contactors are use in applications ● Holding circuit contact(s)
commonly used to switch used primarily for reversing requiring NEMA ratings. supplied as standard:
2 motor loads in applications single- or three-phase motors Contactors meet or
exceed NEMA standards
● Sizes 00–3 have NO
where running overcurrent in applications where running auxiliary contact block
ICS 2-1993
2 protection is either not
required or is provided
overcurrent protection is
either not required or is Long life twin break,
mounted on right hand
●
side (on Size 00, contact
separately. Contactors consist provided separately. They silver cadmium oxide
2 of a magnetically actuated consist of two contactors contacts—provide
occupies 4th power pole
position—no increase
switch which can be remotely mechanically and electrically excellent conductivity and in width)
2 operated by a pushbutton interlocked to prevent line superior resistance to ● Sizes 4–5 have a
station or pilot device such shorts and energization of welding and arc erosion NO contact block
2 as a proximity switch, limit both contactors ● Designed to 3,000,000 mounted on left side
switch, float switch, auxiliary simultaneously. electrical operations at Sizes 6–7 have a
2
●
contacts, and so on. maximum hp ratings up 2NO/2NC contact
through 25 hp at 600V block on top left
2 ● Steel mounting plate
standard on all open
● Size 8 has a NO/NC
contact block on top left
type contactors
2 back and a NO contact
block on top right back
2 Reversing
2 One NO-NC side mounted

●
interlock supplied as
standard on each
2 contactor for Sizes 00–8
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Product Selection
2
Three-Pole Contactors
2
NEMA Size 00 Type CN15/CN55 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
CN55AN3AB Maximum UL Horsepower 1 2
NEMA Continuous Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing Reversing
Size Ampere Rating 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 CN15AN3_B CN55AN3_B
0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 CN15BN3_B CN55BN3_B 2
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 CN15DN3_B CN55DN3_B
NEMA Size 0 2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 CN15GN3_B CN55GN3_B
2
CN15BN3AB
3 90 25 30 50 50 CN15KN3_ CN55KN3_
2
4 135 40 50 100 100 CN15NN3_ CN55NN3_
5 270 75 100 200 200 CN15SN3_ CN55SN3_ 2
6 540 150 200 400 400 CN15TN3_B CN55TN3_B
7 810 200 300 600 600 CN15UN3_ CN55UN3_ 2
NEMA Size 3
CN15KN3A
82 1215 400 450 900 900 CN15VN3_ CN55VN3_
2
2
2
2
2
Magnet Coils—AC and DC 2
Contactor coils listed in this designation in the catalog EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz For DC Magnet Coils,
section also have a 50 Hz
rating as shown in the
number (_) with the proper
code suffix from the table.
coil, change CN15AN3_B
to CN15AN3LB. For all
see Accessories, Pages
V5-T2-28 and V5-T2-29.
2
adjacent table. Select other sizes, the magnet
required contactor by For Sizes 00–2, the magnet coil alpha designation will 2
catalog number and replace coil alpha designation will be be the last digit of the listed
the magnet coil alpha the next to the last digit of
the listed catalog number.
catalog number. 2
AC Suffix
2
Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz Code Suffix
2
120/60 or 110/50 A 380–415/50 L
240/60 or 220/50 B 550/50 N 2
480/60 or 440/50 C 24/60, 24/50 4 T
600/60 or 550/50 D 24/50 U
2
208/60 E 32/50 V
2
277/60 H 48/60 W
208–240/60 3 J 48/50 Y 2
240/50 K
Notes
2
2
1 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900 2
2 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number.
Example:CN15VND3C. 2
2
2

Freedom Series
Two-, Four- and Five-Pole Contactors

2
NEMA Size 2 Type CN15 NEMA Contactors—Non-Reversing
2 Five-Pole Contactor
CN15GN5AB
Two-Pole Four-Pole Five-Pole
Maximum UL Horsepower Non-Reversing Non-Reversing Non-Reversing
Continuous
2 NEMA Ampere Single-Phase (Two-Pole) Three-Phase Catalog Catalog Catalog
Size Rating 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Number Number Number
2 00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 CN15AN2_B CN15AN4_B —
0 18 1 2 2 3 5 5 CN15BN2_B — —
2 1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 CN15DN2_B CN15DN4_B CN15DN5_B
2 2
3
45
90
3 7-1/2 10
25
15
30
25
50
25
50
CN15GN2_B
CN15KN2_
CN15GN4_B
—
CN15GN5_B
—
2 4 135 40 50 100 100 CN15NN2_ — —

5 270 75 100 200 200 CN15SN2_ — —
2 6 540 150 200 400 400 CN15TN2_B — —
2
Magnet Coils—AC and DC
2 Select required starter by For Sizes 00–2, the magnet to CN15BN3LB. For all For DC Magnet Coils,
catalog number and replace coil alpha designation will be other sizes, the magnet see Accessories, Pages
2 the magnet coil alpha the next to the last digit of coil alpha designation will V5-T2-28 and V5-T2-29.
designation in the catalog the listed catalog number. be the last digit of the listed
2 number (_) with the proper
code suffix from the table.
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz
coil, change CN15BN3_B
catalog number.
2
2 AC Suffix
2 120/60 or 110/50 A 380–415/50 L

240/60 or 220/50 B 550/50 N
2 480/60 or 440/50 C 24/60, 24/50 2 T
D U
2
600/60 or 550/50 24/50
208/60 E 32/50 V
2 277/60 H 48/60 W
208–240/60 1 J 48/50 Y
2 240/50 K
2
Kits and Accessories Publication Numbers
2 ● Auxiliary contacts, ● See Page V5-T2-30
contactor mounted—
2 Pages V5-T2-25 to
V5-T2-27
2 ● Transient suppressor, for
magnet coil—Page
2 ●
V5-T2-24
Timers—solid-state and
2 pneumatic, mount on
contactor—Page
V5-T2-22
2
Renewal Parts
2 Notes
2 2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
2
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—Open and Enclosed
NEMA Size Power Terminals Line or Load Control Terminals Cu Only 2
00
0
12–16 stranded; 12–14 solid Cu
8–16 stranded; 10–14 solid Cu
12–16 stranded
12–14 solid 2
1 8–14 stranded or solid Cu 2
2 3–14 (upper) and/or 6–14 (lower) stranded or solid 1 Cu
3 1/0–14 Cu/Al 2
4 250 mcm–6
5 750 kcmil–2, or (2) 250 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
2
6 (2) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
2
7 (3) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
8 (4) 750 kcmil–4/0 Cu/Al 2
2
Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 2
NEMA Size 200V 230V 460V 575V 2
00 — 1/2 1/2 1/2
0 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
2
1 3 3 5 5
2
2 7-1/2 10 15 15
3 15 20 30 30 2
4 25 30 60 60
5 60 75 150 150 2
6 125 150 300 300
2
Notes
1 Two compartment box lug.
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
2
NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Dimensions
2 Approximate Dimensions in Inches (mm)
2 Non-Reversing Contactors—Open Type
2 G A G F
C
G A G F
C
G A G F
C
2
A Top A Top Side A Top A Top Side A Top A Top Side
2 U
X
Mtd.
Aux.
U E
X
Mtd.
Aux.
Mtd.
Aux. B U
X
Mtd.
Aux.
U E
X
Mtd. Mtd.
Aux. Aux. B
U
X
Mtd.
Aux.
U E
X
Mtd.
Aux.
Mtd.
Aux. B
2
Auxiliary Auxiliary Auxiliary
2 D Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
D Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
D Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws #10-32 Screws #10-32 Screws
2 Sizes 00, Two- to Four-Pole Sizes 0–2, Two- and Three-Pole Sizes 0–2, Two- and Three-Pole
2 G A G F
C
A C A C
2
A Top A Top Side
Side
2 U
X
Mtd.
Aux.
U E
X
Mtd.
Aux.
Mtd.
Aux. B E Mtd.
Aux.
B E B
2
Auxiliary
2 D Contacts
Mtg. Holes for
D
Mtg. Holes for (3)
D
Mtg. Holes for
#10-32 Screws 1/4-20 Screws (3) Screws
2 Sizes 1–2, Five-Pole Size 3 Sizes 4–5
2 A C
2
Mtg. Holes for (2)
2 5/16-18 Screws
E
B
2
2 D
Mtg. Slots for (2)
2 5/16-18 Screws
Size 6
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights
2 NEMA Number Wide High Deep Mounting Mounting Shipping Weight
Size of Poles A B C D E F G Lbs (kg)
2 00 2–4 1.75 (44.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.49 (88.6) 1.50 (38.1) 1 3.38 (85.9) 4.62 (117.3) 0.54 (13.7) 1.7 (0.7)
2 0 2–3 1.75 (44.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.49 (88.6) 1.50 (38.1) 3.38 (85.9) 4.62 (117.3) 0.54 (13.7) 1.8 (0.8)
1
1–2 2–3 2.56 (65.0) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1 4.50 (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 3.1 (1.4)
2 1–2 4 3.44 (87.4) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1 4.50 (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 3.6 (1.6)
1–2 5 4.32 (109.7) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 2.00 (50.8) 1 4.50 (114.3) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 4.0 (1.8)
2 3 2–3 4.08 (103.6) 7.17 (182.1) 5.94 (150.9) 3.00 (76.2) 6.63 (168.4) — — 8.5 (3.9)
4 2–3 7.05 (179.1) 9.11 (231.4) 7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4) 8.50 (215.9) — — 20.0 (9.1)
2 5 2–3 7.05 (179.1) 13.12 (333.2) 7.78 (197.6) 6.00 (152.4) 12.50 (317.5) — — 23.0 (10.4)
2 6
7
3
3
8.63 (219.2)
11.02 (279.9)
13.54 (343.9)
19.30 (490.2)
8.88 (225.6)
11.46 (291.1)
4.33 (110.0)
6.89 (175.0)
8.63 (219.2)
11.02 (279.9)
—
—
—
—
35.0 (15.9)
100.0 (45.4)
2 8 3 13.00 (330.2) 24.50 (622.3) 13.63 (346.2) 4.22 (107.2) 14.86 (377.4) — — 160.0 (72.6)
Note
2 1 Center mounting slot at bottom supplied only on Size 00 and 0 contactors.

Freedom Series
2.1
2
Reversing Contactors—Open Type
G A G F A C
2
C
2
A
U
Top
Mtd.
Top
Mtd.
A
U
Top
Mtd.
Side
Mtd.
2
B
X Aux. Aux. X E Aux. Aux. E B
2
D
Auxiliary
Contacts
2
Mtg. Holes for (3) Mtg. Holes for (3)
#10-32 Screws
D
1/4-20 Screws 2
Sizes 00–2 Size 3
2
A C
A C
2
2
E
B
E
B
2
2
D
Mtg. for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
D D
Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
2
Sizes 4–5 Open Type—Sizes 7–8 Horizontal
2
A C 2
2
2
E
B
2
2
2
D Mtg. Holes for (4)
Size 6
3/8-16 Screws 2
2
NEMA Wide High Deep Mounting Mounting Shipping Weight 2
Size A B C D E F G Lbs (kg)
00–0 4.20 (106.7) 4.35 (110.5) 3.52 (89.4) 3.50 (88.9) 3.86 (98.0) 4.90 (124.5) 0.54 (13.7) 3.3 (1.5) 2
1–2 5.71 (145.0) 5.05 (128.3) 4.44 (112.8) 5.25 (133.4) 3.63 (92.2) 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 7.8 (3.5)
3 8.70 (221.0) 7.17 (182.1) 5.94 (150.9) 7.00 (177.8) 6.63 (168.4) — — 17.0 (7.7)
2
4 14.68 (372.9) 9.11 (231.4) 7.25 (184.2) 13.50 (342.9) 8.50 (215.9) — — 47.0 (21.3)
2
5 14.50 (368.3) 12.25 (311.2) 7.78 (197.6) 13.50 (342.9) 11.50 (292.1) — — 63.0 (28.6)
6 19.77 (502.2) 16.61 (421.9) 9.90 (251.5) 18.00 (457.2) 12.00 (304.8) — — 80.0 (36.3) 2
7 28.00 (711.2) 26.75 (679.5) 1 12.75 (323.9) 12.75 (323.9) 11.00 (279.4) — — 260.0 (118.0)
8 30.13 (765.3) 39.00 (990.6) 1 14.69 (373.1) 14.13 (358.9) 15.00 (381.0) — — 350.0 (158.9) 2
Note
1 Includes cross wiring.
2
2

Freedom Series
Contents
2 Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage Starters
Description Page
2 Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . V5-T2-4
Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and
2 Reversing, Full Voltage
2 Kits and Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-13
Renewal Parts Publication Numbers . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-13
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-14
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-15
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-35
Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39
2 C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-48
2
2 Starters—Three-Phase Non-Reversing and Reversing, Full Voltage
2 Product Description Features, Benefits and
Functions
2 Non-Reversing ● Bimetallic ambient ● The C440 is a self- Non-Reversing
Three-phase, full voltage compensated overload powered, robust ● Holding circuit contact(s)
2 magnetic starters are most
commonly used to switch AC
relays—available in three
basic sizes covering
electronic overload
designed for integrated
supplied as standard:
● Sizes 00–3 have a NO
motor loads. Starters consist applications up to 900 hp— use with Freedom
2 of a magnetically actuated reducing number of NEMA contactors
auxiliary contact block
mounted on right-hand
switch (contactor) and an different contactor/overload Tiered feature set to side (on Size 00, contact
2
●
overload relay assembled relay combinations that provide coverage occupies 4th power pole
together. have to be stocked specific to your position—no increase
2 Reversing
These overload relays application in width)
feature: ● Broad 5: 1 FLA range ● Sizes 4–5 have a
2 Three-phase, full voltage
magnetic starters are used
● Selectable manual for maximum flexibility NO contact block
or automatic reset ● Coverage from mounted on left side
primarily for reversing of
2 three-phase squirrel cage
operation 0.05–1500A to meet ● Sizes 6–7 have a
● Interchangeable heater all your needs 2NO/2NC contact
motors. They consist of two
2 contactors and a single packs adjustable ±24%
to match motor FLA and
● Long life twin break, block on top left
Size 8 has a NO/NC
overload relay assembled silver cadmium oxide ●
calibrated for 1.0 and

2 together. The contactors are
1.15 service factors.
contacts—provide
excellent conductivity
contact block on top
left back and a NO on
mechanically and electrically
Heater packs for smaller and superior resistance top right back
2 interlocked to prevent line
shorts and energization of overload relay will mount to welding and arc erosion.
both contactors in larger overload relay— Generously sized for low Reversing
2 simultaneously. useful in derating resistance and cool ● Each contactor (Size 00–8)
applications such as operation supplied with one NO-NC
2 jogging ● Designed to 3,000,000 side mounted contact
● Load lugs built into electrical operations at block as standard. NC
2 ●
relay base
Single-phase protection,
maximum hp ratings up
through 25 hp at 600V
contacts are wired as
electrical interlocks
2 Class 20 or Class 10
trip time
● Steel mounting plate
standard on all open
Overload trip indication type starters
2
●
● Electrically isolated ● Wired for separate or

NO-NC contacts (pull common control
2 RESET button to test)
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Product Selection
2
When Ordering Supply
● Catalog number 2
● Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T2-41 to V5-T2-43) or full load current
2
Type AN16/AN56 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay—Non-Reversing and Reversing 1
Size 0
Non-Reversing Starter Maximum UL Horsepower 2 Three-Pole Three-Pole Vertical
2
Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing 3 Reversing 3 Reversing 3
NEMA
Continuous
Ampere
Service-Limit
Current Rating Catalog Catalog Catalog 2
Size Rating (Amperes) 4 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Number Number Number
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN16AN0_C AN56AN0_C — 2
0
1
18
27
21
32
1
2
2
3
3
7-1/2
3
7-1/2
5
10
5
10
AN16BN0_C
AN16DN0_B
AN56BN0_C
AN56DN0_B
AN56BNV0_
AN56DNV0_
2
2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN16GN0_B AN56GN0_B AN56GNV0_ 2
3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN16KN0_ AN56KN0_ AN56KNV0_
Size 1
Reversing Starter 4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN16NN0_ AN56NN0_ AN56NNV0_ 2
5 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN16SN0_B AN56SN0_B —
6 540 621 — — 150 200 400 400 AN16TN0_C AN56TN0_C —
2
7 810 932 — — 200 300 600 600 AN16UN0_B AN56UN0_B —
2
85 1215 1400 — — 400 450 900 900 AN16VN0_B AN56VN0_B —
Magnet Coils—AC or DC
2
Starter coils listed in this
section also have a 50 Hz
in the catalog number (_) with
the proper code suffix from
EXAMPLE: For a 380V, 50 Hz
coil, change AN16BN0_C
For DC Magnet Coils,
see Accessories, Pages
2
rating as shown in the the table. to AN16BN0LC. For all V5-T2-28 and V5-T2-29.
adjacent table. Select other sizes, the magnet 2
required starter by catalog For Sizes 00–2 and 5–8, the coil alpha designation will
number and replace the magnet coil alpha designation
will be the next to last digit
be the last digit of the listed 2
magnet coil alpha designation catalog number.
of the listed catalog number.
2
AC Suffix
2
120/60 or 110/50 A 380–415/50 L 2
240/60 or 220/50 B 550/50 N
480/60 or 440/50 C 24/60, 24/50 7 T 2
600/60 or 550/50 D 24/50 U
208/60 E 32/50 V
2
277/60
208–240/60 6
H
J
48/60
48/50
W
Y
2
240/50 K 48/50 Y 2
Notes
1 Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-41 to V5-T2-43.
2 Maximum horsepower rating of starters for 380V 50 Hz applications:
2
NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 2
Horsepower 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 600 900
2
3 Underscore (_) indicates coil suffix required, see AC Suffix table.
The service-limit current ratings represent the maximum rms current, in amperes, which the controller shall be permitted to carry for protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current
2
4
ratings, temperature rises shall be permitted to exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The current rating of overload relays or trip current of other motor
protective devices used shall not exceed the service-limit current rating of the controller.
5 Common control. For separate 120V control, insert letter D in 7th position of listed catalog number. Example: AN56VND0CB. 2
NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only. Sizes 1–8 are 24/60 only.
2
7

Freedom Series
Two-Speed Selective Control

2
When Ordering Supply
2 ● Catalog number plus For two-speed other than Note: Two-speed starters
magnet coil code suffix. selective control: are designed for starting and
2 Example: Size 0—
AN700BN022B
● Catalog number plus
controlling both separate
(two-winding) and reconnectable
magnet coil code suffix and (one-winding) motors. Separate
2 ● Heater pack number or full
load current for each speed
option required. Example: winding, WYE-WYE motors
have a separate winding for
AN700BN022B except
2 compelling each speed. Reconnectable,
consequent pole motors use the
● Heater pack number or full same winding for both speeds. All
2 load current for each speed standard starters are wired
for selective control.
2 Separate Winding 1
Two-Winding
2 AN700DN022 Maximum Horsepower—60/50 Hertz
Constant or Variable Torque Constant Horsepower NEMA Open Type
2 115V 200V 230V 460V/575V 115V 200V 230V 460/575V Size Catalog Number
1-1/2 3 3 5 1 2 2 3 0 AN700BN022_
2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 2 5 5 7-1/2 1 AN700DN022_
— 10 15 25 — 7-1/2 10 20 2 AN700GN022_
2 — 25 30 50 — 20 25 40 3 AN700KN022_
2 —
—
40
75
50
100
100
200
—
—
30
60
40
75
75
150
4
5
AN700NN022_
AN700SN022_
2 Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-41 to V5-T2-43.
2
One-Winding Reconnectable Winding 1
2 AN700BN0218 Maximum Horsepower—60/50 Hertz Open Type
Constant or Constant
2 Constant or Variable Torque
115V 200V 230V 460V/575V
Constant Horsepower
115V 200V 230V 460/575V
NEMA
Size
Variable Torque
Catalog Number
Horsepower
Catalog Number
2 1-1/2 3 3 5 1 2 2 3 0 AN700BN0218_ AN700BN0219_

3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 2 5 5 7-1/2 1 AN700DN0218_ AN700DN0219_
2 One-Winding — 10 15 25 — 7-1/2 10 20 2 AN700GN0218_ AN700GN0219_
AN700DN0218
— 25 30 50 — 20 25 40 3 AN700KN0218_ AN700KN0219_
2 — 40 50 100 — 30 40 75 4 AN700NN0218_ AN700NN0219_
2 Prices of starters do not include heater packs. Select two packs (two overload relays, one for each speed). Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-41 to V5-T2-43.
2
2 Magnetic Coils—AC or DC
2 Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix Coil Voltage and Hz Code Suffix
120/60 or 110/50 A 277/60 H 24/60, 24/50 2 T
2 240/60 or 220/50 B 208–240/60 J 24/50 U
480/60 or 440/50 C 240/50 K 32/50 V
2 600/60 or 550/50 D 380–415/50 L 48/60 W
2 208/60 E 550/50 N 48/50 Y
Notes
2 1 If branch circuit protective device is 45A or greater, C320FBR1 fuse kit(s) may be required for circuit protection per NEC 530-072.
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Kits and Accessories Renewal Parts
● Auxiliary contacts, ● Timers—solid-state and Publication Numbers 2
contactor mounted— pneumatic, mount on See Page V5-T2-30
2
●
Pages V5-T2-25 to contactor—Page

V5-T2-27 V5-T2-22
● Transient suppressor, for 2
magnet coil—Page
V5-T2-24 2
2
Technical Data and Specifications 2
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 00–2—Open and Enclosed 2
NEMA Size Wire Size 1 Cu Only
Power Terminals—Line 2
00
0
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
2
1 8–14 AWG stranded or solid
2
2 3–14 AWG (upper) and/or 6–14 AWG (lower) stranded or solid 2
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (stranded or solid) 2
00–0 14–6 AWG stranded or solid
1–2 14–2 AWG stranded or solid 2
Control Terminals—Cu Only
2
2
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 3–8—Open and Enclosed 2
NEMA Size Wire Size 2
Power Terminals—Line and Load 2
3 1/0–14 AWG Cu/Al
4 Open—3/0–8 AWG Cu; Enclosed—250 kcmil—6 AWG Cu/Al
2
5 750 kcmil—2 AWG; or (2) 250 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al
2
6 (2) 750 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al
7 (3) 750 kcmil—3/0 AWG Cu/Al 2
8 (4) 750 kcmil—1/0 AWG Cu/Al
Control Terminals—Cu Only 2
2
Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 3 2
NEMA Size 200V 230V 460V 575V
2
00 — 1/2 1/2 1/2
0 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 2
1 3 3 5 5
2 7-1/2 10 15 15 2
3 15 20 30 30
4 25 30 60 60
2
5 60 75 150 150
2
6 125 150 300 300
Notes 2
1 Minimum per NEC. Maximum wire size: Sizes 00 and 0 to 8 AWG and Sizes 1–2 to 2 AWG.
2 Two compartment box lug. 2
3 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute, or more than 10 times in a 10 minute period.
NEMA Standard ICS2-1993 table 2-4-3.

2

Freedom Series
Wiring Diagrams
2
Three-Phase and Single-Phase Applications
2
L1 L2 L3 Remote Pilot Devices L1 L2
2 1 A1 A2 2 Two-Wire
Control 1 3
Not for Use with
2 Separate Control
A2
3
Auto Reset OL Relays
98 Three-Wire Start
Remove Wire “c”
2 when it is supplied.
Connect separate
“c” 97
96
Control 3
2
Stop
control lines to the 95 1 T1 T2
2 No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2
the remote pilot T1 T2 T3
T3
When more than Field Conversion
one pushbutton Start Start
device and Terminal to Single-Phase, Add
2 96 on the overload
relay.
station is used,
omit Connector
3
2
Dotted Connections
“A” and connect Stop Stop T1 T2
Motor 1
2 per sketch.
“A”
NEMA Size 00 Motor
2 Remote Pilot Devices L1 L2
L1 L2 L3 “c”
2 1
A1 A2
2
Two-Wire
Control 1 3
Not for Use with
2 Separate Control
3 Auto Reset OL Relays
Three-Wire Start
Remove Wire “c” 98 Control
2 when it is supplied.
Connect separate
97
96 Stop
3
2
control lines to the 1 T1 T2
95
2 No. 1 Terminal on T1 T2 T3
the remote pilot T1 T2 T3 When more than Start Start Field Conversion
device and Terminal one pushbutton to Single-Phase, Add
3
2 96 on the overload
relay.
station is used,
omit Connector
“A” and connect Stop Stop
2
Dotted Connections
T1 T2
Motor 1
per sketch.
2 “A”
NEMA Sizes 0, 1 and 2 Motor
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Contents
NEMA Size 1—BN15DN0AB
Description Page
2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . V5-T2-4 2
Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-10 2
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing,
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload 2
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-16 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21 2
Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-35 2
Relays—Thermal Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-48 2
2
2
Starters—Single-Phase Non-Reversing, Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload 2
Product Description 2
Single-phase, full voltage ● Three-pole Freedom Series
magnetic starters connect overload with poles two 2
the motor directly across the and three wired in series
line, allowing it to draw full
inrush current during start-up.
for motor overload
protection. This overload
2
These starters are most is ambient compensated,
commonly used for control of selectable manual or 2
self-starting single-phase automatic reset,
motors up to 15 hp at 230V. interchangeable Class 10 or 2
They consist of a two-pole 20 heater packs, 1.0
electromagnetic contactor to
make and break the motor
or 1.15 service factor
selectability, overload trip
2
power circuit and an overload
relay to provide running
indication and electrically
isolated NO-NC contacts
2
overload protection. Starters (pull RESET button to test)
listed in the table include: ● Holding circuit NO auxiliary 2
contact supplied as
● Two-pole Freedom Series
contactor with long life standard. On Size 00, the 2
twin break, silver cadmium contact occupies the 4th
oxide contacts. Generously power pole position. Sizes 2
sized for low resistance 0–3 have the NO auxiliary
and cool operation. mounted on the right side
of the contactor
2
Designed to 3 million
electrical operations
at maximum hp and
● Steel mounting plate as
standard on all open type
2
starters. Wired for separate
30 million mechanical
operations to Size 0, or common control 2
10 million operations
to Size 2 and 6 million 2
operations to Size 3
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Product Selection
2
When Ordering Specify
2 ● Catalog number
● Heater pack number (see selection table, Pages V5-T2-41 to V5-T2-43) or full load current
2
Type BN16 NEMA—Manual or Automatic Reset Overload Relay
2 BN16DM0AB
NEMA Maximum Horsepower Magnet Coil Voltage Open Type Two-Pole
Size Motor Voltage Single-Phase (60 Hz) Catalog Number
2 00 115 1/3 120 1 BN16AN0AC
2 230 1 240 BN16AN0BC

0 115 1 120 1 BN16BN0AC
2 230 2 240 BN16BN0BC
1 115 2 120 1 BN16DN0AB
2 230 3 240 BN16DN0BB
2 1P 115 3 120 1 BN16PN0AB

230 5 240 BN16PN0BB
2 2 115 3 120 1 BN16GN0AB

230 7-1/2 240 BN16GN0BB
2 3 115 7-1/2 120 1 BN16KN0A
230 15 240 BN16KN0B
2 Starter catalog numbers do not include heater packs. Select one carton of three heater packs. Heater pack selection, Pages V5-T2-41 to V5-T2-43.
2 Note
1 For separate 120V control circuit. For maximum hp at listed motor voltages, use the rating of other starters of same size.
2
Wiring Diagrams
2
Single-Phase Applications (Factory Wired)
2 AC Lines
1 3 “C”
2 L1 L2 T1 T2
1
2 M
A1 A2 2/13
Single-Phase Motor
3/14
2 98 3/14 START
1 3/14
2 OL
97
96 Not for Use with STOP
2/13
Auto Reset OL Relays 1
Reset
2 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3 95 Two-Wire Control Three-Wire Control
T1 T2
When more than
2 Separate Control
2 4
one pushbutton
station is used,
START “A” START
3/14
Remove Wire “C” if supplied and connect separate control omit Connector “A”
2 lines to the Number 1 Terminal on the remote pilot device
and to the Number 96 Terminal on the overload relay.
and connect per
sketch at right.
STOP STOP
2/13
1
2 Front View of Panel
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Dimensions
Non-Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type 2
G A G Top
Mtd.
F
C
G A G Top
Mtd.
F
C 2
Aux. Aux.
A Top A Side A Top A Side 2

U Mtd. U Mtd. U Mtd. U Mtd.
X Aux. X Aux.
B
X Aux. X Aux.
B 2
E E
CL Auxiliary 0.13 CL Auxiliary

2
Contacts (3.3) Contacts
Mtg. Holes for #10-32 Screws

Mtg. Holes for
2
D #10-32 Screws
Sizes 1–2 2
A C
G C A C 2
Aux.
Aux.
2
Cont. E
E B B E B 2
2
D D 2
A Mtg. Holes for (3) Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws 1/4-20 Screws D Mtg. Holes for
1/4-20 Screws 2
Size 3 Size 4 Size 5
A C 2
2
A C
2
E B
E B
2
2
D Mtg. Holes for 2
1/2-13 Screws
3/8-16 Screws Sizes 7–8 2
Size 6
2
NEMA Wide High Deep Mounting Mounting Shipping Weight 2
Size A B C D E F G Lbs (kg)
00–0 1.80 (45.7) 6.60 (167.6) 3.52 (89.4) — 6.07 (154.2) 4.90 (124.5) 0.54 (13.7) 2.2 (1.0) 2
1–1P
2
2.56 (65.0)
2.56 (65.0)
7.08 (179.8)
8.08 (205.2)
4.44 (112.8)
4.44 (112.8)
2.00 (50.8)
2.00 (50.8)
6.63 (168.4)
7.63 (193.8)
5.80 (147.3)
5.80 (147.3)
0.54 (13.7)
0.54 (13.7)
4.5 (2.0)
4.7 (2.1)
2
3 4.08 (103.6) 11.35 (288.3) 5.94 (150.9) 3.00 (76.2) 10.81 (274.6) — — 11.0 (5.0) 2
4 7.05 (179.1) 12.06 (306.3) 7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4) 8.50 (215.9) — — 23.0 (10.4)
5 7.00 (177.8) 17.77 (451.4) 7.76 (197.1) 6.00 (152.4) 16.00 (406.4) — — 36.0 (16.3) 2
6 9.47 (240.5) 21.69 (550.9) 9.90 (251.5) 3.10 (78.7) 18.00 (457.2) — — 75.0 (34.1)
7 15.13 (384.3) 29.13 (739.9) 12.64 (321.1) 13.25 (336.6) 21.25 (539.8) — — 120.0 (54.5)
2
8 15.13 (384.3) 34.50 (876.3) 15.00 (381.0) 13.25 (336.6) 16.75 (425.5) — — 210.0 (95.3)
2
Note
1 Holding circuit contact for Size 00 occupies 4th power pole position—no increase in width.
2

Freedom Series

2
Reversing Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—Open Type
2
A C
2 CL
2
G A G F
2 C
E B
2 A
U
Top
Mtd.
CL Top
Mtd.
A
U
Top
Mtd.
Side
Mtd.
X Aux. Aux. X Aux. Aux.
2 E
B
D
2 Auxiliary
Contacts
Mtg. Holes for (3)
1/4-20 Screws
b Size 3
2 .13 D Mtg. Holes for (3)
(3.3) #10-32 Screws
2 Sizes 00 – 2
A C
2
2
E B
2 A C
D
2
2 D Mtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws
2 E
Sizes 4 – 5
E1 B
2 A C
2
E B
2
D1 Mtg. Holes for (6)
2 3/8-16 Screws
Size 6
D D Mtg. Holes for (6)
1/2-13 Screws
Open Type — Sizes 7 – 8 Horizontal
2
2 NEMA Wide High Deep Mounting Mounting Shipping Weight
Size A B C D E D1 E1 F G Lbs (kg)
2 00–0 4.20 (106.7) 7.38 (187.5) 3.52 (89.4) 3.50 (88.9) 6.87 (174.5) — — 4.90 (124.5) 0.54 (13.7 3.6 (1.6)
2 1 5.71 (145.0) 7.08 (179.8) 4.44 (112.8) 5.25 (133.4) 5.75 (146.1) — — 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 8.3 (3.8)
2 5.71 (145.0) 8.08 (205.2) 4.44 (112.8) 5.25 (133.4 6.75 (171.5) — — 5.80 (147.3) 0.54 (13.7) 8.5 (3.9)
2 3 8.70 (221.0) 11.35 (288.3) 5.94 (150.9) 7.00 (177.8) 10.81 (274.6) — — — — 20.0 (9.1)
4 14.68 (372.9) 12.06 (306.3) 7.25 (184.2) 13.50 (342.9) 8.50 (215.9) — — — — 49.0 (22.2)
2 5 14.50 (368.3) 17.77 (451.4) 7.76 (197.1) 13.50 (342.9) 16.00 (406.4) — — — — 68.0 (30.9)
2 6 19.77 (502.2) 22.63 (574.8) 9.90 (251.5) 18.00 (457.2) 12.00 (304.8) 3.10 (78.7) 18.00 (457.2) — — 90.0 (40.9)
7 28.06 (712.7) 32.13 (816.1) 1 12.70 (322.6) 12.75 (323.9) 21.25 (539.8) — — — — 175.0 (79.5)
2 8 30.38 (771.7) 41.50 (1054.1) 1 14.70 (373.4) 14.13 (358.9) 16.75 (425.5) — — — — 430.0 (195.2)
Notes
2 1 Includes cross wiring overhang.
2 See catalog listings for type and location of auxiliary contacts supplied with a particular starter.

Freedom Series
2.1
2
Reversing Starters—Vertical Construction, Bi-Metallic Overload—AN56V Open Vertical Starter
2
A C
F A F C 2
2
2
2
B B
2
E E
2
2
2
2

#10-32 Screws
NEMA Sizes 1 – 2 2
#10-32 Screws
NEMA Size 0
2
2
F A F C F A F C
2
2
2
E B E
B
2
2
2
2
D Mtg. Holes for (3) D Mtg. Holes for (4)
1/4-20 Screws 1/4-20 Screws 2
NEMA Size 3 NEMA Size 4
2
NEMA Wide High Deep

Mounting
Wide
Mounting
HIgh Shipping Weight
2
Size
0
A
4.25 (108.0)
B
12.05 (306.1)
C
3.84 (97.5)
D
2.00 (50.8)
E
11.50 (292.1)
Wire Zone
—
Lbs (kg)
4.0 (1.8)
2
1 4.25 (108.0) 12.05 (306.1) 3.86 (98.0) 2.00 (50.8) 11.50 (292.1) 1.00 (25.4) 9.0 (4.1) 2
2 4.25 (108.0) 12.05 (306.1) 3.86 (98.0) 2.00 (50.8) 11.50 (292.1) 1.00 (25.4) 9.5 (4.3)
3 9.25 (235.0) 16.75 (425.5) 5.18 (131.6) 7.15 (181.6) 16.07 (408.2) 1
21.0 (9.5) 2
4 9.08 (230.6) 19.84 (503.9) 5.18 (131.6) 8.00 (203.2) 18.51 (470.2) 1.50 (38.1) 50.0 (22.7)
2
Note
1 Wire overhang 1.00 mm left, 50 mm right.
2
2

Freedom Series

2
Multispeed Starters, Bi-Metallic Overload—AN700 Open Vertical Starter
2
A
A C A C
2
F F
2
E B B E B
E
2 a D C
a D
b D
2 Size “0” Multispeed Starter

2-Speed, 2-Winding
Size “1 – 2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
Size “3” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 2-Winding
2
A
F A C F
D C
2 E
B
E B
2 c
2 D
2-Speed, 2-Winding
c
2-Speed, 2-Winding
2 A
F A C F A C
F
2 E B E B
E B
2 a
D C a
D
2 D
a
Size “0” Multispeed Starter Size “1” Multispeed Starter Size “2” Multispeed Starter
2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding
2 F A C
A C
2
E B
E B
2
2 d
D
F D !
Size “3” Multispeed Starter Size “4” Multispeed Starter

2 2-Speed, 1-Winding 2-Speed, 1-Winding

2 Mounting Mounting
NEMA Wide High Deep Wide High Wire Shipping Weight
2 Size A B C D E Zone F Lbs (kg)
Two-Speed—Selective Control—Separate Winding
2 0 5.19 (132) 7.38 (188) 3.52 (89) 3.50 (89) 6.87 (175) 0.89 (23) 4.5 (2.0)
2 1
2
5.66 (144)
5.66 (144)
7.08 (180)
8.08 (205)
4.42 (112)
4.42 (112)
5.25 (133)
5.25 (133)
5.75 (146)
6.75 (165)
1.23 (31)
1.63 (41)
9.0 (4.1)
10.0 (4.5)
2 3
4
8.72 (221)
14.68 (373)
11.35 (288)
12.06 (306)
5.89 (150)
7.25 (184)
7.00 (178)
13.50 (343)
10.81 (275)
8.50 (216)
1.77 (45)
1.95 (50)
24.0 (10.9)
53.0 (24.1)
2 5 14.50 (368) 17.82 (453) 7.76 (197) 13.50 (343) 16.00 (406) 4.56 (116) 73.0 (33.1)
Two-Speed—Selective Control—Reconnectable Winding
2 0 8.62 (219) 7.06 (179) 3.82 (81) 6.62 (168) 6.50 (165) 0.50 (13) 6.0 (2.7)
1 8.97 (228) 7.12 (181) 4.72 (120) 6.62 (168) 6.50 (165) 1.04 (26) 10.0 (4.5)
2 2 8.90 (226) 8.62 (219) 4.75 (121) 8.40 (213) 8.12 (206) 1.03 (26) 11.0 (5.0)
3 16.00 (406) 13.46 (342) 6.38 (162) 15.00 (381) 12.25 (311) 1.24 (31) 31.0 (14.1)
2 4 15.46 (393) 31.00 (787) 7.74 (197) 13.50 (343) 30.00 (762) 1.84 (47) 72.0 (32.7)
2 Notes
1 Mounting holes for (3) #10 screws. 4 Mounting holes for (4) 5/16 screws.
2 Mounting holes for (3) 1/4-20 screws. Mounting holes for (4) 3/8 screws.
2
5
3 Mounting holes for (4) 1/4-20 screws.

Freedom Series
2.1
Accessories
2
Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit Mechanical Interlock and Reversing Kits
IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2

Mechanical interlocks and interlock, stabilizer bar and 2
reversing kits are designed a pre-cut, trimmed and
Field mount to Freedom
Series starters and contactors.
reduce installation costs. They
provide short circuit protection
for field assembly of
reversing contactors or
formed wire set. Auxiliary
contacts, if required, must
2
Designed to save space and for branch circuits. starters from Freedom Series be ordered separately. See
components. The reversing Pages V5-T2-25 and 2
kits include a mechanical V5-T2-26.
Mounted Fuse Fuse Block Kits 2
Block Kit
Fuse Type
Catalog
Number C321KM60B Mechanical Interlock Only 23 2
Application
Class H—30A 250V C350KH21
NEMA Contactor Catalog 2
Class R—30A 250V C350KR21
Size IEC Size Mounting Number
Class G—15A 300V C350KG37
00–2 A–K Horizontal C321KM60B 2
3
3 to 4
L–N
N to P
Horizontal
Horizontal
C321KM30
C321KM43
2
Class G— 60A 300V C350KG32
Class T— 30A 300V C350KT31 Part No. 23-7165
4 P–S Horizontal C321KM40 2
4 to 5 — Horizontal C321KM45
Class T— 60A 300V C350KT32
4 to 6 S to T/U Horizontal C321KM80 2
Class J—30A 600V C350KJ61
5 — Horizontal C321KM50
Class J—60A 600V C350KJ62
5 to 6 — Horizontal C321KM56
2
Type M—30A 600V 1 C350KM61
Class CC—30A 600V C350KC63
6 T and U Horizontal C321KM70
2
6 to 7 T/U to V–X Horizontal C321KM90
Class T—30A 600V
Class T—60A 600V
C350KT61
C350KT62
Wire Set 7 V, W and X Horizontal C321KM34 2
4 or 5 to 5 P–S to 5 Vertical C321KM55
5 to 6 — Vertical C321KM65 2
6 T and U Vertical C321KM66
Three-Pole Top Mounted Fuse Block Kit
6 to 7 T/U to V–X Vertical C321KM67
2
D
A C 2
Reversing Kits (Horizontal Contactor
Mounting Only) 2
B Application
NEMA Catalog
2
Size IEC Size Number
00 A–C C321KM60K14B
2
Mounting
Plate 0 D–F C321KM60K13B
2
1 — C321KM60K15B
Fuse Block
Class Amperes Volts
Wide A High B Deep C D
2 G–K C321KM60K16B 2
3 — C321KM60K17 4
G 15, 20, 30
60
300 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) —
— L and M C321KM60K21 4 2
300 2.62 (66.5) 4.25 (108.0) 2.08 (52.8) —
— N C321KM60K18
2
4
H 30 250 3.00 (76.2) 3.10 (78.7) 2.23 (56.6) 3.62 (91.9)
4 — C321KM60K19 4
J 30, 60 600 4.81 (122.2) 4.12 (104.6) 2.82 (71.6) —
M, CC 30 600 2.40 (61.0) 3.00 (76.2) 2.04 (51.8) —
5 — C321KM60K20 4 2
— P–S C321KM60K44 4
R
T
30
30, 60
250
300
3.00 (76.2)
3.44 (87.4)
3.10 (78.7)
3.00 (76.2)
2.23 (56.6)
2.33 (59.2)
3.62 (91.9)
— Notes 2
1 Type M fuse block not approved for branch circuit protection.
30 600 3.75 (95.3) 3.31 (84.1) 2.26 (57.4) — 2 Without cross-wiring. 2
60 600 4.87 (123.7) 3.00 (76.2) 2.58 (65.5) — 3 For use with latest series product.
4 Kit includes (2) NC auxiliary contacts.
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Solid-State Timers Pneumatic Timers—Top Mounted

2 Attachment mounts on top of unit has 1NO-1NC isolated
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer—Side Mounted on Freedom Series NEMA any NEMA Size 00–2 or IEC timed contacts—circuits in
2 00–2, IEC A–K and C25D, C25E and C25F Frame Size A–K Freedom Series each pole must be the same
This timer is designed to be ON DELAY timing function starter or contactor (top polarity. Units are convertible
2 wired in series with the starts. At the completion of mounted auxiliary contacts from OFF to ON DELAY or
load (typically a coil). When the set timing period, timer cannot be installed on device vice-versa.
2 the START button is pushed
(power applied to timer), the
and series wired load will
both be energized.
when timer is used). Timer
2 Pneumatic Timers
Pneumatic Timers
Mounted Timer Product Selection
2 Solid-State Timer
Catalog Timing Range
Catalog
Number
Timing Range Number 123
2 1–30 seconds C320TDN30_
0.1 to 30 seconds C320TP1
10 to 180 seconds C320TP2
2 30–300 seconds C320TDN300_
2 Maximum Ampere Ratings

Vac
2 Shorting Bar Kits Description 120 240 480 600
These kits provide phase-to- connections and mounting Make 30 15 7.5 6
2 phase power connections of hardware. The shorting bars Break 3 1.5 0.75 0.6
contactors for field assembly. connect all three phases of a
2 The kits include bus single contactor.
Locking Cover for Overload Relay—C306 Only
2 Snap-on transparent or dial—helps prevent accidental
Shorting Bar Kits opaque plastic panel for or unauthorized changes to
2 Catalog covering access port to the trip and reset setting.
Description Number overload relay trip setting
2 NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L–N C321SB18
NEMA Size 4, IEC Sizes A–S C321SB19
2 NEMA Size 6, IEC Sizes T and U C321SB22 Locking Cover for Locking Cover for Overlay Relay
Overlay Relay Min. Ordering
2 Description
Quantity
(Std. Pkg.)
Catalog
Number
2 Clear cover, no
accessibility
50 C320PC3
2 Gray cover, no
accessibility, with
50 C320PC4
Auto only nib

2 Gray cover, no 50 C320PC5
accessibility, with
2 Manual only nib
Gray cover with FLA dial 50 C320PC6
2 accessibility, A, B, C, D
positions and Auto only nib
2 Gray cover with FLA dial

accessibility, A, B, C, D
50 C320PC7
positions and Manual

2 only nib
Notes
2 1 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number.
A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V

2 2 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.
3 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
4 240V operating voltage not available for C320TDN3000_.
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Identification Markers DIN Rail Mounting Channel—35 mm
Designed for DIN rail
2
IEC Sizes A–K, NEMA Sizes 00–2 mounting of IEC style
Designed to snap on the face contactors and starters. 2
of contactor for easy,
personalized identification of
DIN Rail DIN Rail 2
individual devices. Includes
holder and labels.
1 meter length MC382MA1
2
Identification Markers 2
Identification marker C320DL2 2
Finger Protection Shields 2
Control Circuit Fuse Block Snap-on shields for both protection. Prevents
These panel mounted equipment designated as contactors and starters accidental contact with 2
fuse holders, designed for being suitable for use on provide IEC Type IP20 finger line/load terminals.
control circuit protection or
other similar low current
systems having high available
fault currents. If branch
2
Finger Protection Shields
requirements, have extractor circuit protective device is
type fuse caps. The Class CC 45A or greater, C320FBR Application Catalog Number 2
rejection type fuses (KTK-R) fuse kit may be required for NEMA Size 00, IEC Sizes A–C C320LS1
used in these holders are control circuit protection per NEMA Size 0, IEC Sizes D–F C320LS2 2
intended for use with NEC 430-72.
NEMA Sizes 1–2, IEC Sizes G–K
Contactors C320LS3
2
Control Circuit Control Circuit Fuse Block
Fuse Block Type Max. Amperes Catalog Number Reversing contactors C320LS4 2
NEMA Size 1
Fuse holder only 15 C320FB 1
30 C320FBR 2
Starters C320LS5 2
Reversing starters C320LS6
NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K
2
Dimensions
Starters C320LS7
2
Reversing starters C320LS8
2
1.88 (47.8)
1.25 (31.8)
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount 2
0.97
(24.6) NEMA 1–2 and IEC G–K Contactors
Designed to allow DIN rail convert contactors from
2
mounting of NEMA 1–2 and panel mounting to 35 mm
0.88 1.19
(22.4) (30.2) IEC G–K contactors. Includes DIN rail mounting. 2
all hardware required to
Fuse 2
Adapter to DIN Rail Mount
Catalog Number
2
2.06
C320DN65
2
(52.3) Notes
1 A fuse is not supplied, but holder will accept a Bussman Type KTK or KTK-R
2
(13/32 in x 1-1/2 in) fuse, 600V maximum.
2
2 Includes a 5A, 600V KTK-R fuse.
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Transient Suppressor Kits Adhesive Dust Cover

2
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K
2 These kits limit high voltage These devices mount directly These adhesive stickers Sizes A–K. Adhesive covers
transients produced in the to the coil terminals of come 25 to a package and are easily applied to side
2 control circuit when power is Freedom Series contactors provide extra protection from opening where auxiliaries
removed from the contactor or starters NEMA Sizes 00–2, contaminants when applied are not installed and provide
2 or starter coil. There are three
separate suppressors for use
IEC Sizes A–K and lighting
contactors 10–60A.
to the sides of Freedom
NEMA Sizes 00–2 and IEC
extra protection from metal
filings and other debris.
on 24–120V, 208–240V or Reversing devices will
2 277–480V coils respectively. require two.
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K
2 Catalog
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K Description Number
2 C320TS2
Coil Catalog 25 to a package C320DSTCVR
Description Voltage 1 Number
2 Transient suppressor 24/120V C320TS1
2 208/240V C320TS2
277/480V C320TS3
2
2 NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S
2 This device mounts on top

of any side mounted auxiliary
coil (reversing starters or
contactors require 2).
contact on Freedom Series
2 NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes Limits high voltage
L–S and lighting contactors transients produced in
2 100–300A. It connects across the circuit when power is
removed from the coil.
coil terminals on any 120V
2 contactor or starter magnet
2 NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S

C320AS1
2 Description
Coil
Voltage
Catalog
Number
2 Transient suppressor 120V C320AS1
2
2
2 Add-On Power Pole Kit 2
2 NEMA Sizes 00–0, IEC Sizes A–F

This device mounts on the carries UL, cUL and IEC
side of Freedom NEMA Size ratings. The device is rated
2 00–0 and IEC Sizes A–F for resistive, inductive and
contactors. One unit can be lighting applications.
2 mounted on each side and
2 NEMA Sizes 00–0, IEC Sizes A–F

2 UL Ampere Rating IEC 947 Ampere Rating
Horsepower Single-Phase Locked Lighting Ballast AC-5a 1NO Power Pole
2 Inductive
600V
Resistive
600V 115V 230V
Rotor
240V
Tungsten
480V
AC-1
600V
AC-3
600V
AC-5b
480V
Catalog
Number
2 15 20 1/2 2 96 20 20 12 18 C320PPD10
2 Notes
1 Suppressor is compatible with coil voltages/ranges as shown, both 50 and 60 Hz.
2 Power pole kits sold for replacement purposes only. For new applications, order the correct
2 four-pole and five-pole contactor catalog numbers.

Freedom Series
2.1
Auxiliary Contacts
2
Contact Configuration Code NEMA Sizes 00–2—IEC Sizes A–K
This two-digit code is found The auxiliary contacts listed These bifurcated design 2
on the auxiliary contact to on this page are designed contact blocks, featuring
assist in identifying the for installation on Freedom silver cadmium alloy 2
specific contact configuration. Series starters and contacts, are well suited
The first digit indicates the
quantity of NO contacts and
contactors. Snap-on
design facilitates quick,
for use in very low energy
(logic level) circuits.
2
the second indicates the easy installation.
quantity of NC contacts. 2
2
NEMA Sizes 00–2—IEC Sizes A–K 1
Description
Contact
Configuration Code 2 Catalog Number
2
Side Mounted Side Mounted 2
1NO 10 C320KGS1
1NC 01 C320KGS2 2
1NO-1NC 11 C320KGS3
2NO 20 C320KGS4
2
2NC 02 C320KGS5
2
1NO-1NCI N/A C320KGS6
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) N/A C320KGS7 2
1NCI N/A C320KGS8
Top Mounted Top Mounted 2
1NO
1NC
10
01
C320KGT1
C320KGT2
2
1NO-1NC 11 C320KGT3 2
2NO 20 C320KGT4
2NC 02 C320KGT5 2
1NO-1NCI N/A C320KGT6
1NO (EC)-1NC (LO) N/A C320KGT7
2
1NCI N/A C320KGT8
2
3NO 30 C320KGT9
2NO-1NC 21 C320KGT10 2
1NO-2NC 12 C320KGT11
3NC 03 C320KGT12 2
4NO 40 C320KGT13
2
2
4NC 04 C320KGT17 2
3NO-1NCI N/A C320KGT18
2NO-1NCI-1NC N/A C320KGT19 2
2NO-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
1NO-1NC-1NO (EC)-1NC (LO)
N/A
N/A
C320KGT20
C320KGT21
2
Notes 2
1 NCI = Normally Closed early opening designed for use in reversing applications. EC = Early Closing. LO = Late Opening.
2 For reference only—not part of catalog number.
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
NEMA Sizes 3–8—IEC Sizes L–Z Auxiliary Contact Ratings (Amperes)

2
2 C320KGS42 Base Auxiliary Contacts— Ratings—NEMA A600
NEMA Sizes 3–5, IEC Sizes L–S AC Volts
2 NEMA Size 3 NEMA Sizes 4–5 Current 120V 240V 480V 600V
Contact IEC Sizes L –N IEC Sizes P–S
2 Circuit
Configuration
Code 1
Catalog
Number
Catalog
Number
Make
Break
60
6
30
3
15
1.5
12
1
2 NO 10 C320KGS31 C320KGS41 Continuous 10 10 10 10

NO-NC 11 C320KGS32 C320KGS42
2
Ratings—NEMA P300
2 Continuous Thermal Rating: 5A
DC Volts Make/Break Amperes
Auxiliary Contacts—NEMA Sizes 3–5,
2 C320KGS22
IEC Sizes L–S 125 1.10
Contact Catalog 250 0.55
2 Circuit Configuration Code 1 Number
NO 10 C320KGS20
2 NC 01 C320KGS21 Ratings—Logic Level
2 NO-NC 2 11 C320KGS22 Minimum Ratings for Logic Level and Hostile Atmosphere Application
Sealed Logic Level Minimum Amperes 20 mA
2 NO 10 C320KGS20L Minimum Volts 24 Vac/Vdc
NC 01 C320KGS21L
2 NO-NC 3 11 C320KGS22L
Ratings C320KGS20L, C320KGS21L, C320KGS22L
2 DC-12 AC-12
Auxiliary Contacts—NEMA Sizes 6–8, Ue Ie Ue Ie
2 IEC Sizes T–Z 80 0.1 250 0.1
Contact
2 Configuration Catalog Notes
1 For reference only—not part of catalog number.
Circuit Code 1 Size Number
2
2 NO-NC occupies two position—L2 and L3, or R2 and R3. See figure on Page V5-T2-27.
NO-NC 11 NEMA 8, IEC Z C320KA5 3 Form C contacts.
2NO-2NC 22 NEMA 6–7 C320KA6

2 2NO-2NC 22 IEC T–X C320KA8
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Auxiliary Contact Location
2
NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC Sizes A–K NEMA Sizes 3–8, IEC Sizes L–Z
The sketches below illustrate assembled to a contactor or The sketches below illustrate Note: A base auxiliary contact 2
the maximum number of starter and their locations. the maximum number of must be added in position R1
auxiliary contacts that can be auxiliary contacts that can be before additional auxiliary
contacts can be mounted on
2
assembled to a contactor and
NEMA Size 3 and IEC Sizes L–N,
their locations. or in L1 on NEMA Sizes 4–5 and 2
Auxiliary Contacts IEC Sizes P–S.
Available Mounting Positions 12 Catalog 2
Size Poles Open Type Enclosed Number
A–K 3 T1, L1 L1 AE16
Mounting Positions 2
Size Available Mounting Positions 1
00 3 T1, L1, R1 L1 AN16
0–2 3 T1, L1 L1
NEMA Size 3, IEC Sizes L–N R2, R3, L1, L2, L3 2
NEMA Sizes 4–5, IEC Sizes P–S L2, L3, R1, R2, R3
A–K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1 AE56
NEMA Sizes 6–7, IEC Sizes T–X R1
2
00–2 3 T1, T2 — AN56
A–C 2–4 T1, L1, R1 L1, R1 CE15
NEMA Size 8, IEC Size Z L2, R2
2
D–K 3 T1, L1 L1
G–J 4 T1, R1 — Auxiliary Contact Location 2
G–J
00
5
2–4
T1
T1, L1, R1
—
L1 CN15 L1 R1
2
L2 L3 R3 R2
2
Rear
Rear
0–2 2–3 T1, L1 L1 Base Aux. Aux. Aux. Aux. Base
Aux. Cont. Cont. Cont. Cont. Aux.
1, 2 4 T1, L1 — Cont. Cont.
1, 2 5 T1, L1 — 2
10A 2–4 T1, L1, R1 L1 CN35 Left Side Front Right Side
20–60A 2–3 T1, L1 L1
of Contactor of Contactor of Contactor 2
NEMA Sizes 3–5
60A 4 T1, L1 — IEC Sizes L–S 2
60A 5 T1, L1 —
A–K 3 L1, R1 L1, R1 CE55 2
00–2 3 T1, T2 — CN55
2
Auxiliary Contact Location
2
L1 R1
2
L1 R1 L1 R1
NEMA Sizes 6–7
IEC Sizes T, U, V, W and X 2
2
T1 T1 T2 2
L1 R1
Top View Top View 2
L2 R2
2
L1 T1 R1 L1 T1 T2 R1 NEMA Size 8 2
IEC Size Z
Notes 2
1 Available positions on contactors or starters other than what is factory installed.
Front View Front View 2 When a pneumatic timer is mounted on contactor, only side mounted auxiliary contact
positions are available. The solid-state timer, when added, takes up side mounted auxiliary
2
contact position.
Non-Reversing
Reversing
2
2

Freedom Series
DC Magnet Coils
2
When Ordering Specify DC Magnet Coils
2 Conversion Kit for Contactor or Conversion Data Factory
Field Assembly Starter Size Magnet Coil Complete Conversion Kit Installed
2 ● Catalog number Coil Amps Watts NCI Catalog Ship Wt. Code
NEMA IEC Volts Number P.U./Seal P.U./Seal Interlock Number Lbs (kg) Suffix
2 Factory Installed DC Coil Non-Reversing—Kit Includes NCI Side Mounted Auxiliary Contact
For factory installed DC 00 and 0 A–F 12 9-2988-11 6.4/0.28 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3R1 1.0 (0.5) R1
2
●
magnet coil on AC CN35–A, B, D

24 9-2988-12 3.2/0.14 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3T1 T1
contactors or non- D15 Relays
2 combination starters (open 48 9-2988-13 1.6/0.07 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3W1 W1
type only), substitute the 120 9-2988-14 0.64/0.028 76.8/3.36 C320KGD1 C335KD3A1 A1
2 code suffix from the table
on this page for the
1 A–F 12 9-2988-11 6.4/0.28 76.8/3.36 C320KGD2 1 C335KD3R4 1.0 (0.5) R4
00 and 0
24 9-2988-12 3.2/0.14 76.8/3.36 C320KGD2 1 C335KD3T4 T4
2 magnet coil identifier in
the device catalog number.
CN35–A, B, D
D15 Relays 48 9-2988-13 1.6/0.07 76.8/3.36 C320KGD2 1 C335KD3W4 W4
EXAMPLE: For Size 0 AC
2 contactor with a 24 Vdc
1 and 2 G–K
120
12
9-2988-14
9-2990-1
0.64/0.028
15.4/0.42
76.8/3.36
185/4.98
C320KGD2 1
C320KGD5
C335KD3A4
C335KD4R4 1.0 (0.5)
A4
R4
coil, change AN16BN0AC CN35–G
2 to AN16BN0T1C 24 9-2990-2 7.7/0.021 185/4.96 C320KGD5 C335KD4T4 T4
48 9-2990-3 3.9/0.11 185/5.04 C320KGD5 C335KD4W4 W4
2 Application
● Connect for separate
120 9-2990-4 1.5/0.041 185/4.87 C320KGD5 C335KD4A4 A4
3 L–N 12 9-3002-1 24/0.40 293/4.84 C320KGD3 C335KD5R1 2.0 (0.9) R1
2 ●
control
Not for use with cover
CN35–K
24 9-3002-2 12/0.20 288/4.75 C320KGD3 C335KD5T1 T1
2 ●
control switch operators
Use twin break, heavy-
48 9-3002-3 6.1/0.097 295/4.67 C320KGD3 C335KD5W1 W1
120 9-3002-4 2.5/0.038 298/4.57 C320KGD3 C335KD5A1 A1
duty pilot devices
2 ● Designed for +10%, –20%
4 and 5
CN35–N, S
P–S 24 9-2026-4 18/0.22 400/5.3 C320KGD3 C335KA3T1 2.5 (1.1) T1
48 9-2026-3 9/0.11 400/5.2 C320KGD3 C335KA3W1 W1
rated voltage, continuous
2 duty operation 120 9-2026-2 3.3/0.05 450/5.4 C320KGD3 C335KA3A1 A1
240 9-2026-1 1.7/0.02 440/4.9 C320KGD3 C335KA3B1 B1
2 Non-Reversing Kit Consists of:
Reversing
● One encapsulated DC
2 magnet coil 00 and 0
CN35–A, B, D
A–F 12 (2) 9-2988-1 6.4/0.28 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3R1 2 1.0 (0.5) R1 3
● One NCI or NO/NCI side 24 (2) 9-2988-2 3.2/0.14 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3T1 2 T1 3
D15 relays
2 mounted auxiliary contact 48 (2) 9-2988-3 1.6/0.07 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3W1 2 W1 3
Note: These kits are supplied 120 (2) 9-2988-4 0.64/0.028 76.8/3.36 (2) C320KGD1 C335RD3A1 2 A1 3
2 with a NO/NCI side mounted
auxiliary contact in place of the 1 and 2 G–K 12 (2) 9-2990-1 15.4/0.42 185/4.98 (2) C320KGD3 4 — R1 3
NCI contact. CN35–G
2 24 (2) 9-2990-2 7.7/0.21 185/4.96 (2) C320KGD3 T1 3
4
48 (2) 9-2990-3 3.9/0.11 185/5.04 (2) C320KGD3 4 W1 3

● Two blue colored
2 connection wires 120 (2) 9-2990-4 1.5/0.041 185/4.87 (2) C320KGD3 4 A1 3
● One instruction publication Notes
2 Operation
1 These kits are supplied with a NO/NCI side mounted auxiliary contact in place of the NCI contact.
2 Kit does not include mechanical interlock or crossover wiring. Two NO/NCI top mounted auxiliary contacts are supplied for electrical interlocking.
2 See next page for operation

details.
3 Factory installed DC coils on NEMA contactors and starters include a NO/NC top mounted auxiliary contact on each contactor for electrical
interlocking. On IEC contactors and starters, a NC top mounted auxiliary contact is supplied on each contactor for electrical interlocking.
4 Available factory assembled only.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Operation Competitive Mounting Plates
These DC coil kits have may utilize either suffix 1 or 4 DC The C321 adapter plates (adapter plate not required for
2
separate pick-up and seal coil kits; starters may utilize suffix permit direct replacement of replacing A10 Starter Sizes 1,
windings. A special (side 4 DC coil kits only. For NEMA
Sizes 1 and 2 and IEC Sizes G–K,
competitive starters with 4 and 5), Furnas 14, ESP100, 2
mounted) early-break NCI Freedom Series starters General Electric CR206,
both contactors and starters may
auxiliary contact is used to utilize a suffix 4 DC coil kit only. without drilling and tapping CR306, Siemens SXL, 2
either disconnect the pick-up new mounting holes. Allen- Square D 8536,
winding or insert the seal
winding in series with the
On the above sizes only, Bradley 509, Eaton’s A10 Westinghouse A200, B200. 2
when the special auxiliary
pick-up winding, depending
on the frame size of the
package is mounted on the
side of a contactor or starter, Competitive Mounting Plates
2
contactor. DC coil kits come C321CMP1
no standard auxiliary contact
in two styles, a suffix 1 and a may be mounted on the Freedom Index Number 2 2
suffix 4. Suffix 1 contains only same side. NEMA Size Catalog Number
the special (side mounted)
early break NCI auxiliary Note: For NEMA Sizes 3–5 and
00, 0 C321CMP0 2
IEC Sizes L–S, special coil NCI 1 C321CMP1
contact. Suffix 4 contains
a NO contact in the same clearing contact is an add-on 2 C321CMP2 2
auxiliary (must mount on a base
package as the special
(side mounted) early-break
mount auxiliary contact; normally
a 1NO). This arrangement will
3
4
C321CMP3
C321CMP4
2
NCI auxiliary contact. normally account for two of the
Note: For NEMA Sizes 00 and 0
three contact positions on the 5 C321CMP5 2
side of each contactor or starter.
and IEC Sizes A–F, contactors Note
1 1NO available in Suffix 4 kits only. 2
2 Handling number only—does not appear on product. The handling number is stamped
Elementary Diagrams on the carton label only. 2

A1
Hold Pick-Up
A2 2
3
NCI 2
2
2 3
NO
a
2
DC Coil Elementary Diagram
for NEMA Sizes 1–3 and IEC Sizes G–N 2
2
Important
Incoming DC must be connected
between A1 and Top A2 T erminal. 2
A1 A2 Top
2
Hold
2
a
NO
2 NCI
2
Pick-Up 3 Auxiliary
Contact 2
A2 Bottom
DC Coil Elementary Diagram 2
for NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 4 and 5
and IEC Sizes A–F and P–S
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Special Modifications
2 For Catalog Numbers AN19, AN16, AN59, AN59, AN56, CE15, CN15, CN35, CN55
2 Addition or Special Feature
Starter Size —NEMA
00 0 1/— 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
2 Control Circuit
Extra auxiliary circuit, factory installed NO or NC—each contact 12 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2 Transient suppressor 1 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Power Circuit
2 Contactor/starter for ring lug capability—add Mod Code T16 to catalog number 3 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
(Power terminals only, control terminals as standard)
2 Standalone overload relays can not accept ring lugs on line side
Factory Installed Dust Covers
2 Factory installed C320DSTCVR—add Mod Code -53 to catalog number 1 NA NA NA NA NA NA
2 Renewal Parts
For a complete listing of parts, refer to the Renewal Parts Publication Number referenced below.
2
For Catalog Numbers AN19, AN16, AN30, AN40, AN59, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15,
2 CN35 4 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 00, 0)
2 Description
Series B1
Part No.
Series C1
Part No.
Series B1
Part No.
Series C1
Part No.
2 Renewal Parts Publication Number 22177 22177 22177 22177

Contact Kits
2 Two-pole 5 5 5 5
Three-pole 5 5 5 5
2 Four-pole 5 5 5 5
Five-pole 5 5 5 5
2 Magnet Coils Coil Suffix

120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz A 9-2875-1 9-2875-1 9-2876-1 9-2876-1
2 240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz B 9-2875-2 9-2875-2 9-2876-2 9-2876-2
2 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz
C
D
9-2875-3
9-2875-4
9-2875-3
9-2875-4
9-2876-3
9-2876-4
9-2876-3
9-2876-4
2 208V 60 Hz
277V 60 Hz
E
H
9-2875-5
9-2875-12
9-2875-5
9-2875-12
9-2876-5
9-2876-12
9-2876-5
9-2876-12
2 208/240V 60 Hz J 9-2875-37 9-2875-37 9-2876-37 9-2876-37

240V 50 Hz K 9-2875-11 9-2875-11 9-2876-11 9-2876-11
2 380–415V 50 Hz L 9-2875-6 9-2875-6 9-2876-6 9-2876-6
380V 50 Hz L — — — —
2 415V 50 Hz M — — — —
550V 50 Hz N — — — —
2 24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz T 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 9-2876-36 9-2876-36
24V 60 Hz T — — — —
2 24V 50 Hz U 9-2875-36 9-2875-36 9-2876-36 9-2876-36
2 32V 50 Hz
48V 60 Hz
V
W
9-2875-16
9-2875-8
9-2875-16
9-2875-8
9-2876-16
9-2876-8
9-2876-16
9-2876-8
2 48V 50 Hz
Magnet Frame Armature
Y 9-2875-9 9-2875-9 9-2876-9 9-2876-9
2 Lower magnet frame 5 5 5 5
Upper magnet frame 5 5 5 5
2 Notes
1 These modifications are generally available in kit form at lower cost. See specific product sections for kit listings.
2 2 Terminal extensions provided on Size 2 and up; not required for Size 1.
3 The T16 modifications are only available on C306 overloads and the following three-pole devices: CN15, CN55, AN16, AN56 and AN700 (separate winding only).
2 The 45 mm and 65 mm frames (NEMA Size 0–2) reversing devices (CN55B, CN55D, CN55G, AN56B, AN56D, AN56G, AN700 and AN700G) with the T16 modification
are supplied without crossover wires.
4 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
2 5 Replace with complete contactor.

Freedom Series
2.1
For Catalog Numbers AN19, AN16, AN30, AN40, AN59, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800,
CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 1, 2) 2
Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1 NEMA Size 3 2
Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20861 22177 20861 22177 20426
2
Contact Kits
2
Two-pole 6-65 6-65 6-65-7 6-65-7 6-43-5
Three-pole 6-65-2 6-65-2 6-65-8 6-65-8 6-43-6 2
Four-pole 6-65-9 6-65-9 6-65-15 6-65-15 —
Five-pole 6-65-10 6-65-10 6-65-16 6-65-16 — 2
Magnet Coils
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz
Coil Suffix
A 9-3285-1 9-3285-1 9-3285-1 9-3285-1 9-2756-1 KIT
2
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz B 9-3285-2KIT 9-3285-2KIT 9-3285-2KIT 9-3285-2KIT 9-2756-2 KIT 2
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz C 9-2703-3 KIT 9-2703-3 KIT 9-2703-3 KIT 9-2703-3 KIT 9-2756-3 KIT
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz D 9-2703-4 KIT 9-2703-4 KIT 9-2703-4 KIT 9-2703-4 KIT 9-2756-4 KIT 2
208V 60 Hz E 9-3285-9KIT 9-3285-9KIT 9-3285-9KIT 9-3285-9KIT 9-2756-5 KIT
277V 60 Hz H 9-2703-7 KIT 9-2703-7 KIT 9-2703-7 KIT 9-2703-7 KIT 9-2756-9 KIT
2
208/240V 60 Hz J — — — — —
2
240V 50 Hz K 9-2703-14 KIT 9-2703-14 KIT 9-2703-14 KIT 9-2703-14 KIT 9-2756-13 KIT
380–415V 50 Hz L 9-2703-8 KIT 9-2703-8 KIT 9-2703-8 KIT 9-2703-8 KIT — 2
380V 50 Hz L — — — — 9-2756-12 KIT
415V 50 Hz M — — — — 9-2756-8 KIT 2
550V 50 Hz N — — — — 9-2756-14 KIT
24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz T — — — — —
2
24V 60 Hz T 9-3285-6KIT 9-3285-6KIT 9-3285-6KIT 9-3285-6KIT 9-2756-6 KIT
2
24V 50 Hz U 9-3285-12KIT 9-3285-12KIT 9-3285-12KIT 9-3285-12KIT 9-2756-11 KIT
32V 50 Hz V 9-2703-10 KIT 9-2703-10 KIT 9-2703-10 KIT 9-2703-10 KIT 9-2756-10 KIT 2
48V 60 Hz W 9-2703-11 KIT 9-2703-11 KIT 9-2703-11 KIT 9-2703-11 KIT 9-2756-15 KIT
48V 50 Hz Y 9-2703-13 KIT 9-2703-13 KIT 9-2703-13 KIT 9-2703-13 KIT 9-2756-7 KIT 2
Magnet Frame Armature
Lower magnet frame 17-18200 17-18200 17-18200 17-18200 KIT 17-8955-2 KIT
2
Upper magnet frame 48-1936 48-1936 48-1936 48-1936 KIT 48-1902 KIT 2
Note
1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2
For Catalog Numbers AN19, AN16, AN30, AN40, AN59, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800,
2 CN15, CN35 1 and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 4, 5, 6)
NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6
2 Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1

Contactor and Starter Contactor and Starter
Series A1, Starter Series B1 Series B1, Starter Series C1
Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
2 Renewal Parts Publication Number 20428 20428 20429 20429 20146 23349
Contact Kits
2 Two-pole 6-44 6-26 6-45 6-45 6-601-2 —
Three-pole 6-44-2 6-26-2 6-45-2 6-45-2 6-601 6-648
2 Magnet Coils Coil Suffix
2 120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz
A
B
9-1891-1 KIT
9-1891-2 KIT
9-1891-1 KIT
9-1891-2 KIT
9-1891-1 KIT
9-1891-2 KIT
9-1891-1 KIT
9-1891-2 KIT
9-2698
9-2698-2
9-3006
9-3006-2
2 480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz D
C 9-1891-3 KIT
9-1891-4 KIT
9-1891-3 KIT
9-1891-4 KIT
9-1891-3 KIT
9-1891-4 KIT
9-1891-3 KIT
9-1891-4 KIT
9-2698-3
9-2698-4
9-3006-3
9-3006-4
2 208V 60 Hz E 9-1891-13 KIT 9-1891-13 KIT 9-1891-13 KIT 9-1891-13 KIT 9-2698-5 —
277V 60 Hz H 9-1891-26 KIT 9-1891-26 KIT 9-1891-26 KIT 9-1891-26 KIT — —
2 208/240V 60 Hz J — — — — — —
240V 50 Hz K 9-1891-20 KIT 9-1891-20 KIT 9-1891-20 KIT 9-1891-20 KIT — —
2 380–415V 50 Hz L — — — — 9-2698-6 9-3006-7
380V 50 Hz L 9-1891-14 KIT 9-1891-14 KIT 9-1891-14 KIT 9-1891-14 KIT — —
2 415V 50 Hz M 9-1891-21 KIT 9-1891-21 KIT 9-1891-21 KIT 9-1891-21 KIT — —
550V 50 Hz N 9-1891-8 KIT 9-1891-8 KIT 9-1891-8 KIT 9-1891-8 KIT — —
2 24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz T — — — — — 9-3006-8
24V 60 Hz T 9-1891-15 KIT 9-1891-15 KIT 9-1891-15 KIT 9-1891-15 KIT — —
2 24V 50 Hz U 9-1891-16 KIT 9-1891-16 KIT 9-1891-16 KIT 9-1891-16 KIT — —
48V 60 Hz W — — — — 9-2698-8 9-3006-9
2 48V 50 Hz Y 9-1891-18 KIT 9-1891-18 KIT 9-1891-18 KIT 9-1891-18 KIT — —
2 Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters three-pole— 10-6530-4 10-6530-4 C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B
ambient compensated bimetallic 2
2 For replacement on existing AN19 / AN59 starters— — 4 — 4 — 4
C440 solid-state overload

2 Current Transformer — — 42-3564 42-3564 42-3598 42-3598
Magnet Frame Armature 3
2 Lower Magnet Frame 48-1030-2 48-1030-2 48-1030-2 48-1030-2 — —
Upper Magnet Frame 48-1029-4 48-1029-4 48-1029-4 48-1029-4 — —
2
2 Feeder Group Renewal 5
NEMA Size 4 NEMA Size 5 NEMA Size 6
2 Contactor and Starter Contactor and Starter
Series A1, Starter Series B1 Series B1, Starter Series C1
Volts Hertz Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1 Part No. Part No.
2 110–120 50/60 — — — — 9-2705 9-3007
220–240 50/60 — — — — 9-2705-2 9-3007-2
2 440–480 50/60 — — — — 9-2705-3 9-3007-3
2 550–600
208
50/60
50/60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9-2705-4
9-2705-5
9-3007-4
9-3007-5
2 380–415 50/60 — — — — 9-2705-6 9-3007-7

48–52 50/60 — — — — 9-2705-8 9-3007-9
2 24 50/60 — — — — 9-2705-9 9-3007-8
Notes
2 1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
2 Not for use with AN19 and AN59 starters.
2 3 Consult factory.
4 See C440 electronic overload relay chart for C440 overload replacement options.
2
5 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor.

Freedom Series
2.1
2
For Catalog Numbers AN16, AN30, AN40, AN56, AN70, AN80, AN800, CN15, CN35 1
and CN55 Contactors and Starters (Size 7, 8) 2
Series A1 Series B1 Series A1 Series B1 2
Description Part No. Part No. Part No. Part No.
Renewal Parts Publication Number 20848 20848 20849 20849 2
Contact Kits
Two-pole — — — —
2
Three-pole 6-613 6-613 6-571 6-571
2
Magnet Coils Coil Suffix
120V 60 Hz or 110V 50 Hz A 9-2698 9-2698 9-2654 9-2654 2
240V 60 Hz or 220V 50 Hz B 9-2698-2 9-2698-2 9-2654-2 9-2654-2
480V 60 Hz or 440V 50 Hz C 9-2698-3 9-2698-3 9-2654-3 9-2654-3
2
600V 60 Hz or 550V 50 Hz
208V 60 Hz
D
E
9-2698-4
9-2698-5
9-2698-4
9-2698-5
9-2654-4
9-2654-6
9-2654-4
9-2654-6
2
277V 60 Hz H — — — — 2
208/240V 60 Hz J — — — —
240V 50 Hz K — — — — 2
380–415V 50 Hz L — — — —
380V 50 Hz L 9-2698-6 9-2698-6 9-2654-5 9-2654-5
2
415V 50 Hz M — — — —
2
550V 50 Hz N — — — —
24V 60 Hz–24V 50 Hz T — — — — 2
24V 60 Hz T — — — —
24V 50 Hz U — — — — 2
32V 50 Hz
48V 60 Hz
V
W
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
48V 50 Hz Y — — — — 2
Overload Relays
For replacement on existing starters three-pole—ambient compensated bimetallic 2 C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B C306DN3B 2
Current Transformer 42-3598-2 42-3598-2 42-3598-3 42-3598-3
Magnet Frame Armature 3 2
Lower magnet frame
Upper magnet frame
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
Notes 2
1 CN35A = Size 00, CN35B and CN35D = Size 0, CN35G = Size 2, CN35K = Size 3, CN35N = Size 4, and CN35S = Size 5.
2 Not for use with AN19 and AN59 starters.
3 Consult factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
C440 Electronic Overload Relays

2
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to
2 45 mm C440 for
Direct Mount Freedom Series Contactors
For Use with Standard Standard Feature Set
2 Freedom NEMA
Contactor Size
For Use with
Contactor 1
Overload
Range (Amps)
Feature Set
Catalog Number
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
2 00 CN15AN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF00 C440A2A1P6SF00

1–5 C440A1A005SF00 C440A2A005SF00
2 4–20 C440A1A020SF00 C440A2A020SF00
2
0 CN15BN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF0 C440A2A1P6SF0
1–5 C440A1A005SF0 C440A2A005SF0
2 4–20 C440A1A020SF0 C440A2A020SF0

1 CN15DN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF1 C440A2A1P6SF1
2 1–5 C440A1A005SF1 C440A2A005SF1
4–20 C440A1A020SF1 C440A2A020SF1
2 9–45 C440A1A045SF1 C440A2A045SF1
2 2 CN15GN3_B 1–5
4–20
C440A1A005SF2
C440A1A020SF2
C440A2A005SF2
C440A2A020SF2
2 9–45 C440A1A045SF2 C440A2A045SF2

3 CN15KN3_ 20–100 C440B1A100SF3 C440B2A100SF3
2 4 CN15NN3_ 28–140 C440C1A140SF4 C440C2A140SF4
2
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for use with NEMA Contactors Sizes 5–8
2 1–5 A OL with CTs
Use CTs and 1–5 A C440 overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
For Use with
2 NEMA CT Range CT Kit Terminal Overload Relay
Contactor Size (Amps) Description Catalog Number 2 Size Catalog Number
2 5 60–300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT300 750 kcmil C440A1A005SAX
pass through holes (2) 250 kcmil
2 6 120–600 600: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT600

3/0 Cu/Al
(2) 750 kcmil C440A1A005SAX
pass through holes 3/0 Cu/Al
2 7 200–1000 1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT1000 (3) 750 kcmil C440A1A005SAX
2 8 300–1500 1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT1500 (4) 750 kcmil C440A1A005SAX
2 Notes
2 1 CN15 contactor listed is non-reversing with a 120 Vac coil. For more options, see Tab 2 in this volume, section 2.1.
2 ZEB kits are not recommended for use with C440 overload relays with ground fault option.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Feeder Group Renewal 1
2
Volts
110–120
Hertz
50/60
Series A1
9-2705
Series B1
9-2705
Series A1
—
Series B1
—
2
220–240 50/60 9-2705-2 9-2705-2 — — 2
440–480 50/60 9-2705-3 9-2705-3 — —
550–600 50/60 9-2705-4 9-2705-4 — — 2
208 50/60 9-2705-5 9-2705-5 — —
380–415 50/60 9-2705-6 9-2705-6 — —
2
48–52 50/60 9-2705-8 9-2705-8 — —
2
120 50/60 — — 9-2664 9-2664
240 50/60 — — 9-2664-2 9-2664-2 2
480 50/60 — — 9-2664-3 9-2664-3
600 50/60 — — 9-2664-4 9-2664-4 2
— — 9-2664-5 9-2664-5
2
380 50/60
208 50/60 — — 9-2664-6 9-2664-6
415 50/60 — — 9-2664-7 9-2664-7
2
110 50/60 — — 9-2664-8 9-2664-8
220 50/60 — — 9-2664-9 9-2664-9 2
550 50/60 — — 9-2664-10 9-2664-10
440 50/60 — — 9-2664-11 9-2664-11 2
2
All data is based on a standard has a ±5% range depending
contactor with no auxiliary on the application, therefore 2
devices and a 120 Vac or specific data may vary.
24 Vdc magnet coil. Coil data 2
Coil Data Notes 2
P.U. Pick-up time is the average time taken from closing of the coil circuit
to main contact touch 2
D.O. Drop-out time is the average time taken from opening of the coil circuit
to main contact separation 2
Cold Coil data with a cold coil
Hot Coil data with a hot coil 2
2
Note
1 Voltage ratings of the main coils must match those of the feeder group for proper operation of the starter/contactor. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Specifications—Sizes 00–3
2 Contactor Catalog Number/Size
2 Description
CN15A
NEMA Size 00
CN15B
NEMA Size 0
CN15D
NEMA Size 1
CN15G
NEMA Size 2
CN15K
NEMA Size 3
2 Configuration
Number of poles 2, 3, 4 2, 3 2, 3, 4, 5 2, 3, 4, 5 2, 3
2 Auxiliary contacts, standard 4th pole NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Side NO (1)
Add-on auxiliary contacts Top (4) or side (4) Top (4) or side (3) Top (4) or side (3) Top (4) or side (3) Left side (4) or right side (3)
2 Frame size 45 mm 45 mm 65 mm 65 mm 90 mm
Maximum voltage rating 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac
2 Continuous ampere ratings (I) 9A 18A 27A 45A 90A
2 Maximum Horsepower (hp)

Single-phase
2 115V 1/3 1 2 3 7-1/2

230V 1 2 3 7-1/2 15
2 Three-phase
200V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 10 25
2 230V 1-1/2 3 7-1/2 15 30
2 460V 2 5 10 25 50
575V 2 5 10 25 50
2 AC Magnet Coil Data
Pick-up volts—cold 85% 85% 85% 85% 85%
2 Pick-up volts—hot 85% 85% 85% 85% 85%
2 Pick-up voltamperes
Pick-up watts
80
49
100
65
230
95
230
95
390
112
2 Sealed voltamperes 7.5 10 28 28 49.8

Sealed watts 2.4 3.1 7.8 7.8 13
2 Drop-out volts—cold 75% 75% 75% 75% 75%
Drop-out volts—hot 75% 75% 75% 75% 75%
2 Maximum operation rate—ops/hour 12,000 12,000 12,000 12,000 7,200
2 Pick-up time (ms)

Drop-out time (ms)
12
12
12
12
20
14
20
14
14
11
2 Coil operating range % of rated voltage –15% to +10% –15% to +10% –15% to +10% –15% to +10% –15% to +10%
DC magnet coil data For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and
2 coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
coil data), see Accessories,
Pages V5-T2-28 and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29.
2 Operating temperature –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C
2 Maximum operating altitude (ft)

Mechanical life
6000
20,000,000
6000
20,000,000
6000
10,000,000
6000
10,000,000
6000
6,000,000
2 Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz)

AC-3 4,000,000 3,000,000 5,000,000 3,500,000 1,700,000
2 AC-4 90,000 85,000 200,000 62,000 80,000
Wire Range
2 Power terminals 12–16 stranded, 8–16 stranded, 8–14 stranded or 2–14 (upper) and/or 1/0–14 Cu
12–14 solid Cu 10–14 solid Cu solid Cu 6–14 (lower) stranded
2 or solid Cu
Control terminals 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded,
2 12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu
Power terminal torque 7 15 20 40 (14–8 AWG) 35 (14–10 AWG)
2 Line and load—lb-in
45 (6–4 AWG) 40 (8 AWG)
50 (3 AWG) 45 (6–4 AWG)
2 50 (3–1/0 AWG)
2 Auxiliary contact rating A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300

Freedom Series
2.1
Specifications—Sizes 4–8
Contactor Catalog Number/Size
2
Description
CN15N
NEMA Size 4
CN15S
NEMA Size 5
CN15T
NEMA Size 6
CN15U
NEMA Size 7
CN15V
NEMA Size 8 2
2
Configuration
Number of poles 2, 3 2, 3 3 3 3
Auxiliary contacts, standard Side NO (1) Side NO (1) Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Top left 2NO/2NC (1) Side 2NO/NC (1)
2
Add-on auxiliary contacts Left side (3) or right side (4) Left side (3) or right side (4) Top right 2NO/2NC (1) Top right 2NO/2NC (1) NO/NC (2)
Frame size 180 mm 180 mm 280 mm 280 mm 334 mm 2
Maximum voltage rating 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac
Continuous ampere ratings (I) 135A 270A 540A 810A 1215A 2
Maximum Horsepower (hp)
Single-phase
2
115V — — — — — 2
230V — — — — —
Three-phase 2
200V 40 75 150 200 400
230V 50 100 200 300 450
2
460V 100 200 400 600 900
2
575V 100 200 400 600 900
AC Magnet Coil Data 2
Pick-up volts—cold 85% 85% 85% 85% 85%
Pick-up volts—hot 85% 85% 85% 85% 85% 2
2
Pick-up voltamperes 1158 1158 1600 1600 2450
Pick-up watts 240 240 1345 1345 2060
Sealed voltamperes 100 100 25 25 75
2
Sealed watts 27.2 27.2 22 22 60
Drop-out volts—cold 75% 75% 1 1 1 2
Drop-out volts—hot 75% 75% 1 1 1
Maximum operation rate—ops/hour 2400 2400 N/A N/A N/A 2

Pick-up time (ms)
Drop-out time (ms)
28
14
25
13
105
200
105
200
70
50
2
Coil operating range % of rated voltage –15% to +10% –15% to +10% –15% to +10% –15% to +10% –15% to +10% 2
DC magnet coil data For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and For DC magnet coils (and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
Pages V5-T2-28 and
2
V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29. V5-T2-29.
Operating temperature –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C –20° to 65°C 2
Maximum operating altitude (ft)
Mechanical life
6000
5,000,000
6000
5,000,000
6000
5,000,000
6,00
5,000,000
6000
5,000,000
2
Electrical Life (480V/60 Hz) 2
AC-3 800,000 500,000 590,000 450,000 420,000
AC-4 70,000 34,000 7400 5000 4200 2
Wire Range
Power terminals Open—3/0–8 Cu; 750 kcmil—2 or (2) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al (3) 750 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al (4) 750 kcmil–1/0 Cu/Al
2
Enclosed—250 kcmil– (2) 250 kcmil–3/0 Cu/Al
6 Cu/Al 2
Control Terminals 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded, 12–16 stranded,
12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu 12–14 solid Cu 2
Power terminal torque line and load—lb-in 200 550 550 550 500
Auxiliary contact rating A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300 A600, P300 2
Note
1 20–30% of rated coil voltage.
2
2

Freedom Series
Electrical Life—AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories

2
Life Load Curves Utilization Categories Contactor Choice
2 Eaton’s Freedom Series The International AC-2—Starting of slip-ring ● Decide what utilization
NEMA contactors have been Electrotechnical Commission motors. category your application
2 designed and manufactured (IEC) has developed utilization
AC-3—Squirrel cage motors;
is and choose the
for superior life performance categories for contactors and appropriate curve
starting, switching off motors
2 in any worldwide application.
All testing has been based on
auxiliary contacts. The IEC
utilization categories are used during running.
● Locate the intersection of
the life-load curve of the
requirements as found in to define the type of electrical
2 NEMA and UL standards and load for estimating electrical
AC-4—Squirrel cage motors;
starting, plugging, inching
appropriate contactor with
the applications operational
conducted by Eaton. Actual life, and do not imply the or jogging. current (Ie), as found on the
2 application life may vary devices are IEC rated. horizontal axis
depending on environmental Note: AC-3 tests are conducted at
Read the estimated
2 AC-1—Non-inductive or ●
conditions and application rated device currents and AC-4
slightly inductive loads, tests are conducted at six times contact life along the
duty cycle. vertical axis in number
such as resistance furnaces rated device currents. All tests
2 and heating. have been run at 460V, 60 Hz. of operational cycles
2
AC-3 and AC-4 Utilization Categories
2
100,000,000
2
2
10,000,000
2
Operations
2
2 1,000,000
2
Size 00
Size 2
Size 3
Size 0
Size 1
Size 4
Size 5
2 100,000
9 1827 45 90 135 270
1 10 100 1000
2 Break Amperes
NEMA AC-3 Load Life, Sizes 00–5, 480V 60 Hz
100,000,000
2
2 10,000,000
2
Operations
2 1,000,000
2
100,000
2
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
2 10,000
54 108 153 270 540 822 1620
2 1 10 100
Break Amperes
1000 10,000
NEMA AC-4 Load Life, Sizes 00–5, 480V 60 Hz

2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Contents
32A Overload—C306DN3B
Description Page
2
Reversing, Full Voltage. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-10 2
Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-15 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
Renewal Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30 2
Technical Data and Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-35
Relays—Thermal Overload 2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-44 2
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-44
Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-44 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-45
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-47 2
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-48
2
Relays—Thermal Overload 2
C306 Overload Relays are ● Selectable manual or ● Meets UL 508 single-
designed for use with CE automatic reset operation phasing requirements 2
or CN non-reversing and ● Interchangeable heater ● UL listed, CSA certified and
reversing contactors. Four
sizes are available for
packs adjustable ±24% NEMA compliance 2
overload protection up
to 144A.
calibrated for use with
1.0 and 1.15 service factor
2
motors. Heater packs for
32A overload relay will 2
mount in 75A overload
relay—useful in derating 2
applications such as
jogging 2
● Class 10 or 20
heater packs 2
● Load lugs built into
relay base
2
● Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
2
Electrically isolated NO-NC
2
●
contacts (pull RESET

button to test). (Electrical
ratings see table on 2
Page V5-T2-46)
● Overload trip indication 2
● Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce 2
possibility of electrical
shock 2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Product Selection
2
C306 Thermal Overload Relays
2
C306DN3B Contactors
2 Maximum Number Open Type NEMA 1 Enclosed
NEMA Size Ampere Rating of Poles Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 00, 0 32 2 3 C306DN3B C306DG3B
1, 2 75 2 3 C306GN3B C306GG3B
2 3 105 3 3 C306KN3 —
2 4 144 3 3 C306NN3 —
C306GN3B 5–8 1 — — — —
2
2
2
2
Standalone Applications
2 C306DT3B
Open Type
Maximum Number
2 NEMA Size Ampere Rating of Poles Catalog Number
00, 0, 1 4 32 3 C306DT3B
2 14 75 3 C306GT3B
35 105 3 C306KN3
2 45 144 3 C306NN3
2 5–8 6 — — —
C306GT3B
2
2
2
2
Notes
2 1 NEMA Sizes 5–8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
2 Series B overload relays have load lugs built into relay base and will only accept Series B heater packs. These relays
2 can be directly attached to contactor or they can be DIN rail or panel mounted using adapter on Page V5-T2-44.
3 These relays can be panel mounted only.
4 Overload relay assembled with mounting adapter for DIN rail or panel mount.
2 5 Panel mount only.

6 NEMA Sizes 5–8 use the 32A overload in conjunction with CTs.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Heater Pack Selection
Heater packs H2001B to base to allow load wiring prior 2
H2017B and H2101B to to heater pack installation.
H2117B are to be used only The previous heater design 2
with Series B overload relays had integral load lugs. The
Catalog Numbers C306DN3B Series B heater packs are 2
(Part No. 10-7016) and electrically equivalent to the
C306GN3B (Part No.
10-7020). The load lugs are
previous heater design.
Heaters H2018-3 to H2024-3
2
built into the overload relay have not changed.
2
Starters with Series B Overload Relays 1 2
NEMA—AN Type IEC—AE Type
Size Series Size Series 2
00–0 C A–F C
1–2 B G–K B
2
5 B G–K B
2
6 C G–K B
7–8 B G–K B 2
2
Heater Pack Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater
H2001B–H2017B Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 2
Dial Position
Overload Relay Size A B C D Catalog Number 2 2
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B
32A or 75A 0.254 0.306 0.359 0.411 H2001B-3
2
0.375 0.452 0.530 0.607 H2002B-3
2
0.560 0.676 0.791 0.907 H2003B-3
0.814 0.983 1.15 1.32 H2004B-3 2
1.20 1.45 1.71 1.96 H2005B-3
1.79 2.16 2.53 2.90 H2006B-3 2
2.15 2.60 3.04 3.49 H2007B-3
3.23 3.90 4.56 5.23 H2008B-3
2
4.55 5.50 6.45 7.40 H2009B-3
2
6.75 8.17 9.58 11.0 H2010B-3
9.14 10.8 12.4 14.0 H2011B-3 2
14.0 16.9 19.9 22.8 H2012B-3
18.7 22.7 26.7 30.7 H2013B-3 2
23.5
For Use with NEMA Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K Only, Series B
28.5 33.5 38.5 H2014B-3
2
75A 29.0 34.0 39.1 44.1 H2015B-3 2
39.6 45.5 51.5 57.4 H2016B-3
53.9 60.9 67.9 74.9 H2017B-3 2
Notes
1 The series of a starter is the last digit of the listed catalog number. Example: AN16DN0AB.
2
2 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater, continued

2 Heater Pack
H2018–H2024 Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
2 Overload Relay Size

Dial Position
A B C D Catalog Number 1
2 For Use with NEMA Sizes 3–4, IEC Sizes L–N Only—Series A
105A or 144A 8.0 9.2 10.3 11.5 H2025-3
2 11.4 12.8 14.3 15.7 H2026-3
14.3 15.7 17.4 19.0 H2027-3
2 18.0 20.2 22.3 24.5 H2018-3
2 24.6
33.5
27.6
37.5
30.5
41.5
33.4
45.6
H2019-3
H2020-3
2 45.7 51.2 56.7 62.1 H2021-3

62.2 69.7 77.1 84.6 H2022-3
2 84.7 95.0 105.0 115.0 H2023-3
106.0 118.0 131.0 144.0 H2024-3
2 For Use with Size 5 Starters—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
2 32A 2 49 59 69 79 H2004B-3
72 87 103 118 H2005B-3
2 107 130 152 174 H2006B-3

129 156 182 209 H2007B-3
2 194 234 274 — H2008B-3
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only—Series B and IEC T–V with 600/5 CT
2 32A 2 144 174 205 235 H2005B-3
2 215 259 304 348 H2006B-3

258 312 365 419 H2007B-3
2 388 468 547 627 H2008B-3
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only—Series B and IEC W–X with 1000/5 CT
2 32A 2 163 197 230 264 H2004B-3
2 240
358
290
432
342
506
392
580
H2005B-3
H2006B-3
2 430 520 608 698 H2007B-3

646 780 912 — H2008B-3
2 For Use Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 2 244 295 345 396 H2004B-3
2 360 435 513 588 H2005B-3
2 537 648 759 870 H2006B-3

645 780 912 1047 H2007B-3
2 969 1170 1368 — H2008B-3
Notes
2 1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
2 Sizes 5–8 and IEC P–Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater
Heater Pack
H2101B–H2117B Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
2
Overload Relay Size
Dial Position
A B C D Catalog Number 1
2
For Use with NEMA Sizes 00–0 Series C, NEMA Sizes 1–2 Series B; IEC Sizes A–F Series C, IEC Sizes G–K Series B
2
32A or 75A 0.260 0.313 0.367 0.420 H2101B-3
0.384 0.464 0.543 0.623 H2102B-3 2
0.570 0.688 0.806 0.924 H2103B-3
0.846 1.02 1.20 1.37 H2104B-3 2
1.28
1.92
1.55
2.33
1.83
2.74
2.10
3.15
H2105B-3
H2106B-3
2
2.30 2.79 3.28 3.77 H2107B-3 2
3.38 4.10 4.82 5.54 H2108B-3
4.96 6.03 7.09 8.16 H2109B-3 2
7.07 8.58 10.1 11.6 H2110B-3
9.60 11.2 12.8 14.4 H2111B-3 2
14.4
18.7
17.5
21.8
20.7
25.0
23.8
28.1
H2112B-3
H2113B-3
2
23.5 27.3 31.0 34.8 H2114B-3 2
For Use with Size 2, IEC Sizes G–K Only—Series B
75A 28.3 32.6 37.0 41.3 H2115B-3 2
36.6 42.3 48.1 53.8 H2116B-3
53.8 60.8 67.9 74.9 H2117B-3
2
For Use with Size 5 Starters Only—Series B and IEC P, R and S with 300/5 CT
2
32A 2 51 61 72 82 H2104B-3
77 93 110 126 H2105B-3 2
115 140 164 189 H2106B-3
138 167 197 226 H2107B-3 2
203 246
For Use with Size 6 Starters Only—Series B and IEC T–V with 600/5 CT
289 — H2108B-3
2
32A 2 154 186 220 252 H2105B-3
2
230 280 329 378 H2106B-3
276 335 394 452 H2107B-3 2
406 492 578 — H2108B-3
For Use with Size 7 Starters Only—Series B and IEC W–X with 1000/5 CT 2
32A 169 204 240 274 H2104B-3
2
2
256 310 366 420 H2105B-3

384 466 543 630 H2106B-3 2
460 558 656 754 H2107B-3
676 820 — — H2108B-3 2
For Use with Size 8 Starters Only—Series B and IEC Z with 1500/5 CT
32A 2 254 306 360 411 H2104B-3
2
384 465 549 630 H2105B-3
2
576 699 822 945 H2106B-3
690 837 984 1131 H2107B-3 2
1014 1230 — — H2108B-3
Notes
2
2
1 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. catalog numbers are for three heater packs.
2 Sizes 5–8 and IEC P–Z use the 32A overload relay with current transformers.
2
2

Freedom Series
Accessories Heater Pack Replacement Requirements

2 DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter
Superseded Series A
Heater Pack Existing Heater Pack
Catalog Numbers Replacement Product Required
2 These adapters are required
when component overload
adapter includes line
terminals and connects H2001-3–H2013-3 Lug adapter kit C306KAL1-3B and
relays are to be separately with the overload relays H2001A-3–H2013A-3 Series B heater pack
2 mounted. The terminal base on Page V5-T2-40. H2001B-3–H2013B-3 Series B heater pack
2 C306TB1 DIN Rail and Panel Mounting Adapter

H2014-3
H2014A-3
Replace with lug adapter kit
C306KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack
2 For 32A overload relay C306TB1 Series B
H2014B-3
H2015-3–H2017-3
Series B heater pack
Replace with heater pack chosen from
Heater Pack
table below
2 For 75A overload relay C306TB2B 1
H2015A-3–H2017A-3 Replace with lug adapter kit
C306KAL1-3B and Series B heater pack
2 H2015B-3–H2017B-3 Series B heater pack
2
Locking Cover for Overload Relay—C306 Only
2 Snap-on transparent or dial—helps prevent accidental Heater Pack Ratings
opaque plastic panel for or unauthorized changes to
2 covering access port to the trip and reset setting.
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating
Dial Position
overload relay trip setting Order Heater Pack
2 Locking Cover for Overload Relay—

A B C D Catalog Number
Overload Relay Cover 29.0 32.5 36.0 39.5 H2015B-3

C306 Only
2 Min. Order Qty. Catalog
39.6 44.3 49.1 53.8 H2016B-3
53.9 60.4 66.8 74.9 H2017B-3
Description (Std. Pkg.) Number
2 Clear cover, no accessibility 50 C320PC3
Overload Relay Lug Adapter Kit
2 Gray cover, no accessibility with 50
auto only nib
C320PC4
Superseded 32A Series A Superseded 75A Series A
2 Gray cover, no accessibility with 50
manual only nib
C320PC5 Overload Relay—C306DN3 Overload Relay—C306GN3
2 Gray cover with FLA dial

accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
50 C320PC6
and auto only nib

2 Gray cover with FLA dial 50 C320PC7
accessibility, A, B, C, D positions
2 and manual only nib
2 These kits are used in adapters and installation

Modifications conjunction with Catalog instructions. When installing
2 C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter Numbers H2001B–H2014B or Series B heater packs plus
Consists of a thermal permits fast and easy H2101B–H2114B heater lug adapters in Series A
2 overload relay mounted to a installation. packs as a means of utilizing
these Series B heater packs
overload relays, refer to
heater pack FLA adjustment
terminal base adapter—
in Catalog Numbers tables originally supplied with
2 C306 Thermal Overload Relays with Mounting Adapter C306DN3 and C306GN3 equipment (also supplied
Series Al overload relays. The with kit).
2 Description Catalog Number kit consists of three lug
C306DN3B + C306TB1 C306DT3B
2 C306GN3B + C306TB2B C306GT3B C306KAL1 Overload Relay Lug
2 Series Al overload relay lug adapter kit C306KAL1-3B
Replacement Parts
2
Heater Pack Replacement
2 The heater pack series is packs do not (load lugs are on Overload Relay Replacement—Series A Only
determined by the 6th overload relay). Replacement When replacing a Catalog on a starter, order a Series B
2 character of the catalog
number. Series A or prior
of Series A or earlier heater
packs with Series B or later
Number C306DN3 (Part No.
10-6044) or C306GN3 (10-
overload relay and Series B
heater packs.
heater packs (identified by heater packs, requires the
2 either “A” or “-” as the 6th one time addition of Lug
6319) Series A overload relay
Note
character) have built-in load Adapter Kit C306KAL1-3B to
2 lugs. Series B or later heater the Series A1 overload relay.
1 This Series B adapter will accept Series A or B overload relays (C306GN3 or C306GN3B),
C306TB2 can only be used with C306GN3.

Freedom Series
2.1
2
Operation The overload relay is factory General ● When tested at 200
C306 Overload Relay Setting set at M for manual reset “Overload relays are provided percent of its current rating, 2
For motors having a 1.15 operation. For automatic to protect motors, motor the overload relay shall trip
service factor, rotate the reset operation, turn the reset
adjustment dial to the
control apparatus and motor- in not more than 8 minutes 2
FLA (Full Load Amperes) branch circuit conductors ● When tested at 600 percent
A position as shown in the
adjustment dial to correspond
to the motor’s FLA rating. illustration.
against excessive heating
due to motor overloads and
of the current rating, the
overload relay shall trip
2
failure to start. This definition in not more than 10 or
Estimate the dial position Automatic reset is not
intended for two-wire does not include: 1) motor 20 seconds, depending 2
when the motor FLA falls circuits over 600V, 2) short on the Class of the relay
between two letter values as
shown in the example.
control devices.
circuits, 3) ground faults
“Current Rating” is defined
2
Manual/Automatic Reset and 4) fire pump control.”
as the minimum current at
For motors having a 1.0
A
(NEC Art. 430-31)
which the relay will trip. Per 2
service factor, rotate the NEC, an overload must
FLA dial one-half position
M
Time Current Characteristics
The time-current
ultimately trip at 125% of FLA 2
counterclockwise (CCW). current (heater) setting for a
characteristics of an overload
FLA Dial Adjustment relay is an expression of
1.15 service factor motor and 2
115% FLA for a 1.0 service
Example of setting for performance which defines
1.0 1.15
Service Service
manual reset.
its operating time at various
factor motor. 2
Factor Factor
Test for Trip Indication multiples of its current “Current Setting” is defined
B C To test overload relay for trip
setting. Tests are run at as the FLA of the motor and 2
Underwriters Laboratories thus the overload heater
indication when in manual
A D reset, pull out the blue reset
(UL) in accordance with
NEMA Standards and the
pack setting. 2
button. An orange flag will NEC. UL requires: Example: 600% of current
appear indicating that the rating is defined as 750% 2
Example of 12.0 FLA setting device has tripped. Push ● When tested at 100 (600 x 1.25) of FLA current
for heater pack number H2011B
showing position for
reset button in to reset. percent of its current
rating, the overload relay
(heater) setting for a 1.15
service factor motor. A 10A
2
1.0 or 1.15 service Warning—To provide shall trip ultimately
factor motors.
continued protection against
heater setting must trip in 20
seconds or less at 75A motor
2
fire or shock hazard, the
current for a Class 20 relay.
complete overload relay must
be replaced if burnout of the
2
heater element occurs.
2
Class 10 and Class 20 Trip Curves 2
2
10,000 10,000
5000 5000
4000 4000
3000
2000
3000
2000
2
1000 1000 2
500 500
400
300
From
Cold Start
400
300
From
Cold Start
2
200 200
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
Trip Time
(Seconds) 100
2
From From
50
40
Hot Start 50
40
Hot Start
2
30 30
20 20
2
10 10
5 5 2
4 4
3 3
2 2 2
1 1
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 2
Multiples of Current Setting Multiples of Current Setting
Class 10 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating Class 20 Overload Relay 25C Open Rating 2
2

Freedom Series
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 00–2, IEC A–K—Open Plugging and Jogging Service Horsepower Ratings 2
2 NEMA Size 200V 230V 460V 575V
Power Terminals—Line
2 IEC Size NEMA Size Cu Only
00 — 1/2 1/2 1/2
0 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2
2 A, B, C 00 12–16 stranded, 12–14 solid
1 3 3 5 5
D, E, F 0 8 –16 stranded, 10–14 solid
2 7-1/2 10 15 15
2 1 8–14 stranded or solid
3 15 20 30 30
G, H, J, K 2 3–14 (upper) and/or 6–14 (lower) stranded or solid 1
2 4
5
25
60
30
75
60
150
60
150
2 Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid) 6 125 150 300 300
Catalog Number Terminal Wire Size

2 C306DN3B 32A 14–6 AWG
Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit 3
2 C306GN3B 75A 14–2 AWG AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V
NC Contact B600
2 12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
Make and break amperes 30 15 7.5 6
2 Break amperes 3 1.5 0.75 0.6
Wire (75°C) Sizes—AWG or kcmil—NEMA Sizes 3–8, IEC L–N—Open Continuous amperes 5 5 5 5
2 NO Contact C600
Power Terminals—Line and Load Make and break amperes 15 7.5 3.375 3
2 IEC Size NEMA Size Wire Size Break amperes 1.5 0.75 0.375 0.3
L 3 1/0–14 Cu/Al Continuous amperes 2.5 2.5 2.5 2.5
2 M — 14–2/0 Cu/Al
Notes
2 N — 3/0–8 Cu/Al 1 Two compartment box lug.
2 Maximum horsepower where operation is interrupted more than 5 times per minute or more
— 4 Open—3/0–8 Cu
than 10 times in a 10 minute period. NEMA standard ICS 2-1993 table 2-4-3.
2 Enclosed—250 kcmil—6 Cu/Al 3 DC ratings cover Freedom Series coils only.
— 5 750 kcmil—2 or (2) 250 kcmil—3/0 Cu/Al

2 6–7 (2) 750 kcmil—3/0 Cu/Al
2
8 (2) 750 kcmil—1/0 Cu/Al
2 12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid
2
Power Terminal Torque Line and Load Terminals
2 Catalog Number Terminal Torque in lb-in
C306DT3B 32A 20
2 C306GT3B 75A 35 (14–10 AWG)
2 40 (8 AWG)
45 (6–4 AWG)
2 50 (3–2 AWG)
C306KN3 105A 120 (3/16)
2 (socket head screw)
200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
2 C306NN3 144A 120 (3/16)
(socket head screw)
2 200 (1/4)
250 (5/16)
2 C306NN3
(slotted head screw)
35 (14–10 AWG)
40 (8 AWG)
2 45 (6–4 AWG)
50 (3–1/0 AWG)
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Dimensions
Stand-Alone Overload Relays 2
32A and 75A Sizes—C306DT38 and C306GT3B 105A and 144A Sizes—C306KN38 and C306NN3B
2
D G C A C
2
2
E
B E B
2
A
2
F Mtg. Holes for (3)
D 1/4-20 Screws 2
2
Ampere
Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D E F (Slot) G (Hole)
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
2
32A 1.77 (45.0) 4.13 (104.9) 3.69 (93.7) 1.36 (34.5) 3.74 (95.0) 0.18 x 0.30 (4.6 x 7.6) 0.18 (4.6) dia. 0.8 (0.4) 2
75A 2.54 (64.5) 4.69 (119.1) 3.74 (95.0) 2.00 (50.8) 3.45 (87.6) 0.22 x 0.26 (5.6 x 6.6) 0.21 (5.3) dia. 1.4 (0.6)
105 and 144A 4.00 (101.6) 7.17 (182.1) 4.91 (124.7) 3.00 (76.2) 6.62 (168.1) — — 4.0 (1.8) 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
Contents
2 C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description Page
2 Reversing, Full Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-10
2 Full Voltage, Bi-Metallic Overload . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-15
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-21
2 Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-30
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-35
2 Relays—Thermal Overload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-39
2 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-49
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-53
2 Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-55
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-61
2
2 C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay
2 Product Description Features and Benefits
Eaton’s new electronic Eaton has a long history of Features
2 overload relay (EOL) is innovations and product ● Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
the most compact, high- development in motor control ● Easy to select, install and maintain
2 featured, economical product
in its class. Designed on a
● Compact size
global platform, the new IEC control. It was from this ● Flexible, intelligent design
2 EOL covers the entire power experience that the C440 was ● Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
control spectrum including developed, delivering new power control
2 NEMA, IEC and solutions to meet today’s
Size/Range User Interface
DP contactors. The NEMA demands.
2 and DP versions are offered
with the C440 designation C440 is a self-powered
● Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500A)
● Large FLA selection dial
● Trip status indicator
electronic overload relay
2 while the IEC offering has the
XT designation. The available up to 175A as a
● Selectable trip class
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
● Operating mode LED
electronic design provides self contained unit. With ● DIP switch selectable trip
2 reliable, accurate and value external CTs, C440 can ● Direct mounting to NEMA,
class, phase unbalance and
driven protection and protect motor up to ground fault
2 communications capabilities 1500 FLA. Available add-on
accessories include remote
● Most compact electronic
overload in its class
● Selectable Auto/Manual
reset
in a single compact device. It
2 is the flexible choice for any
application requiring easy-to- communication modules Motor Control Feature Options
with I/O for DeviceNet, ● Two B600 alarm (NO) and Remote reset
use, reliable protection. ●
2 PROFIBUS, and Modbus. fault (NC) contacts ● 120 Vac

● Test/Trip button 24 Vac
2
●
Motor Protection ● 24 Vdc
2 ●
●
Thermal overload
Phase loss
● Tamper-proof cover
● Communications modules
2 ● Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase unbalance
● Modbus RTU RS-485
● DeviceNet with I/O
ground fault
● Modbus RTU with I/O
2 ● Ethernet IP with I/O
Modbus TCP with I/O
2
●
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Reliability and Improved ● UL 2
Uptime CSA
2
●

with peace of mind
knowing that their ●
Improves return on ●
currents RMS
Average three-phase
●
●
NEMA
IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
2
with the highest level
inventory carrying costs
current RMS
Thermal memory
● ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1) 2
of motor protection and
●
● RoHS
communication capability (5:1) and selectable
phase loss, phase
● ATEX directive 94/9/EC 2
in its class trip class ● Equipment Group 2,
● Extends the life of plant ● Design incorporates built-in Category 2 2
motor protection features
thus eliminating the need ● IP 20 rated terminal blocks 2
● Protects against
modules industry leading FlashGard 2
by discovering changes
● Tested to the highest 2
with remote monitoring remote monitoring and
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC 2
● RoHS compliant
● Status LED provides ● Available as an open 2
valuable assets are
enclosed control and motor 2
overload operational status
2
2
Electronic Overload Education
Description Definition Cause Effect if not Protected C440/XT Protection
2
Motor Protection 2
Thermal overload Overload is a condition in which • An increase in the load or torque that is • Increase in current draw leads to heat • Thermal trip behavior is defined by
the full load amperage rating for
being driven by the motor. and insulation breakdown, which can
cause system failure.
2
• A low voltage supply to the motor • Trip class is settable from 10A,
an inductive motor. causes the current to go high to
maintain the power needed.
• Increase in current can increase
power consumption and waste
10, 20, 30
2
• A poor power factor causing above valuable energy.
normal current draw. 2
Ground fault A line to ground fault. A current leakage path to ground. An undetected ground fault can burn Fixed protective setting that takes the
through multiple insulation windings,
ultimately leading to motor failure, not to
starter offline if ground fault current
2
mention risk to equipment or personnel that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground 2
current exceeds 6A.
Unbalanced phases Uneven voltage or current between When a three-phase load is powered with Unbalanced voltage causes large Fixed protective setting that takes the 2
(voltage and current) phases in a three-phase system. a poor quality line, the voltage per phase unbalanced currents and as a result this starter offline if a phase drops below
may be unbalanced. can lead to motor stator windings being
2
reduced motor efficiency and reduced
insulation life.
2
Phase loss—current One of the three-phase voltages is Multiple causes, loose wire, improper Single-phasing can lead to unwanted Fixed protective setting that takes the
(single-phasing) not present. wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,
and so on.
50% of the other two phases. 2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series

2
Freedom Series NEMA Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays 1
2
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
2
2 Device Type
A = Starter
C440 OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
C440 FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
Standard
5E = Standard feature set NEMA Size 00
2 N = NEMA
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30) 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
5G = Ground fault feature set 005 = 1–5A
2 Device Assembly
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20) 020 = 4–20A
Configuration OLR Type NEMA Size 0
2 1 = Non-reversing
5 = Reversing
9 = Starter w/C440 EOLR
AC Coil Suffix
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
Suffix Volts and Hertz 020 = 4–20A
2 A= 120/60 or 110/50 NEMA Size 1/1C
B= 240/60 or 220/50 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
2 Contactor Frame Size
C=
D=
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
005 = 1–5A
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Continuous NEMA Enclosure For Starters
E= 208/60 045 = 9–45A
2 Size
A = 00
Amperes
9
N = Open Starter Mounting Option H=
J=
277/60
208–240/60 2
NEMA Size 2
0 = Horizontal 005 = 1–5A
B= 0 18 K=
2
240/50
C = 1C 27 L= 020 = 4–20A
380–415/50
D= 1 27 N= 045 = 9–45A
550/50
2 G= 2
K= 3
45
90
T=
U=
24/60, 24/50 3
24/50
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100A
M = 4C 135 V= 32/50 NEMA Size 4/4C
2 N= 4
S= 5
135
270
W=
Y=
48/60
48/50
140 = 28–140A
NEMA Size 5 4
2 300 = 60–300A
2 Notes
2
4 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
2 1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Product Selection
2
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters
2
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
Non-Reversing and Reversing

2
NEMA Starter
Continuous Service Limit

Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole Three-Pole 2
NEMA Ampere Current Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing 12 Reversing 12
Size Rating (Amps) 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN19AN0_ 5E _ AN59AN0_ 5E _
0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 AN19BN0_ 5E _ AN59BN0_ 5E _ 2
1 27 32 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN19DN0_ 5E _ AN59DN0_ 5E _
2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN19GN0_ 5E _ AN59GN0_ 5E _
2
3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN19KN0_ 5E _ AN59KN0_ 5E _
2
4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19NN0_ 5E _ AN59NN0_ 5E _
53 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN19SN0_ 5E _ AN59SN0_ 5E _ 2
2
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 with Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays
2
NEMA Starter with Non-Reversing and Reversing
Ground Fault
Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole Three-Pole
2
Size Rating (Amps) 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN19AN0_ 5G _ AN59AN0_ 5G _
0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 AN19BN0_ 5G _ AN59BN0_ 5G _
2
1 27 32 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN19DN0_ 5G _ AN59DN0_ 5G _
2
2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN19GN0_ 5G _ AN59GN0_ 5G _
3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN19KN0_ 5G _ AN59KN0_ 5G _ 2
4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19NN0_ 5G _ AN59NN0_ 5G _
53 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN19SN0_ 5G _ AN59SN0_ 5G _ 2
2
Coil Suffix Codes C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only)
Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz NEMA Size OLR Code FLA Range OLR Code FLA Rating
2
A 120/60 or 110/50 L 380–415/50 00 1P6 0.33–1.65A 020 4.0–20A
2
B 240/60 or 220/50 N 550/50 005 1.0–5.0A — —
C 480/60 or 440/50 T 24/60, 24/50 0 1P6 0.33–1.65A 020 4.0–20A 2
D 600/60 or 550/50 U 24/50 005 1.0–5.0A — —
E 208/60 V 32/50 1 1P6 0.33–1.65A 020 4.0–20A 2
H
J
277/60
208–240/60
W
Y
48/60
48/50 2
005
005
1.0–5.0A
1.0–5.0A
045
045
9.0–45A
9.0–45A
2
K 240/50 020 4.0–20A — — 2
3 100 20–100A — —
4 140 28–140A — — 2
53 300 60–300A — —
Notes
2
1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see C440 FLA Range table above. 2
3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60-300A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX). 2

2
2

Freedom Series
Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters

2 New Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay only.
2 Non-Reversing
Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole
2 NEMA Ampere Current Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing
Size Rating (Amps) 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number
2 Standard Fault Overload

1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.5 10 10 AN19CN0_5E_
2 4C 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19MN0_5E_
Ground Fault Overload
2 1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.5 10 10 AN19CN0_5G_
4C 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19MN0_5G_
2
Electrical Life at Rated Continuous Current
2 Rated Current Rated Current
NEMA (Amperage) NEMA (Amperage)
2 Size AC3/AC4 Operations Size AC3/AC4 Operations
1C 27/150 2,500,000/40,000 4C 135/516 500,000/40,000
2 1 27/153 5,000,000/110,000 4 135/822 800,000/70,000
2 AN19 Competitive Retrofit Kits
2 The retrofit kits provide a packaged solution to replace competitive starters with the Freedom AN19 starter
using existing hole patterns. Suitable for replacement of Allen-Bradley, Square D, GE and Siemens starters.
2 Kit contents
Competitive mounting plate
2
●
● AN19 starter
Remote reset module
2
●
● NO 10250T pushbutton
2 ●
●
RESET pushbutton legend plate
16 gauge control wire
2
AN19 Competitive Retrofit Kit—Product Selection
2 Size Description Catalog Number
1 120 Vac coil, 4–20A overload AN19DN0A5E020-CRK
2 2 120 Vac coil, 9–45A overload AN19GN0A5E045-CRK
3 120 Vac coil, 20–100A overload AN19KN0A5E100-CRK
2 4 120 Vac coil, 28–140A overload AN19NN0A5E140-CRK
2 5 120 Vac coil, 60–300A overload AN19SN0A5E300-CRK
AN19 Competitive Retrofit Kit—Catalog Number Selection

2
A N 1 9 D N 0 A 5E 020 – CRK
2
2 Device Type
A = Starter
Standard
Competitive Retrofit Kit
N = NEMA C440 OLR Designation

2 5E = Standard feature set
C440 FLA Range
NEMA Size 1/1C
Device Assembly SEL Reset,
2 Configuration
1 = Non-reversing
OLR Type
9 = Starter w/C440 EOLR
SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30) 020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 2
045 = 9–45A
2 AC Coil Suffix NEMA Size 3
Contactor Frame Size Suffix Volts and Hertz 100 = 20–100A
2 NEMA Size Continuous Amperes A= 120/60 or 110/50 NEMA Size 4/4C
D= 1 27 For Starters 140 = 28–140A
NEMA Enclosure
2 G=
K=
2
3
45
90 N = Open Starter Mounting Option
NEMA Size 5
N= 4 300 = 60–300A
135 0 = Horizontal
2 S= 5 270

Freedom Series
2.1
Accessories
2
CT Kits
Accessories 2
Safety Cover Safety Cover 2
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. ZEB-XSC
2
2
2
Reset Bar Reset Bar
2
mounted reset operators.
2
2
2
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1 C440-XCOM 2
Remote reset module (120 Vac) ZEB-XRR-120
2
1
2
2
Communication
The C440/XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability. 2
Basic Communication via Advanced
Expansion Module— Communication— 2
Monitoring Only Monitoring and Control
Basic communication on C440 also has the ability to C440 communication modules, 2
the C440 is accomplished communicate on industrial wired to the C440-XCOM
using an expansion module
(C440-XCOM). The expansion
protocols such as Modbus
RTU, DeviceNet, PROFIBUS,
give C440 control capability
via communications. The
2
module plugs into the
expansion bay on the C440
Modbus TCP, and EtherNet/IP
while providing control
offer flexible mounting 2
overload relay, enabling capability using I/O. options (DIN rail or panel)
communications with the along with four inputs (24 Vdc 2
overload via their Modbus An expansion module (C440- or 120 Vac) and two outputs
RTU (RS-485) network. No XCOM) combined with a
communication module
as standard. 2
additional cards or modules are
allows easy integration onto
required. See figure below.
the customer's network. 2
See figure below.
2
2
2
2
2
Basic Communication— Advanced Communication—
Modbus Communication Module 2
Note
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
2
2

Freedom Series
The following information Features and Benefits

2 can be viewed using the
Ethernet modules PROFIBUS On-board I/O assemblies
communication option:
2 ● Motor status—running,
● Single device supports
both EtherNet/IP,
● Capable of baud rates up
to 12 Mb
● Modules offer 4 IN / 2 OUT
of network programmable
stopped, tripped or
2 resetting
●
Modbus TCP
Internal switch with two
● Intuitive configuration with
common PROFIBUS tools ●
I/O
24 Vdc or 120 Vac signal
● Individual rms phase
Ethernet ports allows options
2 currents (A, B, C)
linear or ring network Modbus ● Optical isolation protects
● Average of three-phase configurations Modbus address and baud
●
the I/O and communication
2 rms current ● Embedded web-services rate can be changed easily circuits from possible
● Percent thermal capacity for easy configuration and with C441’s user interface damage due to transients
2 ● Fault codes (only available monitoring with Internet (C441M only) and ground loops
prior to reset) Explorer Inputs feature user-
Terminals ●
2 ● Percent phase unbalance

DeviceNet ● Unique locking mechanism
definable debounce,
● Ground fault current and which limits the effects
provides easy removal of
2 percent
● I/O assemblies with the
same size and layout as terminal block with field
of transients and
electrical noise
● Overload relay settings— the legacy Advantage wiring installed
2 trip class, DIP switch (WPONIDNA) and IT. ● Marked terminals for
● Outputs feature a user-
definable state for loss of
selections, reset selections (DSNAP) Starter platforms ease of wiring and
communication: hold last
2 ● Modbus address (can be
set over the network)
for seamless upgrades to troubleshooting
state, ON or OFF
C441 technology with no
2 program changes
● Communication uses only
2 one DeviceNet MAC ID
2 Communication Accessories
2 Communication modules mount on their own to be used as stand-alone network
based I/O or be wired to the C440-XCOM. Parts are available for purchase individually
(see “consists of” below) or as part of a kit for C440 communications.
2 Description Catalog Number
2 Expansion Module Expansion Module

Expansion module (Remote Reset/Modbus RTU, RS-485 Communication) C440-XCOM
2
2
2
2
2 Ethernet with
I/O Module
DeviceNet communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441KS) C440-DN-120
2 DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441LS) C440-DN-24
2 PROFIBUS communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441SS)

PROFIBUS communication module kit—24 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441QS)
C440-DP-120
C440-DP-24
2 Modbus communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441NS) C440-MOD-120

Modbus communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441PS) C440-MOD-24
2 Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U) C440-ET-120
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—24 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441V) C440-ET-24
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
2
Specification 2
FLA Range
2
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
20–100A 28–140A (NEMA)
35–175A (IEC)
2
4–20A
9–45A 2
Use with Contactors
XT IEC frames B, C, D D, F, G G, H 2
Trip Class
2
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
2
Motor Protection
2
Feature
Range
Range
Range
2
Phase loss Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% 2
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting 2
>150% = 2 sec >150% = 2 sec >150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec >250% = 1 sec >250% = 1 sec
2
Indicators 2
Mode LED One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly 2
setting—pending trip setting—pending trip setting—pending trip
2
Options
Remote reset Yes Yes Yes 2
Communication expansion module Yes Yes Yes 2
Communication adapter
Capacity
Yes Yes Yes
2
Load terminals 2
Terminal capacity 12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2) 6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2) 8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
2
Tightening torque 20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm) 25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm) 124 lb-in (14 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
2
Terminal capacity 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 2
Tightening torque 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Voltages 2
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series

2 Specification
2 Description
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm

120V 15A 15A 15A
2 240V 15A 15A 15A
2 415V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A

500V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A
120V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
2 240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
2 415V
500V
0.9A
0.8A
0.9A
0.8A
0.9A
0.8A
2 IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)

0–250V 1.0A 1.0A 1.0A
2 120V 30A 30A 30A
2 240V
480V
15A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
2 600V 6A 6A 6A
2 120V 3A 3A 3A
240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
2 480V 0.75A 0.75A 0.75A
2 600V 0.6A 0.6A 0.6A

2 0–120V 0.22A 0.22A 0.22A
250V 0.11A 0.11A 0.11A
2 Maximum fuse
2 Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing

3g any direction
3g any direction
3g any direction

2 front (IEC 536)
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Specification
2
Description
Electrical/EMC
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
2
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 30 mHz to 1000 mHz 2
Conducted emissions 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz 0.15 mHz to 30 mHz
2
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) 2
Radiated immunity 10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz 10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz 10 V/m 80 mHz–1000 mHz
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
2
2
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz–100 mHz 150 kHz–100 mHz 150 kHz–100 mHz
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
2
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
2
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
2
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
2
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2 Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz 30–1000 mHz
2 IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
2
Conducted emissions 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz 0.15–30 mHz
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
2 Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
10 V/m 80–1000 mHz
2 Conducted immunity 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms)
IEC 60947-4-1 150 kHz–80 mHz 150 kHz–80 mHz 150 kHz–80 mHz 150 kHz–80 mHz
2 IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3

3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3

2 DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections — Group 2, polling, bit strobe, — —
2 explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate — 125K, 250K, 500K — —
2 Ethernet
2 Auto Negotiation
PROFIBUS
explicit, no UCMM
500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
2 Note
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
2
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
2
Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V
2
24V source current
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
2
2
Number of inputs
OFF-state voltage
4
<30 Vac
4
<30 Vac
4
<20 Vac
4
<30 Vac
2
2
Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V
2
Output Modules
2
2
Relay ON time
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
2
2
Note 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series

2 with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR
2 latest information as of April 2010.
2 C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440)

0.33–1.65A 600 Vac 1 6 15 — — — — — —
2 1–5A 600 Vac 5 20 20 100 100 30 100 35 20
4–20A 600 Vac 5 80 80 100 100 100 100 35 80
2 9–45A 600 Vac 5 175 175 100 100 100 100 35 100/175 (480/600)
2 20–100A 600 Vac 10 400 400 100 100 200 150 35 250/400 (480/600)
28–140A 600 Vac 10 450 500 100 100 400 100 65 400
2 35–175A 690 Vac 10 500 (gG) 350 (690 Vac)
320 (415 Vac)
100 100 500 (gG) 100 (415 Vac) — 350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
2
2 NEMA Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
2 NEMA
Size
Operating
Voltage
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480V 600V
Maximum
Fuse Size 480V 600V
Maximum
Breaker Size
2 00 0.33–1.65A 100 100 30 — — —

1–5A 100 100 30 100 35 35
2 4–20A 100 100 30 100 35 35
0 0.33–1.65A 100 100 60 — — —
2 1–5A 100 100 60 100 35 70
2 4–20A 100 100 60 100 35 70

1 0.33–1.65A 100 100 100 — — —
2 1–5A 100 100 100 100 35 100

4–20A 100 100 100 100 35 100
2 9–45A 100 100 100 100 35 100
2 1–5A 100 100 100 100 35 175
2 4–20A 100 100 100 100 35 175
2 9–45A 100 100 100 100 35 175

3 20–100A 100 100 200 50 50 250
2 4 28–140A 100 100 400 100 65 300
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Freedom Series
2.1
Dimensions
NEMA Starters 2
Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters 2
2
2
E
B 2
A 2
2
A
Sizes 00, 0
C
2
2
B E
2
2
E
B 2
C D
Size 4
2
2
D
A Sizes 1, 2
C
2
A
D 2
D
2
2
B
B E 2
E 2
2
2
2
2
C C
A
Size 3 Size 5 2
NEMA Size A B C D E 2
00, 0 1.97 (50.0) 6.60 (167.6) 4.90 (124.5) — 6.18 (157.0)
1, 2 2.60 (65.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 2.00 (50.8) 6.50 (165.0) 2
3 3.00 (76.2) 11.40 (289.6) 5.92 (150.3) 1.77 (44.9) 10.81 (274.6)
4 7.10 (179.0) 17.00 (432.0) 7.00 (177.0) 3.70 (94.0) 16.30 (415.0)
2
5 7.00 (177.8) 17.81 (452.3) 8.08 (205.2) 6.00 (152.4) 16.01 (406.6)
2

Freedom Series

2
Full Voltage Reversing Starters
2
2
2 E
B
B
B
E E
2
2 C D C D
C
D
2 Sizes 00, 0
A
Size 1 Size 2
2
2
2 A D
2 E
2 B
B E
2
2
2 C
2 D C
Size 4
A
2 Size 3
2 A
2 D
2
2 E
B
2
2
2
C
2 Size 5
2 NEMA Size A B C D E
00, 0 5.20 (132.0) 7.40 (187.0) 4.90 (125.0) 3.50 (89.0) 6.90 (174.0)
2 1 6.70 (171.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 5.70 (144.0)
2 6.70 (171.0) 8.10 (205.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 6.70 (170.0)
2 3 8.08 (205.2) 11.35 (288.3) 6.00 (152.0) 7.00 (177.8) 10.77 (273.6)
2 4 14.60 (371.0) 17.10 (433.0) 7.00 (177.0) 13.50 (343.0) 16.30 (145.0)
5 14.50 (368.3) 17.81 (452.3) 8.06 (204.8) 13.50 (342.9) 16.00 (406.6)
2

Space-Savings Series
2.2
Contents
NEMA Space-Savings Family of Contactors and Starters
Description Page
2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-66
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-70 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-93 2
An Eaton
Green Solution
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 2
The Eaton NEMA® Space- The Space-Savings line of ● AC control from ● IEC EN 60947
Savings line of contactors NEMA power control was 120V to 600V 50/60 Hz ● CE approved 2
and starters includes non- engineered to provide highly ● 24 Vdc control ● UL
reversing and reversing
contactors, electronic
effective control and
protection for a variety of
● Reversing or non-reversing ● CSA 2
contactors and starters ATEX
overload relays and a variety loads, including motors,
2
●
of related accessories. compressors, pumps,

● XTOE self-powered ● RoHS
Because the Space-Savings resistive, capacitor banks, electronic overload relay
family meets IEC, UL®, CSA® isolation and others. ● Non-reversing starters 2
and CE standards, it is the to NEMA Size 5
The Space-Savings
perfect product solution for
applications all over the contactors are perfectly
● Panel or DIN rail mounting 2
to NEMA Size 2
suited for use in Motor
world. The compact and easy
to install Space-Savings line Control Center applications
● IP20 finger and back-of-
hand proof
2
of NEMA contactors and where bucket space sizing is
starters is the efficient and critical. With both AC and DC ● Large ambient temperature
range, –25 to 50°C
2
effective solution for control and flexible
[–13 to 122°F]
customer applications from communication options, the
Space-Savings family can be ● AC and DC controlled
2
Size 0 through Size 5.
easily integrated into various contactors in the same
customer applications. compact frame 2
Low power consumption
2
●
AC and DC coils
Built-in NO or NC auxiliary
2
●
contacts to 32A
Plug-in accessories for
2
●
reduced installation time

● Coil replacement on NEMA
Size 0–5 2
● Contact replacement on
NEMA Size 1–5 2
● Integrated suppressor
NEMA Size 0–4 DC 2
operated contactors and
NEMA Size 5 AC and DC
operated contactors
2
2
2


2
Space-Savings NEMA Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays
2
A N 1 3 C N 0 1 A 5E 005
2
2 Device Type
XTOE FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
C = Contactor N = NEMA XTOE OLR Designation NEMA Size 0
2 (FVNR and FVR only) 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
5E = Standard feature set 005 = 1–5A
2 Device Assembly
SEL Reset,
SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
020 = 4–20A
NEMA Size 1
Configuration 5G = Ground fault feature set
2 1 = Non-reversing OLR Type SEL Reset,
1P6 = 0.33–1.65A
005 = 1–5A
5 = Reversing 3 = Starter w/XTOE EOLR SEL Class (10, 20) 020 = 4–20A
2 045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 2
2 Contactor Frame Size 2

NEMA Enclosure For Starters
Coil Suffix 045 = 9–45A
NEMA Size 3
NEMA Continuous Suffix Volts and Hertz
100 = 20–100A
2
Size Amperes N = Open Starter Mounting Option A= 120/60 or 110/50
B= 0 18 0 = Horizontal B= 240/60 or 220/50 NEMA Size 4/4C
C= 1 27 TD = 24 Vdc 175 = 35–175A
2 G= 2
K= 3
45
90 For Contactors Only NEMA Size 5 2
M= 4 135 300 = 60–300A
2 S= 5 270
Starter Mounting Option
10 = 1 normally open
01 = 1 normally closed
2 11 = 1 normally open,
1 normally closed
2
00 = No auxiliary contacts
22 = 2 normally open,
2 normally closed
2 Product Selection
2 Type CN13/53 Space-Savings NEMA Contactors
2 NEMA Contactor Non-Reversing and Reversing

Maximum UL Horsepower
2 NEMA
Continuous
Ampere
Service Limit
Current Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase
Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 1
Three-Pole
Reversing 1
Size Rating (Amps) 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number Catalog Number
2 0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 CN13BN010_ —
2 1
2
27
45
32
52
2
3
3
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
7-1/2
15
10
25
10
25
CN13CN010_
CN13GN000_
CN53CN011_
CN53GN011_
2 3 90 104 7.5 15 25 30 50 50 CN13KN000_ CN53KN011_

4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 CN13MN000_ —
2 5 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 CN13SN022_ —
2 Notes
2 2 NEMA Size 5 starter components to be ordered separately: Contactor (CN13SN022_), 60–300A CT kit, and 1–5A overload relay.
See page V5-T2-82 for CT kit and overload part numbers.
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
Type AN13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays
2
NEMA Starter Non-Reversing and Reversing
Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole Three-Pole 2
Size Rating (Amps) 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 3 Catalog Number 3
2
0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 AN13BN0_ 5E _ AN53BN0_ 5E _
1 27 32 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN13CN0_ 5E _ AN53CN0_ 5E _ 2
2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN13GN0_ 5E _ AN53GN0_ 5E _
3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN13KN0_ 5E _ AN53KN0_ 5E _ 2
4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN13MN0_ 5E _ AN53MN0_ 5E _
54 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 4 —
2
2
Type AN13/53 Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays 2
NEMA Starter with
Ground Fault Maximum UL Horsepower
2
Continuous Service Limit Three-Pole Three-Pole
NEMA
Size
Ampere
Rating
Current Rating
(Amps)
Single-Phase
115V 230V
Three-Phase
208V 240V 480V 600V
Non-Reversing 12
Catalog Number 3
Reversing 12
Catalog Number 3
2
0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 AN13BN0_ 5G _ AN53BN0_ 5G _
2
1 27 32 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN13CN0_ 5G _ AN53CN0_ 5G _
2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN13GN0_ 5G _ AN53GN0_ 5G _ 2
3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN13KN0_ 5G _ AN53KN0_ 5G _
4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN13MN0_5G_ AN53MN0_5G_ 2
54 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 4 —
2
XTOE Overload FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only) Magnet Coil Suffix 2
NEMA Size OLR Code FLA Range OLR Code FLA Rating Coil Voltage Suffix Code
0 1P6 0.33–1.65A 020 4.0–20A Sizes 0–2
2
1
005
1P6
1.0–5.0A
0.33–1.65A
—
020
—
4.0–20A
110V 50 Hz, 120V 60 Hz
220V 50 Hz, 240V 60 Hz
A
B
2
005 1.0–5.0A 045 9.0–45A 24–27 Vdc TD
2
2 — — 045 9.0–45A Sizes 3, 4
— — — — 100–120V 50/60 Hz A 2
3 100 20–100A — — 190–240V 50/60 Hz B
4 175 35–175A — — 24–27 Vdc TD 2
54 300 60–300A — — Sizes 5
100–120V 50/60 Hz A 2
24–48 Vdc TD
Notes
2
2
2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see XTOE FLA Range table above.
3 For MCC replacement needs, contact MCC Aftermarket.
4 NEMA Size 5 starter components to be ordered separately: Contactor (CN13SN022_), 60–300A CT kit, and 1–5A overload relay. 2
See page V5-T2-82 for CT kit and overload part numbers.
2
2
2
2
2
2

Accessories
2
Auxiliary Contacts—Overview
2 Front-mounted snap-on
auxiliary contacts for Space-
2 Savings contactors are
available with screw
2 terminals in a variety of
contact configurations.
2 Auxiliary Contacts Possible Combinations
2 Frame Catalog Built-In Front (Top) Mount Side-Mount Total Auxiliary
Size Number Contactor Auxiliary Two-Pole Four-Pole Single-Pole Two-Pole Contacts Available
2 0, 1 CN13BN0_ – 1NO or 1NC 1 — — — 3
CN13CN0_
— 1 — — 5
2 — — — 1 3
2 — —
2
2 CN13GN0_ — 1 — — 2 6
2 — 1 — 1 6
2 — —
2
2 3, 4 CN13KN0_ –
CN13MN0_
— 1
—
—
1
—
—
2
2
6
8
2 — — — 4 8
— —
2
2
5 CN13SN0 2NO–2NC — — 2 8
2 — — —
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
Auxiliary Contacts
2
NEMA Size 0, 1— Front (Top) Mount—Two-Pole
XTCEXF_
Conventional Thermal Current, 2
16 2NO 53 63 5 XTCEXFAC20
54 64
2
16 1NO-1NC 53 61 5 XTCEXFAC11 2 2
54 62
2
16 2NC 51 61 5 XTCEXFAC02
52 62
2
2
XTCEXF_ NEMA Size 0, 1— Front (Top) Mount—Four-Pole 2
Open at 60°C
Contact
Configuration
Circuit
Symbol
Pkg.
Qty. 1
Screw Terminal
Catalog Number
2
16 4NO 53 6373 83 5 XTCEXFAC40 2
2
54 6474 84
2
16 3NO-1NC 53 61 73 83 5 XTCEXFAC31 2
54 62 74 84 2
16 2NO-2NC 53 61 71 83 5 XTCEXFAC22
2
2
54 62 72 84
16 1NO-3NC 536171 81 5 XTCEXFAC13

2
54 62 72 82 2
16 4NC 51 61 71 81 5 XTCEXFAC04
2
52 62 72 82
2
XTCEXSCC11 NEMA Size 0, 1—Side-Mount—Two-Pole 2
Open at 60°C Contact Circuit Pkg. Screw Terminal 2
10 1NO-1NC 53 61 1 XTCEXSCC11 3 2
54 62
2
Notes
2
2
1
2 To avoid duplicate terminal numbers in contact sequence, these auxiliary contacts should only be used with contactors
having a built-in 1NO contact (XTCE…B10_, XTCE…C10_).
3 Can be mounted to the left side of contactor only. Cannot be used in combination with front (top) mount auxiliary
contacts or mechanical interlocks.
2
2
2
2
2
2

NEMA Sizes 2–4—Two-Pole

2 XTCEXF_
16 2NO 13 23 5 XTCEXFBG20
2 14 24
2 16 1NO-1NC 13 21 5 XTCEXFBG11
2 14 22
16 2NC 11 21 5 XTCEXFBG02
2 12 22
2
NEMA Sizes 2–4—Four-Pole
2 XTCEXF_
16 4NO-0NC 5 XTCEXFBG40
2 13 23 33 43
14 24 34 44
2 16 3NO-1NC 13 21 33 43 5 XTCEXFBG31
2 14 22 34 44
16 2NO-2NC 13 21 31 43 5 XTCEXFBG22
2 14 22 32 44
2 16 2NO-2NC 53 61 71 83 5 XTCEXFAG22
2
54 62 72 84
16 1NO-3NC 13 21 31 41 5 XTCEXFBG13
2 14 2232 42
2
NEMA Sizes 2–4, Side Mount (Snap-On)—Two-Pole
2 XTCEXS_
10 1NO–1NC 1 XTCEXSBN11
2 13 21
44 32
14 43 22 31
2
2 NEMA Size 5, Side Mount (Screw Mount)—Two-Pole
XTCEXS_
2 Conventional Free Air

2 10 1NO–1NC 13 44 21 32 1 XTCEXSBR11 2
2 14 43 22 31
2 Notes
2 For replacement only. XTCEXSBR11 and XTCEXSBLR11 cannot be added onto side mount auxiliaries that come with
2 the Size 5 contactors as standard. To add auxiliaries onto the included side auxiliaries on Size 5 contactors, use
XTCEXSCR11.
2
2

2.2
Suppressors Additional Accessories
The switching of contactor Varistor suppressors clamp Mechanical Interlock 5
2
coils can generate voltage the voltage transient above
transients that may cause the maximum coil voltage and
For Use
with…
Pkg.
2
arching on switch contacts are recommended when the
and/or damage electronics on level of the transient is XTCEXML_ CN13BN0_,
CN13CN0_
1 XTCEXMLC 2
the control line. Either an RC known to not exceed the coil
or varistor suppressor is voltage. RC suppressors slow CN13GN0_ 1 XTCEXMLD
2
recommended in these types and reduce the level of the CN13KN0_, 1 XTCEXMLG 6
of applications. All Space-
Savings DC contactor coils
voltage transient but do not
clamp them at a specific
CN13MN0_
2
have built-in suppression. level. The slowing of the
transient can reduce XTCEXMLM
CN13SN0_ 1 XTCEXMLM
2
electrical interference.
These are recommended in 2
applications where operating
rates are high. 2
XTCEXVS_ Varistor Suppressor 12 XTCEXRL_ Reversing Link Kits 2
For Use Pkg. For Use Pkg.
Voltage with… Qty. 3 Catalog Number with… Qty. 3 Catalog Number 2
48–130 CN13BN0_ 10 XTCEXVSCA CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_ 1 XTCEXRLC
CN13CN0_
CN13GN0_ 1 XTCEXRLD
2
48–130 CN13GN0_ 10 XTCEXVSFA
CN13KN0_, CN13MN0_ 1 XTCEXRLG 2
Contact Sequence
Main current wiring for reversing combinations. Includes
paralleling bridge and reversing bridge. Does not include
2
A1
mechanical interlock, see table on this page.
2
A2
XTCEXTLA400 Terminal Lug Assembly 2

XTCEXRS_ RC Suppressor 12 For Use
with…
Pkg.
For Use Pkg.
Voltage with… Qty. 3 Catalog Number CN13SN0_ 1 XTCEXTLA400
2
24–48 CN13GN0_ — XTCEXRSFW
110–130 — XTCEXRSFA 2
For connection of: round conductor, flexible and stranded,
Contact Sequence
flat strip conductor, with control circuit terminal. See Page
V5-T2-72 for terminal capacities.
2
A1
2
Terminal Shroud
A2 XTCEXTS_
For Use Pkg.
2
with… Qty. 3 Catalog Number
CN13SN0_ 1 XTCEXTS400
2
2
2
Notes
2 For AC operated contactors, 50–60 Hz. Sizes 0–5 DC operated contactors and Size 5 AC
Protection against direct contact with connection lugs when
touched vertically from the front.
2
operated contactors have a built-in suppressor circuit.
3 Orders must be placed in multiples of package quantity listed. 2
4 In addition to the built-in suppressor circuit for DC actuated contactors. Prevents
negative breaking voltage when contactors are used in combination with a safety PLC.
5 For two contactors with AC or DC operated magnet system which are horizontally or vertically
2
mounted. For Sizes 0–4, mechanical lifespan is 2.5 x 106 operations
and the distance between contactors is 0 mm. For Size 5, mechanical lifespan is 5 x 106 2
operations and no auxiliary contact can be mounted between the
mechanical interlock and the contactor—the distance between contactors is 15 mm.
6 XTCEXMLG and XTCEXMLN consist of an interlock element and mounting plate.
2
2

Renewal Parts
2
2 XTCERENC_ Replacement Coils
Coil
Replacement Contact Kit
For Use with… Catalog Number
2 Voltage
Size 0, 1
CN13GN0_ XTCERENCONTACTD
CN13SN0_ XTCERENCONTACTL
2 110/50 120/60 A XTCERENCOILCA
220/50 240/60 B XTCERENCOILCB
2 24–27 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILCTD Replacement Arc Chamber
Size 2 For Use with… Catalog Number
2 110/50 120/60 A XTCERENCOILDA CN13SN0_ XTCERENARC250
2 220/50 240/60 B XTCERENCOILDB

24–27 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILDTD
2 Size 3, 4
100–120V 50/60 A XTCERENCOILGA
2 190–240V 50/60 B XTCERENCOILGB
2 24–27 Vdc
Size 5
TD XTCERENCOILGTD
2 110–250 Vac/Vdc A XTCERENCOILLA

24–48 Vdc TD XTCERENCOILLTD
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
2
Auxiliary Contacts
XTCEXSBLN_
2
XTCEXSBN_
CN13BN0_, XTCEXFAC_ XTCEXFCC_

XTCEXSBNC_
XTCEXSCN_
2
Description CN13CN0_ XTCEXFATC_ XTCEXSCC_ XTCEXFAG_ XTCEXSCNC_
Interlocked opposing contacts with an auxiliary contact — Yes Yes Yes Yes
2
module (to IEC 60947-5 -1 Annex L)
Break contact (not late-break contact) suitable as a mirror CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_ CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_ CN13BN0_, CN13CN0_ CN13GN0_ CN13GN0_, CN13SN0_
2
contact (to IEC/EN 60947-4 -1 Annex F)
Rated impulse withstand voltage, (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000 6000 6000 6000
2
Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3 III/3
2
Rated insulation voltage, (Ui) Vac 690 690 690 690 690
Rated operational voltage, (Ue) Vac 500 500 500 500 500 2
Between coil and auxiliary contacts 400 400 400 440 440 2
Between the auxiliary contacts 400 400 400 440 440
Rated operational current, le
2
AC-15
2
230V 6A 6A 6A 6A 6A
380/415V 4A 3A 4A 4A 4A 2
500V 1.5A — 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
DC-3 L/R <5 ms 1 2
24V
60V
10A
6A
10A
6A
10A
6A
10A
6A
10A
6A
2
110V 3A 3A 3A 3A 3A 2
220V 1A 1A 1A 1A 1A
Conventional thermal current, Ith 16A 16A 16A 3 10A 10A 2
Control circuit reliability <10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at <10-8, <1 failure at
(at Ue = 24 Vdc, Umin = 17 V, Imin = 5.4 mA) 100 million operations 100 million operations 100 million operations 100 million operations 100 million operations 2
Component lifespan, operations x 106 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3 1.3
at Ue = 230V, AC-15, 3A 2
Maximum fuse, gG/gL 10A 10A 10A 16A 16A 2
Notes
1 Making and breaking conditions to DC-13, time L/R contact as stated.
2
2 See fuses overlay for time/current characteristic (on request).
3 Conventional thermal current (I ) of XTCEXSCC_ is 10A.
th
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Parallel Link
2 Description XTCEXPLKB XTECXPLKC XTCEXPLKD XTCEXPLKG XTCEXPLK185
2 Terminal capacity
Solid (mm2) 1–16 16 16 — —
2 Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.5–25) 1 x (16–35) 1 x (16–120) — —
2 x (0.5–16)
2 Stranded (mm2) 1 x (0.5–25)
2 x (0.5–16)
1 x (16–50) 1 x (16–120) 1 x (35–300)
2 x (35–120)
—
2 Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm) 6 x 9 x 0.8 — — 2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)

2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1)
2 Tightening torque (Nm) 4 4 14 — —
2 Tools
Pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 Size 2 — — —
2 Hexagon socket head spanner—SW (mm) — — 5 6 —
Conventional thermal current
2 Three-pole (Ith) A 50 100 180 400 —
2 Four-pole (Ith) A 60 — — — —
2 Cable Terminal Block, Flat Cable Terminal
2 Description XTCEXTLA400 XTCEXPLK185 XTCEXTFB650 XTCEXTFB820

Terminal capacity
2 Stranded (mm2) 1 x (120–300) — — —
2 x (70–240)
2 Stranded (AWG) 1 x (250–600 kcmil)

2 x (2/0–500 kcmil)
— — —
2 Flat conductor—number of segments x width x thickness (mm) — 1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)

2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (20 x 32 x 0.5)
1 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
2 x (10 x 40 x 1)
2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 2 x (11 x 21 x 1) 2 x (20 x 40 x 0.5)
2
2 Description
CN13B CN13C CN13G CN13K CN13M CN13S
2 Open
at 40°C (Ith) 40A 45A 80A 130A 190A 490
2 at 50°C (Ith) 38A 43A 71A 125A 180A 438
at 55°C (Ith) 37A 42A 68A 115A 170A 418
2 at 60°C (Ith) 35A 40A 65A 110A 160A 400
2 Enclosed 32A 36A 58A 100A 144A 315

Conventional free air thermal current, single-pole (Ith)
2 Open 88A 100A 162A 275A 400A —
Enclosed 80A 90A 145A 250A 360A —
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2
Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
2
Description CN13BN010_ CN13CN010_ CN13GN000_
General
2
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA,
IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA, 2
CCC, RoHS CCC, RoHS CCC, RoHS
Weights in kg [lb] 2
AC operated 0.42 [0.93] 0.42 [0.93] 0.9 [2.0]
DC operated 0.48 [1.06] 0.48 [1.06] 1.1 [2.4]
2
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 10,000,000 10,000,000
2
Climatic proofing 1 1 1
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac 690 690 690 2

Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac 8000 8000 8000
Operating voltage (U e) Vac 690 690 690 2
Between coil and contacts (Vac) 440 440 440
2
Between contacts (Vac) 238 440 440 2
Making capacity (amps) 238 384 910
Breaking capacity (amps) 2
220/230V 170 320 650
380/400V 170 320 650
2
500V 170 320 650
2
660/690V 120 180 370
Short-circuit protection rating maximum fuse (amps) 2
400V; gG/gL 500V 25 63 125 2
690V; gG/gL 690V 25 35 80
2
400V; gG/gL 500V 63 125 250
2
690V; gG/gL 690V 50 63 100
Degree of protection IP00 IP00 IP00 2
Protection against direct contact when Finger and Finger and Finger and
actuated from front (IEC 536) back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof back-of-hand proof 2
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 2
2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (0.75–16) 1 x (2.5–35) 2
2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (0.75–10) 2 x (2.5–25)
Stranded (mm2) 1 x 16 1 x 16 1 x (16–50) 2
2 x (16–35)
Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–6 18–6 12–2 2
Flat conductor — — 2 x (6 x 9 x 0.8)
(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm) 2
Notes
1 Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30. 2
2
2
2
2
2

Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 0–2, continued

2 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
Description CN13BN010_ CN13CN010_ CN13GN000_
2 Main cable connection screw/bolt M5 M5 M6

Tightening torque
2 Nm 3 3 3.3
Lb-in 26.6 26.6 29.2
Solid (mm2)
2
1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4)
2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5 M3.5
2 Tightening torque
Nm 1.2 1.2 1.2
2 Lb-in 10.6 10.6 10.6

Tools
2 Main and control circuit cable—screw terminals Size 2 Size 2 Size 2
Pozidriv screwdriver 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5
2 Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6 1x6
2 Terminal capacity control circuit cable—spring cage terminals

Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 Flexible (mm2)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)

2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14 18–14
2 Tools
Main and control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
2 Stripping length (mm) 10 10 10
Screwdriver blade width (mm) 3.5 3.5 3.5
2 Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30° 30° 30°
°
2 90
°
90
90
°
180°
2
2
2 Ambient temperature
Open –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C –25 to 60°C
2 [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F] [–13 to 140°F]
Enclosed –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C –25 to 40°C
2 [–13 to 104°F] [–13 to 104°F] [–13 to 104°F]
Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C –40 to 80°C
2 [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F] [–40 to 176°F]
Environmental
2 Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
2 Main contact—NO Contact 10 10 1
Auxiliary contact—NO Contact 7 7 7
2 Auxiliary contact—NC Contact 5 5 5
2 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3

2.2
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4
Size 3 Size 4
2
Description CN13KN000_ CN13MN000_
General 2
Standards IEC/EN 60947, IEC/EN 60947,
VDE 0660, UL, CSA, VDE 0660, UL, CSA, 2
CCC, RoHS CCC, RoHS
Weights in kg [lb] 2
AC operated 2 [4.41] 2 [4.41]
DC operated 2.1 [4.63] 2.1 [4.63] 2
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 10,000,000
Climatic proofing 1 1 2
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac 690 690
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac 8000 8000 2
Operational voltage (U e) Vac 690 690
2
Between coil and contacts (Vac)
Between contacts (Vac)
690
690
690
690
2
Making capacity (amps)
1610 2100
2
220/230V 1150 1500 2
380/400V 1150 1500
500V 1150 1500 2
660/690V 1100 1200
1000V — — 2
Type 2 coordination 2 2
400V; gG/gL 500V 250 25
690V; gG/gL 690V 25 250 2
400V; gG/gL 500V 250 250
2
690V; gG/gL 690V
250
IP00
250
IP00
2
Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536) Finger and
back-of-hand proof
Finger and
back-of-hand proof 2
2
Solid (mm2) — —
Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70)
1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–70) 2
Stranded (mm2) 1 x (10–95) 1 x (10–95)
2 x (10–20) 2 x (10–20) 2
Flat conductor 2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8) 2 x (6 x 16 x 0.8)
(number of segments x width x thickness) (mm) 2
Solid or stranded (AWG) 8–3/0 8–3/0
Main cable connection screw/bolt M10 M10 2
Tightening torque
Nm 14 14 2
Lb-in 123.9 123.9
Notes
2
2
2
2
2
2

Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Sizes 3, 4, continued

2 Size 3 Size 4
Description CN13KN000_ CN13MN000_

Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–4) 1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
1 x (0.75–4)
1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 Solid or stranded (AWG)

2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 x (0.75–2.5)
18–14
2 Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5 M3.5

Tightening torque
2 Nm 1.2 1.2
Lb-in 10.6 10.6
2 Tools
2 Main circuit cable—screw terminals

Hexagon socket-head spanner (mm) 5 5
2 Control circuit cable—screw terminals Size 2 Size 2

Pozidriv screwdriver 0.8 x 5.5 0.8 x 5.5
2 Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6
2 Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 Flexible (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5)
2 Solid or stranded (AWG) 18–14 18–14
Tools
2 Control circuit cable—spring cage terminals
2 Stripping length (mm) 10 10

Screwdriver blade width (mm) 3.5 3.5
2 Mounting position, AC and DC operated
30° 30°
2
°
90
90
°
180°
2
2
2 Ambient temperature
2 Open –25 to 60°C

[–13 to 140°F]
–25 to 60°C
[–13 to 140°F]
2 Enclosed –25 to 40°C

[–13 to 104°F]
–25 to 40°C
[–13 to 104°F]
2 Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C

[–40 to 176°F]
–40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
Environmental
2 Mechanical shock resistance
(IEC/EN 60068-2-27)
2 Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms
2 Main contact—NO contact

Auxiliary contact—NO contact
10g
7g
10g
7g
2 Auxiliary contact—NC contact 5g 5g

Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3
2

2.2
Space-Savings Contactors—NEMA Size 5
Size 5 Size 5
2
Description CN13SN022_ Description CN13SN022_
General General, continued 2
VDE 0660, UL, CSA
Solid (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2
Weights in kg [lb] 6.5 [14.3] 2 x (0.75–2.5)
Mechanical life—operations 10,000,000 Flexible with ferrule (mm2) 1 x (0.75–2.5)
2
2 x (0.75–2.5)
AC operated 3000
Solid or stranded (AWG) 2 x (18–12) 2
2
Control circuit cable connection screw/bolt M3.5
DC operated 3000
Tightening torque
Climatic proofing 1
Insulation voltage (U i) Vac 1000

Nm 1.2
2
Lb-in 10.6
Impulse withstand voltage (U imp) Vac 8000
Operating voltage (U e) Vac 1000
Tools 2
Main cable wrench 16 mm
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101
and Part 101/A1 Control circuit cable pozidriv screwdriver Size 2 2
Between coil and contacts (Vac) 500 Mounting position, AC and DC operated
Between contacts (Vac) 500 Ambient temperature –25 to 60°C 2
[–13 to 140°F]
2
Making capacity (amps) 3000
Ambient storage temperature –40 to 80°C
[–40 to 176°F]
220/230V 2500
Environmental 2
380/400V 2500
Mechanical shock 30° 30°
500V 2500 Resistance (IEC/EN 60068-2-27) 2
°
90
90
°
660/690V 2500
180°
1000V 760 2
Type 2 coordination 2 2
2
400V; gG/gL 500V 315
690V; gG/gL 690V 315 Main contact—NO contact 10g
1000V; gG/gL 1000V 160 Auxiliary contact—NO contact
10g
8g
2
400V; gG/gL 500V 400 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3
2
690V; gG/gL 690V 400 Switching capacity, kVAR 4
1000V; gG/gL 1000V 200 Individual compensation 2
Degree of protection IP00 230V —
Protection against direct contact when actuated Finger and back-of-hand proof with 400/420/440V — 2
from front (IEC 536) terminal shroud or terminal block 525V —
Main cable cross-section 690V — 2
Flexible with cable lug (mm2) 50–240
Stranded with cable lug (mm2) 70–240
Group compensation, with choke
230V 100
2
Flat conductor (mm)
1/0–250 kcmil
3
400/420/440V 190
2
525V 260
Bus bar—width in mm 25 690V 340 2
Main cable connection screw/bolt M10 Group compensation, without choke
Tightening torque 230V — 2
Nm 24 400/420/440V —
Lb-in 213 525V — 2
690V —
2
Notes
2
2
3 Screw tightening with flat cable terminal or cable terminal blocks. See terminal capacity for cable terminal blocks.
cross-section must be selected according to the rated current per phase. 2

Contents
2 XTOE/XT Electronic Overload Relay
Description Page
2 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-83
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-93
2 An Eaton
Green Solution
2
2
2
2
2 Product Description Features and Benefits
Eaton’s new electronic Eaton has a long history of Features
2 overload relay (EOL) is the innovations and product ● Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection
most compact, high-featured, development in motor control ● Easy to select, install and maintain
2 economical product in its
class. Designed on a global
● Compact size
platform, the new EOL covers IEC control. It was from this ● Flexible, intelligent design
2 the entire power control experience that the XTOE ● Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP
spectrum including NEMA, was developed, delivering power control
2 IEC and DP Contactors. The new solutions to meet
standard NEMA and DP today’s demands.
2 versions are offered with the
C440 designation while the XTOE is a self-powered
● Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500A)
● Large FLA selection dial
electronic overload relay
2 Space-Savings NEMA and
IEC versions have the XTOE available up to 175A as a
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
designation. The electronic self contained unit. With ● DIP switch selectable trip
2 design provides reliable, external CTs, XTOE can ● Direct mounting to NEMA,
accurate and value driven protect motor up to ground fault
2 protection and communications 1500 FLA. Available add-on
reset
capabilities in a single
2 compact device. It is the
flexible choice for any communication modules Motor Control Feature Options
with I/O for DeviceNet, ● Two B600 alarm (NO) and Remote reset
application requiring easy-to- ●
2 use, reliable protection. PROFIBUS, Modbus, fault (NC) contacts ● 120 Vac
EtherNet/IP, and Modbus TCP. ● Test/Trip button 24 Vac
2
●
2 ●
●
Thermal overload
Phase loss
● Tamper-proof cover
phase unbalance
● Modbus RTU RS-485
ground fault
2 ● Ethernet IP with I/O
Modbus TCP with I/O
2
●
2
2

2.2
Reliability and Improved ● UL 2
Uptime CSA
2
●
● XTOE provides the users ● Available with NEMA, ● Individual phase ● CE

with peace of mind
knowing that their ●
Improves return on ●
currents RMS
Average three-phase
●
●
NEMA
IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
2
with the highest level
inventory carrying costs
current RMS
Thermal memory
● ISO 13849-1 (EN954-1) 2
of motor protection and
●
● RoHS
communication capability (5:1) and selectable
phase loss, phase
● ATEX directive 94/9/EC 2
● Extends the life of plant ● Design incorporates built-in Category 2 2
thus eliminating the need ● IP 20 rated terminal blocks 2
● Protects against
modules industry leading FlashGard 2
by discovering changes
● Tested to the highest 2
with remote monitoring remote monitoring and
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC 2
● RoHS compliant
● Status LED provides ● Available as an open 2
valuable assets are
enclosed control and motor 2
overload operational status
2
2
Description Definition Cause Effect if not Protected XTOE/XT Protection
2
Motor Protection 2
2
an inductive motor. causes the current to go high to
10, 20, 30
2
normal current draw. 2
through multiple insulation windings,
2
mention risk to equipment or personnel i.e., if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground 2
current exceeds 6A.
Unbalanced phases Uneven voltage or current between When a three-phase load is powered with Unbalanced voltage causes large Fixed protective setting that takes the 2
(voltage and current) phases in a three-phase system. a poor quality line, the voltage per phase unbalanced currents and as a result this starter offline if a phase drops below
may be unbalanced. can lead to motor stator windings being
2
insulation life.
2
(single-phasing) not present. wiring, grounded phase, open fuse, etc. motor vibrations in addition to the results
starter offline if a phase is lost.
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
XT Electronic Overload Relay—NEMA Space-Savings
2
XT OE 1P6 C CS S
2
2 Designation
XT = NEMA Space-Savings control
Mounting
2 P = Pass-through
S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only)
Type
2 OE = Electronic overload relay
Trip Type
2 CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30

GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20
2 Overload Range
Contactor Frame
2 1P6 = 0.33–1.65A C = Space-Savings Size 0
005 = 1–5A
2 020
1P6
=
=
4–20A
0.33–1.65A C = Space-Savings Size 1
2 005
020
=
=
1–5A
4–20A
045 = 9–45A
2 045 = 9–45A D = Space-Savings Size 2
100 = 20–100A G = Space-Savings Size 3
2 175 = 35–175A G = Space-Savings Size 4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
Product Selection
2
2
XTOE for Direct Mount XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to NEMA Space-Savings Contactors
to NEMA Size 1 NEMA Auxiliary 2
Space-Savings For Use with Overload Contact Frame Contact
Size Contactor Range (Amps) Sequence Size Configuration Catalog Number
2
0 CN13BN010_ 0.35–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC XTOE1P6CCS
1–5 XTOE005CCS 2
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 XTOE020CCS
1 CN13CN010_ 0.35–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC XTOE1P6CCS 2
1–5
4–20 2 4 6 98 96
XTOE005CCS
XTOE020CCS
2
9–45 XTOE045CCS 2
2 CN13GN000_ 9–45 97 95 45 mm NO-NC XTOE045DCS
20–100 55 mm NO-NC XTOE100DCS 2
2 4 6 98 96
3 CN13KN000_ 20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC XTOE100GCS 2
2 4 6 98 96
2
4 CN13MN000_ 35–175 97 95 110 mm NO-NC XTOE175GCS
2
2 4 6 98 96
2
XT Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to NEMA Space-Savings Contactors
2
XTOE for Direct Mount
to NEMA Size 4 NEMA
Space-Savings For Use with Overload Contact Frame
Auxiliary
Contact
2
Size Contactor Range (Amps) Sequence Size Configuration Catalog Number
0 CN13BN010_ 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC XTOE1P6CGS
2
1–5 XTOE005CGS 2
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 XTOE020CGS
1 CN13CN010_ 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC XTOE1P6CGS 2
1–5 XTOE005CGS
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 XTOE020CGS 2
2 CN13GN000_
9–45
9–45 45 mm NO-NC
XTOE045CGS
XTOE045DGS
2
97 95
20–100 55 mm NO-NC XTOE100DGS 2
2 4 6 98 96
3 CN13KN000_ 20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC XTOE100GGS 2
2 4 6 98 96 2
4 CN13MN000_ 35–175 97 95 110 mm NO-NC XTOE175GGS
2
2
2 4 6 98 96
2
2
2
2
2

XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Size 5 NEMA Space-Savings Contactors
2 1–5A OL with CTs
Use CTs and 1-5A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
2 Space-Savings
Contactor Size
For Use with
Contactor
CT Range
(Amps) Description
CT Kit
Catalog Number
Terminal
Size
Overload Relay
Catalog Number
2 1 CN13SN022_ 60-300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit

with integrated lugs
ZEB-XCT300 750 kcmil
(2) 250 kcmil
XTOE005CCSS
3/0 Cu/Al
2
2 45 mm XT for XT Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
Separate Mount ZEB kits are not recommended for use with XTOE overload relays with ground fault option.
2 Overload Relay
Overload Frame Contact Overload Relay with Ground Fault
2 Range (Amps) Size Sequence Type Catalog Number Catalog Number
Overload Relay
2 0.33–1.65 45 mm 1 3 5 97 95 ZEB32-1,65/KK XTOE1P6CCSS XTOE1P6CGSS
2 4–20 2 4 6 98 96 ZEB32-20/KK XTOE020CCSS XTOE020CGSS
2 9–45
20–100 55 mm
ZEB32-45/KK
ZEB150-100/KK
XTOE045CCSS
XTOE100GCSS
XTOE045CGSS
XTOE100GGSS
2 35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175/KK XTOE175GCSS XTOE175GGSS
2
XT Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design
2 Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires.
Terminate motor leads directly on contactor.
2 Overload Relay

35–175 110 mm 1 3 5 97 95 ZEB150-175/PT XTOE175GCSP XTOE175GGSP
2
2 4 6 98 96
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
Accessories
2
CT Kits
Accessories 2
Safety Cover Safety Cover 2
Clear Lexan cover that mounts on top of the FLA dial and DIP switches when closed. ZEB-XSC
2
2
2
Reset Bar Reset Bar
2
2
2
2
Remote reset module (24 Vdc) 1 C440-XCOM 2
Remote reset module (120 Vac) ZEB-XRR-120
2
1
2
2
Communication
The C440/XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability. 2
Basic Communication via Advanced
Expansion Module— Communication— 2
Monitoring Only Monitoring and Control
Basic communication on C440 also has the ability to C440 communication modules, 2
the C440 is accomplished communicate on industrial wired to the C440-XCOM
(C440-XCOM). The expansion
2
expansion bay on the C440
while providing control
offer flexible mounting 2
overload relay, enabling capability using I/O. options (DIN rail or panel)
communications with the along with four inputs (24 Vdc 2
overload via their Modbus An expansion module (C440- or 120 Vac) and two outputs
RTU (RS-485) network. No XCOM) combined with a
as standard. 2
additional cards or modules are
allows easy integration onto
required. See figure below.
the customer's network. 2
See figure below.
2
2
2
2
2
Basic Communication— Advanced Communication—
Modbus Communication Module 2
Note
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (i.e., 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
2
2


2 can be viewed using the
2 ● Motor status—running,
both EtherNet/IP,
to 12 Mb
stopped, tripped or
2 resetting
●
Modbus TCP
I/O
Ethernet ports allows options
2 currents (A, B, C)
linear or ring network Modbus ● Optical isolation protects
● Average of three-phase configurations Modbus address and baud
●
2 rms current ● Embedded web-services rate can be changed easily circuits from possible
2 ● Fault codes (only available monitoring with Internet (C441M only) and ground loops
prior to reset) Explorer Inputs feature user-
Terminals ●
2 ● Percent phase unbalance

definable debounce,
2 percent
● I/O assemblies with the
of transients and
electrical noise
● Overload relay settings— the legacy Advantage wiring installed
2 trip class, DIP switch (WPONIDNA) and IT. ● Marked terminals for
selections, reset selections (DSNAP) Starter platforms ease of wiring and
2 ● Modbus address (can be
state, ON or OFF
2 program changes
2 one DeviceNet MAC ID
2 Communication Accessories
2 Communication modules mount on their own to be used as stand-alone network
2 Expansion Module Expansion Module

2
2
2
2
2 Ethernet with
I/O Module
2 DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441LS) C440-DN-24
2 PROFIBUS communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441SS)

C440-DP-120
C440-DP-24
2 Modbus communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441NS) C440-MOD-120

2 Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U) C440-ET-120
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
2
Specification 2
FLA Range
2
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
20–100A 28–140A (NEMA)
35–175A (IEC)
2
4–20A
9–45A 2
Use with Contactors
Space-Savings NEMA Size 0, 1, 2 2, 3 4 2
Trip Class
10A, 10, 20, 30 10A, 10, 20, 30 10A, 10, 20, 30
2
Selectable Selectable Selectable
Motor Protection
2
Thermal overload setting 1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.05 x FLA: does not trip
1.15 x FLA: overload trip 2
Feature
Phase loss
Range
Fixed threshold 50%
Range
Fixed threshold 50%
Range
Fixed threshold 50%
2
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable) Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% 2
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
>150% = 2 sec
>250% = 1 sec
2
2
Indicators
Trip status Orange flag Orange flag Orange flag 2
Mode LED One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial
setting—pending trip
2
Options
2
Remote reset Yes Yes Yes
Reset bar Yes Yes Yes 2
Communication expansion module Yes Yes Yes
Communication adapter Yes Yes Yes 2
Capacity
Load terminals
2
Terminal capacity 12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2) 8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2) 2
Tightening torque 20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm) 124 lb-in (14 Nm)
2
2
Terminal capacity 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG
Tightening torque 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 2
Voltages
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac 2
2
2
2
2
2


2 Specification
2 Description
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm

120V 15A 15A 15A
2 240V 15A 15A 15A
2 415V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A

500V 0.5A 0.5A 0.5A
120V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
2 240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
2 415V
500V
0.9A
0.8A
0.9A
0.8A
0.9A
0.8A
2 IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)

0–250V 1.0A 1.0A 1.0A
2 120V 30A 30A 30A
2 240V
480V
15A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
2 600V 6A 6A 6A
2 120V 3A 3A 3A
240V 1.5A 1.5A 1.5A
2 480V 0.75A 0.75A 0.75A
2 600V 0.6A 0.6A 0.6A

2 0–120V 0.22A 0.22A 0.22A
250V 0.11A 0.11A 0.11A
2 Maximum fuse
2 Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing

3g any direction
3g any direction
3g any direction

2 front (IEC 536)
2
2
2

2.2
Specification
2
Description
Electrical/EMC
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
2
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 2
Conducted emissions 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
2
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) 2
Radiated immunity 10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
3 V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
2
2
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz–100 MHz 150 kHz–100 MHz 150 kHz–100 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
2
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
2
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
2
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
2
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2 Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz
2 IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
2
Conducted emissions 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
2 Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
2 Conducted immunity 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms) 140 dBuV (10V rms)
IEC 60947-4-1 150 kHz–80 MHz 150 kHz–80 MHz 150 kHz–80 MHz 150 kHz–80 MHz
2 IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3

3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3
3G any direction
3

2 DeviceNet
DeviceNet connections — Group 2, polling, bit strobe, — Group 2, polling, bit strobe,
2 explicit, no UCMM explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate — 125K, 250K, 500K — 125K, 250K, 500K
2 Ethernet
2 Auto Negotiation
PROFIBUS
explicit, no UCMM
500K, 1.5M, 3M, 6M, 12M
2 Note
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
2
C441_ 24 Vdc Input
2
Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V
2
24V source current
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
2
2
Number of inputs
OFF-state voltage
4
<30 Vac
4
<30 Vac
4
<20 Vac
4
<30 Vac
2
2
Isolation 1500V 1500V 1500V 1500V
2
Output Modules
2
2
Relay ON time
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5A (B300 rated)
2
2
Note 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


regard to short-circuit current ratings (SCCR). Eaton’s XTOE electronic overload relays combined
2 with XT Series IEC, Freedom Series NEMA and XT NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of
SCCR solutions needed for a variety of applications. The SCCR data in this document reflects
2 the latest information as of April 2010.
2 XTOE Standalone Overload Relays (XTOE)

0.33–1.65A 600 Vac 1 6 15 — — — — — —
2 1–5A 600 Vac 5 20 20 100 100 30 100 35 20
4–20A 600 Vac 5 80 80 100 100 100 100 35 80
2 9–45A 600 Vac 5 175 175 100 100 100 100 35 100/175 (480/600)
2 20–100A 600 Vac 10 400 400 100 100 200 150 35 250/400 (480/600)
28–140A 600 Vac 10 450 500 100 100 400 100 65 400
2 35–175A 690 Vac 10 500 (gG) 350 (690 Vac)
320 (415 Vac)
100 100 500 (gG) 100 (415 Vac) — 350 (LGC3350)
320 (NZMH3)
2
2 NEMA Space-Savings Starters with XTOE Electronic Overload Relays
High-Fault Short Circuit Data
2 Fuses (RK5, J, CC) Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Contactor Overload Maximum Maximum
2 Frame Size FLA Range 480V 600V Fuse Size 480V 600V Breaker Size
B 1–5A 100 100 30 — — —
2 4–20A 100 100 30 — — —
C 1–5A 100 100 60 — — —
2 4–20A 100 100 60 — — —
2
9–45A 100 100 60 — — —
D 9–45A 100 100 200 65 35 175
2 20–100A 100 100 200 65 35 175

F 20–100A 100 100 200 65 65 350
2 G 20–100A 100 100 200 65 65 350
35–175A 100 100 400 65 30 250 (480 Vac)
2 350 (600 Vac)
H 35–175A 100 100 400 65 30 400
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
Coil Data—Frames B, C, G
CN13B_ CN13C_ CN13G_
2
Description NEMA Size 0 NEMA Size 1 NEMA Size 2
Voltage Tolerance
2
Pickup (x Uc)
2
AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1
DC operated 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 2
Dropout (x Uc)
AC operated 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 0.3–0.6 2
DC operated 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6
2
AC operated
2
Pickup VA 52 52 149
2
Pickup W 40 40 80
Sealing VA 7.1 7.1 16 2
Sealing W 2.1 2.1 4.3
Single-voltage coil 60 Hz 2
Pickup VA 67 67 178
Pickup W 50 50 117
2
Sealing VA 8.7 8.7 19
2
Sealing W 2.6 2.6 5.3
50/60 Hz 2
Pickup VA 62 62 168
58 58 154 2
Pickup W 48 48 120
43 43 43 2
Sealing VA 9.1 9.1 22
6.5 6.5 14
2
Sealing W 2.5 2.5 5.3
2 2 4.3
2
DC operated
Pickup W 12 at 24V 12 at 24V 24 at 24V 2
Sealing W 0.5 at 24V 0.5 at 24V 0.5 at 24V
Duty factor (%DF) 100 100 100 2
2
Main contact
AC operated
2
Closing delay (ms) <22 <22 <18
Opening delay (ms) <14 <14 <13 2
DC operated
Closing delay (ms) <47 <47 <54 2
Opening delay (ms)
Arcing time (ms)
<30
10
<30
10
<24
10
2
Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) 2
Emitted interference To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1
Noise immunity To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 To EN-60947-1 2
Note
1 Coil Suffix TD: U
min 24 Vdc/Umax 27 Vdc.
2
Coil Suffix WD: Umin 48 Vdc/Umax 60 Vdc.
Coil Suffix AD: Umin 110 Vdc/Umax 130 Vdc. 2
Coil Suffix BD: Umin 200 Vdc/Umax 240 Vdc.
Example:
Uc = 0.7 x Umin—1.2 x Umax 2
Uc = 0.7 x 24V—1.2 x 27 Vdc
2

Coil Data—Frames K–M Coil Data—Frame S

2 CN13K_ CN13M_ CN13S_
Description NEMA Size 3 NEMA Size 4 Description NEMA Size 5
2 Voltage Tolerance Voltage Tolerance
2 Pickup (x Uc) Pickup (x Uc) 0.7 x Ucmin–1.15 x Ucmax

AC operated 0.8–1.1 0.8–1.1 Dropout (x Uc) 0.2 x Ucmin–0.6 x Ucmax
2 DC operated 0.7–1.2 1 0.7–1.2 1 Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc
Dropout (x Uc) XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
2 AC operated 0.25–0.6 0.25–0.6 Pickup VA 380 2
2
DC operated 0.15–0.6 0.15–0.6 Pickup W 250
Power Consumption of the Coil at Cold State and 1.0 x Uc Sealing VA 4.3
2 AC operated
Sealing W 3.3
Switching Time at 100% Main Contact Uc (Approximate Values)
2 Pickup VA 180 180
XTCE185L–XTCEC20R
Pickup W 130 130
Closing delay (ms) <80
2 Sealing VA 3.1 3.1
Opening delay (ms) <110
Sealing W 2.1 2.1
2 Single-voltage coil 60 Hz
Reaction in Threshold and Sealing State Transition Range
Voltage interruptions
2
Pickup VA 170 170
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) <10 ms Time is bridged successfully
Pickup W 130 130
(0–0.2 x Ucmin) >10 ms Dropout of the contactor
2 Sealing VA 3.1 3.1
Voltage dips
Sealing W 2.1 2.1
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) <12 ms Time is bridged successfully
2 50/60 Hz
(0.2–0.6 x Ucmin) >12 ms Dropout of the contactor
Pickup VA 170 170
2 Pickup W 130 130
(0.6–0.7 x Ucmin) Contactor remains switched on
Excess voltage
2 Sealing VA
Sealing W
3.1
2.1
3.1
2.1
(1.15–1.3 x Ucmax) Contactor remains switched on
(>1.3 x Ucmax) <3s Contactor remains switched on
2 DC operated
(>1.3 x Ucmax) >3s Dropout of the contactor
Pickup W 149 at 24V 149 at 24V
2
Pickup phase
Sealing W 2.1 at 24V 2.1 at 24V
(0–0.7 x Ucmin) Contactor does not switch on
Duty factor (%DF) 100 100
2 Switching Time at 100% Uc (Approximate Values)
(0.7 x Ucmin –1.15 x Ucmax) Contactor switches on with certainty
(>1.15 x Ucmax) Contactor switches on with certainty
2 Main contact
Notes
AC operated 1 At 24V: 0.7–1.3 without additional auxiliary contact modules and ambient
2 Closing delay (ms) <33 <33 temperature +40°C [104°F].

Opening delay (ms) <41 <41 k
2 DC operated
2
Closing delay (ms) <35 <35
Opening delay (ms) <30 <30
2 Arcing time (ms) 15 15

Permissible residual current with actuation of <1 <1
2 A1–A2 by the electronics (with 0 signal) (mA)

Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC)
2 Emitted interference To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1
Noise immunity To EN60947-1 To EN60947-1
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
Current Heat Loss (Three-Pole) in Watts
Description CN13BN0_ CN13CN0_ CN13GN0_ CN13KN0_ CN13MN0_
2
Current heat loss (three-pole) in watts
2
at Ith 7.3 12.1 28.8 20.3 30.7
at Ie to AC-3/400V 1.9 6.1 19 15.9 27.0 2
Impedance per pole, megohms 2 2 1.5 0.4 0.4
2
2
Dimensions
Approximate Dimensions in mm [in] 2
Contactors 2
Type CN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1
2
2
71
[2.80]
2
38 2 x M4 Dia.
[1.50]
60.4
85
[3.46] 2
[2.38]
75 [2.95]
2
2
4.5 [0.17] 4.8 [0.19] 4.5 [0.17]
2
6.4
[0.25]
17.7 [0.70]
10.6 [0.42] 97.4
7 [3.83]
2
35 [1.38]
11.6
[0.46] 11.6 [0.46]
138.7 [5.46]
2
45 [1.77] Note: Sideways distance to grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in] 2
Type CN13 NEMA Size 2 2
2
4 x M4 Dia.
2
2
57
104
[4.09] 105 [4.13]
2
[2.24]
86.4 2
[3.40]
2
2
2
4.7 [0.19] 45 [1.77]
34.4 [1.35]
6.9 [0.27] 2
55 [2.17] 113.8 [4.48]
132.1 [5.20] Note: Sideways distance to 2
146.8 [5.78] grounded parts: 6 mm [0.39 in]
2
2


2
Type CN13 NEMA Size 3 and 4
2
2
4 x M6 Dia.
2
2
2
156 [6.14]
76.5 [3.01]
170 [6.69]
156 [6.14]
57 [2.24]
2
2
2
2
2
70 [2.79]
90 [3.54] 82.5 [3.25]
2 111 [4.37] 85.5 [3.37]
142 [5.59] Note: Sideways distance to
2 160 [6.30] grounded parts: 10 mm [0.39 in]
2 Type CN13 NEMA Size 5

2
160 [6.30]
2 140 [5.51]
11 [0.43] Dia. M6 Dia.
2
2
189 164 180 160
2 [7.44] [6.46] [7.09] [6.30]
2
2 20 [0.79] 5 [0.20] 120 [4.72]
48 [1.89] 140 [5.51]
2 208 [8.19] 8 [0.31]
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.2
2
XTAE Starters with XTOE Overload Relay
Type AN13 NEMA Size 0 and 1 Type AN13 NEMA Size 3 2
140.0 [5.50]
98.0 [3.80]
45.0 [1.77]
111.8
[4.40] 2
35.0 [1.38]
Mounting
Holes for
90.0
[3.54] 2
M4 or #8 Mtg.
Screws
(2 places)
75.0
[2.95] 7.8 70.0 Mtg. Holes for
(4) M6 or #10 175.0 [6.89]
2
[0.31] [2.76]
117.3 160.0 [6.30]
161.0
[6.30]
[4.62]
Screws
2
2.5–3.0 Nm
[22–26 lb-in]
156.0
2
[6.14]
222.3 Mtg. 167.3
[6.59]
2
18.2 [0.71] [8.75] Mtg.
102.7 [4.04]
10.6 [0.42]
Trip/Test To Reset
2
110.4 [4.35] 291.1
Reset [11.46]
108.4
2
[4.27]
Type AN13 NEMA Size 2
Mtg. 2
45.0 [1.77] Mtg.
55.0 [2.17]
Mtg. Holes
41.2 [1.62] Mtg. 132.4 [5.21] 2
5.0 [0.20] To Reset
Mtg. Holes for 56.0 [2.20]
5.0 [0.20] (4) #8 Screws or 146.1 [5.75] for (2) M4
or #8 Screws
140.2 [5.52]
2
M4 Screws
Type AN13 NEMA Size 4 2

105.0
[4.13]
M6 [#10] Screws
2
Mtg. 159.7
213.6
[6.29]
To R
Reset
70.0
[2.76] Terminal 2
[8.41] 156.0 Torque:
[6.14] 14 Nm
[124 lb-in]
2
2
21.3 [0.84]
345.0
[13.6]
2
38.7 [1.52] 152.0
To Reset 136.2 [5.36]
To Reset
77.0
[6.00]
2
5.0 [3.00]
[0.20] 2
18.2 [0.71] Trip/Test 157.0 [6.18]
10.6 [0.42] Reset
36.0 [1.42]
161.0 [6.30] 2
89.0
[3.50]
110.0 [4.30]
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2


2
Reversing Contactors
2 Type CN53 Size 0, 1 and 2
2
2
2 H
2
2
W D
2 Size 0 and 1 Size 2

W H D W H D
2 90 85 138 110 115 146.8
[3.54] [3.34] [5.43] [4.33] [4.53] [5.78]
2
2 Type CN53 Size 3 and 4
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 299 314
[11.77] [12.36]
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
176 [6.93] M6
196 [7.72] 183 [7.20]
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Description Page
2
A200 Series 2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . V5-T2-103 2
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-124
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . V5-T2-126 2
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual
Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-129 2
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-132
Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-135 2
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-137
2
2
2
2
Contactors—Non-Reversing and Reversing 2
Class A201 Contactors,
Sizes 00–4; Three-Phase,
of common backplates, one
for Sizes 00–2 and one for
accommodations for
additional auxiliary contacts.
A201 Size 5 and 6
contactors and starters are
2
1-1/2–100 hp Sizes 3–4. In addition, panel No control circuit wiring or UL recognized when supplied
A201 Magnetic Contactors space is reduced dramatically terminal markings are included. without terminals. When 2
from Eaton’s Electrical Sector through the use of unique supplied with terminals, the
are 600V rated devices corner cavities for mounting Size 5, 300A, 600V, Open devices are UL listed. 2
available in NEMA Sizes 00– the wide variety of Size 6, 600A, 600V, Open
Two special configurations of
4, 10A through 150A (open modifications shown on Class A201 Size 5 and 6
the Class A201 Size 5 and 6 2
rating). Product features Page V5-T2-116. contactors are front clapper
contactors are available:
include:
For reversing applications,
design, AC operated with the
armature pivoting on dual ● Latched Design—
2
● Straight-through wiring two contactors are supplied needle bearings which assure
to line and load terminals on a common base with accurate contact alignment.
This is a mechanically
held, electrically released
2
located up front for ease electrical and mechanical
device. It is applied where
of installation interlocks which prevent both
contactors from being closed
The contactor base is molded
of a high impact, non- the contactor must remain 2
● Moving and stationary closed during extreme
at the same time. tracking, non-hygroscopic
contacts are front
accessible, simplifying glass polyester material voltage fluctuations or 2
Class A201 Contactors, permitting front mounting power failure. It is also
inspection and
maintenance Sizes 5–9; Three-Phase, and wiring on a steel panel. suitable for applications
requiring quiet operation
2
Over 100 hp
Reliable U-shaped magnet since the operating coil is
Floating magnet assures
2
●
These AC magnetic
for reduced power quiet operation. de-energized when the
contactors utilize clapper
consumption contactor is closed. The
● Coil design reduces
design and feature straight-
through wiring.
Size 5 and 6 contactors must latch assembly consists 2
inventory/maintenance be mounted with the line of a mechanical latch
expenses. For a given Contacts are silver alloy for terminals directly above the
load terminals.
mechanism, electrically 2
voltage, one size coil fits longer life. The contacts close operated AC trip solenoid
all contactors Sizes 00–2,
and a second coil fits three-
with optimum wiping action
which serves to keep the
Multi-voltage coil ratings and a clearing contact
2
allow selection of the voltage ● DC Operated—This device
pole Model J Sizes 3 and 4. contacting surfaces clean.
Model K coils are different De-ion® arc quenchers draw
which closely matches the
actual system voltage to assure
is DC operated. It is used
where low dropout voltage
2
design the arc away from the optimum contactor operation. or exceptionally quiet
A201 contactors have
contacts at opening, which operation is desired. The 2
reduces burning and pitting Each contactor DC assembly consists of a
normally open holding circuit
interlocks which are supplied
and increases contact life. accommodates two Type J11
auxiliary contacts, providing
DC operating coil, integrally 2
as standard. All of the contactors are mounted rectifier and
up to four auxiliary circuits,
Panel layout and drilling are
complete with one unwired, normally-open or normally-
shorting contact 2
normally-open (NO) auxiliary closed (NO and NC).
simplified through the use contact mounted and have 2

A200 Series
Application Description Standards and Certifications

2 Size 7, 900A, 600V, Open The rugged DC operating Magnetic contactors are A201 contactors are UL listed
Size 8, 1350A, 600V, Open coils are designed to operate used to switch transformers components and also have
2 Size 9, 2500A, 600V, Open at high temperature and and capacitors and to control CSA certification.
Class A201 Size 7 and 8 insulated to meet Class H electrical power circuits
2 contactors are DC operated service. such as heating, lighting
side clapper design with the and motors that require
An integrally mounted
2 shaft mounted on dual needle
bearings to ensure positive avalanche type silicon
no overload protection, or
where overload protection
contact alignment and long rectifier supplies DC coil is separately provided. They Instructional Leaflets
2 contact life. voltage from the AC can be operated remotely 16960B Sizes 00–1 Magnetic
control circuit. by manual or automatic Contactor,
2 A steel panel base permits
Sizes 7 and 8 accommodate pilot devices. Non-reversing
mounting on angle or channel or Reversing
three Type L-63 auxiliary
2 without additional support,
for versatile low cost contacts which are easily 16961E Size 2 Magnetic
installation. converted from normally- Contactor,
2 open to normally-closed, Non-reversing
Each stationary contact providing auxiliary circuit or Reversing
2 assembly is mounted on an
individual molded insulator.
flexibility. Size 9 uses L-64
auxiliary contacts with a total 13238G Size 3 Magnetic
Each pair of contacts is of four circuits. Contactor,
2 surrounded by a De-ion grid Non-reversing
type arc quencher for rapid A201 Size 7, 8 and 9 or Reversing
2 and confined arc interruption contactors and starters are
UL recognized when supplied 17001C Size 4 Magnetic
and long contact life.
without terminals. When Contactor,
2 The shunt for each pole is supplied with terminals, the Non-reversing
made of flexible, braided devices are UL listed. or Reversing
2 copper cable for freedom of
17049D Size 5 Magnetic
movement and long life.
Contactor,
2 Non-reversing
or Reversing
2 17053B Size 6 Magnetic
2 Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
2
17048 Sizes 7–8 Magnetic
2 Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
2
16978 Size 9 Magnetic
2 Contactor,
Non-reversing
or Reversing
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Product Selection
2
Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9
2
Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for 2
coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
2
A201 Size 1 Contactor Front Connected Contactors 2
Max. UL Horsepower Two Poles Open Three Poles Open Four Poles Open Five Poles Open
Single-Phase Three-Phase Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
2
Size Amps 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Number Number Number Number
Sizes 00–6
2
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A201KAB_ A201KAC_ A201KAD_ A201KAE_
2
0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 A201K0B_ A201K0C_ A201K0D_ A201K0E_
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A201K1B_ A201K1C_ A201K1D_ A201K1E_ 2
2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A201K2B_ A201K2C_ A201K2D_ A201K2E_
3 90 — — 25 30 50 50 A201K3B_ A201K3C_ A201K3D_ A201K3E_ 2
4
5
135
270
—
—
—
—
40
75
50
100
100
200
100
200
A201K4B_
A201K5B_
A201K4C_
A201K5C_
A201K4D_
—
A201K4E_
—
2
6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A201K6B_ A201K6C_ — — 2
Sizes 7–9
71 810 — — 200 300 600 600 A201K7B_ A201K7C_ — — 2
81 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 A201K8B_ A201K8C_ — —
91 2250 — — — 800 1600 — A201K9B_ A201K9C_Z1 23 — —
2
2
Rear Connected Contactors Coil Suffix
120V Rectified Coil/Open Only Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
2
Size Catalog Number Sizes 00–6 2
7 A201K7CJZ1Z4 120/60 or 110/50 A
8 A201K8CJZ1Z4 200–208/60 B 2
9 A201K9CJZ1Z4 240/60 W
Sizes 7, 8 and 9 2
2
480/60 X
2
600/60 E
110–120/50 or 60 J 2
220–240/50 or 60 K
440–480/50 or 60 U 2
600/60 E
2
Notes
1 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.
2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
2
2
3 Supplied without terminal lugs.
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Reversing, Sizes 00–9

2
2 Order by catalog number from the table below, plus suffix for
2 coil voltages, verifying usage of appropriate sizes.
2 Class A211—Horizontally Mounted and Class A251—Vertically Mounted Reversing Contactors

Size 1 Horizontal
Reversing Contactor
2 Max. UL Horsepower
Single-Phase Three-Phase
Horizontal Design Vertical Design
Catalog Catalog
2 Size Amps 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Number Number
Sizes 0–6
2 0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 A211K0C_ A251K0C_
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A211K1C_ A251K1C_
2 2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A211K2C_ A251K2C_
2 3
4
90
135
—
—
—
—
25
40
30
50
50
100
50
100
A211K3C_
A211K4C_
A251K3C_
A251K4C_
2 5 270 — — 75 100 200 200 A211K5C_ A251K5C_

6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A211K6C_ A251K6C_
2 Sizes 7–9
71 810 — — 200 300 600 600 — A251K7C_
2 81 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 — A251K8C_
2 91 2250 — — — 800 1600 — — A251K9C_ 2
2 Coil Suffix
2 Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
Sizes 00–6
2 120/60 or 110/50 A
200–208/60 B
2 240/60 W
2 480/60 X
600/60 E
2 Sizes 7, 8 and 9 2
110–120/50 or 60 J
2 220 –240/50 or 60 K
440–480/50 or 60 U
2 600/60 E
2 Notes
2 2 For Size 9, only available coil voltage is 120V.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Dimensions
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved. 2
Non-Reversing Open Contactors
2
Figure A—Sizes 00–4 A210 Figure B—Size 5
0.22 (5.6) 0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7) G
2
Dia. Hole 2 Mounting Slots
A C 2
F
0.12
(3.0) 2
D
B
D
2
B
2
C E
E
G 0.20 (5.1) 4
0.38 (9.7) Dia. Open End
2
E H 2
2 Mounting Slot A
2
Mounting Slots (2 Places)
E
Figure C—Size 6 Figure D—Sizes 7–9

2
0.38 x 0.5 (9.7 x 12.7) G C A 2
2 Mounting Slots E H
2
G
0.12
(3.0)
D
2
B
B D 2
2
C E
2
2
E H 4 Holes for 0.38 (9.7) Dia.
Mounting Hardware
A
2
Dimensions and Shipping Weights 2
Mounting Screws
NEMA
Size
No. of
Poles Fig. No. Size A B C D E F G H
Weight,
Lbs (kg) 2
00, 0, 1 2–4
5
A
A
3
3
#10
#10
3.31 (84.1)
4.19 (106.4)
4.38 (111.3)
4.38 (111.3)
4.61 (117.1)
4.61 (117.1)
3.95 (100.3)
3.95 (100.3)
1.50 (38.1)
1.50 (38.1)
1.66 (42.2)
2.09 (53.1)
0.45 (11.5)
0.45 (11.5)
—
—
2.6 (1.2)
3.2 (1.5)
2
2 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31 (84.1) 4.38 (111.3) 4.94 (125.5) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 1.66 (42.2) 0.45 (11.5) — 3.3 (1.5) 2
4, 5 A 3 #10 5.06 (128.5) 4.38 (111.3) 4.94 (125.5) 3.95 (100.3) 1.50 (38.1) 2.53 (64.3) 0.45 (11.5) — 4.5 (2.0)
3, 4 2, 3 A 3 1/4 in. 4.63 (117.6) 6.63 (168.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.00 (152.4) 1.88 (47.8) 2.31 (58.7) 0.38 (9.7) — 9.3 (4.2) 2
4, 5 A 3 1/4 in. 7.25 (184.2) 6.63 (168.4) 6.75 (171.5) 6.00 (152.4) 1.88 (47.8) 3.63 (92.2) 0.38 (9.7) — 13.0 (5.9)
5 2, 3 B 4 3/8 in. 7.22 (183.4) 12.00 (304.8) 7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) — 0.59 (15.0) 2.22 (56.4) 25.0 (11.4)
2
6 2, 3 C 4 3/8 in. 7.22 (183.4) 13.50 (342.9) 9.50 (251.3) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) — 0.59 (15.0) 2.22 (56.4) 42.0 (19.1)
2
7 3 D 4 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 18.63 (473.2) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) 215.0 (97.6)
8 3 D 4 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 19.25 (489.0) 11.00 (279.4) 12.00 (304.8) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) 265.0 (120.3) 2
9 3 D 4 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 29.75 (755.7) 12.94 (328.7) 8.00 (203.2) 30.75 (781.1) — 14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 315.0 (143.0)
2
2
2
2

A200 Series

2
Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2 Reversing Open Contactors
2 Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal Figure C—Sizes 5, 6 Horizontal

A G
2 F G C
2
D B D
2 B
2 E
2 0.20 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting E
E
2 Slots C
F
2
E H
A
2
2 Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical Figure D—Sizes 5, 6 Vertical Figure E—Sizes 7–9 Vertical
2 A G C A
C E H
2 G
H
2 D
D B E
2 0.20 (5.1)
C
E
2
H
Dia.
2 A D
3 Mtg. B
Holes 0.53 (13.5) Dia.—3 Holes B
2
F
2
2
2
2 Dimensions and Shipping Weights
2 NEMA No. of Mounting Screws Weight,
Size Poles Fig. No. Size A B C D E F G H Lbs (kg)
2 00, 0, 1 3 x 3 H. A 3 #10 7.13 (181.1) 4.45 (113.0) 5.05 (128.3) 3.95 (100.3) 5.31 (134.9) 3.56 (90.4) 0.25 (6.4) — 7.8 (3.5)
3 x 3 V. B 3 #10 3.33 (84.6) 9.61 (244.1) 5.05 (128.3) 9.08 (230.6) 2.16 (54.9) 0.75 (19.1) 0.25 (6.4) 4.52 (114.8) 8.9 (4.0)
2 2 3 x 3 H. A 3 #10 7.13 (181.1) 4.45 (113.0) 5.38 (136.7) 3.95 (100.3) 5.31 (134.9) 3.56 (90.4) 0.25 (6.4) — 9.1 (4.1)
2 3 x 3 V. B 3 #10 3.33 (84.6) 9.61 (244.1) 5.38 (136.7) 9.08 (230.6) 2.16 (54.9) 0.75 (19.1) 0.25 (6.4) 4.52 (114.8) 10.0 (4.5)
3, 4 3 x 3 H. A 3 1/4 in. 9.75 (247.7) 6.88 (174.8) 7.25 (184.2) 6.00 (152.4) 7.00 (177.8) 4.88 (124.0) 0.44 (11.2) — 24.0 (10.9)
2 3 x 3 V. B 3 1/4 in. 4.63 (117.6) 16.56 (420.6) 7.25 (184.2) 15.69 (398.5) 2.75 (69.9) 0.94 (23.9) 0.44 (11.2) 7.78 (197.6) 25.0 (11.4)
5 3 x 3 H. C 8 3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 12.00 (304.8) 7.75 (196.9) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) 10.00 (254.0 0.59 (15.0) 1.38 (35.1) 55.0 (25.0)
2 3 x 3 V. D 8 3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 30.00 (762.0) 7.75 (196.9) 18.00 (457.8) 2.75 (69.9) — — 1.38 (35.1) 55.0 (25.0)
2
6 3 x 3 H. C 8 3/8 in. 17.22 (437.4) 13.50 (342.9) 8.75 (222.3) 11.00 (279.4) 2.75 (69.9) 10.00 (254.0) 0.59 (15.0) 1.38 (35.1) 90.0 (40.9)
3 x 3 V. D 8 3/8 in. 8.25 (209.6) 41.50 (1054.1) 8.75 (222.3) 28.00 (711.2) 2.75 (69.9) — — 1.38 (35.1) 90.0 (40.9)
2 7 3 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 38.63 (981.2) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) 450.0 (204.3)
8 3 x 3 V. E 8 3/8 in. 23.50 (596.9) 39.25 (997.0) 11.00 (279.4) 20.00 (508.0) 22.00 (558.8) — 5.63 (143.0) 0.75 (19.1) 550.0 (249.7)
2 9 3 x 3 V. E 8 1/2 in. 33.00 (838.2) 62.75 (1593.9) 12.94 (328.7) 33.00 (838.2) 30.75 (781.1) — 14.50 (368.3) 1.63 (41.4) 650.0 (295.1)

A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Description Page
2
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-104 2
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-104
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-104 2
Instructional Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-104
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-108
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-111
2
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-116
V5-T2-117
2
Mechanical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-119 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-121
Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-124 2
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset . . . . . . . . V5-T2-126
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . V5-T2-129 2
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-132
Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-135 2
Relays—Current Sensing Protective. . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-137
2
2
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing 2
Product Description
2
NEMA Sizes 00–4; Three-Phase, Type A Overload Relay, Reversing Starters Two-Speed Starters, A900s
1-1/2–100 hp Manual or Automatic Reset For reversing applications For across-the-line starting of 2
These Starters from Eaton’s (Class A210), a starter and a two-speed constant hp,
Electrical Sector use Class
This is an optional overload
relay, offering the capability
contactor electrically and constant torque and variable 2
A201 contactors as described mechanically interlocked are torque squirrel cage motors,
of field conversion to
on Page V5-T2-97. Contactor
features are enhanced
automatic reset. It is available
supplied on a common
baseplate. Reversing starters
two-speed starters (Class 2
as an ambient compensated A900) are available. These
through the ability to provide are used to start, stop and
positive motor protection in
or non-compensated type. reverse AC squirrel cage
starters consist of two
starters, one for each motor
2
the form of several types of Non-Reversing Starters motors and for primary speed, mechanically and
overload relays. See Pages Non-reversing starters are control of reversing wound- electrically interlocked and 2
V5-T2-124 to V5-T2-136. supplied as open devices. All rotor motors. wired for manual speed
Type B Overload Relay,
starters are supplied with a For plugging or inching, when selection by means of 2
normally-open holding circuit operations exceed five times pushbuttons. Auxiliary relays
Manual Reset Only
Supplied as standard on
interlock. per minute, decreased may be added to provide
automatic acceleration or
2
Class A200 and A900 starters horsepower ratings in
deceleration.
(two-speed). The bi-metallic accordance with NEMA 2
overload relay offers ambient Standard ICS 2-321 are Starters for two-speed, two
compensation and trip-to-test
feature (relay contact status
recommended. independent winding motors
consist of two-, three- or four-
2
check) as standard. In
addition, an isolated normally-
pole starters electrically and
mechanically interlocked.
2
open contact is available in kit
form for customer mounting. Starters for two-speed, single 2
Type B overload relays are reconnectable winding
manual reset only. motors consist of one three-
pole and one five-pole starter
2
mechanically and electrically
interlocked. 2
2
2

A200 Series
NEMA Sizes 5–9; Three-Phase Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
2 75 to 1600 hp Magnetic starters are used Sizes 00–4 Class A200 starters are UL
Non-reversing (Class A200), for full-voltage, across-the- listed and recognized and also
2 Straight-Through Wiring,
●
and reversing (Classes A210, line starting and stopping of Up-Front, Out-Front carry CSA certification.
A250) full voltage starters squirrel cage motors. They Terminals for ease in
2 are used for across-the-line
starting of squirrel cage
can be operated locally or installation
remotely by manual or ● Unique Accessory
2 induction motors. They are
used with motors rated above
automatic pilot devices. Mounting Cavities reduce
50 hp at 230V, and above panel space requirements
2 100 hp at 460 through 600V. ● Snap-in Accessories for
Instructional Leaflets
application flexibility
2 Sizes 5 and 6 starters use
Class A201 contactors as
● Vertical and Horizontal 16958 Sizes 00–1, 3-Pole
Motor Controller
Interlocking capability
described on Page V5-T2-97.
2 In addition to standard motor
increases application
flexibility
16956 Sizes 00–1, 2-Pole,
starters, special application Single-Phase Motor
2 devices are available: Sizes 5
● Ambient Compensated
Overload Relays available
Controller
and 6 starters with integrally 16959 Size 2, 3-Pole
as standard, offering
2 rectified AC to DC coils for
applications where low superior motor protection Motor Controller
in variable motor/controller 16957 Size 2, 2-Pole,
2 voltage problems are
prevalent are available. environments Single-Phase
● Isolated Normally Open Motor Controller
2 Front Removable Parts— Relay Contact available in
15465C Sizes 3 and 4J
All operating parts can be kit mounting form on Type
2 removed quickly and easily
from the front. Straight-
B Overload Relay Motor Controller
17000C Size 4, Model K
through wiring and Sizes 5–9
2 conveniently located ● Rectified AC/DC Coils
Motor Controller
connection points for external available to reduce 17054C Size 5
2 wires and cables minimize premature drop-out or Motor Controller
installation time. “kiss” problems due to
2 Type B Block Type inherent low voltage
17055C Size 6
Motor Controller
Thermal Overload Relay— conditions
2 Dependable overload ● Clapper Design armature
protection is assured by assembly pivots on needle
2 these snap-action, manual bearings resulting in quick,
smooth opening and
reset relays. Automatic reset
2 Type A relays are available as
an option. ●
closing of the magnet
Stainless Steel Kick-Out
Spring assures quick,
2 Types of Starters
positive drop-out time
Class A200, Sizes 5 and 6—
Front Removable Parts all
2
●
Non-reversing starters
current carrying parts front
contain an AC magnetically-
removable for easy
2 operated Size 5 or Size 6 line
contactor and block Type B
inspection and
maintenance
three-pole overload relay,
2 along with three current
transformers. A control relay
2 whose contacts handle the
coil current of the starter is
2 provided with Size 6 starters.
Class A200, Sizes 7, 8
2 and 9—Non-reversing
starters contain a DC
2 operated line contactor, DC
power supply, block Type B
2 three-pole overload relay with
three current transformers
and a control relay.
2
Class A960/A970/A980
2 Multi-Speed Starters:
Refer to Page V5-T2-107.
2

A200 Series
2.3
Product Selection
2
Non-Reversing, Sizes 00–9
2
When Ordering Specify Heaters
Order by catalog number
Enter heaters as separate 2
item by listing catalog
from the tables to the right,
plus suffix for coil voltages,
number from the tables
on Pages V5-T2-135 and
2
verifying usage of appropriate V5-T2-136, as required per
sizes. starter. 2
Size 3 Starter Non-Reversing Starters 2
Max. UL Horsepower
Single-Phase Three-Phase Open
2
Size Amperes 115V 230V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 1
Two-Poles 2 —Sizes 00–2
2
00 9 1/3 — 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A200MABR
2
0 18 1 — 3 3 5 5 A200M0BR
1 27 2 — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A200M1BR 2
1-1/2 36 3 — — — — — A200MDBR
2 45 7-12 — 10 15 25 25 A200M2BR 2
Three Poles—Sizes 00–6
00 9 1/3 — 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A200MAC_
2
0 18 1 — 3 3 5 5 A200M0C_ 2
1 27 2 — 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A200M1C_
2 45 7-12 — 10 15 25 25 A200M2C_ 2
3 90 — — 25 30 50 50 A200M3C_
4 135 — — 40 50 100 100 A200M4C_
2
5 270 — — 75 100 200 200 A200M5C_
2
6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A200M6C_
Three Poles—Sizes 7–9 2
73 810 — — 200 300 600 600 A200M7C_
83 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 A200M8C_ 2
A200M9C_ 4
2
93 2250 — — — 800 1600 —
Coil Suffix 2
Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
Sizes 00–6 2
120/60 or 110/50
200–208/60
AC
B
2
240/60 W 2
480/60 X
600/60 E 2
Sizes 7, 8 and 9 4
110–120/50 or 60 J 2
220–240/50 or 60
440–480/50 or 60
W
X
2
600/60 E 2
Notes
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D. 2
2 Single-phase with one single-pole overload relay.
2
2

A200 Series
Reversing, Sizes 00–9

2
When Ordering Specify Heaters
2 Order by catalog number
Enter heaters as separate
2 from table below, plus suffix
for coil voltages, verifying
number from the tables on
Pages V5-T2-135 and
usage of appropriate sizes.
2 V5-T2-136, as required per
starter.
2
Reversing Starters
2 Size 1 Horizontal
Reversing Starter Max. UL Horsepower Horizontal Design Vertical Design
2 Size Amps
Single-Phase
115V 230V
Three-Phase
208V 240V 480V 600V
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
2 Sizes 00–6
00 9 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 A210MAC_ A250MAC_
2 0 18 1 2 3 3 5 5 A210M0C_ A250M0C_
1 27 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A210M1C_ A250M1C_
2 2 45 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 A210M2C_ A250M2C_
2 3
4
90
135
—
—
—
—
25
40
30
50
50
100
50
100
A210M3C_
A210M4C_
A250M3C_
A250M4C_
2 5 270 — — 75 100 200 200 A210M5C_ A250M5C_

6 540 — — 150 200 400 400 A210M6C_ A250M6C_
2 Sizes 7–9
72 810 — — 200 300 600 600 — A250M7C_
2 82 1215 — — 400 450 900 900 — A250M8C_
2 92 2250 — — — 800 1600 — — A250M9C_ 3
2 Coil Suffix
2 Coil Volts and Hz Code Suffix
Sizes 00–6
2 120/60 or 110/50 AC
200–208/60 B
2 240/60 W
2 480/60 X
600/60 E
2 Sizes 7, 8 and 9 3
110–120/50 or 60 J
2 220–240/50 or 60 W
2 440–480/50 or 60
600/60
X
E
2 Notes
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D.
2 2 Sizes 7–9 use rectifier with DC coil.

2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
For Separate Two-Winding Motors
2
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate item by listing catalog number from the tables 2
on Pages V5-T2-135 and V5-T2-136, as required per starter.
2
Three-Phase, Non-Reversing, Reversing 60 Hz Starters—Heater Selection
Constant or Variable Torque Constant Horsepower Three Poles Open 2
NEMA Amperes 208V 240V 480V 600V 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 1
Sizes 0–6 2
0
1
18
27
3
7-1/2
3
7-1/2
5
10
5
10
2
5
2
5
3
7-1/2
3
7-1/2
A960M0C_
A960M1C_
2
2 45 10 15 25 25 7-1/2 10 20 20 A960M2C_ 2
3 90 25 30 50 50 20 25 40 40 A960M3C_
4 135 40 50 100 100 30 40 75 75 A960M4C_ 2
5 270 75 100 200 200 60 75 150 150 A960M5C_
6 540 150 200 400 400 100 150 300 300 A960M6C_
2
2
For Single-Winding Motors
2
Sizes 0–6
Three Poles Open 2
NEMA Amperes 208V 240V 480V 600V Catalog Number 1
Constant Horsepower 2
0 18 3 3 5 5 A970M0C_
1 27 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 A970M1C_
2
2 45 10 15 25 25 A970M2C_
2
3 90 25 30 50 50 A970M3C_
4 135 40 50 100 100 A970M4C_ 2
5 270 75 100 200 200 A970M5C_
6 540 150 200 400 400 A970M6C_ 2
2
Constant or Variable Torque
0 18 2 2 3 3 A980M0C_
1 27 5 5 7-1/2 7-1/2 A980M1C_
2
2 45 7-1/2 10 20 20 A980M2C_
3 90 20 25 40 40 A980M3C_ 2
4 135 30 40 75 75 A980M4C_
5 270 60 75 150 150 A980M5C_ 2
6 540 100 150 300 300 A980M6C_
2
Coil Suffix
2
Coil Volts and Hz Coil Suffix
Sizes 0–6 2
120/60 or 110/50 AC
200–208/60 B 2
240/60
480/60
W
X
2
600/60 E 2
Note
1 For ambient compensated overload relay with auto-reset, add Suffix D. 2
2
2

A200 Series
Accessories B3NO Bell Alarm Contact

2 ● Isolated normally open bell ● Mounts in Type B block-
SS-56 Surge Suppressor alarm contact type overload relay
2 ● Designed to be used with ● Peak input volts: 169.6,
magnetic motor controllers 60 Hz, max. amplitude Bell Alarm Contact
2 through Size 4 in 120V, ● Max. ambient temperature: Kit Catalog Number
60 Hz control circuit 65°C
2 applications where
electronic equipment
● Nominal limiting volts:
B3NO-2
270 peak B3NO-4 2

is used
2 ● Steady state coil volts: 120,
● Nominal rate of volt rise:
0.5 per ms Control Contact Ratings (B600)
60 Hz, rms
2 Maximum Amperes
AC Volts Make Break
Surge Suppressor
2
1
SS-56 Surge
Suppressor Type Mounting Kit Catalog Number 24–120 30 3.00
2 Starter SS-56
121–600
Continuous current rating: 5A
3600 VA 360 VA
2
2 Overload Relay Reset Extension
● Used to adjust overload When replacing obsolete
2 reset rod depth of Class
A200 Model J starters
B200 device with Class A200
starter and Type B overload,
Mechanical Interlock and current design order Style 6710C11H03.
2 ● Prevents closing of one ● Can be factory assembled overload relays to same No charge.
member of a reversing or or field mounted on A200 dimensions as obsolete
2 multi-speed contactor until and A900 starters and B200 starters and overloads When replacing obsolete
B200 device with Class A200
the opposite member is contactors identified by suffix B, for
starter and Type A overload,
2 completely open example, BA13B
order Style 1490C15H10.
● Lever type mechanism No charge.
2 assures positive action
Notes
2
1 Can be used on Sizes 5 and 6 with 120V coil. Mounting bracket required—order separately.
Mechanical Interlock Mounting bracket 177C043G04.
2 For Size 3 and 4.
Contactor Arrangement Continuous Interlock
2 (Number of Poles, Horizontal or Vertical) Size Catalog Number
3 x 3 horizontal 0, 1 M-33-1B
2 4 x 4 horizontal 0, 1 M-33-1B
2 5 x 3 horizontal
All pole combination, vertical
0, 1
0, 1
M-33-1B
M-34-1A
2 3 x 3 horizontal reversing 2 M-33-2B

3 x 3 vertical reversing 2 M-34-2A
2 5 x 3 horizontal 2 M-35-2A
4 x 4 horizontal 2 M-36-2A
2 All pole combination horizontal 3, 4 M-33-3B
2 All pole combination vertical 3, 4 M-34-3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Power Pole Kit DC Coil Conversion Kits
● Adds 1NO or 1NC power ● 600 Vac Kits listed below include all built-in diode, rectifier, 2
pole to Size 00–1 A201 Continuous current rating necessary parts to convert auxiliary interlock and all
2
●
Class contactors of 18A for Size 0, 27A for from AC to DC control mounting hardware.
● Factory installed or field Size 1 including the DC coil with
mountable in load side 2
auxiliary cavities
DC Coil Conversion Kits 2
Power Pole Kit 1 Size Voltage Kit Style Number
Kit Catalog 5 110-120 7864A28G01 2
Continuous Current Rating Kit Size Number
Normally Open
220-240
440-480
7864A28G02
7864A28G03
2
18 0 PNO-0
27 1 PNO-1
6 110-120 7864A29G01 2
220-240 7864A29G02
Normally Closed
18 0 PNC-0
440-480 7864A29G03 2
27 1 PNC-1 2
Mechanical Interlocks
Style Numbers 2
Replacement Auxiliary Contacts
Contactor Sizes Horizontal Vertical
Auxiliary Elect. Contact
3, 4 and 5 2050A11G75 2050A11G65
2
Contactor Contact Catalog Style
Size Arrangement Number Number 5 and 5 2050A11G27 2050A11G17
2
5, 6 1NO + 1NC J11 9084A17G01 5 and 6 2050A11G26 2050A11G16
2NO J20 9084A17G02 6 and 7, 8 — 2050A11G55 2

2NC J02 9084A17G03 7, 8 and 7, 8 No (rear conn.) 567D624G01
7, 8 1NO — 578D461G01 7, 8 and 9 No (rear conn.) 9944D56G06 2

1NC — 578D461G03 9 and 9 No (rear conn.) 9944D56G01
2
9 1NO + 1NC — 843D943G04 Notes
2NO — 843D943G05 1 Do not use with DC operated contactors.
2 Size 7 and larger use DC coils as standard.
2
2NC — 843D943G06
2
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits 2
All starters include an auxiliary as shown, plus operating arm
contact with 1NO and 1NC and mounting bracket when 2
contact. These kits include an required.
auxiliary contact with contacts 2
Extra Auxiliary Contact Kits 2
Contactor Contact Style
Size Arrangement Number
2
5, 6 1NO + 1NC 3463D94G18
2NO 3463D94G04 2
2NC 3463D94G19
7, 8 2 2NO 818D498G06
2
1NO 818D498G04
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Overload Protection
2 Overload Protection panel which connects
Size 5 Starters directly to the load terminal
2 Type B overload relay is a of the contactor. Current
three-pole, block type, thermal transformers are 600:5 ratio
2 ambient compensated device as standard.
with manual reset mounted
If automatic reset is required,
2 integrally. Current
transformers are enclosed in a the Type A, three-pole block,
protective case and integrally ambient compensated relay
2 mounted to save panel space. is available upon request.
Standard ratio is 300:5.
2 Overload Protection
Overload Relay Kits
Each kit includes three
Size 6 Starters
2 Overload protection assembly
current transformers
(standard ratio) and one
consists of three current Type B, three-pole block
2 transformers, Type B three- overload relay, ambient
pole block overload relay and compensated with
2 an optional interposing relay. manual reset.
These parts are mounted on a
2
Overload Relay Kits
2 Kit Size Kit Part Number
5 2057A34G01
2 6 6379D80G10
2
Replacement Terminal Lugs 1
2 Terminals
2 Contactor
Size
Cable
Size
Quantity
in Kit
Quantity Required
per Pole
Kit Style
Number
2 5 1-500 MCM 6 2 2119A76G01

6 2-500 MCM 6 2 7858A96G01
2 7 4-500 MCM 12 4 7858A96G02
8 4-500 MCM 12 4 7858A96G03
2 Note
2
1 All mounting hardware is included in kit.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Renewal Parts
2
When Ordering Specify General Information protect against downtime
Use this renewal parts data This renewal parts data and ensure a proper duty 2
to identify device by style will provide the proper cycle for your equipment.
number, catalog number identification of standard To maintain maximum 2
and/or description. parts which may be required operating efficiency and
Select style number of
for maintenance of Eaton’s
components.
dependability of your 2
replacement part from the equipment, only genuine
following pages. It is the intent of this catalog Eaton replacement parts
should be used.
2
section to make it possible
For clarification of ordering
procedure, pricing and
to quickly select the parts
needed.
This section identifies the 2
discounts, contact the replacements parts which
Customer Support Center. An investment in are available. Order by style 2
renewal parts and regular number.
maintenance program will 2
JF Autostarters
2
JF Autostarter Kits
2
1
Start Contacts Run Contacts Grid Stack Kit

Frame Size Required Style Number Required Style Number Required Style Number
2
2–3 1 38A7018G12 1 38A7018G13 1 3354D90G10
4–5 5L 1 550D409G18 1 550D409G19 1 3354D90G10 2
5M–5MM 1 3354D90G08 1 3354D90G09 2 3354D90G10
2
Solenoid Assembly with Coil (All Sizes) 2 2
Volt Hz Style Number
2
3
115 60 5264C05H01
230 60 5264C05H02
2
460 60 5264C05H03
575 60 5264C05H04 2
Notes
1 Kits contain a complete set of moving contacts, stationary contacts and springs. 2
2 When replacing solenoid assembly series 416C160 use adapter plate style 9917D02H01—
one required.
3 These styles replace coil style 296B892G__. When ordering new style as replacement,
2
customer must order adapter plate 9917D02H01, one required.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
AC Starters, Contactors A200, A201

2
AC Contactors Model J Sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 Kits 1
2 Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2
Part Poles Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number
2 Contact kit 2 373B331G17 373B331G02 373B331G07 373B331G11
2 3 373B331G18 373B331G04 373B331G09 373B331G12

4 373B331G18 373B331G04 373B331G09 373B331G13 3
2 5 373B331G19 373B331G05 373B331G10 —
Arc box 2 2, 3, 4 6714C74G01 6714C74G02 6714C74G03 6714C74G07 4
2 5 6714C74G04 6714C74G05 6714C74G06 6714C74G08 5
2 Cross bar 2, 3
4, 5
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
672B788G32
672B788G34
2 Upper base (for single rated coils only) 2, 3 N/A N/A N/A 672B788G33
4, 5 N/A N/A N/A 672B788G35
2 Lower base 2, 3 N/A N/A N/A 1250C33G09
4, 5 N/A N/A N/A 1250C33G05
2 KO spring (package of 10) All N/A N/A N/A 503C796G01
2 Terminal line/load (package of 3) All N/A N/A N/A 371B870G03
2 AC Coils
Size 00, 0, 1 Size 2
2 Two-, Three-, Four-Pole Five-Pole Two-, Three-Pole Four-, Five-Pole
Voltage Hz Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number
2 120/110 60/50 505C806G01 505C808G01 505C806G01 505C818G01
208 60 505C806G02 505C808G02 505C806G02 505C818G02
2 600/550 60/50 505C806G05 505C808G05 505C806G05 505C818G05
2 380
240/220
50
60/50
505C806G07
505C806G12
505C808G07
505C808G12
505C806G07
505C806G12
505C818G07
505C818G12
2 480/440 60/50 505C806G13 505C808G13 505C806G13 505C818G13

24 60 505C806G16 N/A 505C806G16 505C818G15
2 277 60 505C806G18 505C808G16 505C806G18 505C818G16
240/480 6 60/60 505C806G03 505C808G03 505C806G03 505C818G03
2 120/240 7 60/60 505C806G10 505C808G10 505C806G10 505C818G10
2 DC Coil 7
2 Size 0, 1
Single-, Two-, Three-, Four-Pole
Size 2
Single-, Two-, Three-Pole
Voltage Style Number Style Number
2 12 1268C86G07 1268C86G07
2 24 1268C86G04 1268C86G04
48 1268C86G05 1268C86G05
2 125 1268C86G02 1268C86G02
250 1268C86G01 1268C86G01
2 125/250 6 1268C86G03 1268C86G03
2 Notes
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as
Model J. All other parts are unavailable.

2 2 Mounting hardware included.
3 Use one each of 373B331G11 and 373B331G12.
2 4 Two-, three-pole.
5 Four-, five-pole.
2
6 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with a dual
voltage coil.
7 Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.

A200 Series
2.3
Accessories for Size 5–9 AC Contactors Accessories for Size 00–6 AC Contactors
A rectifier circuit converts the AC supply to DC supply. This 2
conversion provides pick up and drop out characteristics. All Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks
necessary parts are included in the kit. Catalog Style Catalog Style 2
Number Number Number Number
AC-DC Coil Conversion Kits (Obsolete) (Obsolete) Circuits Current Current 2
Size 5 Size 6 (L-56) (2609D01G01) 1NO and 1NC J11 9084A17G01
Voltage Style Number Style Number (L-56D) (2609D01G02) 2NO J20 9084A17G02 2
(L-56E) (2609D01G03) 1NO and 1NC J11 9084A17G01
120 Vac
240 Vac
7864A28G01
7864A28G02
7864A29G01
7864A29G02 (L-56B) (2609D01G04) 2NO J20 9084A17G02
2
480 Vac 7864A28G03 7864A29G03 (L-56H) (2609D01G05) 2NO J20 9084A17G02
2
(L-56J) (2609D01G06) 1NO and1NC DB J1C 9084A17G04
(L-56A) (2609D01G07) N/A N/A N/A 2
Replacement Coils for AC-DC Coil Conversion Kit (L-56B) (2609D01G08) N/A N/A N/A
Size 5 Size 6
(L-56F) (2609D01G09) N/A N/A N/A 2
Voltage Style Number Style Number
120 Vac 7856A15G05 7856A16G05
(L-56G)
(L-56C)
(2609D01G10)
(2609D01G11)
1NO and 1NC DB
2NC
J1C
J02
9084A17G04
9084A17G03
2
240 Vac 7856A15G10 7856A16G10
480 Vac 7856A15G15 7856A16G15
(L-56M) (2609D01G12) N/A N/A N/A 2
(L-56P) (2609D01G17) 1NO and 1NC J11 9084A17G01
(L-56R) (2609D01G18) 2NC J02 9084A17G03 2
Auxiliary Electrical Interlocks Size 7–9 AC and All DC Units (L-56S) (2609D01G19) 1NO and 1NC J11 9084A17G01
Type Circuits Application Style Number

2
L63 NO Size 7–8 578D461G01 2
L63 NC Size 7–8 578D461G03
L64 NO-NC Size 9 843D943G04 2
L64 2NO Size 9 843D943G05
L64 2NC Size 9 843D943G06
2
2
Model J–K, Sizes 3 and 4
2
Sizes 3 and 4 Kits 1
Size 3–Model J Size 4–Model J 2 Size 4–Model K 3
2
Part Poles Style Number Style Number Style Number
Contact kit 2 626B187G12 626B187G16 5250C81G16
2
3
4
626B187G13
4
626B187G17
6
5250C81G17
5250C81G18
2
5 5 7 5250C81G19
2
Arc box 2, 3 6714C74G09 6714C74G11 6714C74G11
4, 5 6714C74G10 6714C74G12 6714C74G12 2
Cross bar 2, 3 672B788G36 672B788G36 672B788G40
4, 5 672B788G38 672B788G38 — 2
Upper base 2, 3 672B788G37 672B788G37 672B788G52
4, 5 672B788G39 672B788G39 — 2
Lower base 2, 3 1250C33G03 1250C33G03 1250C33G10
4, 5 1250C33G06 1250C33G06 — 2
KO spring (package of 10) All 503C796G02 503C796G02 672B788G50
Terminal line/load (package of 3) All 372B357G12 372B357G18 372B357G18 2
Notes
1 Model C contact tips and coils 00-4, two-, three-, four- and five-pole contactors are same as Model J. All other parts are unavailable.
2
2
2 For 200A A202 magnetically latched lighting contactors order three-pole contact kit style 672B788G07.
3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are different. Use parts for proper model only.
4 Use quantity two of 626B187G12.
5 Use quantity one each of 626B187G12 and 626B187G13.
6 Use quantity two of 626B187G16.
2
7 Use quantity one each of 626B187G16 and 626B187G17.
2

A200 Series
Accessories for Model J–K, Series 3, 4

2
DC Coils 1
2 Model J Size 3, 4
Two-, Three-Pole
2 Voltage Style Number
2 24
48
1255C68G04
1255C68G05
2 125 1255C68G01
250 1255C68G02
2 125/250 2 1255C68G03
2 AC Coils
Model J Size 3, 4 Model K Size 4 3
2 Two-, Three-Pole Four-, Five-Pole Two-, Three-Pole Four-, Five-Pole
Voltage Hz Style Number Style Number Style Number Style Number
2 120/110 60/50 505C633G01 505C635G01 5250C79G01 5250C80G01
2 208
600/550
60
60/50
505C633G02
505C633G05
505C635G02
505C635G05
5250C79G02
5250C79G05
5250C80G02
5250C80G05
2 380 50 505C633G07 505C635G07 5250C79G07 5250C80G07

240/220 60/50 505C633G12 505C635G12 5250C79G12 5250C80G12
2 480/440 60/50 505C633G13 505C635G13 5250C79G13 5250C80G13
24 60 505C633G34 N/A 5250C79G34 N/A
2 277 60 505C633G14 N/A 5250C79G14 N/A
240/480 2 60/60 505C633G03 505C635G03 5250C79G03 5250C80G03
2 120/244 2 60/60 505C633G10 505C635G10 5250C79G10 5250C80G10
2 A201 Contactors—Size 5–9
2 GCA 530/630—GPD 7, 8, 9 Kits 4

Size 9
2 Part
Size 5
Style Number
Size 6
Style Number
Size 7
Style Number
Size 8
Style Number Style Number
2 Contact kit (one per pole) 477B477G05 5 2066A10G11 461A757G17 646C829G05 5264C42G01 6
5264C42G02 7
2 Arc box 2050A15G45 2066A10G45 831D580G01 831D580G01 9917D69G02
Magnet assembly 2050A15G46 2050A15G46 N/A N/A N/A
2 Mag. spg. kit 2050A15G47 2050A15G47 N/A N/A N/A
2 Acr cup kit

Load conversion kit
2050A15G48
2050A15G49
N/A
2066A10G49
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
2 Line conversion kit 2050A15G50 2066A10G50 N/A N/A N/A

K.O. spring–6 2050A15G51 2066A10G46 N/A N/A N/A
2 C.T. 300/5 655C285H03 N/A N/A N/A N/A
C.T. 400/5 655C285H04 N/A N/A N/A N/A
2 C.T. 600/5 8 N/A 2066A10G18 N/A N/A N/A
2 C.T. 800/5 8 N/A 2066A10G19 N/A N/A N/A

Phase barrier N/A N/A 640C441G01 640C441G01 5264C35G03 6
2 Cross bar 2050A15G12 2066A10G15 N/A N/A N/A

Shunt N/A 2066A10G48 650C129G01 646C831G02 9 5264C39G02 j
2 Notes
1 Use only on units originally supplied with DC coil. F.C.
2
7
2 Dual voltage coils. Use only on contactors or starters originally supplied with dual voltage coil. 8 C.T. kit which replaces the single molded 1 C.T. assembly used on the old size 6 airbreak. The kit
3 Model K replaces Model J, offering superior design life characteristics. Renewal parts are includes a single molded 3 C.T. assembly, 2 bus bar and hardware. This C.T. kit also replaces the
2 different. Use parts for proper model only.
4 Catalog Number A201/A200 Series replaces GCA/GPD series. Renewal parts are the same. 9
single molded 3 C.T. assembly used on the present size 6 airbreak and size vacuum.
Set of three.
Set of four.
2
5 Use 477B477G06 for silver tungsten applications. j
6 R.C.

A200 Series
2.3
Accessories for A201 Contactors—Size 5–9
2
Coils (Sizes 5 and 6)
Size 5 Size 6 2
Voltage Hz Style Number Style Number
Sizes 5 and 6
2
110/120 60 2050A14G05 2050A12G05
2
110/120 50 2050A14G06 2050A12G06
200/208 50 2050A14G07 2050A12G07 2
220/240 50 2050A14G08 2050A12G08
200/208 60 2050A14G09 2050A12G09 2
220/240
277/303
60
60
2050A14G10
2050A14G12
2050A12G10
2050A12G12
2
380/415 50 2050A14G14 2050A12G14 2
440/480 60 2050A14G15 2050A12G15
440/480 50 2050A14G16 2050A12G16 2
550/600 60 2050A14G17 2050A12G17
550/600 50 2050A14G18 2050A12G18
2
380/415 60 2050A14G19 2050A12G19
2
120/240 60 2050A14G20 2050A12G20
24 DC — 2050A14G21 2050A12G21 2
48 DC — 2050A14G22 2050A12G22
125 DC — 2050A14G25 2050A12G25 2
2050A14G27 2050A12G27
2
250 DC —
Coils (Sizes 7–9)

Line Voltage Style Number Required
2
Sizes 7 and 8 2
125 Vdc 438C805G04 2
230 Vdc 438C805G02 2 2
250 Vdc 438C805G03 2
110/120 Vac 14 438C805G12 2
2
220/240 Vac 24 438C805G11 2
2
380 Vac 34 438C805G15 2
440/480 Vac 34 438C805G10 2 2
550/575 Vac 34 438C805G13 2
Size 9 2
110 Vdc 5264C34G01 —
2
5
Notes
1 Rectifier 125V 2018A40G01 (one required).
2
2
4 These coils require an external rectifier. If the rectifier needs replacement, order by the
appropriate style number.

5 Contains coil and resistor.
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Modifications
2
Factory Modifications
2 Catalog NEMA Size
Number
2 Modification Description Suffix 00–1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
Control circuit 1 Extra auxiliary contact (1NO-1NC) non-reversing, J1 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2 reversing, 2-speed unwired
2 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, reversing, J2 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2 2-speed unwired
3 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired J3 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2 4 Extra auxiliary contact non-reversing, unwired J4 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
C
2
Wired for separate control (NC) Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Omit control wiring (NC) X Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2 Overload relays
(substitutions)
Ambient compensated with auto reset (NC) D Consult sales office for pricing adders.
Fast trip—ambient compensated (specify motor FLA) D7 Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2 Overload relay alarm contact (NO) per overload E Consult sales office for pricing adders.
2
Accessories and Field Modification Kits
2 Type J Auxiliary Contact ● Capable of being field note that the vertical wiring
mounted in a contactor or is contrary to the horizontal
2 starter (Classes A200, wiring of the L-56 auxiliary
A900 Sizes 00–6, V200, contacts
2 V201 vacuum and definite ● Designed to fit within
purpose controllers) dimensions of starter; no
2 ● Provides two separate additional panel space is
electrical contact sets required
2 which wire vertically and
are color coded; black
● Provides circuit isolation
(no polarity restrictions)
designates NC and silver
2 designates NO. Please
and single break bifurcated
contacts
2
Auxiliary Contact Ratings
2 Voltage Make Break
2 NEMA A600
120–600 Vac 7200 VA 720 VA
2 72–120 Vac 60A 720 VA
28–72 Vac 60A 10A
2 NEMA R300
2 28–300 Vdc 28 VA 28 VA
2 Auxiliary Contact Types

2 Contact Type Max. Catalog Number
1NO and 1NC 4 J11
2 2NC 4 J02
2 2NO
1 coil clearing NC and 1NO
4
4
J20
J1C
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
2
Electrical Characteristics
2
Sizes 00–4 Sizes 5–9
Size 00 Size 0 Size 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9 2
2
Max. voltage rating 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V Max. voltage rating 600V 600V 600V 600V 600V
Ampere rating Ampere rating
(Open) 10A 20A 30A 50A 100A 150A (Open) 300A 600A 900A 1350A 2500A
2
(Enclosed) 9A 18A 27A 45A 90A 135A (Enclosed) 270A 540A 810A 1215A 2250A
Squirrel Cage Motor Squirrel Cage Motor 2
Maximum horsepower at: Maximum horsepower at:
200V/60 Hz 1-1/2 hp 3 hp 7-1/2 hp 10 hp 25 hp 40 hp 200V/60 Hz 75 hp 150 hp — — — 2
230V/ 60 Hz
380V/50 Hz
1-1/2 hp
1-1/2 hp
3 hp
5 hp
7-1/2 hp
10 hp
15 hp
25 hp
30 hp
50 hp
50 hp
75 hp
230V/60 Hz
380V/50 Hz
100 hp
150 hp
200 hp
300 hp
300 hp
—
450 hp
—
800 hp
—
2
460V–575V/60 Hz 2 hp 5 hp 10 hp 25 hp 50 hp 100 hp 460V–575V/60 Hz 200 hp 400 hp 600 hp 900 hp 1600 hp 2
Resistive Heating kW 1 Resistive Heating kW 1
Single-phase, two-pole Single-phase, two-pole 2
120V — — 3 kW 5 kW 10 kW 15 kW 120V 30 kW 60 kW 90 kW 3 3
240V — — 6 kW 10 kW 20 kW 30 kW 240V 60 kW 120 kW 180 kW 3 3 2

2
Three-phase, three-pole Three-phase, three-pole 2

120V — — 5 kW 8.5 kW 17 kW 26 kW 120V 52 kW 105 kW 155 kW 3 3
240V — — 10 kW 17 kW 34 kW 68 kW 240V 105 kW 210 kW 315 kW 3 3 2

480V — — 20 kW 34 kW 68 kW 105 kW 480V 210 kW 415 kW 625 kW
2
3 3
Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase Capacitor Switching kVAR, Three-Phase

2
240V — — — 12 kVAR 27 kVAR 40 kVAR 240V 80 kVAR 160 kVAR 240 kVAR 360 kVAR 665 kVAR
480V — — — 25 kVAR 53 kVAR 80 kVAR 480V 160 kVAR 320 kVAR 480 kVAR 720 kVAR 1325 kVAR 2
600V — — — 31 kVAR 67 kVAR 100 kVAR 600V 200 kVAR 400 kVAR 600 kVAR 900 kVAR 1670 kVAR
Transformer Switching kVA 2 Transformer Switching kVA 2 2
Single-phase, two-pole
120V — 0.6 kVA 1.2 kVA 2.1 kVA 4.1 kVA 6.8 kVA
Single-phase, two-pole
120V 14 kVA 27 kVA 41 kVA 61 kVA 112 kVA
2
240V — 1.2 kVA 2.4 kVA 4.1 kVA 8.1 kVA 14 kVA 240V 27 kVA 54 kVA 81 kVA 122 kVA 225 kVA 2
480V — 2.4 kVA 4.9 kVA 8.3 kVA 16 kVA 27 kVA 480V 54 kVA 108 kVA 162 kVA 244 kVA 450 kVA
600V — 3 kVA 6.2 kVA 10 kVA 20 kVA 34 kVA 600V 68 kVA 135 kVA 203 kVA 304 kVA 562 kVA 2
Three-phase, three-pole Three-phase, three-pole
2
2
480V — 4.2 kVA 8.5 kVA 14 kVA 28 kVA 47 kVA 480V 94 kVA 188 kVA 280 kVA 420 kVA 783 kVA
600V — 5.2 kVA 11 kVA 18 kVA 35 kVA 59 kVA 600V 117 kVA 234 kVA 351 kVA 526 kVA 975 kVA 2
Notes
1 Resistive loads having inrush currents not exceeding 1.5 times continuous rating. 2
2 These ratings are for transformers having inrush currents not more than 20 times peak of
continuous current ratings. For inrush currents greater than 20 times, refer to factory.
3 For ratings refer to factory.
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
DC Power Pole Ratings

2 The following represent typical production test values and should
not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
2
DC Operated 120 and 240V Coils
2 DC Contact Ampere Rating
Two Poles in Series 1
2 Contactor Size 120V 240V
0 — —
2 1 20 10
2 2 45 30
3 75 40
2 4 90 70
2
380V, 50 Hz Starter Maximum Horsepower Ratings
2
Horsepower Ratings
2 NEMA Size 00 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
Maximum 1-1/2 5 10 25 50 75 150 300 450 700
2 horsepower
2
Operating Coil Characteristics at Rated Coil Volts, Sizes 00–9
2 The following represent typical production test values and should not be interpreted as a guarantee of actual performance.
2 Operating Coil Characteristics

Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 2 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
2 AC Coil
2 Burden
(Open VA) 160 VA 160 VA 625 VA 700 VA 1700 VA 2900 VA 3 3 3
2 (Closed VA) 25 VA 25 VA 50 VA 64 VA 180 VA 220 VA 3 3 3
(Closed Watts) 7.8 W 7.8 W 18 W 21 W 32 W 42 W — — —

2 Pick-up volts 4 85% 85% 85% 85% 78% 70% — — —
2 Drop-out volts 4
Pick-up time Hz 56
40–60%
1–1-1/2
40–60%
1-1/2–2
40–60%
2–2-1/2
40–60%
1–1-1/2
65 to 75%
1.5
60 to 70%
4.0
—
—
—
—
—
—
2 Drop-out time Hz 5 3/4–1 3/4–1 3/4–1 3/4–1 0.75 0.75 — — —

DC Coil
2 Burden
(Open VA) 17 VA 17 VA 35 VA 35 VA 600 VA 2120 VA 400 VA 400 VA 2100 VA
2 (Closed VA) 17 VA 17 VA 35 VA 35 VA 22 VA 21 VA 400 VA 400 VA 350 VA
2 (Closed Watts)
Pick-Up Volts 4
18 W
80%
18 W
80%
35 W
80%
35 W
80%
20 W
64%
20 W
73%
400 W
45%–65% 7
400 W
45%–65% 7
350 W
50%–65% 7
2 Drop-Out Volts 4 5–10% 5–10% 5–10% 5–10% 18% 13% 30%–45% 7 30%–45% 7 40%–50% 7
Pick-Up Time Hz 6 — 25–75 ms 25–75 ms 25–75 ms 2.7 Hz 5 3 Hz 5 21–41 Hz 75 17–29 Hz 75 16–18 75
2 Drop-Out Time Hz 5 — 16–25 ms 16–25 ms 16–25 ms 9.3 Hz 5 17.5 Hz 5 7–12 Hz 85 7–12 Hz 85 18–20 Hz 75
2 Notes
1 Non-inductive load.
2 AC coil data pertains to Model K, DC coil data pertains to Model J.
2 3 DC operated only.
4 Percent of rated coil voltage.
2 5 At 60 Hz base.
6 To contact touch.
2
7 Lower figure when coil is cold. Higher figure when coil is hot.
8 Drop-out time to clear arc. Time varies with type of load and contact wear.

A200 Series
2.3
Mechanical Characteristics
2
NEMA Standard ICS 2-110
Direct-current operated Alternating-current operated 2
contactors shall withstand contactors shall withstand
110% of their rated voltage 110% of their rated voltage 2
continuously without injury to continuously without injury to
the operating coils and shall
close successfully at 80% of
the operating coils and shall
close successfully at 85% of
2
their rated voltage. their rated voltage.
2
Mechanical Characteristics, Sizes 00–9
Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 7 Size 8 Size 9
2
Dimensions in inches (mm) 2
Height 6.45 (163.8) 7.16 (181.9) 9.93 (252.2) 9.93 (252.2) 12.00 (304.8) 1 13.50 (342.9) 1 18.62 (472.9) 1 19.25 (489) 1 25.00 (635) 1
Width 3.31 (84.1) 3.31 (84.1) 4.62 (117.3) 4.62 (117.3) 7.00 (177.8) 1 7.00 (177.8) 1 23.50 (596.9) 1 23.50 (596.9) 1 32.00 (812.8) 1 2
Depth 4.61 (117.1) 4.96 (126) 6.75 (171.5) 6.75 (171.5) 7.75 (196.9) 1 8.75 (222.3) 1 11.00 (279.4) 1 11.00 (279.4) 1 13.00 (330.2) 1
Panel area—square inches 21.35 23.7 46.0 46.0 84.0 94.5 437.5 452.4 800
2
Weight—pounds 3.5 3.5 11.5 11.5 25 42 215 265 315
2
Cable connection — — — — Front Front Front/rear Front/rear Front/rear
Maximum cable size/phase
copper (AWG/MCM)
6 AWG 3 AWG 1/0 4/0 1–500 MCM 2–500 MCM 3–500 MCM 4–500 MCM 8–500 MCM 2
Auxiliary electrical circuits
available
8 6 6 6 4 4 3 3 4 2
Latched version available Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes No No No
2
Mechanical interlock combinations available
Sizes 2
00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. — — — —
5 — — — — Vert., Horiz. Vert., Horiz. — — — 2
6
7, 8
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Vert., Horiz.
—
Vert., Horiz.
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
Vertical
—
Vertical
2
9 — — — — — — Vertical Vertical Vertical 2
Data from Tables 430—147 Through 150 of 1996 NEC: Motor Amperes at Full Load 2, Three-Phase AC 2
Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel Cage Single-Phase Induction Type Squirrel Cage
AC and Wound-Rotor Amperes DC AC and Wound-Rotor Amperes DC 2
hp 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 120V 240V hp 115V 230V 200V 230V 460V 575V 120V 240V
1/6 4.4 2.2 — — — — — — 30 — — 92 80 40 32 — 106 2
1/4 5.8 2.9 — — — — 3.1 1.6 40 — — 120 104 52 41 — 140
1/3 7.2 3.6 — — — — 4.1 2.0 50 — — 150 130 65 52 — 173 2
1/2
3/4
9.8
13.8
4.9
6.9
2.5
3.7
2.2
3.2
1.1
1.6
0.9
1.3
5.4
7.6
2.7
3.8
60
75
—
—
—
—
177
221
154
192
77
96
62
77
—
—
206
255
2
1 16 8 4.8 4.2 2.1 1.7 9.5 4.7 100 — — 285 248 124 99 — 341 2
1-1/2 20 10 6.9 6.0 3.0 2.4 13.2 6.6 125 — — 359 312 156 125 — 425
2 24 12 7.8 6.8 3.4 2.7 17 8.5 150 — — 414 360 180 144 — 506 2
3 34 17 11.0 9.6 4.8 3.9 25 12.2 200 — — 552 480 240 192 — 675
5 56 28 17.5 15.2 7.6 6.1 40 20 250 — — — — 302 242 — —
2
7-1/2 80 40 25.3 22 11 9 58 29 300 — — — — 361 289 — —
2
10 100 50 32.2 28 14 11 76 38 350 — — — — 414 336 — —
15 — — 48.3 42 21 17 — 55 400 — — — — 477 382 — — 2
20 — — 62.1 54 27 22 — 72 450 — — — — 515 412 — —
25 — — 78.2 68 34 27 — 89 500 — — — — 590 472 — — 2
Notes
1 For Sizes 5–9 contactors only; for starter Sizes 5–9, refer to factory.
2
2 These current values are for motors running at usual speeds and with normal torque characteristics. Motors for special low speed or high torque may require higher current. In all cases, heaters
should be selected on basis of information on motor nameplate or motor card data. 2

A200 Series
Combination Ratings
2
Sizes 00–2 Sizes 3 and 4
2 Short-Circuit Max. Circuit Breaker Short-Circuit Short-Circuit Max. Circuit Breaker Short-Circuit
Protective Device Rating Interrupting Withstand Capability Protective Device Rating Interrupting Withstand Capability
2 (SCPD) SCPD Rating Current Voltage (SCPD) SCPD Rating Current Voltage
Sizes 00, 0, 1 Size 3
2 Class H fuse 60A — 5000A 600V Class H fuse 60A — 5000A 600V
2 Class J fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V Class J fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V
Class R fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V Class R fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V
2 Class T fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V Class T fuse 60A — 100,000A 600V
Magnetic only 1 30A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V Magnetic only 1 100A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
2 Type CB 2
50,000A 600V
Type CB 2
50,000A 600V
2 Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
50A 65,000A
25,000A
65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
150A 65,000A
25,000A
65,000A
25,000A
480V
600V
2 100,000A 100,000A 480V 100,000A 100,000A 480V

35,000A 35,000A 600V 35,000A 35,000A 600V
2 Magnetic only 30A HMCP + current 100,000A 600V Magnetic only 100A HMCP + current 100,000A 600V
Type CB + CL 4 limiter Type CB + CL 4 limiter
2 Thermal/magnetic
Type CLB 5
50A 150,000A 100,000A 480V Thermal/magnetic
Type CLB 5
150A 50,000A 100,000A 480V
2 Size 2 Size 4
Class H fuse 100A — 5000A 600V Class H fuse 400A — 10,000A 600V
2 Class J fuse 100A — 100,000A 600V Class J fuse 400A — 100,000A 600V
Class R fuse 100A — 100,000A 600V Class R fuse 400A — 100,000A 600V
2 Class T fuse 100A — 100,000A 600V Class T fuse 400A — 100,000A 600V
2 Magnetic only
Type CB 2
1 50A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V Magnetic only
Type CB 2
1 150A Marked HMCP 100,000A 480V
50,000A 600V 50,000A 600V
2 Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
90A 65,000A 65,000A 480V Thermal/magnetic
Type CB 3
250A 65,000A 65,000A 480V
25,000A 25,000A 600V 25,000A 25,000A 600V
2 100,000A 100,000A 480V 100,000A 100,000A 480V
2 Magnetic only 50A

35,000A
HMCP + current
35,000A
100,000A
600V
600V Magnetic only 150A
35,000A
HMCP + current
35,000A
100,000A
600V
600V
Type CB + CL 4 limiter Type CB + CL 4 limiter
2 Thermal/magnetic 50A 150,000A 100,000A 480V Thermal/magnetic 250A 200,000A 100,000A 600V
Type CLB 5 Type CB + CL 5
2 Thermal/magnetic 250A 150,000A 100,000A 480V
Type CLB 6
2 Coil Suffix
2 Other Available Coil Voltages—AC and DC Coils 7

Catalog Catalog Notes
2 Coils
Number
Suffix
Coil Rating
(Volts/Hertz)
Number Coil Rating
Suffix (Volts/Hertz)
1 Instantaneous adjustable trip.
2 Circuit breaker.
3 Inverse time circuit breaker.
2 AC A 120/60, 110/50 N 110/50
4 Instantaneous adjustable trip with current limiting attachment.
B 200-208/60 P 48/60 5 Inverse time with built-in current limiting attachment.
2 C 240/60 and 480/60 R 120/60 and 240/60 6 Inverse time current limiting breaker.
7 Availability may be limited.
D 440/50 U 440-480/50 or 60 Rect. to DC
2
8 DC coils for Size 5 and 6 contactors and starters are intermittent duty rated only.
E 600/60 Hz V 110/60 A mechanical latch is required.

9 DC coils. Use only on contactors originally supplied with a DC coil.
2 G
H
220/50
380/50
W
X
240/60
480/60
2 I 24/60 Y 415/50
J 110-120/50 or 60 Rect. to DC Z 277/60
2 K 220-240/50 or 60 Rect. to DC — —
DC 89 L 24 Vdc S 125 Vdc
2 M 48 Vdc T 250 Vdc

A200 Series
2.3
Dimensions
Open Non-Reversing Starters
2
Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Figure B—Size 5
A C 0.38 x .5 (9.7 x 12.7)
2
(2 Mtg. Slots)
G
2
B D
2
B
D
K
2
G
E
2
F M F Reset Rod
Term. Lug 2
2
M Reset Travel
E J Supplied L CL Cont’r Mtg.
E H Holes
2 L When C K J
E A
Ordered CL of Cont’r
2
Figure C—Size 6
E
2
E
0.38 (9.7) Wide
4 Mtg. Slots 2 H 2
G
2
Reset
Rod D 2
B
2
K
2
M
L F
2
C A
2
Mounting
NEMA No. of Screws Weight, 2
Size Poles Fig. No. Size A B C D E F G H J K L M Lbs (kg)
00, 0, 1 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31 6.42 4.61 6.00 1.88 1.66 0.23 — 0.39 0.59 4.48 0.27 3.5 2
(84.1) (163.1) (117.1) (152.4) (47.8) (42.2) (5.8) (9.9) (15.0) (113.8) (6.9) (1.6)
2 2, 3 A 3 #10 3.31 7.17 4.94 6.75 1.88 1.66 0.23 — 0.41 0.77 4.53 0.27 4.3 2
(84.1) (182.1) (125.5) (171.5) (47.8) (42.2) (5.8) (10.4) (19.6) (115.1) (6.9) (2.0)
3, 4 2, 3 A 3 1/4 in. 4.63
(117.6)
9.94
(252.5)
6.75
(171.5)
9.25
(235.0)
2.88
(73.2)
.94
(23.9)
0.38
(9.7)
— 0.55
(14.0)
0.80
(20.3)
6.36
(161.5)
0.27
(6.9)
11.5
(5.2)
2
5 3 B 4 3/8 in. 7.59
(192.8)
16.22
(412.0)
7.75
(196.9)
11.00
(279.4)
2.75
(69.9)
3.81
(96.8)
2.69
(68.3)
2.42
(61.5)
0.33
(8.4)
0.33
(8.4)
7.00
(177.8)
0.27
(6.9)
29.0
(13.2)
2
6 3 C 4 3/8 in. 9.25
(235.0)
23.50
(596.9)
9.50
(241.3)
11.00
(279.4)
2.75
(69.9)
4.81
(122.2)
2.75
(69.9)
3.06
(77.7)
— 6.50
(165.1)
8.44
(214.4)
0.27
(6.9)
55.0
(25.0)
2
7 3 37.88 21.50 11.75 — — — — — — — — — —
2
1 1 1
(962.2) (546.1) (298.5)

1
8 3 37.88 21.50 11.75 — — — — — — — — — —
2
1 1
(962.2) (546.1) (298.5)

9 3
2
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Note
1 Refer to factory.
2
2

A200 Series

2
2 Open Reversing Starters
2 Figure A—Sizes 00–4 Horizontal Figure B—Sizes 00–4 Vertical

A C A C
2 F
G
G F
2
N
2
D B
2 B D
2 K 0.28 (7.1) Dia.

3 Mtg. Holes
J M
2 0.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Holes E
Reset
Travel L
K
2 J Reset Travel M
L
2 E

2 Mounting
NEMA Number Screws Weight,
2 Size of Poles Fig. No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N Lbs (kg)
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13 6.50 5.05 6.00 5.69 3.56 0.25 2.3 0.59 4.92 0.27 — 9.0
2 (181.1) (165.1) (128.3) (152.4) (144.5) (90.4) (6.4) (58.4) (15.0) (125.0 (6.9) (4.0)
3 x 3 Vert. B 3 #10 3.33 11.63 5.05 11.13 1.88 1.66 0.25 0.39 0.59 4.92 0.27 4.52 9.8
2 (84.6) (295.4) (128.3) (282.7) (47.8) (42.2) (6.4) (9.9) (15.0) (125.0) (6.9) (114.8) (4.4)
2 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13 7.25 5.38 6.75 5.69 3.56 0.25 2.31 0.77 4.97 0.27 — 10.8
2 (181.1) (184.2) (136.7) (171.5) (144.5) (90.4) (6.4) (58.7) (19.6) (126.2) (6.9) (4.9)
3 x 3 Vert. B 3 #10 3.33 12.38 5.38 11.88 1.88 1.66 0.25 0.39 0.77 4.97 0.27 4.52 12.2
2 (84.6) (314.5) (136.7) (301.8) (47.8) (42.2) (6.4) (9.9) (19.6) (126.2) (6.9) (114.8) (5.5)
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 1/4 in. 9.75 10.13 7.25 9.25 8.00 4.88 0.44 3.11 0.80 6.86 0.27 — 26.0
2 (247.7) (257.3) (184.2) (235.0) (203.2) (124.0) (11.2) (79.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9) (11.8)
3 x 3 Vert. B 3 1/4 in. 4.63 19.81 7.25 18.94 2.88 2.94 0.44 0.55 0.80 6.86 0.27 7.91 28.0
2 (117.6) (503.2) (184.2) (481.1) (73.2) (74.7) (11.2) (14.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9) (200.9) (12.7)
5 3 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in. 35.25 25.50 8.75 — — — — — — — — — 73.0
2 6 3 x 3 Horiz. — 4 3/8 in.

(895.4)
35.25
(647.7)
25.50
(222.3)
10.50 — — — — — — — — —
(33.1)
127.0
(895.4) (647.7) (266.7) (57.7)
2 7 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 8 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
9 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
2 Note
1 Refer to factory.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
2
Open Multi-Speed Starters 2

Figure A—Sizes 00–4 2
A G
F C 2
2
2
D B
2
K
2
2
N M Reset Travel
J
R
0.2 (5.1) Dia.
3 Mounting Slots
L 2
E
2
Figure B—Sizes 2
2
G
A C
2
2
2
D B
2
K 2
J M Reset Travel
2
0.2 (5.1) Dia.
E L
2
3 Mounting Slots

Mounting
2
Number Screws
NEMA
Size
of
Poles Fig. No. Size A B C D E F G J K L M N P R
Weight,
Lbs (kg)
2
00, 0, 1 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13
(181.1)
6.50
(165.1)
5.05
(128.3)
6.00
(152.4)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.30
(58.4)
0.33
(8.4)
4.92
(125.0)
0.27
(6.9)
3.81
(96.8)
— 2.91
(73.9)
10.0
(4.5) 2
5 x 3 Horiz. B 3 #10 8.00
(203.2)
6.50
(165.1)
5.05
(128.3)
6.00
(152.4)
6.53
(165.9)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.30
(58.4)
0.48
(12.2)
4.92
(125.0)
0.27
(6.9)
4.66
(118.4)
— 2.91
(73.9)
11.0
(5.0) 2
2 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 #10 7.13
(181.1)
7.25
(184.2)
5.38
(136.7)
6.75
(171.5)
5.69
(144.5)
3.56
(90.4)
0.25
(6.4)
2.69
(68.3)
0.69
(17.5)
4.97
(126.2)
0.27
(6.9)
3.81
(96.8)
— 2.91
(73.9)
11.0
(5.0) 2
5 x 3 Horiz. B 3 #10 8.88 7.25 5.38 6.75 6.56 3.56 0.25 2.69 0.69 4.97 0.27 4.66 — 2.84 13.0
(225.6) (184.2) (136.7) (171.5) (166.6) (90.4) (6.4) (68.3) (17.5) (126.2) (6.9) (118.4) (72.1) (5.9) 2
3, 4 3 x 3 Horiz. A 3 1/4 in. 9.75 10.13 7.25 9.25 8.00 4.88 0.44 3.11 0.80 6.86 0.27 5.13 — 4.00 28.0
(247.7) (257.3) (184.2) (235.0) (203.2) (124.0) (11.2) (79.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9) (130.3) (101.6) (12.7) 2
5 x 3 Horiz. B 3 1/4 in. 12.38 10.13 7.25 9.25 9.31 4.88 0.44 3.11 0.80 6.86 0.27 6.44 — 4.00 33.5
(314.5) (257.3) (184.2) (235.0) (236.5) (124.0) (11.2) (79.0) (20.3) (174.2) (6.9) (163.6) (101.6) (15.2) 2
5 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
6 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2
Notes
Three-pole x three-pole devices are for Wye-Wye two-winding motors only.
2
2
1 Refer to factory.

A200 Series
Contents
2 Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip
Description Page
Starters—Non-Reversing and Reversing . . . . . . . . V5-T2-103
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-125
2 Instruction Leaflets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-125
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . . V5-T2-126
2 Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . V5-T2-129
2 Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-135
2 Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-137
2
2
2
2 Product Overview Features
Type B and Type A, Class 20 The bimetal element is Manual or Automatic Reset Adjustable Trip
2 Thermal Overload Relays actuated by precisely Type B is furnished with a On Type A, the trip rating of a
from Eaton’s Electrical Sector calibrated heater elements manual reset. Type A is specific heater element can
2 will protect the motor against
abnormal overload conditions.
which are connected directly
in the circuit to be protected.
normally furnished set for be adjusted over a range of
manual reset operation and approximately 85% to 115%
Bimetallic actuated, they are Thermal actuation of this
2 available as either ambient device opens the contacts in
may be quickly adjusted
for automatic reset when
of its respective rating to
permit the desired close
compensated or non- the coil circuit of a contactor required. Automatic reset protection.
2 compensated in either single- or relay which results in the should not be used with
pole or block type three-pole disconnection of power to the two-wire control or where This is accomplished by
2 design. Type B use one pole
of the three-pole block for
overloaded circuit. automatic restarting would turning the adjusting knob
on the relay to the respective
Interchangeable thermal endanger either personnel
stop position.
2 single-phase.
heater elements for single- or equipment.
Single-pole relays are also pole standard trip and block Positive Contact Break
Trip Indication
2 available as Fast Trip Class 10 type overload relays are
An immediate visible A follow-through contact,
ambient compensated type, available to cover motor full provided on the stationary
indication of trip is provided
2 which provides approximately
125% motor protection with
load currents from 0.29 to
133A in approximately 10% on the overload relay. When terminal of the snap action
an overload occurs, which control switch, provides
a tripping time of less than steps (see Heater Application
2 10 seconds, at 600% of Table). Fast trip overload causes the relay to operate, reliable electrical continuity
during toggling, thus
heater current rating. relays do not have a trip indicator projects out
eliminating false trip
2 Fast trip relays can be
interchangeable heater and thus shows positive
sometimes prevalent
elements but are available visual indication of trip.
identified by the green reset with thermally operated
2 rods. They are available for
in a series of ratings to cover
motor full load currents from
Type B has a mechanical
trip bar to manually check switches. This contact also
panel or starter mounting. the NC contact operation on allows contact wipe for
2 The three-pole fast trip design
1.6 to 150A in approximately
50% steps. the overload relay. further reliability.
is composed of
2 three single-pole relays
on a common baseplate,
2 with a common reset bar.
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Standards and Certifications Instruction Leaflets
Ambient Compensation Control Contact ● UL 508 14885B Fast Trip A 2
CSA Sizes 0–4, 3-Pole
Motor overload protection Single-pole and block
2
●
can be provided with the type relays are supplied as ● ANSI/NEMA ICS 2-222 OL Relay
same trip characteristics in standard with a SPST NC
ambient temperature from control contact. A SPDT
14567E Type A Sizes 1–2,
1-Pole OL Relay
2
–40° to 77°C (–40° to 167°F). NO-NC with common is Mod A
A compensating bimetal available as a factory 2
maintains a constant “travel modification on Type A. 14568 Type A Sizes 1–2,
to trip” distance independent
of ambient conditions.
An isolated NO contact can
be supplied on Type B as
3-Pole OL Relay
Mod J
2
The compensating feature either a factory modification
is fully automatic and no or as a field kit. 14570D Type A Sizes 3–4, 2
adjustments are required 3-Pole OL Relay
over wide fluctuations in Mod J 2
ambient temperatures. 14569C Type A Sizes 3–4,
Compensated relays are 1-Pole OL Relay 2
identified by black reset rods Mod A
on Type A and light gray reset
rods on Type B, while non- 17093A Type B OLR for 2
compensated relays use red Sizes 7, 8 and
reset rods. AA three-pole 9 Contactors 2
units have gray reset rods.
AA one-pole units have black
16955A Type B Sizes 1–2,
1-Pole OL Relay
2
reset rods.
16954A Type B Sizes 1–2, 2
3-Pole OL Relay
15392B Type B Sizes 3–4, 2
3-Pole OL Relay
13676F Fast Trip Sizes 0–4,
2
1-Pole OL Relay
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Contents
2 Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
Description Page
2 Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-124
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-127
2 Technical Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-128
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-128
2 Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-132
V5-T2-135
2 Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-137
2
2
2 Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset
2 Application Description Operation Features
The Type B overload relay is The Type B overload relay Ambient Compensation ● Ambient compensation
2 designed to protect industrial is a bimetallic actuated The Type B ambient standard
motors against overload device. The bimetal elements compensated design is ● Alarm contact field
2 conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design,
are operated by precisely
calibrated heaters. The heater
supplied as standard on mountable
all A200 starters. This design ● Class 20—600V design
this relay will provide elements are connected
2 Class 20 operation in either either directly in the circuit
uses a second compensating
bimetal responsive to
● Inverse time delay trip
single-phase or three-phase to be measured, or through ambient air temperature in
● Test trip device for weld
2 applications. current transformers on the surrounding enclosure. check
applications NEMA Size 5 This feature reduces ● Hi-visibility up-front trip
2 and larger. nuisance tripping in indication
As the bimetals are heated applications using compact ● Trip-free reset mechanism
2 by motor current flow, a control panels and motor
control centers where
deflection force is produced.
2 Upon a sustained level of internal temperature rise
is significant compared to
abnormal current flow, the
motor ambient temperature.
2 deflection becomes great
enough to open the snap- The compensating
action output contact. characteristic is maintained
2 in ambient temperatures
from 40° to 77°C.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Product Selection
2
Heaters
Enter heaters as separate 2
number from tables, 2
Pages V5-T2-135 and
V5-T2-136, as required per
starter.
2
2
Relays
2
Type B Overload Relay Thermal Type B Overload Relay
Panel Mounting Starter Mounted 2
Replacement for Replacement for Type A Overload Relays in
Panel Mounted Type B Overload Relays Manual Reset Mode (Three-Pole Only) 1 2
Motor Full Ambient Comp. Non-Comp. Ambient Comp. Non-Comp. Ambient Comp. Non-Comp.
Load Amps Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
2
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
0.25–26.2 BA11JP BN11JP BA11A BN11A — — 2
26.3–45 BA21JP BN21JP BA21A BN21A — —
19–90 Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole 2
design, wire three design, wire three design, wire three design, wire three design, wire three design, wire three
poles in series poles in series poles in series poles in series poles in series poles in series 2
19–135 Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole Use three-pole
design, wire three
poles in series
design, wire three
poles in series
design, wire three
poles in series
design, wire three
poles in series
design, wire three
poles in series
design, wire three
poles in series
2
Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
2
0.25–26.2 BA13JP BN13JP BA13A 2 BN13A 2 BA13J BN13J
26.3–45 BA23JP BN23JP BA23A BN23A BA23J BN23J 2
19–90 BA33P BN33P BA33A BN33A BA33A BN33A
19–135 BA43P BN43P BA43A BN43A BA43A BN43A 2
2
Accessories
2
Alarm Contact Kit Selection 1
Type B Overload Relay Size Catalog Number
2
1, 2 B3NO-2 2
3, 4 B3NO-4
Notes
2
1 Includes contactor mounting bracket, overload relay and connection straps to contactor.
2 For replacement on B200 size 00, 0, 1 use BA23A instead of BA13A and use BN23A instead 2
of BN13A.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Technical Data
2
Control Contact Ratings—NEMA B600 NO and
2 NC Control Contact Rating
AC Volts Make Break
2 24–120 30A 3A
2 120–600 3600 VA 360 VA
2
Dimensions
2
Thermal Type B Overload Relays
2 Sizes 1 and 2—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted Sizes 3 and 4—Three-Pole, Panel Mounted
2 0.2 (5.1) Dia.

6 Mtg. Slots
0.28 (7.1) Dia.
3 Mtg. Slots
2.22
2 .17
(4.3) C
(56.4) 0.25
(6.4)
2
3.38 3.88
0.8 2.81 3.14
2 (20.3) (71.4) (79.8)
A (85.9) (98.6)
2 1.38 (35.1)
0.94 (23.9) D
2 1.98
(50.3)
1.34 (34.0) 1.75 (44.5)
2 0.41 (10.4) 0.53

(13.5)
0.47
(11.9)
0.47 (11.9)
2 4.00
(101.6) 5.28
2 2.22
(56.4)
B (134.1)
2
3.31 4.44
2 (84.1) (112.8)
2 Dimensions
2 Relay Size A B C D
3 3.13 (79.5) 4.06 (103.1) 044 (11.2) 0.31 (7.9)
2 4 3.38 (85.9) 4.38 (111.3) 0.31 (7.9) 0.19 (4.8)
2 Note
1 Alarm contact available as factory modification of field mountable. For factory modification,
add suffix B.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset
Description Page
2
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset 2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-130 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-131
2
Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective. . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-135
V5-T2-137
2
2
2
2
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset 2
Application Description Features 2
The Type A overload relay is ● Field selectable manual/ Operation Automatic Reset
designed to protect industrial auto reset The Type A overload relay is The Type A overload relay can 2
motors against overload ● Alarm contract factory a bimetallic actuated device. be supplied as an option on all
conditions. Using modern
block type, bimetallic design,
available The bimetal elements are A200 starters to provide 2
● Class 20—600V design operated by precisely automatic reset operation.
this relay will provide Class
20 operation in either single- ● Inverse time delay trip
calibrated heaters. The
heater elements are
The overload relay is always
shipped in the non-automatic
2
or three-phase applications. ● Adjustable trip rating ±15% connected either directly in mode. To set up auto
● Color coded reset rod: the circuit to be measured, or operation, reposition the 2
Compensated (gray) through current transformers reset rod by loosening and re-
2
●
on applications NEMA Size 5 tightening a hold-down clamp

● Non-compensated (red)
and larger. at the base of overload relay.
As the bimetals are heated 2
by motor current flow, a
deflection force is produced. 2
Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the 2
deflection becomes great
enough to open the snap-
action output contact.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Product Selection
2
Heaters
2 Enter heaters as separate
2 number from tables,
Pages V5-T2-135 and
2 V5-T2-136, as required per
starter.
2
Relays
2
Type A Overload Relay Thermal Type A Overload Relay 1
2 Single-Pole Panel
Mounting
Panel Mounted Starter Replacement
Motor Full Ambient Comp. Non-Comp. Ambient Comp. Non-Comp.
2 Load Amps Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
Single-Pole (One NC Contact)
2 0.25–26.2 AA11P AN11P AA11A AN11A
2 26.3–45
19–90
AA21P
AA31P
AN21P
AN31P
AA21A
AA31A
AN21A
AN31A
2 19–135 AA41P AN41P AA41A AN41A

Three-Pole (One NC Contact)
2 0.25–26.2 AA13P 2 AN13P 2 AA13A 2 AN13A 2
26.3–45 AA23P AN23P AA23A AN23A 2
2
2 2 2
19–90 AA33P 2 AN33P 2 AA33A 2 AN33A 2
2 19–135 AA43P 2 AN43P 2 AA43A 2 AN43A 2
2
2
Control Contact Ratings
2 AC
Normally Closed Normally Open
Volts Make Break Make Break
2 Three-Pole Control Contact Ratings
2 24–120
120–600
20A
2400 VA
2A
240 VA
0.5A
600 VA
0.5A
60 VA
2 Single-Pole Control Contact Ratings

24–120 30A 3A 10A 1A
2 120–600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA
2 Notes
1 For alarm contact (Form C), add Suffix B. Available only as factory modification on Type A relay.
2 Three-pole Type B overload relay is a suitable alternative to a three-pole Type A overload relay in
2 manual reset mode. For example, BA13JP for AA13P, BN23J for AN23A, and so on. (See Page V5-T2-127.)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Dimensions
Type A
2
Single-Pole (Sizes 4 Shown) Three-Pole (Size 4 Shown)
C N D E
2
Q P
C 2
2
A
Trip
G F
2
Indicator
K Dia. A Common
R
R 2
2 Mtg. Terminal
B
Holes N
J Dia.—3 Mtg. Slots 2
T Q P
No Terminal
(When
2
Supplied)
G
S F
E J NC Terminal L
M K H 2
H
D 2
2
B L
2
2
M 2
2
Dimensions Dimensions
Relay Size Relay Size
2
Dimension 1 2 3 4 Dimension 1 2 3 4
A 2.72 (69.1) 3.48 (88.4) 4.19 (106.4) 4.5 (114.3) A 2.38 (60.5) 2.44 (62.0) 3.13 (79.5) 3.38 (85.9)
2
B 0.94 (23.9) 0.67 (17.0) 0.25 (6.4) 0.38 (9.7) B 3.13 (79.5) 3.17 (80.5) 4.06 (103.1) 4.38 (111.3) 2
C 2.75 (69.9) 3.5 (88.9) 3.53 (89.7) 3.78 (96.0) C 0.36 (9.1) 0.33 (8.4) 0.44 (11.2) 0.31 (7.9)
D 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.13 (104.9) 4.13 (104.9) D 1.66 (42.2) 1.66 (42.2) 2.22 (56.4) 2.22 (56.4) 2
E 2.63 (66.8) 2.63 (66.8) 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) E 0.17 (4.3) 0.17 (4.3) 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4)
F 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) 2.19 (55.6) 2.19 (55.6) F 2.81 (71.4) 2.81 (71.4) 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9)
2
G 0.25 (6.4) 0.25 (6.4) 0.28 (7.1) 0.28 (7.1) G 3.08 (78.2) 3.08 (78.2) 3.88 (98.6) 3.88 (98.6)
2
H 0.31 (7.9) 0.31 (7.9) 0.38 (9.7) 0.38 (9.7) H 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9)
J 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) J 0.20 (5.1) 0.20 (5.1) 0.28 (7.1) 0.28 (7.1) 2
K 0.22 (5.6) 0.22 (5.6) 0.27 (6.8) 0.27 (6.8) K 0.28 (7.1) 0.28 (7.1) 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9)
L 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0) 1.69 (42.9) 1.69 (42.9) L 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.28 (134.1) 5.28 (134.1) 2
M 0.66 (16.8) 0.66 (16.8) 0.88 (22.4) 0.88 (22.4) M 3.31 (84.1) 3.31 (84.1) 4.44 (112.8) 4.44 (112.8)
N 0.16 (4.1) 0.16 (4.1) 0.27 (6.8) 0.27 (6.8) N 1.80 (45.7) 1.80 (45.7) 2.77 (70.4) 2.77 (70.4)
2
P 0.22 (5.6) 0.22 (5.6) 0.34 (8.6) 0.34 (8.6) P 1.89 (48.0) 1.89 (48.0) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5)
2
Q 0.06 (1.5) 0.06 (1.5) 0.69 (17.5) 0.69 (17.5) Q 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.34 (34.0) 1.34 (34.0)
R 4.00 (101.6) 4.00 (101.6) 5.19 (131.8) 5.19 (131.8) R — — 1.03 (26.2) 1.03 (26.2) 2
S 0.47 (11.9) 0.47 (11.9) 0.59 (15.0) 0.59 (15.0)
T 1.11 (28.2) 1.11 (28.2) 0.69 (17.5) 0.69 (17.5) 2
2

A200 Series
Contents
2 Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Description Page
2 Relays—Thermal and Fast Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-124
Thermal Type B, Class 20, Manual Reset. . . . . . . . V5-T2-126
Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-133
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-134
2 Heater Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Relays—Current Sensing Protective . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-135
V5-T2-137
2
2
2
2 Type FT Fast Trip, Class 10
2 Application Description Operation Features
The Type FT overload relay is The Type FT overload relay is ● Class 10—600V design
2 designed to protect special a bimetallic actuated device. ● Inverse time delay trip
purpose motors having The bimetal elements are ● Color coded reset rod—
2 restricted thermal and locked
rotor capabilities. Using
operated directly from line
current, thus separate
green
modern block type, bimetallic calibrating heater elements
● Alarm contact factory
2 design, this relay will provide are not utilized. The overload available
Class 10 operation in single- relay may be wired directly in ● Field selectable manual/
2 or three-phase applications. the motor circuit, or through- auto reset
current transformers on ● Adjustable trip rating
2 applications larger than 150A. ±20%
As the bimetals are heated by
● Ambient compensation
2 motor current flow, a included
deflection force is produced.
2 Upon a sustained level of
abnormal current flow, the
2 deflection becomes great
enough to open the snap
action output contact.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Product Selection
2
Type FT Single-Pole Type FT Single-Pole (One NC Contact); Three-Phase (Three NC Contacts in Series) 1
Panel Mounted Starter Replacement 2
Single-Pole Three-Pole Single-Pole
Motor Full Load
Amperes Catalog Number Catalog Number NEMA Size Catalog Number 2
0.76–1.1
1.1–1.6
FT11P-1.1
FT11P-1.6
FT13P-1.1
FT13P-1.6
—
—
FT11A-1.1
FT11A-1.6
2
1.6–2.4 FT11P-2.4 FT13P-2.4 0, 1 FT11A-2.4 2
2.4–3.6 FT11P-3.6 FT13P-3.6 0, 1 FT11A-3.6
3.6–5.4 FT11P-5.4 FT13P-5.4 0, 1 FT11A-5.4 2
5.4–8.0 FT11P-8.0 FT13P-8 0, 1 FT11A-8
8.0–12 FT11P-12 FT13P-12 0, 1 FT11A-12
2
12–18
16–24
FT11P-18
—
FT13P-18
FT13P-24
1 FT11A-18
—
2
22–32 FT11P-32 FT13P-32 0, 1 FT11A-32 2
24–36 FT21P-36 FT23P-36 2 FT21A-36
36–54 FT21P-54 FT23P-54 12 FT21A-54 2
22–32 FT31P-32 FT33P-32 3 FT31A-32
32–48 FT31P-48 FT33P-48 3 FT31A-48
2
48–72 FT31P-72 FT33P-72 3 FT31A-72
2
72–110 FT41P-110 FT43P-110 4 FT41A-110
100–150 FT41P-150 FT43P-150 4 FT41A-150 2
2
Control Contact Ratings 2
Normally Closed Normally Open
AC Volts Make Break Make Break 2
24–120 30A 3A 10A 1A
120–600 3600 VA 360 VA 1200 VA 120 VA 2
Note
1 Single-pole (1NO-NC contact): add suffix B. Three-pole (3NO-NC contacts): add suffix B. Example: FT13PB-12.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Dimensions
2 Not to be used for construction purposes unless approved.
2 Type FT Overload Relays
2 Three-Pole, Size 1
3.28 (83.3) 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
2 0.17 0.11
(2.8)
1.64
(41.7)
0.22
(5.6)
4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
2.72
(4.3)
(69.1)
2 0.06
(1.5)
0.69
2 3.25 2.81
(17.5) 0.06
(1.5)
(82.6) (71.4)
2 1.30
(33.0)
2
0.50 0.17 (4.3)
2 0.19
(4.8) (12.7) 3 Mtg.
Holes 0.63 0.38
1.00 (25.4) (16.0) (9.7)
2
Three-Pole, Size 2
2 0.11 4.49 (114) Hand Reset Pos.
3.28 (83.3)
(2.8) 4.38 (111.3) Auto Reset Pos.
2 1.64
(41.7)
0.22
(5.6) 3.48
(88.4) 0.06
(1.5)
2
0.06
0.69
2 3.61
(91.7) 3.25
(17.5)
(1.5)
(82.6) 2.81
2 (71.4)
1.30
(33.0)
2
2 0.19 0.06
(4.8) (1.5) 0.50 (12.7)
0.17 (4.3)
3 Mtg.
3.28 (83.3)
Holes
1.00 (25.4)
2
Three-Pole, Sizes 3, 4
2 5.63 (143) Hand Reset Pos.
0.16 (4.1) 4.41 (112) 5.52 (140.2) Auto Reset Pos.
2 2.20
(55.9)
0.48
(12.2) A
3.31 (84.1)
2 D
1.42
(36.1)
0.06
(1.5)
2 0.06
(1.5)
2
2.81 (71.4)
3.88 B 0.74
(98.6) 3.38 C (18.8)
(85.9)
2 1.75 0.69
(44.5) (17.5)
2 0.88 (22.4)
0.28 (7.1)
3 Mtg.
0.25 E Holes 0.28 (7.1)
1.75 (44.5)
2 (6.4)
Dimensions
2 Relay Size A B C D E
2 3 4.25 (108.0) 0.53 (13.5) 2.91 (73.9) 0.09 (2.3) 0.06 (1.5)
4 4.50 (114.3) 0.59 (15.0) 3.03 (77.0) 0.22 (5.6) 0.19 (4.8)
2

A200 Series
2.3
Heater Selection
2
General Information on Heater Coil Selection
For maximum motor motor and therefore For other conditions: 2
protection and compliance selection on this basis
1. For 50°C, 55°C, 75°C rise 3. Ambient temperature of
with Article 430-32 of the
National Electrical Code,
always involves risk. For
fully reliable motor motors and enclosed controller higher than 2
motors having a motor by 26°C (47°F),
select heater coils from the
tables in this section on the
protection, select heater
coils on the basis of full service factor of 1.0, use one size larger coil. 2
basis of motor nameplate load current rating as select one
Ultimate tripping current of
full load current. shown on the motor size smaller coil.
heater coils is approximately 2
nameplate. 2. Ambient temperature of 1.25 times the minimum
When the full load current is
unknown, selection may be Heater coils are rated to controller lower than current rating listed in the 2
made on the basis of average protect 40°C rise motors, and motor by 26°C (47°F), tables.
full load currents as shown on open and drip-proof motors use one size smaller coil. 2
Pages V5-T2-151 and having a service factor of
V5-T2-152. Caution—The 1.15 where the motor and 2
average ratings could be the controller are at the same
high or low for a specific ambient temperature. 2
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 3 and 4

2
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 5 and 6 1
Ambient Compensated
Enclosed Starters
Non-Compensating
Enclosed Starters
Compensated Overload Relay
Heater (One Heater per 2
Heater (One Heater Open Starter Enclosed Starter Catalog Number)
Size
Starter
All Applications
Full Load Current of Motor Amps
per Catalog Number)
Catalog Number
Full Load Current of Motor (Amps) Catalog Number 2
Size 5 (with 300/5 Current Transformers)
12.8–14.1 11.9–13.0 FH68
— — FH23 2
14.2–15.5 13.1–14.3 FH69
118–129 118–129 FH24
15.6–17.1 14.4–15.9 FH70
130–141 130–141 FH25
2
17.2–18.9 16.0–17.4 FH71
19.0–20.8 17.5–19.1 FH72
142–155 142–155 FH26
2
156–170 156–170 FH27
20.9–22.9 19.2–21.1 FH73
2
For Size 4 Starters
For Size 3 Starters
171–187 171–187 FH28

23.0–25.2 21.2–23.2 FH74
188–205 188–205 FH29
25.3–27.8 23.3–25.6 FH75
206–224 206–224 FH30 2
27.9–30.6 25.7–28.1 FH76
30.7–33.5 28.2–30.8 FH77
225–244
245–263
225–244
245–263
FH31
FH32
2
33.6–37.5 30.9–34.5 FH78
37.6–41.5 34.6–38.2 FH79
264–292 264–292 FH33 2
293–300 — FH34
41.6–56.3 38.3–42.6 FH80
Size 6 (with 600/5 Current Transformers) 2
46.4–50 42.7–46 FH81
— — FH23
51–55 47–51 FH82
236–259 236–259 FH24
2
56–61 52–56 FH83
62–66 57–61 FH84
260–283 260–283 FH25
2
284–310 284–310 FH26
67–73
74–78
62–67
68–72
FH85
FH86
311–340 311–340 FH27 2
341–374 341–374 FH28
79–84 73–77 FH87
375–411 375–411 FH29 2
85–92 78–84 FH88
412–448 412–448 FH30
93–101 85–91 FH89
449–489 449–489 FH31
2
102–110 92–99 FH90
111–122 100–110 FH91
490–527 490–527 FH32
2
528–585 528–540 FH33
123–129 111–122 FH92
586–600 — FH34 2
130–133 123–128 FH93
— 129–133 FH94
Note
1 Size 7 and larger—advise full load current. 2
2
2

A200 Series
Type A and B Overload Relays, Sizes 0, 1 and 2

2 Non-Compensated Open Starters and Non-Compensating
Ambient Comp. Open and Enclosed Starters Enclosed Starters
2 Size Block Type Overload Single-Pole Type
Heater (One Heater
per Catalog Number) Block Type Overload Single-Pole Type Heater
Starter sing Three Heaters Overload Catalog Number Using Three Heaters Overload Catalog Number
2 Full Load Current of Motor (Amps)
0.25–0.27 0.29–0.31 FH03 0.24–0.25 0.28–0.30 FH03
2 0.28–0.31 0.32–0.35 FH04 0.26–0.28 0.31–0.34 FH04
0.32–0.34 0.36–0.39 FH05 0.29–0.31 0.35–0.37 FH05
2 0.35–0.38 0.40–0.43 FH06 0.32–0.35 0.38–0.42 FH06
0.39–0.42 0.44–0.48 FH07 0.36–0.39 0.43–0.47 FH07
2 0.43–0.46 0.49–.053 FH08 0.40–0.43 0.48–0.52 FH08
0.47–0.50 0.54–0.58 FH09 0.44–0.47 0.53–0.56 FH09
2 0.51–0.55 0.59–0.64 FH10 0.48–0.51 0.57–0.63 FH10
0.56–0.62 0.65–0.71 FH11 0.52–0.57 0.64–0.70 FH11
2 0.63–0.68 0.72–0.79 FH12 0.58–0.63 0.71–0.77 FH12
0.69–0.75 0.80–0.87 FH13 0.64–0.70 0.78–0.85 FH13
2 0.76–0.83 0.88–0.96 FH14 0.71–0.77 0.86–0.94 FH14
0.84–0.91 0.97–1.06 FH15 0.78–0.85 0.95–1.03 FH15
2 0.92–1.00 1.07–1.16 FH16 0.86–0.93 1.04–1.13 FH16
1.01–1.11 1.17–1.28 FH17 0.94–1.03 1.14–1.25 FH17
2 1.12–1.22 1.29–1.41 FH18 1.04–1.13 1.26–1.38 FH18
1.23–1.34 1.42–1.55 FH19 1.14–1.25 1.39–1.52 FH19
2
For Size 0 Starters
1.35–1.47 1.56–1.71 FH20 1.26–1.37 1.53–1.67 FH20

1.48–1.62 1.72–1.87 FH21 1.38–1.51 1.68–1.83 FH21
For Size 1 Starters
2 1.63–1.78
1.79–1.95
1.88–2.06
2.07–2.26
FH22
FH23
1.52–1.65
1.66–1.81
1.84–2.01
2.02–2.21
FH22
FH23
2 1.96–2.15 2.27–2.48 FH24 1.82–1.99 2.22–2.43 FH24

For Size 2 Starters
2.16–2.35 2.49–2.72 FH25 2.00–2.19 2.44–2.66 FH25
2 2.36–2.58
2.59–2.83
2.73–2.99
3.00–3.28
FH26
FH27
2.20–2.39
2.40–2.63
2.67–2.92
2.93–3.21
FH26
FH27
2 2.84–3.11
3.12–3.42
3.29–3.60
3.61–3.95
FH28
FH29
2.64–2.89
2.90–3.17
3.22–3.53
3.54–3.87
FH28
FH29
2 3.43–3.73
3.74–4.07
3.96–4.31
4.32–4.71
FH30
FH31
3.18–3.47
3.48–3.79
3.88–4.22
4.23–4.61
FH30
FH31
2 4.08–4.39
4.40–4.87
4.72–5.14
5.15–5.6
FH32
FH33
3.80–4.11
4.12–4.55
4.62–4.9
5.0–5.5
FH32
FH33
4.88–5.3 5.7–6.2 FH34 4.56–5.0 5.6–6.0 FH34
2 5.4–5.9 6.3–6.8 FH35 5.1–5.5 6.1–6.6 FH35
6.0–6.4 6.9–7.5 FH36 5.6–5.9 6.7–7.3 FH36
2 6.5–7.1 7.6–8.2 FH37 6.0–6.6 7.4–8.0 FH37
7.2–.78 8.3–9.0 FH38 6.7–7.2 8.1–8.7 FH38
2 7.9–8.5 9.1–9.9 FH39 7.3–7.9 8.8–9.7 FH39
8.6–9.4 10.0–10.8 FH40 8.0–8.7 9.8–10.5 FH40
2 9.5–10.3 10.9–11.9 FH41 8.8–9.5 10.6–11.7 FH41
10.4–11.3 12.0–13.1 FH42 9.6–10.5 11.8–12.7 FH42
2 11.4–12.4 13.2–14.3 FH43 10.6–11.5 12.8–14.0 FH43
12.5–13.5 14.4–15.7 FH44 11.6–12.6 14.1–15.3 FH44
2 13.6–14.9 15.8–17.2 FH45 12.7–13.8 15.4–16.6 FH45
15.0–16.3 17.3–18.9 FH46 13.9–15.1 16.7–18.3 FH46
2 16.4–18.0 19.0–20.8 FH47 15.2–16.7 18.4–20.0 FH47
18.1–19.8 20.9–22.9 FH48 16.8–18.3 20.1–21.9 FH48
2 19.9–21.7 23.0–25.2 FH49 18.4–20.2 22.0–23.9 FH49
21.8–23.9 25.3–27.6 FH50 20.3–22.2 24.0–26.2 FH50
2 24.0–26.2 27.7–30.3 FH51 22.3–24.3 26.3–28.8 FH51
26.3–28.7 30.4–33.3 FH52 24.4–26.6 28.9–31.4 FH52
2 28.8–31.4 33.4–36.4 FH53 26.7–29.1 31.5–34.5 FH53
31.5–34.5 36.5–39.9 FH54 29.2–32.0 34.6–37.9 FH54
2 34.6–37.9 40.0–43.9 FH55 32.1–35.2 3.80–41.9 FH55
38.0–41.5 FH56 35.3–38.5 42.0–45.0 FH56
2 41.6–45.0 FH57 38.6–42.3 FH57

A200 Series
2.3
Contents
Relays—Current Sensing Protective
Description Page
2
Thermal Type A, Class 20, Auto/Manual Reset . . . V5-T2-129 2
Heater Selection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-135 2
Relays—Current Sensing Protective
Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-138
2
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T2-138
V5-T2-138
2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-139 2
2
2
Relays—Current Sensing Protective 2
The IQ500 is a heaterless, The IQ500 can provide a cost-
current-sensing, solid-state effective alternative to 2
motor protective relay with conventional protective relays
optional communications
capabilities. Several functions
such as current relays,
ground fault relays and phase
2
are incorporated into the base loss or phase unbalance
relay (IQ502/IQ504) as relays. Used with the 2
standard: PowerNet system, a low-
● Overload (overcurrent)
cost, local area 2
communication network,
protection
● Phase unbalance and
information such as current
values, status, setpoint
2
phase loss protection
● Ground current protection
values and cause of trip can
be displayed remotely. The
2
(Class II) IQ500 relay is ideal for a
variety of industrial 2
The base relay can serve as applications such as mining,
the initial building block for a
motor protection system by
timber, material handling, air 2
conditioning compressors,
adding the IQ500M Special
Function Module. The
wastewater treatment plants
and petrochemical industries.
2
module can address
application related motor load 2
functions with the additional
features: 2
Underload protection
2
●
● Long acceleration
Jam protection
2
●
● Load control
2
2
2
2
2

A200 Series
Features
2 ● Overload class is ● Optional load control ● DIP switches used to ● The underload and jam
adjustable using DIP feature available with select functions and functions also have
2 switches for 5, 10, 20 or 30 special function module settings on base relay are separate selectable trip
seconds, maximum trip Feed-through current clearly marked and covered levels and adjustable trip-
2
●
times at six times rated transformer windows for with screw-on plastic delay and start-delay
current contactors, NEMA Sizes 1– covers settings
2 ● Designed for 1000V and 4 (for Size 5 and larger, ● On the automatic reset, ● The IQ500M can be used
less distribution systems external current the reset times can be as a load control module
2 ● Form C (NO/NC) contact on transformers can be used) selected for long (90
second) or short (10
that allows “shedding and
restoring” a particular load
output relay ● Fits mounting footprint of
second) delay that contributes to the load
2 ● Isolated alarm relay output
contact ●
Eaton’s MORA relay
Panel or starter mountable ● Device can be set for being monitored
different motor full load The PONI (Product
2
●
● Communications capability ● Cause of trip is held in
using IMPACC network memory through a power currents without additional Operated Network
parts or modules Interface) card attaches
2 ● Manual or automatic reset
(either a true manual or ●
loss
Bell alarm contact available
directly to the base relay or
Optional Benefits special function module for
remote electrical reset)— for remote status
2 selectable indication
● With the addition of the interfacing with the Eaton’s
PowerNet communications
IQ500M Special Function
Overload, Class II ground DIP switch provided for
2 system
● ●
Module, the enhanced
current, phase unbalance setting operating protection includes jam ● Localized display can be
and single-phase frequency—50 or 60 Hz (overtorque) and underload achieved with the Central
2 protection are standard ● Plug-in terminal block for and provides long Monitoring Unit
● LED indication (bi- control power, trip relay acceleration time (high
2 colored—red/green) for and bell alarm relay inertia load)
device status, including connections ● The underload and jam
2 overload, phase unbalance
or ground current trip
● Operating temperature: protection functions each
–20° to 60°C (–4° to 140°F) have independent Form C
2 ● Special Function Module
adds protection for Benefits
output relays as part of the
module. In addition, the
underload and jam
2 conditions, also provides
● No external current
transformers are required
underload and jam
functions each have their
for long acceleration since they are internal to own LEDs for status
2 the IQ500 indication
2
2 ● UL File No. E19223
2
2
2
Product Selection
2 Current Sensing Protective Relay
IQ502A
2 Maximum Horsepower Control Voltage
Ampere 110/120V 50/60 Hz 220/240V 50/60 Hz
2 200V 230V 460–475V Rating Catalog Number Catalog Number
20 25 50 3.4–66A IQ502A IQ502B
2 60 75 150 10.8–207A IQ504A IQ504B
— — — 0.32–5.4A IQ500LA 1 IQ500LB 1
2 Special function module IQ500M IQ500M
2 Note
1 Can be used with external CTs having 5A secondary.
2
2
2

A200 Series
2.3
Dimensions
Current Sensing Protective Relays 2
IQ504 2
4.88
(124.0)
2
2
2
2.5 3.0
(63.5) (76.2) 3.25
(82.6)
2
2
2
2.88
(73.2) 0.81
(20.6)
2
3.59
Dia.
(91.2)
4.5 5.47
2
(114.3) (138.9)
2
2
IQ500L and IQ502
0.19 (4.8) 0.5 2
Dia. (12.7)
0.164-32 Tap
4.88
(124.0) 2
2 Holes
0.44 (11.2)
Dia.
2
1.19
0.78 (30.2)
(19.8) 2
4.13
2
4.13
(104.9) (104.9)
2
2.75
(69.9)
2
0.53
2
(13.5)
1.88
0.5
(12.7) 2
(47.8) Dia.
3.59
(91.2)
5.47
(138.9)
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Solenoids—Alternating Current
Contents
2 Solenoids—Alternating Current
Description Page
2 Solenoids—Alternating Current
2 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-142
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2 Product Description Features
2 Solenoids from Eaton’s
Electrical Sector are used for
● Plunger and frame are
machined to ensure
a wide variety of applications quiet operation
2 where straight line motion is ● Push- and pull-type
to be obtained automatically operation
2 or at a remote point. ● With and without
terminal box
2 ● Plunger provided with
connecting pin
2 ● Size C and D solenoids
are provided with special
2 bearing to minimize
wear in clevis under
2 severe service
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.4
Product Selection
2
● Catalog number 2
10370 AC Solenoids—60 Hz, Continuous Duty 2
Operating Data 1
Magnetic Force in Lbs Without With 2
Current Conduit Box Conduit Box
Horizontal Position With Gravity Against Gravity
At 100% At 85%
Max.
At 100% At 85% At 100% At 85% Stroke in
Floor Mtg.
Catalog
Wall Mtg.
Catalog
Mtg. 2
Catalog 2
Size Volt. Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Voltage Inches (mm) Inrush Sealed Number Number Number
60 Hertz Pull Type 2
A 110
220
0.72
0.72
0.50
0.50
0.90
0.90
0.68
0.68
0.55
0.55
0.33
0.33
1 (25.4)
1 (25.4)
1.83
0.92
0.34
0.17
—
—
10370H1
10370H2
10370H610
10370H611
2
440 0.72 0.50 0.90 0.68 0.55 0.33 1 (25.4) 0.45 0.08 — 10370H3 10370H612
2
B 110 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 5.4 0.87 10370H57 10370H694 10370H69
220 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 2.6 0.42 10370H58 10370H696 10370H70 2
440 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 1.29 0.20 10370H59 10370H697 10370H71
C 110 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 10.4 1.07 10370H244 — 10370H256 2
220
440
7
7
5.25
5.25
8
8
6.25
6.25
6
6
4.25
4.25
1.25 (31.8)
1.25 (31.8)
5.2
2.5
0.52
0.26
10370H245
10370H246
—
—
10370H257
10370H258
2
D 110 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 18 1.58 10370H356 10370H814 3 10370H368 2
220 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 9.3 0.81 10370H357 10370H816 3 10370H369
440 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 4.4 0.40 10370H358 10370H817 3 10370H370 2
60 Hertz Push Type
A 110 0.72 0.50 0.90 0.68 0.55 0.33 1 (25.4) 1.83 0.34 — 10370H13 10370H25
2
220 0.72 0.50 0.90 0.68 0.55 0.33 1 (25.4) 0.92 0.17 — 10370H14 3 10370H26
2
440 0.72 0.50 0.90 0.68 0.55 0.33 1 (25.4) 0.45 0.08 — 10370H15 10370H27
B 110 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 5.4 0.87 10370H81 10370H708 10370H93 2
220 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 2.6 0.42 10370H82 10370H710 10370H94
440 4.2 3 4.5 3.3 3.9 2.7 1 (25.4) 1.29 0.20 10370H83 10370H711 10370H95 2
2
C 110 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 10.4 1.07 10370H268 — 10370H280
220 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 5.2 0.52 — 10370H774 10370H281
440 7 5.25 8 6.25 6 4.25 1.25 (31.8) 2.5 0.26 — 10370H775 10370H282
2
D 110 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 18 1.58 10370H380 10370H828 3 10370H392
220 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 9.3 0.81 10370H381 10370H830 3 10370H393 2
440 12.4 10 13.65 11.25 11.15 8.75 1.25 (31.8) 4.4 0.40 10370H382 10370H831 3 10370H394
Notes
2
2
1 Mounting of solenoids “with conduit box”—Size A are for wall mounting—Size B, C and D are for floor mounting.
2 Recommended selection of solenoids on basis of 85% voltage values.
3 Part numbers are now obsolete.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 AC Solenoids
2 Wall Mounted Floor Mounted
2
B
2 E B
2 D E
D A C
2 A C
2 Push Type Mounting Shipping

Pull Type Mounting Shipping
Wide High Deep Weight Wide High Deep Weight
2 Size A B1 C D E Lbs (kg) A B1 C D E Lbs (kg)

Wall Mounted
2 A 2.38 (60.5) 3.63 (92.2) 2.25 (57.2) 1.13 (28.7) 1.63 (41.4) 2.0 (0.9) 2.38 (60.5) 2.63 (66.8) 2.25 (57.2) 1.13 (28.7) 1.63 (41.4) 2.0 (0.9)
B 2.63 (66.8) 4.88 (124.0) 3.00 (76.2) 2.00 (50.8) 2.13 (54.1) 2.5 (1.1) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 3.00 (76.2) 2.00 (50.8) 2.13 (54.1) 2.5 (1.1)
2 C 3.00 (76.2) 6.13 (155.7) 4.13 (104.9) 2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (2.3) 3.00 (76.2) 4.88 (124.0) 4.13 (104.9) 2.38 (60.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (2.3)
D 4.00 (101.6) 6.13 (155.7) 4.13 (104.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.2) 4.00 (101.6) 4.88 (124.0) 4.13 (104.9) 2.75 (69.9) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.2)
2 Floor Mounted
2 B 3.13 (79.5) 4.88 (124.0) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 2.25 (57.2) 2.5 (1.1) 3.13 (79.5) 3.88 (98.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.50 (38.1) 2.25 (57.2) 2.5 (1.1)
C 3.50 (88.9) 6.13 (155.7) 3.75 (95.3) 1.75 (44.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (2.3) 3.50 (88.9) 4.88 (124.0) 3.75 (95.3) 1.75 (44.5) 3.13 (79.5) 5.0 (2.3)
2 D 3.88 (98.6) 6.13 (155.7) 3.75 (95.3) 2.25 (57.2) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.2) 3.88 (98.6) 4.88 (124.0) 3.75 (95.3) 2.25 (57.2) 3.13 (79.5) 7.0 (3.2)
2
Note
1 In sealed state.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic
2.5
Contents
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC, 511 Series
Description Page
2
Shoe Brakes—AC and DC Magnetic 2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T2-146 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
Product Description Application Description Features 2
DC Brakes
Type S Brakes from
Eaton’s Electrical Sector
●
●
Conveyors
Machine tools
The brake wheel is of
relatively large size in relation Standard DC brakes are
2
are electrically released and to the torque developed by equipped with shunt coils.
spring applied providing
● Printing presses
the brake. This permits use of The magnet coil circuit on 2
“fail-safe” operation. The
● Small cranes a larger brake shoe lining and DC brakes consists of two
retarding torque developed ● Overhead doors lower shoe pressures. Low separate windings and a 2
is directly proportional to the ● Dumb waiters shoe pressure, equally protective switch.
spring pressure. ● Vacuum molding machines distributed over a large lining
area, results in even wear of Mounting
2
● Carnival rides
the friction surfaces and even
braking torque. The oversize
Type S brakes are designed
and recommended for use
2
wheel type construction also and mounting only in the
permits use of a smaller horizontal position. Side or 2
operating solenoid that vertical mountings are not
requires less current for a recommended because the 2
given torque rating. solenoid loading is altered,
resulting in accelerated wear
and premature coil failure.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Product Selection
2
2 ● Brake
Catalog number plus
2
●
suffix number for coil

● Example: 511H1193-41
2 ● Wheel
Catalog number plus
2
●
suffix number for

bore size
2 ● Example: 511H1150-3
2
Type S Brakes—Floor Mounting
2 Size S-4 Brake
and Wheel Torque—lb-ft AC DC
2 Brake
Base
Catalog
For Type S4, S5-1/2, S7, S10
Coil Volts Coil
Base
Catalog Coil Coil
Continuous Intermittent 1 Size Number 23 and Hertz Suffix 2 Number 23 Voltage Suffix 2
2 3 3 S-4 511H1194 120V 60 Hz -39 511H955 120 Vdc -97
208V 60 Hz -45 240 Vdc -98
2 10 10 S-4 511H1193 240V 60 Hz -40 511H956
— 15 S-4 511H1192 480V 60 Hz -41 511H957
2 25 25 S-5-1/2 511H992
600V 60 Hz
110V 50 Hz
-58
-5 511H994
— 35 S-5-1/2 511H993 220V 50 Hz -6 511H995
2 50 50 S-7 511H970
380V 50 Hz
440V 50 Hz
-7
-8 511H975
550V 50 Hz -9
2 —
85
75
85
S-7
S-7
511H971
511H1195
511H976
511H1197
2 — 110 S-7 511H1196 511H1198
Notes
2 1 Intermittent duty indicates that the coil can be placed across the line continuously for one hour maximum without excessive heating. It is equivalent to 1/2 time ON
and 1/2 time OFF.

2 2 Add suffix number for coil voltage to base catalog number.
3 Does not include wheel.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

2.5
Brake Selection
The method most generally used to determine required Brake Wheels 2
braking torque is to calculate the full load motor torque by
the following formula:
Straight
Bore 1
Tapered
Bore 2 2
Wheel Min. Max. Pilot Base Base 3
2
3
T = 5252 x hp
Size in Bore in Bore in Bore in Catalog Catalog
rpm Inches Inches (mm) Inches (mm) Inches (mm) WK2 Number Number
T = Full load motor torque in lb-ft 4.0 0.50 (12.7) 1.38 (35.1) 0.50 (12.7) 0.06 511H1150 511H1151 2
hp = Motor horsepower 5.5 0.75 (19.1) 2.00 (50.8) 0.75 (19.1) 0.26 511H1160 511H1161
7.0 1.00 (25.4) 2.25 (57.2) 0.75 (19.1) 0.77 511H1170 511H1171 2
rpm = Speed of shaft on which brake wheel is mounted
The torque rating of the brake selected should be at least equal 2
to the full load motor torque for the duty considered.
2
Brake Wheel Suffix Numbers 2
Bore Size Suffix Number—Add to Base Catalog Number
Bore 4 in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches Suffix Number Bore 4 in Inches (mm) Keyway in Inches (mm) Suffix Number 2
Standard Bore Sizes
2
Pilot bore None -1 1.625 (41.28) 3/38 x 3/16 -9
0.625 (15.88) 3/16 x 3/32 -2 1.875 (47.63) 1/2 x 1/4 -10 2
0.750 (19.05) 3/16 x 3/32 -3 2.125 (53.98) 1/2 x 1/4 -11
0.875 (22.23) 3/16 x 3/32 -4 — — — 2
2
1.000 (25.40) 1/4 x 1/8 -5 — — —
1.125 (28.58) 1/4 x 1/8 -6 — — —
1.250 (31.75) 1/4 x 1/8 -7 — — —
2
1.375 (34.93) 5/16 x 5/32 -8 — — —
Non-Standard Bore Sizes 2
0.500 (12.70) 1/8 x 1/16 -50 1.687 (42.85) 3/8 x 3/16 -58
0.750 (19.05) 1/4 x 1/8 -51 1.750 (44.45) 3/8 x 3/16 -59 2
0.875 (22.23)
1.000 (25.40)
1/4 x 1/8
5/16 x 5/32
-52
-53
1.937 (49.20)
2.000 (50.80)
1/2 x 1/4
1/2 x 1/4
-60
-61
2
1.187 (30.15) 1/4 x 1/8 -54 2.250 (57.15) 1/2 x 1/4 -62 2
1.375 (34.93) 3/8 x 3/16 -55 — — —
1.437 (36.50) 3/8 x 3/16 -56 — — — 2
1.500 (38.10) 3/8 x 3/16 -57 — — —
2
Notes
1 Bore tolerance: +0.000–0.001 in.
2 Taper is at rate of 1.25 in per ft on diameter. In bore size selection, use diameter of tapered shaft. Bore tolerance: +0.000–0.005 in.
2
3 Add suffix number for bore size to base catalog number.
4 Bore size selected must be between minimum and maximum dimensions listed in brake wheel selection table. 2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Dimensions
2 Standard Brake Wheels
2 Z
2
2
2 A Y
2
2
X W
2
2 Standard Brake Wheel Dimensions
Bore
2 A Z W1 X Y Max. Min.
4.00 (101.6) 2.75 (69.9) 1.63 (41.4) 1.38 (35.1) 2.50 (63.5) 1.38 (35.1) 0.50 (12.7)
2 5.50 (139.7) 3.25 (82.6) 2.00 (50.8) 1.63 (41.4) 3.25 (82.6) 2.00 (50.8) 0.75 (19.1)
2 7.00 (177.8) 4.25 (108.0) 3.00 (76.2) 1.25 (31.8) 4.00 (101.6) 2.25 (57.2) 1.00 (25.4)
2 Approximate Shipping Weights

2 Torque Rating
Weight in Lbs (kg)
Net — Net — Boxed —
2 Brake Size ft-lb

Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes
Brake with Wheel Wheel Only Brake with Wheel
2 S-4 3 15.8 (7.2) 3.4 (1.5) 17.0 (7.7)

S-4 10 15.8 (7.2) 3.4 (1.5) 17.0 (7.7)
2 S-4 15 15.8 (7.2) 3.4 (1.5) 17.0 (7.7)
S-5-1/2 25 33.2 (15.1) 7.5 (3.4) 36.0 (16.3)
2 S-5-1/2 35 33.2 (15.1) 7.5 (3.4) 36.0 (16.3)
2 S-7 50 52.1 (23.7) 18.8 (8.5) 55.0 (25.0)

S-7 75 52.1 (23.7) 18.8 (8.5) 55.0 (25.0)
2 Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes
S-4 3 18.0 (8.2) 3.4 (1.5) 20.0 (9.1)
2 S-4 10 18.0 (8.2) 3.4 (1.5) 20.0 (9.1)
2 S-4
S-5-1/2
15
25
18.0 (8.2)
35.0 (15.9)
3.4 (1.5)
7.5 (3.4)
20.0 (9.1)
38.0 (17.3)
2 S-5-1/2 35 35.0 (15.9) 7.5 (3.4) 38.0 (17.3)

S-7 50 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)
2 S-7 75 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)
S-7 85 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)
2 S-7 110 54.0 (24.5) 18.8 (8.5) 58.0 (26.3)
2 Note
1 Hub lengths other than standard are not available.
2
2
2

2.5
2
Type S4, S5-1/2 and S7 Solenoid Operated
2
R U E Q
2
P
K
M L
2
2
C
2
A
J B O
Hub 2
Length
N 2
D D (2) “H” Dia. Holes
2
T for Mounting
S F G
Type “S” AC Shoe Brakes 2

Torque
Brake
Size
Rating
ft-lb A B1 C D E F G H J K L M N O P Q R
2
S-4 3 4.00
(101.6)
2.88
(73.2)
7.50
(190.5)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.50
(190.5)
3.13
(79.5)
0.38
(9.7)
0.63
(16.0)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.88
(73.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5)
2
S-4 10 4.00
(101.6)
2.88
(73.2)
7.50
(190.5)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.50
(190.5)
3.13
(79.5)
0.38
(9.7)
0.63
(16.0)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.88
(73.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5)
2
S-4 15 4.00
(101.6)
2.88
(73.2)
7.50
(190.5)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.50
(190.5)
3.13
(79.5)
0.38
(9.7)
0.63
(16.0)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.88
(73.2)
3.00
(76.2)
3.13
(79.5) 2
S-5-1/2 25 5.50
(139.7)
4.00
(101.6)
9.50
(241.3)
3.50
(88.9)
2.00
(50.8)
8.38
(212.9)
4.13
(104.9)
0.44
(11.2)
1.00
(25.4)
4.88
(124.0)
0.38
(9.7)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
3.13
(79.5)
3.75
(95.3)
3.13
(79.5) 2
S-5-1/2 35 5.50 4.00 9.50 3.50 2.00 8.38 4.13 0.44 1.00 7.88 0.38 3.25 2.00 2.00 3.13 3.75 3.13
(139.7) (101.6) (241.3) (88.9) (50.8) (212.9) (104.9) (11.2) (25.4) (200.2) (9.7) (82.6) (50.8) (50.8) (79.5) (95.3) (79.5) 2
S-7 50 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 0.56 1.00 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 3.13 4.75 3.13
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (25.4) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (79.5) (120.7) (79.5) 2
S-7 75 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 0.56 1.00 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 3.13 4.75 3.13
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (25.4) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (79.5) (120.7) (79.5) 2
Type “S” DC Shoe Brakes 2
Torque
Brake
Size
Rating
ft-lb A B1 C D E F G H J K L M N O P Q R
2
S-4 3 4.00
(101.6)
3.50
(88.9)
8.00
(203.2)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.56
(192.0)
3.25
(82.6)
0.38
(9.7)
0.75
(19.1)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-4 10 4.00
(101.6)
3.50
(88.9)
8.00
(203.2)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.56
(192.0)
3.25
(82.6)
0.38
(9.7)
0.75
(19.1)
2.88
(73.2)
0.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-4 15 4.00
(101.6)
3.50
(88.9)
8.00
(203.2)
2.63
(66.8)
1.25
(31.8)
7.56
(192.0)
3.25
(82.6)
0.38
(9.7)
0.75
(19.1)
2.88
(73.2)
.25
(6.4)
2.75
(69.9)
1.63
(41.4)
1.63
(41.4)
2.63
(66.8)
3.00
(76.2)
4.06
(103.1)
2
S-5-1/2 25 5.50
(139.7)
4.00
(101.6)
9.50
(241.3)
3.50
(88.9)
2.00
(50.8)
8.38
(212.9)
4.13
(104.9)
0.44
(11.2)
0.75
(19.1)
4.88
(124.0)
0.38
(9.7)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.88
(73.2)
3.75
(95.3)
4.06
(103.1) 2
S-5-1/2 35 5.50
(139.7)
4.00
(101.6)
9.50
(241.3)
3.50
(88.9)
2.00
(50.8)
8.38
(212.9)
4.13
(104.9)
0.44
(11.2)
0.75
(19.1)
4.88
(124.0)
0.38
(9.7)
3.25
(82.6)
2.00
(50.8)
2.00
(50.8)
2.88
(73.2)
3.75
(95.3)
4.06
(103.1) 2
S-7 50 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 0.56 0.75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1) 2
S-7 75 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 0.56 0.75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1) 2
S-7 85 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 0.56 0.75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1) 2
S-7 110 7.00 5.00 11.50 4.38 2.50 9.50 5.00 0.56 0.75 6.00 — 4.25 2.13 3.00 2.88 4.88 4.06
(177.8) (127.0) (292.1) (111.3) (63.5) (241.3) (127.0) (14.2) (19.1) (152.4) (108.0) (54.1) (76.2) (73.2) (124.0) (103.1) 2
Note
1 Open type brake only. 2

Reference Data
Reference Data
2
IEC Utilization Categories Used in Technical Data and Formulas
2 (See also IEC/EN 60947-1; Code Descriptions Code Descriptions
2.1.18/IEV 441-17-19) DF Duty factory Irmv Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
2 A combination of specified IDn Response value of earth-fault release Isd Response value of short-time delayed short-circuit release
requirements relating to the
2 condition in which the
Icm Rated short-circuit making capacity IT Response value of earth-fault release
switching device or fuse Icn Rated short-circuit breaking capacity Ig Response value of earth-fault release
2 fulfills its purpose and Ics Rated service short-circuit breaking capacity Ith Conventional free air thermal current
selected to represent a Icu Rated ultimate short-circuit breaking capacity Ithe Conventional thermal current of enclosed devices
2 characteristic group of real-
life applications. The Icw Rated short-time withstand current Iu Rated uninterrupted current
specified requirements may,
2
Ie Rated operational current SNT Transformer rating
for example, relate to the Ik Transformer initial short-circuit AC current tr Time delay of overload release response
values of making and
2 breaking capacity and other IL Load monitoring response value tT Time delay of earth-fault release response
characteristic values, data In Rated current tg Time delay of earth-fault release response
2 concerning associated
circuits and the applicable
INT Transformer rated current tv Time delay of short-circuit release response
IPK Rated peak withstand current Uc Rated actuating voltage
2 conditions of use and
operational behavior. Iq Rated conditional short-circuit current Ue Rated operational voltage
2 Ir
Irm
Overcurrent release set value
Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release
Ui
Uimp
Rated insulation voltage
Rated impulse withstand voltage
2 Ii Response value of non-delayed short-circuit release Uk Transformer short-circuit voltage

Irmf Response value of fixed, non-delayed short-circuit release Us Rated control voltage
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Reference Data
2.6
Annex A (informative)
2
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear 1
Category Typical Applications Relevant IEC Product Standard 2
Nature of Current—AC
2
AC-2 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off 60947-4-1 2
AC-3 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, switching off motors during running 60947-4-1
AC-4 Squirrel-cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3 60947-4-1 2
2
AC-6a Switching of transformers 60947-4-1
2
AC-6b Switching of capacitor banks 60947-4-1
AC-7a Slightly inductive loads for household appliances and similar applications 61095 2
AC-7b Motor-loads for household applications 61095
AC-8a Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with manual resetting of overload releases 60947-4-1 2
AC-8b Hermetic refrigerant compressor motor control with automatic resetting of overload releases 60947-4-1
AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers 60947-5-1
2
AC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation 60947-5-2
2
AC-13 Control of solid-state loads with transformer isolation 60947-5-1
AC-14 Control of small electromagnetic loads 60947-5-1 2
AC-15 Control of AC electromagnetic loads 60947-5-1
AC-20 Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions 60947-3 2
AC-21
AC-22
Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads
Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads
60947-3
60947-3
2
AC-23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads 60947-3 2
AC-31 Non inductive or slightly inductive loads 60947-6-1
AC-33 Motor loads or mixed loads including motors, resistive loads and up to 30% incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1 2
AC-35 Electric discharge lamp loads 60947-6-1
AC-36 Incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1
2
AC-40 Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance 60947-6-2
2
AC-42 Slip-ring motors: starting, switching off 60947-6-2 2
AC-44 Squirrel cage motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3 60947-6-2 2
2
2
AC-52a Control of slip ring motor stators: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run 60947-4-2
AC-52b Control of slip ring motor stators: intermittent duty 60947-4-2 2
AC-53a Control of squirrel cage motors: 8 h duty with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run 60947-4-2
AC-53b Control of squirrel cage motors: intermittent duty 60947-4-2 2
Notes
1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
2
2
2 Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
3 Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
2
2
2
2

Reference Data
Examples of Utilization Categories for Low-Voltage Switchgear and Controlgear, continued 1

2 Category Typical Applications Relevant IEC Product Standard
2 Nature of Current—AC, continued

AC-56a Switching of transformers 60947-4-3
2 AC-56b Switching of capacitor banks 60947-4-3
2 AC-58a Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: 8 h duty
with on-load currents for start, acceleration, run
60947-4-2
AC-58b Control of hermetic refrigerant compressor motors with automatic resetting of overload releases: intermittent duty 60947-4-2
2 AC-140 Control of small electromagnetic loads with holding (closed) current <0,2 A, for example contactor relays 60947-5-2
2 Nature of Current—AC and DC

A Protection of circuits, with no rated short-time withstand current 60947-2
2 B Protection of circuits, with a rated short-time withstand current 60947-2
Nature of Current—DC
2 DC-1 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-4-1
2 DC-3
DC-5
Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors
Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of motors
60947-4-1
60947-4-1
2 DC-6 Switching of incandescent lamps 60947-4-1

DC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with isolation by optocouplers 60947-5-1
2 DC-12 Control of resistive loads and solid-state loads with optical isolation 60947-5-2
DC-13 Control of electromagnets 60947-5-1
2 DC-13 Control of electromagnets 60947-5-2
2 DC-14
DC-20
Control of electromagnetic loads having economy resistors in circuit
Connecting and disconnecting under no-load conditions
60947-5-1
60947-3
2 DC-21 Switching of resistive loads, including moderate overloads 60947-3

DC-22 Switching of mixed resistive and inductive loads, including moderate overloads (for example shunt motors) 60947-3
2 DC-23 Switching of motor loads or other highly inductive loads (for example series motors) 60947-3
DC-31 Resistive loads 60947-6-1
2 DC-33 Motor loads or mixed loads including motors 60947-6-1
2 DC-36 Incandescent lamp loads 60947-6-1

DC-40 Distribution circuits comprising mixed resistive and reactive loads having a resultant inductive reactance 60947-6-2
2 DC-41 Non-inductive or slightly inductive loads, resistance furnaces 60947-6-2
DC-43 Shunt-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC 60947-6-2
2 DC-45 Series-motors: starting, plugging 2, inching 3, dynamic breaking of DC 60947-6-2
2
Notes
2 1 60947-1 © IEC: 2004.
2 Plugging is understood to be stopping or reversing the motor rapidly by reversing motor primary connections while the motor is running.
2
3 Inching is understood to be energizing a motor once or repeatedly for short periods to obtain small movements of the driven mechanism.
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

Reference Data
2.6
Motor Ratings Data Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor
Syn. Speed Current in Amperes
2
Ampere Rating of AC and DC Motors hp RPM 200V 230V 380V 460V 575V 2200V
2
1
Ampere ratings of motors Caution—These average

1/4 1800 1.09 .95 0.55 0.48 0.38 —
vary somewhat, depending ratings could be high or low
upon the type of motor. The for a specific motor 1200 1.61 1.40 0.81 0.70 0.56 — 2
values given below are for and therefore heater coil 900 1.84 1.60 0.93 0.80 0.64 —
drip-proof, Class B insulated
(T Frame) where available,
selection on this basis
always involves risk.
1/3 1800 1.37 1.19 0.69 0.60 0.48 — 2
1.15 service factor, NEMA For fully reliable motor 1200 1.83 1.59 0.92 0.80 0.64 —
Design B motors. These protection, select heater 900 2.07 1.80 1.04 0.90 0.72 — 2
values represent an average coils on the basis of full 1/2 1800 1.98 1.72 0.99 0.86 0.69 —
full load motor current which load current rating as 1200 2.47 2.15 1.24 1.08 0.86 —
2
was calculated from the shown on the motor
motor performance data nameplate. 900 2.74 2.38 1.38 1.19 0.95 —
2
published by several motor 3/4 1800 2.83 2.46 1.42 1.23 0.98 —
manufacturers. In the case
of high torque squirrel cage
1200 3.36 2.92 1.69 1.46 1.17 — 2
900 3.75 3.26 1.88 1.63 1.30 —
motors, the ampere ratings
will be at least 10% greater 1 3600 3.22 2.80 1.70 1.40 1.12 — 2
than the values given in the 1800 4.09 3.56 2.06 1.78 1.42 —
following table. 1200 4.32 3.76 2.28 1.88 1.50 — 2
900 4.95 4.30 2.60 2.15 1.72 —
1-1/2 3600 5.01 4.36 2.64 2.18 1.74 —
2
1800
1200
5.59
6.07
4.86
5.28
2.94
3.20
2.43
2.64
1.94
2.11
—
—
2
900 6.44 5.60 3.39 2.80 2.24 — 2
2 3600 6.44 5.60 3.39 2.80 2.24 —
1800 7.36 6.40 3.87 3.20 2.56 — 2
1200 7.87 6.84 4.14 3.42 2.74 —
900 9.09 7.90 4.77 3.95 3.16 — 2
3 3600 9.59 8.34 5.02 4.17 3.34 —
1800 10.8 9.40 5.70 4.70 3.76 —
2
1200
900
11.7
13.1
10.2
11.4
6.20
6.90
5.12
5.70
4.10
4.55
—
—
2
5 3600 15.5 13.5 8.20 6.76 5.41 — 2
1800 16.6 14.4 8.74 7.21 5.78 —
1200 18.2 15.8 9.59 7.91 6.32 — 2
900 18.3 15.9 9.60 7.92 6.33 —
7-1/2 3600 22.4 19.5 11.8 9.79 7.81 — 2
1800 24.7 21.5 13.0 10.7 8.55 —
1200 25.1 21.8 13.2 10.9 8.70 —
2
10
900
3600
26.5
29.2
23.0
25.4
13.9
15.4
11.5
12.7
9.19
10.1
—
—
2
1800 30.8 26.8 16.3 13.4 10.7 — 2
1200 32.2 28.0 16.9 14.0 11.2 —
900 35.1 30.5 18.5 15.2 12.2 — 2
15 3600 41.9 36.4 22.0 18.2 14.5 —
1800 45.1 39.2 23.7 19.6 15.7 — 2
1200 47.6 41.4 25.0 20.7 16.5 —
900 51.2 44.5 26.9 22.2 17.8 —
2
20 3600
1800
58.0
58.9
50.4
51.2
30.5
31.0
25.2
25.6
20.1
20.5
—
—
2
1200 60.7 52.8 31.9 26.4 21.1 — 2
900 63.1 54.9 33.2 27.4 21.9 —
Note 2
1 380V 50 Hz.

Reference Data
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, Single-Phase AC Motors

2 continued The following values of full- Table 430.248. Full-Load
Current in Amperes load currents are for motors Currents in Amperes,
2 hp
Syn. Speed
RPM 200V 230V 380V 1 460V 575V 2200V running at usual speeds and Single-Phase Alternating-
motors with normal torque Current Motors
2 25 3600
1800
69.9
74.5
60.8
64.8
36.8
39.2
30.4
32.4
24.3
25.9
—
—
characteristics. Motors built hp 115V 200V 208V 230V
for especially low speeds or
1/6 4.4 2.5 2.4 2.2
2 1200 75.4 65.6 39.6 32.8 26.2 — high torques may have higher
full-load currents and 1/4 5.8 3.3 3.2 2.9
900 77.4 67.3 40.7 33.7 27.0 —
multispeed motors will have
2 30 3600 84.8 73.7 44.4 36.8 29.4 —
full-load current varying with
1/3 7.2 4.1 4.0 3.6
1/2 9.8 5.6 5.4 4.9
1800 86.9 75.6 45.7 37.8 30.2 — speed, in which case the
2 1200 90.6 78.8 47.6 39.4 31.5 — nameplate current ratings 3/4 13.8 7.9 7.6 6.9
900 94.1 81.8 49.5 40.9 32.7 —

shall be used. 1 16 9.2 8.8 8
2 40 3600 111 96.4 58.2 48.2 38.5 — The voltages listed are rated 1-1/2 20 11.5 11 10
motor voltages. The currents 2 24 13.8 13.2 12
2 1800
1200
116
117
101
102
61.0
61.2
50.4
50.6
40.3
40.4
—
—
listed shall be permitted for
3 34 19.6 18.7 17
system voltage ranges of 110
2 900 121 105 63.2 52.2 41.7 — to 120 and 220 to 240V. 5 56 32.2 30.8 28
50 3600 138 120 72.9 60.1 48.2 — 7-1/2 80 46 44 40
2 1800 143 124 75.2 62.2 49.7 — 10 100 57.5 55 50
1200 145 126 76.2 63.0 50.4 —
2 900 150 130 78.5 65.0 52.0 —
Note
1 380V 50 Hz.
60 3600 164 143 86.8 71.7 57.3 —

2 1800 171 140 90.0 74.5 59.4 —
2 1200
900
173
177
150
154
91.0
93.1
75.0
77.0
60.0
61.5
—
—
2 75 3600 206 179 108 89.6 71.7 —

1800 210 183 111 91.6 73.2 —
2 1200 212 184 112 92.0 73.5 —
900 222 193 117 96.5 77.5 —
2 100 3600 266 231 140 115 92.2 —
1800 271 236 144 118 94.8 23.6
2 1200 275 239 145 120 95.6 24.2
2 125
900
3600
290
—
252
292
153
176
126
146
101
116
24.8
—
2 1800 — 293 177 147 117 29.2

1200 — 298 180 149 119 29.9
2 900 — 305 186 153 122 30.9
150 3600 — 343 208 171 137 —
2 1800 — 348 210 174 139 34.8
1200 — 350 210 174 139 35.5
2 900 — 365 211 183 146 37.0
2 200 3600
1800
—
—
452
458
257
265
226
229
181
184
—
46.7
2 1200 — 460 266 230 184 47.0

900 — 482 279 241 193 49.4
2 250 3600 — 559 338 279 223 —
1800 — 568 343 284 227 57.5
2 1200 — 573 345 287 229 58.5
900 — 600 347 300 240 60.5
2 300 1800 — 678 392 339 271 69.0
2 400
1200
1800
—
—
684
896
395
518
342
448
274
358
70.0
91.8
2 500 1800 — 1110 642 555 444 116

Reference Data
2.6
DC Motors Three-Phase AC Motors
The following values of full- The following values of full- full-load current varying with 2
load currents are for motors load currents are typical for speed. In these cases the
running at base speed. motors running at speeds nameplate current rating shall 2
usual for belted motors and be used.
These are average direct-
current quantities.
motors with normal torque
The voltages listed are rated
2
characteristics.
motor voltages. The currents
Motors built for low speeds listed shall be permitted for 2
(1,200 RPM or less) or high system voltage ranges of 110
torques may require more to 120, 220 to 240, 440 to 2
running current and 480 and 550 to 600V.
multispeed motors will have 2
Table 430.247. Full-Load Current in Amperes,
Direct-Current Motors
Table 430.250. Full-Load Current Three-Phase
Alternating-Current Motors
2
Ampere Capacity of Fuses for Motors Induction Type Squirrel Cage and
Wound-Rotor Amperes
Synchronous Type Unity
Power Factor 2 Amperes
2
Armature Voltage Rating 1 Recommended Values
hp 120V 240V 120V 240V hp
1/2
115V 200V 208V 230V 460V 575V 2300V 230V
4.4 2.5 2.4 2.2 1.1 0.9 — —
460V
—
575V
—
2300V
—
2
1/4 3.1 1.6 5 3
1/3 4.1 2.0 5 3 3/4 6.4 3.7 3.5 3.2 1.6 1.3 — — — — — 2
1/2 5.4 2.7 7 3 1 8.4 4.8 4.6 4.2 2.1 1.7 — — — — —
3/4 7.6 3.8 10 5 1-1/2 12.0 6.9 6.6 6.0 3.0 2.4 — — — — — 2
2 13.6 7.8 7.5 6.8 3.4 2.7 — — — — —
1 9.5 4.7 15 7
3 — 11.0 10.6 9.6 4.8 3.9 — — — — —
2
1-1/2 13.2 6.6 20 10
2 17 8.5 25 12 5 — 17.5 16.7 15.2 7.6 6.1 — — — — —
2
3 25 12.2 30 15 7-1/2 — 25.3 24.2 22 11 9 — — — — —
5 40 20 50 25 10 — 32.2 30.8 28 14 11 — — — — — 2
7-1/2 58 29 80 40 15 — 48.3 46.2 42 21 17 — — — — —
10 76 38 100 50 20 — 62.1 59.4 54 27 22 — — — — — 2

2
15 — 55 — 75 25 — 78.2 74.8 68 34 27 — 53 26 21 —
20 — 72 — 100 30 — 92 88 80 40 32 — 63 32 26 —
25 — 89 — 125 40 — 120 114 104 52 41 — 83 41 33 —

2
30 — 106 — 150 50 — 150 143 130 65 52 — 104 52 42 —
40 — 140 — 200 60 — 177 169 154 77 62 16 123 61 49 12 2

75 — 221 211 192 96 77 20 155 78 62 15
50
60
—
—
173
206
—
—
250
275 100 — 285 273 248 124 99 26 202 101 81 20 2
75 — 255 — 350 125
150
—
—
359
414
343
396
312
360
156
180
125
144
31
37
253
302
126
151
101
121
25
30
2
100 — 341 — 500
125 — 425 — 600 200 — 552 528 480 240 192 49 400 201 161 40 2
150 — 506 — — 250 — — — — 302 242 60 — — — —
200 — 675 — — 300 — — — — 361 289 72 — — — — 2

350 — — — — 414 336 83 — — — —
400 — — — — 477 382 95 — — — —
2
450 — — — — 515 412 103 — — — —
2
500 — — — — 590 472 118 — — — —
Notes 2
1 These are average direct-current quantities.
2 For 90 and 80 percent power factor, the above figures shall be multiplied by 1.1 and
2
1.25 respectively.
2
2
2
2

NEMA Manual Starters
3.1 Starters and Switches

MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
3
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-3 3
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-6
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-10 3
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
Type B100, Single- and
Three-Phase Starters 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
Types B230, B330 Switches 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3.1 NEMA Manual Starters
Starters and Switches
Contents
3 Starters and Switches
Description Page
3 Starters and Switches
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-3
3 MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-6
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase
3 Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-10
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
3
3 Product Overview Application Description
3 Eaton offers the most
complete line of manual
MS Motor Starter is a
compact, versatile unit
B100 Manual Motor
Starters can be used in
B230 and B330 Manual
Motor Switches are available
motor starters in the industry. featuring heavy sliding single-phase applications in two- or three-pole
3 Product offering includes contacts as well as “quick- rated 3 hp at 240 Vac or 2 hp configurations rated at 30A.
manual motor starters and make” and “quick-break” at 230 Vdc. The starter can
3 switches that cover single as mechanism. also be rated for three-phase
well as three-phase motor applications up to 10 hp at
3 applications. 600 Vac.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3.1
Contents
Types B230, B330 Switches
Description Page
3
Types B230, B330, Switches 3
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-4 3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-5
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-6 3
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . V5-T3-10
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-15 3
3
3
3
3
3
Types B230, B330, Switches 3
Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications 3
Manual Motor Switches are Manual Motor Switches ● Compact size ● UL File No. E146654,
available in two- or three-pole provide manual control of ● Easy installation Category NLRV 3
configurations rated at 30A. single- and three-phase ● Simple operation ● CSA File No. LR710828,
Optional NEMA 1 aluminum
motors where overload
protection is not required or
● Padlockable NEMA 1 Class 3211-05 3
enclosure is supplied with a enclosure available
padlock guard for locking in
provided separately.
Applications include: 3
the OFF or STOP position.
● Fans
Instructional Leaflet
3
● Blowers
● Pumps Pub25371 3
● Wood working equipment
● Machine tools 3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Product Selection
3
3 ● Catalog number of manual motor switch
3
Manual Motor Switches without Overload
3 Maximum Horsepower Ratings NEMA 1
120V 240V 480V 600V Open Enclosed
3 Two-Pole B230AN Two-Pole—Manual Motor Switches
3 2 5 — — B230AN B230AG
3
3
3
3 Two-Pole
NEMA 1 Enclosure
2 5 10 15 B230BND B230BGD
B230BG
3
3
3
3
3 Three-Pole B330AN Three-Pole—Manual Motor Switches
3 7-1/2 15 20 B330AND B330AGD
3
3
3
3
3 Wiring Diagrams
3 B230AN B230BN B330AN
3 L1 L2 L1 T1 L1 T1
3 L2 T2 L2 T2
L3 T3
3 T1 T2
T1
1-Ph.
T2
T1
3-Ph.
T2
T3
Motor
1-Ph. Motor
3 Motor
3
3
3
3
3

3.1
Dimensions
3
B230AN
1.30 1.11 3
(33.0) (28.2)
3
3
3
4.06 3.28 2.38 2.27
(103.1) (83.3) (60.5) (57.7)
3
2–#6-32 Tapped
Holes for Wall Plate
3
Approximate Shipping Weight
3
4 oz. (0.11 kg)
3
B230BN and B330AN
3
2.25 1.44
1.12 (28.4)
(57.2)
0.06
(1.5)
(36.6)
3
3
3.78 3.28 2.38
(96.0) (83.3) (60.5)
4–#6-32
Tap 2.75
(69.9)
3
2–0.20 (5.1) 3
Dia. Mtg. Holes
3
Approximate Shipping Weight
6 oz. (0.17 kg)
3
3
B230AG, B230BG, B330AG
3.20
3
1.50 2 Holes
3
(81.3) (38.1) 0.13 (3.3)
Dia. 0.68
(17.3)
3
4.72
(119.9)
2.75 2.44
(69.9) (62.0)
0.91
(23.1) 3
2.41
(61.2)
3
2 Holes
0.27 (6.9) 0.5 (12.7) x 0.75 (19.1)
Knockout Each End
3
2–0.5 (12.7) Dia.
3
Knockouts
Front View Back View End View
Approximate Shipping Weight 3

14 oz. (0.40 kg)
3
3
3
3

Contents
3 MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
Description Page
3 Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-3
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-9
3 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-9
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . V5-T3-10
3 Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3
3 MS Series, Single-Phase Starters
3 Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications
● The MS Motor Starter is a The MS Manual Motor Starter ● Compact size ● UL File No. E19222,
3 compact, versatile unit provides manual control and ● Trip-free handle Category NLRV
featuring heavy sliding overload protection to single- mechanism ● CSA File No. LR39402-6,
3 contacts as well as “quick-
make” and “quick-break”
phase motors. By utilizing the
interchangeable heater
● Keyed heater elements to Class 3211-05
ensure proper installation
3 ●
mechanism
Standard with large
elements, the starter can
protect motors ranging from
● Starters available with red
0.40A up to 16.0A. Ideal for pilot light
pressure type terminals,
3 straight-through wiring and HVAC applications. ● The operating handle of the
Instructional Leaflet
a trip-free handle enclosed units can be
3 mechanism locked in the OFF position IL12987G
● The “plug-in” heater
● Enclosures are offered in
3 element is keyed to ensure
●
NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 5
Hazardous locations cast
proper positioning and an
3 adjustable knob allows a
setting of plus or minus ten
aluminum enclosures are
available rated for Type 7,
Class I, Group D (vapors)
3 percent of the nominal
heater rating and Type 9, Class II,
Groups E, F an G (dust)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3.1
Product Selection
3
● Catalog number of manual motor starter 3
● Heater pack selection
● Any required accessories 3
Heater coil selection according to the motor full load current requirements
3
●
MS Series Starters 3
MS Series, Single- Open Type 3
Phase Starters Catalog Number 1
3
Number of Poles Horsepower Voltage
1 1 120/240V, 277 Vac MST01
1/4 120/240 Vdc MST01
3
1/4 32 Vdc MST01
2 1 120/240V, 277 Vac MST02 3
1 120/240 Vdc MST02
1/4 32 Vdc MST02 3
3
Flush Plate (No Enclosure Included)
Switch and Pilot
Light Mounted Number of Poles Flush Plate Type Voltage Catalog Number 1
3
on Flush Plate
1 General purpose Switch only MST01FN 3
2 Switch with pilot light MST02FN1P
1 Stainless steel Switch only MST01DN 3
Switch with pilot light MST01DN1P
2 Switch only MST02DN
3
Switch with pilot light MST02DN1P
3
Note
1 Does not include heater. Select heater from tables on Page V5-T3-8.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Enclosed Types
3 Number of Poles Enclosure Type Product Feature Catalog Number 1
3 Starter and Pilot

Light Mounted in
1 General purpose
Type 1
Starter only MST01SN
Type 1 Enclosure Starter with pilot light MST01SN1P
3 2 Starter only MST02SN
Starter with pilot light MST02SN1P
3
3
3
Starter, Hand/Auto and 2 General purpose Starter with Hand/Auto switch MST02RN1PH 2
3 Pilot Light—Type 1
Enclosure
NEMA 1 and pilot light
3
3
3
3 Waterproof
Type 3, 4 and 5 1 Waterproof Through hub MST01AH
Type 3, 4 and 5
3 2 Through hub MST02AH
3
3
3
Hazardous Location
3 Type 7D, 9E, 9F and 9G 1 Hazardous location 3
Types 7D, 9E, 9F and 9G
Through hub MST01EH
2 Through hub MST02EH
3
3
3
3
3 Typical Heater Heater Selection for MS Starters
Motor Full Catalog Motor Full Catalog Motor Full Catalog Motor Full Catalog
3 Load Current Number Load Current Number Load Current Number Load Current Number
0.4 – 0.43 MSH-5A 1.04–1.15 MSH1-3A 2.72–2.95 MSH3-4A 7.04– 7.74 MSH8-8A
3 0.44–0.48 MSH-55A 1.16–1.27 MSH1-45A 2.96–3.27 MSH3-7A 7.75– 8.46 MSH9-7A
3 Heater Element
0.49 –0.53 MSH-61A 1.28–1.35 MSH1-6A 3.28–3.59 MSH4-1A 8.47– 9.35 MSH10-6A
0.54–0.58 MSH-67A 1.36–1.51 MSH1-7A 3.60–3.99 MSH4-5A 9.36–10.30 MSH11-7A
Installation
3 0.59–0.64 MSH-74A 1.52–1.67 MSH1-9A 4.00–4.39 MSH5-0A 10.31–11.35 MSH12-9A
3 0.72 –0.78 MSH-89A 1.84–1.99 MSH2-3A 4.80–5.26 MSH6-0A 12.48–13.67 MSH15-6A
3
0.88–0.95 MSH1-1A 2.24–2.47 MSH2-8A 5.84–6.39 MSH7-3A 15.13–16.00 MSH18-6A
3 0.96–1.03 MSH1-2A 2.48–2.71 MSH3-1A 6.40–7.03 MSH8-0A — —
Notes
3 1 Does not include heater. Select heater from table above.
2 For OFF function, use OFF position on starter toggle switch.
3 3 Type 7D = Type 7, Class I, Group D; Type 9E, 9F and 9G = Type 9, Class II, Groups E, F and G.

3.1
Accessories
3
MS Accessories
3
Pilot light kit (NEMA 1 enclosure and flush plates) MSPT 3
Box, 1 unit (NEMA 1 enclosure) MS1BN
Cover, 1 unit (NEMA 1 enclosure) MS1CN 3
Flush plate, 1 unit (steel) MS1FN
Flush plate, 1 unit (stainless steel) MS1DN
3
Handle guard (padlockable for NEMA 1 enclosure and flush plates) MSLG
3
Dimensions 3
3
MS Motor Starter Toggle Operated Open Units Flush Plates
0.19 (4.8) Mounting 1.52 1.64 3
Purposes (38.6) (41.7)
0.31 0.22
0.36 (9.1)
Dia.
(7.9)
3.28
(5.6)
2.75
(2) Holes
1.06
(26.9) 0.78
3
1.19 (69.9) (19.8)
(83.3) 1.25 1.38
1.36
(34.5)
(31.8) (30.2) (35.1) 3.28 0.66
(83.3) (16.8) 0.34 3
20 (8.6)
Typ.
0.75
(19.1)
4.5
(114.3)
1.64
(41.7)
Handle
Guard 3
3.81
1.64
(41.7) 0.22
(5.6)
3
(96.8) 2.25
3
2.72 (57.2)
2.38
(69.1) (60.5) 1.53
0.06 (1.5) 1.91 0.31 (38.9)
3
(48.5) (7.9) 0.31 Indicating Light
0.11 (2.8) 0.14-32 (7.9) 1 Unit
Height 0.73 Tap
Watertight (Cast Aluminum)
3
of Handle (18.5)
3.63
2.91
3
1.70 (92.2)
(43.2) 0.75 (73.9)
(19.1)
1.58 3
(40.1)
Hazardous Location (Cast Aluminum) 5.81
(147.6)
3
3.94
(100.1)
3.5 (88.9)
5.13
(130.3) 3
2.63
0.81
3
(66.8)
(20.6)
0.75 (19.1) Pipe Tap

3
6.72
(170.7)
Type 1 Enclosure (Boxes and Covers) 3
3.28 (83.3)
5.88
(149.4) 2.83 (71.9) 3
2.55
1 Unit
3
(64.8)
2.38 2.47
(60.5) 0.55 (62.7)
0.30 (7.6) Dia.
Lockout Hole
0.44
0.41
(10.4)
1.56
(39.6)
(14.0) 2.11
(53.6) 3
(11.2) Indicating
0.75 (19.1)
Pipe Tap
0.34 (8.6) Dia.
(2) Mounting Holes Light 3
Handle
3
4.16 3.06 Guard
(105.7) (77.7)
3
3
0.20 (5.1) 1.97
Diameter (2) (50.0)
Mounting Hole

Contents
3 Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters
Description Page
3 Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-3
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-6
3 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-12
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-12
3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-13
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-15
3
3
3
3
3 Product Description Application Description Features Standards and Certifications
The B100 Manual Motor The B100 family of Manual ● Includes three-pole ● UL File No. E19222,
3 Starters can be used in Motor Starters provides bimetallic overload relay Category NLRV
single-phase applications manual control, as well as ● Straight-through wiring ● CSA File No. LR39402-6,
3 rated 3 hp at 240 Vac or 2 hp
at 230 Vdc. The starter can
overload protection, to both
single-phase and three-phase
● Field mounted auxiliary Class 3211-05 (Open
contacts Starters)
3 also be rated for three-phase
applications up to 10 hp at
motors. The starter protects
motors up to 38.9A single-
● Available in NEMA 1, 4, 7, 9 ● CSA File No. LR54517-1,
Class 3211-05 (Closed
600 Vac. phase and 26.8A three-phase and 12 enclosures with
3 There are two methods of
with the appropriate heater toggle operation (NEMA 1
enclosure for pushbutton
Starters)
selection.
3 operation for the B100
Manual Starter. It can be ●
operator)
Standard with a lockout
ordered with a toggle switch
3 operator or a START/STOP
device to lock motor in the
OFF position Instructional Leaflet
pushbutton operator.
3 IL14890
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3.1
Product Selection
3
● Catalog number of ● Heater pack selection— 3
Starter with application a three-phase starter
modifications requires three heaters, 3
and a single-phase starter
requires two heaters 3
● Any required accessories
3
Toggle Operated Toggle and Pushbutton Operated Starters
3
Enclosed
NEMA 4
NEMA 7D,
9E, 9F and 9G for
3
Open Type NEMA 1 Watertight, Hazardous NEMA 12
Toggle Handle General Purpose Stainless Steel 1 Locations 23 Dust-Tight 3
NEMA Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Size Number 4 Number 4 Number 4 Number 4 Number 4
3
Type B100 Non-Reversing Two-Pole (For Single-Phase Motors and DC)
M-0 B100M0B B100S0B B100W0B B100U0B B100J0B 3
Type 1 Enclosure M-1 B100M1B B100S1B B100W1B B100U1B B100J1B
Type B100 Non-Reversing Three-Pole (For Polyphase Motors) 4
3
M-0 B100M0C B100S0C B100W0C B100U0C B100J0C
3
M-1 B100M1C B100S1C B100W1C B100U1C B100J1C
3
3
Heater Selection—Single-Phase Enclosed Starters 5 3
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number
Motor Full
Load Current
Maximum
Fuse Amps
Catalog
Number 3
0.28–0.29
0.30–0.33
1
1
FH03
FH04
1.90–2.10
2.11–2.32
7
8
FH22
FH23
9.59–10.40
10.41–11.30
35
35
FH40
FH41
3
0.34–0.36 1 FH05 2.33–2.54 8 FH24 11.40–12.20 40 FH42 3
0.37–0.40 1 FH06 2.55–2.79 9 FH25 12.30–13.50 45 FH43
0.41–0.45 1 FH07 2.80–3.07 10 FH26 13.60–14.90 50 FH44 3
0.46–0.50 1 FH08 3.08–3.36 10 FH27 15.00–16.00 50 FH45
0.51–0.56 1 FH09 3.37–3.68 10 FH28 16.10–17.10 60 FH46
3
0.57–0.63 2 FH10 3.69–4.03 10 FH29 17.20–18.30 60 FH47
3
0.64–0.70 2 FH11 4.04–4.40 15 FH30 18.40–19.70 70 FH48
0.71–0.78 2 FH12 4.41–4.81 15 FH31 19.80–21.20 70 FH49 3
0.79–0.86 2 FH13 4.82–5.26 15 FH32 21.30–22.80 80 FH50
0.87–0.95 3 FH14 5.27–5.74 15 FH33 22.90–24.50 88 FH51 3
3
0.96–1.04 3 FH15 5.75–6.26 20 FH34 24.60–26.40 90 FH52
1.05–1.14 3 FH16 6.27–6.83 20 FH35 26.50–28.50 90 FH53
1.15–1.25 4 FH17 6.84–7.45 25 FH36 28.60–30.80 100 FH54
3
1.26–1.39 4 FH18 7.46–8.11 25 FH37 30.90–33.30 110 FH55
1.40–1.54 5 FH19 8.12–8.81 30 FH38 33.40–36.00 125 FH56 3
1.55–1.71 5 FH20 8.82–9.58 30 FH39 36.10–38.90 125 FH57
1.72–1.89 6 FH21 — — — — — — 3
Notes
1 One 1 in chrome hub supplied on each end.
3
3
2 NEMA 7D = NEMA 7, Class I, Group D. NEMA 9E, 9F and 9G = NEMA 9, Class II, Groups E, F and G.
3 Tapped for 1 in conduit on each end.
4 Starter does not include heaters. Select catalog numbers of heaters from table on Page V5-T3-12.
5 Single-phase starters require two overload heaters.
3

Heater Selection—Three-Phase Enclosed Starters 2

3 Motor Full Maximum Catalog Motor Full Maximum Catalog Motor Full Maximum Catalog
Load Current Fuse Amps Number Load Current Fuse Amps Number Load Current Fuse Amps Number
3 0.25–0.26 1 FH03 1.51–1.66 5 FH21 7.12–7.73 25 FH38
3 0.27–0.29 1 FH04 1.67–1.84 6 FH22 7.74–8.40 25 FH39

0.30–0.32 1 FH05 1.85–2.03 7 FH23 8.41–9.12 30 FH40
3 0.33–0.35 1 FH06 2.04–2.23 7 FH24 9.13–9.89 35 FH41
0.36–0.39 1 FH07 2.24–2.45 8 FH25 9.90–10.70 35 FH42
3 0.40–0.44 1 FH08 2.46–2.69 9 FH26 10.80–11.80 40 FH43
3
0.45–0.49 1 FH09 2.70–2.95 10 FH27 11.90–13.00 45 FH44
0.50–0.55 1 FH10 2.96–3.23 10 FH28 13.10–14.00 50 FH45
3 0.56–0.61 2 FH11 3.24–3.53 10 FH29 14.10–15.00 50 FH46

0.62–0.68 2 FH12 3.54–3.85 10 FH30 15.10–16.10 50 FH47
3 0.69–0.75 2 FH13 3.86–4.22 10 FH31 16.20–17.30 60 FH48
0.78–0.83 2 FH14 4.23–4.61 15 FH32 17.40–18.60 60 FH49
3 0.84–0.91 3 FH15 4.62–5.03 15 FH33 18.70–20.00 70 FH50
3 0.92–1.00
1.01–1.10
3
3
FH16
FH17
5.04–5.49
5.50–5.99
15
20
FH34
FH35
20.10–21.50
21.60–23.20
70
80
FH51
FH52
3 1.11–1.22 4 FH18 6.00–6.53 20 FH36 23.30–25.00 80 FH53

1.23–1.3 4 FH19 6.54–7.11 25 FH37 25.10–26.80 90 FH54
3 1.36–1.50 5 FH20 — — — — — —
3
Accessories
3
Type B100 Starters
3 Field Mounting Kits

1NO elect. auxiliary B1A
3 1NC elect. auxiliary B1B
Red pilot light 120/60 (NEMA 1 enclosure only) LK-21
3 Red pilot light 208-240/6 (NEMA 1 enclosure only) LK-22
3 Red pilot light 480/60 (NEMA 1 enclosure only) LK-26
3 Options
3 Modifications
3 Description Catalog Number Suffix 3

Pushbutton operator (open and NEMA 1 only) A
3 Without lockoff (open only) X
3 Notes
1 Single-phase starters require two overload heaters.
2 Three-phase starters require three overload heaters.
3 3 Add suffix letter to starter catalog number Example: B100MOCA.
FH Series heaters are for Type B100 manual motor starters. Heater element selection is based
3 on motor nameplate’s listed full load amperes. Trip rating of this series of elements is 125% of
minimum motor full load amperes listed for the element. When motor and overload relay are in
the same ambient and the service factor of the motor is 1.15 to 1.25, select heaters from the
3 heater selection table. If the service factor is 1.0 or less (including zero), or a maximum of 115%
protection is desired, select a heater one size smaller than indicated for the amperage range required.
3
3
3

3.1
3
Type B100 Starters
Maximum hp for AC Ratings 1 Maximum hp for DC Ratings
3
NEMA
Size 120 Vac 208–240 Vac 480–600 Vac 115 Vdc 230 Vdc
3
Two-Pole, Single-Phase
M-0 1 2 — 1 1-1/2 3
M-1 2 3 — 1-1/2 2
Three-Pole, Three-Phase 3
3
M-0 2 3 5 — —
M-1 3 7-1/2 10 — —
3
Dimensions 3
3
Type 1 Enclosed Type 4 Enclosed
3
4.72 4.98 5.13
2.36
(119.9)
1.05
(126.5)
3.98 1.02 2.56
(65.0)
(130.3) 5.00
(127.0)
3
(59.9) (101.1) (25.9)
(26.7)
3
0.92
3
(23.4) 9.19
7.59
(192.8)
OFF (233.4)
3
0.22 (5.6) Dia.
6.00
(152.4) 3
4 Mtg. Holes
3
0.09 8.28
1.50
3
0.92 (2.3) (210.3)
1.63 (23.4) (38.1)
0.63 (41.4) 3.00 10.16
3.25 (76.2) (258.1)
(16.0) (82.6) 1/2 x 3/4 Conduit K.O.
2 in Each Side 3
1/2 x 3/4 Conduit K.O.
2 in Bottom and 2 in 6.00
(152.4)
3
Top End
2.05
(52.1) 3
0.17 0.63
3
1.25 1.02
(31.8) (4.3) (16.0)
2.50 (25.9)
(63.5)
Note 3
1 Ratings up to 3 hp, three-phase are suitable for group fusing.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3


3
3 Type 7 and 9 Enclosed Type 12 Enclosed
3
7.13 (181.1) 5.13 5.00
(130.3) (127.0)
3.56 2.56 0.27
(90.4) (65.0)
3
(6.9)
3 6.03
(153.2)
5.13
(130.3)
3
9.19 8.28
(233.4) (210.3)
8.38
12.06 (212.9) 9.41
3 (306.3)
10.25
4.19
(106.4)
(239.0)
(260.4)
3 OFF ON
1.5
3 4.06
(130.1)
0.41 (10.4) Slot
2 Req'd.
(38.1) 3.0
(76.2)
3
8.25 (209.6)
3 1 (25.4)-11.50 NPSK
2 Holes 7.77
5.97
(151.6)
(197.4)
3 1.38
(35.1) 6.31
(160.3) 2.33
3
(59.2) 4.78
(121.4)
0.88
3 0.50
(12.7)
(22.4)
6.0 (152.4)
3
Open, Non-Reversing Starter
3 3/16-32 Mounting Screw
3 5.28
(134.1)
5.84
(148.3)
3
3
3
3
3 3.19 4.59
(81.0) (116.6)
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3.1
Contents
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches
Description Page
3
Types B230, B330, Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-3 3
MS Series, Single-Phase Starters . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-6
Type B100, Single- and Three-Phase Starters . . . . V5-T3-10 3
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T3-17 3
3
3
3
3
3
Type 9441, Reversing Drum Switches 3
Application Description Features Standards and Certifications 3
These drum switches are ● Compact size Operation ● UL File No. E37316,
designed primarily for ● Front mounting— All of the operators may Category NLRV 3
use with single-phase and easily installed be rotated 360° in 22-1/2° ● CSA Guide No.
squirrel cage, single-speed
reversible motors which
● Terminals front increments without losing 184-N-13.13A, Class 3211 3
accessible—slanted 45° the indication of the drum
may be connected directly
across-the-line. Typical
for extra convenience position. A red-lined pointer
is permanently orientated to
3
applications would be
● Captive pressure clamps
the legend markings and
hoists and machine tools. on terminal screws back
off with screw—no prying clearly indicates the selected 3
drum function regardless of
with screwdriver
necessary the selected setting for the 3
operator. This enables
Choice of operators
3
●
the user to “offset” the
● Large operator to afford the
●
●
Lever
Knob
most comfortable operating
position. This is accomplished 3
simply by loosening and
● Orientation of operator
independent of legend—
retightening one screw. 3
360° positioning in 22-1/2°
increments—pointer 3
remains oriented to legend
● Field convertible from 3
maintained to momentary
operation 3
● Replaceable, large volume,
silver plated contacts 3
● Oiltight machine cavity or
surface mounting types 3
● Modern attractive
appearance 3
3
3
3
3

Product Selection
3
3 ● Catalog number
3
Reversing Drum Type without Overload Relay
3
Type DB1 Flush Mount
Standard Lever Flush or Cavity Mounting
Surface Mounting (Oiltight Mounting
3 Maximum Horsepower General Purpose—NEMA 1 on Sizes DB and DD)
Lever Lever
3 Three-Phase
200–230V 380–575V
Single-Phase
115V 230V
DC
115V 230V Size
Type of
Operation
Operator
Catalog Number
Knob Operator Knob
Catalog Number
3 Type DB and DD
Three-Pole
2 2 1-1/2 2 1 1 DB 1 Maintained 1 9441H268 9441H269 9441H274 9441H275
3
Surface Mounting
Standard Lever Maintained and 9441H271 9441H272 9441H276 —
Momentary 2
3 3 5 1-1/2 2 1 1 DB 2 Maintained 1 9441H353 9441H354 9441H347 —

Maintained and 9441H356 9441H357 9441H349 9441H350
3 Momentary 2
5 7-1/2 1-1/2 3 2 3 DD 1 Maintained 1 9441H284 9441H285 9441H388 —
3 7-1/2 10 2 5 2 3 DD 2 Maintained 1 9441H361 9441H363 9441H362 —
Type DB1 Flush Mount
3 Knob Operator
3
3
3 Type DB and DD
Surface Mounting
3
Knob Operator
3
3
3
Notes
3 1 These devices are field convertible from maintained both positions to momentary both positions.
2 These devices are field convertible from maintained FORWARD and momentary REVERSE to momentary FORWARD and maintained REVERSE.
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

3.1
Wiring Diagrams
3
Single-Phase Motors Polyphase Motors
L2 3
L1 1 2 T1
3
L2 1 2 S2 T5 1 2 T4 T3 3 4 L3
S1 3 4 A2 3 4 T8 L2 5 6 T2
L1 5 6 A1 L1 5 6 T1
A1 A2 T1 T4
T1 T2 T3 3
3
Arm T8 T5
S1 M
S2 Split- Split-
Universal Phase Capacitor Three-Phase Three-Wire
Capacitor-Start
DC Motors 3
L2
T8
1
3
2
4
T5 L2
T8
1
3
2
4
T5
T4
F1
F1
3
F2
L1 1 2 A1 Shunt Field
L1 5 6 T1 L1 5 6 T1
A2 3 4 S1 S1 S2 3
T5 T1 T4 L2 5 6 S2 Series Field
3
T1
T8 T8 T5 A1 A2
Arm
F2
Three-Wire Four-Wire
Repulsion-Start Induction,
For Shunt Motor
Add Jumper
3
Repulsion, Repulsion-Induction
Series, Compound, Shunt
3
Dimensions 3
Surface Mounting Cavity Mounting 3
F
3
EB 3
E B
3
D C
D
A
F
C 3
3
A
Panel Cutout Cavity Mounting
3.50 (88.9) 3
Size DB1 and DB2
3.88 (98.6)
Size DD1 and DD2
3
3
3.00 (76.2)
Size DB1 and DB2 3
3.25 (82.6)
3
Size DD1 and DD2
Size
Type of
Operator
Wide
A
HIgh
B
Deep
C
Mounting
D
Mounting
E
Lever
F
Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg) 3
Surface Mounting
DB1 and DB2 Lever 2.50 (63.5) 5.88 (149.4) 4.38 (111.3) 2.00 (50.8) 2.25 (57.2) 1.88 (47.8) 3.0 (1.4)
3
Knob 2.50 (63.5) 5.38 (136.7) 3.00 (76.2) 2.00 (50.8) 2.25 (57.2) 1.38 (35.1) 3.0 (1.4) 3
DD1 and DD2 Lever 3.38 (85.9) 6.88 (174.8) 4.75 (120.7) 2.63 (66.8) 2.75 (69.9) 2.00 (50.8) 4.0 (1.8)
Knob 3.38 (85.9) 6.25 (158.8) 3.63 (92.2) 2.63 (66.8) 2.75 (69.9) 1.38 (35.1) 4.0 (1.8) 3
3
Cavity Mounting
DB1 and DB2 Lever 4.00 (101.6) 4.75 (120.7) 5.00 (127.0) 3.50 (88.9) 4.00 (101.6) 1.88 (47.8) 3.0 (1.4)
Knob 4.00 (101.6) 4.50 (114.3) 4.50 (114.3) 3.50 (88.9) 4.00 (101.6) 1.38 (35.1) 3.0 (1.4)
3
DD1 and DD2 Lever 4.50 (114.3) 5.75 (146.1) 5.25 (133.4) 4.00 (101.6) 4.50 (114.3) 2.00 (50.8) 4.0 (1.8)
Knob 4.50 (114.3) 5.13 (130.3) 4.63 (117.6) 4.00 (101.6) 4.50 (114.3) 1.38 (35.1) 4.0 (1.8) 3

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
4.1 Product Overview—Contactors and Starters

0–40A Compact Contactor
4
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-2 4
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-3
4
4.2 Contactors
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-4 4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-8
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-11 4
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-17
4
25–60A Starter 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-20
4.3 Starters
4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-23 4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-30
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and 4
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-38
4
4.4 NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-46 4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-49
15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-52 4
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-55
4
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-57
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-58 4
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose
4.5 Renewal Parts 4
Product Selection
Contact Kits, Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-59 4
4.6 Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors 4
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-64
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-64 4
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-65
4
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-65
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-66 4
4.7 Direct Current Contactors 4
DC Contactors—Type C80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-67
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-74 4
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-78
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-81
4
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-84 4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-87
4.8 Ratings
4
Ampere Rating of AC Motors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-90 4
4
4
4
4

4.1 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
Contents
4 Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters
Description Page
4 Contactors
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—
4 C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . V5-T4-8
4 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-17
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . V5-T4-20
4 Starters
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—
4 A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-23
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—
4 A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-30
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30
4 and C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . V5-T4-38
4
4
4 Product Overview Application Description Features
4 Eaton offers the most
complete line of Definite
These ampere and
horsepower rated devices
● Completely encased
design impervious to dust
Purpose (DP) contactors in from Eaton’s Electrical Sector and other environmental
4 the industry. Designed for are designed for service in elements
heating, ventilation, air applications such as ● 15–360A contactor ratings
4 conditioning and refrigeration refrigeration, air conditioning ● Single-, two-, three- and
(HVACR) applications, Eaton’s and resistance heating and four-pole configurations
4 DP contactors are designed
to handle the most
are manufactured to
traditional standards for
● Contactors and starters
(up to 60A)
4 challenging installations. quality and reliability. They are
subjected to stringent quality ● Open components and
assurance inspections and enclosed designs
4 testing procedures. The life
expectancy, both electrical
4 and mechanical, will meet or
exceed industry performance
4 requirements for Definite
Purpose devices.
4 If more detailed technical
information is required—
4 specifications, ratings, and so
on—contact your local Eaton
4 distributor or sales office.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Product Overview—Contactors and Starters
4.1
4
Definite Purpose Control—Contactors and Starters
4
C 25 D N A 2 15 A A 161 -84
4
Model Options 4
C = Contactor Blank = Individual pkg.
A = Three-phase starter
B = Single-phase starter
GL
-84
= Global listed
= 20 pc./pkg. (C25D_)
4
50 pc./pkg. (C25A_, C25B_, C25C_)
-86 = Rotate coil terminals 180° for
15A–50A contactors
4
Type
25 = Non-reversing contactors and starters (C306) 4
27 = Non-reversing starters (XTOB)
30 = Non-reversing starters (C440 EOL)
65 = Reversing contactors
Fuse Blocks
161 = Class M, 600V, 30A
4
237 = Class G, 300V, 15A
238 = Class G, 300V, 20A 4
231 = Class G, 300V, 30A
Contactor Frame Size
A = Compact, single-pole
232 = Class G, 300V, 60A
361 = Class J, 600V, 30A 4
B = Compact, two-pole 362 = Class J, 600V, 60A
C = Compact, single-pole w/shunt
D = 15–50A, two- and three-pole
431 = Class T, 300V, 30A
432 = Class T, 300V, 60A
4
E = 25–40A, four-pole 461 = Class T, 600V, 30A
F = 60–75A, two- and three-pole
G = 90A, two- and three-pole
462 = Class T, 600V, 60A
521 = Class H, 250V, 30A
4
4
H = 120A, two- and three-pole 522 = Class H, 250V, 60A
K = 200 and 300A, three-pole 621 = Class R, 250V, 30A
L = 360A, three-pole 622 = Class R, 250V, 60A
For Starters Only
C = Common control wiring
4
4
S = Separate control wiring
Auxiliary Contacts (Side Mount)
A = 1NO pressure plate
4
B = 1NC pressure plate
Enclosure Type C = 1NO-1NC pressure plate
N = Open with metal mounting plate D = 2NO pressure plate
R = Open with DIN rail mounting adapter
(two- and three-pole, 15–50A contactors only)
E = 2NC pressure plate
F = 1NO pressure plate and QC 4
G = NEMA Type 1 Enclosed G = 1NC pressure plate and QC
H = 1NO-1NC pressure plate and QC
J = 2NO pressure plate and QC
4
4
K = 2NC pressure plate and QC
Power Terminals L = 1NO-1NC snap switch QC only
A = Binding head screw M = 2NO-2NC snap switch QC only
B = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
C = Screw/pressure plate 1
4
D = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (side-by-side) 1
E = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew)
Coil Selection
A = 110–120 Vac, 50/60 Hz R = 12 Vac, 50/60 Hz
4
F = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect
4
terminals (side-by-side) 2 B = 208–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz T = 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
C = 440–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz 1R = 12 Vdc
G = Binding head screw and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
D = 550–600 Vac, 50/50 Hz 1T = 24 Vdc
H = Screw/pressure plate and quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) 1
J = Box lugs (posidrive setscrew) and quick connect terminals
(vertical in-line)
H = 277 Vac, 60 Hz
J = 220–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
1W = 48 Vdc
1A = 120 Vdc 4
L = 380–415 Vac, 50 Hz
K = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew)
L = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect 4
terminals (side-by-side)
M = Box lugs (hex socket allen head setscrew) and quick connect
terminals (vertical in-line)
Current Rating 4
15 = 15A 75 = 75A
4
Number of Poles 25 = 25A 90 = 90A
1 = Single-pole 30 = 30A 120 = 120A
2 = Two-pole 40 = 40A 200 = 200A
3 = Three-pole
4 = Four-pole
50 = 50A
60 = 60A
300 = 300A
360 = 360A
4
4
Notes
1 Not available on 50A devices. 4
2 Vertical in-line quick connect terminals on 60A and 75A F frame.

Contactors
Contents
4 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
Description Page
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-6
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-7
4 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . V5-T4-8
4
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-17
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65 . . . . . . . V5-T4-20
4
4
4
4
4 Product Description Standards and Certifications
Eaton’s 20–40A, single- and ● UL Recognized
4 two-pole, Type C25 Components: UL File
contactors from Eaton’s Number E1491, Guides
4 Electrical Sector feature a
compact, efficient design
NLDX2 and NLDX8
● CSA Certified
4 with a low VA coil and
straight-through wiring. New
Components: CSA C22.2
No. 14-05, File Number
contactor housing design 238083 Class 3211 84
4 effectively limits dust and ● IEC 60947-4-1
other contaminants from
4 EN 60947-4-1
●
magnet structure—reduces
or eliminates noise. These ● ARI 780/790 Standard
4 economically priced, UL
recognized/CSA certified,
●
●
CE
RoHS Compliance
ampere rated devices are
4 well suited for use in heating/
air conditioning, refrigeration,
4 data processing and food
service applications.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
4.2
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4
C25BNB230 A
4
Incomplete catalog number Magnet coil suffix 4
When Ordering Specify 4
● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see below
● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-6 4
4
Product Selection
4
Compact Contactors—Open Type
Ampere Rating 1 Maximum Motor Maximum Motor
4
Locked Rotor (hp) (kW)
4
Inductive
Full Load Resistive 240–277V 480V 575V 115V 230V 115V 230V Catalog Number 23
4
Single-Pole Single-Pole
25 30 150 — — 2 3 1.5 2.2 C25ANB125_
30 40 150 75 50 2 5 1.5 3.7 C25ANB130_
4
40 50 240 — — 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 C25ANB140_
4
4
Single-Pole Single-Pole with Shunt
with Shunt
25 30 150 — — 2 3 1.5 2.2 C25CNB125_
4
30 40 150 75 50 2 5 1.5 3.7 C25CNB130_
4
40 50 240 — — 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 C25CNB140_
4
4
Two-Pole Two-Pole
20 30 120 100 80 1-1/2 3 1.1 2.2 C25BNB220_
4
25 35 150 125 100 2 3 1.5 2.2 C25BNB225_ 4
30 40 150 125 100 2 5 1.5 3.7 C25BNB230_
40 50 240 200 160 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 C25BNB240_ 4
4
4
Magnet Coil Suffix
AC Coil Voltage
4
50/60 Hz Coil Suffix
24 T
110–120 A
4
208–240 B
277 H 4
380–415 (50 Hz), 440–480 (60 Hz) C
Notes
4
4
1 Rating per pole.
2 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with coil suffix letter from the table above.
3 Bulk pack quantities are available in quantities of 50, contact local sales office.
4
4

Contactors
Options
4
4 To order replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number
with letter F. Example: C25BNF240A.
4
Compact Factory Installed Options
4 Description
Box lugs with quick connects for 20–40A contactors
4 Single-pole
4 Single-pole with shunt

Two-pole
4
4 Technical Data and Specifications

Description Specification
4 Insulation voltage 690V

Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts Double break
4 Magnet coil Class F, 155°C
4
Contact arc covers Standard on all contactors
Standard power terminals 5/16 in hex washer head screws
Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals
4 Box lugs available as option
Line and load terminal designations Marked on contactors
4 Operating temperature range –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
4 Terminal wire range

Hex washer head screws 6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
4 Box lugs 6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating

8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating
6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
4 Mounting position Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
4
Coil Characteristics
4 AC Coil Maximum Inrush VA Maximum Sealed VA Sealed Watts
4
Voltage 50/60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 50 Hz 60 Hz 60 Hz
Single-Pole (with shunt)
4 24 55 40 10.0 7.5 3.0

120 55 40 10.0 7.5 3.0
4 208/240 55 40 10.0 7.5 3.0
277 55 40 10.0 7.5 3.0
4 Two-Pole
4 24 55 45 10.5 8.0 3.5

120 55 45 10.5 8.0 3.5
4 208/240 55 45 10.5 8.0 3.5

277 55 45 10.5 8.0 3.5
4 480 55 45 10.5 8.0 3.5
4
4
4
4

Contactors
4.2
Dimensions
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 4
Single-Pole and Single-Pole + Shunt 4
0.03
(0.8)
0.21
(5.2)
0.25 (6.3) 4
4
4
1.50 1.77 2.40
(38) (45) (61)
3.19
(81)
4
4
4
1.61 (41)
2.32 (59) 4
1.97 (50)
Approximate
4
4
Shipping Weight
0.5 lb (0.2 kg)
4
Two-Pole
0.03 0.21
4
0.25 (6.3)
(0.8) (5.2)
4
4
1.50 1.77 2.40 3.19
4
(38) (45) (61) (81)
4
4
1.61 (41)
4
2.32 (59)
1.97 (50)
4
Approximate
Shipping Weight 4
0.7 lb (0.3 kg)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
Contents
4 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Description Page
4 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . V5-T4-4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-11
4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-13
4 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-16
4
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-17
4
4
4
4
4 15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
Eaton offers the most Standard DP Contactors Global Listed Contactors ● UL Recognized
4 comprehensive line of (15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole) (15–50A, Two- and Three-Pole) Components UL File
definite purpose contactors in The standard line of C25 DP In addition to all the features #E-1491, Guide NLDX2
4 the industry. Initially designed
as an HVAC and refrigeration
contactor features: of the standard DP line,
the Global Listed line also
● CSA Certified Components
(excluding 90A)
● Pressure plates and quick
4 product, the C25 line is now
the market leader and the connects are standard on
features: File #LR353, Class 3211
04, 481301 and 122201
product of choice for many 15–30A contactors ● Exact footprint and
4 CE mark (Global line only)
●
OEMs and contractors ● Lugs and quick connects mounting dimensions as
the standard line—ideal EN 60947-4-1
serving diverse markets. are standard on 40A and
4 RoHS Compliance
●
Featuring current ratings 50A contactors for retrofits
between 15A and 360A, the ● CE (Conformité Européen), (15A to 50A and 90A)
● Highest electrical life in its
4 contactors are dual-rated for
inductive and resistive ratings
class—minimum 250,000
operations
CCC (China) and DEMKO
(Denmark) certifications
as well as for horsepower
4 Higher electrical life—
●
● Universal baseplate
and kilowatt ratings. allows for easy retrofit of minimum 300,000
operations
4 Other terminal configurations
are available, see Page
competitive units (optional
DIN rail mounting)
UL recognized design in
4
V5-T4-13. Contactors will ●
accept add-on auxiliary U.S. and Canada “cURus”

contacts—order factory (CSA approval pending)
4 assembled or as kits for field ● Accessories including
installation. auxiliary contacts,
4 The separately available snap-
mechanical interlocks
and fuse blocks
on mechanical interlock
4 permits interlocking two ● RoHS (Reduction of
contactors for reversing or Hazardous Substances)
4 two-speed applications. compliant
Contactors between 15A

4 and 50A are offered as two
different lines—Standard
4 and Global Listed.
4
4
4

Contactors
4.2
Product Selection
4
● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-10 4
● Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11
DP Contactor C25 Contactors—Open Type 4
Standard DP Contactors Global Listed Line
Ampere Rating
Maximum
Motor (hp)
Maximum
Motor (kW)
With
Baseplate
With DIN Rail
Adapter
With
Baseplate
4
Inductive Resistive Line Locked Single- Three- Single- Three- Number Catalog Catalog Catalog
Full Load per Pole Voltage Rotor Phase Phase Phase Phase of Poles Number 1 Number 1 Number 1 4
15 20 115 90 3/4 — 0.40 — 2 C25DND215_ C25DRD215_ C25DND215_-GL
230 90 2 3 1.5 2.2 3 C25DND315_ C25DRD315_ C25DND315_-GL 4
460 75 — 5 — 3.7
575 60 — 5 — 3.7 4
4
25 35 115 150 2 — 1.5 — 2 C25DND225_ C25DRD225_ C25DND225_-GL
230 150 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 3 C25DND325_ C25DRD325_ C25DND325_-GL
460
575
125
100
—
—
10
10
—
—
7.5
7.5
4 C25END425_ — —
4
30 40 115
230
180
180
2
5
—
10
1.5
3.7
—
7.5
2
3
C25DND230_
C25DND330_
C25DRD230_
C25DRD330_
C25DND230_-GL
C25DND330_-GL
4
460
575
150
120
—
—
15
15
—
—
11
11
4 C25END430_ — —
4
40 50 115 240 3 — 2.2 — 2 C25DNF240_ C25DRF240_ C25DNF240_-GL
4
230 240 7-1/2 10 5.5 7.5 3 C25DNF340_ C25DRF340_ C25DNF340_-GL
460 200 — 20 — 15 4 C25ENF440_ — — 4
575 160 — 20 — 15
50 65 115 300 3 — 2.2 — 2 C25DNJ250_ C25DRJ250_ C25DNJ250_-GL 4
230 300 10 15 7.5 11 3 C25DNJ350_ C25DRJ350_ C25DNJ350_-GL
460 250 — 30 — 22 4
575 200 — 30 — 22
60 75 115 360 5 — 3.7 — 2 C25FNF260_ — — 4
230 360 10 20 7.5 15 3 C25FNF360_ — —
460 300 — 40 — 30 4
575 240 — 40 — 30
75 90 115 450 5 — 3.7 — 2 C25FNF275_ — — 4
4
230 450 15 20 11 18.5 3 C25FNF375_ — —
460 375 — 50 — 37
4
575 300 — 50 — 37
90 120 115 540 7-1/2 — 5.5 — 2 C25GNF290_ — —
230
460
540
450
15
—
30
50
11
—
22
37
3 C25GNF390_ — —
4
120 140
575
230
360
720
—
—
50
—
—
—
37
— 3 C25HNE3120_ — —
4
460 720
4
575 570
200 200 240 1200 — — — — 3 C25KNE3200_ — — 4
480 1200
600 1000 4
300 300 240 1800 — — — — 3 C25KNE3300_ — —
480 1800 4
600 1500
360 360 240 2320 — — — — 3 C25LNE3360_ — — 4
480 2320
600 1900 4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-10.
4

Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix

4 Voltage Voltage
60 Hertz 50 Hertz Coil Suffix 60 Hertz Coil Suffix
4 AC 1 DC 9
4 12 2 12 R 12 1R
24 3 24 T 24 1T
4 110–120 4 110–120 4 A 48 1W
208 5 — E 120 1A j
4 208–240 6 208–240 B
240 7
4
220 J
277 — H
4 — 380–415 L
440–480 440–480 C
4 550–600 8 550–600 D
4 Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
2 Available through 75A.
4 3 Available through 120A.

4 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A and all four-pole contactors (25A–40A).
4 5 Available 120–360A.
6 Available 15–90A, others 240V.
4 8 Not available for 90A.
9 Contactors with DC coils (only available up to 75A) include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1.
4 See Page V5-T4-62 for more details.

j Available only for 15A through 75A contactors and four-pole contactors.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
4.2
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted)
4
Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals
With Pressure Plate and
Quick Connect Terminals
4
Circuit Catalog Number Catalog Number
4
Side Mounted For 15 through 75A
Auxiliary Contact
1NO C320KG1 C320KG11 4
1NC C320KG2 C320KG12
1NO-1NC C320KG3 C320KG13 4
2NO
2NC
C320KG4
C320KG5
C320KG14
C320KG15
4
4
4
Auxiliary Contact for
FI Series Contactors
For 90A
4
1NO — FIC320DPG10 1
1NC — FIC320DPG01 1 4
1NO-1NC — FIC320DPG11 1
2NO — FIC320DPG20 1 4
4
4
4
For 120 through 360A
1NO C320KGS20 —
1NC C320KGS21 —
4
1NO-1NC C320KGS22 —
4
Side Mounted Snap Switch Design Side Mounted Auxiliary
Contacts (For 15–75A Contactors Only)
4
Snap Switch
Snap Switch Design with
4
Circuit Catalog Number
4
1NO-1NC C320SNP11
2NO-2NC C320SNP22 4
4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal

4
Description 4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped)
for magnet coil terminals 2 4
Notes
1 Valid on Series FI contactors only. 4
2 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number.
Example: C25DND215A9. 4
4
4
4

Contactors
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Top Mounted)

4
Top Mounted Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
4 Auxiliary Contact With Standard Pressure With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals Plate Terminals
4 Circuit Catalog Number Circuit Catalog Number
For 15 through 75A 1
4 1NO C320KGT1 1NO-2NC C320KGT11
4
1NC C320KGT2 3NC C320KGT12
1NO-1NC C320KGT3 4NO C320KGT13

2NC C320KGT5 2NO-2NC C320KGT15
2NO-1NC C320KGT10 4NC C320KGT17
4
4 Mechanical Interlock Mechanical Interlock Kit
4
Mechanical interlock kit for 15 through 75A C321KM60B
4
4
4
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
4 Side mounted on C25D, C25E and C25F frame.
4 This timer is designed to be wired in series with the load (typically a coil). When the START
button is pushed (power applied to timer), the ON DELAY timing function starts. At the completion
4 of the set timing period, timer and series wired load will both be energized.
4 Solid-State ON DELAY
Timer
Solid-State ON DELAY Timer
Timing Range Catalog Number 234
4 0.1–1.0 seconds C320TDN1_

1–30 seconds C320TDN30_
4 30–300 seconds C320TDN300_
4
5–30 minutes C320TDN3000_
4 Separate Enclosures
4 NEMA 1 Enclosure Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1
4
Application Catalog Number
15 through 50A, two- and three-pole C799B18
4 60A, two- and three-pole or

25 through 40A, four-pole
C799B19
4
4 Notes
1 Not available for four-pole contactors (15–40 Amp).
4 2 Add operating voltage suffix to catalog number.
A = 120V, B = 240V, E = 208V
4
3 Rated 0.5 ampere pilot duty—not to be used on larger contactors.
4 Terminal connections are quick connects only. Two per side.
4
4

Contactors
4.2
Options
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed 4
below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
Factory Installed Options Field Installed Options
4
Description Code Letter Number of Poles Description Catalog Number
4
Terminals—15A through 50A Finger-proof shield for 15–50A 49-7899KIT 56
Binding head screws 4
Without quick connect terminals A 2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side) B 2-, 3-, 4-pole 4
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) G 2-, 3-pole
Screw/pressure plate 1 4
Without quick connect terminals C 2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side) D 2-, 3-, 4-pole 4
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line)
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw
H 2-, 3-pole
4
4
Without quick connect terminals E 2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side) F 2-, 3-, 4-pole 2

With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) J 2-, 3-pole 4
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw)
Without quick connect terminals K 2-, 3-pole 4
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side) L 2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) M 2-, 3-pole 4
3
4
Terminals—60A through 75A
Box lugs (slotted screw)
4
Without quick connect terminals E 2-, 3-pole
With quick connect terminals F 2-, 3-pole

4
Add code letter listed below to complete catalog number.
Example: Change C25DND215A to C25DND215AA.
4
Auxiliary Contacts—Factory Installed 4
With Standard Pressure With Quick Snap Switch Design with
Description
Plate Terminals
Code Letter
Connect Terminals
Code Letter
Code Letter
4
4
1NO A F —
1NC B G — 4
1NO-1NC C H —
2NO D J — 4
4
2NC E K —
For 15 through 75A
1NO-1NC — — L
4
2NO-2NC — — M
1NO A — —
1NO-1NC C — — 4
2NO D — —
2NC E — —
4
Special Marking (Special contactor marking, consult local sales office)
4
Notes
1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors.
2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws.
4
4
3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250.
4 90A available only with binding head screw and quick connect terminals.
5 Kit contains quantity 1 shield.
6 Not for use with Quick Connect terminals on the power poles. 4

Contactors

4
Standard and Global Listed Line
4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25
4 Specification
Description Standard Global Listed Line
4 Magnet coil Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C Class B (C25E, F, G, H and K), 130°C
Class F (C25D and L), 155°C Class F (C25D and L), 155°C
4 Class H (C25D), 180°C
(available as factory installed option)
Class H (C25D), 180°C
(available as factory installed option)
4 Contacts Double break Double break

Coil terminals 18 AWG (90A) 18 AWG (90A)
4 Ambient temperature 150°F (65°C) maximum 150°F (65°C) maximum
Terminal wire range
4 #8–32 binding head screw 14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid) 14–12 AWG (one conductor-solid)
4
#8–32 screw/pressure plate 14–8 AWG (one conductor); 14–8 AWG (one conductor);
14–8 AWG (two conductors) 14–8 AWG (two conductors)
Box lugs—15–50A 1 # 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw # 2 posidrive screw or 5/32 hex socket screw
4 Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor) Upper level: 14–4 AWG (one conductor)
Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor) Lower level: 14–6 AWG (one conductor)
4 Box lugs—60–75A 1 Upper level: 14–2 AWG

Lower level: 14–6 AWG
Upper level: 14–2 AWG
Lower level: 14–6 AWG
4 Box lugs—90A 1/0–8 AWG 1/0–8 AWG

Box lugs—120A 3/0–8 AWG 3/0–8 AWG
4 Box lugs—200–300A 350 kcmil–6 AWG 350 kcmil–6 AWG
Box lugs—360A 750 kcmil–2 AWG 750 kcmil–2 AWG
4
4 Contactor Torque Ratings
4 Contactor Size
15–50A 2
Terminal
8–32 binding head screw
Wire Range
12–14 AWG
Tightening Torque
22 lb-in
4 Screw/pressure plate 8–14 AWG 15 lb-in

Box lug 12–14 AWG 15 lb-in
4 10 AWG 25 lb-in
4
8 AWG 40 lb-in
4–6 AWG 45 lb-in
4 60–75A 3 Box lug 10–14 AWG 40 lb-in

8 AWG 45 lb-in
4 3–6 AWG 50 lb-in
90A Box lug 1/0–8 AWG 60 lb-in
4 120A Box lug 8 AWG 40 lb-in
4 4–6 AWG
3–1/0 AWG
45 lb-in
50 lb-in
4 200–300A Box lug 6–350 kcmil 200 lb-in

360A Box lug 2–750 kcmil 550 lb-in
4 Notes
1 The box lugs on the 15–75A device can accept two conductors per pole.
4 2 The box lugs on the 15–50A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept
4–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG.
4 3 The box lugs on the 60–75A device can accept two conductors per pole, the upper section will accept
3–14 AWG and the lower section will accept 6–14 AWG.
4
4
4

Contactors
4.2
For Global Line Only
4
DC Ratings (Global Listed Line Only)
Two-Pole, 15–30A Inductive Two-Pole, 40A Inductive Three-Pole, 15–30A Inductive Three-Pole, 40A Inductive 4
UL/CSA DC-3/DC-5 UL/CSA DC-3/DC-5 UL/CSA DC-3/DC-5 UL/CSA DC-3/DC-5
Voltage FLA hp Ie FLA hp Ie FLA hp Ie FLA hp Ie 4
240 Vdc three poles in series — — — — — — 4 3/4 4 5 1 5
120 Vdc three poles in series — — — — — — 8 3/4 8 10 1 10
4
120 Vdc two poles in series 5.5 1/2 5.5 8 3/4 8 5.5 1/2 5.5 8 3/4 8
4
120 Vdc per pole 2 1/10 2 3.5 1/4 3.5 2 1/10 2 3.5 1/4 3.5
24 Vdc per pole 15 — 15 20 — 20 15 — 15 20 — 20 4
4
Lighting Duty Ratings (Global Listed Line Only)
C25D_ Inductive Rating Tungsten and Ballast (480V) 4
4
25A 30A
30A 40A
40A 50A
4
50A 60A
4
IEC/CE Ratings (IEC 60947-4-1, EN 60947-4-1) for 15A through 50A
C25 D–Contactors (Global Listed Line Only)
4
C25D_ AC-1 (Ic) AC-3 (Ie) AC-4 (Ie) AC-8a 4
Inductive Rating 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V 480V 600V
15A 20A 20A 15A 15A 15A — 15A 15A 4
25A 30A 30A 25A 25A 25A — 25A 25A
30A 40A 40A 30A 30A 30A — 30A 30A 4
40A
50A
50A
65A
—
65A
40A
50A
—
50A
40A
50A
—
—
40A
50A
—
50A
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
Dimensions
4 C25 Contactors, Open Type and Open Type—Reversing

15–75 Ampere (Non-Reversing) 15–75 Ampere (Reversing)
4 J A J J A J
4
I
Aux. Cont.
Aux. Cont.
Aux. Cont.
Aux. Cont.
4 B
F
GD
B GD
4
F
C H
4
Mtg. Holes/Slots for 8 Screws E C H
Mtg. Holes/Slots for 16 Screws E
90 Ampere
4
7/32 Hex Socket (2) 0.25 x 0.032 Male
4 (6 places) with Quick Connects
(6 places) 0.20
0.20
(5.2)
0.393
(10.0) DIA
4
(5.2)
C
4 1NO Auxiliary Contact

with 0.25 x 0.032 Male
4.43
4 Quick Connects at Left 4.63
B (112.5) (117.5)
4 0.20
(5.2)
4 H
E
0.25 x 0.032 Male H
E
with Quick Connect
A
4 Coil Terminal (2 places)
120 Ampere 200–360 Ampere

4 A J C A C
4
Side
4 BE Mtd.
Aux.
BE
4 D
Aux.
Mtg. Holes for 3 Screws Mtg. Holes

D
4
for 3 Screws

4 Side Auxiliary Shipping
Ampere Number Wide High Deep Mounting Contact Adder Weight
4 Size of Poles A B C D E F G H J Lbs (kg)
Open Type
4 15–50 2 and 3 2.40 (61.0) 1 3.75 (95.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.25 (83.0) 2.00 (51.0) — 3.13 (79.0) 1.50 (38.0) 0.34 (8.6) 1.3 (.6)
4 25–40
60–75
4
2 and 3
2.68 (68.0) 1
2.63 (67.0) 1
3.75 (95.0)
3.75 (95.0)
3.38 (86.0)
3.97 (101.0)
3.25 (83.0)
3.25 (83.0)
2.00 (51.0)
2.00 (51.0)
1.50 (38.0)
1.50 (38.0)
3.13 (79.0)
3.13 (79.0)
1.50 (38.0)
1.50 (38.0)
0.50 (12.5)
0.37 (9.5)
2.3 (1.0)
2.8 (1.3)
4 90 2 and 3 3.86 (98.0) 5.00 (127.0) 4.41 (112.0) — 2.87 (73.0) — — 2.48 (63.0) — NN (NN)
120 2 and 3 3.54 (90.0) 7.17 (182.0) 5.94 (151.0) 3.00 (76.0) 6.63 (168.0) — — — 0.54 (13.7) 8.5 (3.9)
4 200 and 300 2 and 3 7.05 (179.0) 9.11 (232.0) 7.25 (184.0) 6.00 (152.0) 8.50 (216.0) — — — — 20.0 (9.1)
360 2 and 3 7.05 (179.0) 13.12 (333.0) 7.78 (198.0) 6.00 (152.0) 12.50 (318.0) — — — — 23.0 (10.4)
4 Open Type—Reversing
4 15–50 2 and 3 5.0 (127.0) 3.75 (95.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.25 (83.0) 4.53 (118.0) — 3.13 (79.0) 4.13 (105.0) 0.34 (8.6) 2.6 (1.2)
60–75 2 and 3 5.77 (147.0) 3.75 (95.0) 3.97 (101.0) 3.25 (83.0 5.15 (131.0) 3.15 (80.0) 3.13 (79.0) 4.65 (118.0) 0.37 (9.5) 5.6 (2.5)
4 Note
1 Add 0.30 in (8 mm) to width for C25 contactors with DC coils.

Contactors
4.2
Contents
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block
Description Page
4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . V5-T4-4 4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . V5-T4-8
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block 4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-19 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block 4
Designed to save space and
reduce installation costs, 4
these three-pole fuse blocks
will accommodate a variety
of fuse classes and fuse
4
holders to satisfy a wide
range of electrical/electronic 4
applications such as
commercial space and water 4
heaters, dishwashers, food
coolers and sterilizing
equipment. They are supplied
4
either factory assembled,
mounted and wired to the
4
contactor or in kit form.
4
Note: Available only on three-
pole, 15–50A contactors
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
Product Selection
4
Optional Three-Pole Fuse Block
4
Available only on three-pole, 15–50A contactors
4 Designed to save space and reduce installation costs, these three-pole fuse blocks will accommodate
a variety of fuse classes and fuse holders to satisfy a wide range of electrical/electronic applications
4 such as commercial space and water heaters, dishwashers, food coolers and sterilizing equipment.
They are supplied either factory assembled, mounted and wired to the contactor or in kit form.
4 To order factory assembled, add suffix number from table below to catalog number of contactor listed
on Page V5-T4-9. Example: C25DND325A361.
4 Three-Pole Fuse Blocks
Three-Pole Fuse Block
4 Fuse Holder
Volts Amperes
Fuse Dimensions in Inches (mm)
Diameter Length Terminal Type
Maximum
Wire Size
Factory Installed
Ordering Suffix
Field Installation Kit
Catalog Number
4 Class M
600 30 0.41 (10.4) 1.50 (38.1) Pressure plate 10 AWG Cu 161 C350KM61
4 Class G
4 600 15
20
0.41 (10.4) 1.31 (33.3)
1.41 (35.8)
Pressure plate
Pressure plate
10 AWG Cu
10 AWG Cu
237
238
C350KG37
C350KG38
4 480 30 0.41 (10.4) 1.63 (41.4) Pressure plate 10 AWG Cu 231 C350KG31
60 2.25 (57.2) Box lug 2 AWG Cu/Al 232 C350KG32
4 Class J
600 30 0.81 (20.6) 2.25 (57.2) Pressure plate 10 AWG Cu 361 C350KJ61
4 60 1.06 (26.9) 2.38 (60.5) Box lug 2 AWG Cu/Al 362 C350KJ62
4 Class T
300 30 0.41 (10.4) 0.88 (22.4) Box lug 6 AWG Cu 431 C350KT31
4 60 0.56 (14.2) 0.88 (22.4) Box lug 2 AWG Cu/Al 432 C350KT32
600 30 0.56 (14.2) 1.50 (38.1) Box lug 6 AWG Cu 461 C350KT61
4 60 0.81 (20.6) 1.56 (39.6) Box lug 2 AWG Cu/Al 462 C350KT62
4
Class H
250 30 0.56 (14.2) 2.00 (50.8) Pressure plate 10 AWG Cu 521 C350KH21
4 60 0.81 (20.6) 3.00 (76.2) Box lug 2 AWG Cu/Al 522 C350KH22
Class R
4 250 30 0.56 (14.2) 2.00 (50.8) Pressure plate 10 AWG Cu 621 C350KR21
60 0.81 (20.6) 3.00 (76.2) Box lug 2 AWG Cu/Al 622 C350KR22
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
4.2
Dimensions
Three-Pole Fuse Block and Contactor 4
4
B
4
4
A
C 4
Front View Side View
4
Fuse Size Wide High Deep
Class Amps Volts A B C 4
G 15 600 2.41 (61) 2.81 (71) 5.14 (131)
20 2.41 (61) 2.81 (71) 5.14 (131) 4
4
30 480 2.41 (61) 2.81 (71) 5.14 (131)
60 2.62 (67) 4.25 (108) 5.18 (132)
H 30 250 3.00 (76) 3.03 (77) 5.33 (135)
4
60 4.22 (107) 4.75 (121) 5.86 (149)
J 30 600 4.81 (122) 4.12 (105) 5.92 (150) 4
60 4.81 (122) 4.12 (105) 5.92 (150)
M 30 600 2.41 (61) 2.81 (71) 5.14 (131) 4
R 30
60
250 3.00 (76)
4.22 (107)
3.03 (77)
4.75 (121)
5.33 (135)
5.86 (149)
4
T 30 300 3.44 (87) 2.75 (70) 5.43 (138) 4
60 300 3.44 (87) 2.75 (70) 5.43 (138)
30 600 3.75 (95) 3.19 (81) 5.36 (136) 4
60 600 4.87 (124) 2.94 (75) 5.68 (144)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
Contents
4 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
Description Page
4 20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25 . . . V5-T4-4
15–360A, Two-, Three- and Four-Pole—C25 . . . . . V5-T4-8
4 15–40A, Three-Pole Fuse Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-17
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
4
4
4
4
4
4
4 15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
C65 Reversing Contactors Other terminal configurations ● UL Recognized
4 from Eaton’s Electrical are available—see Factory Components UL File
Sector are furnished with Installed Options on Page #E-1491, Guide NLDX2
4 pressure plates and quick
connect terminals as
V5-T4-13. Reversing
contactors will accept add-on
File #LR353, Guide
4 standard on 15, 25 and 30A
devices and with box lugs
auxiliary contacts on either
side—order factory assembled ●
380w-1.14 Class 3211 04
CE
and quick connect terminals or as kits for field installation.
4 on 40, 50, 60 and 75A. See Page V5-T4-13.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contactors
4.2
4
15–75A, Reversing and Two-Speed—C65
4
C65DND315 A X
4
Incomplete catalog number Magnet coil suffix Option code as necessary 4
● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-22
● Catalog numbers of accessory kits required, see Accessories, Page V5-T4-11 4
● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-13
4
Product Selection 4
C65 Reversing Open Type Contactors—Unwired, Mechanically Interlocked Only 4
Contactor Maximum Motor Maximum Motor
Ampere Rating (hp) (kW) Open Type with Metal Open Type with DIN
Mounting Plate Rail Adapter
4
Inductive Resistive Line Locked Single- Three- Single- Three- Number
Full Load per Pole Voltage Rotor Phase Phase Phase Phase of Poles Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
4
15 20 115 90 3/4 — 0.40 — 2 C65DND215_ C65DRD215_
230 90 2 3 1.5 2.2 3 C65DND315_ C65DRD315_ 4
460 75 — 5 — 3.7 C65DND315_ C65DRD315_
575 60 — 5 — 3.7 C65DND315_ C65DRD315_
4
25 35 115 150 2 — 1.5 — 2 C65DND225_ C65DRD225_
4
230 150 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 3 C65DND325_ C65DRD325_
460 125 — 10 — 7.5 C65DND325_ C65DRD325_ 4
575 100 — 10 — 7.5 C65DND325_ C65DRD325_
30 40 115 180 2 — 1.5 — 2 C65DND230_ C65DRD230_ 4
4
230 180 5 10 3.7 7.5 3 C65DND330_ C65DRD330_
460 150 — 15 — 11 C65DND330_ C65DRD330_
575 120 — 15 — 11 C65DND330_ C65DRD330_
4
40 50 115 240 3 — 2.2 — 2 C65DNF240_ C65DRF240_
230 240 7-1/2 10 5.5 7.5 3 C65DNF340_ C65DRF340_ 4
460 200 — 20 — 15 C65DNF340_ C65DRF340_
575 160 — 20 — 15 C65DNF340_ C65DRF340_ 4
50 65 115
230
300
300
3
10
—
15
2.2
7.5
—
11
2
3
C65DNJ250_
C65DNJ350_
C65DRJ250_
C65DRJ350_
4
460 250 — 30 — 22 C65DNJ350_ C65DRJ350_ 4
575 200 — 30 — 22 C65DNJ350_ C65DRJ350_
60 75 115 360 5 — 3.7 — 2 C65FNF260_ — 4
230 360 10 20 7.5 15 3 C65FNF360_ —
460 300 — 40 — 30 C65FNF360_ —
4
575 240 — 40 — 30 C65FNF360_ —
4
75 90 115 450 5 — 3.7 — 2 C65FNF275_ —
230 450 15 20 11 18.5 3 C65FNF375_ — 4
460 375 — 50 — 37 C65FNF375_ —
575 300 — 50 — 37 C65FNF375_ — 4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from Page V5-T4-22.
4
4
4

Contactors
Magnet Coil Suffix

4 Volts
60 Hz 50 Hz Coil Suffix 1
4 12 12 R
4 24 24 T
110–120 2 110–120 2 A
4 208–240 208–240 B
240 3 220 J
4 277 — H
4
— 380–415 L
440–480 440–480 C
4 550–600 550–600 D
4
Magnet Coil Options
4 Description
Extra dual quick connect terminals (“U” shaped) for magnet coil terminals.
4 To order, add Suffix Number 9 to the complete catalog number.
Example: C65DND315A9.
4 Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor.
4 Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.

2 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A, 75A.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
Contents
Description Page
4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 4
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-26 4
Trip Curves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-28 4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-29 4
4
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . V5-T4-30
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-38
4
4
4
4
25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 4
Product Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 4
A25 and B25 Definite Overload Relay ● UL Recognized
Purpose Starters from Eaton’s ● Selectable manual or Components UL File 4
Electrical Sector combine the automatic reset operation #E-1491, Guide NLDX2
features and flexibility of the
C25 Definite Purpose
● Interchangeable heater ● CSA Certified Components 4
packs adjustable ±24% to File #LR353, Guide
Contactors and Freedom
Series Bi-metallic Ambient
match motor FLA and
calibrated for use with 1.0
380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4
Compensated Overload
Relays mounted on a common
and 1.15 service factor
motors 4
mounting plate.
Class 10 or 20 heater packs
4
●
● Bimetallic, ambient
compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism 4
Electrically isolated NO-NC
4
●

button to test)
● Overload trip indication 4
● Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce Catalog Number Selection 4
possibility of electrical
shock 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 4
● Single-phase sensitivity
A25CNC30 A 4
4
Incomplete catalog number Magnet coil suffix
4
● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix, see Page V5-T4-24 4
Example, order catalog number A25CNC30A
● Heater packs for specific FLA of motor, 4
see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27
4
4
4

Starters
Product Selection
4
4 A25 Starter Single- and Three-Phase Starters—Open Type
Single-Phase 12 Three-Phase 1
4 Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Inductive Line Locked Single- Three- Single- Three- Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
4 Full Load Voltage Rotor Phase Phase Phase Phase Number 3 Number 3 Number 3 Number 3
25 115 150 2 — 1.5 — B25CNC25_ B25SNC25_ A25CNC25_ A25SNC25_
4 230 150 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 B25CNC25_ B25SNC25_ A25CNC25_ A25SNC25_
4 460
575
125
100
—
—
10
10
—
—
7.5
7.5
B25CNC25_
B25CNC25_
B25SNC25_
B25SNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25CNC25_
A25SNC25_
A25SNC25_
4 30 115 180 2 — 1.5 — B25CNC30_ B25SNC30_ A25CNC30_ A25SNC30_

230 180 5 10 3.7 7.5 B25CNC30_ B25SNC30_ A25CNC30_ A25SNC30_
4 460 150 — 15 — 11 B25CNC30_ B25SNC30_ A25CNC30_ A25SNC30_
4
575 120 — 15 — 11 B25CNC30_ B25SNC30_ A25CNC30_ A25SNC30_
40 115 240 3 — 2.2 — B25CNE40_ B25SNE40_ A25CNE40_ A25SNE40_
4 230 240 7-1/2 10 5.5 7.5 B25CNE40_ B25SNE40_ A25CNE40_ A25SNE40_

460 200 — 20 — 15 B25CNE40_ B25SNE40_ A25CNE40_ A25SNE40_
4 575 160 — 20 — 15 B25CNE40_ B25SNE40_ A25CNE40_ A25SNE40_
50 115 300 — — — — N/A N/A A25CNE50_ A25SNE50_
4 230 300 — 15 — 11 N/A N/A A25CNE50_ A25SNE50_
4 460
575
250
200
—
—
30
30
—
—
22
22
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
A25CNE50_
A25CNE50_
A25SNE50_
A25SNE50_
4 60 115 360 — — — — N/A N/A A25CNE60_ A25SNE60_

230 360 — 20 — 15 N/A N/A A25CNE60_ A25SNE60_
4 460 300 — 40 — 30 N/A N/A A25CNE60_ A25SNE60_
575 240 — 40 — 30 N/A N/A A25CNE60_ A25SNE60_
4
4 Magnet Coil Suffix
4
Voltage Voltage
AC 4 DC 7
4 12 12 R 12 1R
4 24 24 T 24 1T
110–120 5 110–120 5 A 48 1W
4 208–240 208–240 B 120 1A
240 6 220 J
4 277 — H
4 —
440–480
380–415
440–480
L
C
4 550–600 550–600 D
Notes
4 1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Pages V5-T4-26 and V5-T4-27.
2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications.
4 3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix from table above.
4 Class H AC coils available as option for 15A–50A contactor. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
4
5 104–120V 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor.
7 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
Overload Relay
General UL requires— factor motor.“Current For motors having a 1.0
4
Overload relays are provided
to protect motors, motor
● When tested at 100
percent of its current
Setting” is defined as the
FLA of the motor and thus
service factor, rotate the FLA
dial single-half position 4
the overload heater pack counterclockwise (CCW).
control apparatus and motor-
branch circuit conductors
rating, the overload relay
shall trip ultimately setting. 4
against excessive heating Manual/Automatic Reset—
When tested at 200
4
●
Example: 600% of current
due to motor overloads and percent of its current rating is defined as 750% The overload relay is factory
failure to start. This definition rating, the overload relay (600 x 1.25) of FLA current set at M for manual reset
does not include: 1) motor shall trip in not more than 8 (heater) setting for a 1.15 operation. For automatic 4
circuits over 600 volts, 2) minutes service factor motor. A 10 reset operation, turn the reset
short-circuits, 3) ground faults
and 4) fire pump control.
● When tested at 600 ampere heater setting must adjustment dial to the A 4
percent of its current trip in 20 seconds or less at position as shown in the
(NEC Art. 430-31) rating, the overload relay 75 amperes motor current for
a Class 20 relay.
illustration. 4
Time Current shall trip in not more than
Automatic reset is not
Characteristics 10 or 20 seconds,
depending on the Class of
Overload Relay Setting intended for two-wire control 4
The time-current devices.
the relay or heater packs
characteristics of an overload
relay is an expression of
FLA Dial Adjustment—
Test for Trip Indication—
4
“Current Rating” is defined
For motors having a 1.15
performance which defines
its operating time at various
as the minimum current at
which the relay will trip. Per
service factor, rotate the FLA To test overload relay for trip 4
adjustment dial to correspond indication when in manual
multiples of its current
setting. Tests are run at
NEC, an overload must
ultimately trip at 125% of FLA
to the motor’s FLA rating. reset, pull out the blue RESET
button. An orange flag will
4
Underwriters Laboratory (UL) Estimate the dial position
(Full Load Amperes) current
in accordance with NEMA (heater) setting for a 1.15
when the motor FLA falls
between two letter values as
appear indicating that the
device has tripped. Push 4
Standards and the NEC. service factor motor and
shown in the example. RESET button in to reset.
115% FLA for a 1.0 service 4
4
FLA Dial Adjustment Reset Adjustment Dial
4
1.0 1.15
Service Service
Factor Factor
4
B C A
4
A D M
4
Example of 12.0 FLA Example of setting for manual 4
setting for heater pack reset.
number H2011B showing 4
position for 1.0 or 1.15
service factor motors. 4
Replacement Overload with Connectors

4
Starter Size Overload Part Number 4
25 and 30A 10-7125
40 and 50A 10-7132 4
4
60A 10-7131
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
Accessories
4 Contactor Accessories, see Pages V5-T4-11 and V5-T4-12.
4 Locking Cover for Overload Relay

Snap-on transparent or opaque plastic panel for covering access port to the overload relay trip
4 setting dial—helps prevent accidental or unauthorized changes to trip and reset setting.
Locking Cover for Overload Relay
4 Locking Cover
Minimum Order
Quantity
4 Description (Std. Pkg.) Catalog Number
Clear cover, no accessibility 50 C320PC3
4 Gray cover, no accessibility, with auto only nib 50 C320PC4
4
Gray cover, no accessibility, with manual only nib 50 C320PC5
Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions 50 C320PC6
and auto only nib
4 Gray cover with FLA dial accessibility, A, B, C, D positions 50 C320PC7
and manual only nib
4
Separate Enclosures
4 Separate Enclosures—NEMA 1
4 Application Catalog Number

25 and 30A C799B11
4 40, 50 and 60A C799B13
4 Heater Packs
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs
4 Manual or Automatic Reset
4 Heater packs are shipped three to a carton.

Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4 Fast Trip Ratings

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1
4 Dial Position
Catalog Number 2
(Includes Three Heater
A B C D Packs)
4 0.26 0.313 0.367 0.42 H2101B-3
4
0.384 0.464 0.543 0.623 H2102B-3
0.57 0.688 0.806 0.924 H2103B-3
4 0.846
1.28
1.02
1.55
1.2
1.83
1.37
2.1
H2104B-3
H2105B-3
4 1.92 2.33 2.74 3.15 H2106B-3

2.3 2.79 3.28 3.77 H2107B-3
4 3.38 4.1 4.82 5.54 H2108B-3
4.96 6.03 7.09 8.16 H2109B-3
4 7.07 8.58 10.1 11.6 H2110B-3
4
9.6 11.2 12.8 14.4 H2111B-3
14.4 17.5 20.7 23.8 H2112B-3
4 18.7
23.5
21.8
27.3
25
31
28.1
34.8
H2113B-3
H2114B-3
4 28.3 32.6 37 41.3 H2115B-3

36.6 42.3 48.1 53.8 H2116B-3
4 53.8 60.8 67.9 74.9 H2117B-3
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28.
4 Notes
4
1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counter-
clockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors.
A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors.
4 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.

Starters
4.3
Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs
Manual or Automatic Reset 4
Heater packs are shipped three to a carton.
Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs. 4
Standard Trip Ratings 4
Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1
Dial Position
Catalog Number 2
(Includes Three Heater 4
A B C D Packs)
0.254 0.306 0.359 0.411 H2001B-3 4
0.375
0.56
0.452
0.676
0.53
0.791
0.607
0.907
H2002B-3
H2003B-3
4
0.814 0.983 1.15 1.32 H2004B-3 4
1.2 1.45 1.71 1.96 H2005B-3
1.79 2.16 2.53 2.9 H2006B-3 4
4
2.15 2.6 3.04 3.49 H2007B-3
3.23 3.9 4.56 5.23 H2008B-3
4.55 5.5 6.45 7.4 H2009B-3
4
6.75 8.17 9.58 11 H2010B-3
9.14 10.8 12.4 14 H2011B-3 4
14 16.9 19.9 22.8 H2012B-3
18.7 22.7 26.7 30.7 H2013B-3 4
4
23.5 28.5 33.5 38.5 H2014B-3
29 34 39.1 44.1 H2015B-3
39.6 45.5 51.5 57.4 H2016B-3
4
53.9 60.9 67.9 74.9 H2017B-3
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-28. 4
4
4
Terminal Wire Sizes
Line Side (Contactor) 3 4
Wire Range—Solid or Stranded
Terminal Type Power Terminals Coil Terminals 4
Screw/pressure plate 8–14 AWG 12–16 AWG
Box lug: 25–50A 4–14 AWG 12–16 AWG 4
Box lug: 60A 3–14 AWG 12–16 AWG
4
Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid)
Terminal Range Torque Rating
4
25 and 30A 14–6 AWG 20 lb-in (14–10 AWG)
4
40, 50 and 60A 14–2 AWG 35 lb-in (14–10 AWG)
40 lb-in (8 AWG)
45 lb-in (6–4 AWG) 4
50 lb-in (3–2 AWG)
Control Terminals—Cu Only 4
4
Notes
1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or counter-
clockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor motors.
4
A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors.
2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications. 4
3 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4
4

Starters
Overload Relay UL/CSA Contact Ratings Control Circuit

4 AC Volts 120V 240V 480V 600V
4 NC Contact B600
Make and break 30A 15A 7.5A 6A
4 Break 3A 1.5A 0.75A 0.6A
Continuous 5A 5A 5A 5A
4 NO Contact C600
4 Make and break

Break
15A
1.5A
7.5A
0.75A
3.375A
0.375A
3A
0.3A
4 Continuous 2.5A 2.5A 2.5A 2.5A
4
Trip Curves
4 Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating
4 Class 10 Overload Relay Class 20 Overload Relay

10,000 10,000
4 5000 5000
4000 4000
4
3000 3000
2000 2000
1000 1000
4 500 500
400 From 400 From
4
300 Cold Start 300 Cold Start
200 200
Trip Time Trip Time
4 (Seconds) 100
50
From
Hot Start
(Seconds) 100
50
From
Hot Start
40 40
4 30
20
30
20
4 10 10
5 5
4 4
4 3
2
3
2
1 1
4 0 2 4 6 8
Multiples of Current Setting
10 0 2 4 6 8
Multiples of Current Setting
10
4
4 Wiring Diagrams
Single-Phase Connections Three-Phase Connections
4 Wire “C” Wire “C”
4 (Supplied with Common Control) (Supplied with Common Control)
1NO Aux. Contact 1NO Aux. Contact

4 1
L1 L2 (When Supplied) L1 L2 L3 (When Supplied)
1
4 13
14 Wire “D”
13
14
Wire “D”
(Supplied with (Supplied with
4 98 1NO Aux. Contact) 98 1NO Aux. Contact)
97 97
4 96 96
4
95 95
2/T1 4/T2 Reset 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
4 T1 T2 T1 T2 T3
4 AC Motor AC Motor

Starters
4.3
Dimensions
A25 and B25 Starers—Open Type 4
25 and 30 Ampere 40, 50 and 60 Ampere
4
H A H C H A H C
4
4
BE B E
4
4
G D G D 4
Mtg. for #10-32 Screw Mtg. for #10-32 Screw

4
Wide High Deep Deep Mounting Mounting
Auxiliary
Contact Adder
Shipping
Weight
4
Ampere Size A B C D E G H Lbs (kg)
25 and 30 2.50 (64.0) 7.14 (181.0) 3.56 (90.4) 3.69 (93.7) 6.55 (166.0) 0.20 (5.1) 0.54 (13.7) 1.8 (0.8)
4
40 2.56 (65.0) 8.08 (205.0) 3.50 (89.0) 3.66 (93.0) 7.50 (190.5) 2.00 (51.0) 0.54 (13.7) 1.8 (0.8)
4
50 and 60 2.56 (65.0) 8.08 (205.0) 4.15 (105.0) 3.66 (93.0) 7.50 (190.5) 2.00 (51.0) 0.54 (13.7) 3.6 (1.6)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
Contents
4 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
Description Page
4 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . V5-T4-23
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-33
Trip Curve . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-36
4 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-36
4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-37
15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-38
4
4
4
4
4 15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27
A27 and B27 Definite ● Selectable manual or ● UL Recognized
4 Purpose Starters from automatic reset operation Components UL File
Eaton’s Electrical Sector ● Class 10 trip class #E-1491, Guide NLDX2
4 combine the features and
flexibility of the C25 Definite
● Bimetallic, ambient ● CSA Certified Components
compensated operated. File #LR353, Guide 3
Purpose Contactors and XT
4 Series Bi-metallic Ambient
Trip free mechanism
●
80W-1.14 Class 3211 04
IEC/EN 60947
● Electrically isolated NO-NC
4 Relays. contacts (pull TEST button
to test)
● VDE 0660
● UL
4 ● Shrouded or fingerproof
terminals to reduce
● CSA
● CE
4 possibility of electrical
shock
Single-phase sensitivity
4
●
4
4
4
4
4 A27CNE30 A 040
4
4 Incomplete catalog number Magnet coil suffix Overload relay suffix
4 When Ordering Specify

● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay
4 suffix, see Page V5-T4-32
Example, order catalog number A27CNE30A040
4
4

Starters
4.3
Product Selection
4
Three-Phase Starter—Open Type
A27 Starter
Common Control Separate Control
4
Ampere Rating
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter 4
Inductive Line Locked Maximum Maximum Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
Full Load Voltage Rotor Motor (hp) Motor (kW) Number 1 Number 1 Number 1 Number 1 4
15 115 90 — — A27CNC15_ A27CRC15_ A27SNC15_ A27SRC15_
230 90 3 2.2 A27CNC15_ A27CRC15_ A27SNC15_ A27SRC15_ 4
460
575
75
60
5
5
3.7
3.7
A27CNC15_
A27CNC15_
A27CRC15_
A27CRC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SNC15_
A27SRC15_
A27SRC15_
4
25 115 150 — — A27CNC25_ A27CRC25_ A27SNC25_ A27SRC25_ 4
230 150 7-1/2 5.5 A27CNC25_ A27CRC25_ A27SNC25_ A27SRC25_
460 125 10 7.5 A27CNC25_ A27CRC25_ A27SNC25_ A27SRC25_ 4
4
575 100 10 7.5 A27CNC25_ A27CRC25_ A27SNC25_ A27SRC25_
30 115 180 — — A27CNE30_ A27CRE30_ A27SNE30_ A27SRE30_
230 180 10 7.5 A27CNE30_ A27CRE30_ A27SNE30_ A27SRE30_
4
460 150 15 11 A27CNE30_ A27CRE30_ A27SNE30_ A27SRE30_
575 120 15 11 A27CNE30_ A27CRE30_ A27SNE30_ A27SRE30_ 4
230 240 10 7.5 A27CNE40_ A27CRE40_ A27SNE40_ A27SRE40_ 4
4
4
460 225 30 22 A27CNE45_ A27CRE45_ A27SNE45_ A27SRE45_ 4
Note
4
4
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload relay suffix from Page V5-T4-32.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
Single-Phase Starter—Open Type, B27

4 Common Control Separate Control
4 Ampere Rating
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter
Metal
Mounting Plate
DIN Rail
Adapter
Inductive Line Locked Maximum Maximum Catalog Catalog Catalog Catalog
4 Full Load Voltage Rotor Motor (hp) Motor (kW) Number 1 Number 1 Number 1 Number 1
15 115 90 3/4 0.4 B27CNC15_ B27CRC15_ B27SNC15_ B27SRC15_
4 230 90 2 1.5 B27CNC15_ B27CRC15_ B27SNC15_ B27SRC15_
4 460
575
75
60
—
—
—
—
B27CNC15_
B27CNC15_
B27CRC15_
B27CRC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SNC15_
B27SRC15_
B27SRC15_
4 25 115 150 2 1.5 B27CNC25_ B27CRC25_ B27SNC25_ B27SRC25_

230 150 3 2.2 B27CNC25_ B27CRC25_ B27SNC25_ B27SRC25_
4 460 125 — — B27CNC25_ B27CRC25_ B27SNC25_ B27SRC25_
575 100 — — B27CNC25_ B27CRC25_ B27SNC25_ B27SRC25_
4 30 115 180 2 1.5 B27CNE30_ B27CRE30_ B27SNE30_ B27SRE30_
4 230 180 5 3.7 B27CNE30_ B27CRE30_ B27SNE30_ B27SRE30_

460 150 — — B27CNE30_ B27CRE30_ B27SNE30_ B27SRE30_
4 575 120 — — B27CNE30_ B27CRE30_ B27SNE30_ B27SRE30_

4 230 240 7-1/2 5.5 B27CNE40_ B27CRE40_ B27SNE40_ B27SRE40_
4
4 45 115 270 3 2.2 B27CNE45_ B27CRE45_ B27SNE45_ B27SRE45_

230 270 7-1/2 7.5 B27CNE45_ B27CRE45_ B27SNE45_ B27SRE45_
4 460 225 — — B27CNE45_ B27CRE45_ B27SNE45_ B27SRE45_
4
Magnet Coil Suffix Overload Relay Suffix
4 Voltage Voltage For use with Contactor
60 Hertz 50 Hertz Coil Suffix 60 Hertz Coil Suffix Motor Full Load Amperes Suffix Code Ampere Range
4 AC 2 DC 4 Frame C
4 12
24
12
24
R
T
12
24
1R
1T
0.1–0.16
0.16–0.24
P16
P24
15–25A
15–25A
4 110–120 110–120 A 48 1W 0.24–0.4 P40 15–25A

208–240 208–240 B 120 1A 0.4–0.6 P60 15–25A
4 240 3 220 J 0.6–1 001 15–25A
4
277 — H 1–1.6 1P6 15–25A
— 380–415 L 1.6–2.4 2P4 15–25A
4 440–480 440–480 C 2.4–4 004 15–25A

550–600 550–600 D 4–6 006 15–25A
4 6–10 010 15–25A
10–16 016 15–25A
4 16–24 024 15–25A
4 24–32
Frame D
032 15–25A
4 6–10 010 30–45A

Notes 10–16 016 30–45A
4 1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with magnet coil suffix and overload
relay suffix from tables above.

16–24 024 30–45A
2 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter. 24–40 040 30–45A
40–57 057 30–45A
4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1.
4 See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.

Starters
4.3
Renewal Parts
4
Overload Relays
For use with 4
Motor Full Contactor Overload Relay
Load Amperes Suffix Code Ampere Range Catalog Number
4
Frame C
0.1–0.16 P16 15–25A XTOBP16CC1DP 4
4
0.16–0.24 P24 15–25A XTOBP24CC1DP
0.24–0.4 P40 15–25A XTOBP40CC1DP
0.4–0.6 P60 15–25A XTOBP60CC1DP
4
0.6–1 001 15–25A XTOB001CC1DP
1–1.6 1P6 15–25A XTOB1P6CC1DP 4
1.6–2.4 2P4 15–25A XTOB2P4CC1DP
2.4–4 004 15–25A XTOB004CC1DP 4
4
4–6 006 15–25A XTOB006CC1DP
6–10 010 15–25A XTOB010CC1DP
10–16 016 15–25A XTOB016CC1DP
4
16–24 024 15–25A XTOB024CC1DP
24–32 032 15–25A XTOB032CC1DP 4
Frame D
6–10 010 30–45A XTOB010DC1DP 4
10–16
16–24
016
024
30–45A
30–45A
XTOB016DC1DP
XTOB024DC1DP
4
24–40 040 30–45A XTOB040DC1DP 4
40–57 057 30–45A XTOB057DC1DP
4
4
Terminal Wire Sizes Power Terminals—Load—Cu Only (Stranded or Solid) 4
Line Side (Contactor) 1
Terminal Type
Wire Range—Solid or Stranded
Power Terminals Coil Terminals
Terminal Range Torque Rating
4
15 and 25A 14–8 AWG 16 lb-in (14–8 AWG)
Screw/pressure plate 8–14 AWG 12–16 AWG 30, 40 and 45A 14–2 AWG 31 lb-in (14–2 AWG) 4
Box lug: 15–45A 4–14 AWG 12–16 AWG Control Terminals—Cu Only
12–16 AWG stranded, 12–14 AWG solid 4
Note
1 Line side (contactor) torque ratings can be found on Page V5-T4-14.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
Overload Relays
4 These tripping characteristics are the mean values of the spread at 20°C ambient temperature
in a cold state.
4
Tripping time depends on response current. With devices at operating temperature, the
4 tripping time of the overload relay reduces to approximately 25% of the read off value.
Specific characteristics for each individual setting range can be found in MN03402001E.
4 Overload Relays
4 Description
XTOB … CC1
Specification
XTOB … DC1
Specification
4
General
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78; Damp heat, constant, to IEC 60068-2-78;
4
Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30 Damp heat, cyclic, to IEC 60 068-2-30
Ambient temperature range 1 –25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F] –25° to 50°C [–13° to 122°F]
4 Temperature compensation Continuous Continuous

4 Half-sinusoidal shock 10 ms 10g 10g
Degree of protection IP20 IP20
4 Protection against direct contact when actuated Finger and back of hand proof Finger and back of hand proof
from front (IEC 536)
4 Insulation voltage (Ui) Vac 690 690
4 Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000
4 Operational voltage (Ue) Vac

690 690
4 Between auxiliary contacts and main contacts (Vac) 440 440

Between main contacts (Vac) 440 440
4 Overload relay setting range 0.1–32A 6–75A

Temperature compensation residual error >20°C (%/K) <0.25 <0.25
4 Current heat loss (3 conductors)
Lower value of setting range, W 2.5 3
4 Upper value of setting range, W 6 7.5
4 Terminal capacity
Solid, mm 2
2 x (1–6)
2 x (1–4)
2 x (1–6)
1 x 25
4 Flexible with ferrule, mm 2 2 x (1–6) 2 2 x (1–10) 3

Solid or stranded, AWG 14-8 14-2
4 Terminal screw M4 M6
Tightening torque Nm (lb-in) 1.8 (16) 3.5 (31)
4 Tools
4
Pozidrive screwdriver Size 2 Size 2
Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6
4 Notes
1 Ambient temperature operating range to IEC/EN 60947, PTB: –5° to 50°C [23° to 122°F].
4 2 6 mm2 flexible with ferrules to DIN 46228.

3 Main contact terminal capacity, solid and stranded conductors with ferrules: When using two conductors use identical cross-section.
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
Overload Relays, continued
XTOB … CC1 XTOB … DC1
4
Description Specification Specification
Auxiliary and Control Circuit Connections
4
Impulse withstand voltage (Uimp) Vac 6000 6000
4
Terminal capacity 4
Solid, mm 2 2 x (0.75–4) 2 x (0.75–4)
Flexible with ferrule, mm 2 2 x (0.75–2.5) 2 x (0.75–2.5) 4
Solid or stranded, AWG 2 x (18–12) 2 x (18–12)
Terminal screw M3.5 M3.5 4
Tightening torque Nm (lb-in)
Tools
0.8–1.3 (7–11.5) 0.8–1.3 (7–11.5)
4
Pozidrive screwdriver Size 2 Size 2
4
Standard screwdriver 1x6 1x6
Auxiliary circuit rated insulation voltage (Ui) Vac 500 500 4
Rated operational voltage (Ue) Vac 500 500
Safe isolation to VDE 0106 Part 101 and Part 101/A1 4
Between the auxiliary contacts (Vac) 240 240
Conventional thermal current, Ith 6 6
4
Rated operational current—AC-15
4
NO contact
120V 1.5 1.5 4
240V 1.5 1.5
415V 0.5 0.5 4
4
500V 0.5 0.5
NC contact
120V 1.5 1.5
4
240V 1.5 1.5
415V 0.9 0.9 4
500V 0.8 0.8
Rated operational current—DC-13 L/R <15 ms 1 4
NO contact
24V 0.9 0.9
4
60V 0.75 0.75 4
110V 0.4 0.4
220V 0.2 0.2 4
Short-circuit rating without welding maximum fuse, A gG/gL 6 6
Note
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
Trip Curve
4
Overload Relay
4 2h
100
4 60
40
XTOB...CC1,
XTOB...DC1
4 20
Minutes
10
4 6
4
2
4 1
40
4 20
3-Phase
Seconds
10
4 6
4
2-Phase
4 2
1
4 0.6
1 1.5 2 3 4 6 8 10 15 20
4 x Setting Current
4 Wiring Diagrams
4 Single-Phase Connections Three-Phase Connections
4 Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
Wire “C”
(Supplied with Common Control)
4 L1 L2
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied) L1 L2 L3
1NO Aux. Contact
(When Supplied)
4 1
13
1
13
Wire “D” Wire “D”
4
14 14 (Supplied with
(Supplied with
98 1NO Aux. Contact) 98 1NO Aux. Contact)
4 97
96
97
96
4 95
Reset 95
2/T1 4/T2 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
4 T1 T2 T1 T2 T3
4
AC Motor AC Motor
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
Dimensions
A27 and B27 Starters—Open Type 4
15 and 25 Ampere 30, 40 and 45 Ampere
4
A H C A H C
4
E E
4
B B 4
4
D 4
D

4
Wide High Deep Deep Mounting Mounting
Auxiliary
Contact Adder Shipping Weight
4
Ampere Size A B C D E G H Lbs (kg)
15 and 25 (metal plate) 2.40 (61.0) 5.50 (139.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.70 (94.0) 3.13 (82.6) — 0.54 (13.7) 1.6 (0.7)
4
15 and 25 (DIN rail mount) 2.23 (56.5) 5.20 (133.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.70 (94.0) — — 0.54 (13.7) 1.6 (0.7)
4
30, 40 and 45 (metal plate) 2.40 (61.0) 6.00 (152.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.90 (98.0) 3.13 (82.6) — 0.54 (13.7) 1.11 (0.9)
30, 40 and 45 (DIN rail mount) 2.23 (56.5) 5.70 (145.0) 3.35 (85.0) 3.90 (98.0) — — 0.54 (13.7) 1.11 (0.9) 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
Contents
4 15–75A, Single- and Three-Phase—A30, B30 and
Description Page
4 25–60A, Single- and Three-Phase—A25, B25 . . . . V5-T4-23
15–45A, Single- and Three-Phase—A27, B27 . . . . V5-T4-30
4 Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-39
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-42
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-45
4
4
4
4
4
Product Description Features
4 A30 and B30 Starters A30 and B30 Starters C440 Overload
A30 and B30 Definite ● Standard version: ● Reliable, accurate, User Interface
4 Purpose Starters from Eaton’s selectable trip class electronic motor protection ● Large FLA selection dial
Electrical Sector combine the (10A, 10, 20, 30) with ● Easy to select, install and
4 Trip status indicator
●
features and flexibility of the selectable manual or maintain
C25 Definite Purpose auto reset
● Compact size
4 Contactors and C440
Electronic Overload Relays.
● Current adjustment ● Flexible, intelligent design
● DIP switch selectable trip
range: 5:1 ● Global product offering— ground fault
4 C440 Overload
● Self-powered design—will
accept AC voltages from
available with NEMA, IEC ● Selectable Auto/Manual
C440 is the most compact, and DP power control reset
4 high-featured, economical ●
12 to 690V 50/60 Hz
Ambient temperature Motor Control
product in its class. Feature Options
4 C440 is a self-powered ●
compensation
Low heat generation
● Two B600 alarm (NO) and
fault (NC) contacts
● Remote reset
● 120 Vac
4 electronic overload relay Test/Trip button
●
● Phase loss protection ● 24 Vac
available up to 100A as a ● Phase unbalance Motor Protection ● 24 Vdc
self contained unit. With
4 external CTs, C440 can
●
protection
Electrically isolated
● Thermal overload ● Tamper-proof cover
protect motor up to ● Phase loss
4 1500 FLA. Available add-on
1NO-1NC contacts
(push-to-test) ● Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase unbalance
4 Trip status indicator
●
communication modules ● Selectable (ON/OFF)
with I/O for DeviceNet, ground fault
4 PROFIBUS, and Modbus.
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
A30 and B30 Starters
4
● UL Listed Components 4
● IEC EN 60947-4-1, EN
60947-5-1
4
● CE Certified Components 4
● CCC Certified Components
● RoHS Certified Components 4
4
4
A30 and B30 Definite Purpose Starters 4
A 30 C N C 25 A X 5E 005 4
4
Designation
A = Three-phase starter
Overload Range
DP Starters with C440 Electronic Overload 4
B = Single-phase starter 15A–75A Contactor
005 = 1–5A 045 = 9–45A 4
020 = 4–20A 100 = 20–100A
Type
30 = Non-reversing
4
OLR Model Designation 4
Control 5C = C440 with ground fault
C = Common control
S = Separate control
5E = Standard C440 OLR SEL Reset, SEL Class
4
4
Enclosure Type
4
A = 1NO pressure plate
N = Open with metal mounting plate B = 1NC pressure plate
R = Open with DIN rail mounting adapter C = 1NO-1NC pressure plate
(two- and three-pole, 15–50A contactors only)
G = NEMA Type 1 enclosed
D = 2NO pressure plate
E = 2NC pressure plate 4
F = 1NO pressure plate and QC
G = 1NC pressure plate and QC
H = 1NO-1NC pressure plate and QC
4
Power Terminals
J = 2NO pressure plate and QC
15–40A Contactor
A = Binding head screws without quick connect terminals
K = 2NC pressure plate and QC 4
L = 1NO-1NC snap switch QC only
B = Binding head screws with quick connect terminals
C = Pressure plate without quick connect terminals
M = 2NO-2NC snap switch QC only
X = None 4
D = Pressure plate with quick connect terminals
E = Lugs without quick connect terminals
F = Lugs with quick connect terminals 4
AC Coil Codes
4
50–75A Contactor
T = 24V D = 550/600V
E = Lugs without quick connect terminals A = 110/120V H = 277V
F = Lugs with quick connect terminals B = 208/240V L = 380/415V
C = 440/480V J = 240V/60 Hz; 220V/50 Hz
(Available through 50A)
4
25 = 25A
Current Ratings
45 = 45A
4
30 = 30A 60 = 60A
40 = 40A 75 = 75A 4
4
4
4

Starters
Product Selection
4
4 ● Catalog number plus AC coil code, auxiliary contact code, OLR model designation and overload
range code, see below
4 Three-Phase Starters—Open Type A30 with C440 Electronic Overload
A30 Starter
4 Ampere Rating Common Control

Metal
Separate Control
Metal
4 Inductive Line Locked Maximum Maximum Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter
Full Load Voltage Rotor Motor (hp) Motor (kW) Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
4 25 115
230
150
150
—
7-1/2
—
5-1/2
A30CNC25_ A30CRC25_ A30SNC25_ A30SRC25_
4 460 125 10 7-1/2

575 100 10 7-1/2
4 30 115 180 — — A30CNE30_ A30CRE30_ A30SNE30_ A30SRE30_

230 180 10 7-1/2
4 460 150 15 11
575 120 15 11
4 40 115 240 — — A30CNE40_ A30CRE40_ A30SNE40_ A30SRE40_
4 230
460
240
200
10
20
7-1/2
15
4 575 160 20 15
4 230 300 15 11
460 250 30 22
4 575 200 30 22
60 115 360 — — A30CNE60_ — A30SNE60_ —
4 230 360 20 15
4 460
575
300
340
40
40
30
30
4 75 115 450 — — A30CNE75_ — A30SNE75_ —

230 450 20 18-1/2
4 460 375 50 37
575 300 50 37
4 Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with suffix, see Page V5-T4-41.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
● Catalog number plus AC coil code, auxiliary contact code, OLR model designation and overload 4
range code, see below
4
Single-Phase Starters—Open Type, B30 with C440 Electronic Overload
Ampere Rating Common Control Separate Control 4
4
Metal Metal
Inductive Line Locked Maximum Maximum Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter Mounting Plate DIN Rail Adapter
Full Load Voltage Rotor Motor (hp) Motor (kW) Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1 Catalog Number 1
25 115 150 2 1.5 B30CNC25_ B30CRC25_ B30SNC25_ B30SRC25_ 4
230
460
150
125
3
—
2.2
—
4
575 100 — — 4
230 180 5 3.7 4
460 150 — —
575 120 — —
4
4
230 240 7-1/2 5.5
460 200 — — 4
575 160 — —
45 115 300 3 2.2 B30CNE45_ B30CRE45_ B30SNE45_ B30SRE45_ 4
4
230 300 10 7.5
460 250 — —
575 200 — —
4
C440 Electronic Overload Relay for Integrated Use with DP Contactors

4
C440/XT Electronic
Overload Relay C440 Overload Relay for Integrated Use with DP Contactors by Feature Set 4
FLA Range DP Contactor Suffix Overload Relay Catalog Overload Relay Catalog
(Amps) Rating Code Number (Standard) Number (Ground Fault) 4
Frame D
1–5 25–50A 005 C440A1A005SDD C440A2A005SDD 4
4
4–20 25–50A 020 C440A1A020SDD C440A2A020SDD
9–45 25–50A 045 C440A1A045SDD C440A2A045SDD
Frame F
4
20–100 60–75A 100 C440B1A100SDF C440B2A100SDF
4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) with suffix, see table above.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
Accessories
4
CT Kits
4 Accessories
4
4
4 Reset Bar Reset Bar
4 mounted reset operators.
4
4
Remote reset module (120 Vac) 1
4
ZEB-XRR-120
4
4 Note
1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
4
Specification 4
Description 45 mm 55 mm
Electrical Ratings Range Range 4
4
Operating voltage (three-phase) and frequency 690 Vac (60/50 Hz) 690 Vac (60/50 Hz)
FLA Range
0.33–1.65A
1–5A
20–100A
4
4–20A
9–45A 4
Use with Contactors
XT IEC frames B, C, D F, G 4
4
Freedom NEMA sizes 00, 0, 1, 2 3
DP contactors 25–50A 60, 75A
Trip Class
4
10A, 10, 20, 30 10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable Selectable
4
Motor Protection
Thermal overload setting 1.05 x FLA: does not trip
4
Feature Range Range 4
Phase loss Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50%
Phase unbalance (selectable: enable/disable) Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% 4
Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec >150% = 2 sec 4
>250% = 1 sec >250% = 1 sec
Reset Manual/automatic Manual/automatic 4
Indicators
Trip status Orange flag Orange flag 4
4
Mode LED One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly
Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip Two flashes: Current is above FLA dial setting—pending trip
Options
Remote reset Yes Yes
4
Reset bar Yes Yes
4
Communication expansion module Yes Yes
Communication adapter Yes Yes 4
Capacity
Load terminals 4
12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2) 6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2)
4
Terminal capacity
8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
Tightening torque 20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm) 25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm) 4
Terminal capacity 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 4
Tightening torque
Voltages
5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 5.3 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
4
Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 4
Insulation voltage U i (control) 500 Vac 500 Vac
Rated impulse withstand voltage 6000 Vac 6000 Vac 4
4
4
4

Starters

4 Specification
4 Description
45 mm 55 mm
4 Conventional thermal continuous current 5A 5A

4
120V 15A 15A
240V 15A 15A
4 415V 0.5A 0.5A

500V 0.5A 0.5A
120V 1.5A 1.5A
4 240V 1.5A 1.5A
4 415V
500V
0.9A
0.8A
0.9A
0.8A
4 IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)

0–250V 1.0A 1.0A
4 120V 30A 30A
4 240V
480V
15A
7.5A
15A
7.5A
4 600V 6A 6A
4 120V 3A 3A
4
240V 1.5A 1.5A
480V 0.75A 0.75A
4 600V 0.6A 0.6A

4 0–120V 0.22A 0.22A
250V 0.11A 0.11A
4 Maximum fuse
6A gG/gL 6A gG/gL
4 Ambient temperature (operating) –13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C) –13° to 149°F (–25° to 65°C)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C) –40° to 185°F (–40° to 85°C)
4 Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1 2000m 2000m
4 Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) 15g any direction 15g any direction

3g any direction
3g any direction
4 Ingress protection IP20 IP20

Protection against direct contact when actuated from front (IEC 536) Finger- and back-of-hand proof Finger- and back-of-hand proof
4 Mounting position Any Any
4
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30
4
4
4

Starters
4.3
Specification
4
Description
Electrical/EMC
45 mm 55 mm
4
Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 4
4
Conducted emissions 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
ESD immunity ±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±6 kV contact
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) 4
Radiated immunity 10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 10V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
3V/m from 1.4 to 2.7 GHz
4
1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity 140 dub (10V rms) 140 dub (10V rms)
4
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz–100 MHz 150 kHz–100 MHz
Fast transient immunity ±4 kV using direct method ±4 kV using direct method 4
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) with accessory installed in expansion bay with accessory installed in expansion bay
IEC 61000-4-4 ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method 4
Surge immunity Three-phase power inputs: Three-phase power inputs:
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
4
2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line 2 kV line-to-earth, 1 kV line-to-line
±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) 4
Power freq. magnetic field immunity 30A/m, 50 Hz 30A/m, 50 Hz
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
4
Electromagnetic field 10 V/m 10 V/m
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
4
Distortion IEEE 519 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max. 5% THD max., 5th harmonic 3% max.
IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4
IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method 4
Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
4
4
Wiring Diagrams
4
Single-Phase Connections Three-Phase Connections
Wire “C” Wire “C”
4
(Supplied with Common Control) (Supplied with Common Control)
4
1NO Aux. Contact 1NO Aux. Contact
L1 L2 L1 L2 L3
1
(When Supplied)
1
(When Supplied)
4
13 13
14 Wire “D”
(Supplied with
14
Wire “D”
(Supplied with
4
1NO Aux. Contact)
98 1NO Aux. Contact) 98
4
97 97
96 96
4
95 95
2/T1 4/T2 Reset 2/T1 4/T2 6/T3
4
T1 T2 T1 T2 T3
4
AC Motor AC Motor 4
4

NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Control
Contents
4 15–60A Contactors—C25
Description Page
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-48
4 25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-49
15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-52
4 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-55
4
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-57
4
4
4
4
4 Product Description
Eaton offers the Definite combine the features and
4 Purpose Contactors and flexibility of the C25 Definite
Starters in NEMA 1 Purpose Contactors and
4 enclosures. The C25
contactors are available as
Freedom Series Bimetallic
Ambient Compensated
4 enclosed. The A25 and B25
Definite Purpose Starters
Overload Relays mounted on
a common mounting plate.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.4
4
15–60A Contactors—C25
4
C25DGD215 A X
4
Incomplete catalog number Magnet coil suffix Option code as necessary 4
4
Product Selection
4
C25 Enclosed Two-, Three- and Four-Pole NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Contactors
Ampere Rating Maximum Motor (hp) Maximum Motor (kW) NEMA Type 1 4
Inductive Resistive Line Locked Single- Three- Single- Three- Number of Catalog
Full Load per Pole Voltage Rotor Phase Phase Phase Phase Poles Number 1
4
15 20 115 90 3/4 — 0.40 — 2 C25DGD215_
230 90 2 3 1.5 2.2 3 C25DGD315_ 4
460 75 — 5 — 3.7 C25DGD315_
575 60 — 5 — 3.7 C25DGD315_ 4
25 35 115
230
150
150
2
3
—
7-1/2
1.5
2.2
—
5.5
2
3
C25DGD225_
C25DGD325_
4
460 125 — 10 — 7.5 4 C25EGD425_ 4
575 100 — 10 — 7.5 C25EGD425_
30 40 115 180 2 — 1.5 — 2 C25DGD230_ 4
230 180 5 10 3.7 7.5 3 C25DGD330_
460 150 — 15 — 11 4 C25EGD430_
4
575 120 — 15 — 11 C25EGD430_
4
40 50 115 240 3 — 2.2 — 2 C25DGF240_
230 240 7-1/2 10 5.5 7.5 3 C25DGF340_ 4
460 200 — 20 — 15 4 C25EGF440_
575 160 — 20 — 15 C25EGF440_ 4
4
50 65 115 300 3 — 2.2 — 2 C25DGJ250_
230 300 10 15 7.5 11 3 C25DGJ350_
460 250 — 30 — 22 C25DGJ350_
4
575 200 — 30 — 22 C25DGJ350_
60 75 115 360 5 — 3.7 — 2 C25FGF260_ 4
230 360 10 20 7.5 15 3 C25FGF360_
460 300 — 40 — 30 C25FGF360_ 4
575 240 — 40 — 30 C25FGF360_
4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-48.
4
4
4
4
4
4

Magnet Coil Suffix

4 Voltage Voltage
4 AC 1 DC 4
4 12 12 R 12 1R
24 24 T 24 1T
4 110–120 2 110–120 2 A 48 1W
208–240 208–240 E 120 1A
4 240 3 220 B
4
277 — J
— 380–415 H
4 440–480 440–480 L
550–600 550–600 C
4 12 12 D
4
Dimensions
4 C25 Contactors, NEMA 1 Enclosed

25–40 Ampere, Four-Pole—
4 15–50 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B18) 60 Ampere, Two- and Three-Pole (C799B19)
4
4 B E E
B
4
4
D D C
4 A C A

Ampere Number Wide High Deep Mounting Shipping Weight
4 Size of Poles A B C D E Lbs (kg)
NEMA 1 Enclosed
4 15–50 2 and 3 4.10 (104.0) 6.75 (171.0) 3.50 (89.0) 2.75 (70.0) 4.88 (124.0) 3.4 (1.5)
4 25–40 4 5.62 (142.0) 9.51 (241.0) 4.81 (122.0) 4.50 (114.0) 8.00 (203.0) 5.8 (2.6)
60 2 and 3 5.62 (142.0) 9.51 (241.0) 4.81 (122.0) 4.50 (114.0) 8.00 (203.0) 6.3 (2.9)
4
Notes
4 1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A contactor.

4 Contactors with DC coils include an early break NC auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.4
Contents
25–60A Starters—A25, B25
Description Page
4
15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-46 4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-51 4
15–45A Starters—A27, B27 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-52
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-55 4
4
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-57
4
4
4
4
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 4
Product Description Standards and Certifications 4
A25 and B25 Definite ● UL Recognized
Purpose Starters from Eaton’s Components UL File 4
Electrical Sector combine the #E-1491, Guide NLDX2
features and flexibility of the
C25 Definite Purpose
● CSA Certified Components 4
File #LR353, Guide
Contactors and Freedom
Series Bi-metallic Ambient
380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
4
Relays mounted on a common 4
mounting plate.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4


4
4
A25CGC30 A X
4
4 Incomplete catalog number Magnet coil suffix Option code as necessary
4 When Ordering Specify

4 ● Modify catalog number for any options required, see Options, Page V5-T4-57
● Heater packs for specific FLA of motor, see Page V5-T4-56
4
4 Product Selection
4 A25, B25 Enclosed Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters
Single-Phase 12 Three-Phase 2
4 Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Common
Control
Separate
Control
4 Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
Single-
Phase
Three-
Phase
Single-
Phase
Three-
Phase
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
Catalog
Number 3
4 25 115 150 2 — 1.5 — B25CGC25_ B25SGC25_ A25CGC25_ A25SGC25_

230 150 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 B25CGC25_ B25SGC25_ A25CGC25_ A25SGC25_
4 460 125 — 10 — 7.5 B25CGC25_ B25SGC25_ A25CGC25_ A25SGC25_
575 100 — 10 — 7.5 B25CGC25_ B25SGC25_ A25CGC25_ A25SGC25_
4 30 115 180 2 — 1.5 — B25CGC30_ B25SGC30_ A25CGC30_ A25SGC30_
4 230
460
180
150
5
—
10
15
3.7
—
7.5
11
B25CGC30_
B25CGC30_
B25SGC30_
B25SGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25CGC30_
A25SGC30_
A25SGC30_
4 575 120 — 15 — 11 B25CGC30_ B25SGC30_ A25CGC30_ A25SGC30_

40 115 240 3 — 2.2 — B25CGE40_ B25SGE40_ A25CGE40_ A25SGE40_
4 230 240 7-1/2 10 5.5 7.5 B25CGE40_ B25SGE40_ A25CGE40_ A25SGE40_
460 200 — 20 — 15 B25CGE40_ B25SGE40_ A25CGE40_ A25SGE40_
4 575 160 — 20 — 15 B25CGE40_ B25SGE40_ A25CGE40_ A25SGE40_
4 50 115
230
300
300
—
—
—
15
—
—
—
11
—
—
—
—
A25CGE50_
A25CGE50_
A25SGE50_
A25SGE50_
4 460 250 — 30 — 22 — — A25CGE50_ A25SGE50_

575 200 — 30 — 22 — — A25CGE50_ A25SGE50_
4 60 115 360 — — — — — — A25CGE60_ A25SGE60_
4
230 360 — 20 — 15 — — A25CGE60_ A25SGE60_
460 300 — 40 — 30 — — A25CGE60_ A25SGE60_
4 575 240 — 40 — 30 — — A25CGE60_ A25SGE60_
Notes
4 1 Starters do not include heater packs. Select heater pack from tables, see Page V5-T4-56.
2 Set of three heater packs required for single-phase applications.
4 3 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix from table on Page V5-T4-51.
4
4
4
4
4

4.4
Magnet Coil Suffix
Voltage Voltage
4
AC 1 DC 4
4
12 12 R 12 1R
4
24 24 T 24 1T
110–120 2 110–120 2 A 48 1W 4
208–240 208–240 B 120 1A
240 3 220 J 4
277
—
—
380–415
H
L
4
440–480 440–480 C 4
550–600 550–600 D
4
Dimensions 4
4
A25 and B25 Starters
4
25, 30, 40, 50 and 60 Ampere
4
4
BE
4
4
4
G C 4
A

Wide High Deep Mounting Mounting
Shipping
Weight 4
Ampere Size A B C E G Lbs (kg)
25 and 30 5.63 (143.0) 10.17 (258.0) 5.81 (148.0) 8.00 (203.0) 4.50 (114.0) 4.8 (2.2) 4
40, 50 and 60 7.64 (194.0) 13.27 (337.0) 6.67 (169.0) 10.75 (273.0) 6.00 (152.0) 10.6 (4.8)
4
Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
4
4
2 104–120A 50/60 Hz for 60A starter.
4 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contents
4 15–45A Starters—A27, B27
Description Page
4 15–60A Contactors—C25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-46
25–60A Starters—A25, B25 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-49
4 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-54
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-55
4 Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-57
4
4
4
4
4
A27 and B27 Definite ● UL Recognized
4 Purpose Starters from Components UL File
Eaton’s Electrical Sector #E-1491, Guide NLDX2
4 combine the features and
flexibility of the C25 Definite
File #LR353, Guide
Purpose Contactors and XT
4 Series Bi-metallic Ambient ●
380W-1.14 Class 3211 04
CE
4 Relays.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.4
4
4
A27CGE30 A 040
4
Incomplete catalog number Magnet coil suffix Overload relay suffix 4
● Catalog number plus magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix, see Page V5-T4-54
4
Product Selection 4
A27, B27 Enclosed Single- and Three-Phase NEMA Type 1 Enclosed Starters
4
Single-Phase Three-Phase
Ampere Rating
Maximum Motor
(hp)
Maximum Motor
(kW)
Common
Control
Separate
Control
Common
Control
Separate
Control
4
Inductive
Full Load
Line
Voltage
Locked
Rotor
Single-
Phase
Three-
Phase
Single-
Phase
Three-
Phase
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1
Catalog
Number 1 4
15 115
230
90
90
3/4
2
—
3
0.4
1.5
—
2.2
B27CGC15_
B27CGC15_
B27SGC15_
B27SGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27CGC15_
A27SGC15_
A27SGC15_
4
460 75 — 5 — 3.7 B27CGC15_ B27SGC15_ A27CGC15_ A27SGC15_ 4
25 115 150 2 — 1.5 — B27CGC25_ B27SGC25_ A27CGC25_ A27SGC25_ 4
230 150 3 7-1/2 2.2 5.5 B27CGC25_ B27SGC25_ A27CGC25_ A27SGC25_
4
4
230 180 5 10 3.7 7.5 B27CGE30_ B27SGE30_ A27CGE30_ A27SGE30_ 4
575 120 — 15 — 11 B27CGE30_ B27SGE30_ A27CGE30_ A27SGE30_ 4
4
230 240 7-1/2 10 5.5 7.5 B27CGE40_ B27SGE40_ A27CGE40_ A27SGE40_
4
45 115 270 3 — 2.2 — B27CGE45_ B27SGE45_ A27CGE45_ A27SGE45_ 4
230 270 7-1/2 15 7.5 11 B27CGE45_ B27SGE45_ A27CGE45_ A27SGE45_
460 225 — 30 — 22 B27CGE45_ B27SGE45_ A27CGE45_ A27SGE45_ 4
4
Note
1 Incomplete catalog number. Replace underscore (_) in catalog number with magnet coil suffix plus overload relay suffix from tables on Page V5-T4-54.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Magnet Coil Suffix Overload Relay Suffix

4 Voltage Voltage For use with Contactor
60 Hertz 50 Hertz Coil Suffix 60 Hertz Coil Suffix Motor Full Load Amperes Suffix Code Ampere Range
4 AC 1 DC 3 Frame C
4 12 12 R 12 1R 0.1–0.16 P16 15–25A

24 24 T 24 1T 0.16–0.24 P24 15–25A
4 110–120 110–120 A 48 1W 0.24–0.4 P40 15–25A
208–240 208–240 B 120 1A 0.4–0.6 P60 15–25A
4 240 2 220 J 0.6–1 001 15–25A
4
277 — H 1–1.6 1P6 15–25A
— 380–415 L 1.6–2.4 2P4 15–25A
4 440–480 440–480 C 2.4–4 004 15–25A

550–600 550–600 D 4–6 006 15–25A
4 6–10 010 15–25A
10–16 016 15–25A
4 16–24 024 15–25A
4 24–32
Frame D
032 15–25A
4 6–10 010 30–45A

10–16 016 30–45A
4 16–24 024 30–45A
4
24–40 040 30–45A
40–57 057 30–45A
4
4 Dimensions
4 A27 and B27 Starters
4 15, 25, 30, 40 and 50 Ampere

4
4
4 BE
4
4
4 G
A
C

Shipping
4 Ampere Size
Wide
A
High
B
Deep
C
Mounting
E
Mounting
G
Weight
Lbs (kg)
4 25 and 30 5.63 (143.0) 10.17 (258.0) 5.81 (148.0) 8.00 (203.0) 4.50 (114.0) 4.8 (2.2)
40, 50 and 60 7.64 (194.0) 13.27 (337.0) 6.67 (169.0) 10.75 (273.0) 6.00 (152.0) 10.6 (4.8)
4
4 Notes
1 Class H AC coils available as option. Add 2 before AC coil suffix letter.
4 3 Starters with DC coils include an early breaking auxiliary contact, C320KGD1. See Page V5-T4-62 for more detail.

4.4
Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contact Kits (Side Mounted)
4
Side Mounted Heavy-Duty Pilot Rated for 10A at 600 Vac
Auxiliary Contact With Standard Pressure
Plate Terminals
With Pressure Plate and
4
Circuit Catalog Number Catalog Number
4
For 15 through 75A
1NO C320KG1 C320KG11 4
1NC C320KG2 C320KG12
1NO-1NC C320KG3 C320KG13 4
2NO
2NC
C320KG4
C320KG5
C320KG14
C320KG15
4
For 90A 4
1NO — C320DPG10
1NC — C320DPG01 4
1NO-1NC — C320DPG11
2NO — C320DPG20
4
For 120 through 360A
4
1NO C320KGS20 —
1NC C320KGS21 — 4
1NO-1NC C320KGS22 —
4
Side Mounted Snap Switch Design Side Mounted 4
Snap Switch Auxiliary Contacts
Snap Switch Design with 4
Circuit Catalog Number 4
1NO-1NC C320SNP11
2NO-2NC C320SNP22 4
4
4
Magnet Coil Quick Connect Terminal
Description 4
4
Extra dual quick connect terminals (U-shaped)
for magnet coil terminals 2
Note
1 To order, add suffix number 9 to the complete catalog number. 4
Example: C25DND215A9.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Heater Packs
4
Fast Trip—Class 10 Heater Packs Standard Trip—Class 20 Heater Packs
4 Manual or Automatic Reset Manual or Automatic Reset
Heater packs are shipped three to a carton. Heater packs are shipped three to a carton.
4 Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs. Catalog numbers listed below are for three heater packs.
4 Fast Trip Ratings Standard Trip Ratings

Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1 Motor Full Load Ampere Rating 1
4
2
Catalog Number Catalog Number 2
Dial Position (Includes Three Heater Dial Position (Includes Three Heater
A B C D Packs) A B C D Packs)
4 0.26 0.313 0.367 0.42 H2101B-3 0.254 0.306 0.359 0.411 H2001B-3
0.384 0.464 0.543 0.623 H2102B-3
4 0.57 0.688 0.806 0.924 H2103B-3
0.375
0.56
0.452
0.676
0.53
0.791
0.607
0.907
H2002B-3
H2003B-3
4 0.846
1.28
1.02
1.55
1.2
1.83
1.37
2.1
H2104B-3
H2105B-3
0.814 0.983 1.15 1.32 H2004B-3
1.2 1.45 1.71 1.96 H2005B-3
4 1.92 2.33 2.74 3.15 H2106B-3
1.79 2.16 2.53 2.9 H2006B-3
2.3 2.79 3.28 3.77 H2107B-3
2.15 2.6 3.04 3.49 H2007B-3
4 3.38 4.1 4.82 5.54 H2108B-3
3.23 3.9 4.56 5.23 H2008B-3
4.96 6.03 7.09 8.16 H2109B-3
4 7.07 8.58 10.1 11.6 H2110B-3
4.55
6.75
5.5
8.17
6.45
9.58
7.4
11
H2009B-3
H2010B-3
9.6 11.2 12.8 14.4 H2111B-3
4 14.4 17.5 20.7 23.8 H2112B-3
9.14 10.8 12.4 14 H2011B-3
14 16.9 19.9 22.8 H2012B-3
4 18.7
23.5
21.8
27.3
25
31
28.1
34.8
H2113B-3
H2114B-3
18.7 22.7 26.7 30.7 H2013B-3
4
23.5 28.5 33.5 38.5 H2014B-3
28.3 32.6 37 41.3 H2115B-3
36.6 42.3 48.1 53.8 H2116B-3 29 34 39.1 44.1 H2015B-3
4 53.8 60.8 67.9 74.9 H2117B-3 39.6 45.5 51.5 57.4 H2016B-3
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58. 53.9 60.9 67.9 74.9 H2017B-3
4 Notes
Trip Curves, see Page V5-T4-58.
1 For motor full load amperes between listed values, adjust dial clockwise for higher or
4 counter-clockwise for lower motor currents. The currents listed are for 1.5 service factor
motors. A position adjustment is provided for 1.0 service factor motors.
4 2 Set of three heater packs are required for both single- and three-phase applications.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.4
Options
To order C25, C65, A25 and B25 contactors and starters with the factory installed options listed 4
below, change the basic catalog number listed in the product selection table as noted.
4
Factory Installed Options
Description Code Letter Number of Poles 4
4
Terminals—15A through 50A
Binding head screws
Without quick connect terminals
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side)
A
B
2-, 3-, 4-pole
2-, 3-, 4-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) G 2-, 3-pole
4
Screw/pressure plate 1
Without quick connect terminals C 2-, 3-, 4-pole 4
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side) D 2-, 3-, 4-pole
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) H 2-, 3-pole 4
Box lugs (#2 posidrive/slotted screw)
Without quick connect terminals E 2-, 3-, 4-pole 2 4
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side) F 2-, 3-, 4-pole 2
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) J 2-, 3-pole
4
Box lugs (hex socket allen head screw)
Without quick connect terminals K 2-, 3-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (side-by-side) L 2-, 3-pole
4
With quick connect terminals (vertical in-line) M 2-, 3-pole
Terminals—60A through 75A 3 4
Box lugs (slotted screw)
Without quick connect terminals E 2-, 3-pole 4
With quick connect terminals F 2-, 3-pole
Notes
4
1 Screw/pressure plate terminals are not available on 50A contactors.
2 Four-pole contactors have box lugs with slotted screws. 4
3 Replace letter in the 6th position of catalog number with code letter listed. Example: Change C25FNF250 to C25FNE250.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4


4
20–40A, Compact Single- and Two-Pole—C25
4 Description Specification
4 Insulation voltage
Current rated and hp/kw rated contacts
690V
Double break
4 Magnet coil Class F, 155°C

Contact arc covers Standard on all contactors
4 Standard power terminals 5/16 in hex washer head screws
Quad (4) quick connect terminals on all line and load terminals
4 Box lugs available as option
Line and load terminal designations Marked on contactors
4 Operating temperature range –13° to 158°F (–25° to 70°C)
Terminal wire range
4 Hex washer head screws 6–10 AWG, 30 lb-in torque rating
Box lugs 6–10 AWG, 35 lb-in torque rating
4 8 AWG, 40 lb-in torque rating
6–4 AWG, 45 lb-in torque rating
4 Mounting position Vertical, horizontal or tabletop
4
Coil Characteristics
4 AC Coil Maximum Maximum Sealed AC Coil Maximum Maximum Sealed
Voltage Inrush Voltage Inrush
4 50/60 Hz VA VA Watts 50/60 Hz VA VA Watts
Single-Pole Two-Pole
4 24 33 6 2 24 41 6.5 3
120 33 6 2 120 41 6.5 3
4 208/240 33 6 2 208/240 41 6.5 3
4
277 33 6 2 277 41 6.5 3
4 Trip Curves
4 Bimetallic Ambient Compensated Overload Relay—25°C Open Rating
Class 10 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating) Class 20 Overload Relay (25°C Open Rating)
4 10,000 10,000
4 5000
4000
5000
4000
3000 3000
4 2000 2000
1000 1000
4 500
400 From
500
400 From
300 Cold Start 300 Cold Start
4 Trip Time
200
Trip Time
200
(Seconds) 100 From (Seconds) 100 From

4 50
40
Hot Start 50
40
Hot Start
30 30
4 20 20
10 10
4 5
4
5
4
3 3
4 2
1
2
1
4 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Multiples of Current Setting Multiples of Current Setting
4
4

Renewal Parts
4.5
Renewal Parts
4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors
● Replace complete contactor for: 4
● C25A_
● C25B_ 4
● C25C_
● C25D_ 4
Renewal Contact Kits for C25 Definite Purpose Contactors 4
Catalog Number
Single-Pole Kit
Part Number
Two-Pole Kit
Part Number
Three-Pole Kit
Part Number
4
C25FNF250 — 6-65-5 —
4
C25FNF350 — — 6-65-6
C25FNF260 — 6-65-7 — 4
C25FNF360 — — 6-65-8
C25FNF275 — 6-65-20 — 4
C25FNF375
C25GNF290
—
—
—
—
6-65-19
—
4
C25GNF390 — — — 4
C25HNE3120 — — 6-43-6
C25KNE3200 — — 6-288 4
C25KNE3300 — — 6-286
C25LNE3360 — — 6-45-2 4
4
Product Selection
AC Coils 4
AC Coil
Voltage Frequency
Inrush (Maximum)
VA Watts
Sealed (Maximum)
VA Watts
Coil
Suffix Class Part Number
4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1) 4
12 60 74.85 46.1 5.53 1.68 R Class F, 155°C 9-3185-5
24 81.35 49.7 5.83 1.74 T 9-3185-6 4
110/120 74.69 51.6 5.79 1.81 A 9-3185-1
208/240 82.64 59.1 6.96 2.38 B 9-3185-2 4
220/240
440/480
60 74.03
73.39
51.8
52.1
5.85
6.09
1.99
2.58
J
C
Class F, 155°C 9-3185-10
9-3185-3
4
550/600 79.47 51.7 6.56 3.05 D 9-3185-4 4
277 72.88 52.4 6.09 2.58 H 9-3185-7
380/415 50 64.5 50.6 6.08 2.43 L Class F, 155°C 9-3185-8 4
4
15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1)
12 60 65 30 11 2.5 R Class F, 155°C 9-3125-5
24 65 30 11 2.5 T 9-3125-6
4
104/120 65 30 11 2.5 A 9-3125-1
208/240 50 75 35 17 3.5 B Class F, 155°C 9-3125-2 4
440/480 75 35 17 3.5 C 9-3125-3
550/600 75 35 17 3.5 D 9-3125-4 4
277
380/415
60
50
65
75
30
35
11
17
2.5
3.5
H
L
Class F, 155°C
Class F, 155°C
9-3125-8
9-3125-8
4
4
4
4

Renewal Parts
AC Coils, continued
4 AC Coil Inrush (Maximum) Sealed (Maximum) Coil
4 Voltage Frequency VA Watts VA

15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
Watts Suffix Class Part Number
4 12 60 74.85 46.1 5.53 1.68 R Class H, 180°C 9-3252-5

24 81.35 49.7 5.83 1.74 T 9-3252-6
4 110/120 74.69 51.6 5.79 1.81 A 9-3252-1
4
208/240 82.64 59.1 6.96 2.38 B 9-3252-2
220/240 60 74.03 51.8 5.85 1.99 J Class H, 180°C 9-3252-10
4 440/480 73.39 52.1 6.09 2.58 C 9-3252-3

550/600 79.47 51.7 6.56 3.05 D 9-3252-4
4 277 72.88 52.4 6.09 2.58 H 9-3252-7
380/415 50 64.5 50.6 6.08 2.43 L Class H, 180°C 9-3252-8
4 50A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4 12
24
60 115.8
118.1
73.6
70.7
7.71
7.58
2.8
2.79
R
T
Class F, 155°C 9-3186-5
9-3186-6
4 110/120 110.7 73.3 7.67 2.89 A 9-3186-1

208/240 124.9 90.3 10.04 3.74 B 9-3186-2
4 220/240 60 112.9 76.2 7.6 3.02 J Class F, 155°C 9-3186-10
440/480 114.7 75.6 8.01 3.68 C 9-3186-3
4 550/600 109 78.6 8.21 4.11 D 9-3186-4
4 277
380/415 50
115.4
110.3
73.1
77
7.73
8.66
3.12
3.31
H
L Class F, 155°C
9-3186-7
9-3186-8

12 60 115.8 73.6 7.71 2.8 R Class H, 180°C 9-3253-5
4 24 118.1 70.7 7.58 2.79 T 9-3253-6
4
110/120 110.7 73.3 7.67 2.89 A 9-3253-1
208/240 124.9 90.3 10.04 3.74 B 9-3253-2
4 220/240 60 112.9 76.2 7.6 3.02 J Class H, 180°C 9-3253-10

440/480 114.7 75.6 8.01 3.68 C 9-3253-3
4 550/600 109 78.6 8.21 4.11 D 9-3253-4
277 115.4 73.1 7.73 3.12 H 9-3253-7
4 380/415 50 110.3 77 8.66 3.31 L Class H, 180°C 9-3253-8
4 60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole

12 60 204 84 36.5 8 R Class B, 130°C 9-3256-5
4 24 T 9-3256-6
104/120 A 9-3256-1
4 208/240 50 240 100.8 50.4 10.8 B Class B, 130°C 9-3256-2
440/480 C 9-3256-3
4 550/600 D 9-3256-4
4 277
380/415
60
50
204
199
84
88.8
36.5
37.8
8
8.8
H
L
Class B, 130°C
Class B, 130°C
9-3256-7
9-3256-8
4
4
4
4
4
4

Renewal Parts
4.5
AC Coils, continued
AC Coil Inrush (Maximum) Sealed (Maximum) Coil
4
Voltage Frequency VA
90A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series F1)
Watts VA Watts Suffix Class Part Number
4
24 50/60 325/300 — 48/35 12 T Class B, 130°C 9-3080-1 4
110/120 A 9-3080-2
208–220 B 9-3080-3 4
4
380–415 50/60 325/300 — 48/35 12 C Class B, 130°C 9-3080-5
277 60 325/300 — 48/35 12 H Class B, 130°C 9-3080-4
120A—Three-Pole
4
24 50/60 390 112 49.8 13 T Class B, 130°C 9-2756-16
110/120 A 9-2756-1 4
220/240 B 9-2756-2
440/480 C 9-2756-3 4
4
550/600 D 9-2756-4
208 60 390 112 49.8 13 E Class B, 130°C 9-2756-5
277 H 9-2756-9
4
200, 300 and 360A—Three-Pole
110/120 50/60 1040 216 116 17 A Class F, 155°C 9-1891-1 4
220/240 B 9-1891-2
440/480 C 9-1891-3 4
550/600
208 60 1040 216 116 17
D
E Class F, 155°C
9-1891-4
9-1891-13
4
277 H 9-1891-26 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Renewal Parts
DC Operation
4 These DC coils have separate The early break contact
pick-up and seal windings. block (C320KGD1) has to
4 The pick-up winding must be be attached to the side of
connected to an early break the contactor, taking up one
4 normally closed auxiliary of the positions available
contact block and provide for add-on auxiliary contact
4 the magnetic force required
to close the magnet. As the
blocks.
4 magnet approaches the

closed position, the early
break normally closed contact
4 is opened and the holding coil
is inserted in series with the
4 pick-up winding.
4 DC Coil Elementary Diagram—Contactors and Starters
4 A1 (Top) A2 (Top)
4 Hold (Seal) Pick-Up
4
4 Conductor Extending
from Bottom of Coil
4 NCI
4 Early Break Normally

Closed Auxiliary Contact
4
DC Coils 1
4 DC Coil Inrush (Maximum) Sealed (Maximum) Coil
Voltage Amperes Watts Amperes Watts Suffix Class Part Number
4 15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series D1 and E1)
4 12 5.8 69 0.272 3.27 1R Class F, 155°C 9-3254-2

24 2.9 69 0.13 3.12 1T 9-3254-3
4 48 1.5 72 0.07 3.37 1W 9-3254-4

120 0.61 73 0.03 3.68 1A 9-3254-5
4
12 5.8 69 0.272 3.27 1R Class F, 155°C 9-3255-2
24 2.9 69 0.13 3.12 1T 9-3255-3
4 48 1.5 72 0.07 3.37 1W 9-3255-4

120 0.61 73 0.03 3.68 1A 9-3255-5
4 15, 25, 30 and 40A—Two- and Three-Pole (Series C1)
12 4.7 51 232 mA 1.8 1R Class F, 155°C 9-3126-1
4 24 2.7 64 110 mA 2.4 1T 9-3126-2
4 48 1.4 65 55 mA
60 and 75A—Two- and Three-Pole; 25, 30 and 40A—Four-Pole (Series C1)
2.5 1W 9-3126-3
4 12 15.4 126 0.434 5.26 1R Class F, 155°C 9-3257-1

24 6.2 88.4 0.211 5.12 1T 9-3257-2
4 48 2.9 76.2 0.102 4.92 1W 9-3257-3
120 1.1 67.3 0.044 5.32 1A 9-3257-4
4 Note
4 1 DC coils require an early break NC auxiliary contact C320KGD1 (1NCI) or C320KGD2 (1NO-1NCI). Order separately, not included with replacement coil.

Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors
4.6
Contents
Description Page
4
Heavy-Duty Special Purpose Contactors 4
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-64 4
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-65
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-66
4
4
4
4
4
4
Product Description Application Description Features Benefits 4
The DPCK Contactors are
designed to provide peak
● Typical applications include
mining equipment, welding
● A double wound epoxy
coil allows for lower
● All contacts are silver alloy,
providing long life and
4
performance and reliability on equipment, heating and air temperature rise and resistance to welding
special switching conditioning applications longer life ● Straight-through wiring and 4
applications. These heavy- and other loads that ● The U-shaped magnet up front terminals allow for
duty special purpose require a compact heavy- provides fast, reliable fast, easy installation 4
contactors are rated for duty contactor rated up to action, long life and lower ● Loosening two captive
applications up to 1500 Vac. 1500 Vac power requirements screws allows for easy 4
● The DPCK Contactors are ● Stainless steel kick-out visual inspection of
supplied with bolts and
washers on each terminal
springs contacts 4
● Rugged single-piece
for use with customer
supplied lugs
mounting plate 4
● Allows up to four double
circuit auxiliary contacts
per contactor
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Product Selection
4
4 ● Catalog number with any required accessories from below
4 35A 600/1000V DPCK Air Break Contactors—Two- and Three-Pole 1

Contactor
4
Open Type—
Open Ampere Rating Coil Voltage Two-Pole Three-Pole
600V 1000V 1500V 60 Hz 2 Catalog Number Catalog Number
4 35 35 20 240 DPCK2035WW DPCK3035WW
4 480
600
DPCK2035XW
DPCK2035EW
DPCK3035XW
DPCK3035EW
4 100 100 75 240 DPCK2100WW DPCK3100WW

480 DPCK2100XW DPCK3100XW
4 600 DPCK2100EW DPCK3100EW
4
DPCK Air Break Contactors—Four- and Five-Pole 1
4
250A 600V Contactor
Open Type—
Open Ampere Rating Coil Voltage Four-Pole Five-Pole
4 600V 1000V 1500V 60 Hz 2 Catalog Number Catalog Number
35 35 20 240 DPCK4035WW DPCK5035WW
4 480 DPCK4035XW DPCK5035XW
4 600 DPCK4035EW DPCK5035EW
4
Accessories
4
4 Accessory Kits
4 Auxiliary contacts, 1NO-1NC J11

Horizontal Mechanical Interlock
4 35A 180C113G09
4
100A 1264C37G01
Surge suppressor SS56
4 Notes
1 Holding circuit auxiliary contact not included. If required, order from Accessories above.
4 2 For other coil voltages, refer to replacement coils on Page V5-T4-65 and insert proper letter in place of 9th character
of listed catalog number. Example: DPCK3035WW with 380/50 coil DPCK3035HW.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.6
Renewal Parts
4
DPCK Contactor Renewal Parts
35A 100A
4
Coil
Description Hz
Suffix
Code
Two-, Three-Pole
Part Number
Four-, Five-Pole
Part Number
Two-, Three-Pole
Part Number
4
Contact Kit 4
Two-pole — — 180C180G01 1 180C180G05
Three-pole — — 180C180G02 2 180C180G06 4
ARC box — — 673B439G01 673B439G02 673B440G01
Upper base — — 673B439G03 673B439G04 673B440G02
4
Lower base — — 673B439G05 673B439G06 673B440G03
4
Crossbar — — 673B439G07 673B439G08 673B440G04
Magnet Coil 4
120/110 60/50 A 1266C28G01 1266C29G01 1254C70G01
110 60 V 1266C28G08 1266C29G06 1254C70G08 4
4
208/220 60 B 1266C28G02 1266C29G02 1254C70G02
220/240 60 — N/A N/A N/A
240/220 60/50 W 1266C28G09 1266C29G07 1254C70G03
4
480/440 60/50 X 1266C28G10 1266C29G08 1254C70G05
440/480 60 — N/A N/A N/A 4
600/550 60/50 E 1266C28G05 1266C29G04 1254C70G07
550 60 — N/A N/A N/A 4
380
380/110
50
60
H
—
1266C28G06
N/A
1266C29G09
N/A
N/A
1254C70G12
4
4
Magnet Coil VA—60 Hz
4
Catalog Number
Open
VA
Closed
VA
Closed
Watts 4
DPCK3035 625 50 18
4
DPCK3100 1200 130 40
4
Notes
1 For a four-pole device, use (2) of the 180C180G01 contact kits. 4
2 For a five-pole device, use (1) of the 180C180G01 and (1) of the 180C180G02 contact kits.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Contact Ratings
4 Full Load Current Locked Rotor Current Resistive Load Lighting Load
Volts (Amperes) (Amperes) (Amperes) (Amperes)
4 Catalog Number DPCK3035
4 120 35 240 35 35
240 35 240 35 35
4 480 35 200 35 35
600 35 200 35 35
4 1000 35 200 — —
4
1500 20 160 — —
Catalog Number DPCK3100
4 120 100 600 100 100

240 100 600 100 100
4 480 100 600 100 100
600 100 600 100 100
4 1000 100 450 — —
4 1500 75 300 — —
4 Dimensions
DPCK Air Break Contactors—35 and 100 Ampere
4
4
4 B
4
4
C A
4
Wide High Deep Shipping Weight
4 Poles A B C Lbs (kg)
35A Contactors
4 2 and 3 4.06 (103.1) 5.44 (138.2) 5.63 (143.0) 16.0 (7.3)
4 and 5 6.06 (153.9) 5.44 (138.2) 5.63 (143.0) 19.0 (8.6)
4 100A Contactors
4 2 and 3 5.38 (136.7) 7.81 (198.4) 6.75 (171.5) 28.0 (12.7)
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Direct Current Contactors
4.7
Contents
DC Contactors—Type C80
Description Page
4
DC Contactors—Type C80 4
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-70
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-70 4
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-72
4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-73
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-74
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-78
V5-T4-81
4
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-84 4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-87
Cat. No. C80FJ421N00
Size 4 — NC Contactor
Cat. No. C80DG221N00
Size 2 — 2 Pole Contactor 4
4
DC Contactors—Type C80 4
These dc mill type contactors The arc chutes and magnetic Pre-drilled mounting holes are ● CMAA 5.6.6-2
are designed for heavy blowout structures are provided on the unit base to ● NEMA ICS3-441, 442, 443 4
industry service and are designed to quickly absorb accommodate interlock ● NEMA ICS2-331.23
suitable for use on moving
machinery. The contactors
and dissipate the heat caused
by arcing. In addition to
mounting brackets. An
interlock is merely attached
● NEMA ICS2-110.05.02 4
● NEMA ICS2-125.21.02
listed in this section are for
surface mounting on steel
increasing contact life, the
molded arc chute offers
to a bracket and the assembly
is then bolted in the desired 4
panels and front-of-panel advantages of improved operating position on the
wiring. The power stud mechanical life and cooling contactor. 4
assembly is mounted on the characteristics plus superior
side of the contactor, rather
than as part of a separate
arc-tracking resistance. The
arc chutes are hinged to
DC Drive Service Contactors 4
Eaton’s industrial type
mounting kit. provide front accessibility,
easy inspection or
contactors modified for dc
drive service are provided
4
These contactors utilize dc replacement of contacts
coils. If control power is without removing any other
with silver faced contact tips,
to provide optimum contact 4
120 Vac, the rectifier module contactor parts. structure and minimum
listed on Page V5-T4-71
should be used in conjunction Construction of the pivot pin
maintenance under 4
continuous duty service.
4
with a 100 V coil contactor. assembly provides positive
These contactors are
pin locking so that the bearing
Auxiliary contacts and designed for steel panel
pin remains stationary with
mechanical interlocks for use
with these contactors are
respect to the operating
surface mounting.
4
movement of the forged Power studs are a part of the
listed on the following pages. armature. contact or assembly. 4
The contactors feature forged A leaf spring attached to the
steel armature levers and
magnet frames for superior
unit base and the arc chute 4
holds the chute in the
physical strength. Self-
lubricating bearings eliminate
“down” or functioning 4
position. The addition of this
the need for lubricating the
contactor. Hot-molded arc
assembly resists the violent
vibrations encountered on
4
chute assemblies contain no
4
open hearth charging
asbestos and have better arc machines and on a wide
extinction characteristics for variety of crane applications.
longer contact life. The short
stroke armature results in a
4
mechanical life of more than
20 million operations. 4
4


4
DC Contactor Catalog Numbering System
4
C80 E H 4 2 1 B 0 2
4
4 Base RH Auxiliary Contacts
Catalog Number
4
1 = 1NO 4 = 1NC
C80 2 = 2NO 0 = None
3 = 1NO-1NC
4 NEMA Size
D = Size 2 J = Size 6 LH Auxiliary Contacts
4 E = Size 3
F = Size 4
K = 6A 1
W = Size 8
1 = 1NO
2 = 2NO
4 = 1NC
0 = None
G = Size 5
4
3 = 1NO-1NC
4
Blowout Coil Rating Auxiliary Contact Location
X = None J = 150 A = Size 2 side mounted
C= 5 K = 300 B = Size 2 thru 8 bottom mounted
4 D = 10
F = 25
L = 600
M = 810
with LH and/or RH interlock
N = None
G = 50 N = 1350
4 H = 100
Power Pole Coil Voltage Type of Mounting
4
Configuration 1 = 115 Vdc 0 = None
1 = 1NO 2 = 230 Vdc 1 = Surface, front of panel
2 = 2NO 4 = 100 Vdc 3 = Elevated, front of panel
4 4 = 1NC
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.7
Product Selection
4
When Ordering
Select complete Catalog Example: Catalog Number for 4
Number from the tables elevated Size 3 NO contactor,
below and on Page V5-T4-70. 230 Vdc coil with 2NO 4
If contactor is to include auxiliary contact bottom
factory assembled auxiliary
contacts, change N00 suffix
mounted on RH side of
contactor is C80EH123B02.
4
to correct suffix letter and
digits from Accessories— 4
Auxiliary Contacts tables on
Page V5-T4-71. 4
Surface Mounted Surface Mounted DC Contactors without Auxiliary Contacts 4
Catalog Number
NEMA
Size
Number of
Poles
Blowout
Coil Ampere 100 Vdc Coil 115 Vdc Coil 230 Vdc Coil 4
2 1NO None
5
C80DX141N00
C80DC141N00
C80DX111N00
C80DC111N00
C80DX121N00
C80DC121N00
4
10 C80DD141N00 C80DD111N00 C80DD121N00 4
25 C80DF141N00 C80DF111N00 C80DF121N00
50 C80DG141N00 C80DG111N00 C80DG121N00 4
2NO None C80DX241N00 C80DX211N00 C80DX221N00
5 C80DC241N00 C80DC211N00 C80DC221N00
4
10
25
C80DD241N00
C80DF241N00
C80DD211N00
C80DF211N00
C80DD221N00
C80DF221N00
4
50 C80DG241N00 C80DG211N00 C80DG221N00 4
3 1NO 100 C80EH141N00 C80EH111N00 C80EH121N00
1NC 100 C80EH441N00 C80EH411N00 C80EH421N00 4
4
4 1NO 150 C80FJ141N00 C80FJ111N00 C80FJ121N00
1NC 150 C80FJ441N00 C80FJ411N00 C80FJ421N00
5 1NO 300 C80GK141N00 G80GK111N00 C80GK121N00
4
1NC 300 C80GK441N00 C80GK411N00 C80GK421N00
6 1NO 600 C80JL141N00 C80JL111N00 C80JL121N00 4
1NC 600 C80JL441N00 C80JL411N00 C80JL421N00
6A 1 1NO 810 C80KM141N00 C80KM111N00 C80KM121N00 4
8 1NO 1350 C80WN141N00 C80WN111N00 C80WN121N00
4
Elevated Mounted DC Contactors without Auxiliary Contacts 4
Elevated Mounted
NEMA
Size
Number of
Poles
Blowout
Coil Ampere
Catalog Number
100 Vdc Coil 115 Vdc Coil 230 Vdc Coil
4
3 1NO 100 C80EH143N00 C80EH113N00 C80EH123N00 4
1NC 100 C80EH443N00 C80EH413N00 C80EH423N00
4 1NO 150 C80FJ143N00 C80FJ113N00 C80FJ123N00 4
4
1NC 150 C80FJ443N00 C80FJ413N00 C80FJ423N00
5 1NO 300 C80GK143N00 G80GK113N00 C80GK123N00
1NC 300 C80GK443N00 C80GK413N00 C80GK423N00
4
6 1NO 600 C80JL143N00 C80JL113N00 C80JL123N00
1NC 600 C80JL443N00 C80JL413N00 C80JL423N00 4
6A 1 1NO 810 C80KM143N00 C80KM113N00 C80KM123N00
8 1NO 1350 C80WN143N00 C80WN113N00 C80WN123N00 4
Note
1 Not a NEMA size.
4
4

Surface Mounted DP Drive Service

4 Contactors without Auxiliary Contacts
4 Number of Ampere Catalog Number

Poles Rating 100 Vdc Coil
4 1NO
1NC
260
260
C80RK141N00
C80RK441N00
4 1NO 480 C80SL141N00

1NC 480 C80SL441N00
4 1NO 960 C80TM141N00
4
Options
4 Other Options Available
4 ● Silver faced contact tips: ● Special voltage coils:
● Can be supplied in place ● Coils with dc voltage
4 of standard contact tips ratings other than those
listed are available
Note: Use silver tips for non-
4 arcing or long (8 hour) extended
continuous current applications.
● 1800 A contactors:
● Size 8 A (not a NEMA
4 size) contactors are also
available
4 ● Consult factory for pricing

Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts
4 Mounting Kits for Auxiliary Contacts
4 Separate for Field Installation

Location of Auxiliary Contacts on Contactor
Factory Installed
4
For Size and Type of Contactor and Number of Units Kit Will Mount Maximum Number of
NEMA Contactor Power Number Units Acceptable per Mounting Kit Suffix Code Letter for
Size Pole Configuration Location of Units Contactor Catalog Number Factory Installation
4 2 1NO Bottom —right and left 2 2 10923H11 B
4 1NO or 1NO Ltl

2NO
Side—right or left
Bottom—right and left
1
1
1
2
10923H12
10923H14
A
B
4 Side—left 1 2 10923H15 A
Side—right 1 2 10923H16 A
4 2NO-1NC Side—left 1 2 10923H15 A
Side—right 1 2 10923H16 A
4 3, 4 and 5 1NO Bottom—right and left 2 2 10923H19 B
4 Bottom—left only 1 1 10923H38 B

1NO Ltl or 1NC Bottom—right 1 1 10923H20 B
4 6, 6A, 8 and 8A 1NO Bottom—right and left 2 2 10923H19 B

Bottom—left only 1 1 10923H38 B
4 1NO Ltl Bottom—right 1 1 10923H20 B
1
4
1NC Bottom—right 1 1 —
Note
4 1 10923H19 supplied with contactor as standard. No charge.
4
4
4
4

4.7
Auxiliary Contacts—without Mounting Kit Mounting Kits and Mechanical Interlocks
All Sizes Bottom Mounted 4
Separate for Field Installation Factory Installed
Contactor Mounting Kits 1 and Mechanical Interlocks
Contact Catalog Suffix Code Suffix Code NEMA Number For Metal Panels 4
Configuration Number LH Position RH Position Size of Poles Type of Mounting Catalog Number
None — 0 0 Mounting Kits 4
4
1NO 10923H1 1 1 3, 4 1 Surface, front-of-panel wiring C81AEA11
2NO 10923H2 2 2 Elevated, front-of-panel wiring C81AEA13
1NO-1NC 10923H3 3 3 5 1 Surface, front-of-panel wiring C81AGA11 4
1NC 10923H4 4 4 Elevated, front-of-panel wiring C81AGA13
2NC 10923H5 5 5 6, 6A 1 Surface, front-of-panel wiring C81AJA11 4
Elevated, front-of-panel wiring C81AJA13
Auxiliary Contacts—without Mounting Kit 8, 8A 1 Surface, front-of-panel wiring C81ALA11
4
Size 2 Side Mount Only
Separate for Field Installation Factory Installed
Mechanical Interlocks
Elevated, front-of-panel wiring C81ALA13
4
Contact Catalog Suffix Code Suffix Code
Configuration Number LH Position RH Position 2 1 Surface C81DDA11 4
None — 0 0 2 C81DDA12
1NO 10923H6 1 1 3 C81DDA13 4
4
2NO 10923H7 2 2 3, 4 1 Surface C81DEA11
1NO-1NC 10923H8 3 3 Elevated C81DEA21
1NC 10923H9 4 4 5 1 Surface C81DGA11
4
Elevated C81DGA21
Rectifiers 6, 6A 1 Surface C81DJA11 4

Elevated C81DJA21
Rectifier Module
8, 8A 1 Surface C81DLA11 4
Catalog
Description Contactor Size Number Elevated C81DLA21
4
120 Vac input All C81EB Note
100 Vdc output 3.5 A
1 Mounting kits include power studs and stud mounting, as well as contactor mounting
hardware, but do not include lugs.

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Renewal Parts
4
Renewal Parts 1
4 Size 2 Size 3 Size 4 Size 5 Size 6 Size 6A Size 8
Single-, Two-, Single-Pole Single-Pole Single-Pole Single-Pole Single-Pole Single-Pole
4 Three-Pole and Ltl
25 and 50 Ampere
NO, NC and Ltl
100 Ampere
NO, NC and Ltl
150 Ampere
NO, NC and Ltl
300 Ampere
NO, NC and Ltl
600 Ampere
NO, NC and Ltl
810 Ampere
NO
1350 Ampere
4 Description
Set of Contacts
Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number Part Number
4 Single-pole copper
Single-pole silver
6-599
—
6-189
6-189-5
6-189
6-189-5
6-189-3
6-189-7
6-189-4
6-189-8
6-189-4
6-189-8
6-215
6-215-2
4 Two-pole copper 6-169-4 — — — — — —

Three-pole copper 6-169-5 — — — — — —
4 Arc Shield
Right-hand 73-2676-2 62-791 62-791 62-793 62-840 62-840 62-804
4 Left-hand 73-2676 62-791-2 62-791-2 62-793-2 62-840-2 62-840-2 62-804
Coils
4 Single-pole NO 100 V 9-1549-18 9-1583-15 9-1583-15 9-1589-10 9-1688-8 9-1688-8 9-547-7 3
115 V 9-1549-2 9-1583-2 9-1583-2 9-1589-2 9-1688-2 9-1688-2 9-547-7 3
4 230 V 9-1549-1 9-1583-1 9-1583-1 9-1589-1 9-1688-1 9-1688-1 9-547-4 3
Single-pole NC 110 V — 9-1585-18 9-1585-18 9-967-13 9-1717-4 — —
4 115 V — 9-1585-2 9-1585-2 9-967-8 9-1717-1 — —
230 V — 9-1585-1 9-1585-1 9-967-7 9-1717-2 — —
4 Single-pole Ltl 2 100 V 9-1549-18 9-1583-15 9-1583-15 9-1589-10 9-1688-8 — —
4
115 V 9-1549-2 9-1583-2 9-1583-2 9-1589-2 9-1688-2 — —
230 V 9-1549-1 9-1583-1 9-1583-1 9-1589-1 9-1688-1 — —
4
Two-pole 100 V 9-1585-18 — — — — — —
115 V 9-1585-2 — — — — — —
4 Three-pole
230 V
110 V
9-1585-1
9-1585-18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4 115 V
230 V
9-1585-2
9-1585-1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
4 ● Current range: 5 to 1800 A ● Electrical life: 500,000 ● Continuous duty (for
● Voltage: 600 Vdc operations intermittent ratings
4 ● Operation: magnetic ● Interlock ratings: consult factory)
Mounting: steel panel ● 10 A continuous
4
●
● Mechanical life: 20 million ● 2.2 A inductive

operations breaking at 115 V
4 ● 1.1 A inductive
breaking at 230 V
4 Coil Ampere Data
4 NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
100 Vdc
Coil
115 Vdc
Coil
230 Vdc
Coil
NEMA
Size
Number
of Poles
100 Vdc
Coil
115 Vdc
Coil
230 Vdc
Coil
4 2 1NO
2NO
0.288
0.339
0.263
0.274
0.125
0.140
5 1NO
1NC
0.433
0.424
0.391
0.329
0.187
0.164
4 3 1NO
1NC
0.268
0.339
0.235
0.274
0.112
0.140
6 1NO
1NC
0.450
1.832/0.597 4
0.365
1.337/0.485 4
0.200
0.714/0.267 4
4 4 1NO 0.268 0.235 0.112 6A 1NO 0.450 0.365 0.200

1NC 0.339 0.274 0.140 8 1NO 0.787 5 0.757 5 0.438 5
4 Notes
1 For prices refer to Eaton’s parts distributor or call factory.
4 2 Magnet closing coil only. If holdout coil is required, give number stamped on coil or advise bulletin or serial number of controller.
3 Series resistor used with coil for voltage shown.
4
4 Inrush/sealed current.
5 Coil used with series resistor.

4.7
Dimensions
Type C80 Contactors 4
F
C
with Blowout
H 4
4
A C1
D without Blowout
4
G B
with
Blowout
with
Blowout
Elevated 4
E B1 Mounting
G1
without
Blowout
without
Blowout 4
4
4
Open Type
4
Size Poles
Wide
A
High
B B1
Deep
C C1
Mounting
D E
With Auxiliary Contacts
F G G1 H
Minimum Arc Clearance Ship. Wt.
250 V 600 V Lb (kg)
Stud
Size
4
Open Type DC Contactors
4
2 1NO 3.00 8.38 6.50 6.00 5.38 2.25 4.50 7.38 10.88 9.13 — 0.59 0.91 6 (2.7) 1/4-20
(76.2) (212.9) (165.1) (152.4) (136.7) (57.2) (114.3) (187.5) (276.4) (231.9) (15.1) (23.0)
4
2NO 5.75 8.88 8.88 6.88 6.50 5.00 4.63 10.13 11.38 11.38 — 1.19 2.19 10 (4.5)
2NO-1NC
(146.1)
5.75
(225.6)
12.63
(225.6)
12.63
(174.8)
6.88
(165.1)
6.50
(127.0)
5.00
(117.6)
8.38
(257.3)
10.13
(289.1)
—
(289.1)
— —
(30.2)
1.19
(55.6)
2.19 13 (5.9)
4
4
(146.1) (320.8) (320.8) (174.8) (165.1) (127.0) (212.9) (257.3) (30.2) (55.6)
3, 4 1NO 4.25 12.13 12.13 7.25 6.38 — 11.25 4.50 12.13 12.13 1.63 2.75 1 3.75 2 11 (5) 3/8-16
(108.0) (308.1) (308.1) (184.2) (162.1) (285.8) (114.3) (308.1) (308.1) (41.4) (69.9) (95.3)
1NC 4.25 13.63 13.63 7.25 5.63 — 12.75 5.00 13.63 13.63 1.63 4.25 1 5.25 2 13 (5.9)
4
(108.0) (346.2) (346.2) (184.2) (143.0) (323.9) (127.0) (346.2) (346.2) (41.4) (108.0) (133.4)
5 1NO 5.13 16.88 16.88 10.00 8.00 1.25 16.00 5.13 16.88 16.88 1.88 3.50 4.50 26 (12) 1/2-13 4
(130.3) (428.8) (428.8) (254.0) (203.2) (31.8) (406.4) (130.3) (428.8) (428.8) (47.8) (88.9) (114.3)
1NC 5.25 18.88 16.88 10.00 7.50 1.25 18.00 6.13 18.88 18.88 1.88 3.00 4.00 34 (15) 4
(133.4) (479.6) (428.8) (254.0) (190.5) (31.8) (457.2) (155.7) (479.6) (479.6) (47.8) (76.2) (101.6)
6 1NO 7.13 18.75 16.88 12.25 9.50 1.25 17.50 7.13 18.75 18.75 1.88 5.50 5.50 43 (20) 3/4-12 4
(181.1) (476.3) (428.8) (311.2) (241.3) (31.8) (444.5) (181.1) (476.3) (476.3) (47.8) (139.7) (139.7)
1NC 7.25 22.88 18.88 12.25 9.88 1.25 22.00 7.25 22.88 22.88 1.88 5.50 5.50 66 (30) 4
(184.2) (581.2) (479.6) (311.2) (251.0) (31.8) (558.8) (184.2) (581.2) (581.2) (47.8) (139.7) (139.7)
6A 1NO 7.63
(193.8)
18.75
(476.3)
18.75
(476.3)
12.25
(311.2)
9.50
(241.3)
1.25
(31.8)
17.50
(444.5)
7.63
(193.8)
18.75
(476.3)
18.75
(476.3)
1.88
(47.8)
5.50
(139.7)
5.50
(139.7)
45 (20) 3/4-12 4
8, 8A 1NO 9.50
(241.3)
24.00
(609.6)
22.5
(571.5)
17.00
(431.8)
14.88
(378.0)
7.00
(177.8)
10.00
(254.0)
9.50
(241.3)
24.00
(609.6)
24.00
(609.6)
2.00
(50.8)
8.00
(203.2)
10.0
(254.0)
130 (59) 1/2 hole 4
Definite Purpose Contactors
4
260A 1NO 4.25 12.13 12.13 7.25 6.38 — 11.25 4.50 12.13 12.13 1.63 2.50 3.50 11 (5) 3/8-16
(108.0) (308.1) (308.1) (184.2) (162.1) (285.8) (114.3) (308.1) (308.1) (41.4) (63.5) (88.9)
4
1NC 4.25 13.63 13.63 7.25 5.63 — 12.75 5.00 13.63 13.63 1.63 2.50 3.50 13 (5.9)
480A 1NO
(108.0)
5.13
(346.2)
16.88
(346.2)
16.88
(184.2)
10.00
(143.0)
8.00 1.25
(323.9)
16.00
(127.0)
5.13
(346.2)
16.88
(346.2)
16.88
(41.4)
1.88
(63.5)
3.00
(88.9)
4.00 26 (12) 1/2-13
4
1NC
(130.3)
5.25
(428.8)
18.88
(428.8)
16.88
(254.0)
10.00
(203.2)
7.50
(31.8)
1.25
(406.4)
18.00
(130.3)
6.13
(428.8)
18.88
(428.8)
18.88
(47.8)
1.88
(76.2)
3.00
(101.6)
4.00 34 (15)
4
4
(133.4) (479.6) (428.8) (254.0) (190.5) (31.8) (457.2) (155.7) (479.6) (479.6) (47.8) (76.2) (101.6)
960A 1NO 7.63 18.75 18.75 12.25 9.50 1.25 17.50 7.63 18.75 18.75 1.88 5.50 5.50 45 (20) 3/4-12
(193.8) (476.3) (476.3) (311.2) (241.3) (31.8) (444.5) (193.8) (476.3) (476.3) (47.8) (139.7) (139.7)
Notes
4
4
1 May be reduced to 2.5 (63.5) for Size 3.
2 May be reduced to 3.5 (88.9) for Size 3.

Contents
4 600V Contactors
Description Page
4 DC Contactors—Type C80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-67
600V Contactors
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-76
4 Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-77
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-77
4 DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-78
4
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-81
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-84
4 Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-87
4
4
4
4 600V Contactors
4 Product Description Application Description Features Benefits
These DC Contactors are ● Applications including ● Sturdy glass polyester base ● Able to mount on steel or
4 designed to handle rugged mining, milling, cranes and ● Knife edge bearings that panels of any material for
DC applications. They provide transportation guarantee precise maximum flexibility
4 durable service and easy
installation and maintenance.
● These contactors utilize operation and minimal ● Front or rear mounting
DC coils wear available for convenient
4 Note: Be sure to utilize a rectifier
● High contact pressure installation and
maintenance
module if the only control voltage ● Vacuum impregnated
4 Rapid arc quenching to
●
source available is 120 Vac. magnetic coil
ensure long life
4 Easily accessible contact

●
tips to remove and replace
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.7
Product Selection
4
● Catalog number with appropriate coil suffix
4
● Any required accessories
4
600V Contactor 600V Contactors
4
Open 8 Hour Contact Provisions for Interlocks Magnet Coil
Size Ampere Rating Arrangement Mechanical Electrical Voltage Catalog Number
4
Front Connected
0 10 1NO Yes 4 125 Vdc 1 ME010C 4
2NO 2 ME020C
1NO, 1NC 4 ME011C
4
1NC 2 ME001C
4
1 25 1NO Yes 4 125 Vdc 1 ME110C
2NO 2 ME120C 4
1NO, 1NC 4 ME111C
1NC 2 ME101C 4
125 Vdc 1
4
2 50 1NO Yes 4 ME210C
2NO 2 ME220C
1NO, 1NC 4 ME211C
4
1NC 2 ME201C
3 100 1NO Yes 4 125 Vdc 1 ME310C 4
2NO 2 ME320C
1NO, 1NC 4 ME311C 4
4 150
1NC
1NO Yes
2
4 125 Vdc 1
ME301C
ME410C
4
2NO 2 ME420C 4
1NO, 1NC 4 ME411C
1NC 2 ME401C 4
Rear Connected
0–4 10–150 — — — — ME 2
4
Notes
1 Other coil voltages available, see Page V5-T4-77. Substitute suffix code of desired voltage for last digit in listed catalog number. Example: ME010B.
4
2 For 10–150A rear connected contactors, order front connected ME contactor above and rear connection kit,
catalog number 2184A10G08, (field installed only). See Page V5-T4-77. 4

4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Accessories
4
Auxiliary Contacts (Electrical Interlocks)—For Field Installation Only 1
4 Auxiliary Contacts Mounting and Operating
4 Number of Auxiliary Contacts Unmounted Hardware for New

Auxiliary Contact Auxiliary Factory Installed 1 Replacement Only Applications
Contact Type Application Arrangement 2 Contacts Catalog Number Catalog Number Catalog Number
4 L46 ME01 only NO–FC 1 11A8713G10 11A8713G10 None required
4 ME10 only
NC–FC
NC–FC–OB 1
11A8713G09
487B878G01
11A8713G09
487B878G01
None required
None required
4 ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30,

ME31, ME40 and ME41
NO–FC 1 11A8713G09 11A8713G09 None required
NC–FC 11A8713G10 11A8713G10 None required
4 L66 ME10, ME11, ME20, ME30, DB–FC–L 1 659C301G04 659C301G04 None required
ME31, ME40 and ME41
DB–FC–R 659C301G05 659C301G05 None required
4 ME10 Only DB–FC–L–OB 1 487B878G06 487B878G06 None required
4 DB–FC–R–OB 487B878G07 487B878G07 None required
4 Standard Magnet Coil Suffix

4 Voltage Suffix Code
65 Vdc (ME Size 0–4 only) A
4 115 Vdc B
125 Vdc C
4 230 Vdc D
4 250 Vdc E
550 Vdc F
4 Other G
4
Rear Connector Kit for Accessory Option
4 ME Contactors 3
Description
Catalog Number
4
Rectifier for AC Operation
2184A10G08 Order by description
4
Mechanical Interlocks, Unmounted
4 Contactor
Type Type Size Contacts Catalog Number
4 M-25 ME All 1NO, 1NO + 1NC 878D400G01
4 M-25 ME All 2NO, 2NO + 1NC 878D401G01
Notes
4 1 For factory installed electrical interlocks, consult factory.
2 NO = Normally Open, NC = Normally Closed, DB = Delayed Break, FC = Front Connected, L = Left Hand, R = Right Hand, OB = Outboard (for single-pole, Size 2 frame).
4 3 Field installation only.
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.7
Renewal Parts
4
ME Series
Kits 4
One NO Pole Two NO Poles One NC Pole One NO/NC Pole
4
Description Qty. Part Number Qty. Part Number Qty. Part Number Qty. Part Number
Contact kit 1 2184A10G14 2 2184A10G14 1 2184A10G14 2 2184A10G14 4
Arc box 10/25/50A 1 2184A10G09 2 2184A10G09 1 2184A10G09 2 2184A10G09
Arc box 100/150A 1 2184A10G10 2 2184A10G10 1 2184A10G10 2 2184A10G10 4
4
Shunt kit 1 2184A10G21 1 2184A20G16 1 2084A01G07 1 2184A11G07
Armature kit 1 2184A10G19 1 2184A20G15 1 2084A01G06 1 2184A11G06
Blowout Assembly
10A 1 2184A10G15 1 2184A20G11 1 2184A10G15 2 2184A10G15
4
25A 1 2184A10G16 1 2184A20G12 1 2184A10G16 2 2184A10G16 4
50A 1 2184A10G17 1 2184A20G13 1 2184A10G17 2 2184A10G17
110/150A 1 2184A10G18 1 2184A20G14 1 2184A10G18 2 2184A10G18 4
Rear conn. kit 1 2184A10G08 1 2184A10G08 1 2184A10G08 1 2184A10G08
4
Coils 4
Operating Coils Holding Coils (Lower)—1NO-1NC Contactors Only 1
10/25/50/100/150 10/25/50 100/150
4
Ampere Sizes Ampere Sizes Ampere Sizes
Voltage Part Number Part Number Part Number 4
65V
90/92V
30B4376G06
30B4376G25
44A6366G10
44A6366G12
30B4376G27
427C048G16
4
115V 30B4376G07 44A6366G13 30B4376G01 4
125V 30B4376G08 44A6366G19 30B4376G26
230/240V 30B4376G09 44A6366G15 30B4376G02 4
250V 30B4376G10 44A6366G23 30B4376G17
500V 30B4376G14 N/A N/A 4
4
550V 30B4376G11 44A6366G18 30B4376G03
Dimensions 4
4
600V Contactors
Contact Shipping Weight 4
Contactor Size Arrangement Width Height Depth Lbs (kg)
Front Connected 4
0–2 1NO 3.18 (80.8) 7.56 (192.0) 6.81 (173.0) 8.0 (3.6)
2NO 5.53 (140.5) 6.75 (171.5) 6.81 (173.0) 10.0 (4.5) 4
4
1NO, 1NC 3.67 (93.2) 12.44 (316.0) 6.81 (173.0) 12.0 (5.4)
1NC 3.67 (93.2) 9.57 (243.1) 6.81 (173.0) 10.0 (4.5)
3–4 1NO
2NO
3.18 (80.8)
5.53 (140.5)
7.78 (197.6)
7.44 (189.0)
6.81 (173.0)
6.81 (173.0)
8.0 (3.6)
10.0 (4.5)
4
1NO, 1NC 3.67 (93.2) 12.88 (327.2) 6.81 (173.0) 12.0 (5.4) 4
1NC 3.67 (93.2) 9.69 (246.1) 6.81 (173.0) 10.0 (4.5)
Note 4
1 If lower coils are required, order separately.
4
4
4

Contents
4 DPM 750V Contactor
Description Page
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-74
4 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-79
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-79
4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-80
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-81
4 D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reversing/Assignment Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-84
V5-T4-87
4
4
4
4 Product Description Application Description Features Benefits
The DPM 750 Vdc Definite This rugged device was ● Power circuit insulating ● Saves panel space by
4 Purpose Contactor has been designed for applications barriers are molded from locating the arc chute vents
designed to meet severe such as railway equipment, glass-polyester materials on the front of the unit.
4 environmental and vibration
conditions found in your
offshore drilling, mining, off-
road vehicles, marine, and
having high arc and track
resisting qualities
This eliminates the need
for arcing clearance above
4 worst applications. The
contactor is of unit
so on. ● The DPM is designed to
mount directly on a ●
the contactor
All vital parts are
construction, assembled channel or angle frame, but removable from the front
4 on a molded insulated may be adapted for without having to
base, providing maximum mounting on a flat metal or disconnect line or load
4 performance in minimum
space.
insulated panel connections, allowing for
● Available with or without easy maintenance
4 an overcurrent latching ● Safety is a must. The
mechanism to prevent mechanical interlock
4 opening under heavy
overload currents. When
prevents the contactor
from closing when the arc
4 the line current returns to
normal, the overcurrent
box has been removed or
when it is not installed
latch disengages properly
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.7
Product Selection
4
● Catalog number of contactor and any required accessories 4
750 Vdc Contactor 750 Vdc Contactors 4
Coil Operating Coil Operating
Voltage 1 Over-Current Latch Catalog Number Voltage 1 Over-Current Latch Catalog Number
4
28 Vdc Without 2120A07G01 2 74 Vdc Without 2120A07G09 2
With 2120A07G02 2 With 2120A07G10 2 4
With 2120A07G04 2 With 2120A07G14 2 4
4
With 2120A07G06 2 With 2120A07G18 2
4
Accessories 4
Extra L-67 Auxiliary Contacts—Order Separately
Contact Combination Provided by 4
One Auxiliary Contact Assembly Field Installed Kit
Normally Open Normally Closed Catalog Number 4
0 4 2087A40G11
1 3 2087A40G12
4
2 2 2087A40G13
4
3 1 2087A40G14
4 0 2087A40G15 4
Mechanical Interlock Kit 4
Mechanical Horizontal Interlock Kit 1954D13G01
4
Includes mounting instructions and
mounting hardware 3 4
4
Renewal Parts
DPM Contactor 4
4
Contact Kit 2131A94G10
Arc Box 2131A94G03 4
Shunt 3534C86G01
Coils 4
28 Vdc
36 Vdc
2114A92G04
2114A92G05
4
55 Vdc 2114A92G06 4
74 Vdc 2114A92G09
110/115 Vdc 2114A92G14 4
125 Vdc 2114A92G15
275 Vdc 2114A92G16
4
600 Vdc 2114A92G20
4
Notes
1 For other coil operating voltages, contact Eaton Technical Resource Center.
2 Includes factory installed 2NO/2NC auxiliary contacts.
4
4
3 When interlock kit is installed, only one L-67 auxiliary contact can be mounted on each DPM contactor.


4
DPM Contactor
4 Line voltage
Continuous current rating
750 Vdc
4 Carrying and interrupting capacity 1250A

Operating coil
4 Duty rating Continuous
Operation Will operate at 80–110% of rated voltage
4 Insulation between power circuit and operating coil Rated 750 Vdc
Arcing and creepage distances Meet or exceed NEMA standards for 750V equipment
4 Blowout coil Rated for continuous duty
4
4 Dimensions
4 DPM Contactor
4 .44 (11.1) Dia. - 2 Mounting Holes
4
.38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep
2 Line Terminal Holes
4 1.00 (25.4)
4 4.00 2.00 (50.8)

(101.6) 1.00 (25.4)
4
Clearance to Ground CL
4 .63 (15.9) 1.88 1.25
6.25
(158.8)
5.00 (127.0)
(47.6) (31.8) Duplicate
4 To Remove Arc Chute

12.13
(308.0)
1.38
(34.9)
Adjacent
Contactor
1.00 (25.4)
4
4
.50
(12.7)
4 .50 (12.7) 11.06

1.88 (26.3) Customer (281.0)
4 Mounting
Channel
Two L-67 Auxiliary
10.56 Contact Units
4 3.00
(76.2)*
(268.3)
5.31
4 (134.9)
.88 (22.4)
4
4 1.50
(38.1)
Coil Terminal Tabs for No. 250 Faston 2.06
(52.4)
1.25
4 4.00 .38-16 Tap 1.00 (25.4) Deep 4.13
(101.6) (31.8) 2 Load Terminal Holes (105.0)
4 *This dimension must not be exceeded or flashover may occur.
4 Width Height Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
4 4.13 (105) 11.06 (280.9) 12.12 (307.8) 30.5 (13.8)

4.7
Contents
AVD–Contactor
Description Page
4
DC Contactors—Type C80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-67 4
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-74
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-78 4
AVD–Contactor
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-82
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-82 4
4
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-83
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-84
V5-T4-87
4
4
4
4
AVD–Contactor 4
The AVD–Contactor is a The AVD–Contactor was ● Bi-directional interrupting
single-pole normally open, load designed for the demanding capability 4
break, bi-directional definite environmental requirements ● 2000 Vdc switching in a
purpose DC contactor. The
device is rated at 1400 amps
of locomotive, rapid transit
and off highway vehicle
compact design due to 4
arc chute
continuous and is capable of
switching up to 2000 Vdc
applications. This device is
also applied in high
● Any combination of up to
four isolated NO or NC
4
loads. horsepower DC drive
applications including
●
auxiliary contacts
Panel mount design
4
process lines and off shore
oil drilling rigs. ● Continuous duty
operating coil
4
● Continuous duty blow
out coil
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Product Selection
4
When Ordering—Contact Technical Resource Center
4 ● Product specification: The AVD-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor
4 ● Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device
configurations and application assistance
4 AVD–Contactor
1400A Contactor
4 Device Type
Auxiliary Contact
Configuration Coil Voltage Catalog Number
4 1400A contactor 3NO/1NC 28 6702ED667-4

37 6702ED667-5
4 74 6702ED667-6
100 6702ED667-3
4 230 6702ED667-7
4
4 Accessories
4 Auxiliary Contacts
Contact Terminal
4
Configuration Configuration Catalog Number
1NO/1NC Fast-on 10-3519-5
4 2NO Fast-on 10-3519-6

2NC Fast-on 10-3519-7
4 1NO/1NC Screw type 10-6817
2NO Screw type 10-6817-2
4 2NC Screw type 10-6817-3
4
4 Renewal Parts
4 Contacts
Quantity Required
4 Description per Contactor Catalog Number

Stationary contact 1 23-7253
4 Movable contact 2 23-7255
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.7
4
AVD-Contactor
Description Specification 4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
1400A continuous
Up to 2000 Vdc applications
4
Mechanical life 2 million operations 4
Operating coil voltages (DC) 28, 37, 74, 100, 230 (others available)
4
Operating Coil Characteristics
Current Draw at Nominal 4
Coil Voltage Voltage (±5% at 20°C) Catalog Number
28 1.87 9-3004-2 4
4
37 1.58 9-3004-3
74 0.79 9-3004-1
100 0.62 9-3004-5
4
230 0.25 9-3004-4
4
Dimensions
AVD-Contactor 4
5.00
(127)
15.00
(381) 4
1.25
.75
4
2.25 Max
(19.1) Maximum Stud Length
(57.2) to Maintain 2000 Volt
Electrical Clearance Rating
(Top Right Stud Only) 4
4
D
4
A
N
G
E
R
4
17.50
(444.5)
19.50
4
4
16.00 (495.3)
(406.4)
4
4
4
4
.75
(19.1)
.75 3.50 .43 (10.9) Dia. 4
(88.9) Mounting Hole
(19.1) (4 Places)
4
4
Shipping Weight
Width Height Depth Lbs (kg)
4
15.0 (381.0) 19.5 (495.3) 5.0 (127.0) 70 (31.8)
Arc Clearances
Front Top Sides 4
2 (51) 2 (51) 1 (25)
4

Contents
4 D–Contactor
Description Page
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-74
4 DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-78
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-81
4 D–Contactor
4 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-85
4
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-85
4 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-86
V5-T4-87
4
4
4
4 D–Contactor
4 Product Description Application Description Features
The D–Contactor is a single- The D–Contactor was ● Bi-directional interrupting
4 pole normally open, load designed for the demanding capability
break, bi-directional definite environmental requirements ● Compact design due to
4 purpose DC contactor. Two
devices are available rated at
of locomotive, rapid transit
and off highway vehicle
intermittent duty blowout
coil and arc interruption
4 1800A and 3000A at 750 Vdc. applications. This device is
also widely applied in high
circuit (not suitable for
extremely high duty cycle
horsepower DC drive or jogging applications)
4 applications including ● Any combination of up to
process lines and off shore eight isolated NO or NC
4 oil drilling rigs. auxiliary contacts
● Channel/angle frame
4 mounting standard,
optional panel mount kit
4 available
● Continuous duty
4 operating coil
● Screw type or fast-on
4 control terminals
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.7
Product Selection
4
● Product specification: The D-contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor
4
● Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device
4
D–Contactor
4
1800A Contactor
Device Type
Auxiliary Contact
Configuration Coil Voltage Catalog Number 4
1800A contactor 3NO/1NC 74 Vdc 6702ED584
4
3NO/1NC 100 Vdc 6702ED663
2NO/2NC 115 Vdc 6702ED584-2 4
3000A contactor 3NO/1NC 74 Vdc 6702ED587-2
2NO/2NC 100 Vdc 6702ED668 4
4
3NO/1NC 115 Vdc 6702ED587-4
4
Accessories
Auxiliary Contacts
4
Contact
Configuration
Terminal
Configuration Catalog Number
4
1NO/1NC Fast-on 10-3519-5
4
2NO Fast-on 10-3519-6
2NC Fast-on 10-3519-7 4
1NO/1NC Screw type 10-6817
2NO Screw type 10-6817-2 4
2NC Screw type 10-6817-3
4
Panel Mounting Kit
4
Panel mounting kit 99-3842
4
4
Renewal Parts
4
Contact Kits
Main Contact 4
Device Rating Configuration Contacts Catalog Number
1800A 2-Main Main contacts 6-497 4
1800A 2-Main Arcing contacts 23-5449
3000A 4-Main Main contacts 6-496 4
3000A 4-Main Arcing contacts 23-5448
4
4
4
4
4
4
4


4
D–Contactor
4 Current carrying capability at 55°C

Resistive interrupt rating
1800A and 3000A continuous
5000A 750 Vdc
4 Electrical creepage and clearance distances Up to 1500 Vdc applications

Mechanical life 2 million operations
4 Operating coil voltages (DC) 12, 24, 32, 48, 74, 100, 115, 230 (others available)
4 Operating Coil Characteristics

4 Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal
Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C) Catalog Number
4 12 3.96 9-1688-15
24 2.00 9-1688-7
4 32 1.44 9-1688-9
48 1.00 9-1688-12
4 74 0.97 9-2064-3
4 100
115
0.45
0.37
9-1688-8
9-1688-2
4 230 0.20 9-1688-1
4
Dimensions
4 D–Contactor
4 .562 (14.3) Dia.

Mtg. Hole
1.75 (44.5) to
Remove Arc Shoot
4 2.52
6.33 (64)
4 (160.8)
6.52
4 13.68
(165.6)
(347.5)
4
9.6
4 5.0 (127)
6.04 (153.4)
(243.8)
4 Width Height Depth

Shipping Weight
Lbs (kg)
4 9.6 (243.8) 13.68 (347.5) 6.04 (153.4) 43 (19.5)
Arc Clearances
4 750V
4 Type of Load Front Top Sides

Resistive 4 (102) 2 (51) 3 (76)
4 Inductive 7 (178) 4 (102) 3 (76)
4
4
4
4

4.7
Contents
Reversing/Assignment Contactor
Description Page
4
DC Contactors—Type C80 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-67 4
600V Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-74
DPM 750V Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-78 4
AVD–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-81
D–Contactor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-84 4
4
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-88
Renewal Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T4-88
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T4-89
V5-T4-89
4
4
4
4
Reversing/Assignment Contactor 4
The Reversing/Assignment The Reversing/Assignment ● Bi-directional current
Contactor is a two-pole, Contactor was designed for carrying capability (non- 4
double-throw non-load break the demanding environmental load break)
definite purpose DC
contactor. A three-position
requirements of off highway
vehicle applications. This
● Can replace four single- 4
pole contactors in DC
center-off and a two-position
magnetically-latched
device is also widely utilized
with high horsepower DC
motor reversing
applications
4
configuration is available. drives for DC motor reversing Can replace two or four
4
●
The device is rated for 1100A, and drive assignment single-pole contactors in
1000 Vdc. The Reversing applications. DC motor assignment
Contactor includes cross over
busbars for DC motor
applications 4
● Any combination of up to
reversing applications; the
Assignment Contactor omits eight isolated NO or NC 4
the cross over busbars for auxiliary contacts
motor assignment ● Panel mount design 4
applications. (See Page ● Continuous duty
V5-T4-89.) operating coil 4
● Screw type or fast-on
control terminals 4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Product Selection
4
4 ● Product specification: The Reversing/assignment contactor is a definite purpose DC contactor
4 ● Please consult our Technical Resource Center for catalog numbers of other device
4 Reversing/Assignment Contactor (Three-Position, Center OFF)
1000V Contactor
4 Device Type
Auxiliary Contact
Configuration Coil Voltage Catalog Number
4 Reverser 8NO 74 6702ED615

4NO/4NC 125 6702ED621-2
4 250 6702ED622
Assignment 4NO/4NC 74 6702ED664-2
4 125 6702ED621
4 250 6702ED664-6
4
Accessories
4 Auxiliary Contacts
4 Contact
Configuration
Terminal
Configuration Catalog Number
4 1NO/1NC Fast-on 10-3519-5

2NO Fast-on 10-3519-6
4 2NC Fast-on 10-3519-7
1NO/1NC Screw type 10-6817
4 2NO Screw type 10-6817-2
4 2NC Screw type 10-6817-3
4
Renewal Parts
4
Contact Kits
4 Device Configuration Catalog Number
Reversing/assignment Three-position 6-602
4 Reversing/assignment upgrade kit 1 Three-position 6-602-3
4 Magnetic latched reversing/assignment Two-position 6-602-5
Note
4 1 The 6-602-3 contact kit will upgrade the three-position, reversing/assignment device from the
original design that incorporated a leaf spring contact structure to the present design that
4
incorporates a coil spring contact structure. The 6-602 contact kit can then be used after the device
has been upgraded for subsequent contact replacement.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

4.7
4
Description Specification 4
Current carrying capability at 55°C
Electrical creepage and clearance distances
1100A continuous
For 1000 Vdc applications
4
Mechanical life 1 million operations 4
Operating coil voltages (DC) 24, 28, 36, 74, 110, 125, 250 (others available)
4
Operating Coil Characteristics
Coil Voltage
Current Draw at Nominal
Voltage (±7.5% at 20°C) Catalog Number
4
24 1.60 9-1903-9 4
28 1.30 9-1903-1
36 1.06 9-1903-3 4
4
74 0.49 9-1903-7
110 0.33 9-1903-6
125 0.33 9-1903-4
4
250 0.17 9-1903-8
4
Reversing Contactor
Schematic Diagram 4
Load The reversing contactor
includes the cross over 4
busbars for DC motor
reversing applications. The
assignment contactor omits
4
the cross over busbars for
motor assignment 4
applications.
4
4
4
Line 4
4
Dimensions
Reversing Contactor 4
2 1/2-13 x 1.0
Mtg. Screws 4
11.3 6.8
4
(287) (172.7)
4
9.38
4
10.5
(266.7) (238.3)
3/8-16 ASA 23
4
1.25 12 Holes
3.89
(98.8)
(31.8) 4
Shipping Weight
Width Height Depth Lbs (kg) 4
11.3 (287) 10.5 (266.7) 6.8 (172.7) 45 (20.4)
4

Ratings
Ampere Rating of AC Motors

4 Ampere ratings of motors full load motor current which Caution—These average
4 vary somewhat, depending
upon the type of motor. The
was calculated from the
motor performance data
ratings could be high or low
for a specific motor and
values given below are for published by several motor therefore heater coil
4 drip-proof, Class B insulated manufacturers. In the case of selection on this basis
(T Frame) where available, high torque squirrel cage always involves risk. For
4 1.15 service factor, NEMA motors, the ampere ratings fully reliable motor
Design B motors. These will be at least 10% greater protection, select heater
4 values represent an average than the values given below. coils on the basis of full
load current rating as
4
shown on the motor
nameplate.
4 Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor

4 hp 1 RPM 200V 230V 380V 2 460V 575V 2200V
1/4 1800 1.09 0.95 0.55 0.48 0.38 —
4 1200 1.61 1.4 0.81 0.7 0.56 —
4 1/3
900
1800
1.84
1.37
1.6
1.19
0.93
0.69
0.8
0.6
0.64
0.48
—
—
4 1200 1.83 1.59 0.92 0.8 0.64 —

900 2.07 1.8 1.04 0.9 0.72 —
4 1/2 1800 1.98 1.72 0.99 0.86 0.69 —
1200 2.47 2.15 1.24 1.08 0.86 —
4 900 2.74 2.38 1.38 1.19 0.95 —
4 3/4 1800
1200
2.83
3.36
2.46
2.92
1.42
1.69
1.23
1.46
0.98
1.17
—
—
4 900 3.75 3.26 1.88 1.63 1.3 —

1 3600 3.22 2.8 1.7 1.4 1.12 —
4 1800 4.09 3.56 2.06 1.78 1.42 —
4
1200 4.32 3.76 2.28 1.88 1.5 —
900 4.95 4.3 2.6 2.15 1.72 —
4 1-1/2 3600 5.01 4.36 2.64 2.18 1.74 —

1800 5.59 4.86 2.94 2.43 1.94 —
4 1200 6.07 5.28 3.2 2.64 2.11 —
900 6.44 5.6 3.39 2.8 2.24 —
4 2 3600 6.44 5.6 3.39 2.8 2.24 —
4
1800 7.36 6.4 3.87 3.2 2.56 —
1200 7.87 6.84 4.14 3.42 2.74 —
4 900 9.09 7.9 4.77 3.95 3.16 —

3 3600 9.59 8.34 5.02 4.17 3.34 —
4 1800 10.8 9.4 5.7 4.7 3.76 —
1200 11.7 10.2 6.2 5.12 4.1 —
4 900 13.1 11.4 6.9 5.7 4.55 —
4 5 3600
1800
15.5
16.6
13.5
14.4
8.2
8.74
6.76
7.21
5.41
5.78
—
—
4 1200 18.2 15.8 9.59 7.91 6.32 —

900 18.3 15.9 9.6 7.92 6.33 —
4 Notes
1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457.
4 2 380V 50 Hz.
4
4

Ratings
4.8
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued
4
1 2
hp
7-1/2
RPM
3600
200V
22.4
230V
19.5
380V
11.8
460V
9.79
575V
7.81
2200V
—
4
1800 24.7 21.5 13 10.7 8.55 — 4
1200 25.1 21.8 13.2 10.9 8.7 —
900 26.5 23 13.9 11.5 9.19 — 4
4
10 3600 29.2 25.4 15.4 12.7 10.1 —
1800 30.8 26.8 16.3 13.4 10.7 —
1200 32.2 28 16.9 14 11.2 —
4
900 35.1 30.5 18.5 15.2 12.2 —
15 3600 41.9 36.4 22 18.2 14.5 — 4
1800 45.1 39.2 23.7 19.6 15.7 —
1200 47.6 41.4 25 20.7 16.5 — 4
4
900 51.2 44.5 26.9 22.2 17.8 —
20 3600 58 50.4 30.5 25.2 20.1 —
1800 58.9 51.2 31 25.6 20.5 —
4
1200 60.7 52.8 31.9 26.4 21.1 —
900 63.1 54.9 33.2 27.4 21.9 — 4
25 3600 69.9 60.8 36.8 30.4 24.3 —
1800 74.5 64.8 39.2 32.4 25.9 — 4
1200
900
75.4
77.4
65.6
67.3
39.6
40.7
32.8
33.7
26.2
27
—
—
4
30 3600 84.8 73.7 44.4 36.8 29.4 — 4
1800 86.9 75.6 45.7 37.8 30.2 —
1200 90.6 78.8 47.6 39.4 31.5 — 4
900 94.1 81.8 49.5 40.9 32.7 —
40 3600 111 96.4 58.2 48.2 38.5 —
4
1800 116 101 61 50.4 40.3 —
4
1200 117 102 61.2 50.6 40.4 —
900 121 105 63.2 52.2 41.7 — 4
50 3600 138 120 72.9 60.1 48.2 —
1800 143 124 75.2 62.2 49.7 — 4
4
1200 145 126 76.2 63 50.4 —
900 150 130 78.5 65 52 —
60 3600 164 143 86.8 71.7 57.3 —
4
1800 171 140 90 74.5 59.4 —
1200 173 150 91 75 60 — 4
900 177 154 93.1 77 61.5 —
75 3600 206 179 108 89.6 71.7 — 4
1800
1200
210
212
183
184
111
112
91.6
92
73.2
73.5
—
—
4
900 222 193 117 96.5 77.5 — 4
Notes
1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457. 4
2 380V 50 Hz.
4
4
4
4

Ratings
Ampere Ratings of Three-Phase, 60 Hz, AC Induction Motor, continued

4 Syn. Speed Current in Amperes
4 hp 1
100
RPM
3600
200V
266
230V
231
380V 2
140
460V
115
575V
92.2
2200V
—
4 1800 271 236 144 118 94.8 23.6

1200 275 239 145 120 95.6 24.2
4 900 290 252 153 126 101 24.8
4
125 3600 — 292 176 146 116 —
1800 — 293 177 147 117 29.2
4 1200 — 298 180 149 119 29.9

900 — 305 186 153 122 30.9
4 150 3600 — 343 208 171 137 —
1800 — 348 210 174 139 34.8
4 1200 — 350 210 174 139 35.5
4 200
900
3600
—
—
365
452
211
257
183
226
146
181
37
—
4 1800 — 458 265 229 184 46.7

1200 — 460 266 230 184 47
4 900 — 482 279 241 193 49.4
250 3600 — 559 338 279 223 —
4 1800 — 568 343 284 227 57.5
4 1200
900
—
—
573
600
345
347
287
300
229
240
58.5
60.5
4 300 1800 — 678 392 339 271 69

1200 — 684 395 342 274 70
4 400 1800 — 896 518 448 358 91.8
4
500 1800 — 1110 642 555 444 116
Notes
4 1 To convert horsepower to kW, multiply horsepower by 0.7457.

2 380V 50 Hz.
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4
4

Motor Protection and Monitoring
5.1 Monitoring Relays

Motor Protection Circuit Breaker
Product Overview—Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-2
5
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3 5
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13 5
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-24
5
5.2 Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-37 5
Manual Motor Protector 5.3 Manual Motor Protection 5
Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB, XTPR and XTPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-38
5
5.4 Overload Relays
Product Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-40 5
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
5
C306 Bimetallic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-47 5
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-68
C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-90 5
Overload Relay—C440
5
5
5
5
5
Overload Relays—C441 Motor Insight

5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Management Relay—
Power Xpert C445 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—October 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T5-1

5.1 Motor Protection and Monitoring
Monitoring Relays
Contents
5 Monitoring Relays
Description Page
5 Monitoring Relays
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
5 Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
5 Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-24
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 Product Overview—Monitoring Relays
5 Ground Fault Monitoring
Current Monitoring Relays Voltage Monitoring Relays Relays
5 The CurrentWatch ECS and The D65 Series Voltage Eaton offers two different
ECSJ Series from Eaton’s Monitoring Relays monitor series of ground fault
5 Electrical Sector is a family of
solid-state adjustable current
either AC single-phase
(50/60 Hz) or DC voltages
monitoring relays:
5 switches, ideal for providing

status information on
to protect equipment against
voltage fault conditions.
D64R Series
● The D64R digital ground
D64L Series
● Type D64L ground fault
electrical equipment. No separate supply (input)
5
fault relays are microprocessor- monitors are designed to
voltage is required. All based and replace the monitor ungrounded
versions are available in a previous generation of supplies on three-phase AC
5 Phase Monitoring Relays compact plug-in case using analog-based devices power systems up to
The D65 Series Phase an 8-pin octal socket. ● Microprocessor-based 600 V. If an insulation fault
5 Monitoring Relays provide
protection against premature There are two styles of D64R GFRs combine more develops anywhere on the
system between the
voltage monitoring relays: selectable features into a
5 equipment failure caused by
voltage faults on three-phase ● Over/Undervoltage Relays
single model, which makes
easier model selection and
source and the load, the
D64L will detect it and give
systems. All D65 phase an alarm or trip, depending
5 monitoring relays are
● Voltage Band Relays reduces spares inventory
requirements on the adjustable field
compatible with most wye settings selected
5 or delta systems. In wye ● The D64L is ideally suited
systems, a connection to for systems supplied from
5 neutral is not required. Phase
Monitoring relays protect
the secondary of either an
ungrounded delta or an
against single-phasing
5 regardless of any
ungrounded wye
connected transformer
regenerative voltages.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
V5-T5-2 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—October 2018 www.eaton.com

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
Description Page
5
Current Monitoring Relays 5
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . V5-T5-4 5
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13 5
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-24
5
5
5
5
5
5
ECS Series CurrentWatch™ Current Switches 5
ECS Series 5
The CurrentWatch™ ECS The ECS can sense Any change in current can be ● UL® Listed
Series from Eaton’s Electrical continuous currents from sensed with the ECS Series. ● cUL® Listed 5
Sector is a family of solid- 1 to 150 A and does not A change in current may ● CE Certified
state adjustable current
switches, ideal for providing
require any supply voltage,
as the power required is
indicate motor failure, belt
loss/slippage or mechanical
5
5
status information on induced from the monitored failure. Any of these events
electrical equipment. The conductor. The output is a can cause the current to drop
ECS is excellent for new non-polarity-sensitive solid- significantly, tripping the
installations, where the state contact for switching switch and notifying the 5
conductors run through the AC and DC circuits up to controller.
housing, requiring no cutting.
These switches are also ideal
240 Vac/Vdc. This switch also
includes an LED indicating
5
for retrofits, since split-core
models can be opened to fit
two states: on and below trip
point, and above trip point 5
around existing conductors. with contacts energized. All
The current switch is ECS Series switches carry an 5
accurate, reliable and easy unconditional five-year
to install. warranty. 5
5
5
Reference 5
Refer to Volume 8—Sensing Solutions, CA08100010E, Tab 7,
section 7.2 for additional product information. 5
ECS Series CurrentWatch Tab Section 5
Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 5
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.2 5
5

Monitoring Relays
Contents
5 ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Current Switches
Description Page
5 Current Monitoring Relays
ECS Series CurrentWatch Current Switches . . V5-T5-3
Phase Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-5
5 Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 ECSJ Series
5 Product Description Application Description Standards and Certifications
The CurrentWatch™ ECSJ tailored to an application, Typical Applications ● UL Listed
5 Series current operated providing more precise ● Electronic Proof of ● cUL Listed
switches from Eaton’s control through improved Flow—Current operated ● CE Certified
5 Electrical Sector provide the
same dependable indication
setpoint resolution. Self-
powering, isolated solid-state
switches eliminate the ● UL 508 Industrial
need for multiple pipe or Equipment (USA and
5
of status offered by the outputs, 1–6 A, 6–40 A and duct penetrations and are
CurrentWatch ECS Series, 40–200 A input ranges, and a Canada)
more reliable than electro-
but with the added benefit of choice of split- or solid-core mechanical pressure or
5 increased setpoint precision. enclosures are standard. flow switches
A choice of three, jumper- For typical applications of the ● Conveyors—Detect jams
5 selectable input ranges
allows the ECSJ Series to be
CurrentWatch ECSJ Series, and overloads
see listing on this page. ● Lighting Circuits—Easier
5 to install and more
accurate than photocells
5 ● Fans, Pumps and Heating
Elements—Faster
5 response than temperature
sensors
5 ● Critical Motors
● Ancillary Equipment
5
5
Reference
5 Refer to Volume 8—Sensing Solutions, CA08100010E, Tab 7,
section 7.3 for additional product information.
5 ECSJ Series CurrentWatch Tab Section
5 Application Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
7.3
7.3
5 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
5 Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.3
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
Phase Monitoring Relays
Description Page
5
Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3 5
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-6 5
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . V5-T5-7
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, 5
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . . V5-T5-9
5
5
5
5
5
Product Overview Application Description 5
The D65 Series Phase Protection 5
Monitoring Relays provide Depending on the unit
protection against premature
equipment failure caused by
selected, it will protect three- 5
phase equipment against:
voltage faults on three-phase
systems. All D65 phase ● Phase Loss—total loss of ● Phase Imbalance— 5
monitoring relays are one or more of the three imbalance of a three-phase
compatible with most wye phases. Also known as system occurs when 5
or delta systems. In wye “single phasing.” Typically single-phase loads are
systems, a connection to
neutral is not required. Phase
caused by a blown fuse,
broken wire or worn contact.
connected such that one or
two of the lines (phases)
5
Monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing
This condition would result in
a motor drawing locked rotor
carry more or less of the
load. This could cause 5
regardless of any current during startup. In motors to run at
regenerative voltages. addition, a three-phase temperatures above 5
motor will continue to run published ratings.
after losing a phase, resulting ● Undervoltage—when 5
in possible motor burn-out. voltage in all three lines of
● Phase Reversal—reversing a three-phase system drop
simultaneously.
5
any two of the three phases
will cause a three-phase
motor to run in the opposite
● Overvoltage—when
voltage in all three lines of
5
direction. This may cause
damage to driven machinery
a three-phase system
increase simultaneously. 5
or injury to personnel. The
condition usually occurs as a 5
result of mistakes made
during routine maintenance
or when modifications are
5
made to the circuit.
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Device Connection
5
Phase
5 L1
Stop
Start
Monitor
Relay O/L
L2
M
5 M
5
M
L1
3
M Phase
L2
5 L3
M Motor
Input Fuses
5 Phase
2 A Max.
Monitor
5 Relay
5
5 D65PLR Series D65VMLP Series D65VMLS Series
5 ● cRUus listed ● cRUus listed ● cULus listed
● RoHS recognized ● RoHS recognized ● RoHS recognized
5 ● CE marked ● CE marked ● CE marked
5
5
5 Product Selection Guide
5 D65 Series—Product Family Selection
5 Series Mounting Style Phase Reversal

Phase Loss and
Reversal Undervoltage Overvoltage Phase Imbalance
Time Delay on
Undervoltage
Plug-in 1
5 D65PLR
D65VMLP Plug-in 1
3
3
3
3
—
✓ (adjustable)
—
✓ (fixed)
—
3
—
0.1–20 sec
5 D65VMLS Surface 3 3 ✓ (adjustable) ✓ (fixed) 3 0.1–20 sec
Note
5 1 In addition to the above approvals, all plug-in products are
also UL Listed when used with the appropriate Eaton socket.

5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
Description Page
5
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-8 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-8
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-8 5
5
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal,
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage . . . . . . . . V5-T5-9
Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-24 5
5
5
5
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal 5
The D65PLR Series ● Protects against phase loss ● cRUus
Monitoring Relays provide and phase reversal ● UL listed 1 5
protection against phase loss ● True RMS voltage sensing ● RoHS compliant
and phase reversal in a
compact plug-in design.
for improved accuracy 5
● Continued operation
These devices are designed
to be compatible with most
through phase loss
conditions
5
wye or delta systems. In wye
systems, a connection to a
● Bi-color LED provides
indication for both normal
Note
1 When used with appropriate Eaton
5
neutral is not required. Phase
monitoring relays protect
against single-phasing ●
and fault conditions
Compact plug-in case
socket.
5
regardless of any
regenerative voltages.
utilizing industry-standard
8-pin octal socket 5
10 A SPDT output contacts
5
●
A bi-color LED indicates
NORMAL conditions with
a green status, PHASE
REVERSAL conditions with
5
5
a steady red status, and
PHASE LOSS conditions
with a flashing red status.
Re-energization is automatic 5
upon correction of the
fault condition. 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
5
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
5
D65PLR480
Mounting Nominal Voltage Catalog
Style 50/60 Hz Number
5 Plug-in 190–500 V D65PLR480 1
5
5
5
5 Accessories
D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
5 Catalog
Description Standard Pack Number
5 8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
5 Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
5 Technical Data and Specifications Wiring Diagram
5 D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
ØA ØB ØC
5 Phase loss Unit trips on loss of any Phase A, B or C
Phase reversal Unit trips if sequence of the three phases is anything other than A-B-C
5 Output contacts 10 A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac. C300 pilot duty 4 5
3 6
Life Full load—100,000 operations
5 Response times 2 7
1 8
5
Operate 50 ms
Release 50 ms
5 Load (burden)
Temperature
3 VA
–20 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
5 Transient protection 10,000 volts for 20 microseconds

Mounting Uses an 8-pin octal socket. Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages
5 greater than 300 V
Indicator LED Bi-color LED will be Green when NORMAL condition is present, Steady Red when PHASE REVERSAL
5 Reset
condition is present, and Flashing Red when PHASE LOSS condition is present
Automatic upon correction of fault
5
Dimensions
5 D65PLR Series, Phase Loss and Reversal
5
5 2.40
(60.0)
5
5
2.90
5 1.70
(74.0)
3.00
(43.0) (76.0)
5
Note
5 1 Requires a 600 V rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300 V.

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Description Page
5
D65PLR Series—Phase Loss and Reversal . . . V5-T5-7
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, 5
Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-10 5
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-11 5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-12
5
5
5
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage 5
Eaton’s D65 Phase Protective Functions
Monitoring Relay protects The D65 Series Relay makes ● Overvoltage—Fixed at ● Phase Loss (Single- 5
distribution systems separate trip decisions based 110% of nominal, unit trips Phasing)—Total loss of
supplying motor feeder or on the status of the three- when the average of all
three lines is greater than
one or more of the three
phases. Typically caused by
5
branch circuits against phase voltage inputs. Control
premature equipment failure
caused by voltage faults on
power is derived from the
three-phase voltage inputs.
the fixed set point for a
period longer than the time
a blown fuse, broken wire
or worn contact. This 5
three-phase systems—wye delay drop-out. condition would result in a
or delta connected. Phase
Separate control power is not
required. The device will trip ● Phase Imbalance— motor drawing locked rotor 5
monitoring relays protect in response to any Imbalance of a three-phase current during start-up. In
against voltage imbalance and combination of the following system occurs when addition, a three-phase 5
single-phasing regardless of conditions: single-phase loads are motor will continue to run
any regenerative voltages.
The relay is energized when ● Undervoltage—When
connected such that one or after losing a phase,
resulting in potential motor
5
two of the lines (phases)
voltage in all three lines of
the phase sequence and all
voltages are correct. Any of a three-phase system
carry more or less of the
load. This could cause
burn-out. Unit trips on loss
of any phase. 5
five abnormal conditions drops simultaneously. motors to run at Phase Reversal—
5
●
(phase loss, phase reversal, Undervoltage drop-out can temperatures above Reversing any two of the
overvoltage, undervoltage be set at 80–95% of published ratings. Unit trips three phases will cause a
or phase imbalance) will operating voltage. Unit
trips when the average of
when any one of the three three-phase motor to run in 5
de-energize the relay. As lines is more than the the opposite direction. This
standard, re-energization
is automatic upon correction
all three lines is less than
the adjusted set point for a
adjusted set point below
the average of all three
may cause damage to
machinery or injury to
5
period longer than the
of the fault condition. The
D65 can also be wired for adjustable time delay drop-
lines. The percent phase
imbalance is adjustable
personnel. Unit trips if
rotation (sequence) of the
5
manual reset. out (0.1–20 seconds). This from 2–10% and also has a three phases is anything
time delay eliminates Disable setting for other than A-B-C. 5
nuisance tripping caused applications where poor
by momentary voltage
fluctuation.
voltage conditions could 5
cause nuisance tripping.
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Device Connection
5
L1 START L2
O/L
5
STOP
M
M
Voltage Monitor
5 Relay
M
5 L1
M
3
L2 Phase
5
Motor
M
L3
5
Input Fuses
(Recommended)
Voltage 2 A Max.
Monitor
5 Relay
5 Features
● Universal voltage range of ● Automatic or manual reset ● D65VMLP will plug into
5 190–500 V provides the after the fault condition is D3PA2 socket and mount
flexibility to cover a variety corrected on 35 mm DIN rail
5 of applications (120 V and
600 V units also available)
● Bi-color LED indicates
normal condition and
● Small, compact size
● User-adjustable settings
5 True RMS voltage sensing defines fault type for
●
include nominal voltage,
for improved accuracy simpler troubleshooting percent phase imbalance,
5 Continued operation D65VMLS can be mounted undervoltage drop-out,
● ●
through phase loss directly onto 35 mm DIN time delay on undervoltage

conditions rail with no additional parts and time delay on restart
5 after fault
5
Operation
5 The D65 provides protection The relay is energized when specific fault indication to
against premature equipment the phase sequence and all simplify troubleshooting. The
5 failure caused by voltage voltages are correct. Any one percent phase imbalance is
faults on three-phase of five fault conditions will adjustable from 2–10%, and
5 systems. The D65 is de-energize the relay. the undervoltage drop-out can
designed to be compatible Re-energization is automatic be set at 80–95% of operating
5 with most wye or delta
systems. In wye systems,
upon correction of the fault
condition.
voltage. The adjustable time
delay drop-out on
5 a connection to a neutral is
not required. D65 Phase Manual reset is available if
undervoltage (0.3–30 sec)
eliminates nuisance tripping
Monitoring Relays protect a NC switch is wired to the caused by momentary
5 against imbalanced voltages appropriate terminals. A
bi-color LED indicates normal
voltage fluctuations.
or single-phasing regardless
5 of any regenerative voltages. condition and also provides
5 LED Operation
5
LED Status Plug-In and Surface-Mount Indication
Green steady Normal/relay ON
5 Green flashing
Red steady
Power-up/restart delay
Reversal
5 Red single flash 1 Loss/imbalance

Red double flash 2 Undervoltage
5 Red triple flash 3 Overvoltage
Notes
5 1 Single flash = On 25 ms, Off 175 ms.
2 Double flash = On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 125 ms.
5 3 Triple flash = On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 25 ms, On 25 ms, Off 75 ms.
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
● CE (Low Voltage + EMC ● cRUus ● UL Listed 1 5
Directive EN60947-5-1) (D65VMLP only)
● cULus listed ● RoHS compliant 5
(D65VMLS only)
5
5
Product Selection
5
D65VM_ D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and
Under/Overvoltage 2
5
Operating Voltage Catalog
Mounting Style 50/60 Hz Number
5
Surface-mount 102–138 V D65VMLS120C
(DIN rail)
190–500 V D65VMLS480C 5
460–600 V D65VMLS600C
Plug-in 102–138 V D65VMLP120 5
(DIN rail) 3
5
190–500 V D65VMLP480
460–600 V D65VMLP600
8-pin socket — D3PA2
5
8-pin IP20 rated socket — D3PA6
5
D65VM Series—Phase Loss, Reversal, Imbalance and Under/Overvoltage 5
Nominal voltages (50–60 Hz) 5
For D65VMLS 102–138 V, 190–500 V, 460–600 V
For D65VMLP 102–138 V, 190–500 V, 460–600 V 5
Connections Wye or delta
Output contacts 5
For D65VMLS DPDT:
NO: 10 A resistive at 277 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/2 hp at 120/240 Vac, B300 pilot duty, R300
NC: 10 A resistive at 277 Vac/30 Vdc, 1/3 hp at 120/240 Vac, B300 pilot duty, R300
5
For D65VMLP SPDT:
10 A SPDT at 277 Vac, 1 hp at 250 Vac, 1/2 hp at 120 Vac, C300 pilot duty 5
5
Dielectric 1000 V + (2 * nominal voltage rating) between input terminals and case or active circuitry
Operating temp. –20 to 150 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Response times
Power up 1–300 seconds adjustable 5
Restart after fault
Dropout due to fault
1–300 seconds adjustable
100 ms fixed on phase loss and phase reversal;
5
0.3–30 sec adjustable for all other faults—unbalance, undervoltage, overvoltage
Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations 5
5
Electrical life 100,000 operations
Power consumption 40 VA
Hysteresis 2–3%
5
Notes
1 When used with accompanying Eaton Socket (D65VMLP only).
2 Additional models available. Please visit our Web site for the latest offering.
5
5
3 Requires a 600 V-rated socket when used on system voltages greater than 300 V. The D3PA2 socket is rated 10 A, 600 V.
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Wiring Diagrams
5
Plug-In Surface-Mount
5
ØA ØB ØC ØA ØB ØC RESET
5 A B C 11 21
ØA ØB ØC Manual 1 2 3 4 5
Reset
5 3
4 5
6
5 2
1 8
7
7 8 9 10 11 12
5 12 14 M1M2 22
Manual Reset
5
5 Dimensions
5
Plug-In Surface-Mount
5 2.40 (61.0)
5
2.20 (55.9) 2.10 (53.3)
2.40
5 (61.0)
5
2.90 (73.7)
5 1.70 (43.2) 3.00 (76.2) 3.50
(88.9)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
Voltage Monitoring Relays
Description Page
5
Voltage Monitoring Relays 5
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-14
D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage 5
Relays (Fixed Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-15
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18 5
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-21
5
5
5
5
Product Overview Standards and 5
Certifications
Voltage Monitoring Relays
monitor either AC single-
Over/Undervoltage Relays Voltage Band Relays
● CE
5
Over/Undervoltage Relays Voltage Band Relays provide
phase (50/60 Hz) or DC
voltages to protect
provide protection to
equipment where either an
protection to equipment that
is required to operate within
● cRUus listed 5
● UL listed 1
equipment against voltage
fault conditions. No separate
over- or undervoltage
condition is potentially
an upper and lower voltage
limit. As long as the operating
● RoHS recognized 5
supply (input) voltage is damaging. Each relay can be voltage remains within an
required. All versions are used as either an overvoltage over- and undervoltage range, 5
available in a compact plug-in or an undervoltage relay, the internal relay stays
case using an 8-pin octal
socket.
depending on the output energized. If the operating
Note
5
contact used. When used as voltage falls outside this
1 When used with accompanying Eaton
There are two styles of an undervoltage relay, it
provides protection to
range, the relay will drop out.
socket. 5
voltage monitoring relays:
● Over/Undervoltage Relays
equipment that is required to
operate above a minimum 5
Voltage Band Relays voltage. When used as an
5
●
overvoltage relay, it protects

equipment against excessive
voltage conditions. Over/ 5
undervoltage relays are
designed to operate when
the operating voltage reaches
5
a preset value and drop out
when the operating voltage 5
drops to a level below the
preset value. 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide

5
D65V Product Family Selection—Over/Undervoltage Relays
5 Pickup Dropout Time Delay Fixed Time Delay for Adjustable Time Delay
Series Voltage Voltage Dropout Over/Undervoltage Relays Over/Undervoltage Relays
5 D65VMRP Adjustable Fixed at 95% of pickup Fixed 500 ms 1 Page V5-T5-16 —
75–125% nominal
5 D65VAKP Adjustable 75–95% of pickup Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds — Page V5-T5-19
5 D65V Product Family Selection—Voltage Band Relays
5 Series
Pickup
Voltage
Dropout
Voltage
Time Delay
Dropout Voltage Band Relays
5 D65VWKP Adjustable
75–125% nominal
Adjustable 75–95% of pickup Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds Page V5-T5-22
5
Note
5 1 Fixed time delay eliminates nuisance tripping due to short voltage surges or drops.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D65VMRP—Fixed Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description Page
5
Relays (Fixed Time Delay)
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-17 5
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-21 5
5
5
5
D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage Relays 5
(Fixed Time Delay) 5
Product Description Application Description Undervoltage Relay Features 5
The D65VMRP Over/ Each relay can be used as Provides protection to ● Monitors AC single-phase
Undervoltage Relays provide
protection to equipment
either an overvoltage or an
undervoltage relay,
equipment that is required to
operate above a certain
and DC voltages 5
● Wide range of user-
minimum voltage. Uses a
where either an over- or
undercurrent condition is
depending on the output
contact used. normally open contact (NO).
adjustable pickup with
fixed dropout settings
5
potentially damaging. They As long as the monitored
are designed to operate when Overvoltage Relay voltage is above the
● Fixed time delay on
dropout of 500 ms
5
the operating voltage reaches Provides protection to minimum value required
LED indicates output relay
5
●
a preset value and drop out equipment that cannot handle (pickup setting), the relay will
when the operating voltage energize and the NO contact status
excess voltages. Uses a
closes, turning on the load. If Compact plug-in case
5
●
drops to a level below the normally closed contact (NC).
preset value. As long as the monitored the voltage drops below the using industry standard
dropout setting (the minimum 8-pin socket
The pickup voltage setting
voltage remains below the
maximum voltage the voltage required minus ● 10 A DPDT output contacts 5
is user-adjustable from hysteresis), the relay will
equipment can withstand
75 to 125% of the nominal
voltage rating. As standard,
(pickup setting), the relay de-energize and the NO 5
remains energized and the contact will re-open, turning
the D65VMRP Series has a
dropout voltage setting fixed
NC contact remains closed, off the load. 5
keeping the load energized.
at 95% of the pickup voltage
setting. The relay energizes
If the operating voltage
increases beyond the
5
when the monitored voltage Fixed Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Current Monitoring
is above the pickup setting.
maximum rating of the
equipment, the relay 5
The relay de-energizes when
energizes and the NC contact
the monitored voltage is
below the dropout setting
opens, turning off the load. Pickup
Voltage
5
When the voltage falls below Monitored
for a period longer than the
drop-out time delay, which
the dropout settings Voltage
5
(hysteresis), the relay de- Dropout
is fixed at 500 ms.
5
Voltage
re-closes, turning on the load. T T
On
5
Relay
Output
Off 5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
5
D65VMRP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1,
5
D65VM_
Adjustable Pickup, Fixed Dropout Settings 2
Voltage Range
5
Nominal Catalog
Voltage Pickup Dropout Number
5
120 Vac 90–150 Vac 68–142 Vac D65VMRPA
5
5
5 Accessories
5 D65VMRP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relays

Standard Catalog
5 Description Pack Number
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
5 Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
5
5
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5 D65VMRP and D65VAKP Series, Over/Undervoltage Relays
Voltage tolerance ±50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
5 Load (burden)
No supply (input) voltage is required
Less than 2 VA (12–120 V); 30 VA (240 V and 480 V)
5 Current settings
Pickup Adjustable from 75 to 125% of nominal voltage
5 Dropout Fixed at 95% of the pickup setting for D65VMRP

Adjustable from 75 to 95% of the pickup setting for D65VAKP
5 Temperature
Response times
–20 to 131 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
5
Pickup 500 ms
Dropout Fixed 500 ms for D65VMRP
Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds for D65VAKP
5 Output contacts 10 A at 240 Vac, 7 A at 30 Vdc, 1/4 hp at 120/240 Vac, C300
5
Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
Electrical life 100,000 operations
5 Indicator LED Red steady when relay is energized;

green when relay is OFF
Transient protection 2000 V per IEC 61000-4-5 Level 3 (±2 kV)
5 Reset Automatic
5
Mounting Requires an 8-pin socket
Notes
5 1 Time delay on dropout fixed at 500 ms.
2 Dropout voltage is fixed at 95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Wiring Diagram
5
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
5
3
4 5
6 5
2
1 8
7
5
(DC)+ (DC)−
L1 L2 5
Monitored
Voltage
5
5
Dimensions
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays 5
5
2.4
5
(60)
D65VAKP Only
5
5
2.9
1.7
(74)
3.5 5
(43) (89)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Contents
5 D65VAKP—Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
Description Page
5 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
5 Voltage Monitoring Relays
Product Selection Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-14
5 D65VMRP Over/Undervoltage
5 D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay)
5 Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-19
5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-20
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-21
5 Ground Fault Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-24
5
5
5 D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage Relays
5 (Adjustable Time Delay)
5 Product Description Application Description Features

The D65VAKP Over/ Each relay can be used as Undervoltage Relay ● Monitors AC single-phase
5 Undervoltage Relays provide
protection to equipment
either an overvoltage or an
undervoltage relay,
Provides protection to and DC voltages
equipment that is required to ● Wide range of user-
5 where either an over- or
undercurrent condition is
depending on the output
contact used.
operate above a certain
minimum voltage. Uses a
adjustable pickup and
dropout settings
potentially damaging. They
5 are designed to operate when Overvoltage Relay
normally open contact (NO).
As long as the monitored
● Adjustable time delay on
dropout of 0.1–10 seconds
the operating voltage reaches Provides protection to voltage is above the minimum
5 a preset value and drop out equipment that cannot handle value required (pickup setting),
● LED indicates output
relay status
when the operating voltage excess voltages. Uses a the relay will energize and the
5 drops to a level below the
preset value.
normally closed contact (NC).
As long as the monitored
NO contact closes, turning on
● Compact plug-in case
using industry standard
the load. If the voltage drops
8-pin socket
5 The pickup voltage setting is
voltage remains below the
maximum voltage the
below the dropout setting
(the minimum voltage ● 10 A DPDT output contacts
user-adjustable from 75 to
equipment can withstand required minus hysteresis),
5 125% of the nominal voltage
rating. As standard, the
(pickup setting), the relay the relay will de-energize and
remains energized and the the NO contact will re-open,
5 D65VAKP has an adjustable
dropout setting of 75–95%.
NC contact remains closed, turning off the load.
keeping the load energized.
The relay energizes when the
5 monitored voltage is above
If the operating voltage
increases beyond the
the pickup setting. The relay Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Current Monitoring
5 de-energizes when the
maximum rating of the
equipment, the relay
monitored voltage is below
5 the dropout setting for a
period longer than the
opens, turning off the load.
Pickup
Voltage
When the voltage falls below Monitored
5 dropout time delay, which is Voltage

the dropout settings
adjustable from 0.1 to 10 Dropout
(hysteresis), the relay de-
seconds. A fixed time delay Voltage
5 of 500 ms is available with
re-closes, turning on the load. T T
the D65VMP Series.
5 Relay
On
5
Output
Off
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Product Selection
5
D65VA_ D65VAKP Series—Over/Undervoltage Relay 1, 5
Adjustable Pickup and Dropout Settings 2
Nominal Voltage Range Catalog
5
Voltage Pickup Dropout Number
120 Vac 90–150 Vac 68–142 Vac D65VAKPA
5
12 Vdc 9–15 Vdc 7–14 Vdc D65VAKPR1
5
24 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 14–38 Vdc D65VAKPT1
48 Vdc 36–60 Vdc 27–57 Vdc D65VAKPW1 5
110 Vdc 83–138 Vdc 62–130 Vdc D65VAKPA1
240 Vac 180–300 Vac 135–285 Vac D65VAKPA2 5
480 Vac 360–600 Vac 270–570 Vac D65VAKPA3
5
Accessories 5
D65VAKP Series—
Over/Undervoltage Relays 5
5
Standard Catalog
Description Pack Number
5
8-pin socket 10 D3PA2
Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
Notes
5
5
1 Time delay on dropout adjustable 0.1–10 sec.
2 Dropout voltage is adjustable from 75 to 95% of the adjusted pickup setting.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays

5
D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5
D65VMP and D65VAKP Series, Over/Undervoltage Relays
Voltage tolerance ±50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
5 No supply (input) voltage is required
Load (burden) Less than 2 VA (12–120 V); 30 VA (240 V and 480 V)
5 Current settings
Pickup Adjustable from 75 to 125% of nominal voltage
5 Dropout Fixed at 95% of the pickup setting for D65VMP

Adjustable from 75 to 95% of the pickup setting for D65VAKP
5 Temperature
Response times
–18 to 149 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
5 Pickup
Dropout
500 ms
Fixed 500 ms for D65VMP
5
Adjustable 0.5–10 seconds for D65VAKP
Output contacts 10 A at 240 Vac, 7 A at 30 Vdc, 1/4 hp at 120/240 Vac, C300
5 Mechanical life
Electrical life
10,000,000 operations
100,000 operations
5 Indicator LED Red steady when relay is energized;

green when relay is OFF
5 Transient protection
Reset
2000 V per IEC 61000-4-5 Level 3 (±2 kV)
Automatic
5 Mounting Requires an 8-pin socket
5 Wiring Diagram
5 Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
5 4 5
3 6
5 2 7
1 8
5 (DC)+
L1
(DC)−
L2
5 Monitored
Voltage
5
Dimensions
5 D65V Series—Fixed and Adjustable Time Delay Over/Undervoltage Relays
5
5
2.4
5 (60)
D65VAKP Only
5
5 2.9
(74)
1.7 3.5
5 (43) (89)
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays
Description Page
5
D65VAKP Over/Undervoltage 5
Relays (Adjustable Time Delay) . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-18
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . V5-T5-22 5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-23
5
5
D65VWKP Voltage Band Relays 5
Product Description Features 5
The D65VWKP Series Voltage When nominal operating ● Monitors AC single-phase ● Adjustable time delay on
Band Relays provide voltage is applied, the internal and DC voltages dropout from 0.1 to 10 5
protection to equipment that relay will energize (pickup). If ● Provides voltage band seconds
is required to operate within the operating voltage falls (window) protection ● LED indicates output relay 5
an upper and lower voltage outside the preset over trip ● Wide range of user- status
limit. As long as the operating
voltage remains within an
point (adjustable 75–125% of
nominal), or under trip point
adjustable overvoltage and ● Compact plug-in case 5
undervoltage settings using industry standard
over- and undervoltage range, (adjustable 75–95%
the internal relay stays of pickup), for a period ●
8-pin octal socket
10 A DPDT output contacts
5
energized. If the operating longer than the dropout
voltage falls outside this time delay, the relay will 5
range, the relay will drop out. de-energize (dropout). When Voltage Band Relay Current Monitoring
the voltage returns to normal
(within the preset over- and
5
undervoltage trip points),
the unit automatically resets
Over
Voltage
5
and the relay energizes. The Monitored
D65VWP has a 0.1–10
Current
Under 5
second dropout time. Voltage
5
Relay ON 5
Output OFF
5
T T T T
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
5
5
D65VW_
Adjustable Dropout Time Delay (0.1–10 Seconds)
Voltage Range
5
Nominal Catalog
Voltage Over Under Number
5
120 Vac 90–150 Vac 68–142 Vac D65VWKPA
5
5
5
Accessories
5
5 Description
Standard
Pack
Catalog
Number
5 8-pin socket 10 D3PA2

Hold-down spring 10 D65CHDS
5
5 Technical Data and Specifications
5 D65VWKP Series, Voltage Band Relays

5 Voltage tolerance ±50% of nominal voltage; AC voltages are 50/60 Hz
No separate supply (input) voltage is required
5 Load (burden) Less than 2 VA (12–120 V); 30 VA (240 V and 480 V)
Voltage settings
5 Overvoltage 75–125% of nominal voltage
Undervoltage 75–95% of pickup voltage
5 Temperature –18 to 149 °F (–28 to 65 °C)
Indicator LED Red steady when relay is energized;
5 green when relay is OFF
Reset Automatic
5 Response times
Contact Eaton for information on how to order a unit with manual reset
5 Operate
Release
500 ms
Adjustable 0.1–10 seconds
5 Output contacts 10 A at 240 Vac, 7 A at 30 Vdc, 1/4 hp at 120/240 Vac, C300

Mechanical life 10,000,000 operations
5 Electrical life 100,000 operations

Transient protection 2000 V per IEC 61000-4-5 Level 3 (±2 kV)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Wiring Diagram
5
Wiring for 8-Pin Socket
5
3
4 5
6 5
2
1 8
7
5
(DC)+ (DC)−
L1 L2 5
Monitored
Voltage
5
5
Dimensions
D65VWKP Series, Voltage Band Relays 5
5
2.4
5
(60) D65VWKP
5
5
2.9
1.7
(74)
3.5 5
(43) (89)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Contents
5 Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
Description Page
5 Current Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-3
5 Voltage Monitoring Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-13
Ground Fault Relays and Monitors
5 D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . . V5-T5-25
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors . . . . . . . V5-T5-35
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 Product Overview
5 D64R Series— D64L Series—
Digital Ground Fault Relays Ground Fault Monitors
5 The new D64R digital Type D64L ground fault Because D64L has high
ground fault relays are monitors are designed to immunity from the effects of
5 microprocessor-based
and replace the previous
monitor ungrounded supplies
on three-phase AC power
voltage transients and cable
capacitance, it may be applied
5 generation of analog-based
devices.
systems up to 600 V. If an
insulation fault develops
in automotive, sub-sea,
mobile lighting, portable
anywhere on the system generators, sensitive
5 Microprocessor-based D64R
GFRs combine more
between the source and the equipment and other
load, the D64L will detect it installations where
5 selectable features into a
and give an alarm or trip, ungrounded systems are
depending on the adjustable used extensively.
5 reduces spares inventory
field settings selected.
The user is able to individually
requirements. The D64L is ideally suited for set the alarm level and the
5 These devices are designed to
systems supplied from the trip level from 20%–80% of
secondary of either an the maximum leakage current
5 provide reliable detection of
ground fault conditions on
ungrounded wye connected
limit of the D64L selected.
Any leakage current above
three-phase AC resistance
5 grounded or solidly grounded
transformer. the alarm level will activate
the alarm relay and light the
electrical distribution systems. alarm LED. Should the
5 leakage current rise above
the trip level, the trip relay
5 and trip LED will activate.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays
Description Page
5
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays 5
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-26
Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-26 5
5
Standards and Certifications . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-26
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-28
V5-T5-29
5
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-30 5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-32
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors . . . . . . . V5-T5-35 5
5
The new D64R digital D64R ground fault relays Every system has a
ground fault relays are feature adjustable trip “charging” current that can 5
microprocessor-based settings for both trip current cause nuisance tripping if the
and replace the previous
generation of analog-based
and trip time. This allows the
user to set the ground fault
trip current is set too low. The
“charging” current is caused
5
devices. trip current just above the
“charging” current of the
by the capacitance-to-ground
effect of phase conductors in 5
Microprocessor-based D64R system. This prevents a system and will vary
GFRs combine more nuisance tripping and depending on: 5
selectable features into a provides meaningful
protection of additional
● The overall length of the
cables
5
ground fault leakage currents.
reduces spares inventory
requirements.
●
●
The types of loads
The quality of the
5
These devices are designed to
provide reliable detection of
insulation on the phase
conductors 5
ground fault conditions on Surrounding equipment
5
●
three-phase AC resistance grounding, cable trays,

grounded or solidly grounded junction boxes, and so on
electrical distribution systems. ● Type and size of 5
transformer
A “rule-of-thumb” for
5
systems 600 V and lower:
the “charging” current is 5
0.5 A per 1000 kVA of
transformer capacity. 5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Features Standards and Certifications

5 Standard Models In the fail-safe mode, the The trip inhibit function is ● UL 1053
5 relay is energized when useful when the relay is being Ground Fault Sensing
●
● Built-in current sensor
(zero sequence CT) control voltage is applied and used to trip a contactor or and Relaying Equipment,
will trip when either: motor starter on a solidly Class 1
5 ● Run and trip indicating
LEDs ● a ground fault trip is
grounded system. Under a (UL File # E195341)
bolted fault condition, the relay ● CSA® C22.2 No. 144-M91
5 ● Built-in harmonic filtering
for variable frequency ●
detected or,
there is a loss of control
would trip and could cause the ● Ground Fault Circuit
contactor or motor starter to
drives or standard 50/60 Hz Interrupters
5 applications (see Page
power. interrupt the high fault current
with harmful results. By
(CSA File # 700103)
V5-T5-29 for frequency Service Protection Models ● CE Mark—Declaration of
5
inhibiting the trip, the ground
response range) fault relay will not trip on Conformity
● Service protection models
● DIN rail or panel mounting require C311CT bolted faults and will allow the ● IEC 60755
5 ● Rugged epoxy 10,000:1 ratio CTs upstream protective device to ● General Requirements
encapsulated construction ● Trip current range of 50 to clear the fault instead. for residual current
5 ● Pull-apart terminal block 1200 A ● Through-the-door or rear
operated protective
connectors devices
● Green LED indicates panel mounting
5 ● Form “Z” (4 terminal) NO “Power On” ● EN 50081-1
and NC output contacts, ● Circuit breaker toggle ● Electromagnetic
5 5 amps at 250 Vac position indicates Options compatibility (radiated
emission), “household”
● Pulsed (trip) auto reset “Normal” or “Tripped” ● Other ranges of trip
5 mode condition currents and times
Fixed trip current and times
directive
The pulsed (trip) auto reset ● Form “C” (3 terminal) ●
D64R ground fault relays
5 mode is designed for
applications where the output
NO-NC output contacts,
3 amps at 250 Vac
● Other control voltages are UL listed as Class 1
● Custom packaging for devices designed to protect
relay is operating a shunt trip
5 device. The D64R relay resets
● Frequency response range
of 40 to 200 Hz
volume OEM requirements electrical equipment against
extensive damage from
automatically, three seconds
● Separate outputs for
arcing ground faults.
5 after the ground fault current
● Zone interlocking feature
with green LED to indicate
alarming vs trip
is interrupted by the tripping ● Relays for neutral
“Grading Input Active” and
5 action of the circuit breaker.
This opens the output contact
DIP switch array for zone
grounding resistance
monitoring
grading backup delay and
5 wired to the shunt trip coil Relays for ground fault
●
block signal override (on
and prevents damage to the detection on DC power
D64RPBH15 model only)
internal mechanism of the systems
5 circuit breaker in the event ● Test button to invoke test ● Other sizes of current
that the operator tries to at 20 A trip current—tests
transformers
5 reset the circuit breaker. external CT, electronics and
circuit breaker trip
Suitable for use on 600 V
5
●
● Fail-safe selectable mode
systems—may be applied (see above for description)
on higher voltages by using
5 separate CTs with power
● Inhibit selectable mode—
this allows the relay to
conductors insulated for
differentiate between
5 the system voltage
normal ground fault trip
● Built-in test circuitry—no levels and short circuit
5 external power or
additional wiring is
conditions
5 necessary—tests trip time

and current settings
5 Communications port
●
(standard RJ-10 jack) for

connection to optional
5 remote display (D64D1)
and door mounted
5 units (on D64RPB100
models only)
5 ● Fail-safe selectable
mode (on D64RPB100
5 models only)
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Product Selection
5
Standard Models
When Ordering, Specify 5
● Catalog number of relay from tables
● Catalog number of zero sequence current transformers, if or when required, 5
remote digital display or remote indicator units
Ground Fault Relay with Built-In Current Sensor

5
Control Power
Trip Current
Range
Current Transformer
Selection
Catalog
Number
5
D64RP18
without Plug-In
24–240 Vac/Vdc 30 mA–6 A Built-in 1.1 in CT 1
If external CT is required for specific application,
D64RP18 5
select 500:1 ratio CT 2
5
5
5
D64RPB100 24–240 Vac/Vdc 30 mA–9 A Built-in 2.0 in CT 3 D64RPB100_
Full-Featured Ground
Fault Relay
If external CT is required for specific application,
select 500:1 ratio CT 2
5
3–900 A Select 500:5 ratio CT 4 D64RPB100_
5
30–9000 A Select 5000:5 ratio CT 4 D64RPB100_
5
D64RPB30 24–240 Vac/Vdc 30 mA–9 A Requires use of applicable C331CT, D64RPB30
5
without Internal CT see Page V5-T5-28.
5
5
5
5
Service Protection Models
5
When Ordering, Specify 5
● Catalog number of relay from tables
● Catalog number of zero sequence current transformers, if or when required, 5
remote digital display or remote indicator units
Ground Fault Relay

5
D64RPBH15 Ground
5
Fault Relay with Zone Zone
Interlocking
Control Interlocking Trip Current Current Transformer Catalog
Power Feature Range Selection Number
120 Vac No 50 A–1200 A Select 10,000:1 ratio CT 5 D64RPBH13 5
5
120 Vac Yes 50 A–1200 A Select 10,000:1 ratio CT 5 D64RPBH15
5
Notes
1 Maximum allowable continuous current through built-in CT is 100 amps.
5
2 For 500:1 ratio CTs, select from Protective Relays in Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E. Tab 9, section 9.3.

5
3 Maximum allowable continuous current through built-in CT is 200 amps.
4 For 500:5 or 5000:5 ratio CTs, select any commercially available 5 amp secondary CT with the same ratio. 5
5 For 10,000: 1 ratio CTs, select from Protective Relays in Volume 3—Power Distribution and Control Assemblies,
CA08100004E. Tab 9, section 9.3.

5
5

Monitoring Relays
Accessories
5
Zero Sequence Current
5 Transformers
● A complete size range of ● Built-in back-to-back zeners ● All CTs are epoxy potted, ● All CTs are 600 Volt class.
5 zero sequence CTs across the output terminals panel mounted and come They may be used on
designed specifically for of all 500:1 and 10,000:1 with either secondary higher voltage circuits
5 use with D64R relays
provide excellent coupling
CTs provide personnel
safety should the secondary
screw terminals or
threaded studs
provided that power
conductors are insulated
to the monitored circuit. circuit be opened for the system voltage
5 The core is very high grade
●
This means accurate ● Rectangular split core CTs silicon iron to give superior
ground fault leakage make retro-fitting easy coupling characteristics
5 current detection over the and to withstand high
full setting range of the relay shock and vibration
5 with no saturation
5 Zero Sequence Current Transformers for D64RP18 and D64RPB100 Relay 123
C311CT9 Toroidal
5 Ratio 500:1 CTs 4
Catalog
5 Description/Window Size Number
1.1 in (28 mm) C311CT8
5 1.8 in (46 mm) C311CT1
5
2.5 in (65 mm) C311CT9
3.5 in (90 mm) C311CT2
5 5.7 in (144 mm) C311CT5

9.5 in (240 mm) C311CT6
5
Split Core (Rectangular/Square)
5 Ratio 500:1 CTs 4
5
Catalog
Description/Window Size Number
5
5.9 x 6.7 in (150 x 170 mm) C311CT3
4.0 x 13.8 in (100 x 350 mm) C311CT4
5 11.8 x 11.8 in (300 x 300 mm) C311CT7
5
Zero Sequence Current Transformers for D64RPBH13 and D64RPBH15 Relays
5 Toroidal
Ratio 10,000:1 CTs 5
5 Catalog
Description/Window Size Number
5 2.5 in (65 mm) C311CT11
5 5.7 in (144 mm)

9.5 in (240 mm)
C311CT12
C311CT13
5
Notes
5 1 D64RP18 relays use 500:1 ratio CTs if needed.
2 D64RPB100 relays can use 500:1 ratio CTs when needed for 30 mA–9 A,
5 500:5 ratio for 3 A–900 A and 5000:5 ratio for 30 A–9000 A trip current ranges.
3 For 500:5 or 5000:5 ratio CTs, select any commercially available 5 Amp
secondary CT with the same ratio.

5 4 The maximum allowable continuous current through CTs is 1000 A.
5 The maximum allowable continuous current through 10,000:1 ratio CTs is 10,000 A.
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
D64D1 Digital Display Unit
The D64D1 digital display unit ● Display of the trip current ● Pushing VERIFY 5
is connected to the setting, after a Test Trip has pushbutton shows if
D64RPB100 by up to 30 ft been activated D64RPB100 tripped due to 5
(10m) of standard four-wire ● Green RUN LED, red a ground fault prior to loss
telephone type cable. It is TRIP LED of its control voltage—red 5
supplied with door-mounting ● TEST and RESET TRIP LED lights, or if there
hardware. It provides the
following remote indications
pushbuttons. The RESET was no ground fault trip—
green RUN LED lights. This
5
button must be held
and functions: indication will remain
pressed before the TEST is
pressed to invoke the test available for at least ten 5
● Continuous reading of hours
actual ground fault current,
employing auto ranging
procedure. The function of
this button can be enabled/ ● The Numerical LCD window 5
disabled by inserting the displays actual ground fault
● Display of the pre-trip
ground fault current, after a interconnecting cable from current in amps. When a 5
the D64RPB100 relay into 5000:5 ratio interposing CT
5
trip has occurred (flashing is used, all displayed values
display) one of two sockets, TEST
ON or TEST OFF, on the are to be interpreted as kA
right side of the display rather than amps
5
D64D1 Remote Display Unit for D64RPB100
5
Catalog
Description Number
5
Remote digital display with numerical LCD, RUN and TRIP LEDs, TEST, D64D1
RESET and VERIFY pushbuttons: C/W 3 ft (1 m) of cable.
5
5
5
Control Frequency Trip Current Range Trip Time Delay Range Built-In External Current Transformer Test/Reset Provision
Catalog Power Response Current Pushbutton
Number Volts) (Hz) Min. Max. Min. Max. Sensor Required Ratio on Cover Remote
D64RP18 24–240 Vac/Vdc 45–450 Hz 30 mA 6A 20 ms 500 ms 1.1 in Optional 500:1 No Pushbutton 5
non-isolated
D64RPB100 24–240 Vac/Vdc 45–450 Hz 30 mA 9A 20 ms 5 sec 2.0 in Optional 500:1 Yes Pushbutton or 5
isolated RJ-11
5
3A 900 A Required 500:5 Communications
30 A 9000 A Required 5000:5 port
D64RPBH13 120 Vac 45–200 Hz 50 A 1200 A 35 ms 1 sec None Required 10000:1 Yes Pushbutton
5
D64RPBH15 1 120 Vac 40–200 Hz 50 A 1200 A 35 ms 1 sec None Required 10000:1 Yes Pushbutton
Note 5
1 With zone interlocking feature.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Wiring Diagrams
5
Typical Field Connection of D64RP18 Using Built-In Current Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 Using Built-In
5 Transformer Current Transformer and Remote Test/Reset
Power Power Source
5 Source
GROUNDED SYSTEMS
5 GROUNDED SYSTEMS
Current Carrying
– 1-Phase 2-Wire
– 1-Phase 2-Wire – 1-Phase 3-Wire
Neutral, When Used
5 – 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire Trip
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire R
5 Trip
STOP
START O/L Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
R 1M
5 O/L 1M
START
STOP 1M
5 1M
Chassis
5 Close to
D64RPB100
5
Reset “Double
5 Click for Test” T GF Trip Range:
30 mA to 9 A.
5 Remote
Test/Reset
5 1M
1M
O/L
5 O/L
5
5 Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 with Interposing
Typical Field Connection of D64RP18 with External 500:1 500:5 Current Transformer, Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset for Shunt
5 Current Transformer and Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset Trip Breaker
5 Power
Source
Power Source
5 Current
Carrying
Neutral,
5 When Used
ST
5
Current Carrying
Neutral, When Used
ST
5
5 Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100
5 “Double Click
for Test” T
5 (Pulsed
Trip-Auto Reset) IN
5
GF Trip Range: TER
PO
3 A to 900 A SI
NG
50 50
0:1 0:5
5
C
SE 311
RI CT
ES
5 GROUNDED SYSTEMS
GROUNDED
SYSTEMS
– 1-Phase 2-Wire – 1-Phase 2-Wire
5 – 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire LOAD
5 LOAD – 3-Phase 4-Wire

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Typical Field Connection of D64RPB100 with External 500:1
Current Transformer (C311CT Series) Pulsed Trip-Auto Reset 5
for Shunt Trip Breaker D64RPBH15 Typical Field Connection
GROUNDED SYSTEMS Current Carrying
5
– 1-Phase 2-Wire – 3-Phase 3-Wire Power Source GROUNDED SYSTEMS Neutral, When Used
– 1-Phase 3-Wire – 3-Phase 4-Wire – 1-Phase 2-Wire Power 5
– 1-Phase 3-Wire Source
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire 5
ST
5
Current
Carrying
Neutral, CB Coil C311CT 5
Clearing Current
When Used
5
Contact Transformer
ST
Chassis
Close to
D64RPB100 50
5
0:1
C3
11
CT
SE
R IES
5
5
GF Trip
Range: 5
30 mA to 9 A
LOAD
5
LOAD 5
To 5
Upstream
5
Zone
From Downstream Zone
D64RPBH13 Typical Field Connections

5
Current Carrying 5
GROUNDED SYSTEMS Neutral, When Used
– 1-Phase 2-Wire Power
Source
5
– 1-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 3-Wire
– 3-Phase 4-Wire 5
5
5
C311CT
5
CB Coil
Clearing Current
Contact Transformer
ST
5
5
5
5
LOAD 5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Dimensions
5
D64RP18
5 2.76 (70)
5
1.77 (45)
5 1.38
(35) Mounting Hole
5 0.22 (5.5) Dia.
1.10 (28) 4.43
Dia. (112.5)
5 3.58
(91)
DIN Rail
5
2.76 2.36 1.38 35 mm
(70) (60) (35) DIN Rail Release
1.38
5 (35)
5 Clip 1.26
5 Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw
(32)
Right Hand Side View
5
D64RPB100
5 2.00
5
(50.8)
0.82 (21)
Dia.
5 Mounting Hole
3.94 (100) 0.22 (5.5) Dia.
5 1.97
(50)
5 4.02
(102)
3.94
(100)
5
DIN Rail 35 mm 2.76
2.36 1.38
Release DIN Rail (70)
(60) (35)
5
5 2.17 (55) 1.77 (45)
5
0.20 (5) 0.30 (7.5) 3.35 (85) 3.94 (100)
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw Bottom Side View
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
5
D64RPBH13 and D64RPBH15
5
0.73
0.20 (5) 2.36 (60)
0.30
1.38
(35)
(18.4)
0.30 (7.5) 3.15 (80)
Mounting Hole
0.158 (4) Dia. 5
(7.5) 2.83 (72)
5
0.16 (4)
Door Cutout
5
4.92
3.35 DIN Rail
Release
3.94
(125)
3.94 4.01
(102)
5
(85) (100) (100)
5
Door 4.92
Cutout (125)
5
4.33
(110)
35 mm Mounting Hole 5
DIN Rail 0.22 (5.5) Dia. 3.94 (100)
2.76 (70) 0.59

(15)
4.14 (105) 0.30
(7.5) 3.74 (95)
5
0.16 (4)
Rear Panel Mounting DIN Rail or Two Screw Right Side View Through-the-Door Mounting 5
D64D1 and D64D2

5
1.50 2.68 (68) 2.72 (69)
5
(38)
Panel Cutout
1.38
(35)
0.83
(21)
1.02
(26)
5
5
0.94
(24) M5 M5 5
0.31 3.27
3.74
(95)
(8) 3.27
(83)
3.74
(95)
3.27
(83)
(83)
Panel 5
Cutout
1.46
(37)
1.82
(46.2) 5
5
0.41
(10.5)
3.19 (81) 5
Right Side View Rear View Through-the-Panel Mounting 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays

5
C311CT Series
5
Threaded
5 Studs
M4 1 mm
Split (If Split Core)
5 F B F B
F G B
5
5 A C
A C
E A
E E
5 H C
H D
5 D
D
5 Figure A Figure B
Note: All Mounting Holes Are 0.25 (6.4) Dia.
Figure C
5 Catalog Wide High Deep Mounting Mounting

Number Figure A B C D E F G H
5 C311CT1 A 3.35 (85) 3.35 (85) 1.57 (40) 0.98 (25) 0.39 (10) 1.81 (46) — —
5 C311CT2
C311CT3
B
C
7.30 (185)
13.58 (345)
5.50 (140)
8.75 (222)
1.20 (30)
1.57 (40)
6.42 (163)
12.80 (325)
0.59 (15)
0.59 (15)
3.54 (90)
6.70 (170)
—
5.90 (150)
0.89 (22.5)
0.89 (22.5)
5 C311CT4 C 20.87 (530) 7.87 (200) 1.57 (40) 20.08 (510) 0.59 (15) 13.78 (350) 3.94 (100) 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT5 B 10.12 (257) 8.27 (210) 1.46 (37) 9.33 (237) 0.59 (15) 5.70 (145) — 0.89 (22.5)
5 C311CT6 B 13.86 (352) 11.89 (302) 1.46 (37) 13.07 (332) 0.59 (15) 9.45 (240) — 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT8 A 2.17 (55) 2.56 (65) 2.20 (56) 0.98 (25) 0.59 (15) 1.10 (28) — —
5 C311CT9 B 6.68 (167) 4.84 (123) 1.18 (30) 5.78 (147) 0.59 (15) 2.56 (65) — 0.89 (22.5)
5 C311CT11 B 6.68 (167) 4.84 (123) 1.18 (30) 5.78 (147) 0.59 (15) 2.56 (65) — 0.89 (22.5)
C311CT12 B 10.12 (257) 8.27 (210) 1.85 (47) 9.33 (237) 0.59 (15) 5.70 (145) — 0.89 (22.5)
5 C311CT13 B 13.86 (352) 11.89 (302) 1.85 (47) 13.07 (332) 0.59 (15) 9.45 (240) — 0.89 (22.5)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
5.1
Contents
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors
Description Page
5
D64R Series—Digital Ground Fault Relays . . . . V5-T5-25 5
5
Wiring Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-36
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-36
5
5
5
5
D64L Series—Ground Fault Monitors 5
Product Description Features 5
Type D64L ground fault Because D64L has high ● Adjustable leakage current ● Minimum alarm signal
monitors are designed to immunity from the effects of limit setting (20 mA, 35 mA duration—70 ms 5
monitor ungrounded supplies voltage transients and cable or 50 mA). Factory set at ● 110/120 V or 220/240 V
on three-phase AC power
systems up to 600 V. If an
capacitance, it may be applied
in automotive, sub-sea,
20 mA 50/60 Hz control power, 5
● Built-in RESET button 4 VA
insulation fault develops
anywhere on the system
mobile lighting, portable
generators, sensitive ●
on all models
Selectable fail-safe/
● Isolated voltage free Form 5
between the source and the Z NO and NC contacts on
equipment and other
load, the D64L will detect it installations where ●
non-fail-safe operation
Auto reset after alarm
both alarm and trip relays,
5 A at 250 Vac
5
and give an alarm or trip, ungrounded systems are
depending on the adjustable
field settings selected.
used extensively.
●
condition
Selectable auto/manual
● 30 A 600 V screw
terminals, 12 AWG
5
The user is able to individually capacity, for phase and
The D64L is ideally suited for set the alarm level and the ●
reset after trip
Three LEDs for POWER ground connections 5
systems supplied from the trip level from 20%–80% of ON, ALARM and TRIP 10 A 300 V screw clamp
5
●
secondary of either an the maximum leakage current terminals, 12 AWG
● Three LEDs to indicate
limit of the D64L selected. capacity for relay outputs
which phase is faulted
ungrounded wye connected
transformer.
Any leakage current above
the alarm level will activate
● Adjustable alarm setting
and control supply 5
20%–80% of leakage ● CSA certified
the alarm relay and light the
alarm LED. Should the current limit ● 35 mm DIN rail or two 5
leakage current rise above ● Adjustable trip setting screw mounting
the trip level, the trip relay 20%–80% of leakage
Suggested Fuse Block and Fuses
5
and trip LED will activate. current limit
● 70 ms response time for
● DIN rail mounting 5
alarm and trip level. ● 1–C350BD3C61 600 V
Resample time—
2 seconds
30 A three-pole fuse
block
5
● 3–Class CC 600 V 5 A
fuses
5
5
5
5
5
5

Monitoring Relays
Product Selection
5
When Ordering, Specify
5 ● Catalog number of ground fault monitor
● Catalog number of fuse block and fuses as required
5
Fuse Block
5 Catalog
Mounting Type Fuse Holder Rating Fuse Type Number
5 DIN rail 600 V 30 A three-pole Class CC 600 V 5 A WMR633G
5 Line Insulation Monitors

5 Line Voltage Range 50/60 Hz Fuse Type
Catalog
Number
5 380–600 V 110/120 V 50/60 Hz D64L2A

220/240 V 50/60 Hz D64L2B
5
5 Wiring Diagram
5
480 V
5 Transformer
Secondary
Load
ST 3-Pole HRC Fusing

5 Alarm Trip
Suggested Test Circuit
Current Current 1-Pole Deadfront Fuseholder
5 20%
L1 L2 L3
80% 20% 80% with 0.5 A HRC Fuse
G L1 L2 L3 Resistor – Refer to
120 Vac Trip Alarm
5 Power Trip Alarm Instruction Manual

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Ok
Reset NO Momentary Contact
D64L2 Pushbutton Rated 600 Volts
5 120 Vac Separate Connection
Alarm to Equipment Ground
5 Trip
5
Dimensions
5
5.31
5 (134.9)
5 2.36 (59.1) 3.00 (76.2)
5
3.94 6.14
5 (100.1) (155.9)
5
5
5
5
5
5

Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
5.2
Contents
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB)
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers (MPCB) 5
Product Description Application Description Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications 5
● Eliminates need for ● Can be used with ● Phase imbalance ● IEC 60947-2
separate overload relay contactor to eliminate need protection ● UL 489 100% rated 5
for overload relay and still ● Phase loss protection ● UL 508
create manual motor
control
● Hot trip/cold trip ● CSA C22.2 5
● High load alarm
● Meets requirement for
motor branch protection,
● Pre-detection trip relay 5
option
including:
● Disconnecting means
● Class 10, 15, 20, 30 5
protection
Branch circuit short
5
●
circuit protection
Overload protection
5
●
5
5
5
5
5
Reference
5
Refer to Volume 4—Circuit Protection, CA08100005E, Tab 2, 5
section 2.2 for additional product information.
5
Motor Protection Circuit Breakers Tab Section
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.2 5
5
5
5

Manual Motor Protection
Contents
5 Manual Motor Protection
Description Page
5 Manual Motor Protection
Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-39
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-39
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 Manual Motor Protectors—XTPB, XTPR and XTPE
5 Product Description Application Description
Eaton’s new XT family of The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
5 manual motor protectors can be used in the following
(MMPs) features a applications.
5 pushbutton or rotary ON/OFF
manual disconnect, Class 10 Motor Protective Circuit Breaker Manual Motor Protectors Individual Branch Motor
Applications
5 adjustable bimetallic overload
relay and fixed magnetic
In many countries outside
of the United States and
The XTPB and XTPR MMPs
are UL listed under UL 508 as A UL 508 Type E self-
short-circuit trip capability Canada, especially Europe, manual motor protectors. They protected manual
5 in one compact unit. Two the MMPs are tested and provide an economical solution combination starter/motor
frame sizes are available: classified as thermal- for applications requiring controller consists of a single
5 Frame B (45 mm) for motors
with FLA ratings up to 32 A
magnetic circuit breakers simple manual starting and device possessing four
for use in motor branch stopping of motors. When essential elements:
5 and Frame D (55 mm) covers
motor FLA ratings up to 65 A.
circuits. This can be an
important consideration for all
used as a manual starter, they
are typically installed in an
disconnect, short circuit
protection, motor controller,
5 companies who export their
equipment and machines
enclosure. Many enclosures
are offered as accessories for
and motor overload
protection. Some MMPs
internationally. Both the XTPB the MMPs. Separate short- require use of a lineside
5 and XTPR conform to IEC/EN circuit protective devices, such adapter for this type of
60947 and have the CE Mark. as circuit breakers or fuses, are approval. When tested as an
5 wired ahead of the MMPs. The official combination by UL,
short-circuit protective device this device takes the place of
5 should be sized per the NEC
and should not exceed 400%
a fuse-starter or breaker-
starter, XT Type E MMPs are
self-protected, meaning they
5 of the maximum FLA dial
setting of the MMP. do not need additional short
circuit protection of a fuse or
5 breaker. Type E devices can
also be used with a contactor
5 or other types of UL approved
controllers. If tested with a
5 contactor, the combination
motor controller becomes a
Type F device. See Tab 1 of
5 this volume, section 1.1 for
XTFC Type F devices.
5
5
5

Manual Motor Protection
5.3
Features and Benefits Standards and Certifications
● ON/OFF rotary handle with ● Motor applications from ● Accessories include: ● CE approved 5
lockout provision 0.1 A to 65 A Front and side auxiliary UL listed File No. E245398
5
● ●
● Visible trip indication ● Built-in heater and contacts ● UL 508 group motor and
magnetic trip elements
5
● Class 10 overload ● Trip indicating contacts Type E compliant
protection to protect the motor Tamperproof cover for
● ● IEC/EN 60947
● Adjustment dial for setting OLR dial
5
● Phase loss sensitivity ● CSA File 229767, Class
motor FLA Undervoltage release
● Ambient temperature ●
3211-05
compensation to IEC/EN ● DIN rail mount Shunt trip DIN VDE 0660 Part 100,
5
● ●
60947, VDE 0660 ● Terminal types available: ● Through-the-door Part 101 and Part 102
● Fixed short-circuit trip— ● Screw terminals
14 times maximum setting ● Screw (line) and spring ●
operators
Enclosures
5
of overload FLA dial cage (load) terminals Three-phase line side
5
●
● Type 2 coordination per ● Spring cage terminals connecting links
IEC 947
● Identification markers 5
standard on starter
faceplate 5
XT Manual Motor Protectors 5
XT PR 012 B C1 5
Designation Trip Class
5
Type Frame Size
5
XT = XT IEC power control C1 = Class 10
PB = Manual motor protector— Current Ratings B = 45 mm Blank = Magnetic only (no thermal trip)
pushbutton Frame B Frame D D = 55 mm
PR = Manual motor protector—
rotary
P16 = 0.16 A
P25 = 0.25 A
016 = 16 A
025 = 25 A
5
PM = Manual motor protector— P40 = 0.40 A 032 = 32 A
PT =
magnetic only
Manual transformer
P63 = 0.63 A
001 = 1 A
040 = 40 A
050 = 50 A
5
5
protector (high mag.) 1P6 = 1.6 A 058 = 58 A
2P5 = 2.5 A 063 = 63 A
004 = 4 A
6P3 = 6.3 A
010 = 10 A 5
012 = 12 A
016 = 16 A
020 = 20 A
5
5
025 = 25 A
032 = 32 A
5
5
5
5
Reference
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
5
product information.
5
Manual Motor Protectors Tab Section
Product Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 5
Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 5
5

Overload Relays
Contents
5 Overload Relays
Description Page
5 Overload Relays
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
5 C306 Bimetallic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
C440/XT Electronic Overload Relay . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-47
5 C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-68
C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-90
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 Product Overview
5 Mini and Thermal Overload Relays
5 XT IEC—Miniature XT IEC—Thermal C306—Bimetallic
Product Description Product Description Product Description

5 Eaton’s line of XT miniature The XT line of IEC motor C306 Overload Relays are
controls includes non-reversing thermal overload relays designed for use with CE
5 and reversing mini contactors, provides an efficient motor or CN non-reversing and
mini overload relays and snap- protection solution, available reversing contactors. Four
5 on accessories. A wide range up to 630 A. XTOB units can sizes are available for
of applications is possible, be directly mounted to the overload protection up
5 including small electrical
motors from fractional to
contactor or mounted
separately.
to 144 A.
5 5 hp (460 Vac) or up to 4 kW
(400 Vac). Features
Features
● Selectable manual or
5 Direct connect up to 250 A automatic reset operation
●
Features ● Stand alone and CT type ● Interchangeable heater

● Phase failure sensitivity
5 ● Direct mount to XTMC and ●
up to 630 A
Large thermal overcurrent
packs adjustable ±24%
XTMF mini contactors range calibrated for use with
5 ● Trip Class 10 ● Test button 1.0 and 1.15 service factor
● 11 settings to cover motors. Heater packs for
5 Manual/automatic
●
0.1 to 12 A 32 A overload relay will

selectable reset mount in 75 A overload
● Ambient temperature
5 NO-NC auxiliary as
●
relay—useful in derating
compensated –5 to 50 °C standard applications such as
[23 to 122 °F] Class 10A (to 250 A) jogging
5
●
● Manual and automatic ● Class 30 (CT type) ● Class 10 or 20
reset by selector switch heater packs
5 ● One make (NO) or one ● Load lugs built into
break (NC) auxiliary contact relay base
5 as standard ● Bimetallic, ambient
● Test/Off button compensated operated.
5 ● Trip-free release Trip free mechanism
● Overload trip indication
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
C400 Series Advanced Motor Protection
Eaton’s C400 series of advanced motor protection features three easy-to-use products 5
with varying levels of capability. From basic monitoring and protection to advanced motor
management, the C400 series has the exact solution to meet the needs of your application. 5
C440 Overload Relay C441 Motor Insight™

Power Xpert™ C445
Motor Management Relay
5
Product Description Product Description Product Description 5
Compact and fully featured
for a basic overload relay—
The addition of power
monitoring and protection
Advanced motor
management, extensive 5
C440 provides a lower cost detects under-loaded communications and superior
option for small or less critical conditions like a dead-headed diagnostics and protection 5
motors in motor control pump. Combined with a make C445 ideal for critical
centers. It is also ideal for simple user interface for motors in motor control 5
stand-alone panels of any size setup and monitoring, C441 is centers where uptime is key.
used in HVAC or commercial
applications.
ideal for stand-alone pump or
fan panels in industries such
An intuitive interface allows
users to access C445 safely
5
5
as mining and irrigation. from outside the MCC door.
Range: 0.3–1500 A
Up to 690 Vac (50/60 Hz) Range: 1–540 A Range: 0.3–800 A
Features
Up to 600 Vac (50/60 Hz) Up to 690 Vac (20–80 Hz)
Up to 4160 Vac w/PTs
5
● Selectable trip class (10A,
10, 20, 30), ground fault
Features
● Highly configurable line Features 5
and phase imbalance (voltage), load (power) and Full line, load and motor
5
●
protections motor (current) monitoring system coverage using

and protection advanced monitoring and
5
● Flexible communication
options for both monitoring ● Optional remote user protection algorithms
and control interface allows user to ● Easy commissioning and
● 5:1 FLA range configure and monitor monitoring tools include a 5
without opening a remote-mount user
Benefits panel door interface, free software
tool and web pages
5
● Extends the life of plant ● All-in-one design reduces
assets with selectable inventory costs by covering
1–540 A applications with
● Multiple predefined
operating modes with
5
● Status LED provides added
only two SKU numbers corresponding control
station options 5
assurance that valuable
Benefits
assets are protected by
indicating the overload ● Advanced diagnostics Benefits 5
allow for quick and ● Extensive current, voltage,
●
operational status
Industry-leading FLA range accurate identification power and system 5
reduces part numbers of the root source of operating data plus real-
required motor, pump or power time clock functionality 5
quality faults enhances user
● Configurable low-power understanding of their
application
5
trip capability provides
superior protection for
smaller motors, slow
● Multiple embedded
fieldbus options allow
5
speed motors and lightly integration into widest
loaded large motors range of PLC and DCS 5
control systems without
additional modules or 5
supply power
● User interface provides 5
advanced monitoring,
parameter setting, fault
diagnostics and optional
5
control with no specialty
tools or knowledge 5
required
● Motor management relay 5
operation modes reduce
control wiring and 5
complexity
5

Overload Relays
Contents
5 Miniature Overload Relays
Description Page
5 XT IEC Overload Relays
Miniature Overload Relays
5 Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-43
Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-43
5 An Eaton
Green Solution
5
Thermal Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-44
5 C306 Bimetallic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
5 C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-68
C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-90
5
5
5
5 Miniature Overload Relays
Product Description Features Standards and Certifications
5
Eaton’s new line of XT Mini Overload Relays— ● IEC EN 60947
5 miniature controls includes
non-reversing and reversing
Bimetallic Type XTOM
● Phase failure sensitivity
● CE approved
● UL
mini contactors, mini overload
5 relays and snap-on
● Direct mount to XTMC and
XTMF mini contactors
● CSA
accessories. A wide range of ● CCC
5 applications is possible,
●
●
Trip Class 10
11 settings to cover
● ATEX
including small electrical
5 motors from fractional to 5 hp
(460 Vac) or up to 4 kW ●
0.1 to 12 A
Ambient temperature
5 (400 Vac). compensated –5 to 50 °C
[23 to 122 °F] Instructional Leaflets
Application Description
5 Manual and automatic
●
Due to its compact size, the reset by selector switch Pub51219 XTMC, XTMF Mini Contactors, XTRM Mini
XT line of mini controls is One make (NO) or one
Control Relay and Accessories
5
●
best suited to be applied in break (NC) auxiliary contact Pub51243 XTOM Mini Overload Relays
light-duty loads, such as as standard
5 hoisting, packaging, material
handling, heating, lighting and
● Test/Off button
Pub51206 Mini Reversing Link Kits
automation systems. XT mini ● Trip-free release MN03402002E XTOM Mini Overload Relays Installation
5 contactors are a particularly and User Manual
compact, economic and
5 environmentally friendly
solution wherever control
5 of small motors or loads
is required.
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
5
XT IEC Miniature Overload Relays
5
XT OM P16 A C1
5
Designation
Type Frame Size
Trip Class 5
XT = XT IEC power control C1 = Class 10A
OM = Mini overload relay
P16 = 0.1–0.16 A
Overload Release
2P4 = 1.6–2.4 A
A = 45 mm mini
5
P24 = 0.16–0.24 A 004 = 2.4–4 A
P40
P60
=
=
0.24–0.4 A
0.4–0.6 A
006 = 4–6 A
009 = 6–9 A
5
5
001 = 0.6–1 A 012 = 9–12 A
1P6 = 1–1.6 A
5
5
Mini Overload Relay Settings (A)
Setting Starting
A: IN x 0.58
Motor protection in the Y and delta configurations.
<15 sec 5
B: IN x 1
Only partial motor protection in star position
15–40 sec
5
C: IN x 0.58
Motor not protected in star position.
>40 sec
5
Timing relay set to approximately 10 sec.
5
Note
Depending on the coordination type required (that is, Type 1 or Type 2) it must be established
whether the fuse protection and the input wiring for the main and delta contactors are to be
5
5
common or separate.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Reference 5
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional
product information. 5
Miniature Overload Relays Tab Section 5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 5
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Wiring Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1
1.1
5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1
5
5

Overload Relays
Contents
Description Page
Miniature Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
Catalog Number Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-45
5 Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-45
C306 Bimetallic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
5
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-68
C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-90
5
5
5
5
The XT line of IEC motor ● Direct connect up to 250 A ● IEC EN 60947
5 thermal overload relays ● Stand alone and CT type ● CE approved
provides an efficient motor up to 630 A ● UL
5 protection solution, available
up to 630 A. XTOB units can
● Large thermal overcurrent ● CSA
range
be directly mounted to the ● ATEX
5 contactor or mounted
● Test button ● RoHS
separately. ● Manual/automatic
5 selectable reset
● NO-NC auxiliary as
5 standard
● Class 10A (to 250 A) Instructional Leaflets
5 ● Class 30 (CT type) Pub51221 XTOB, D Frame overload relays
5 Pub51222 XTOB, B–C Frame overload relays
5 Notes
5 Short-circuit protection: Observe the maximum permissible fuse of the contactor with direct
device mounting. See MN03402001E for more information on overload relays for Frames B–G.
Trip Class: 10A
5 Suitable for protection of EEx e-motors. EC prototype test certificate available upon request.
See manuals MN03402001E and MN03407001E, Page 135.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
5
XT IEC Overload Relays
5
XT OB P16 B C1 S
5
Device Type
XT = XT line of IEC control Trip Class
Mounting
5
S = Separate mount
5
Overload Release Frame Size C1 = Class 10A
Type Frame B Frame G Designation C3 = Class 30
OB = Bimetallic overload relay P16 = 0.1–0.16 A 035 = 25–35 A B = 45 mm
OT = Current transformer overload relay P24 = 0.16–0.24 A 050 = 35–50 A
P40 = 0.24–0.4 A 070 = 50–70 A
C = 45 mm
D = 55 mm
5
P60 = 0.4–0.6 A 100 = 70–100 A G = 90 mm
001 = 0.6–1 A
1P6 = 1.0–1.6 A
125 = 95–125 A
150 = 120–150 A
L = 140 mm
Blank = XTOT only
5
2P4 = 1.6–2.4 A
004 = 2.4–4 A
175 = 145–175 A
5
006 = 4–6 A Frame L
010 = 6–10 A
012 = 9–12 A
070 = 50–70 A
100 = 70–100 A
5
016 = 12–16 A 125 = 95–125 A
Frame C
160 = 120–160 A
220 = 160–220 A
5
5
P16 = 0.1–0.16 A 250 = 200–250 A
P24 = 0.16–0.24 A
P40 = 0.24–0.4 A Frame M
P60 = 0.4–0.6 A
001 = 0.6–1 A
063 = 42–63 A
090 = 60–90 A 5
1P6 = 1.0–1.6 A 125 = 85–125 A
2P4 = 1.6–2.4 A
004 = 2.4–4 A
160 = 110–160 A
240 = 160–240 A
5
006 = 4–6 A 290 = 190–290 A
010 = 6–10 A 400 = 170–400 A 5
016 = 12–16 A 540 = 360–540 A
024 = 16–24 A
032 = 24–32 A Frame N 5
063 = 42–63 A
Frame D
010 = 6–10 A
090 = 60–90 A
125 = 85–125 A
5
016 = 12–16 A 160 = 110–160 A
024 = 16–24 A
040 = 24–40 A
240 = 160–240 A
290 = 190–290 A
5
057 = 40–57 A
065 = 50–65 A
400 = 170–400 A
540 = 360–540 A 5
075 = 65–75 A 630 = 420–630 A
Frame F
5
035 = 25–35 A
050 = 35–50 A
070 = 50–70 A
5
5
100 = 70–100 A
5
5
5
Reference
Refer to Tab 1 of this volume, section 1.1 for additional 5
5
Thermal Overload Relays Tab Section
5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technical Data and Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1.1
1.1
5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.1 5
5

Overload Relays
Contents
5 32 A Overload—C306DN3B
Description Page
5 XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-68
5 C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-90
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 C306 Bimetallic Overload Relays
5 Product Description Features Standards and Certifications
C306 Overload Relays are ● Selectable manual or ● Load lugs built into ● Meets UL 508 single-
5 designed for use with CE automatic reset operation relay base phasing requirements
or CN non-reversing and ● Interchangeable heater ● Bimetallic, ambient ● UL listed, CSA certified
5 reversing contactors. Four
sizes are available for
packs adjustable ±24% compensated operated.
Trip free mechanism
and NEMA compliance
5 overload protection up
to 144 A.
calibrated for use with
1.0 and 1.15 service factor
● Electrically isolated NO-NC
motors. Heater packs for button to test). (Electrical
5 32 A overload relay will ratings see tables in Tab 2
mount in 75 A overload of this volume, section 2.1)
5 relay—useful in derating ● Overload trip indication
applications such as ● Shrouded or fingerproof
5 jogging terminals to reduce
● Class 10 or 20 possibility of electrical
5 heater packs shock
5
5
5
5
5 Reference
5 Refer to Tab 2 of this volume, section 2.1 for additional

5 C306 Bimetallic Overload Relays Tab Section

Product Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
5 Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
5 Replacement Parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1
5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.1

Overload Relays
5.4
Contents
Description Page
5
XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42 5
C306 Bimetallic Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-46
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-56 5
5
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-64
C441 Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-68
V5-T5-90
5
5
5
5
Product Description Features and Benefits 5
Eaton’s C440/XT electronic C440 is a self-powered Features
overload relay is the most electronic overload relay ● Reliable, accurate, electronic motor protection 5
compact, high-featured, available up to 175 A as a ● Easy to select, install and maintain
economical product in its
class. Designed on a global
self contained unit. With
external CTs, C440 can
● Compact size 5
● Flexible, intelligent design
platform, it covers the entire
power control spectrum
protect motor up to
1500 FLA. Available add-on ● Global product offering—available with NEMA, IEC and DP 5
including NEMA, IEC and accessories include remote power control
DP contactors. The NEMA reset capability and
5
and DP versions are offered communication modules for
with the C440 designation
while the IEC offering has
Modbus RTU, DeviceNet,
PROFIBUS, Modbus TCP,
● Broad FLA range
(0.33–1500 A)
● Large FLA selection dial 5
the XT designation. The
electronic design provides
EtherNet/IP and HTTP web
services all with I/O options.
(10A, 10, 20, 30)
● Operating mode LED 5
reliable, accurate and value
● DIP switch selectable trip
driven protection and
● Direct mounting to NEMA,
class, phase imbalance and 5
communications capabilities ground fault
in a single compact device.
reset
5
It is the flexible choice for
any application requiring easy-
to-use, reliable protection.
Motor Control Feature Options 5
● Two B600 alarm (NO) and ● Remote reset
fault (NC) contacts ● 120 Vac 5
● Test/Trip button 24 Vac
5
●

●
●
Thermal overload
Phase loss
● Tamper-proof cover 5
● Selectable (ON/OFF)
phase imbalance
● Modbus RTU RS-485 5
● Selectable (ON/OFF)
ground fault
● PROFIBUS with I/O 5
● Ethernet IP with I/O 5
Modbus TCP with I/O
5
●
5
5

Overload Relays

5 Reliability and Improved ● UL
5 Uptime CSA
●
5 with peace of mind
knowing that their
IEC and DP contactors currents RMS ● NEMA
● Improves return on ● Average three-phase ● IEC/EN 60947 VDE 0660
5 with the highest level
inventory carrying costs ●
current RMS
Thermal memory
● ISO® 13849-1 (EN954-1)
of motor protection and ● RoHS
5 communication capability (5:1) and selectable
phase loss, phase
● ATEX directive 94/9/EC
5 ● Extends the life of plant ● Design incorporates built-in
imbalance, ground fault) Category 2
5 motor protection features
thus eliminating the need ● IP 20 rated terminal blocks
5 ●
imbalance and ground fault
Protects against
modules industry leading FlashGard
5 by discovering changes
● Tested to the highest
5 with remote monitoring
remote monitoring and
as UL, CSA, CE and IEC
● RoHS compliant
5 ● Status LED provides ● Available as an open
5 valuable assets are
enclosed control and motor
5 overload operational status
5
5
Description Definition Cause Effect if not Protected C440/XT Protection
5 Motor Protection
5 current draw exceeds 115% of
an inductive motor.
5 causes the current to go high to
10, 20, 30

5 normal current draw.
5 through multiple insulation windings,
5
mention risk to equipment or personnel that is, if the FLA dial is set to 12A, the
overload relay will trip if the ground
current exceeds 6A.
5 Imbalanced phases Uneven voltage or current between When a three-phase load is powered with Imbalanced voltage causes large Fixed protective setting that takes the
(voltage and current) phases in a three-phase system. a poor quality line, the voltage per phase imbalanced currents and as a result this starter offline if a phase drops below
5 may be imbalanced. can lead to motor stator windings being


5 insulation life.
5 (single-phasing) not present. wiring, grounded phase, open fuse,
and so on.
of imbalanced phases as listed above.
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
5
XT Electronic Overload Relay—IEC 1
5
XT OE 1P6 C CS S
5
Designation
XT = XT line of IEC control
Mounting
5
5
P = Pass-Through
Type S = Separate mount (Frames C and G only)
5
OE = Electronic overload relay
Trip Type
CS = Selectable Class 10A, 10, 20, 30
GS = Ground fault with selectable Class 10, 20 5
Overload Range
Contactor Frame
5
5
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A B = 45 mm
005 = 1–5 A
020 = 4–20 A
1P6
005
=
=
0.33–1.65 A
1–5 A
C = 45 mm 5
020 = 4–20 A
045 = 9–45 A 5
045 = 9–45 A D = 55 mm
100
100
=
=
20–100 A
20–100 A F, G = 105 mm
5
175 = 35–175 A G, H = 105 mm
5
C440 Electronic Overload Relay—NEMA 2 5
C440 A 1 A 005 S F1 5
5
Device Type Contactor Size
C440 = Electronic overload relay F00
F0
=
=
Freedom Size 00
Freedom Size 0
5
5
Frame Size F1 = Freedom Size 1
F2 = Freedom Size 2
A = 45 mm F3 = Freedom Size 3
B = 55 mm
C = 110 mm
F4
AX
=
=
Freedom Size 4
Separate mount 5
PX = Pass-Through
Feature Set 5
1 = Standard
5
Trip Class
2 = Ground fault sensing
S = Selectable—10A 3, 10, 20, 30 3
Reset Type
A = Selectable Overload Range
5
5
Auto/Manual 1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 = 1–5 A
020 = 4–20 A
045 = 9–45 A
100 = 20–100 A
5
140 = 28–140 A
5
Notes 5
3 On non-GF version only.
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Freedom Series NEMA Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays 1

5
A N 1 9 A N 0 A 5E 005
5
5 Device Type C440 OLR Designation
(FVNR and FVR only)
C440 FLA Range
(FVNR and FVR only)
5 N = NEMA 5E = Standard feature set
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10A, 10, 20, 30)
NEMA Size 00
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
5G = Ground fault feature set 005 = 1–5 A
5 Device Assembly
SEL Reset, SEL Class (10, 20) 020 = 4–20 A
Configuration OLR Type NEMA Size 0
5 1 = Non-reversing 9 = Starter w/C440 EOLR
AC Coil Suffix
1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
005 = 1–5 A
5 = Reversing
5 Suffix Volts and Hertz 020 = 4–20 A
A= 120/60 or 110/50 NEMA Size 1/1C
B= 240/60 or 220/50 1P6 = 0.33–1.65 A
5 Contactor Frame Size
C=
D=
480/60 or 440/50
600/60 or 550/50
005 = 1–5 A
020 = 4–20 A
NEMA Continuous NEMA Enclosure For Starters
5
E= 208/60 045 = 9–45 A
Size Amperes N = Open Starter Mounting Option H= 277/60 NEMA Size 2
A = 00 9 0 = Horizontal J= 208–240/60 2
005 = 1–5 A
5 B= 0
C = 1C
18
27
K=
L=
240/50
380–415/50
020 = 4–20 A
D= 1 27 N= 045 = 9–45 A
550/50
5 G= 2
K= 3
45
90
T=
U=
24/60, 24/50 3
24/50
NEMA Size 3
100 = 20–100 A
M = 4C 135 V=
5
32/50 NEMA Size 4/4C
N= 4 135 W= 48/60
S= 5 270 Y= 140 = 28–140 A
48/50
NEMA Size 5 4
5 300 = 60–300 A
5 Notes
5 2 NEMA Sizes 00 and 0 only.

4 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60–300 A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
5 1–5 A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Product Selection
5
5
45 mm XT for XT Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
Direct Mount For Use with Auxiliary 5
Frame Contactor Range (Amps) Sequence Size Configuration Type Catalog Number
5
B XTCE007B…, 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB12-1,65 XTOE1P6BCS
XTCE009B…,
XTCE012B…,
1–5 ZEB12-5 XTOE005BCS 5
XTCE015B… 4–20 ZEB12-20 XTOE020BCS
5
2 4 6 98 96
C XTCE018C…, 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB32-1,65 XTOE1P6CCS

XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C
1–5 ZEB32-5 XTOE005CCS 5
4–20 2 4 6 98 96 ZEB32-20 XTOE020CCS
9–45 ZEB32-45 XTOE045CCS 5
5
D XTCE040D…, 9–45 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB65-45 XTOE045DCS
XTCE050D…,
20–100 55 mm ZEB65-100 XTOE100DCS
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D… 2 4 6 98 96 5
F XTCE080F…, 20–100 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100 XTOE100GCS
5
97 95
XTCE095F…,
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
2 4 6 98 96
5
5
G XTCE115G…, 20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100 XTOE100GCS
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G… 35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175 XTOE175GCS
H XTCE185H… 35–175 2 4 6 98 96 110 mm NO-NC ZEB225-175 XTOE175HCS 5

5
XT Electronic Overload Relays with Ground Fault for Direct Mount to XT Contactors
45 mm XT for
Direct Mount For Use with Auxiliary
5
with Ground Fault
5
Frame Contactor Range (Amps) Sequence Size Configuration Type Catalog Number
B XTCE007B…, 0.33–1.65 45 mm NO-NC ZEB12-1,65-GF XTOE1P6BGS
XTCE009B…,
1–5
97 95
ZEB12-5-GF XTOE005BGS
5
XTCE012B…,
XTCE015B… 4–20 2 4 6 98 96 ZEB12-20-GF XTOE020BGS
5
C XTCE018C…, 0.33–1.65 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB32-1,65-GF XTOE1P6CGS
XTCE025C…,
XTCE032C 1–5 ZEB32-5-GF XTOE005CGS 5
4–20
9–45
2 4 6 98 96 ZEB32-20-GF
ZEB32-45-GF
XTOE020CGS
XTOE045CGS
5
D XTCE040D…,
XTCE050D…,
9–45 97 95 45 mm NO-NC ZEB65-45-GF XTOE045DGS 5
20–100 55 mm ZEB65-100-GF XTOE100DGS
XTCE065D…,
XTCE072D… 2 4 6 98 96 5
F XTCE080F…,
XTCE095F…,
20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100-GF XTOE100GGS
5
XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
XTCE170G…
2 4 6 98 96 5
G XTCE115G…,
XTCE150G…,
20–100 97 95 55 mm NO-NC ZEB150-100-GF XTOE100GGS 5
35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175-GF XTOE175GGS
XTCE170G…
H XTCE185H… 35–175 2 4 6 98 96 110 mm NO-NC ZEB225-175-GF XTOE175HGS
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
1
XT Electronic Overload Relays for use with Large Frame XT Contactors (L–R)
5 1–6 A OL with CTs
Use CTs and 1–5 A XT overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
5 XT
Contactor
For Use with IEC
Contactor Amp CT Range CT Kit Terminal Overload Relay
Frame Range (AC-3) (Amps) Description Catalog Number Size Catalog Number
5 L, M 185–500 A 60-300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated lugs ZEB-XCT300 750 kcmil XTOE005CCSS
(2) 250 kcmil
5 3/0 Cu/Al
M, N 300–820 A 120-600 600: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT600 (2) 750 kcmil XTOE005CCSS
5 pass through holes 3/0 Cu/Al
N 580–1000 A 200-1000 1000: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT1000 (3) 750 kcmil XTOE005CCSS
5 R 1600 A 300-1500
pass through holes
1500: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT1500
3/0 Cu/Al
(4) 750 kcmil XTOE005CCSS
5
5 45 mm XT for XT Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount
5
Separate Mount Overload Relay
5 0.33–1.65 45 mm 1 3 5 97 95 ZEB32-1.65/KK XTOE1P6CCSS XTOE1P6CGSS
5 1–5
4–20
ZEB32-5/KK
ZEB32-20/KK
XTOE005CCSS
XTOE020CCSS
XTOE005CGSS
XTOE020CGSS
2 4 6 98 96
5 9–45 ZEB32-45/KK XTOE045CCSS XTOE045CGSS

20–100 55 mm ZEB150-100/KK XTOE100GCSS XTOE100GGSS
5 35–175 110 mm ZEB150-175/KK XTOE175GCSS XTOE175GGSS
5
XT Electronic Overload Relay for Pass-Through Design
5 Pass-through design does not include any lugs to land wires.
Terminate motor leads directly on contactor.
5 Overload Relay
35–175 110 mm 1 3 5 97 95 ZEB150-175/PT XTOE175GCSP XTOE175GGSP
5
5
2 4 6 98 96
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
C440 Electronic Overload Relays
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Direct Mount to
5
45 mm C440 for
Direct Mount Freedom Series Contactors
For Use with Standard Standard Feature Set
5
5
Freedom NEMA For Use with Overload Feature Set with Ground Fault
Contactor Size Contactor 1 Range (Amps) Catalog Number Catalog Number
00 CN15AN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF00 C440A2A1P6SF00
1–5 C440A1A005SF00 C440A2A005SF00 5
5
4–20 C440A1A020SF00 C440A2A020SF00
0 CN15BN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF0 C440A2A1P6SF0
1–5
4–20
C440A1A005SF0
C440A1A020SF0
C440A2A005SF0
C440A2A020SF0
5
1 CN15DN3_B 0.33–1.65 C440A1A1P6SF1 C440A2A1P6SF1
5
1–5 C440A1A005SF1 C440A2A005SF1
4–20 C440A1A020SF1 C440A2A020SF1 5
9–45 C440A1A045SF1 C440A2A045SF1
2 CN15GN3_B 1–5 C440A1A005SF2 C440A2A005SF2 5
4–20 C440A1A020SF2 C440A2A020SF2
9–45 C440A1A045SF2 C440A2A045SF2 5
3 CN15KN3_ 20–100 C440B1A100SF3 C440B2A100SF3
4 CN15NN3_ 28–140 C440C1A140SF4 C440C2A140SF4 5
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for use with NEMA Contactors Sizes 5–8
5
1–5 A OL with CTs
Use CTs and 1–5 A C440 overload relay. CT kit does not include overload relay (order separately).
For Use with NEMA CT Range CT Kit Terminal Overload Relay
5
Catalog Number 2
5
Contactor Size (Amps) Description Size Catalog Number
5 60–300 300: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT300 750 kcmil C440A1A005SAX
5
pass through holes (2) 250 kcmil
3/0 Cu/Al
6 120–600 600: 5 panel-mount CT kit with integrated, ZEB-XCT600 (2) 750 kcmil C440A1A005SAX
pass through holes 3/0 Cu/Al 5
45 mm C440 for C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Separate Mount 5
Separate Mount Overload Relay
Overload Range Frame Size

Overload Relay
Catalog Number
with Ground Fault
Catalog Number
5
0.33–1.65 45 mm C440A1A1P6SAX C440A2A1P6SAX 5
1–5 C440A1A005SAX C440A2A005SAX
4–20 C440A1A020SAX C440A2A020SAX 5
9–45 C440A1A045SAX C440A2A045SAX
20–100 55 mm C440B1A100SAX C440B2A100SAX 5
28–140 110 mm C440C1A140SAX C440C2A140SAX
5
C440 Electronic Overload Relays for Pass-Through Design
Overload Relay
5
5
Overload Relay with Ground Fault
Overload Range Frame Size Catalog Number Catalog Number
28–140 110 mm C440C1A140SPX C440C2A140SPX
35–175 XTOE175GCSP XTOE175GGSP 5
Notes
1 CN15 contactor listed is non-reversing with a 120 Vac coil. For more options, see Tab 2 in this volume, section 2.1.
5
5
2 ZEB kits are not recommended for use with C440 overload relays with ground fault option.

Overload Relays
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters

5
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays
5
NEMA Starter Non-Reversing and Reversing
5 Continuous Service Limit
Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole Three-Pole
5 Size Rating (Amps) 115 V 230 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Catalog Number Catalog Number
00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN19AN0_ 5E _ AN59AN0_ 5E _
5 0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 AN19BN0_ 5E _ AN59BN0_ 5E _
5 1 27 32 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN19DN0_ 5E _ AN59DN0_ 5E _

2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN19GN0_ 5E _ AN59GN0_ 5E _
5 3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN19KN0_ 5E _ AN59KN0_ 5E _

4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19NN0_ 5E _ AN59NN0_ 5E _
5 53 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN19SN0_ 5E _ AN59SN0_ 5E _
5
Type AN19/59 Freedom Series Starters with C440 with Ground Fault Electronic Overload Relays
5
5 NEMA Starter with
Ground Fault Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole Three-Pole
Non-Reversing 12 Reversing 12
5 NEMA Ampere Current Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase
Size Rating (Amps) 115 V 230 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Catalog Number Catalog Number
5 00 9 11 1/3 1 1-1/2 1-1/2 2 2 AN19AN0_ 5G _ AN59AN0_ 5G _

0 18 21 1 2 3 3 5 5 AN19BN0_ 5G _ AN59BN0_ 5G _
5 1 27 32 2 3 7-1/2 7-1/2 10 10 AN19DN0_ 5G _ AN59DN0_ 5G _

2 45 52 3 7-1/2 10 15 25 25 AN19GN0_ 5G _ AN59GN0_ 5G _
5 3 90 104 — — 25 30 50 50 AN19KN0_ 5G _ AN59KN0_ 5G _
5
4 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19NN0_ 5G _ AN59NN0_ 5G _
53 270 311 — — 75 100 200 200 AN19SN0_ 5G _ AN59SN0_ 5G _
5
5 Coil Suffix Codes
Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz Suffix Coil Volts and Hertz
C440 FLA Range (FVNR and FVR Starters Only)
NEMA Size OLR Code FLA Range OLR Code FLA Rating
5 A 120/60 or 110/50 L 380–415/50 00 1P6 0.33–1.65 A 020 4.0–20 A

B 240/60 or 220/50 N 550/50 005 1.0–5.0 A — —
5 C 480/60 or 440/50 T 24/60, 24/50 0 1P6 0.33–1.65 A 020 4.0–20 A
5
D 600/60 or 550/50 U 24/50 005 1.0–5.0 A — —
E 208/60 V 32/50 1 1P6 0.33–1.65 A 020 4.0–20 A
5 H 277/60 W 48/60 005 1.0–5.0 A 045 9.0–45 A

J 208–240/60 Y 48/50 2 005 1.0–5.0 A 045 9.0–45 A
5 K 240/50 020 4.0–20 A — —
3 100 20–100 A — —
5 4 140 28–140 A — —
5 53 300 60–300 A — —
Notes
5 1 Underscore (_) indicates coils suffix required, see Coil Suffix table above.
2 Underscore (_) indicates OLR designation required, see C440 FLA Range table above.
5
3 NEMA Size 5 starter available with 60–300 A panel mounted CTs. Starter shipped as an assembled unit with
1–5 A C440 overload relay (C440A1A005SELAX or C440A2A005SELAX).
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 Starters
5
New Compact NEMA Size 1 and 4 starters—available with electronic overload relay only.
5
Non-Reversing

Maximum UL Horsepower Three-Pole 5
NEMA Ampere Current Rating Single-Phase Three-Phase Non-Reversing
Size Rating (Amps) 115 V 230 V 208 V 240 V 480 V 600 V Catalog Number 5
Standard Fault Overload
1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.5 10 10 AN19CN0_5E_ 5
5
4C 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19MN0_5E_
Ground Fault Overload
1C 27 32 2 3 7.5 7.5 10 10 AN19CN0_5G_
5
4C 135 156 — — 40 50 100 100 AN19MN0_5G_
5
Electrical Life at Rated Continuous Current 5
Rated Current
NEMA
Size
(Amperage)
AC3/AC4 Operations
5
1C 27/150 2,500,000/40,000 5
1 27/153 5,000,000/110,000
4C 135/516 500,000/40,000 5
4 135/822 800,000/70,000
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Accessories
5
CT Kits
5 Accessories
5
5
5
Reset Bar Reset Bar
5
5
5 Remote Reset Remote Reset

5 Remote reset module (24 Vac) 1 ZEB-XRR-24
5
5 Communication
The C440/XTOE is provided with two levels of communication capability.
5 Basic Communication via Advanced
Expansion Module— Communication—
5 Monitoring Only Monitoring and Control
Basic communication on C440 also has the ability to C440 communication modules,
5 the C440 is accomplished
communicate on industrial
wired to the C440-XCOM
5 (C440-XCOM). The expansion
expansion bay on the C440 while providing control offer flexible mounting
5 overload relay, enabling capability using I/O. options (DIN rail or panel)
communications with the along with four inputs (24 Vdc
5 overload via their Modbus An expansion module (C440-
XCOM) combined with a
or 120 Vac) and two outputs
RTU (RS-485) network. No as standard.
5 additional cards or modules are
required. See figure below. allows easy integration onto
the customer's network.
5 See figure below.
5
5
5
5
5 Basic Communication— Advanced Communication—
Modbus Communication Module
5
Note
5 1 Customer can wire remote mounted button to reset module (that is, 22 mm pushbutton, catalog number M22-D-B-GB14-K10).

Overload Relays
5.4
can be viewed using the
5
● Motor status—running,
both EtherNet/IP,
to 12 Mb
5
stopped, tripped or
resetting
●
Modbus TCP
I/O
5
currents (A, B, C)
Ethernet ports allows
linear or ring network Modbus ●
options
Optical isolation protects
5
● Average of three-phase configurations ● Modbus address and baud
rms current ● Embedded web-services rate can be changed easily
circuits from possible 5
● Fault codes (only available monitoring with Internet (C441M only) and ground loops 5
prior to reset) Explorer ● Inputs feature user-
Terminals
● Percent phase unbalance
definable debounce, 5
I/O assemblies with the
5
●
percent of transients and
● Overload relay settings— electrical noise
the legacy Advantage wiring installed
trip class, DIP switch
selections, reset selections
(WPONIDNA) and IT. ● Marked terminals for
5
(DSNAP) Starter platforms ease of wiring and
● Modbus address (can be
state, ON or OFF 5
program changes 5
one DeviceNet MAC ID
5
Communication Accessories
5
Communication modules mount on their own to be used as stand-alone network
5
5
Expansion Module Expansion Module 5
5
5
5
5
Ethernet with
I/O Module
Communication Modules 5
DeviceNet communication module kit—24 Vdc I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441LS) C440-DN-24 5
PROFIBUS communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441SS)
C440-DP-120
C440-DP-24
5
Modbus communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441NS) C440-MOD-120 5
Modbus TCP/Ethernet IP communication module kit—120 V I/O (consists of C440-XCOM + C441U) C440-ET-120 5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays

5
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A
5 Specification
5 Electrical Ratings Range Range Range
5
FLA Range
5 0.33–1.65 A
1–5 A
20–100 A 28–140 A (NEMA)
35–175 A (IEC)
4–20 A
5 9–45 A
Use with Contactors
5 XT IEC frames B, C, D F, G G, H
5
Trip Class
5 10A, 10, 20, 30

Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
10A, 10, 20, 30
Selectable
5 Motor Protection
5 Feature
Range
Range
Range
5 Phase loss Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50% Fixed threshold 50%
5 Ground fault (selectable: enable/disable) 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting 50% of FLA dial setting
>150% = 2 sec >150% = 2 sec >150% = 2 sec
5 >250% = 1 sec >250% = 1 sec >250% = 1 sec
5 Indicators
5 Mode LED One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly One flash: Overload operating properly
5 setting—pending trip setting—pending trip setting—pending trip
Options
5 Remote reset Yes Yes Yes
5 Communication expansion module Yes Yes Yes
5 Capacity
Load terminals
5 Terminal capacity 12–10 AWG (4–6 mm2)

8–6 AWG (6–16 mm2)
6–1 AWG (16–50 mm2) 8–4/0 AWG (10–95 mm2)
5 Tightening torque 20–25 lb-in (2.3–2.8 Nm)

25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm)
25–30 lb-in (2.8–3.4 Nm) 124 lb-in (14 Nm)
5 Input, auxiliary contact and remote reset terminals

Terminal capacity 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG 2 x (18–12) AWG
5 Tightening torque 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm) 7–11 lb-in (0.8–1.2 Nm)
Voltages
5 Insulation voltage U i (three-phase) 690 Vac 690 Vac 690 Vac
5
5 Overvoltage category/pollution degree III/3 III/3 III/3
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A, continued
Specification
5
Description
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
5
Conventional thermal continuous current 5A 5A 5A 5
Make contact (1800 VA) 5
5
120 V 15 A 15 A 15 A
240 V 15 A 15 A 15 A
415 V 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A
5
500 V 0.5 A 0.5 A 0.5 A
Break contact (180 VA) 5
120 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
240 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A 5
5
415 V 0.9 A 0.9 A 0.9 A
500 V 0.8 A 0.8 A 0.8 A
IEC DC-13 (L/R F 15 ms1)
5
0–250 V 1.0 A 1.0 A 1.0 A
Rated operational current—UL B600 5
120 V 30 A 30 A 30 A 5
240 V
480 V
15 A
7.5 A
15 A
7.5 A
15 A
7.5 A
5
600 V 6A 6A 6A 5
120 V 3A 3A 3A 5
240 V 1.5 A 1.5 A 1.5 A
480 V 0.75 A 0.75 A 0.75 A
5
600 V 0.6 A 0.6 A 0.6 A
5
0–120 V 0.22 A 0.22 A 0.22 A 5
250 V 0.11 A 0.11 A 0.11 A
Short-Circuit Rating without Welding 5
5
Maximum fuse 6 A gG/gL 6 A gG/gL 6 A gG/gL
Ambient temperature (operating) –13 to 149 °F (–25 to 65 °C) –13 to 149 °F (–25 to 65 °C) –13 to 149 °F (–25 to 65 °C)
5
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C)
Operating humidity UL 991 (H3) 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing 5% to 95% non-condensing 5
Altitude (no derating) NEMA ICS1 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) 15 g any direction 15 g any direction 15 g any direction 5
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6)
3 g any direction
3 g any direction
3 g any direction
5
Ingress protection IP20 IP20 IP20 5
front (IEC 536)
5
Climatic proofing Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 Damp heat, constant to IEC 60068-2-30 5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Electronic Overload Relays up to 1500 A, continued

5 Specification
5 Description
Electrical/EMC
45 mm 55 mm 110 mm
5 Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 15
30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz 30 MHz to 1000 MHz
5
Conducted emissions 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz 0.15 MHz to 30 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1-Table 14
5 EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1; Class ISM
5 IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
Radiated immunity 10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80 MHz–1000 MHz
5 IEC 60947-4-1
IEC 61000-4-3
5 Conducted immunity 140 dub (10 V rms) 140 dub (10 V rms) 140 dub (10 V rms)
IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-6 150 kHz–100 MHz 150 kHz–100 MHz 150 kHz–100 MHz
5 Fast transient immunity ±4 kV using direct method ±4 kV using direct method ±4 kV using direct method
5 IEC 61000-4-4 ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method
5 IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
IEC 61000-4-5 a Class 4
5 With accessory installed in expansion bay:

5 ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
5 IEC 60947-4-1, IEC 61000-4-8
5 IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
5 Electrostatic discharge (ESD)

IEC 61000-4-2, EN 61131-2
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
4 kV contact
8 kV air discharge
5 Electrical fast transient (EFT)

IEC 61000-4-4, EN 61131-2
±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV using direct method
5 Surge immunity
IEC 61000-4-5, EN 61131-2
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
5
Electrical/EMC
5
Radiated emissions 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
(CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A 5
5
Conducted emissions 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
ESD immunity ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact 5
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
5
5
Conducted immunity 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 140 dBuV (10 V rms)
IEC 60947-4-1 150 kHz–80 MHz 150 kHz–80 MHz 150 kHz–80 MHz 150 kHz–80 MHz
Fast transient immunity ±2 kV using direct method ±2 kV supply and control, ±2 kV supply and control, ±2 kV supply and control, 5
Surge immunity User IO and communication lines 1: User IO and communication lines: User IO and communication lines: User IO and communication lines: 5
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±1 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±1 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±1 kV line-to-ground (CM)
5
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
5
Ambient temperature (operating) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –13 to 122 °F (–25 to 50 °C) –13 to 122 °F (–25 to 50 °C) –13 to 122 °F (–25 to 50 °C) 5
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C) –40 to 185 °F (–40 to 85 °C)
Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing 5–95% noncondensing 5
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m
Shock (IEC 600068-2-27) 15 G any direction 15 G any direction 15 G any direction 15 G any direction 5
3 G any direction
3
3 G any direction
3
3 G any direction
3
3 G any direction
3
5
Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
5
DeviceNet 5
DeviceNet connections — Group 2, polling, bit strobe, — —
explicit, no UCMM 5
DeviceNet baud rate — 125 K, 250 K, 500 K — —
Ethernet 5
RJ45 Ethernet connections 5
Auto Negotiation 5
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS connections — — Group 2, polling, bit strobe, — 5
explicit, no UCMM
PROFIBUS baud rate — — 9.6 K, 19.2 K, 45.45 K, 93.75 K, — 5
187.5 K, 500 K, 1.5 M, 3 M, 6 M,
12 M
5
Note
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays

5 C441_ 24 Vdc Input

5 Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
5 Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec) 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 ON-state voltage >18 Vdc >18 Vdc >10 Vdc >18 Vdc
5
Isolation 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V
5 Terminal screw torque

24 V source current
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
7–9 in-lb
50 mA
5 Operating Voltage Range—DC Input Modules

5 Transition region 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 6–18 Vdc
5 C441_ 120 Vac Input
5 Operating voltage 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac 80–140 Vac
5 Number of inputs
OFF-state voltage
4
<30 Vac
4
<30 Vac
4
<20 Vac
4
<30 Vac
5 ON-state voltage >80 Vac >80 Vac >70 Vac >80 Vac
5 Signal delay 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle 1/2 cycle
Isolation 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V 1500 V
5 Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb 7–9 in-lb
5 OFF state 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac 0–30 Vac
5
5 Output Modules
5 Number of outputs
24 Vdc
(2) 1NO Form A
24 Vdc
(2) 1NO Form A
24 Vdc
(2) 1NO Form A
24 Vdc
(2) 1NO Form A
5 Relay OFF time 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms 3 ms
5 Relay ON time
7 ms
5 A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5 A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5 A (B300 rated)
7 ms
5 A (B300 rated)
5 Electrical life 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles 100,000 cycles
5 Note
1 Resistive current at 55 °C ambient.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Changes to UL 508A and NEC in recent years have brought a focus to control panel safety with 5
with XT series IEC and Freedom Series NEMA contactors provide a wide variety of SCCR 5
latest information as of April 2010. 5
C440/XT Standalone Overload Relays (XT, C440) 5
Overload
Maximum
Operating
Maximum
Fuse Size (A)
Maximum
Breaker
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
Maximum
Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Maximum
5
5
FLA Range Voltage 600 V (kA) (RK5) Size (A) 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA) Fuse Size 480 V (kA) 600 V (kA) Breaker Size
0.33–1.65A 600 Vac 1 6 15 — — — — — —
1–5 A 600 Vac 5 20 20 100 100 30 100 35 20
5
4–20 A 600 Vac 5 80 80 100 100 100 100 35 80
9–45 A 600 Vac 5 175 175 100 100 100 100 35 100/175 (480/600) 5
20–100 A 600 Vac 10 400 400 100 100 200 150 35 250/400 (480/600)
28–140 A 600 Vac 10 450 500 100 100 400 100 65 400 5
35–175 A 690 Vac 10 500 (gG) 350 (690 Vac) 100 100 500 (gG) 100 (415 Vac) — 350 (LGC3350)
320 (415 Vac) 320 (NZMH3) 5
NEMA Freedom Series Starters with C440 Electronic Overload Relays 5
High-Fault Short Circuit Data Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
5
Maximum
NEMA Operating Fuses (RK5, J, CC) Maximum Maximum
Size Voltage 480 V 600 V Fuse Size 480 V 600 V Breaker Size
00 0.33–1.65 A 100 100 30 — — — 5
1–5 A 100 100 30 100 35 35
4–20 A 100 100 30 100 35 35 5
5
0 0.33–1.65 A 100 100 60 — — —
1–5 A 100 100 60 100 35 70
4–20 A 100 100 60 100 35 70
5
1 0.33–1.65 A 100 100 100 — — —
1–5 A 100 100 100 100 35 100 5
4–20 A 100 100 100 100 35 100
9–45 A 100 100 100 100 35 100 5
2 1–5 A 100 100 100 100 35 175
4–20 A 100 100 100 100 35 175 5
5
9–45 A 100 100 100 100 35 175
3 20–100 A 100 100 200 50 50 250
4 28–140 A 100 100 400 100 65 300
5
IEC XT Starters with XT Electronic Overload Relays 5
Contactor
Frame Size
Operating
Voltage
Fuses (RK5, J, CC)
480 V 600 V
Maximum
Fuse Size 480 V 600 V
Maximum
Breaker Size
5
B 1–5 A 100 100 30 — — —
5
4–20 A 100 100 30 — — —
C 1–5 A 100 100 60 — — — 5
4–20 A 100 100 60 — — —
9–45 A 100 100 60 — — — 5
D 9–45 A 100 100 200 65 35 175
20–100 A 100 100 200 65 35 175 5
F
G
20–100 A
20–100 A
100
100
100
100
200
200
65
65
65
65
350
350
5
35–175 A 100 100 400 65 30 250 (480 Vac)
350 (600 Vac)
5
H 35–175 A 100 100 400 65 30 400
5

Overload Relays
Dimensions
5 45 mm C440/XT Electronic Overload Relays
5 A
5
5
5
C
5
Text Orientation
5
5
5 B1
5 B
Width Depth Depth to Reset Mounting Hole
5 A B1 B (Height) C
NEMA Starter Size
5 00–2 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5) —
XT IEC Frame Size
5 B, C, D 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.30 (109.2) —
5 Standalone
0.35–45 A 1.80 (45.0) 4.32 (109.7) 4.63 (117.5) 3.68 (93.5)
5
5
5
5
5
5 C
B
B1
5
5
5
5 A
5 Width
A
Depth to Reset
B
Depth
B1
Mounting Hole
(Height) C
5 NEMA Starter Size

3 2.21 (55.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
5 XT IEC Frame Size
5
D, F, G 2.21 (55.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)
Standalone
5 20–100 A 2.21 (55.0) 5.52 (140.2) 5.21 (132.4) 4.13 (104.8)

Overload Relays
5.4
5
5
5
B1
5
5
C
5
5
5
A B 5
A
5
B1
5
5
C
5
5
B
5
5
5
5
5
5
Width Height To Reset Mounting Depth 5
A B B1 C
NEMA Starter Size 5
4 4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
XT IEC Frame Size 5
G
H
4.33 (110.0)
4.33 (110.0)
6.20 (157.0)
6.20 (157.0)
5.90 (150.0)
5.90 (150.0)
6.00 (152.0)
6.00 (152.0)
5
Standalone 5
4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
Pass-Through 5
5
4.33 (110.0) 6.20 (157.0) 5.90 (150.0) 6.00 (152.0)
5
5
5

Overload Relays

5
NEMA Starters
5 Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
5
5
5 E
B
5
A
5
5 C
A
5
Sizes 00, 0
5 B E
5
5 E
B
5 C D
5 Size 4
5 D C
A
5 Sizes 1, 2 A
D
5 D
5
5 B
5
B E
E
5
5
5
5
5 A
C C
Size 3 Size 5
5 NEMA Size A B C D E
5 00, 0 1.97 (50.0) 6.60 (167.6) 4.90 (124.5) — 6.18 (157.0)

1, 2 2.60 (65.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 2.00 (50.8) 6.50 (165.0)
5 3 4.09 (103.8) 11.40 (289.6) 5.92 (150.3) 1.77 (44.9) 10.81 (274.6)
4 7.10 (179.0) 17.00 (432.0) 7.00 (177.0) 3.70 (94.0) 16.30 (415.0)
5 5 7.00 (177.8) 17.81 (452.3) 8.08 (205.2) 6.00 (152.4) 16.01 (406.6)

Overload Relays
5.4
5
Full Voltage Reversing Starters
5
5
E
B
B
B 5
E E
5
D C D C D
C 5
A
5
A A
Sizes 00, 0 Size 1 Size 2
5
5
A D
5
E 5
B 5
B E
5
5
C 5
5
Size 4
D C
A
Size 3 5
A
5
5
D
5
E
5
5
B
5
5
C
Size 5 5
NEMA Size A B C D E 5
00, 0 5.20 (132.0) 7.40 (187.0) 4.90 (125.0) 3.50 (89.0) 6.90 (174.0)
1 6.70 (171.0) 7.10 (180.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 5.70 (144.0) 5
5
2 6.70 (171.0) 8.10 (205.0) 4.98 (126.5) 5.25 (133.0) 6.70 (170.0)
3 8.08 (205.2) 11.35 (288.3) 6.00 (152.0) 7.00 (177.8) 10.77 (273.6)
4 14.60 (371.0) 17.10 (433.0) 7.00 (177.0) 13.50 (343.0) 16.30 (145.0)
5
5 14.50 (368.3) 17.81 (452.3) 8.06 (204.8) 13.50 (342.9) 16.00 (406.6)
5

Overload Relays
Contents
5 Motor Insight Overload and Monitoring Relay
Description Page
5 XT IEC Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-42
C441 Overload Relays
5 Features and Benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-69
5
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . V5-T5-73
5 Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
C445 Motor Management Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
V5-T5-87
V5-T5-90
5
5
5
5 C441 Overload Relays
5 Product Description
Eaton’s Motor Insight Motor Insight is available
5 overload relay offers in either a line-powered or
configurable motor, load 120 Vac control powered
5 and line protection. The
addition of power monitoring
design, capable of monitoring
voltages up to 660 Vac. Each
5 and protection detects under-
loaded conditions like a dead-
of these units is available in
a 1–9 amp or a 5–90 amp FLA
headed pump. With a simple model. With external CTs,
5 user interface for setup and Motor Insight can protect
monitoring and just two part motors up to 540 amps FLA.
5 numbers covering 1–90 A
applications, C441 is ideal
Available add-on accessories
include communication
5 for stand-alone pump or fan
panels used in industries
modules for Modbus RTU,
DeviceNet, PROFIBUS,
such as mining and irrigation. Modbus TCP, EtherNet/IP and
5 C441 is also offered in HTTP web services all with I/O
complete pump panel options. For ease-of-use and
5 designs as part of Eaton’s operator safety, Motor Insight
Enclosed Control offering. offers a remote display that
5 See Volume 10—Enclosed
Control, CA08100012E, Tab 6
mounts easily with two
30 mm knockouts.
5 for more information.
The Motor Insight family also
offers a high voltage relay
5 option, capable of providing
overload and current
5 protection on systems up
to 1200 Vac.
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Features and Benefits
5
Features Benefits
Reliability and Improved Uptime 5
Size/Range
5
Line Protection ● Advanced diagnostics Flexibility
● Broad FLA range of 1–540 A ● Over voltage allows for quick and ● Communications modules
Selectable trip class (5–30) accurate identification of
5
●
● Under voltage ● Offered in a variety of
● Four operating voltage the root source of a motor, configurations
● Voltage imbalance
options pump or power quality
External snap-on modules
5
●
● Voltage phase loss fault; reducing trouble-
● Line-powered from provide support for
shooting time and the loss
240 Vac, 480 Vac, Monitoring Capabilities multiple communications
600 Vac ● Current—average and
of productivity, reducing
repeat faults due to
protocols 5
● Control-powered from phase rms ● Advanced power, voltage
120 Vac ● Voltage—average and
misdiagnosis, and
increasing process output and current monitoring 5
phase rms and profitability capabilities
Motor Control
● Power—motor kW ● Provides superior ● Communications modules 5
● Two output relays protection of motors and and remote display can be
5
● Power factor used simultaneously
● One B300 Form C fault pumps before catastrophic
relay and one B300
● Frequency Highly configurable fault
failure occurs ●
Thermal capacity
5
●
ground fault shunt relay ● Increases profitability with and reset characteristics
● Other relay configurations ● Run hours greater process uptime for numerous applications
are available, including
one Form A and one
● Ground fault current and throughput, reduced
costs per repair, reduced
● Fully programmable
isolated fault and auxiliary
5
● Current imbalance %
Form B SPST (fault and
auxiliary relays) allowing
● Voltage imbalance % energy consumption and
extended equipment life
relays
5
programmable isolated
● Motor starts Ease of Use
5
● Adjustments to overload
relay behavior and ● Motor run hours configuration can be made ● Bright LED display with
unique voltages at any time easy-to-understand setting
● One external remote Options
● Type 1, 12 remote display
and references 5
reset terminal Safety ● Powered from line voltage
● Trip status indicator ● Type 3R remote display kit ● IP20 rated terminal blocks or 120 Vac control power 5
● Communication modules ● Terminal blocks are set back ● Remote display powered
Motor Protection
● Thermal overload
● Modbus from the display to reduce from base unit 5
● Modbus with I/O operator shock hazard ● Full word descriptions and
● Jam protection ● DeviceNet with I/O ● Remote display (optional) units on user interface 5
● Current imbalance ● PROFIBUS with I/O does not require that the
● Current phase loss ● Modbus TCP with I/O
operator open the panel to
configure the device
5
● Ground fault ● EtherNet/IP with I/O
● Phase reversal 5
Load Protection 5
● Under current
● Low power (kW) 5
● High power (kW)
5
Standards and Certifications 5
● cULus listed NKCR,
NKCR7, 508
● CSA® certified
(Class 3211-02)
●
●
IEC EN 60947-4-1
RoHS
5
UL® 1053 applicable CE
5
● ●
sections for ground fault ● NEMA®

detection
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays

5
Motor Insight Overload Relays
5
C441 B A NOUI
5
5 Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay Overload Relay Overload Relay Current Rating
Internal User Interface
Blank = With user interface
Power Source Voltage
5 A = 1–9 A (1–540 A refer to (line powered models)
B = 240 Vac (170–264 Vac) Page V5-T5-72) NOUI = Without user interface
C = 480 Vac (323–528 Vac) B = 5–90 A (5–90 A refer to (120 Vac control models)
5 D = 600 Vac (487–660 Vac)
Blank = 120 Vac control power
Page V5-T5-72)
0109 = 120 Vac control power
(170–660 Vac) (0–660 Vac, 1–9 A)
5 0590 = 120 Vac control power
(0–660 Vac, 5–90 A)
5
Motor Insight High Voltage Overload Relays
5
C441 P3309 NOUI HVR
5
5 Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay Current Rating and
Line Voltage Rating
HVR = 0–1200 Vac 1
5 Power Source
P3309 = 0.33–9 A
Internal User Interface
NOUI = Without user interface
(120 Vac control power)
5 0590 = 5–90 A
(120 Vac control power)
5
Motor Insight Overload Relays—Communications Modules and Accessory Types
5
C441 K
5
5 Device Type
C441 = Motor Insight overload relay
5 K
L
=
DeviceNet module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
=
DeviceNet module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
M =
Modbus RTU module
5 N
P
=
Modbus RTU module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
=
Modbus RTU module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
Q =
PROFIBUS module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
5 R =
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP module
4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
5 S = PROFIBUS module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac
T = Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP module
4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc
5 Accessory Type
1 = Type 1 and 12 remote mounted display
5 3 = Type 3R kit for remote display
CMP1 = Conversion plate
5
Note
5 1 The C441 High Voltage Relay (-HVR models) can be used on systems up to 1200 Vac to provide overload and current based protections.
Voltage and power based protections and monitoring listed in this catalog for C441 Motor Insight are not available in -HVR models.
5
Please consult IL04209007E-HVR for technical information on -HVR models.
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Product Selection
5
Motor Insight
Motor Insight
Monitoring Current Catalog
5
Power Source Range Range Number
240 Vac (170–264) 170–264 Vac 1–9 A C441BA
5
5–90 A C441BB
5
480 Vac (323–528) 323–528 Vac 1–9 A C441CA
5–90 A C441CB 5
600 Vac (489–660) 489–660 Vac 1–9 A C441DA
5–90 A C441DB 5
120 Vac (93.5–132) 170–660 Vac 1–9 A
5–90 A
C4410109NOUI
C4410590NOUI
5
120 Vac (93.5–132) 0–1200 Vac 1 0.33–9 A C441P3309NOUI-HVR 5
5–90 A C4410590NOUI-HVR
Note 5
1 Rating only—does not provide voltage monitoring/protection.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Motor Insight CT Multiplier and Wire Wrap Schedule

5 Number of CT
Catalog Motor Number Conductors Through Multiplier External CT Kit
5 Number 1 FLA of Loops CT Primary Setting Catalog Number 2
Current Range: 5–90 A
5 C441_B and 5–22.5 A 3 4 4 —
C4410590NOUI
5 6.67–30 A
10–45 A
2
1
3
2
3
2
—
—
5 20–90 A 0 1 1 —
Current Range: 1–9 A
5 C441_A and 1–5 A 1 2 2 —
C4410109NOUI
5
2–9 A 0 1 1 —
60–135 A 0 1 150–(150:5) C441CTKIT150
5 120–270 A 0 1 300–(300:5) C441CTKIT300

240–540 A 0 1 600–(600:5) C441CTKIT600
5 Current Range: 5–90A
C4410590NOUI-HVR 5–22.5 A 3 4 4 —
5 6.67–30 A 2 3 3 —
5
10–45 A 1 2 2 —
20–90 A 0 1 1 —
5 Current Range: 0.33–9 A

C441P3309NOUI-HVR 0.33–1.5 A 5 6 6 —
5 0.4–1.8 A 4 5 5 —
0.5–2.25 A 3 4 4 —
5 0.67–3.0 A 2 3 3 —
5 1–5 A
2–9 A
1
0
2
1
2
1
—
—
5 60–135 A 0 1 150–(150:5) C441CTKIT150

120–270 A 0 1 300–(300:5) C441CTKIT300
5 240–270 A 0 1 600–(600: 5) C441CTKIT600
5 Notes
1 Underscore indicates Operating Voltage Code required.
Operating Voltage Codes:

5 Code Voltage
5 B 240 Vac
C 480 Vac
5 D 600 Vac
<empty> 120 Vac Control Power
5 2 Any manufacturer’s CTs may be used.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Accessories
5
Communication Modules Features and Benefits
Motor Insight Communication Ethernet Modules PROFIBUS On-board I/O assemblies 5
Modules mount to the side of (all modules)
the device to provide
both EtherNet/IP,
to 12 Mb ● Modules offer 4 IN / 2 OUT
5
communication, monitoring
Modbus TCP of network programmable
Intuitive configuration with
5
●
and control over a variety of
networks. ● Internal switch with two common PROFIBUS tools I/O
Ethernet ports allows ● 24 Vdc or 120 Vac signal
linear or ring network Modbus options 5
configurations ● Modbus address and baud ● Optical isolation protects
● Embedded web-services rate can be changed easily the I/O and communication 5
for easy configuration and with C441’s user interface circuits from possible
monitoring with Internet (C441M only) damage due to transients 5
Explorer Terminals and ground loops
● Inputs feature user-
definable debounce,
5
I/O assemblies with the provides easy removal of
5
●
which limits the effects
same size and layout as the terminal block with field
of transients and
legacy Advantage wiring installed
electrical noise
(WPONIDNA) and IT. ● Marked terminals for ● Outputs feature a user- 5
(DSNAP) Starter platforms ease of wiring and
for seamless upgrades to
troubleshooting
communication: hold last 5
state, ON or OFF
●
program changes
Communication uses only
5
one DeviceNet MAC ID
5
Communication Communications Modules 5
Modules
Description I/O
Catalog
Number 5
Ethernet
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac C441R
5
Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc C441T 5
5
DeviceNet 5
5
DeviceNet Communication Module 120 Vac C441K
DeviceNet Communication Module 24 Vdc C441L
5
5
PROFIBUS
PROFIBUS Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac C441S 5
5
PROFIBUS Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc C441Q
5
Modbus 5
Modbus Communication Module None C441M
Modbus Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 120 Vac C441N 5
Modbus Communication Module 4IN/2OUT 24 Vdc C441P
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Type 3R Kit with Remote Display Mounted Inside

5 Motor Insight offers several Features and Benefits
accessories for the
5 Remote display unit: Type 3R kit mounts with
● ●
customer’s ease of use ● Same user interface as standard 30 mm holes

and safety: the overload relay Mounting plate for retrofit
5
●
● Types 1 and 12 remote ● Enhanced operator in existing installations

display safety—operator can
5 ● Type 3R remote display kit configure the overload
● Conversion mounting plate without opening the
5 for upgrading from the enclosure door
legacy Eaton 777 model
5 with no new holes required
5 Type 3R Kit with Remote Display Mounted Inside

5 Description
Catalog
Number
5 C4411 Remote display Types 1 and 12 (UL 508) C4411
5
5
5 C4413 Type 3R kit for remote display (UL 508) C4413
5 Conversion mounting plate (not shown) C441CMP1
5
5
5 Communication Cables
5 The Remote Display requires
a communication cable to
Communication Cable
Lengths
5 connect to the Motor Insight
overload relay:
Length in
Inches (meters)
Catalog
Number
5 9.8 (0.25) D77E-QPIP25

39.4 (1.0) D77E-QPIP100
5 78.7 (2.0) D77E-QPIP200
118.1 (3.0) D77E-QPIP300
5
5 Current Transformer Kits
5 Description
Catalog
Number
5 Three 150:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight

Three 300:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight
C441CTKIT150
C441CTKIT300
5 Three 600:5 CTs to be used with Motor Insight C441CTKIT600
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
5
Motor Insight
Specification 5
Description C441B_ C441C_ C441D_ C441_ _ _ _NOUI
Electrical Ratings 5
Feature Range
Operating voltage (three- 170–264 Vac 50/60 Hz 323–528 Vac 50/60 Hz 489–660 Vac 50/60 Hz 170–660 Vac 50/60 Hz 5
phase) and frequency
Trip Class 5
5–30
FLA Range
Selectable Selectable Selectable Selectable
5
C441_A and
C4410109NOUI
1–9 A Up to 540 A with external CTs
Refer to Page V5-T5-72 for CT
Up to 540 A with external CTs
Up to 540 A with external CTs
5
multiplier and wire wrap multiplier and wire wrap multiplier and wire wrap
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
5–90 A schedule. schedule. schedule. 5
Monitoring Capabilities
Feature Value
5
Current Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
2% accuracy
2% accuracy
5
Average rms, 2% accuracy
Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Imbalance percent (0–100%) 5
Ground fault current, Ground fault current, Ground fault current, Ground fault current,
10% accuracy 10% accuracy 10% accuracy 10% accuracy
5
Voltage Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C), Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C), Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C), Per phase rms (1A, 1B, 1C),
2% accuracy
2% accuracy
2% accuracy
2% accuracy
Average rms, 2% accuracy 5
Imbalance percent (0–100%) Imbalance percent (0–100%) Imbalance percent (0–100%) Imbalance percent (0–100%)
Power Motor kW, 5% accuracy Motor kW, 5% accuracy Motor kW, 5% accuracy Motor kW, 5% accuracy 5
Motor power factor, Motor power factor, Motor power factor, Motor power factor,
inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy inductive 0–1.0, 1% accuracy
5
Thermal capacity 0% cold, 100% trip 0% cold, 100% trip 0% cold, 100% trip 0% cold, 100% trip
Motor run hours 0–65,535 hours 0–65,535 hours 0–65,535 hours 0–65,535 hours 5
Frequency 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy 47–63 Hz, 1% accuracy
Motor Protection 5
Thermal overload setting 1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip
1.05 x FLA: Does not trip
1.15 x FLA: Overload trip 5
5
Feature Range Fault Delay Setting
Jam 150–400% of motor FLA, OFF 150–400% of motor FLA, OFF 150–400% of motor FLA, OFF 50–400% of motor FLA, OFF 1–20 seconds
Current imbalance 1–30%, OFF 1–30%, OFF 1–30%, OFF 1–30%, OFF 1–20 seconds 5
Current phase loss Fixed threshold 60% Fixed threshold 60% Fixed threshold 60% Fixed threshold 60% 1–20 seconds
Ground fault current 5
C441_A and 0.3–2.0 A with one pass 0.3–2.0 A with one pass 0.3–2.0 A with one pass 0.3–2.0 A with one pass <150%, 1–60 seconds
C4410109NOUI through the CTs 1 through the CTs 1 through the CTs 1 through the CTs 1 >150%, 2 seconds 5
1–9 A >250%, 1 second
C441_B and
C4410590NOUI
3.0–20 A with one pass
through the CTs 1
through the CTs 1
through the CTs 1
through the CTs 1
<150%, 1–60 seconds
>150%, 2 seconds
5
5
5–90 A >250%, 1 second
Phase reversal OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC OFF = Ignore, 1 = ACB, 2 = ABC
Fault reset delay 2–500 minutes, auto 2 2–500 minutes, auto 2 2–500 minutes, auto 2 2–500 minutes, auto 2
5
Fault reset attempts 0–4 restarts allowed or 0–4 restarts allowed or 0–4 restarts allowed or 0–4 restarts allowed or
automatic reset 2 automatic reset 2 automatic reset 2 automatic reset 2
5
Notes
1 Lower levels are achievable with multiple passes.
2 Motor fault reset characteristics can be programmed as a group or for motor overloads only. Reference the user manual for more detailed information.
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Motor Insight, continued

5 Specification
5 Load Protection
5 Feature
Under current
Range
50–90% of motor FLA 50–90% of motor FLA 50–90% of motor FLA 50–90% of motor FLA
Fault Delay Setting
1–60 seconds
5 Low power (kW) 20–80% of rated kW 20–80% of rated kW 20–80% of rated kW 20–80% of rated kW 1–60 seconds
High power (kW) 50–110% of rated kW 50–110% of rated kW 50–110% of rated kW 50–110% of rated kW 1–60 seconds
5 Load reset delay 2–500 minutes, auto 2–500 minutes, auto 2–500 minutes, auto 2–500 minutes, auto
Load reset attempts 0–4, auto 0–4, auto 0–4, auto 0–4, auto
5 Supply Protection
Feature Range Fault Delay Setting
5 Over voltage 170–264 Vac 323–528 Vac 489–660 Vac 0–660 Vac 1–20 seconds
5 Under voltage
Voltage imbalance
170–264 Vac
1–20% imbalance
323–528 Vac
1–20% imbalance
489–660 Vac
1–20% imbalance
0–660 Vac
1–20% imbalance
1–20 seconds
1–20% imbalance
5 Restart delay setting 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds 1–500 seconds
Electrical/EMC
5 Radiated emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15,
30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz 30–1000 MHz
5
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11)
Group 1, Class A
Conducted emissions 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz 0.15–30 MHz
5 IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14,
EN 55011 (CISPIR 11)
5
Group 1, Class A
ESD immunity ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
5 Radiated immunity 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1 80% amplitude modulated 80% amplitude modulated 80% amplitude modulated 80% amplitude modulated 80% amplitude modulated
5 1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 140 dBuV (10 V rms)
5 IEC 60947-4-1
Fast transient immunity
150 kHz–80 MHz
±2 kV using direct method
150 kHz–80 MHz
150 kHz–80 MHz
150 kHz–80 MHz
150 kHz–80 MHz
5 IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)

IEC 61000-4-4
Surge immunity Three-phase power inputs: Three-phase power inputs: Three-phase power inputs: Three-phase power inputs: Three-phase power inputs:
5 IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) ±2 kV line-to-line (DM) ±2 kV line-to-line (DM)
IEC 61000-4-4 ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±4 kV line-to-ground (CM)
5 IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO

and communication lines:
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3 User IO
5
±1 kV line-to-line (DM) ±1 kV line-to-line (DM) ±1 kV line-to-line (DM) ±1 kV line-to-line (DM) ±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM) ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Voltage variations 30% dip, at 100 ms 30% dip, at 100 ms 30% dip, at 100 ms 30% dip, at 100 ms 30% dip, at 100 ms
5 immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
60% dip at 10 ms
>95% interrupt at 5 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
60% dip at 10 ms
5 Electromagnetic field
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m 10 V/m
IEC 61000-4-3
5 Ground fault UL 508, UL 1053 UL 508, UL 1053 UL 508, UL 1053 UL 508, UL 1053 UL 508, UL 1053
Sections 21 and 27 Sections 21 and 27 Sections 21 and 27 Sections 21 and 27 Sections 21 and 27
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Motor Insight, continued
Specification
5
5
Feature Range
5
Ambient temperature (operating) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C) –4 to 122 °F (–20 to 50 °C)
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C –40 to 85 °C 5
Operating humidity 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing 5% to 95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m 2000 m 5
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15 G any direction
3 G any direction
15 G any direction
3 G any direction
15 G any direction
3 G any direction
15 G any direction
3 G any direction
5
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3 3 3 3 5
Ingress protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20
Capacity 5
Input, auxiliary contact and external reset terminals
Terminal capacity 18–12 AWG 18–12 AWG 18–12 AWG 18–12 AWG 5
5
Tightening torque 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm) 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm) 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm) 5.3 lb-in (0.6 Nm)
Voltages
Monitoring voltage 170–264 Vac 50/60Hz 323–528 Vac 50/60Hz 489–660 Vac 60Hz 0–660 Vac 50/60Hz
5
Insulation voltage Ui (three-phase voltage) 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac 600 Vac
Insulation voltage Ui (control) 240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 240 Vac 5
Impulse withstand Uimp 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV 6 kV
(main/control) 5
Expected Life
Mechanical/electrical 10 years 10 years 10 years 10 years 5
5
Output Contact Ratings
Two output relays B300 pilot duty B300 pilot duty B300 pilot duty B300 pilot duty
One Form C SPDT (fault relay) 5 A thermal continuous current 5 A thermal continuous current 5 A thermal continuous current 5 A thermal continuous current
One Form A SPST (ground fault relay) 30 A make 3.00 A break 30 A make 3.00 A break 30 A make 3.00 A break 30 A make 3.00 A break 5
C441_ _ _ _NOUI models: at 120 Vac and at 120 Vac and at 120 Vac and at 120 Vac and
One Form A SPST
One Form B SPST
15 A make 1.50 A break
at 240 Vac
at 240 Vac
at 240 Vac
at 240 Vac 1 5
External remote reset terminal Isolated 120 Vac digital input
IEC 61131-2 Section 5 Type 1
Isolated 120 Vac digital input
5
Indications
5
Trip Fault Fault Fault Fault
Reset Ready Ready Ready Ready 5
Autoreset Trip faulted/Ready flashing Trip faulted/Ready flashing Trip faulted/Ready flashing Trip faulted/Ready flashing
Power Consumption 5
5
Maximum 5W 5W 5W 5W
Options
Remote display Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit Type 1, 12 and Type 3R kit
5
Communications modules Modbus, DeviceNet and Modbus, DeviceNet and Modbus, DeviceNet and Modbus, DeviceNet and
PROFIBUS with I/O PROFIBUS with I/O PROFIBUS with I/O PROFIBUS with I/O
5
Note
1 In this model, there are two isolated relays: one Form A and one Form B SPST. One is the fault relay, and one is a programmable auxiliary relay.
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Motor Insight Short Circuit Ratings (North America CSA and UL)
5 Standard-Fault Short Circuit Data
5
Maximum Maximum Maximum Eaton
Overload Operating Withstand Maximum Thermal-Magnetic Withstand Maximum Thermal-Magnetic Catalog
FLA Range Voltage Rating Fuse (RK5) Circuit Breaker Rating Fuse (RK5) Circuit Breaker Number
5 1–9 A 264 Vac 5000 A at 240 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 240 Vac 35 A — C441BA
100 kA at 240 Vac — FDC3035L
5 1–9 A 528 Vac 5000 A at 480 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 480 Vac 35 A — C441CA
5
100 kA at 480 Vac — FDC3035L
1–9 A 660 Vac 5000 A at 600 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 600 Vac 35 A — C441DA
5 35 kA at 600 Vac — FDC3035L

1–9 A 660 Vac 5000 A at 600 Vac 35 A 35 A 100 kA at 240 Vac 35 A — C4410109NOUI
5 100 kA at 240 Vac

100 kA at 480 Vac
—
35 A
FDC3035L
—
100 kA at 480 Vac — FDC3035L
5 100 kA at 600 Vac
35 kA at 600 Vac
35 A
—
—
FDC3035L
5 5–90 A 264 Vac 10,000 A at 240 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 240 Vac
100 kA at 240 Vac
350 A
—
—
KDC3350
C441BB
5 5–90 A 528 Vac 10,000 A at 480 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 480 Vac 350 A — C441CB
100 kA at 480 Vac — KDC3350
5 5–90 A 660 Vac 10,000 A at 600 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 600 Vac 350 A — C441DB
65 kA at 600 Vac — KDC3350
5 5–90 A 660 Vac 10,000 A at 600 Vac 350 A 350 A 100 kA at 240 Vac 350 A — C4410590NOUI
100 kA at 240 Vac — KDC3350
5 100 kA at 480 Vac
100 kA at 480 Vac
350 A
—
—
KDC3350
100 kA at 600 Vac 350 A —
5 35 kA at 600 Vac — KDC3350
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Line Powered Models
5
Terminal Connection Diagram
18–12 AWG; Torque 5.3 lb-in/0.6 Nm 5
Use 75C CU wire only B300 Pilot Duty Only
120 Vac 5
NC NO GF Shunt Reset
L1 a L2 a L3 a 95 96 97 98 15 16 R1 R2
5
For C441BA, BB, CA, CB, DA and DB
5
5
Terminal Connection Specifications
Name Designation Input Description
Line voltage L1, L2, L3 Line voltage Three-phase line voltage input
L1, L2, L3 connections must correspond to the respective CT1, CT2, CT3 current leads
5
Fault relay 95/96
96/97 (common)
B300 UL 508 Form C contact:
95/96 Contact opens when the unit is faulted or unpowered 5
97/98 97/98 Contact closes when the unit is faulted or unpowered
GF shunt 15 B300 UL 508 Form A contact: 5
16 Contact closes when a ground fault is active
Reset input R1, R2 120 Vac Fault reset input IEC 61131-2 Type 1 5
5
Control Powered Models 5
Terminal Connection Diagram
5
120 Vac 120 Vac
L1 a L2 a L3 a 95
NC
96 97
NO
98
Cntrl. Pwr.
X1 X2 R1
Reset
R2
5
For C4410109NOUI and C441059NOUI 5
Terminal Connection Specifications 5
Name Designation Input Description
5
Line voltage L1, L2, L3 Line voltage Three-phase line voltage input
L1, L2, L3 connections must correspond to the respective CT1, CT2, CT3 current leads
Terminal provided for wiring control power transformer (9A maximum capacity) 5
5
Control power X1, X2 110–120 Vac Control power option for C441_ _ _ _NOUI
50–60Hz (+10/–15%)
Fault relay 95/96 B300 UL 508 Form C contact:
For C441_ _ _ _NOUI, the fault relay and auxiliary relay are 96/97 (isolated)
isolated and do not share a common. By default they will 97/98
95/96 Contact opens when the unit is faulted or unpowered
97/98 Contact closes when the unit is faulted or unpowered
5
5
behave like a Form C, but they can be programmed to act Can be programmed to act independently of the 95/96 only in the C441_ _ _ _NOUI models
independently from one another.
GF shunt 97/98 B300 UL 508 Form A contact:
This relay does not exist on the C441_ _ _ _NOUI models. Contact closes when a ground fault is active 5
Instead, this functionality is available in the fully Separate GF control can still be achieved by programming auxiliary relay 97/98 to act
programmable 97/98 auxiliary relay.
Reset input R1, R2 120 Vac
independently of the 95/96 relay
Fault reset input IEC 61131-2 Type 1
5
Note 5
1 No motor loads, 9 A maximum.
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Modbus Communication Modules

5 Electrical/EMC
Radiated emissions 30–1000 MHz
5 IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
Conducted emissions 0.15–30 MHz
5
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011 (CISPIR 11) Group 1, Class A
ESD immunity ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
5 Radiated immunity 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
5 Conducted immunity 140 dBuV (10 V rms)
IEC 60947-4-1 150 kHz–80 MHz
5 Fast transient immunity ±2 kV using direct method
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
5 Surge immunity User IO and communication lines 1:
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) ±1 kV line-to-line (DM)
5 IEC 61000-4-5 Class 3

Electromagnetic field 1
10 V/m
5
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
5 Ambient temperature (operating) –20 to 50 °C

Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C
5 Operating humidity 5 to 95% noncondensing

Altitude (no derating) 2000 m
5 Shock (IEC 60068-2-27) 15 G any direction
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction
5 Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3
5 Degree of protection
Over voltage category per UL 508
IP20
III
5 C441P 24 Vdc Input

Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc
5 Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4
5 Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 OFF-state voltage
ON-state voltage
<6 Vdc
>18 Vdc
5 Nominal input current 5 mA

Isolation 1500 V
5 Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
24 Vdc source current 50 mA
5
OFF State Transition Region ON State
0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
5 C441N 120 Vac Input

Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
5 Operating voltage 80–140 Vac

Number of inputs 4
5 OFF-state voltage <30 Vac
ON-state voltage >80 Vac
5 Signal delay
Isolation
1/2 cycle
1500 V
Note
5 1 Relates to C441M only.

Overload Relays
5.4
Modbus Communication Modules, continued
5
5
0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac 5
Output Modules
Nominal voltage 120 Vac 5
24 Vdc
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A 5
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms 5
Relay ON time 7 ms
Max. current per point 1 5 A (B300 rated)
5
Electrical life 100,000 cycles
5
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles
5
DeviceNet Communication Modules 5
Electrical/EMC 5
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
5
Conducted emissions
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
0.15–30 MHz 5
ESD immunity ±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact
5
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
Radiated immunity 10 V/m 80–1000 MHz 5
IEC 60947-4-1 80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
Conducted immunity 140 dBuV (10 V rms) 5
IEC 60947-4-1 150 kHz–80 MHz
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
±2 kV using direct method 5
Surge immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13)
User IO and communication lines:
5
IEC 61000-4-5 Class 2 ±2 kV line-to-ground (CM)
Electromagnetic field 10 V/m
5
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
Environmental Ratings 5
5
Ambient temperature (operating) –20 to 50 °C
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C
Operating humidity
Altitude (no derating)
5–95% noncondensing
2000 m
5
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27) 15 G any direction 5
Vibration (IEC 60068-2-6) 3 G any direction
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3 5
Degree of protection IP20
DeviceNet 5
5
DeviceNet connections Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM
DeviceNet baud rate 125 K, 250 K, 500 K
Note
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
DeviceNet Communication Modules, continued

5 C441L 24 Vdc Input

Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc
5 Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4
5 Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5 OFF-state voltage
ON-state voltage
<6 Vdc
>18 Vdc

Isolation 250 V
5
24 V source current 50 mA
5 OFF State Transition Region ON State

0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
5 C441K 120 Vac Input

Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
5 Operating voltage 80–140 Vac
5
Number of inputs 4
OFF-state voltage <30 Vac
5 ON-state voltage >80 Vac

Nominal input current 15 mA
5 Signal delay 1/2 cycle
Isolation 250 V
5 Operating Voltage Range—AC Input Modules

5 0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac

Output Modules
5 Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
5 Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
5 Relay OFF time 3 ms

Relay ON time 7 ms
5 Max. current per point 1 5 A (B300 rated)
5
Electrical life 100,000 cycles
Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles
5 Note
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
PROFIBUS Communication Modules
5
Electrical/EMC
5
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 15, EN 55011
5
IEC 60947-4-1—Table 14, EN 55011
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact 5
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 Table 13, IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
5
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz–80 MHz 5
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
5
5
Surge immunity User IO and communication lines:
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C 5
Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m 5
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15 G any direction
3 G any direction
5
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3
5
PROFIBUS 5
PROFIBUS connections Group 2, polling, bit strobe, explicit, no UCMM
PROFIBUS baud rate 9.6 K, 19.2 K, 45.45 K, 93.75 K, 187.5 K, 500 K, 1.5 M, 3 M, 6 M, 12 M 5
C441Q 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc 5
Operating voltage
Number of inputs
18–30 Vdc
4
5
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
5
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc
ON-state voltage >10 Vdc 5
Isolation 1500 V 5
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
24 V source current 50 mA 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
PROFIBUS Communication Modules, continued


5 0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441S 120 Vac Input
5 Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
5 Operating voltage
Number of inputs
80–140 Vac
4

5
Signal delay 1/2 cycle
Isolation 1500 V


0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac
5 Output Modules
5
Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
5
Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
Relay OFF time 3 ms
5 Relay ON time 7 ms
5 Max. current per point 1

Electrical life
5 A (B300 rated)
100,000 cycles
5 Mechanical life 1,000,000 cycles
Note
5 1 Resistive current at 55 °C ambient.
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Ethernet (Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP) Communication Modules
5
Electrical/EMC
5
IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011
5
IEC 60947-4-1, Table 15, EN 55011
ESD immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-2
±8 kV air, ±4 kV contact 5
Radiated immunity
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-3
10 V/m 80–1000 MHz
80% amplitude modulated 1 kHz sine wave
5
Conducted immunity
IEC 60947-4-1
140 dBuV (10 V rms)
150 kHz to 80 MHz 5
IEC 60947-4-1 (Table 13) IEC 61000-4-4
5
5
Surge immunity User IO and communication lines:
Ambient temperature (storage) –40 to 85 °C 5
Operating humidity 5–95% noncondensing
Altitude (no derating) 2000 m 5
Shock (IEC 60068-2-27)
15 G any direction
3 G any direction
5
Pollution degree per IEC 60947-1 3
5
Ethernet 5
Ethernet connections Integrated two-port switch with dual
RJ45 Ethernet connections 5
Ethernet type Ethernet 10/100 Mbs, AutoMDX,
Auto Negotiation
5
C441T 24 Vdc Input
Nominal input voltage 24 Vdc 5
Operating voltage 18–30 Vdc
Number of inputs 4 5
Signal delay 5 ms (programmable to 65 sec)
OFF-state voltage <6 Vdc 5
5
ON-state voltage >18 Vdc
Isolation 1500 V
5
Terminal screw torque 7–9 in-lb
24 V source current 50 mA 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
Ethernet (Modbus TCP / EtherNet/IP) Communication Modules, continued


5 0–6 Vdc 6–18 Vdc 18–30 Vdc
C441R 120 Vac Input
5 Nominal input voltage 120 Vac
5 Operating voltage
Number of inputs
80–140 Vac
4

5
Signal delay 1/2 cycle
Isolation 1500 V


0–30 Vac 30–80 Vac 80–140 Vac
5 Nominal voltage 120 Vac
24 Vdc
5 Number of outputs (2) 1NO Form A
1NO/NC Form C
5 Relay OFF time 3 ms
Relay ON time 7 ms
5 Maximum current per point 1 5 A (B300 rated)
5 Electrical life
Mechanical life
100,000 cycles
1,000,000 cycles
5 Note
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
Dimensions
Motor Insight Overload Relay 5
5
3.31 Terminal Ref.
0.20 (84.1) 3.82
(5.1)
(97.0)
4 Places
5
3.94
5
(100.1) 3.50 3.94
(88.9) (100.1) 5
5
3.94 5
(100.1)
Mounting Dimension
(4) 10-32
5
5
5
Dia.
4.92
3.98 (125.0)
5
5
0.69 (101.1)
(17.5)
3 Places
5
5
Motor Insight with Mounted DeviceNet, PROFIBUS or Modbus with I/O Communication Module
5
3.31
0.20
(5.1)
(84.1)
Terminal Ref.
3.82 5
(97.0)
5
3.94 3.50
3.94
5
(100.1) (88.9)
(100.1)
5
5
3.94
3.27
(100.1)
Mounting Dimensions
(83.1) 5
5
(4) 10-32
4.84
(122.9)
5
5
4.92 5
Dia. 3.98 (125.0)
0.69
(17.5)
(101.1)
0.63 5
3 Places (16.0)
5
5
5

Overload Relays

5
Motor Insight with Mounted Modbus Communication Module
5 0.20 3.31 Terminal Ref.
(5.1) 3.82
5
(84.1)
4 Places (97.0)
1.89
(48.0)
5
5 3.94 3.50 3.94
(88.9)
5
(100.1) (100.1)
5 3.94
(100.1)
5 Mounting Dimensions
4.92
(4) 10-32
5
(125.0)
4.53
(115.1)
5
5
4.92
5
0.59
(125.0) Dia. (15.0) 3.98
0.69
(101.1)
(17.5)
5 3 Places
5
5 Motor Insight Remote Display
5 2X ø 1.22
(31.0)
5 Hole in Panel
5 2.70
(68.6)
5 1.20
(30.5)
5 1.10 1.75 3.90

(27.9) (44.5) 12 GA Max. (99.1)
5 4.60
Panel Thickness
(116.8)
5
5
1.00
5 (25.4)
5 0.60
(15.2)
5
5
5
5
5

Overload Relays
5.4
5
Motor Insight Cover Assembly
1.75 1.30 1.40 4.40 5

(44.5) (33.0) (35.6) (111.8)
5
Motor Insight
2.00
5
(50.8)
5
4.20 5
(106.7)
5
5
5
4.30
1.00
(25.4) (109.2) 5
5
1.40
5
5
(35.6)
5
Conversion Mounting Plate
0.30
5
3.90
(99.1)
0.20
(5.1)
(7.6)
5
5
0.40
4.00 0.20
(10.2)
3.60
5
(101.6) (5.1) 3.10
5
(91.4)
2.30 2.70 (78.7)
(58.4) (68.6)
0.20
(5.1) 5

CA08100006E Vol5 Ibook

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

CA08100006E Vol5 Ibook

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Electrical Sector Solutions

Volume 6—Solid-State Motor Control 6

Dimensions, Weights and Ratings

Terms and Conditions

Technical and Descriptive Publications

Compliance with Nuclear Regulation 10 CFR 21

Copyright ©2019 Eaton, All Rights Reserved.

Eaton is a global leader in power distribution, power quality,

Using the Eaton Catalog Library

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com i

ii Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

1.1 XT IEC Power Control

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-1

manual motor controllers ● Thermal overload relays to

V5-T1-2 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-3

Catalog Number Selection

V5-T1-4 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

XTRM10A_ Mini Control Relays 1

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-5

1 10 4 2 1.5 2NO 53 63 5 XTMCXFA20

1 10 4 2 1.5 4NC 51 61 71 81 5 XTMCXFA04

1 10 4 2 1.5 1NO-3NC 53 61 71 81 5 XTMCXFA13

1 10 4 2 1.5 2NO-2NC 53 61 71 83 5 XTMCXFA22

1 10 4 2 1.5 3NO-1NC 53 61 73 83 5 XTMCXFA31

1 10 4 2 1.5 4NO 53 63 73 83 5 XTMCXFA40

V5-T1-6 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

change the catalog number to XTCEXFACC22. 1

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-7

1 24–48 XTRE(C)10B A1 10 XTCEXVSBW

1 Varistor Suppressor for XTRM

1 XTRM Relay with

1 XTCEXVSLB_ Varistor Suppressor for XTRE

1 XTCEXRSB_ RC Suppressor for XTRE

V5-T1-8 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

XTRM Relay with

110–250 XTRM6A_, 10 XTMCXRSB

Connector 5 Mechanical Interlock 6

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-9

Electronic Timer Modules

1 100–130 Vac XTCEXTED10C11A

V5-T1-10 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-11

Technical Data and Specifications

1 DC operated 20,000,000 10,000,000 3,000,000 20,000,000 20,000,000

1 Enclosed (°C, min./max.) –25/40 –25/40 –25–60 –25/40 –25/40

1 Degree of protection IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20 IP20

1 Flexible with ferrule (mm2)

1 Terminal screw M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5 M3.5

1 Max. tightening torque (Nm) 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2 1.2

V5-T1-12 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-13

Relays and Timers, continued

1 Sealing VA 3.3 — — 3.9 —

1 Switching times at 100% Uc (approximate values)

V5-T1-14 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com V5-T1-15

Flow Diagrams—Electronic Timers, XTMT Mini Timers Dimensions

1 Fleeting Contact on Energization

1 XTRM Mini Control Relay with RC or Varistor Suppressor

Rating Data for Approved Types

V5-T1-16 Volume 5—Motor Control and Protection CA08100006E—August 2018 www.eaton.com

Electronic Timer Module XTCEXTE 1